SERVICE MANUAL

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/
3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

Model: FC-2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
Publish Date: June 2018
File No. SME180005B0
R180221U4502-TTEC
Ver02 F1_2020-09
 Trademarks
• The official name of Windows® 7 is Microsoft Windows 7 Operating System.
• The official name of Windows® 8.1 is Microsoft Windows 8.1 Operating System.
• The official name of Windows® 10 is Microsoft Windows 10 Operating System.
• The official name of Windows Server® 2008 is Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Operating System.
• The official name of Windows Server® 2012 is Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Operating System.
• The official name of Windows Server® 2016 is Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Operating System.
• Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the brand names and product names of other Microsoft
products are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the US and other countries.
• Apple, AppleTalk, Macintosh, Mac, Mac OS, Safari, iPhone, iPod touch, TrueType, AirPrint, AirPrint
logo, and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used
under license.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Reader, and PostScript are trademarks or Adobe Systems Incorporated.
• Mozilla®, Firefox® and the Firefox logo® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Mozilla
Foundation in the U.S. and other countries.
• IBM, AT and AIX are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
• NOVELL®, NetWare® and NDS® are trademarks of Novell, Inc.
• FLOIL® is a registered trademark of Kanto Kasei., Ltd.
• MOLYKOTE® is a registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.
• KAPTON® is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Sankol® is a registered trademark of SANKEIKAGAKU CO.,Ltd.
• e-STUDIO, e-BRIDGE, and TopAccess are trademarks of Toshiba TEC Corporation.
• Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective
companies.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission
of Toshiba Tec Corporation.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR
THIS EQUIPMENT
The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service
technician.

1. Transportation/Installation
- When transporting/installing the equipment, employ two or more persons and be sure to hold the
positions as shown in the figure.
The equipment is quite heavy and weighs approximately 78.1 kg (172.2 lb.), therefore pay full
attention when handling it.

- Be sure not to hold the movable parts or units (e.g. the control panel, ADU or RADF) when
transporting the equipment.
- Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 110V/15A, 120V/12A, 220-240V/8A for its power
source.
- The equipment must be grounded for safety.
- Select a suitable place for installation. Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and
direct sunlight.
- Provide proper ventilation since the equipment emits a slight amount of ozone.
- To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 30
cm (11.8”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 20 cm (7.9”) on the rear.
- The equipment shall be installed near the socket outlet and shall be easily accessible.
- Be sure to fix and plug in the power cable securely after the installation so that no one trips over
it.
- If the unpacking place and where the equipment is to be installed differ, perform image quality
adjustment (automatic gamma adjustment) according to the temperature and humidity of the
place of installation and the paper to be used.
- When the equipment is used after the option is removed, be sure to install the parts or the covers
which have been taken off so that the inside of the equipment is not exposed.
- Do not lift the machine by the areas in the figure that are shaded when lifting it.
 - Do not use an ozone generator near the MFP. Or, place any ozone generator as far away from
the MFP as possible.
- Do not use an ultrasonic humidifier near the MFP.
Components such as chlorinate and mineral will be atomized by an ultrasonic humidifier and they
will adhere to electric parts in the MFP. This could cause malfunctions.

2. General Precautions at Service

- Be sure to turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable during service (except for the service
should be done with the power turned ON).
- After the power cable is disconnected, an electric charge may remain in the boards of the
equipment. Therefore, be sure to disconnect or connect the connectors when about 1 minute
(e.g.: the time for taking off the rear cover) has passed after the power cable is disconnected.
- The fuse could be in the neutral. The mains supply shall be disconnected to de-energize the
phase conductors.
- Unplug the power cable and clean the area around the prongs of the plug and socket outlet once
a year or more. A fire may occur when dust lies on this area.
- When the parts are disassembled, reassembly is the reverse of disassembly unless otherwise
noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to install small parts such as
screws, washers, pins, E-rings, star washers, harnesses in the wrong places.
- Basically, the equipment should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled.
- The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using an
antistatic wrist strap since the ICs on it may be damaged due to static electricity.

Caution: Before using the antistatic wrist strap, unplug the power cable of the equipment and
make sure that there are no charged objects which are not insulated in the vicinity.
- Avoid exposure to laser beam during service. This equipment uses a laser diode. Be sure not to
expose your eyes to the laser beam. Do not insert reflecting parts or tools such as a screwdriver
on the laser beam path. Remove all reflecting metals such as watches, rings, etc. before starting
service.
- Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the fuser unit, damp heater and areas
around them.
- Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers, transfer belt, 2nd transfer roller,
developer, high-voltage transformer, and power supply unit. Especially, the board of these
components should not be touched since the electric charge may remain in the capacitors, etc.
on them even after the power is turned OFF.
- Make sure that the equipment will not operate before touching potentially dangerous places (e.g.
rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts pulleys, and fans and laser beam exit of the laser
optical unit).
- Be careful when removing the covers since there might be the parts with very sharp edges
underneath.
- When servicing the equipment with the power turned ON, be sure not to touch live sections and
rotating/operating sections. Avoid exposing your eyes to laser beam.
- Use designated jigs and tools.
- Use recommended measuring instruments or equivalents.
- Return the equipment to the original state and check the operation when the service is finished.
- Be very careful to treat the touch panel gently and never hit it. Breaking the surface could cause
malfunctions.
- Do not leave plastic bags where children can get at them. This may cause an accident such as
suffocation if a child puts his/her head into a bag. Plastic bags of options or service parts must be
brought back.
- There is a risk of an electric shock or fire resulting from the damage to the harness covering or
conduction blockage. To avoid this, be sure to wire the harness in the same way as that before
disassembling when the equipment is assembled/disassembled.
3. General operations
- Check the procedures and perform them as described in the Service Manual.
- Make sure you do not lose your balance.
- Avoid exposure to your skin and wear protective gloves as needed.

4. Important Service Parts for Safety

- The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, batteries, IC-RAMs including
lithium batteries, etc. are particularly important for safety. Be sure to handle/install them properly.
If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal
accidents such as explosion or fire. Avoid short-circuiting and do not use parts not recommended
by Toshiba Tec Corporation.

5. Cautionary Labels
- During servicing, be sure to check the rating label and cautionary labels to see if there is any dirt
on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.

[3]
[1]
[2]

[7]

[8]

[4]

[5]

[6]
[1] Rating label
[2] Warning for high temperature area
[3] Warning for high temperature area
[4] Machine serial number label
[5] Warning for high voltage area
[6] Warning for laser
[7] Warning for service
[8] Warning for laser
6. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies and Packing Materials
- Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies, packing materials, follow the
relevant local regulations or rules.

7. Batteries and IC RAMs including lithium batteries etc.

CAUTION:
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.
DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE RELEVANT LOCAL REGULATIONS OR
RULES.
1. Precautions for Transporting Equipment Once Unpacked

1.1 General Description

It is recommended to follow the procedure below when you transport equipment that has already been
unpacked but has not been packed again. Note that the following procedure cannot guarantee the
operation of the transported equipment.

[A] Fixing the carriage

(1) Perform the PM code: FS-03-261 (Scan motor ON Automatically stops at limit position) so
that the carriage is moved to the fixing position.
(2) Tighten the 2 screws to fix the carriage.

[B] Attach the packing material (scanner supporting member)

(1) Attach the packing material under the scanner (if it is still kept immediately after the setup).

CND only Others

x2
[C] Attach the cushioning material
When transporting the equipment with the DSDF installed, be sure to attach the cushioning material as
below to prevent the cover in the scanner section from being scratched by the protrusion of the DSDF
cover.

(1) Fold the cushioning material (packing material) in two. (Utilize the packing material used in
the scanner section, if available.) Place it on the upper surface of the scanner section so that it is
covered.

(2) While paying attention to ensure that the cushioning material is not moved, slowly close the
DSDF.
ALLGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE
WARTUNG
Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service-
Techniker durchzuführen.

1. Transport/Installation
- Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 2 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der
Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen.
Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt etwa 78.1 kg; deshalb muss bei der Handhabung des
Geräts besonders aufgepasst werden.

- Beim Transportieren des Geräts nicht an den beweglichen Teilen oder Einheiten (z.B. das
Bedienungsfeld, die Duplexeinheit oder die automatische Dokumentenzuführung) halten.
- Eine spezielle Steckdose mit Stromversorgung von AC 110V/15A, 120V/12A, 220-240V/8A als
Stromquelle verwenden.
- Das Gerät ist aus Sicherheitsgründen zu erden.
- Einen geeigneten Standort für die Installation wählen. Standorte mit zuviel Hitze, hoher
Luftfeuchtigkeit, Staub, Vibrieren und direkter Sonneneinstrahlung sind zu vermeiden.
- Für ausreichende Belüftung sorgen, da das Gerät etwas Ozon abgibt.
- Um einen optimalen Kopierbetrieb zu gewährleisten, muss ein Abstand von mindestens 80 cm
links, 80 cm rechts und 20 cm dahinter eingehalten werden.
- Das Gerät ist in der Nähe der Steckdose zu installieren; diese muss leicht zu erreichen sein.
- Nach der Installation muss das Netzkabel richtig hineingesteckt und befestigt werden, damit
niemand darüber stolpern kann.
- Falls der Auspackungsstandort und der Installationsstandort des Geräts verschieden sind, die
Bildqualitätsjustierung (automatische Gammajustierung) je nach der Temperatur und
Luftfeuchtigkeit des Installationsstandorts und der Papiersorte, die verwendet wird, durchführen.
- Betreiben Sie keinen Ultraschall-Luftbefeuchter in der Nähe des MFP.
Chlorat- und mineralhaltige Komponenten werden von einem Ultraschallbefeuchter zerstäubt
und die Partikel können sich an den elektrischen Teilen innerhalb des MFP anlagern. Dies kann
zu Fehlfunktionen führen.
2. Allgemeine Sicherheitsmassnahmen in bezug auf die Wartung
- Während der Wartung das Gerät ausschalten und das Netzkabel herausziehen (ausser Wartung,
die bei einem eingeschalteten Gerät, durchgeführt werden muss).
- Das Netzkabel herausziehen und den Bereich um die Steckerpole und die Steckdose die
Umgebung in der Nähe von den Steckerzacken und der Steckdose wenigstens einmal im Jahr
reinigen. Wenn Staub sich in dieser Gegend ansammelt, kann dies ein Feuer verursachen.
- Die Sicherung kann eingeschaltet bleiben. Der Stromstecker sollte jedoch gezogen werden,
damit die internen Leiter von der Phase getrennt sind.
- Wenn die Teile auseinandergenommen werden, wenn nicht anders in diesem Handbuch usw
erklärt, ist das Zusammenbauen in umgekehrter Reihenfolge durchzuführen. Aufpassen, dass
kleine Teile wie Schrauben, Dichtungsringe, Bolzen, E-Ringe, Stern-Dichtungsringe,
Kabelbäume nicht an den verkehrten Stellen eingebaut werden.
- Grundsätzlich darf das Gerät mit enfernten oder auseinandergenommenen Teilen nicht in
Betrieb genommen werden.
- Das PC-Board muss in einer Anti-elektrostatischen Hülle gelagert werden. Nur Mit einer
Manschette bei Betätigung eines Armbandes anfassen, sonst könnte es sein, dass die
integrierten Schaltkreise durch statische Elektrizität beschädigt werden.

Vorsicht: Vor Benutzung der Manschette der Betätigung des Armbandes, das Netzkabel des
Gerätes herausziehen und prüfen, dass es in der Nähe keine geladenen
Gegenstände, die nicht isoliert sind, gibt.
- Setzen Sie sich während der Wartungsarbeiten nicht dem Laserstrahl aus. Dieses Gerät ist mit
einer Laserdiode ausgestattet. Es ist unbedingt zu vermeiden, direkt in den Laserstrahl zu
blicken. Keine reflektierenden Teile oder Werkzeuge, wie z. B. Schraubendreher, in den Pfad des
Laserstrahls halten. Vor den Wartungsarbeiten sämtliche reflektierenden Metallgegenstände, wie
Uhren, Ringe usw., entfernen.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochtemperaturbereiche, wie die Fixiereinheit, die Heizquelle und die
umliegenden Bereiche, berühren.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochspannungsbereiche, wie die Ladeeinheiten, das Transferband, die zweite
Transferwalze, die Entwicklereinheit, den Hochspannungstransformator und das Netzgerät,
berühren. Insbesondere sollten die Platinen dieser Komponenten nicht berührt werden, da die
Kondensatoren usw. auch nach dem Ausschalten des Geräts noch elektrisch geladen sein
können.
- Vor dem Berühren potenziell gefährlicher Bereiche (z. B. drehbare oder betriebsrelevante
Bereiche, wie Zahnräder, Riemen, Riemenscheiben, Lüfter und die Laseraustrittsöffnung der
optischen Lasereinheit) sicherstellen, dass das Gerät sich nicht bedienen lässt.
- Beim Entfernen von Abdeckungen vorsichtig vorgehen, da sich darunter scharfkantige
Komponenten befinden können.
- Bei Wartungsarbeiten am eingeschalteten Gerät dürfen keine unter Strom stehenden, drehbaren
oder betriebsrelevanten Bereiche berührt werden. Nicht direkt in den Laserstrahl blicken.
- Ausschließlich vorgesehene Werkzeuge und Hilfsmittel verwenden.
- Empfohlene oder gleichwertige Messgeräte verwenden.
- Nach Abschluss der Wartungsarbeiten das Gerät in den ursprünglichen Zustand zurück
versetzen und den einwandfreien Betrieb überprüfen.
- Das berührungsempfindliche Bedienungsfeld stets vorsichtig handhaben und keinen Stößen
aussetzen. Wenn die Oberfläche beschädigt wird, kann dies zu Funktionsstörungen führen.
- Bewahren Sie Kunststofftüten kindersicher auf. Es besteht Erstickungsgefahr, wenn sich Kinder
beim Spielen eine Kunststofftüte über den Kopf ziehen. Bitte nehmen Sie die Kunststofftüten von
Optionen oder Serviceparts wieder zurück.
- Wenn der Schutzmantel eines Kabels oder die Steckerisolierung beschädigt werden, besteht
Brandgefahr oder die Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlags. Um dies zu vermeiden, sollten Kabel in
der gleichen Weise verlegt werden, wie sie vor der Demontage/dem Transport verlegt waren.
3. Allgemeine Sicherheïtsmassnahmen
- Die Verfahren sind zu überprüfen und wie im Wartungshandbuch beschrieben durchzuführen.
- Vorsichtig, dass Sie nicht umfallen.
- Um Aussetzung zur Haut zur vermeiden, tragen Sie wenn nötig Schutzhandschuhe.

4. Sicherheitsrelevante Wartungsteile
- Der Leistungsschutzschalter, der Türschalter, die Sicherung, der Thermostat, die
Thermosicherung, der Thermistor, der Akkus, die IC-RAMs einschließlich der Lithiumakkus usw.
sind besonders sicherheitsrelevant. Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert
werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu
schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einer Explosion oder einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind
zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC
Corporation empfohlen sind.

5. Warnetiketten
- Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen
überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der
Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH
VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT,
LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät
angebracht sind.

6. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien

- In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und
Verpackungsmaterialien, sind die einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu
befolgen.

7. Akkus und IC RAMs einschließlich Lithiumakkus etc.

VORSICHT:
ES BESTEHT EXPLOSIONSGEFAHR; WENN DER AKKU DURCH DEN FALSCHEN TYP
ERSETZT WIRD.
ENTSORGEN SIE GEBRAUCHTE AKKUS ENTSPRECHEND DER EINSCHLÄGIGEN
REGIONALEN BESTIMMUNGEN UND VORSCHRIFTEN.
 CONTENTS
1. FEATURE...................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Main Features of this Equipment ...................................................................................... 1-1
2. SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES ................................... 2-1
2.1 Specifications .................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 General .............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1.2 Copy .................................................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.3 Print ................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.1.4 Scan................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.1.5 Internet Fax...................................................................................................... 2-10
2.1.6 Network Fax (Option)....................................................................................... 2-11
2.2 Accessories..................................................................................................................... 2-12
2.3 System List...................................................................................................................... 2-13
2.4 Option List ....................................................................................................................... 2-16
2.5 Supplies .......................................................................................................................... 2-17
3. OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE ....................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Sectional View................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1 Front side ........................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.2 Rear side ........................................................................................................... 3-3
3.2 Electric Parts Layout ......................................................................................................... 3-5
3.3 Symbols and Functions of Various Components ............................................................ 3-15
3.3.1 Motors, fans ..................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.2 Sensors and switches ...................................................................................... 3-17
3.3.3 Electromagnetic spring clutches ...................................................................... 3-20
3.3.4 Solenoids ......................................................................................................... 3-20
3.3.5 PC boards........................................................................................................ 3-21
3.3.6 Lamps, LEDs, heaters, and coil....................................................................... 3-22
3.3.7 Thermistors, thermostats ................................................................................. 3-22
3.3.8 Others .............................................................................................................. 3-23
3.4 Copy Process.................................................................................................................. 3-24
3.5 Comparison with e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/4505AC/5005AC....................... 3-25
3.6 General Operation........................................................................................................... 3-28
3.6.1 Overview of operation ...................................................................................... 3-28
3.6.2 Description of operation ................................................................................... 3-28
3.6.3 Detection of abnormality .................................................................................. 3-32
3.6.4 Hibernation function ......................................................................................... 3-39
3.7 Control Panel .................................................................................................................. 3-40
3.7.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-40
3.8 Scanner........................................................................................................................... 3-41
3.8.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-41
3.8.2 Construction..................................................................................................... 3-42
3.8.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-43
3.8.4 Description of operation ................................................................................... 3-45
3.8.5 Process of detection of original size ................................................................ 3-46
3.9 Writing Section ................................................................................................................ 3-48
3.9.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-48
3.9.2 Laser precautions ............................................................................................ 3-50
3.10 Driving Section ................................................................................................................ 3-51
3.10.1 Drum TBU drive unit ........................................................................................ 3-52
3.10.2 Development drive unit/Paper feeding drive unit ............................................. 3-53
3.10.3 Monochrome/color switching mechanism ........................................................ 3-54
3.11 Paper Feeding System.................................................................................................... 3-55
3.11.1 General descriptions........................................................................................ 3-55
3.11.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-56
3.11.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-57
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
CONTENTS
1
 3.11.4 Description of operation ................................................................................... 3-58
3.12 Process Unit Related Section ......................................................................................... 3-63
3.12.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-63
3.12.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-65
3.12.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-66
3.12.4 Drum driving sleep mode ................................................................................. 3-68
3.13 Developer Unit ................................................................................................................ 3-69
3.13.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-69
3.13.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-70
3.13.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-71
3.13.4 Functions of the toner cartridge PC board (CTRG) ......................................... 3-72
3.13.5 Waste toner box............................................................................................... 3-75
3.14 Transfer Unit ................................................................................................................... 3-76
3.14.1 General descriptions........................................................................................ 3-76
3.14.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-77
3.15 Image Quality Control ..................................................................................................... 3-78
3.15.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-78
3.16 Fuser Unit........................................................................................................................ 3-79
3.16.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-79
3.16.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-81
3.16.3 Pressure mechanism ...................................................................................... 3-81
3.16.4 Electric circuit description ................................................................................ 3-82
3.17 Paper Exit Section / Reverse Section ............................................................................. 3-85
3.17.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-85
3.17.2 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-86
3.17.3 Exit motor drive ................................................................................................ 3-86
3.18 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU)..................................................................................... 3-87
3.18.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-87
3.18.2 Composition ..................................................................................................... 3-87
3.18.3 Drive of ADU.................................................................................................... 3-88
3.18.4 Description of operations ................................................................................. 3-89
3.19 Power Supply Unit........................................................................................................... 3-90
3.19.1 General description.......................................................................................... 3-90
3.19.2 Functions ......................................................................................................... 3-90
3.19.3 Operation of DC output circuits........................................................................ 3-90
3.19.4 Output channel ................................................................................................ 3-92
3.19.5 Fuse................................................................................................................. 3-93
4. DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT........................................................................ 4-1
4.1 Covers............................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.1 Front cover......................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.2 Left cover ........................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.3 Receiving tray .................................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.4 Tray rear cover .................................................................................................. 4-2
4.1.5 Left top cover ..................................................................................................... 4-3
4.1.6 Left rear cover.................................................................................................... 4-3
4.1.7 Receiving rear cover .......................................................................................... 4-4
4.1.8 Rear left cover ................................................................................................... 4-4
4.1.9 Right top cover................................................................................................... 4-4
4.1.10 Right front cover ................................................................................................ 4-5
4.1.11 Right rear cover ................................................................................................. 4-5
4.1.12 Front top cover................................................................................................... 4-6
4.1.13 Control panel lower cover .................................................................................. 4-6
4.1.14 Front right cover................................................................................................. 4-7
4.1.15 Top rear cover ................................................................................................... 4-8
4.1.16 Rear top cover ................................................................................................... 4-8
4.1.17 Rear cover ....................................................................................................... 4-10
4.1.18 Front cover switch (SW1) ................................................................................ 4-10
4.1.19 Front cover interlock switch (SW2) .................................................................. 4-11
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
CONTENTS
2
 4.2 Control Panel .................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.2.1 Control panel unit............................................................................................. 4-13
4.2.2 KEY board/button ............................................................................................ 4-15
4.2.3 DSP board ....................................................................................................... 4-17
4.3 Scanner Unit ................................................................................................................... 4-19
4.3.1 Original glass ................................................................................................... 4-23
4.3.2 Lens cover ....................................................................................................... 4-28
4.3.3 Automatic original detection sensor-1 (S24) .................................................... 4-28
4.3.4 Automatic original detection sensor-2 (S25) .................................................... 4-29
4.3.5 Lens unit/CCD driving PC board...................................................................... 4-29
4.3.6 Carriage home position sensor (S23) .............................................................. 4-31
4.3.7 Exposure lamp (EXP) ...................................................................................... 4-32
4.3.8 Scan motor (M1) .............................................................................................. 4-33
4.3.9 Platen sensor (S21, S22)................................................................................. 4-35
4.3.10 Carriage-1........................................................................................................ 4-36
4.3.11 Carriage wire, carriage-2 ................................................................................. 4-39
4.3.12 Scanner damp heater (DH1)............................................................................ 4-43
4.4 Writing Section ................................................................................................................ 4-45
4.4.1 Laser optical unit cooling fan unit .................................................................... 4-45
4.4.2 Laser optical unit cooling fan ........................................................................... 4-46
4.4.3 Laser optical unit.............................................................................................. 4-47
4.4.4 Flat cables / LRL board.................................................................................... 4-52
4.5 Paper Feeding System.................................................................................................... 4-55
4.5.1 Bypass unit ...................................................................................................... 4-55
4.5.2 Bypass feed roller ............................................................................................ 4-56
4.5.3 Bypass separation roller .................................................................................. 4-58
4.5.4 Paper width detection PC board (SFB board) (S17)........................................ 4-60
4.5.5 Bypass feed sensor (S16) ............................................................................... 4-61
4.5.6 Side cover switch (SW5).................................................................................. 4-63
4.5.7 Registration sensor (S19), Feed sensor (S20) ................................................ 4-63
4.5.8 Registration roller (on the equipment side) ...................................................... 4-66
4.5.9 Registration roller (on the ADU side) ............................................................... 4-67
4.5.10 Jam access cover ............................................................................................ 4-69
4.5.11 Transport roller ................................................................................................ 4-71
4.5.12 Jam access cover opening/closing switch (SW20) .......................................... 4-73
4.5.13 2nd drawer paper feed sensor (S32) ............................................................... 4-74
4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit ............................................................................... 4-75
4.5.15 1st drawer separation roller guide ................................................................... 4-75
4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit.............................................................................. 4-77
4.5.17 2nd drawer separation roller guide .................................................................. 4-78
4.5.18 1st drawer paper feed roller, separation roller, and pick-up roller ................... 4-79
4.5.19 2nd drawer paper feed roller, separation roller, and pick-up roller .................. 4-81
4.5.20 1st drawer detection switch (SW8) .................................................................. 4-83
4.5.21 2nd drawer detection switch (SW19) ............................................................... 4-83
4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit....................................................................................... 4-84
4.5.23 2nd tray-up motor unit...................................................................................... 4-86
4.5.24 Tray-up motor-1 (M15)..................................................................................... 4-87
4.5.25 Tray-up motor-2 (M16)..................................................................................... 4-88
4.5.26 1st drawer paper remaining sensor (S30) ....................................................... 4-89
4.5.27 2nd drawer paper remaining sensor (S33) ...................................................... 4-90
4.5.28 1st drawer empty sensor (S5) and 1st drawer tray-up sensor (S31) ............... 4-91
4.5.29 2nd drawer empty sensor (S34) and 2nd drawer tray-up sensor (S35)........... 4-93
4.5.30 1st drawer paper width detection switch (SW6) and 1st drawer paper length
detection switch (SW7) .................................................................................... 4-95
4.5.31 2nd drawer paper width detection switch (SW17) and 2nd drawer paper length
detection switch (SW18) .................................................................................. 4-96
4.5.32 Transport clutch (H) (CLT5) ............................................................................. 4-97
4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6) ........................................................................... 4-100

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

CONTENTS
3
 4.5.34 1st drawer feed clutch (CLT1) ....................................................................... 4-101
4.5.35 2nd drawer feed clutch (CLT4) ...................................................................... 4-102
4.5.36 Registration motor (M14) ............................................................................... 4-102
4.5.37 Paper feed drive unit...................................................................................... 4-103
4.5.38 Paper feed drive gear .................................................................................... 4-105
4.6 Process Unit (Developer Unit, Cleaner) ........................................................................ 4-108
4.6.1 Waste toner box............................................................................................. 4-108
4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner) .......................................................... 4-109
4.6.3 Developer material......................................................................................... 4-114
4.6.4 Doctor blade .................................................................................................. 4-118
4.6.5 Auto-toner sensor (S1, S2, S3, S4) ............................................................... 4-119
4.6.6 Developer sleeve ........................................................................................... 4-120
4.6.7 Mixer .............................................................................................................. 4-122
4.6.8 Replacement of oil seal ................................................................................. 4-123
4.6.9 Main charger.................................................................................................. 4-124
4.6.10 Drum and bushing ......................................................................................... 4-125
4.6.11 Drum cleaning blade ...................................................................................... 4-127
4.6.12 Side seal ........................................................................................................ 4-128
4.6.13 Main charger grid ........................................................................................... 4-129
4.6.14 Main charger cleaner ..................................................................................... 4-130
4.6.15 Needle electrode............................................................................................ 4-131
4.6.16 EPU old/new detection switches (SW9, SW10, SW11, SW12) ..................... 4-132
4.6.17 Drum thermistor ............................................................................................. 4-136
4.6.18 Discharge LED............................................................................................... 4-137
4.6.19 Waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor (S9) ....................................... 4-138
4.6.20 Waste toner paddle motor (M7) ..................................................................... 4-138
4.6.21 Drum switching unit ....................................................................................... 4-140
4.6.22 Drum switching detection sensor (S11) ......................................................... 4-141
4.6.23 Mono/color switching motor (M3)................................................................... 4-142
4.6.24 Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) ............................................. 4-144
4.6.25 Developer drive unit ....................................................................................... 4-144
4.6.26 Toner motor assembly ................................................................................... 4-148
4.6.27 Toner motor (M8, M9, M10, M11) .................................................................. 4-149
4.6.28 Ozone filter .................................................................................................... 4-151
4.6.29 Ozone exhaust fan (F2) ................................................................................. 4-151
4.6.30 Suctioning fan (F3) ........................................................................................ 4-154
4.6.31 Power supply unit cooling fan (F8) ................................................................ 4-155
4.6.32 Drum drive gear ............................................................................................ 4-156
4.6.33 Developer drive gear .................................................................................... 4-161
4.6.34 Main power switch (SW4) .............................................................................. 4-163
4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct .............................................................. 4-164
4.6.36 Developer unit cooling fan (F5)...................................................................... 4-165
4.6.37 Temperature/humidity sensor (S10) .............................................................. 4-166
4.7 Transfer Units (TBU, TRU)............................................................................................ 4-167
4.7.1 Transfer belt cleaning unit ............................................................................. 4-167
4.7.2 Transfer belt cleaning blade/blade seal/recovery blade ................................ 4-167
4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU) ................................................................................. 4-170
4.7.4 Transfer belt .................................................................................................. 4-171
4.7.5 Cleaner unit facing roller ................................................................................ 4-174
4.7.6 Drive roller ..................................................................................................... 4-175
4.7.7 1st transfer roller............................................................................................ 4-176
4.7.8 2nd transfer roller........................................................................................... 4-177
4.7.9 2nd transfer unit (TRU) .................................................................................. 4-178
4.7.10 Paper clinging detection sensor (S18) ........................................................... 4-180
4.7.11 1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2) ..................................................... 4-181
4.7.12 1st transfer roller status detection sensor (S12) ............................................ 4-182
4.7.13 Drum/TBU motor (M6) ................................................................................... 4-183
4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit ............................................................................... 4-184

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

CONTENTS
4
 4.8 Image Quality Control ................................................................................................... 4-187
4.8.1 Image quality control unit............................................................................... 4-187
4.8.2 Paper dust holder .......................................................................................... 4-187
4.8.3 Image position aligning sensor (Front) (S7)................................................... 4-188
4.8.4 Image position aligning sensor (Rear) (S8) ................................................... 4-188
4.8.5 Image position aligning sensor (Center)/Image quality sensor (S37) ............ 4-189
4.8.6 Registration pass sensor (S6) ....................................................................... 4-189
4.8.7 Sensor shutter solenoid (SOL1) .................................................................... 4-190
4.9 Fuser Unit...................................................................................................................... 4-191
4.9.1 Fuser unit....................................................................................................... 4-191
4.9.2 Front side cover ............................................................................................. 4-194
4.9.3 Rear side cover.............................................................................................. 4-195
4.9.4 Separation finger ........................................................................................... 4-195
4.9.5 Separation guide <25ppm/30ppm/35ppm> ................................................... 4-197
4.9.6 Exit sensor (S13) ........................................................................................... 4-198
4.9.7 Paper exit guide ............................................................................................. 4-199
4.9.8 Fuser belt....................................................................................................... 4-200
4.9.9 Front fuser oil recovery sheet 2 / Front fuser oil recovery sheet 1................. 4-207
4.9.10 Rear fuser oil recovery sheet ......................................................................... 4-208
4.9.11 Fuser belt lubricating sheet / Fuser belt pad.................................................. 4-209
4.9.12 Fuser belt center thermistor (THM1) / edge thermistor (THM2) /
thermostat (THMO1) ...................................................................................... 4-211
4.9.13 Pressure roller ............................................................................................... 4-212
4.9.14 IH-COIL.......................................................................................................... 4-214
4.9.15 Fuser belt rotation detection sensor (S27)..................................................... 4-218
4.9.16 Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor (S29) ................................. 4-219
4.9.17 Fuser motor (M4) ........................................................................................... 4-219
4.9.18 Fuser drive unit .............................................................................................. 4-220
4.9.19 Pressure roller contact/release motor (M13) ................................................. 4-223
4.9.20 IH board cooling fan (F6) ............................................................................... 4-226
4.10 Paper Exit and Reverse Sections ................................................................................. 4-230
4.10.1 Reverse unit................................................................................................... 4-230
4.10.2 Paper exit unit................................................................................................ 4-233
4.10.3 Lower exit roller ............................................................................................. 4-234
4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5) ....................................................................................... 4-237
4.10.5 Reverse gate solenoid (SOL2) ...................................................................... 4-238
4.10.6 Upper exit roller ............................................................................................. 4-239
4.10.7 Reverse roller ................................................................................................ 4-241
4.10.8 Exit section cooling fan (F7) .......................................................................... 4-242
4.11 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU)................................................................................... 4-243
4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)..................................................................... 4-243
4.11.2 Bypass feed clutch (CLT3) ............................................................................ 4-245
4.11.3 Transport unit................................................................................................. 4-246
4.11.4 ADU guide assembly ..................................................................................... 4-249
4.11.5 ADU middle cover .......................................................................................... 4-250
4.11.6 ADU control PC board (ADU board) (ADU) ................................................... 4-252
4.11.7 ADU motor (M12)........................................................................................... 4-253
4.11.8 ADU entrance sensor (S14)........................................................................... 4-254
4.11.9 ADU exit sensor (S15) ................................................................................... 4-254
4.11.10 Transport roller (Upper and lower)................................................................. 4-255
4.11.11 Reverse sensor (S26) .................................................................................... 4-256
4.11.12 Side cover interlock switch (SW3) ................................................................. 4-256
4.11.13 Fuser unit cooling fan 1 (F4) .......................................................................... 4-257
4.11.14 Fuser unit cooling fan 2 (F9) .......................................................................... 4-258
4.12 Removal and Installation of Options ............................................................................. 4-259
4.12.1 Dual Scan Document Feeder ........................................................................ 4-259
4.12.2 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder ........................................................ 4-262
4.12.3 Paper Feed Pedestal ..................................................................................... 4-265

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

CONTENTS
5
 4.12.4 Large Capacity Feeder .................................................................................. 4-268
4.12.5 Bridge kit ........................................................................................................ 4-272
4.12.6 Inner finisher .................................................................................................. 4-274
4.12.7 Saddle stitch finisher...................................................................................... 4-278
4.12.8 Saddle stitch finisher (Hole punch unit) ......................................................... 4-279
4.12.9 Finisher .......................................................................................................... 4-281
4.12.10 Finisher (Hole punch unit).............................................................................. 4-283
4.12.11 Job separator ................................................................................................. 4-285
5. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE .......................................................................................... 5-1
5.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Description rule for each menu and mode ........................................................................ 5-4
5.3 Service UI.......................................................................................................................... 5-7
5.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 5-7
5.3.2 Operation procedure .......................................................................................... 5-7
5.3.3 Starting the FS Menu from the normal mode..................................................... 5-7
5.4 03 TEST MODE ................................................................................................................ 5-9
5.4.1 Output check...................................................................................................... 5-9
5.4.2 Input check ........................................................................................................ 5-9
5.5 04 TEST PRINT MODE .................................................................................................. 5-10
5.6 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE ............................................................................................... 5-10
5.6.1 TEST PRINT .................................................................................................... 5-10
5.7 08 SETTING MODE........................................................................................................ 5-10
5.8 20 PM SUPPORT MODE................................................................................................ 5-10
5.9 30 LIST PRINT MODE .................................................................................................... 5-11
5.9.1 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-11
5.9.2 List printing ...................................................................................................... 5-12
5.10 31 CHART OUTPUT MODE ........................................................................................... 5-26
5.11 FAX ................................................................................................................................. 5-27
5.11.1 11 FAX CLEAR MODE .................................................................................... 5-27
5.11.2 12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE............................................................................. 5-30
5.11.3 13 FAX FUNCTION MODE ............................................................................. 5-30
5.11.4 19 RAM EDIT MODE....................................................................................... 5-30
5.12 35 DATA BACKUP/RESTORE MODE............................................................................ 5-31
5.13 36 CLONING................................................................................................................... 5-32
5.14 37 LICENSE MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................... 5-32
5.15 01 Control Panel Check Mode ........................................................................................ 5-32
5.15.1 Screen transition.............................................................................................. 5-33
5.15.2 Checking of the LCD backlight and LEDs........................................................ 5-34
5.15.3 Checking of the LCD display, hard keys and digital keys ................................ 5-34
5.15.4 Checking of the LCD touch sensor and USB storage device connection ........ 5-35
5.16 73 Firmware Assist Mode................................................................................................ 5-36
5.16.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-36
5.16.2 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-36
5.16.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 5-37
5.17 74 HDD Assist Mode....................................................................................................... 5-41
5.17.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-41
5.17.2 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-41
5.17.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 5-43
5.18 75 File System Recovery Mode ...................................................................................... 5-45
5.18.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-45
5.18.2 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-45
5.18.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 5-46
5.19 76 SRAM Maintenance Mode ......................................................................................... 5-52
5.19.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-52
5.19.2 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-52
5.19.3 Functions ......................................................................................................... 5-53
5.20 Pixel Counter................................................................................................................... 5-55
5.20.1 Outline ............................................................................................................. 5-55
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
CONTENTS
6
 5.21 Batch Setting for Self-Diagnostic Codes ......................................................................... 5-66
5.21.1 General description.......................................................................................... 5-66
5.21.2 Applicable codes.............................................................................................. 5-66
5.21.3 Setting files ...................................................................................................... 5-66
5.21.4 Result files ....................................................................................................... 5-68
5.21.5 Operation procedure ........................................................................................ 5-69
6. SETTING / ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................ 6-1
6.1 Image Related Adjustment................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1.1 Adjustment order ............................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.2 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor.................................................................. 6-2
6.1.3 Performing image quality control ....................................................................... 6-4
6.1.4 Adjustment of color registration control ............................................................. 6-5
6.1.5 Image dimensional adjustment .......................................................................... 6-6
6.1.6 Paper alignment at the registration roller ........................................................... 6-8
6.1.7 Image dimensional adjustment at the printing section ..................................... 6-12
6.1.8 Image dimensional adjustment at the scanning section .................................. 6-20
6.2 Image Quality Adjustment (Copying Function)................................................................ 6-28
6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment ......................................................................... 6-28
6.2.2 Density adjustment .......................................................................................... 6-30
6.2.3 Gamma balance adjustment ............................................................................ 6-31
6.2.4 Text gamma balance adjustment..................................................................... 6-32
6.2.5 Color balance adjustment ................................................................................ 6-33
6.2.6 Background adjustment ................................................................................... 6-35
6.2.7 Judgment threshold for ACS (common for copy and scan) ............................. 6-35
6.2.8 Judgment threshold adjustment for blank originals
(common for copy and scan) ........................................................................... 6-36
6.2.9 Image area adjustment for blank original judgment and ACS judgment when an
Image Repeat is used ...................................................................................... 6-36
6.2.10 Image area adjustment for blank original judgment and ACS judgment
(common for copying and scanning)................................................................ 6-37
6.2.11 Sharpness adjustment ..................................................................................... 6-38
6.2.12 Setting range correction................................................................................... 6-39
6.2.13 Adjustment of smudged/faint text .................................................................... 6-39
6.2.14 Color adjustment of marker ............................................................................. 6-40
6.2.15 Emission level adjustment ............................................................................... 6-41
6.2.16 Maximum toner density adjustment to paper type ........................................... 6-42
6.2.17 Maximum text density adjustment ................................................................... 6-42
6.2.18 Text/Photo reproduction level adjustment ....................................................... 6-43
6.2.19 Black header density level adjustment ............................................................ 6-43
6.2.20 Black area adjustment in twin color copy mode............................................... 6-44
6.2.21 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy, scan and fax) ... 6-44
6.2.22 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF
(common for copy, scan and fax) .................................................................... 6-44
6.2.23 Mono color copy / twin color copy adjustment ................................................. 6-45
6.2.24 Maximum density adjustment for each paper type .......................................... 6-46
6.2.25 Color reproduction selection ............................................................................ 6-47
6.2.26 Reproducibility adjustment of dark-color text and gray print pattern................ 6-48
6.2.27 Hue adjustment................................................................................................ 6-49
6.2.28 Saturation adjustment ...................................................................................... 6-52
6.2.29 Drop out color adjustment................................................................................ 6-54
6.2.30 ADF noise reduction ........................................................................................ 6-54
6.3 Image Quality Adjustment (Printing Function)................................................................. 6-55
6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment ......................................................................... 6-55
6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment ............................................................................ 6-58
6.3.3 Color balance adjustment ................................................................................ 6-60
6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment ..................................................................... 6-62
6.3.5 Upper limit value in the toner saving mode...................................................... 6-62
6.3.6 Maximum toner density adjustment ................................................................. 6-63
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
CONTENTS
7
 6.3.7 Fine line enhancement switchover .................................................................. 6-63
6.3.8 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (PCL) ......................................... 6-64
6.3.9 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (Twin color mode) ..................... 6-64
6.3.10 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (PS) ........................................... 6-64
6.3.11 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (XPS)......................................... 6-65
6.3.12 Toner limit threshold adjustment...................................................................... 6-65
6.3.13 Sharpness adjustment ..................................................................................... 6-66
6.3.14 Thin line width lower limit adjustment .............................................................. 6-67
6.3.15 Background adjustment ................................................................................... 6-67
6.3.16 Color/black judgment setting for twin color printing images............................. 6-67
6.3.17 Emission level adjustment ............................................................................... 6-68
6.3.18 Density adjustment of graphic lines (1200 dpi) ................................................ 6-69
6.3.19 Gradation switching for black mode printing text ............................................. 6-70
6.3.20 Color reproduction switching (Twin color printing) ........................................... 6-70
6.3.21 Auto Trapping adjustment................................................................................ 6-71
6.3.22 Adjustment of smudged text in black (600dpi) ................................................. 6-71
6.3.23 Adjustment of smudged text in black (1200dpi) ............................................... 6-71
6.3.24 Halftone setting ................................................................................................ 6-72
6.4 Image Quality Adjustment (Scanning Function).............................................................. 6-73
6.4.1 Gamma balance adjustment ............................................................................ 6-73
6.4.2 RGB Color balance adjustment ....................................................................... 6-73
6.4.3 Density adjustment .......................................................................................... 6-74
6.4.4 Background adjustment (Color) ....................................................................... 6-75
6.4.5 Background adjustment (Black/Grayscale)...................................................... 6-75
6.4.6 Judgment for ACS adjustment ......................................................................... 6-75
6.4.7 Sharpness adjustment ..................................................................................... 6-76
6.4.8 Contrast adjustment......................................................................................... 6-76
6.4.9 Fine adjustment of black density ..................................................................... 6-77
6.4.10 RGB conversion method selection .................................................................. 6-77
6.4.11 Adjustment of saturation .................................................................................. 6-78
6.4.12 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy, scan and fax) ... 6-78
6.4.13 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF
(common for copy, scan and fax) .................................................................... 6-78
6.4.14 Adjustment of the capacity and image quality of SlimPDF .............................. 6-79
6.4.15 Surrounding void amount adjustment .............................................................. 6-80
6.4.16 Surrounding void amount adjustment (custom size scan) ............................... 6-80
6.4.17 Judgment threshold adjustment for blank originals
(common for copy and scan) ........................................................................... 6-80
6.4.18 JPEG compression level adjustment ............................................................... 6-81
6.4.19 ADF noise reduction ........................................................................................ 6-82
6.5 Image Quality Adjustment (FAX Function)...................................................................... 6-83
6.5.1 Density adjustment .......................................................................................... 6-83
6.5.2 Emission level adjustment ............................................................................... 6-84
6.5.3 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy, scan and fax) ... 6-84
6.5.4 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF
(common for copy, scan and fax) .................................................................... 6-85
6.6 Scanner........................................................................................................................... 6-86
6.6.1 Adjustment carriages-1 positions..................................................................... 6-86
6.6.2 Position adjustment of CCD lens unit .............................................................. 6-87
6.6.3 Belt tension adjustment of the scan motor....................................................... 6-87
6.7 Writing Section ................................................................................................................ 6-88
6.7.1 Image adjustment in the writing section........................................................... 6-88
6.7.2 Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge ............................................... 6-88
6.8 Paper Feeding System.................................................................................................... 6-96
6.8.1 Adjusting the clearance of the paper and side guides ..................................... 6-96
6.8.2 Separation roller pressure force adjustment .................................................... 6-97
6.9 Process Unit Related Section ......................................................................................... 6-98
6.9.1 High-voltage transformer setting...................................................................... 6-98

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

CONTENTS
8
 6.10 Developer Unit ................................................................................................................ 6-99
6.10.1 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor................................................................ 6-99
6.10.2 Pole position adjustment.................................................................................. 6-99
6.11 Image Quality Control ................................................................................................... 6-100
6.11.1 Performing image quality control ................................................................... 6-100
6.12 Fuser Unit...................................................................................................................... 6-100
6.12.1 Adjustment of the separation guide gap ........................................................ 6-100
6.13 Control Panel Calibration .............................................................................................. 6-103
6.13.1 General description........................................................................................ 6-103
6.13.2 Operation procedure ...................................................................................... 6-103
6.14 Adjustment of the DSDF ............................................................................................... 6-106
6.14.1 Adjustment of position ................................................................................... 6-106
6.14.2 Adjustment of height ...................................................................................... 6-111
6.14.3 Adjustment of skew........................................................................................ 6-113
6.14.4 Adjustment of the leading edge position........................................................ 6-117
6.14.5 Adjustment of horizontal position ................................................................... 6-119
6.14.6 Adjustment of copy ratio ................................................................................ 6-121
6.14.7 DSDF read-in sensor-1 adjustment ............................................................... 6-122
6.14.8 Platen sheet................................................................................................... 6-124
6.14.9 DSDF separation roller pressure force adjustment........................................ 6-125
6.15 Adjustment of the RADF ............................................................................................... 6-127
6.15.1 Adjustment of RADF position......................................................................... 6-127
6.15.2 Adjustment of RADF height ........................................................................... 6-132
6.15.3 Adjustment of skew........................................................................................ 6-134
6.15.4 Adjustment of the leading edge position........................................................ 6-137
6.15.5 Adjustment of horizontal position ................................................................... 6-139
6.15.6 Adjustment of copy ratio ................................................................................ 6-140
6.15.7 RADF Separation roller pressure force adjustment ....................................... 6-141
6.16 Adjustment of the Inner Finisher ................................................................................... 6-143
6.16.1 Alignment position adjustment ....................................................................... 6-143
6.16.2 Stapling position adjustment .......................................................................... 6-144
6.16.3 Punch hole position adjustment..................................................................... 6-147
6.17 Adjustment of the Console Finisher .............................................................................. 6-148
6.17.1 Adjusting the alignment position .................................................................... 6-148
6.17.2 Adjusting the stapling position ....................................................................... 6-151
6.18 Adjustment of the Saddle Stitch Finisher ...................................................................... 6-153
6.18.1 Adjusting the alignment position .................................................................... 6-153
6.18.2 Adjusting the stapling position ....................................................................... 6-156
6.18.3 Stapling/folding position adjustment in saddle stitch unit............................... 6-158
6.18.4 Folding position adjustment ........................................................................... 6-160
6.18.5 Stapling position adjustment .......................................................................... 6-160
6.18.6 Saddle stitch skew adjustment ...................................................................... 6-161
6.19 Adjustment of Hole punch unit ...................................................................................... 6-162
6.19.1 Destination setting of hole punch control PC board....................................... 6-162
6.19.2 Stopping position adjustment (MJ-6105) ....................................................... 6-163
7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)............................................................................ 7-1
7.1 General Description .......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 PM Display ........................................................................................................................ 7-1
7.2.1 General description............................................................................................ 7-1
7.2.2 PM display conditions ........................................................................................ 7-1
7.2.3 PM display contents........................................................................................... 7-3
7.2.4 Counter clearing ................................................................................................ 7-4
7.3 General Descriptions for PM Procedure ........................................................................... 7-5
7.4 PM Support Mode ............................................................................................................. 7-6
7.4.1 General description............................................................................................ 7-6
7.4.2 Operational flow................................................................................................. 7-6
7.4.3 Operational screen ............................................................................................ 7-7
7.4.4 Access tree ...................................................................................................... 7-10
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
CONTENTS
9
 7.5 Work Flow of Parts Replacement.................................................................................... 7-12
7.6 Preventive Maintenance Checklist .................................................................................. 7-13
7.6.1 Scanner ........................................................................................................... 7-14
7.6.2 Laser optical unit.............................................................................................. 7-14
7.6.3 Feed unit.......................................................................................................... 7-15
7.6.4 Automatic duplexing unit.................................................................................. 7-15
7.6.5 Bypass feed unit .............................................................................................. 7-16
7.6.6 Main charger.................................................................................................... 7-16
7.6.7 Cleaner unit ..................................................................................................... 7-17
7.6.8 Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C) ....................................................................... 7-19
7.6.9 Transfer belt unit / Transfer belt cleaning unit ................................................. 7-25
7.6.10 Image quality control unit................................................................................. 7-27
7.6.11 2nd transfer unit............................................................................................... 7-28
7.6.12 Fuser unit......................................................................................................... 7-29
7.6.13 Paper exit section / Reverse section ............................................................... 7-30
7.6.14 DSDF ............................................................................................................... 7-31
7.6.15 RADF ............................................................................................................... 7-33
7.6.16 PFP.................................................................................................................. 7-34
7.6.17 LCF .................................................................................................................. 7-35
7.6.18 Inner finisher .................................................................................................... 7-35
7.6.19 Saddle stitch finisher / Finisher ........................................................................ 7-36
7.6.20 Hole punch unit (MJ-6105) .............................................................................. 7-42
7.7 Machine Refreshing Checklist......................................................................................... 7-43
7.8 Storage of Supplies and Replacement Parts .................................................................. 7-45
7.9 PM KIT ............................................................................................................................ 7-46
7.10 Maintenance Part List .................................................................................................... 7-48
7.11 Grease List...................................................................................................................... 7-49
8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................ 8-1
8.1 General Descriptions......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.1 If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting ...................... 8-2
8.1.2 Collection of debug logs with a USB device ...................................................... 8-3
8.1.3 Traceability label................................................................................................ 8-5
8.2 Error Code List .................................................................................................................. 8-6
8.2.1 Jam .................................................................................................................... 8-6
8.2.2 Service call ...................................................................................................... 8-16
8.2.3 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning function ........................................................ 8-31
8.2.4 Printer function error ........................................................................................ 8-43
8.2.5 TopAccess related error/Communication error with external application ........ 8-46
8.2.6 MFP access error ............................................................................................ 8-48
8.2.7 Maintenance error............................................................................................ 8-54
8.2.8 Network error ................................................................................................... 8-62
8.2.9 Notification ....................................................................................................... 8-68
8.2.10 FAX error ......................................................................................................... 8-72
8.2.11 Error history ................................................................................................... 8-103
8.3 Diagnosis and Prescription for Each Error Code .......................................................... 8-105
8.3.1 Check item ..................................................................................................... 8-105
8.3.2 Paper transport jam (paper exit section)........................................................ 8-105
8.3.3 Paper misfeeding ........................................................................................... 8-108
8.3.4 Paper transport jam ....................................................................................... 8-112
8.3.5 Other paper jam ............................................................................................. 8-121
8.3.6 Cover open jam ............................................................................................. 8-129
8.3.7 RADF/DSDF jam ........................................................................................... 8-132
8.3.8 Jam in bridge unit .......................................................................................... 8-148
8.3.9 Paper jam in finisher section.......................................................................... 8-152
8.3.10 Paper jam in saddle stitch section ................................................................. 8-167
8.3.11 Paper jam in puncher unit .............................................................................. 8-171
8.3.12 Other paper jam ............................................................................................. 8-172
8.3.13 Drive system related service call ................................................................... 8-189
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
CONTENTS
10
 8.3.14 Paper feeding system related service call ..................................................... 8-190
8.3.15 Scanning system related service call............................................................. 8-196
8.3.16 Fuser unit related service call ........................................................................ 8-200
8.3.17 Communication related service call ............................................................... 8-207
8.3.18 RADF / DSDF related service call ................................................................. 8-211
8.3.19 Circuit related service call .............................................................................. 8-216
8.3.20 Laser optical unit related service call ............................................................. 8-221
8.3.21 Finisher related service call ........................................................................... 8-224
8.3.22 Image control related service call .................................................................. 8-247
8.3.23 Copy process related service call .................................................................. 8-263
8.3.24 Other service call ........................................................................................... 8-272
8.3.25 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning function ...................................................... 8-310
8.3.26 Printer function error ...................................................................................... 8-349
8.3.27 TopAccess related error/Communication error with external application ...... 8-358
8.3.28 MFP access error .......................................................................................... 8-364
8.3.29 Maintenance error.......................................................................................... 8-369
8.3.30 Network error ................................................................................................. 8-374
8.3.31 FAX error ....................................................................................................... 8-389
8.4 Other Errors .................................................................................................................. 8-430
8.4.1 Equipment operation disabled after the installation of option(s) .................... 8-430
8.4.2 Wireless LAN connection disabled ................................................................ 8-430
8.4.3 “Invalid Department Code” is displayed ......................................................... 8-430
8.4.4 Paper folded on the leading edge.................................................................. 8-430
8.4.5 Toner cartridge unrecognized ........................................................................ 8-430
8.4.6 Ethernet disabled in half-duplex communication ........................................... 8-430
8.4.7 The equipment does not start after the power has been turned ON.............. 8-431
8.4.8 Countermeasure to sudden power failure...................................................... 8-438
8.4.9 “Authentication Failed” is displayed ............................................................... 8-439
8.4.10 Error code “M00” is displayed while updating firmware ................................. 8-440
8.4.11 “Fax line1 is out of order.” or “Fax line2 is out of order.” is displayed ............ 8-440
8.4.12 “Close the cover on the right” is repeatedly displayed at intervals
of a few seconds............................................................................................ 8-440
8.4.13 “Latch the developer unit (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black)”
remains displayed .......................................................................................... 8-441
8.5 Troubleshooting for the Image ...................................................................................... 8-442
8.5.1 Color deviation............................................................................................... 8-442
8.5.2 Uneven pitch and jitter image ........................................................................ 8-444
8.5.3 Poor image density, color reproduction and gray balance............................. 8-446
8.5.4 Background fogging 1 .................................................................................... 8-448
8.5.5 Background fogging 2 (1200 dpi printing) ...................................................... 8-450
8.5.6 Moire /lack of sharpness ................................................................................ 8-451
8.5.7 Toner offset.................................................................................................... 8-453
8.5.8 Toner offset (shadow image) at the edges .................................................... 8-455
8.5.9 Blurred image ................................................................................................ 8-457
8.5.10 Poor fusing..................................................................................................... 8-458
8.5.11 Blank print...................................................................................................... 8-460
8.5.12 Solid print....................................................................................................... 8-462
8.5.13 White banding (in feeding direction) .............................................................. 8-463
8.5.14 White banding (at right angles to feeding direction) ...................................... 8-465
8.5.15 Skew (slantwise copying) .............................................................................. 8-466
8.5.16 Color banding (in feeding direction) ............................................................... 8-467
8.5.17 Color banding (at right angles to feeding direction) ....................................... 8-469
8.5.18 White spots .................................................................................................... 8-471
8.5.19 Poor transfer .................................................................................................. 8-473
8.5.20 Uneven image density 1 (in feeding direction)............................................... 8-474
8.5.21 Uneven image density 1 (at right angles to feeding direction) ....................... 8-476
8.5.22 Uneven image density 2 ................................................................................ 8-477
8.5.23 Faded image (low density, roughness) .......................................................... 8-479

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

CONTENTS
11
 8.5.24 Image dislocation in leading edge ................................................................. 8-481
8.5.25 Image jittering ................................................................................................ 8-482
8.5.26 Poor cleaning ................................................................................................. 8-483
8.5.27 Uneven light distribution ................................................................................ 8-485
8.5.28 Blotched image .............................................................................................. 8-486
8.5.29 Stain on the paper back side ......................................................................... 8-487
8.5.30 White void in the halftone .............................................................................. 8-489
8.5.31 Paper wrinkle ................................................................................................. 8-492
8.5.32 Staining at the leading/trailing edge............................................................... 8-494
8.5.33 Faint image .................................................................................................... 8-495
8.5.34 Toner scattering ............................................................................................. 8-496
8.5.35 Feathered image............................................................................................ 8-497
8.5.36 Image skewing on paper trailing edge ........................................................... 8-498
8.5.37 Staining on both edges of paper .................................................................... 8-502
8.5.38 Roller trace .................................................................................................... 8-503
8.5.39 Staining at the leading edge .......................................................................... 8-504
8.5.40 Image distortion (dogleg image) .................................................................... 8-505
8.5.41 Low density level in halftone around a text or line ......................................... 8-507
8.5.42 Shadow in copied/scanned images when using the DSDF ........................... 8-508
8.5.43 The exit paper surface feels rough like sand is adhering to it
(carrier offset) ................................................................................................ 8-510
8.5.44 Scanned image abnormality .......................................................................... 8-512
8.5.45 If an image-related problem continues after performing all troubleshooting .. 8-514
9. REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD ...................................................................... 9-1
9.1 Removal and Installation of PC Boards/HDD.................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1 SYS board cover................................................................................................ 9-1
9.1.2 SYS board cooling fan (F1) ............................................................................... 9-1
9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD) ................................................................................................ 9-2
9.1.4 SYS board ......................................................................................................... 9-3
9.1.5 SYS board case ................................................................................................. 9-5
9.1.6 LGC board ......................................................................................................... 9-7
9.1.7 IH board ........................................................................................................... 9-10
9.1.8 Switching regulator .......................................................................................... 9-13
9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)....................................................................... 9-15
9.1.10 SRAM .............................................................................................................. 9-17
9.1.11 Main memory (DIMM) ...................................................................................... 9-17
9.1.12 EEPROM ......................................................................................................... 9-18
9.1.13 PFC board ....................................................................................................... 9-18
9.1.14 DAMP board .................................................................................................... 9-19
9.1.15 CTIF board....................................................................................................... 9-20
9.1.16 DSDF I/F board................................................................................................ 9-21
9.2 Precautions, Procedures and Settings for Replacing PC Boards and HDD ................... 9-22
9.2.1 Precautions when replacing PC boards........................................................... 9-22
9.2.2 HDD fault diagnosis ......................................................................................... 9-23
9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD .................................... 9-25
9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS board .......................... 9-30
9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM ................................... 9-34
9.2.6 Procedures when replacing the LGC board..................................................... 9-39
9.2.7 Procedures and settings when replacing EEPROM (for LGC board) .............. 9-40
9.2.8 Procedures and settings when replacing the lens unit ................................... 9-44
9.2.9 Firmware confirmation after the PC board/HDD replacement ......................... 9-45
9.2.10 License re-registration using the one-time dongle ........................................... 9-45
9.3 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070 and Disposal of HDD/Board ............................. 9-47
9.3.1 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070 ........................................................... 9-47
9.3.2 Precautions when disposing of HDD ............................................................... 9-47
9.3.3 Precautions when disposing of the SYS board................................................ 9-47
9.3.4 Precautions when disposing of the SRAM....................................................... 9-47

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

CONTENTS
12
10. REMOTE SERVICE..................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Auto Supply Order........................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.1 Outline ............................................................................................................. 10-1
10.1.2 Setting item ...................................................................................................... 10-2
10.1.3 Setting procedure ............................................................................................ 10-4
10.1.4 Order sheet format......................................................................................... 10-18
10.2 Service Notification ....................................................................................................... 10-22
10.2.1 Outline ........................................................................................................... 10-22
10.2.2 Setting............................................................................................................ 10-22
10.2.3 Items to be notified ........................................................................................ 10-29
10.3 Remote Panel (VNC) .................................................................................................... 10-47
10.3.1 Outline ........................................................................................................... 10-47
10.3.2 Setting............................................................................................................ 10-47
10.3.3 Operation ....................................................................................................... 10-48
10.4 Remote Service............................................................................................................. 10-49
10.4.1 Outline ........................................................................................................... 10-49
10.4.2 Setting............................................................................................................ 10-49
10.4.3 Operation ....................................................................................................... 10-49
11. FIRMWARE UPDATING ............................................................................................. 11-1
11.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device .............................................................................. 11-2
11.2.1 Updating methods............................................................................................ 11-2
11.2.2 Firmware type and data file for updating ......................................................... 11-2
11.2.3 Folder configuration of a USB device .............................................................. 11-4
11.2.4 Update procedure ............................................................................................ 11-6
11.3 Confirmation of the updated data.................................................................................. 11-14
12. BACKUP FUNCTION.................................................................................................. 12-1
12.1 Cloning (HS menu).......................................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.1 General description.......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 Precautions...................................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.3 Backup files ..................................................................................................... 12-2
12.1.4 Cloning procedure ........................................................................................... 12-2
12.2 Cloning (FS menu) .......................................................................................................... 12-5
12.2.1 General description.......................................................................................... 12-5
12.2.2 Precautions...................................................................................................... 12-5
12.2.3 Clone file creation procedure ........................................................................... 12-7
12.2.4 Clone file installation procedure....................................................................... 12-7
12.3 AES Data Encryption Function Setting ........................................................................... 12-8
12.3.1 General description.......................................................................................... 12-8
12.3.2 Precautions...................................................................................................... 12-8
12.3.3 Setting procedure ............................................................................................ 12-9
12.3.4 Procedure for disabling data encryption function........................................... 12-13
12.3.5 Procedure for discarding HDD when data encryption function is enabled .... 12-13
12.4 High Security Mode....................................................................................................... 12-14
12.4.1 General description........................................................................................ 12-14
12.4.2 Prior confirmation .......................................................................................... 12-14
12.4.3 Procedure for entering the High Security Mode ............................................ 12-14
12.4.4 Precautions.................................................................................................... 12-15
12.5 Decommissioning.......................................................................................................... 12-16
12.5.1 General description........................................................................................ 12-16
12.5.2 Functions ....................................................................................................... 12-16
12.5.3 Precautions.................................................................................................... 12-16
12.5.4 Procedures of decommissioning.................................................................... 12-16
13. EXTERNAL COUNTERS ............................................................................................ 13-1
13.1 Outline............................................................................................................................. 13-1
13.2 Signal .............................................................................................................................. 13-1

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

CONTENTS
13
 13.2.1 Connector ........................................................................................................ 13-1
13.2.2 Coin controller.................................................................................................. 13-1
13.2.3 Key copy counter ............................................................................................. 13-5
13.3 Notices ............................................................................................................................ 13-6
13.3.1 Setting code..................................................................................................... 13-6
13.3.2 Setting value change and restrictions when using the card controller ............. 13-6
13.3.3 Setting value change and restrictions when using the coin controller ............. 13-6
13.3.4 Installation of external counter ......................................................................... 13-6
13.3.5 Setting value change and restrictions when using the key counter ................. 13-7
13.3.6 Restrictions when using the external counter .................................................. 13-7
14. NOTES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A CARD READER ....................................... 14-1
15. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION................................................................................ 15-1
15.1 AC Wire Harness ............................................................................................................ 15-1
15.2 DC Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout ........................................................................ 15-2
15.2.1 DC Wire Harness <25ppm/30ppm/35ppm>..................................................... 15-2
15.2.2 DC Wire Harness <45ppm/50ppm>................................................................. 15-3
15.2.3 Electric Parts Layout........................................................................................ 15-4
APPENDIX .............................................................................................................................. 1
REVISION RECORD............................................................................................................... 1

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

CONTENTS
14
1. FEATURE

1.1 Main Features of this Equipment 1

• Resistive touch panel
In order to improve the operability, a 10.1-inch resistive touch panel is adopted.

• Laser optical unit

A thermostat is embedded in the laser optical unit and detects the temperature inside the
equipment. When the temperature varies, correction is performed corresponding to it.

• PC board
Each PC board is downsized.

• Image related adjustment

The standard of the image quality adjustment performed before factory shipment has been changed
to the one using the center as a reference. When the image dimensional adjustment is performed in
the field, utilize Type 2 which uses the center as a reference (the same adjustment performed before
factory shipment). The correction can be applied more easily.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FEATURE
1-1
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
FEATURE
1-2
2. SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
In this document, a model name is replaced with an alias as follows:

Model name Alias

e-STUDIO2515AC 25ppm 2
e-STUDIO3015AC 30ppm
e-STUDIO3515AC 35ppm
e-STUDIO4515AC 45ppm
e-STUDIO5015AC 50ppm

2.1 Specifications

2.1.1 General

Type Desktop type

(Console type: when optional Paper Feed Pedestal (PFP) or optional
Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) is installed.)
Original glass Fixed
Color Full color, Twin color, Mono color
Copy process Indirect electrophotographic method (dry)
Developing system 2-component magnetic brush developing
Fixing method Belt fusing system with external IH
Photosensor type OPC
Original scanning sensor CCD sensor
Scanning light source LED
Resolution Scanning 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Writing (Copy) Black:
600 dpi x 600 dpi, 5bit
2400 dpi (Equivalence) x 600 dpi
Color:
600 dpi x 600 dpi, 5bit
Gradation 256
Paper feeding 2 drawer + Bypass feeding
2 drawer + Bypass feeding+ PFP 1 drawer (optional)
2 drawer + Bypass feeding+ PFP 2 drawers (optional)
2 drawer + Bypass feeding+ LCF (optional)
Paper supply Drawer/PFP Stack height 60.5 mm,
(optional) Approx. 550 sheets (80 g/m2, 21.3 lb. Bond),
Approx. 500 sheets (105 g/m2, 28 lb. Bond)
Bypass feeding Stack height 11 mm,
Approx. 100 sheets (80 g/m2, 21.3 lb. Bond),
Approx. 80 sheets (105 g/m2, 28 lb. Bond)
LCF (optional) Stack height 110 mm,
Approx. 2000 sheets (80 g/m2, 21.3 lb. Bond),
Approx. 1660 sheets (105 g/m2, 28 lb. Bond)
Envelope Drawer Plain paper: Approx. 550 sheets (80 g/m2, 21.3 lb. Bond), Approx. 500
(optional)
sheets (105 g/m2, 28 lb. Bond)
Envelope: Stack height 505 mm (Approx. 60 envelopes)
Paper size Drawer/PFP A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, 8K, 16K, 16K-R, A3 Wide
(optional) (305 x 457 mm), SRA3 (320 x 450 mm), 320 x 460 mm, LD, LG, LT,
LT-R, ST-R, COMPUTER, 13"LG, 8.5" x 8.5", Non-standard

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-1
 Bypass feeding A3, A4, A4-R, A6-R (*1), A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, 8K, 16K, 16K-R,
A3 Wide (305 x 457 mm), SRA3 (320 x 450 mm), 320 x 460 mm, 305
x 1200 mm, LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R, COMPUTER, 13"LG, 8.5" x 8.5",
Full Bleed (12" x 18")
Non-standard (*2) (*3) (*4):
Paper size within 100 - 305 mm (3.9 - 12") (Width), 148 - 1200 mm
(5.8 - 47") (Length)

(*1) A6-R size paper: Thick 2 or larger is available.

(*2) Non-standard size paper: Corner folding, paper wrinkling or
skewing may occur.
(*3) Thick 1 or smaller size paper: Skewing may occur in paper whose
size is 140 (Width) x 210 (Length) mm or smaller.
(*4) When printing is performed by using a printer driver, the available
paper size may differ from the above one depending on the
specifications of the printer driver.
LCF (optional) A4, LT
Envelope Drawer Plain paper: A4-R, A5-R, B5-R, 16K-R, LG, LT-R, ST-R, 13" LG
(optional) Envelope DL (110 x 220 mm), Envelope Com10 (4 1/8 x 9 1/2"),
Envelope Monarch (3 7/8 x 7 1/2"), Envelope Cho-3 (120 x 235 mm),
Envelope You-4 (105 x 235 mm), Envelope KAKU-2 (240 x 332 mm)
Non-standard envelope: Paper size within 100 - 240 mm (3.9 - 9.45")
(Width), 162 - 380 mm (6.38 - 14.9") (Length)
Paper type Drawer / PFP Plain paper, Recycled paper, Thick, Thick 1, Thick 2, Thick 3
(optional)
Bypass feeding Plain paper, Recycled paper, Thick, Thick 1, Thick 2, Thick 3, Thick 4,
Special 1 (Waterproof paper), Special 2 (Waterproof paper), Special 3
(Coated paper), Thin paper, Sticker labels, OHP film, Tab paper, Extra
large paper
LCF (optional) Plain paper, Recycled paper, Thick
Envelope Drawer Plain paper, Envelope, Thick 1, Thick 2, Thick 3
(optional)
Paper weight Drawer / 60 g/m2 to 256 g/m2 (16 lb. Bond to 140 lb. Index)
PFP (optional)
Bypass feeding 52 g/m2 to 280 g/m2 (16 lb. Bond to 100 lb. Cover)
LCF (optional) 64 g/m2 to 105 g/m2 (17 lb. Bond to 28 lb. Bond)
Envelope Drawer 60 g/m2 to 163 g/m2 (16 lb. Bond to 90 lb. Index)
(optional)
Automatic Type Stackless, Switchback type
duplexing unit Acceptable paper A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, 8K, 16K, 16K-R, A3 Wide
size (305 x 457 mm), LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R, COMPUTER, 13"LG, 8.5" x
8.5", Full Bleed (12" x 18"), Non-standard
Acceptable paper 60 g/m2 to 256 g/m2 (17 lb. Bond to 80 lb. Cover)
weight
Toner supply Automatic toner density detection/supply (Toner cartridge exchange
type)
Density control Automatic density mode and manual density mode selectable in 11
steps
Total counter Electronic counter
Memory (RAM) Main memory 4 GB (including page memory)
Page Memory Included in main memory
HDD 320 GB
Account Codes 10000 codes
Department Codes 1000 codes

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-2
 Machine version NAD: North America, Brazil
MJD: Europe
AUD: Australia
ASD: Asia, Hong Kong, Latin America
TWD: Taiwan
CND: China
ARD: Argentina 2
JPD: Japan
Warm-up time Normal start-up: Approx. 20 sec. (100 V/200 V series) <Stand-alone,
temperature: 20oC>
Start-up without hibernation: Approx. 70 sec. (100 V/200 V series)
<Stand-alone, temperature: 20oC>
* Varies depending on the settings, use conditions, and quality
maintenance behavior such as toner refill.
Recovery from sleep Approx. 12 sec. <Stand-alone, temperature: 20oC>
* Varies depending on the settings, use conditions, and quality
maintenance behavior such as toner refill.
Power requirements AC 110 V / 13.2 A, 120 V / 15 A
220-240 V / 8 A (50/60 Hz)
* The acceptable value of each voltage is ± 10%.
Power consumption 1.5 kW or less (100 V, 120 V)
2.0 kW or less (200 V series)
* The electric power is supplied to the RADF, Finisher, PFP and LCF
through the equipment.
Weight Approx. 78.1 kg (172.2 lb.)
Dimensions of the equipment W 585 x D 640 x H 787 (mm)
* When the tilt angle of the control panel is 90 degrees.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-3
2.1.2 Copy

[ 1 ] Copy specifications

Storage capacity Max. 1000 sheets or until the memory is full

Original glass Original scanning Flat surface scanning system
system (the left rear corner used as guide to place originals)
Original type Sheets, books
Original size Max. A3/LD
Reversing Original scanning Fixed scanning system by feeding the original
Automatic system (the center used as guide to place originals)
Document Original type Sheets (carbon, bounded or stapled originals cannot be accepted)
Feeder
(optional) Original size A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R,
COMPUTER
Original paper weight Single-sided copy: 35-157g/m2 (9.3 lb. Bond - 58 lb. Cover)
Double-sided copy: 50-157g/m2 (13.3 lb. Bond - 58 lb. Cover)
Original capacity Max. 100 sheets (80 g/m2) (Stack height 16 mm)
Dual Scan Original scanning Fixed scanning system by feeding the original
Document system (the center used as guide to place originals)
Feeder Original type Sheets (carbon, bounded or stapled originals cannot be accepted)
(optional)
Original size A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R,
COMPUTER
Original paper weight 35-209g/m2 (9.3 lb. Bond - 77.3 lb. Cover)
(Bleed-through will occur when a 2-sided original with thin paper
such as 35 g/m2 (9.3 lb.) is scanned.)
Original capacity Max. 300 sheets (80 g/m2) (Stack height 38 mm)
Eliminated Black copy Leading edges: 4.2 +2.8/-1.2 mm, Trailing edges: 3.0 ± 2.0 mm, Side
portion * edges: 2.0 ± 2.0 mm
Color copy Leading edges: 5.0 ± 2.0 mm, Trailing edges: 3.0 ± 2.0 mm, Side
edges: 2.0 ± 2.0 mm
Multiple copying Up to 999 copies
* Paper size: A3/LD or smaller.

[ 2 ] First copy time

25ppm/30ppm/35ppm Black Approx. 5.9 sec.

Color Approx. 7.8 sec.
45ppm/50ppm Black Approx. 4.4 sec.
Color Approx. 5.7 sec.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-4
[ 3 ] Copy speed (Copies/min.)

[ 3-1 ] Plain paper / Thick

• Plain paper: 60 g/m2 to 80 g/m2 (16 lb. Bond to 21 lb. Bond)
Thick: 81g/m2 to 105 g/m2 (22 lb. Bond to 28 lb. Bond)
* “-” means “Not acceptable”. 2
* When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying.
* Plain paper is selected for the paper type.
* When the Reversing Automatic Document Feeder is used, the copying speed of the equipment is
only possible under the following conditions:
• Original: A4 or LT (single-sided)
• Mode: APS and Automatic density not selected, Plain paper mode
• Reproduction ratio: 100%
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.
* “Wait” may be displayed or the print speed may decrease depending on the usage environment or
print settings.

25ppm
Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 25 (25) 25 (25) 14 (14) 25 (25) 25 (25)
B5, A5-R, ST-R, 8.5" x -
8.5"
A6-R - 25 (25) 14 (14) - -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 20 (20) 20 (20) 14 (14) 20 (20) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 17 (17) 17 (17) 14 (14) 17 (17) -
COMPUTER, 13"LG
A3, LD 15 (15) 15 (15) 14 (14) 15 (15) -
A3Wide, SRA3 14 (14) * 14 (14) 14 (14) 14 (14) -
* 2nd drawer only.

30ppm
Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 30 (30) 30 (30) 15 (15) 30 (30) 30 (30)
B5, A5-R, ST-R, 8.5" x -
8.5"
A6-R - 30 (30) 15 (15) - -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 23 (23) 23 (23) 15 (15) 23 (23) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 19 (19) 19 (19) 15 (15) 19 (19) -
COMPUTER, 13"LG
A3, LD 16 (16) 16 (16) 15 (15) 16 (16) -
A3Wide, SRA3 15 (15) 15 (15) 15 (15) 15 (15) -
* 2nd drawer only.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-5
35ppm
Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 35 (35) 35 (35) 17 (17) 35 (35) 35 (35)
B5, A5-R, ST-R, 8.5" x -
8.5"
A6-R - 35 (35) 17 (17) - -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 25 (25) 25 (25) 17 (17) 25 (25) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 21 (21) 21 (21) 17 (17) 21 (21) -
COMPUTER, 13"LG
A3, LD 18 (18) 18 (18) 17 (17) 18 (18) -
A3Wide, SRA3 17 (17) * 17 (17) 17 (17) 17 (17) -
* 2nd drawer only.

45ppm
Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 45 (45) 45 (45) 13 (13) 45 (45) 45 (45)
B5 -
A5-R, ST-R, 8.5" x 8.5" 30 (30) 30 (30) 13 (13) 30 (30) -
A6-R - 13 (13) 13 (13) - -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 32 (32) 32 (32) 13 (13) 32 (32) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 26 (26) 26 (26) 13 (13) 26 (26) -
COMPUTER, 13"LG
A3, LD 22 (22) 22 (22) 13 (13) 22 (22) -
A3Wide, SRA3 22 (22) * 22 (22) 13 (13) 22 (22) -
* 2nd drawer only.

50ppm
Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 50 (50) 50 (50) 13 (13) 50 (50) 50 (50)
B5 -
A5-R, ST-R, 8.5" x 8.5" 30 (30) 30 (30) 13 (13) 30 (30) -
A6-R - 13 (13) 13 (13) - -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 36 (36) 36 (36) 13 (13) 36 (36) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 29 (29) 29 (29) 13 (13) 29 (29) -
COMPUTER, 13"LG
A3, LD 25 (25) 25 (25) 13 (13) 25 (25) -
A3Wide, SRA3 24 (24) * 24 (24) 13 (13) 24 (24) -
* 2nd drawer only.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-6
[ 3-2 ] Thick 1/Thick 2/Thick 3
• Thick 1: 106 g/m2 to 163 g/m2 (90 lb. Index)
• Thick 2: 164 g/m2 to 209 g/m2 (110 lb. Index)
• Thick 3: 210 g/m2 to 256 g/m2 (140 lb. Index)

Bypass feed 2
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT 17.5 (17.5) 17.5 (17.5) 8 (8) 17.5 (17.5) -
B5, A5-R, ST-R -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 12.5 (12.5) 12.5 (12.5) 8 (8) 12.5 (12.5) -
B4, LG, FOLIO, 10 (10) 10 (10) 8 (8) 10 (10) -
COMPUTER
A3, LD 8.5 (8.5) 8.5 (8.5) 8 (8) 8.5 (8.5) -
A3Wide, SRA3 8 (8) *1 8 (8) 8 (8) 8 (8) -
* 2nd drawer only.
* “-” means “Not acceptable”.
* When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying.
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.

[ 3-3 ] Thick 4
• Thick 4: 257 g/m2 to 280 g/m2 (150 lb. Index)

Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT - 17.5 (17.5) 8 (8) - -
B5, A5-R, ST-R -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R - 12.5 (12.5) 8 (8) - -
B4, LG, FOLIO, - 10 (10) 8 (8) - -
COMPUTER
A3, LD - 8.5 (8.5) 8 (8) - -
A3Wide, SRA3 - 8 (8) 8 (8) - -
* “-” means “Not acceptable”.
* When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying.
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.

[ 3-4 ] Special 1/Special 2/Special 3

Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT - 14.5 (14.5) 6 (6) - -
B5, A5-R, ST-R -
A4-R, B5-R, LT-R - 11 (11) 6 (6) - -
B4, LG, FOLIO, - 9.5 (9.5) 6 (6) - -
COMPUTER
A3, LD - 7.5 (7.5) 6 (6) - -
A3Wide, SRA3 - 6 (6) 6 (6) - -
* “-” means “Not acceptable”.
* When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying.
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-7
[ 3-5 ] OHP film

Bypass feed
Paper supply LCF
Drawer Size not PFP
Paper size Size specified (A4/LT only)
specified
A4, LT - 14.5 (14.5) - - -
A3, LD - 7.5 (7.5) - - -
* “-” means “Not acceptable”.
* When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying.
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.

[ 4 ] System copy speed

Sec.
Copy mode
25ppm 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 50ppm
Single-sided originals 1 set 29.9 (31.9) 27.0 (28.2) 24.2 (25.7) 19.4 (20.8) 18.2 (19.6)
↓ 3 sets 80.9 (82.9) 70.1 (71.9) 61.9 (63.2) 49.2 (50.9) 45.4 (46.5)
Single-sided copies
5 sets 128.0 (130.3) 109.3 (111.1) 95.5 (97.3) 75.2 (76.8) 69.2 (71.6)
Single-sided originals 1 set 35.9 (37.6) 33.9 (35.3) 32.2 (33.5) 26.1 (27.3) 26.2 (26.8)
↓ 3 sets 83.4 (85.6) 73.4 (74.9) 65.8 (67.5) 53.1 (55.0) 49.4 (51.2)
Double-sided copies
5 sets 130.7 (132.5) 112.9 (115.0) 101.9 (102.1) 79.7 (80.3) 73.5 (74.5)
Double-sided originals 1 set 57.7 (59.7) 52.5 (55.1) 52.3 (56.0) 51.5 (52.9) 31.6 (52.9)
↓ 3 sets 153.2 (154.8) 132.4 (134.5) 120.9 (124.6) 104.9 (106.2) 99.6 (100.8)
Double-sided copies
5 sets 248.7 (249.8) 211.7 (213.8) 189.2 (192.1) 158.4 (159.1) 147.5 (148.6)
Double-sided originals 1 set 62.2 (65.1) 60.6 (62.9) 59.4 (62.2) 56.3 (57.8) 56.2 (57.4)
↓ 3 sets 157.4 (159.5) 139.8 (142.0) 127.6 (129.3) 109.6 (110.7) 104.0 (105.3)
Single-sided copies
5 sets 252.4 (254.2) 219.2 (221.2) 195.8 (197.2) 162.7 (163.6) 151.9 (152.8)
* The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode.
* Shows the period of time from when the [START] button is pressed until the message “Ready” is
displayed. (10 sheets of A4/LT size original are set on the RADF and one of the copy modes above
is selected.)
* Setting: when in the Text/Photo mode with Automatic density and APS/AMS set to OFF, or when in
the sort mode with paper fed from the 1st drawer.
* The finisher, saddle stitch finisher, and hole punch unit not installed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-8
2.1.3 Print

Supported Page Description Language PCL6, PostScript 3 emulation, XPS

(Printer Driver)
Supported Page Description Language PCL6, PostScript 3 emulation, XPS, PCL5e, PCL5c, PDF
(MFP) (emulation) 2
Supported Client OS Windows 10 / Windows 7 / Windows 8.1 / Windows Server 2008 /
Windows Server 2012 / Windows Server 2016
Mac OS X 10.6.8 or later
Solaris v11.2 or later
HP-UX ver.11iv3, HP-UX64 ver.11iv3
AIX 7.x
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x/6.x/7.x, SuSE Linux 11.2/11.3, CUPS
Resolution Black 600 x 600 dpi, 5bit All PDL
1200 x 1200 dpi, 2bit (3600dpi (Equivalence) x 1200dpi) PS only
Color 600 x 600 dpi, 5bit All PDL
1200 x 1200 dpi, 2bit (3600dpi (Equivalence) x 1200dpi) PS only
Eliminated portion * Black / Color Leading edges: 4.2+2.8/-1.2 mm, Trailing edges: 4.2+1.2/-2.8 mm,
Side edges: 4.2 ± 2.0 mm
Interface Standard Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB 2.0 (High
speed)
Optional Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11b/g/n)
Bluetooth V3.0 (HCRP/BIP/OPP/FTP/HID)
Paper size Bypass feeding Paper size within 100.0 - 305.0 mm (3.94 - 12.00") (Width), 148.0 -
1200.0 mm (5.83 - 47.24") (Length)

2.1.4 Scan

Scanning speed (A4/ Color / Black / RADF:

LT) Gray scale 73 spm (200 dpi / 300 dpi)
50 spm (600 dpi)
DSDF:
Simplex: 120 spm, Duplex: 240 spm (200 dpi / 300 dpi)
Simplex: 70 spm, Duplex: 140 spm (600 dpi)
Resolution 100, 150, 200, 300, 400 and 600 dpi
Scan mode Black, Gray scale, Color and ACS (Auto color Selection)
File formats JPEG, Multi/Single page TIFF, Multi/Single page PDF, Slim PDF,
Multi/Single page XPS
* When scanning single-sided A4/LT landscape originals using RADF/DSDF.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2-9
2.1.5 Internet Fax

[ 1 ] Internet FAX transmission

Resolution TX Resolution Standard (8 x 3.85), Fine (8 x 7.7)

< dots/mm >
Scanning Original A3, B4, A4, A4-R, A5, B5, B5-R, A5-R, LT, LT-R, LG, LD, ST, ST-R,
Document Size Computer, Folio
Speed 0.7 sec. (per page/A4)
Max. 50 spm (ITU-T No.1, A4, 8 x 3.85,Text mode)
Gray scale 256 levels (Error Diffusion)
Address book Address Book 400 stations
Group Max. 40 stations
Transmission Features Broadcast Max. 80 destinations/job.
transmission (Fax number and E-mail address are available to registered in same
job.)
Message size Max. 100MB
limitation
Message Page by page
division

[ 2 ] Internet FAX receiving

Format of receive attachment TIFF-FX (Profile S, F, J)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 10
2.1.6 Network Fax (Option)

Compatibility Super G3, G3 (ITU-T.30)

Internet Fax (Simple mode) (ITU-T.37)
TX Resolution PSTN Standard: 200 x 100 dpi
Fine: 200 x 200 dpi 2
Super Fine: 200 x 400 dpi
Ultra Fine: 400 x 400 dpi
Internet Fax 200 dpi x 200 dpi
Original Document Size A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, FOLIO, LD, LG, LT, ST, COMPUTER
Mail Box User defined Max. 300 boxes
Routed document Send to e-Filing MMR
format Send to File Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF
(SMB)
Send to FTP Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF
Send to E-mail Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF
Send to I-Fax TIFF-S
Send to PSTN- MMR
FAX

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 11
2.2 Accessories

Unpacking/Setup instruction 1 set

Operator’s manual 1 set

• Safety Information: 1 manual
• Quick Start Guide: 1 manual
DVD 1 pc.
Client Utilities / User Documentation DVD
(Except NAD, AUD)
Power cable 1 pc.

Warranty sheet 1 pc. (for NAD)

Setup report 1 set (for NAD, MJD and CND)
Rubber plug 2 pcs.

Developer material (Y, M, C, K) Developer material is pre-filled in each

developer unit.
Toner (Y, M, C, K) 1 set (for AUD, MJD and CND)
Approval sheet 1 set (for CND)
Right lower cover 1 pc.

Screw (M3x8) 1 pc.

* Machine version
NAD: North America, Brazil
MJD: Europe
AUD: Australia
ASD: Asia, Hong Kong, Latin America
TWD: Taiwan
CND: China
ARD: Argentina
JPD: Japan
Notes:
Check that the above accessories are correctly co-packed at the time of unpacking.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 12
 Reversing Automatic Dual Scan
2.3

Finisher Accessible

Fig. 2-1
Arm Document Feeder (RADF) Document Feeder (DSDF) Original Cover
MJ-1109/C
KK-2560 MR-3031/C MR-4000/C KA-5005PC/-C

Staple Cartridge
STAPLE-2400
Manual Pocket
Bridge Kit KK-5008/-C
System List

KN-5005/C
Work Table
KK-5005/C

Job Separator

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

MJ-5015/C
GR-1340/C

Saddle stitch Hole Punch Unit

Finisher MJ-6105N/E/F/S/E-C
MJ-1110/C

2 - 13
GR-1330/C
Inner Finisher
MJ-1042/C

Staple Cartridge Staple Cartridge

STAPLE-2400 STAPLE-2400

Hole Punch Unit

Staple Cartridge MJ-6011N/E/F/S/E-C
(Saddle stitch)
STAPLE-3100
Drawer
MY-1049/C

Drawer Module
Paper Feed Large Capacity Desk
MY-1048/C
Pedestal (PFP) Feeder (LCF) MH-5005
KD-1058/C KD-1059A4/LT/C

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2
 Wireless LAN/Bluetooth FAX Unit 2nd Line for FAX Unit
Card Reader Holder module GD-1370 GD-1370

Fig. 2-2
GR-1320/C GN-4020/C NA/EU/C NA/EU/C
Harness kit for
coin controller
GQ-1280/C USB Hub
GR-1310/C HDD
OCREnabler GE-1230
1
GS-1080
Meta Scan Enabler
OCREnabler GS-1010
5
GS-1085
External Interface Enabler
GS-1020

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
Enabler 1
GS-1090
Data overwrite Enabler

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES

GP-1070
Enabler 5
GS-1095 IP Sec Enabler
GP-1080

2 - 14
Monotype Font
Enabler license e-BRIDGE Plus for Zone OCR
Unicode Font
GB-2050L GB-2330Node Enabler
Monotype Font GS-1007
Enabler Embedded Applications For Office365
e-BRIDGE Plus for OneDrive Hardcopy
GB-2050 Security kit
for CND,TWD,ASD(Only for HK) for Business V3.0
GB-2300Node GP-1190A
IP Fax
e-BRIDGE Plus
license
GS-1100Node for SharePoint Online V3.0
GB-2310Node
IP Fax e-BRIDGE Plus
Enabler for Exchange Online V3.0
GS-1100 GB-2320Node
for CND,TWD,ASD(Only for HK)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

 Notes:
• The bridge kit (KN-5005/C) is necessary for installation of the finisher (MJ-1109/C or MJ-1110/
C).
• The finisher (MJ-1042/C) is necessary for installation of the hole punch unit (MJ-6011E/N/F/S/
E-C).
• The finisher (MJ-1109/C or MJ-1110/C) is necessary for installation of the hole punch unit
(MJ-6105E/N/F/S/E-C).
2
• GE-1230 is FIPS SED.
• Install the Ten Key (GR-1340) first when it is done together with the Accessory Tray (GR-
1330).
• Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (RADF): MR-3031-B and MR-3031C-B are used.
• Paper Feed Pedestal (PFP): KD-1058-B and KD-1058C-B are used.
• Large Capacity Feeder (LCF): KD-1059LT-B, KD-1059A4-B and KD-1059C-B are used.
• Drawer Module: MY-1048-B and MY-1048C-B are used.
• Enveloper Drawer: MY-1049-B and MY-1049C-B are used.
• Inner Finisher: MJ-1042-B and MJ-1042C-B are used.
• Finisher: MJ-1109-B and MJ-1109C-B are used.
• Saddle Stitch Finisher: MJ-1110-B and MJ-1110C-B are used.
• The envelope drawer (MY-1049/C) can be installed as the 2nd drawer or as the 3rd or 4th
drawer of the paper feed pedestal (KD-1058/C).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 15
2.4 Option List

Model Name Option

MR-3031/C Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (RADF)
MR-4000/C Dual Scan Document Feeder (DSDF)
KA-5005PC/PCC Original Cover
KD-1058/C Paper Feed Pedestal (PFP)
MY-1048/C Drawer Module
MY-1049/C Envelope Drawer
KD-1059LT/A4/C Large Capacity Feeder (LCF)
MH-5005 Desk
KK-5008/C Operator's Manual Pocket
KK-5005/C Work Table
KK-2560 Accessible Arm
MJ-5015/C Job Separator
KN-5005/C Bridge Kit
MJ-1042/C Inner Finisher
MJ-6011E/N/F/S/E-C Hole Punch Unit (for MJ-1042/C)
MJ-1109/C Finisher
MJ-1110/C Saddle Stitch Finisher
MJ-6105/E/N/F/S/E-C Hole Punch Unit (for MJ-1109/C, MJ-1110/C)
STAPLE-2400 Staple Cartridge (for MJ-1042/C, MJ-1109/C, MJ-1110/C)
STAPLE-3100 Staple Cartridge (for MJ-1110/C Saddle Stitch)
GD-1370NA/EU/C Fax Unit / 2nd Line for FAX Unit
GR-1310/C USB Hub
GR-1320/C Card Reader Holder
GR-1330/C Accessory Tray
GR-1340/C Ten Key
GN-4020/C Wireless LAN / Bluetooth Module
GQ-1280 Harness Kit for coin controller
GE-1230 HDD (FIPS Hard Disk)
GP-1190A Hardcopy Security Kit
GS-1010 Meta Scan Enabler
GS-1020 External Interface Enabler
GP-1080 IPsec Enabler
GP-1070 Data Overwrite Enabler
GS-1007 Unicode Font Enabler
GB-2050L Monotype Font license
GB-2050 Monotype Font enabler for CND, TWD, ASD (Only for HK)
GS-1080 OCR Enabler (1 license)
GS-1085 OCR Enabler (5 licenses)
GS-1090 Multi Station Print Enabler (1 license)
GS-1095 Multi Station Print Enabler (5 licenses)
GS-1100Node IP Fax license
GS-1100 IP Fax enabler for CND, TWD, ASD (Only for HK)
GB-2330Node e-BRIDGE Plus for Zone OCR
GB-2300Node Embedded Applications For Office365
• e-BRIDGE Plus for OneDrive for Business V3.0 (Node)
GB-2310Node Embedded Applications For Office365
• e-BRIDGE Plus for SharePoint Online V3.0 (Node)
GB-2320Node Embedded Applications For Office365
• e-BRIDGE Plus for Exchange Online V3.0 (Node)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 16
2.5 Supplies

Drum K: OD-FC505
YMC: OD-FC50

2
Developer material (K) D-FC505-K

Developer material (Y) D-FC505-Y

Developer material (M) D-FC505-M

Developer material (C) D-FC505-C

Toner cartridge (K) PS-ZTFC415UK(1) (for North America, Central and South America)
PS-ZTFC415EK(1) (for Europe)
PS-ZTFC415PK(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415PKM(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415CK(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CKS(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CK(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CKS(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415TK(1) (for Taiwan)
Toner cartridge (Y) PS-ZTFC415UY(1) (for North America, Central and South America)
PS-ZTFC415EY(1) (for Europe)
PS-ZTFC415PY(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415PYM(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415CY(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CYS(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CY(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CYS(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415TY(1) (for Taiwan)
Toner cartridge (M) PS-ZTFC415UM(1) (for North America, Central and South America)
PS-ZTFC415EM(1) (for Europe)
PS-ZTFC415PM(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415PMM(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415CM(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CMS(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CM(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CMS(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415TM(1) (for Taiwan)
Toner cartridge (C) PS-ZTFC415UC(1) (for North America, Central and South America)
PS-ZTFC415EC(1) (for Europe)
PS-ZTFC415PC(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415PCM(1) (for Asia and Australia)
PS-ZTFC415CC(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CCS(1) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CC(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415CCS(10) (for China)
PS-ZTFC415TC(1) (for Taiwan)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 17
 Waste toner box PS-TBFC505 (expect for Europe and China)
PS-TBFC505E (for Europe)
PS-TBFC505C (for China)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES
2 - 18
3. OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE

3.1 Sectional View

3.1.1 Front side

[1] 3

[21]

[23] [24] [25] [26]

[20]
[2]
[22]

[3]
[19]

[18]
[4]
[17]

[5] [16]

[6] [7] [8] [9]

[10] [11] [12] [13]

[14]
[15]

[14]

[28] [29] [27] [30] [31]

Fig. 3-1

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-1
1 Scanner unit 17 Registration roller
2 Inner tray 18 Image quality control unit
3 Transfer belt 19 2nd transfer roller
4 Transfer belt cleaning unit 20 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)
5 Waste toner box 21 Paper exit section/reverse section
6 Drum (Y) 22 Fuser unit
7 Drum (M) 23 Toner (Y)
8 Drum (C) 24 Toner (M)
9 Drum (K) 25 Toner (C)
10 Developer unit (Y) 26 Toner (K)
11 Developer unit (M) 27 Polygonal motor
12 Developer unit (C) 28 Mirror motor-Y
13 Developer unit (K) 29 Mirror motor-M
14 1st drawer 30 Mirror motor-C
15 Bypass tray 31 Laser optical unit (LSU)
16 Main power switch

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-2
3.1.2 Rear side
M1
F6

SYS LGC
F1
F7 M11

F4 M10 3
M5

M12
M9
M4
M8
M13
M6 M3
CLT2
M14
PS
M2
CLT3 F8
F5

CLT1
CLT5 HVT
CLT6
M15
M7
CLT4 F2
PFC

Fig. 3-2

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-3
M1 Scan motor CLT3 Bypass feed clutch
M2 Feed/Developer motor CLT4 2nd drawer feed clutch
M3 Mono/color switching motor CLT5 Transport clutch (H)
M4 Fuser motor CLT6 Transport clutch (L)
M5 Exit motor F1 SYS cooling fan
M6 Drum/TBU motor F2 Ozone exhaust fan
M7 Waste toner paddle motor F4 Fuser unit cooling fan
M8 Toner motor-Y F5 Developer unit cooling fan
M9 Toner motor-M F6 IH board cooling fan
M10 Toner motor-C F7 Exit section cooling fan
M11 Toner motor-K F8 Power supply unit cooling fan
M12 ADU motor SYS System control PC board (SYS board)
M13 Pressure roller contact/release motor LGC Logic PC board (LGC board)
M14 Registration motor HVT High-voltage transformer
M15 Tray-up motor-1 PS Switching regulator
CLT1 1st drawer feed clutch PFC Paper feed control PC board (PFC board)
CLT2 1st transfer contact/release clutch

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-4
3.2 Electric Parts Layout
[A] Scanner unit, control panel

M1
S24
S25
CCD
3
S21
S22
KEY
S23
EXP

DSP

TCP

Fig. 3-3

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-5
[B] Toner cartridge, waste toner box

CTRG
CTIF M11
CTRG CTRG
CTRG M10
M8
M9

S9
M7

ERS-K
ERS-C
ERS-M
ERS-Y

Fig. 3-4

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-6
[C] Developer unit

M6
3
CLT2 SW12
M3
SW11
S12
SW10 S1
S11 S2
SW9 THM3

S3
S4

Fig. 3-5

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-7
[D] Data writing

S10

LDR-C
LDR-K
LDR-Y
LDR-M

LRL

M17 M20
M19
F10 M18
Fig. 3-6

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-8
[E] Fuser unit

M4 IH-COIL
3
S29

M13 S13
THM1
THMO1
THM2
S27

Fig. 3-7

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3-9
[F] Image quality control

S8
S6
S37

SOL1

S7

Fig. 3-8

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 10
[G] Paper feeding unit

3
M14

S18
S19
S20
M2
CLT1
S5
CLT5
M15 S31
S30 CLT6
SW8 S32
S34
CLT4
S33
SW7 S35
SW19
SW18 SW6
SW17

M16

Fig. 3-9

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 11
[H] Automatic duplexing unit, bypass feed unit, paper exit/reverse unit

M5
SOL2
S26
M12
S14

S15
CLT3 S17
S16

Fig. 3-10

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 12
[I] PC board, power supply, fan

SYS

ADU 3
EEPROM
F4
LGC
F7
F1
F9
SRAM
F3
F6

Main memory

HDD
HVT
IH
DAMP

F2
PS F5
PFC
F8
SW4
Fig. 3-11

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 13
[J] Cover switch, Damp heater

SW5

DH1
SW3

SW20
SW2
SW1
DH3

THMO2
DH2

Fig. 3-12

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 14
3.3 Symbols and Functions of Various Components
The column “P-I” shows the page and item number in the parts list.

3.3.1 Motors, fans

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

M1 SCAN-MOT Driving the carriages [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 19-8
Scan motor unit, control 3
panel
M2 FEED/DEV-MOT Driving the feed roller and [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 17-21
Paper feeding/developer developer unit feeding unit
unit drive motor
M3 DRM-SW-MOT Transmitting/releasing the drive to [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 17-3
Mono/color switching motor the Y/M/C drums unit
M4 FUS-MOT Driving the fuser [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 18-1
Fuser motor
M5 EXIT-MOT Driving the upper exit roller and [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 40-34
Exit motor reverse roller duplexing unit,
bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
M6 DRM/TBU-MOT Driving the drum [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 15-43
Drum / TBU motor Driving the transfer belt unit
M7 USD-TNR-MOT Driving the paddle in the waste [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 24-9
Waste toner paddle motor toner box (agitating the cartridge,
accumulated waste toner) waste toner
box
M8 TNR-MOT-Y Transporting toner from the Y [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 36-7
Toner motor-Y toner cartridge to the developer cartridge,
unit waste toner
box
M9 TNR-MOT-M Transporting toner from the M [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 36-7
Toner motor-M toner cartridge to the developer cartridge,
unit waste toner
box
M10 TNR-MOT-C Transporting toner from the C [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 36-7
Toner motor-C toner cartridge to the developer cartridge,
unit waste toner
box
M11 TNR-MOT-K Transporting toner from the K [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 36-7
Toner motor-K toner cartridge to the developer cartridge,
unit waste toner
box
M12 ADU-MOT Driving the automatic duplexing [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 41-16
ADU motor unit duplexing unit,
bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
M13 FUS-CR-MOT Driving the contacting/releasing [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 18-3
Pressure roller contact/ operation of the pressure roller
release motor
M14 RGST-MOT Driving the registration roller [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 46-1
Registration motor feeding unit
M15 TUP-MOT1 Lifting up the tray in the 1st drawer [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-12
Tray-up motor-1 feeding unit
M16 TUP-MOT2 Lifting up the tray in the 2nd [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-12
Tray-up motor-2 drawer feeding unit
M17 Polygonal motor Driving the polygonal mirror [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
writing

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 15
 Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I
M18 MIR-MOT-Y Adjusting the irradiation angle of [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Mirror motor-Y the Y laser writing
M19 MIR-MOT-M Adjusting the irradiation angle of [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Mirror motor-M the M laser writing
M20 MIR-MOT-C Adjusting the irradiation angle of [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Mirror motor-C the C laser writing
F1 SYS-FAN Cooling down the SYS board [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-20
SYS cooling fan power supply,
fan
F2 OZN-FAN Exhausting ozone generated at [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 7-63
Ozone exhaust fan charging power supply,
fan
F3 SCT-FAN Suctioning external air [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 7-31
Suctioning fan power supply,
fan
F4 FUS-FAN-1 Cooling down the fuser unit [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 42-25
Fuser unit cooling fan-1 power supply,
fan
F5 DVP-FAN Cooling down the developer unit [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 7-31
Developer unit cooling fan power supply,
fan
F6 IH-FAN Cooling down the IH board [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-22
IH board cooling fan power supply,
fan
F7 EXT-FAN Cooling down the exit section [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 7-51
Exit section cooling fan power supply,
fan
F8 PS-FAN Cooling down the power supply [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 7-53
Power supply unit cooling unit power supply,
fan fan
F9 FUS-FAN-2 Cooling down the fuser unit [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 42-25
Fuser unit cooling fan-2 power supply,
fan
F10 LSU-FAN Cooling down the laser optical unit [D] Data Fig. 3-6 7-59
Laser optical unit cooling writing
fan

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 16
3.3.2 Sensors and switches

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

S1 ATTNR-SNR-K Detecting the toner density in the [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 33-4
Auto-toner sensor-K K developer unit unit
S2 ATTNR-SNR-C Detecting the toner density in the [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 33-4
Auto-toner sensor-C C developer unit unit
S3 ATTNR-SNR-M Detecting the toner density in the [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 33-4
Auto-toner sensor-M M developer unit unit 3
S4 ATTNR-SNR-Y Detecting the toner density in the [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 33-4
Auto-toner sensor-Y Y developer unit unit
S5 CST1-EMP-SNR Detecting the presence of paper in [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-40
1st drawer empty sensor the 1st drawer feeding unit
S6 RGST-PASS-SNR Detecting paper transport at the [F] Image Fig. 3-8 14-19
Registration pass sensor registration roller section quality control
S7 IMG-POS-SNR-F Detecting the density of a toner [F] Image Fig. 3-8 14-6
Image position aligning image (test pattern) developed on quality control
sensor (Front) the transfer belt surface (front)
S8 IMG-POS-SNR-R Detecting the density of a toner [F] Image Fig. 3-8 14-6
Image position aligning image (test pattern) developed on quality control
sensor (Rear) the transfer belt surface (rear)
S9 USD-TNR-PDL-SNR Detecting the rotation status of the [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 24-4
Waste toner paddle rotation waste toner paddle (Detecting the cartridge,
detection sensor waste toner full) waste toner
box
S10 TEMP/HUMI-SNR Detecting the ambient [D] Data Fig. 3-6 7-29
Temperature/humidity temperature/humidity of the writing
sensor equipment
S11 DRM-SW-SNR Detecting contact/release status [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 17-10
Drum switching detection of the drive to the Y/M/C drums unit
sensor
S12 1ST-TRNS-SW-SNR Detecting contact/release status [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 16-5
1st transfer roller status of the 1st transfer roller for each unit
detection sensor color
S13 EXIT-SNR Detecting paper exit [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 39-12
Exit sensor
S14 ADU-U-SNR Detecting transported paper at the [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 41-19
ADU entrance sensor automatic duplexing unit entrance duplexing unit,
section bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
S15 ADU-L-SNR Detecting transported paper inside [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 41-19
ADU exit sensor the automatic duplexing unit duplexing unit,
bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
S16 SFB-FEED-SNR Detecting transported paper fed [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 42-9
Bypass feed sensor from the bypass feed unit duplexing unit,
bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
S17 PWA-F-SFB Detecting the width of paper on [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 20-6
Paper width detection PC the bypass tray duplexing unit,
board bypass feed
(SFB board) unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 17
 Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I
S18 CLNG-SNR Detecting whether the paper is [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 14-19
Paper clinging detection clinging to the transfer belt or not feeding unit
sensor
S19 RGST-SNR Detecting paper transport at the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 13-5
Registration sensor registration roller section feeding unit
S20 TRANS-SNR Detecting paper transport at the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 13-5
Feed sensor from the bypass feed unit, drawer, feeding unit
and ADU.
S21 PLTN-SNR1 Detecting the opening/closing [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 19-13
Platen sensor-1 status of the platen cover or RADF unit, control
panel
S22 PLTN-SNR2 Detecting the opening/closing [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 19-13
Platen sensor-2 status of the platen cover or RADF unit, control
panel
S23 HOME-SNR Detecting the carriage home [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 10-5
Carriage home position position unit, control
sensor panel
S24 APS1 Detecting original size [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 10-12
Automatic original detection unit, control
sensor-1 panel
S25 APS2 Detecting original size [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 10-12
Automatic original detection (for LT size) unit, control
sensor-2 panel
S26 REV-SNR Detecting the transportation of [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 42-9
Reverse sensor paper at the paper exit section/ duplexing unit,
reverse section bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
S27 FR-RD-SNR Detecting the rotation of the fuser [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 5-10
Fuser belt rotation detection belt
sensor
S29 PR-CR-SNR Detecting the contact/release [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 5-10
Pressure roller contact/ state of the fuser unit
release detection sensor
S30 CST1-PR-SNR Detecting the remaining amount of [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-7
1st drawer paper remaining paper in the 1st drawer feeding unit
sensor
S31 CST1-TRY-SNR Detecting the lifting status of the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-40
1st drawer tray-up sensor tray in the 1st drawer feeding unit
S32 CST2-FEED-SNR Detecting paper transport and [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 13-5
2nd drawer paper feed paper jam at the paper feeding feeding unit
sensor system of the 2nd drawer
S33 CST2-PR-SNR Detecting the remaining amount of [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-7
2nd drawer paper paper in the 2nd drawer feeding unit
remaining sensor
S34 CST2-EMP-SNR Detecting the presence of paper in [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-40
2nd drawer empty sensor the 2nd drawer feeding unit
S35 CST2-TRY-SNR Detecting the lifting status of the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-40
2nd drawer tray-up sensor tray in the 2nd drawer feeding unit
S37 IMG-POS-SNR-C Detecting the density of a toner [F] Image Fig. 3-8 14-6
Image position aligning image (test pattern) developed on quality control
sensor (Center) / Image the transfer belt surface (center)
quality sensor Detecting the center side position
a toner image (test pattern)
developed on the transfer belt
SW1 FRT-COV-SW Detecting the opening/closing [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 36-33
Front cover switch status of the front cover switch, Damp
heater

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 18
 Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I
SW2 F-COV-INTLCK-SW Supplying or shutting off AC [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 4-7
Front cover interlock switch power to the switching regulator switch, Damp
(voltage-generating circuit heater
interlocked with these covers)
according to the opening/closing
status of the front cover or
automatic duplexing unit (Cover
open: Shut off)
SW3 S-COV-INTLCK-SW Supplying or shutting off AC [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 5-21 3
Side cover interlock switch power to the switching regulator switch, Damp
(voltage-generating circuit heater
interlocked with these covers)
according to the opening/closing
status of the front cover or
automatic duplexing unit (Cover
open: Shut off)
SW4 MAIN-SW Turning the power of the [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 6-41
Main power switch equipment ON/OFF power supply,
fan
SW5 SIDE-COV-SW Detecting the opening/closing [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 4-3
Side cover switch status of the side cover switch, Damp
heater
SW6 CST1-WDT-SW Detecting the width of paper in the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-16
1st drawer paper width 1st drawer feeding unit
detection switch
SW7 CST1-LGT-SW Detecting the length of paper in [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-16
1st drawer paper length the 1st drawer feeding unit
detection switch
SW8 CST1-SW Detecting the presence of the 1st [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-1
1st drawer detection switch drawer feeding unit
SW9 Y-EPU-SW Detecting whether the Y drum / [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 31-2
Y EPU old/new detection cleaner / main charger and unit
switch developer unit are the old or the
new one
SW10 M-EPU-SW Detecting whether the M drum / [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 31-2
M EPU old/new detection cleaner / main charger and unit
switch developer unit are the old or the
new one
SW11 C-EPU-SW Detecting whether the C drum / [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 31-2
C EPU old/new detection cleaner / main charger and unit
switch developer unit are the old or the
new one
SW12 K-EPU-SW Detecting whether the K drum / [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 31-2
K EPU old/new detection cleaner / main charger and unit
switch developer unit are the old or the
new one
SW17 CST2-WDT-SW Detecting the width of paper in the [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-16
2nd drawer paper width 2nd drawer feeding unit
detection switch
SW18 CST2-LGT-SW Detecting the length of paper in [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 45-16
2nd drawer paper length the 2nd drawer feeding unit
detection switch
SW19 CST2-SW Detecting the presence of the 2nd [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 6-1
2nd drawer detection switch drawer feeding unit
SW20 JAM-CVR-SW Detecting the opening/closing [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 13-27
Jam access cover opening/ status of the jam access cover switch, Damp
closing switch heater

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 19
3.3.3 Electromagnetic spring clutches

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

CLT1 CST1-FEED-CLT Driving the feed roller of the 1st [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 46-10
1st drawer feed clutch drawer feeding unit
CLT2 1ST-TRNS-CLT Driving the contacting/releasing of [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 15-40
1st transfer contact/release the transfer belt and the drum unit
clutch
CLT3 SFB-FEED-CLT Driving the feed roller of the [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 21-13
Bypass feed clutch bypass feed unit duplexing unit,
bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit
CLT4 CST2-FEED-CLT Driving the feed roller of the 2nd [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 46-10
2nd drawer feed clutch drawer feeding unit
CLT5 FEED-CLT-H Driving the feed roller (High [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 46-10
Transport clutch (H) speed) feeding unit
CLT6 FEED-CLT-L Driving the feed roller (Low speed) [G] Paper Fig. 3-9 46-10
Transport clutch (L) feeding unit

3.3.4 Solenoids

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

SOL1 SNR-SHUT-SOL Driving the sensor shutter of the [F] Image Fig. 3-8 14-32
Sensor shutter solenoid image position aligning sensor quality control
(front / rear) and image quality
sensor
SOL2 REV-SOL Changing the paper transportation [H] Automatic Fig. 3-10 40-30
Reverse gate solenoid route at the exit section/reverse duplexing unit,
section bypass feed
unit, paper
exit/reverse
unit

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 20
3.3.5 PC boards

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

CCD PWA-H-CCD Scanning originals with CCD [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 10-9
CCD driving PC board unit, control
(CCD board) panel
DSP PWA-H-DSP Controlling the whole control [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 3-16
Display PC board (DSP panel unit, control
board) panel 3
KEY PWA-H-KEY Controlling the key switches and [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 3-12
Key PC board (KEY board) LEDs unit, control
panel
CTIF PWA-H-CTIF Interface for detecting the toner [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 36-2
Toner cartridge interface cartridge (Detecting the CTRG cartridge,
PC board (CTIF board) board) waste toner
box
CTRG PWA-H-CTRG Storing the status of the toner [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 -
Toner cartridge PC board cartridge cartridge,
(CTRG board) waste toner
box
ADU PWA-H-ADU Controlling the automatic [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 41-1
ADU control PC board duplexing unit power supply,
(ADU board) fan
SYS PWA-H-SYS Controlling the whole system and [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-4
System control PC board image processing power supply,
(SYS board) Controlling the scanning section fan
LGC PWA-H-LGC Controlling the print engine [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-5
Logic PC board (LGC section power supply,
board) fan
PFC PWA-PFC Controlling the bypass feed unit, [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-27
Paper feed control PC 1st drawer, and 2nd drawer power supply,
board (PFC board) fan
IH PWA-H-IH Controlling the IH coil of the fuser [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-23
Heater control PC board (IH unit power supply,
board) fan
LDR-Y LDR-Y Driving the Y laser diode [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Laser driving PC board-Y writing
(LDR-Y board)
LDR-M LDR-M Driving the M laser diode [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Laser driving PC board-M writing
(LDR-M board)
LDR-C LDR-C Driving the C laser diode [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Laser driving PC board-C writing
(LDR-C board)
LDR-K LDR-K Driving the K laser diode [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Laser driving PC board-K writing
(LDR-K board)
LRL PWA-H-LRL Relaying the control signals of the [D] Data Fig. 3-6 31-47
Laser control signal relay LDR and LGC writing
board (LRL board)
DAMP PWA-H-DAMP Power supplying to each damp [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 8-31
DAMP board (DAMP board) heater (AUD, ASD, ARD, TWD, power supply,
CND) fan

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 21
3.3.6 Lamps, LEDs, heaters, and coil

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

EXP LP-EXPO Exposing originals [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 11-3
Exposure lamp unit, control
panel
ERS-Y LP-ERS-Y Eliminating residual charge on the [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 31-15
Discharge LED-Y Y drum surface cartridge,
waste toner
box
ERS-M LP-ERS-M Eliminating residual charge on the [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 31-15
Discharge LED-M M drum surface cartridge,
waste toner
box
ERS-C LP-ERS-C Eliminating residual charge on the [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 31-15
Discharge LED-C C drum surface cartridge,
waste toner
box
ERS-K LP-ERS-K Eliminating residual charge on the [B] Toner Fig. 3-4 31-15
Discharge LED-K K drum surface cartridge,
waste toner
box
DH1 SCN-DH-L Preventing condensation of the [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 10-17
Scanner damp heater scanner switch, Damp
heater
DH2 DRM-DH-L Preventing condensation of the [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 4-21
Drum damp heater (Left) drum switch, Damp
heater
DH3 DRM-DH-R Preventing condensation of the [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 4-21
Drum damp heater (Right) drum switch, Damp
heater
IH-COIL IH-COIL Heating of the fuser belt [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 5-22
IH-COIL

3.3.7 Thermistors, thermostats

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

THM1 THMS-FR-C Detecting the surface temperature [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 38-1
Fuser belt center of the center of the fuser belt
thermistor
THM2 THMS-FR-E Detecting the surface temperature [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 38-1
Fuser belt edge thermistor of the front end of the fuser belt
THM3 THMS-DRM Detecting the surface temperature [C] Developer Fig. 3-5 31-54
Drum thermistor of the drum unit
THMO1 THERMO-FR Preventing overheating of the [E] Fuser unit Fig. 3-7 38-1
Fuser belt thermostat fuser belt
THMO2 THERMO-DRM-DH-L Controlling the temperature of the [J] Cover Fig. 3-12 4-22
Drum damp heater drum damp heater switch, Damp
thermostat (Left) heater

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 22
3.3.8 Others

Symbol Name Function Remarks P-I

TCP TCP Displaying and entering various [A] Scanner Fig. 3-3 3-1
Touch panel kinds of information unit, control
panel
EEPRO EEPROM Storing the setting or adjustment [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-36
M Electrically Erasable value, etc. used for the control by power supply,
Programmable Read Only the logic PC board fan 3
Memory
SRAM SRAM Storing the setting or program, [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-46
SRAM etc. used for the control by the power supply,
system PC board fan
HDD HDD Saving programs and data [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-15
Hard disk power supply,
fan
Main Main memory Saving data and programs [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 9-35
memory Main Memory temporarily (Also used as page power supply,
memory in this equipment.) fan
PS PS-ACC Generating DC voltage and [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 4-27
Switching regulator supplying it to each section of the power supply,
equipment fan
HVT PS-HVT Generating high-voltage and [I] PC board, Fig. 3-11 4-40
High-voltage transformer supplying it to the following power supply,
sections fan
• Main charger needle electrode
• Main charger grid
• Developer bias
• Transfer bias

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 23
3.4 Copy Process

2
Original exposure 8 Fusing
Paper exit
LED lamp IH coil

3
Data reading (scanning)
6 1st transfer
CCD

7
2nd transfer

Image processing
Toner
Carrier
5
Photocon-
9
Black development ductive drum
Cleaning
Magnetic roller bias

(-) Discharging (LED array)

4 10
Data writing Bypass feeding
Semiconductor laser 1
Drawer feeding
Charger (grid voltage)
PFP/LCF feeding

Fig. 3-13

(1) Charging: Places a negative charge on the (6) 1st transfer: Transfers the visible image
surface of the photoconductive drum. (toner) on photoconductive drum to the
transfer belt.
↓ ↓
(2) Original exposure: Converts images on the (7) 2nd transfer: Transfers the visible image
original into optical signals. (toner) on the transfer belt to paper.
↓ ↓
(3) Data reading: The optical image signals (8) Fusing: Fuses the toner image to the paper
are read into CCD and converted into by applying heat and pressure.
electrical signals.
↓ ↓
(4) Data writing: The electrical image signals (9) Cleaning: Forcibly scrapes off the residual
are changed to light signals (by laser toner from the drum with the blade.
emission) which expose the surface of the
photoconductive drum.
↓ ↓
(5) Development: Negatively-charged toner is (10) (–) Discharging: Eliminates the residual (–)
made to adhere to the photoconductive charge from the surface of the
drum, producing a visible image. photoconductive drum.
↓

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 24
3.5 Comparison with e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/4505AC/
5005AC

e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/ e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/
Process
4505AC/5005AC 4515AC/5015AC
1. Drum K: PS-ODFC505 (OPC drum) ←
Photoconductiv YMC: OD-FC50 (OPC drum) ←
e drum Sensitivity Highly sensitized drum (ø30) ←
3
2. Charging Scorotron type ←
-300 to -1100 V (grid voltage)
(adjusting by image quality
control)
3. Data writing Light source Semiconductor laser ←
Light amount 3.5 nJ/mm2 ←
4. Image control Image quality control by detecting ←
toner adhesion amount
5. Development Magnetic One magnetic roller ←
roller
Auto-toner Magnetic bridge-circuit method ←
detection
Toner supply Toner cartridge replacing method ←
Toner-empty Density detection method ←
detection

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 25
 e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/ e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/
Process
4505AC/5005AC 4515AC/5015AC
5. Development Toner NAD/ARD NAD/ARD
PS-ZTFC505UK(1), PS-ZTFC415UK(1),
PS-ZTFC505UY(1), PS-ZTFC415UY(1),
PS-ZTFC505UM(1), PS-ZTFC415UM(1),
PS-ZTFC505UC(1) PS-ZTFC415UC(1)

MJD MJD
PS-ZTFC505EK(1), PS-ZTFC415EK(1),
PS-ZTFC505EY(1), PS-ZTFC415EY(1),
PS-ZTFC505EM(1), PS-ZTFC415EM(1),
PS-ZTFC505EC(1) PS-ZTFC415EC(1)

ASD, AUD ASD, AUD

PS-ZTFC505PK(1), PS-ZTFC415PK(1),
PS-ZTFC505PY(1), PS-ZTFC415PY(1),
PS-ZTFC505PM(1), PS-ZTFC415PM(1),
PS-ZTFC505PC(1) PS-ZTFC415PC(1)
PS-ZTFC415PKM(1)
PS-ZTFC415PYM(1)
PS-ZTFC415PMM(1)
PS-ZTFC415PCM(1)

CND CND
PS-ZTFC505CK(1), PS-ZTFC415CK(1),
PS-ZTFC505CY(1), PS-ZTFC415CY(1),
PS-ZTFC505CM(1), PS-ZTFC415CM(1),
PS-ZTFC505CC(1) PS-ZTFC415CC(1)
PS-ZTFC505CKS(1), PS-ZTFC415CKS(1),
PS-ZTFC505CYS(1), PS-ZTFC415CYS(1),
PS-ZTFC505CMS(1), PS-ZTFC415CMS(1),
PS-ZTFC505CCS(1) PS-ZTFC415CCS(1)
PS-ZTFC415CK(10)
PS-ZTFC415CKS(10)
PS-ZTFC415CY(10)
PS-ZTFC415CYS(10)
PS-ZTFC415CM(10)
PS-ZTFC415CMS(10)
PS-ZTFC415CC(10)
PS-ZTFC415CCS(10)

TWD TWD
PS-ZTFC505TK(1), PS-ZTFC415TK(1),
PS-ZTFC505TY(1), PS-ZTFC415TY(1),
PS-ZTFC505TM(1), PS-ZTFC415TM(1),
PS-ZTFC505TC(1) PS-ZTFC415TC(1)
(K: Black, Y: Yellow, M: Magenta, C: (K: Black, Y: Yellow, M: Magenta, C:
Cyan) Cyan)
Developer D-FC505-K (black) ←
material D-FC505-Y (yellow) ←
D-FC505-M (magenta) ←
D-FC505-C (cyan) ←
Developer DC -200 to -900V (adjusting by image ←
bias quality control)
6. Transfer 1st transfer Transfer belt method ←
2nd transfer: Transfer roller method ←
7. Separation Self-separation by transfer belt and ←
2nd transfer roller
8. Method Blade cleaning ←
Photoconductiv Recovered Non-reusable ←
e drum cleaning toner
9. Transfer belt cleaning Blade cleaning ←
10.Discharge LED array (red) ←

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 26
 e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/ e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/
Process
4505AC/5005AC 4515AC/5015AC
11.Fusing Method Belt fusing system ←
Fuser belt: ←
Resin base material belt
Exothermic layer - rubber-coated belt
(Surface-PFA tube)(ø30)
Pressure roller: ←
Silicon rubber roller,
(Surface-PFA tube)(ø30) 3
Cleaning None ←
Heater ON/OFF control and power control by ←
temperature thermistor
Heater IH coil ←

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 27
3.6 General Operation

3.6.1 Overview of operation

Operation of equipment Operation during initializing, pre-running and ready
Drawer feed copying by the [START] button
Copying operation Bypass feed copying
Interrupt copying

3.6.2 Description of operation

[ 1 ] Warming-up
1. Initialization
→ Power ON
→Fuser motor (M4) is turned ON.
→IH coil (IH-COIL) ON
→ “Wait Warming Up” is displayed.
→ Fan motors ON
→ Initialization of feeding system
- Drum/TBU motor (M6) is turned ON.
- Mono/color switching motor (M3) is turned ON and OFF.
→ Cleaning of transfer belt
- (Performs color registration control.)*1
- (Performs image quality control.)*1
- Drum/TBU motor (M6) is turned OFF.
→Initialization of scanning system
- The carriage moves to the home position.
- The carriage moves to the peak detection position.
- The exposure lamp (EXP) is turned ON.
- Peak detection (white color is detected by the shading correction plate)
- The exposure lamp (EXP) is turned OFF.
→“READY (WARMING UP)” is displayed.

2. Pre-running operation
Pre-running operation is started when the temperature of the fuser belt surface reaches a certain
level.
- Fuser belt rotation.
→Fuser motor (M4) is turned OFF.
- Fuser belt rotation stops.

3. When the temperature of the fuser belt surface becomes sufficient for fusing,
→ “READY” is displayed.

*1 Image quality control and color registration control should be performed only at change of
environment or periodical performing timing.

[ 2 ] Ready (ready for copying)

→ Buttons on the control panel enabled
→ When no button is pressed for a certain period of time,
- Set number “1” and reproduction ratio “100%” are displayed. Equipment returns to the normal
ready state.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 28
[ 3 ] Drawer feed copying (1st drawer paper feeding)
1. Press the [START] button ON
→“READY” changes to “COPYING”
→Exposure lamp (EXP) turned ON
→Scan motor (M1) turned ON → Carriages-1 and -2 move forward
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2), and fuser motor (M4)
turned ON
- Drum, transfer belt, fuser unit, and developer unit are driven, Polygonal motor rotates in high
speed 3
2. Drawer paper feeding
→Fans rotated at high speed and feed clutches (CLT5, CLT6) turned ON
- Feed roller start to rotate
→Paper reaches the feed sensor (S20)
- Feed sensor (S20) is turned ON
→Paper reaches the registration roller
- Registration sensor (S19) is turned ON and aligning is performed
→Feed clutches (CLT5, CLT6) are turned OFF after a certain period of time

3. A certain period of time passed after the carriage operation

→Registration motor (M14) is turned ON → Paper is transported to the transfer area
→Copy counter operates

4. Completion of scanning
→Exposure lamp (EXP) turned OFF
→Scan motor (M1) turned OFF
→Registration motor (M14) is turned OFF (after the trailing edge of the paper passed the
registration roller)
→“READY (PRINTING)” is displayed

5. Printing operation
1) Color printing operation
→Mono/color switching motor (M3) turned ON
- The drum switching detection sensor (S11) checks whether the equipment is in the color or black
printing status, and if it is in the black printing status, the motor (M3) is turned ON to switch the
status to color printing.
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), discharge LED-Y, -M, -C, -K (ERS) turned ON
→Main charger bias turned ON
→1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2) turned ON
- Contact the 1st transfer rollers (Y, M and C) to the transfer belt
→YMCK developer bias (DC) and Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) turned ON
→2nd transfer bias turned ON
→Laser emission (yellow image)
→1st transfer bias (Y) turned ON
- 1st transfer of yellow image (Yellow image is transferred to the transfer belt)
→1st transfer bias (Y) turned OFF
→Laser emission (magenta image)
→1st transfer bias (M) turned ON
- 1st transfer of magenta image (Magenta image is transferred to the transfer belt)
→1st transfer bias (M) turned OFF
→Laser emission (cyan image)
→1st transfer bias (C) turned ON
- 1st transfer of cyan image (Cyan image is transferred to the transfer belt)
→1st transfer bias (C) turned OFF
→Laser emission (black image)
→1st transfer bias (K) turned ON
- 1st transfer of black image (Black image is transferred to the transfer belt)
→1st transfer bias (K) turned OFF
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 29
 →1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2) turned ON
- Release the 1st transfer rollers (Y, M and C) from the transfer belt
→2nd transfer of YMCK image (YMCK image on the transfer belt is transferred to the paper)
→Main charger turned OFF
→Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) and developer bias (YMC and K) turned OFF
→2nd transfer bias turned OFF
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), discharge LED-Y, -M, -C, -K (ERS) turned OFF

2) Black printing operation

→Mono/color switching motor (M3) turned ON
- The drum switching detection sensor (S11) checks whether the equipment is in the color or black
printing status, and if it is in the color printing status, the motor (M3) is turned ON to switch the
status to black printing.
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), discharge LED-K (ERS) turned ON
→Main charger bias turned ON
→K developer bias (DC) and Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) turned ON
→2nd transfer bias turned ON
→Laser emission (black image)
→1st transfer bias (K) turned ON
- 1st transfer of black image (Black image is transferred to the transfer belt)
→1st transfer bias (K) turned OFF
→2nd transfer of K image (K image on the transfer belt is transferred to the paper)
→Main charger turned OFF
→Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) turned OFF
→2nd transfer bias turned OFF
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), discharge LED-K (ERS) turned OFF

6. Paper exiting
→The exit sensor (S13) detects the leading edge of the paper
→Exit motor (M5) turned ON
→The exit sensor (S13) detects the trailing edge of the paper
→Discharge LED (ERS) turned OFF
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2), fuser motor (M4) and exit
motor (M5) turned OFF
→The polygonal motor (M4) rotates at low speed.
→Drum, fuser unit and developer unit are stopped
- Fans return to rotate at the normal rotation speed
→“READY” is displayed and the equipment enters into ready mode

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 30
[ 4 ] Bypass feed copying
1. Insert a paper into the bypass tray.
→Bypass paper sensor (S16) is turned ON.
- “Ready for bypass feeding” is displayed.
→Carriages move to the home position.

2. Press the [START] button ON

→“Ready for bypass feeding” changes to “COPYING”.
→Exposure lamp (EXP) ON 3
→Scan motor (M1) ON → Carriages-1 and -2 move forward.
→Drum/TBU motor (M6), Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2), and fuser motor (M4)
turned ON
- The drum, transfer belt, fuser unit and developer unit are driven.

3. Bypass feeding
→Fans rotate at high speed.
→Bypass feed clutch (CLT3) turned ON.
- The bypass feed roller is rotated.
→Aligning operation
→Paper reaches the registration roller.
→After a certain period of time, the bypass feed clutch (CLT3) turned OFF.

4. Hereafter, operations (3) through (6) of “5.2.3 Drawer feed copying (1st drawer paper feeding)” are
repeated.

[ 5 ] Interruption copying
1. Press the [INTERRUPT] button
→Copying operation in progress is temporarily stopped, and the carriages-1 and -2 return to
appropriate positions.
→“Job interrupted job 1 saved” is displayed.
→Automatic density and reproduction ratio 100% are set. Set number remains the same.

2. Select the desired copy condition

3. After interruption copying is finished:

→The equipment returns to the status before the interruption by pressing the [INTERRUPT] button.

4. Press the [START] button

The copying operation before the interruption is resumed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 31
3.6.3 Detection of abnormality
When something abnormal has occurred in the equipment, symbols corresponding to the type of
abnormality are displayed.

[ 1 ] Types of abnormality
1. Abnormality which can be cleared even if the power is not turned off by the door switch
(A) Add paper
(B) Paper misfeed in bypass

2. Abnormality which can be cleared if the power is turned off by the door switch
(C) Misfeed in equipment
(D) No toner in the cartridge
(E) Developer unit not installed properly
(F) Waste toner box replacement

3. Abnormality which can be cleared if the power is turned off by the [ON/OFF] button
(G) Call for service

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 32
[ 2 ] Description of abnormality

[A] Add paper

[In case of the equipment drawer or PFP drawer] (When drawer is not installed)
Drawer not detected
↓
Drawer is not installed:
3
Drawer is installed but there is no paper in it:
↓
No paper
↓
A signal sent to the control circuit
↓
Drawer area of the control panel blinks
(When the drawer is selected)
↓
[START] button is disabled.
[In case of the PFP or LCF drawers] (When drawer is installed)
Based on the combination of the tray-up motor movement and the status of tray-up sensor and empty
sensor, CPU detects the presence of paper.

• When the power is turned ON or LCF drawer is inserted (When the power is turned ON or
equipment/PFP drawers are inserted).
LCF performs initialization.
↓
Detects the presence of paper
Tray-up motor ON - The tray goes up
→ When the tray-up sensor is not turned ON in a fixed period of time it means that
the tray is in abnormal condition
“Add paper” is displayed regardless of presence/absence of paper.
→ Cleared by turning the power ON/OFF

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 33
 → Tray-up sensor is turned ON in a fixed period of time
- The tray-up motor stops.
At this time, if the empty sensor is ON: It is judged that there is paper.
OFF: It is judged that there is no paper.
↓
Drawer area of the control panel
blinks.
(When the drawer is selected)
• When the paper in the drawer gets short during copying,
→ The tray-up sensor turned OFF
→ The tray-up motor turned ON - Tray goes up
→ Tray-up sensor turned ON
→ Tray-up motor stopped

• Empty sensor turned OFF during the copying in spite of the tray-up sensor is ON
↓
It is judged that there is no paper.
↓
Drawer area of the control panel blinks.
(When the drawer is selected)
↓
The copying operation is stopped.

[B] Paper misfeed in bypass

During bypass feeding

Bypass feed clutch (CLT3) is turned ON
↓
Registration sensor (S19) is turned ON
* Registration sensor (S19) is not turned ON in a fixed period of time (E120)
↓

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 34
 Bypass misfeeding
↓
Bypass misfeed symbol is displayed
↓
The copying operation is disabled.
↓
Solution: The bypass sensor (S16) is turned OFF by removing the paper from the bypass tray.
3

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 35
[C] Misfeed in equipment

• Exit sensor (S13) detects jamming of the leading edge of paper

↓
Registration motor (M14) turned ON
ON
↓ Fixed time Registration motor
Exit sensor (S13) turned ON ON
If the exit sensor (S13) is not turned ON after Exit sensor
a fixed time,
↓ Timer
Paper jam (E010)The copying operation is 0 Fixed time
stopped.
Paper jam (E010)
Fig. 3-14

• Exit sensor (S13) detects jamming of the trailing edge of paper

Registration motor (M14) turned OFF
Registration motor
↓ Fixed time. OFF
Exit sensor (S13) turned OFF
Exit sensor
If the exit sensor (S13) is not turned OFF a ON
fixed time
↓
Paper jam (E020)The copying operation is Timer
stopped. Fixed time

Paper jam (E020)

Fig. 3-15

• Immediately after the power ON

↓
Any of all sensors on paper transport path detects paper (ON)
↓
Paper jam (E030)
• Front cover is opened during copying
↓
Paper jam (E410)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 36
 • Registration sensor (S19) detects jamming of the leading edge of paper:
The registration sensor (S19) is not turned ON in a fixed period of time after the leading edge of
paper passed the transport roller.
↓
Paper jam (E200, E210, E270, E300, E330 and E3C0)
• During paper feeding from ADU:
The registration sensor (S19) is not turned ON in a fixed period of time after the ADU motor (M12)
is turned ON.
3
↓
Paper jam (E110)

• During paper transporting from ADU:

ADU entrance/exit sensors (S14/S15) do not detect the paper at the fixed timing
↓
Paper jam (E510 and E520)

• During paper reversing:

The reverse sensor (S26) does not detect the paper at the fixed timing
↓
Paper jam (E570 and E580)

• During paper feeding from the equipment or PFP:

The feed sensor (S20), or the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor (S32) is not turned ON in a fixed
period of time after the feed clutch is turned ON.
↓
Paper jam (E220, E310, E320, E340 to E360, E3D0 and E3E0: Error code defers depending on
the paper source.)

[D] No toner in the cartridge

Toner density becomes low

↓
Auto-toner sensor (S1/S2/S3/S4) detects the absence of the toner
↓
Control circuit →“Install new ** toner cartridge” is displayed: the copying operation disabled
Solution: Open the front cover and replace the toner cartridge with new one.
Toner is supplied → copying operation enabled

[E] Developer unit not installed properly

Disconnection of the connectors of the developer unit

↓
“Latch the developer unit” is displayed.
Solution: Install the developer unit and close the front cover.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 37
[F] Waste toner box replacement

• Waste toner box is full of used toner

↓
Rotation of the paddle has not been detected for a specified period
↓
“Dispose of used toner” is displayed

• Waste toner box full is detected during printing

↓
Printing is stopped after the paper being printed is exited
Solution: Replace the waste toner box with new one and close the front cover.

[G] Call for service

Check the error code displayed on the control panel when “Call for service” appears, and handle the
abnormality in reference to the error code table.
 P. 8-6 “8.2 Error Code List”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 38
3.6.4 Hibernation function
A hibernation function is embedded in this equipment. This function allows the equipment to store the
last status of the system in the HDD immediately before the power is turned OFF, and to restart from
this stored status at the next boot-up.
For warming-up time, refer to  P. 2-1 “2.1.1 General”

If hibernation is not performed when the power is turned OFF or the equipment boots up immediately
after the settings, warming-up takes longer. It differs depending on the usage conditions; warming-up
will take approx. 30 to 150 sec. 3

The following are the conditions which necessitate a longer warming-up time.
• Rebooting from TopAccess
• First booting after power interruption
• First booting after a self-diagnosis code is changed in the Service UI
• First booting after the power is turned OFF with the main power switch during the super sleep mode
• Installing options or finishers
• First booting after an option or a finisher is removed
• During toner supply
• Operating while “READY (WARMING UP)” is still on the control panel
• Shutting down during network initialization
• First booting after the power is turned OFF in a procedure other than the correct one described in
the Quick Start Guide

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 39
3.7 Control Panel

3.7.1 General description

The control panel consists of button switches and touch-panel to operate the equipment and select
various modes, and LEDs to display the state of the equipment.
When the operator’s attention is required, graphic symbols light or blink with messages explaining the
condition of the equipment in the LCD panel. When paper jams and “Call for service” occur, error codes
are also displayed to notify users of the problem.
A 10.1-inch resistance film touch panel is used in this equipment, resulting in the improvement of
operability.
The [ON/OFF] button is placed on the control panel, and this button is used instead of the main power
switch to turn the power ON/OFF. Press this button to turn the power of the equipment ON/OFF.
The digital keys are displayed on the touch panel instead of being located on the control panel. In
addition to this, a digital key pad can be installed optionally for a user who wants to carry out the button
operation by means of the actual keys.

Fig. 3-16

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 40
3.8 Scanner

3.8.1 General description

In the scanning section of this equipment, the surface of an original is irradiated with a direct light and
the reflected light is led through mirrors, a lens and a slit to CCD where optical-to-electrical conversion
is performed, converting the optical image data into an electrical (analog) signal. This analog signal is
changed to a digital signal, which then undertakes various corrective processes necessary for image
formation. After that, arithmetic operation is performed on the digital signal, which is then transmitted to 3
the data writing section.
In this equipment, a reduction-type CCD for color processing is used. What this CCD differs from black-
and-white CCDs is that its devices are arranged in 3 lines and covered with color filters (Red, Green,
and Blue). These lines are composed with 3-line color devices and black-and-white device with no filter.

[11] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]

[12] [10] [9] [8]

Fig. 3-17

[1] ADF original glass

[2] Carriage-2
[3] Reflector
[4] Exposure lamp
[5] Carriage-1
[6] Original glass
[7] Drive pulley
[8] CCD board
[9] Lens
[10] Automatic original detection sensor
[11] Carriage home position sensor
[12] Platen sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 41
3.8.2 Construction

Scanner
Original glass Original glass
ADF original glass
Carriage-1 Exposure lamp (EXP)
Reflector
Mirror-1
Carriage-2 Mirror-2
Mirror-3
Lens unit Lens
CCD driving PC board (CCD)
Automatic original
detection sensor
(S24, S25)
Driving section Scan motor (M1) • 2-phase stepping motor
• Driving the carriage-1 and carriage-2
Other Carriage home position sensor (S23)
Platen sensor-1 (S21)
Platen sensor-2 (S22)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 42
3.8.3 Functions
The following shows the construction and purpose of the scanning system:
1. Original glass
This is a glass for placing original. The light from the exposure lamp (EXP) is irradiated to the
original through this glass.
The ADF original glass is used when original is read with the Automatic Document Feeder. Original
is transported on the ADF original glass by the Automatic Document Feeder, and the transported
original is read under the ADF original glass by the carriage. Do not use such solvents as alcohol
when cleaning the surface of the ADF original glass, because it is coated so as not to be scratched 3
by originals.

2. Carriage-1
Carriage-1 consists of the exposure lamp (EXP), reflector, mirror-1, etc. It is driven by the scan
motor (M1) and scans an original on the glass.

[4] [5]

[1] [1]
[2] [2]

[3]

[3]

Fig. 3-18

[1] Exposure lamp

[2] Reflector
[3] Mirror-1
[4] Original glass
[5] Original

- Exposure lamp (EXP)

This lamp is the light source to irradiate the original on the glass. (LED lamp)

- Reflector
This is a plate to efficiently direct the light from the exposure lamp (EXP) to the surface of the
original on the glass.

- Mirror-1
This mirror directs the light reflected from the original to the mirror-2 described later.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 43
3. Carriage-2
Carriage-2 mainly consists of the mirror-2, mirror-3, etc. and directs the reflected light from the
mirror-1 through the mirrors-2 and -3 to the lens.
This carriage is driven by the same scan motor (M1) as that for the carriage-1 at half the scanning
speed of the carriage-1 (The scanning distance is also half that of the carriage-1).

[1]

[2]

Fig. 3-19

[1] Mirror-2
[2] Mirror-3

4. Lens unit
The light reflected from the mirror-3 is led to the CCD placed at the focal point of the lens which is
fixed in a position.

5. CCD driving PC board (CCD)

Processes such as signal amplification, signal integration and A/D conversion are applied on the
electrical signal which was converted by CCD.

[2]

[1]

Fig. 3-20

[1] Lens
[2] CCD board

6. Automatic original detection sensor (S24, S25)

The size of an original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original
detection sensors (S24, S25) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 44
3.8.4 Description of operation

[ 1 ] Scanning operation

[2]
[1]
[3]

[7]

[6]

[5] [4]

Fig. 3-21

[1] Scan motor

[2] Drive pulley
[3] Wire pulley
[4] Wire
[5] Idler pulley
[6] Carriage-2
[7] Carriage-1

• Scanning of an original placed on the original glass

This motor drives the carriages-1 and -2 through the timing belt and carriage wire. First, the scan
motor drives the carriages-1 and -2 to their respective home positions. The home positions are
detected when the carriage-1 passes the home position sensor (S23). When the [START] button
is pressed, the both carriages start to move and scan the original on the glass.

• Scanning of an original placed on the RADF

The carriage-1 stays at the shading position during shading correction, and at the scanning
position during scanning operation.

• Carriage speed
The Carriage speed of the original placed on the original glass in the color mode is the same as
that in the black mode.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 45
3.8.5 Process of detection of original size
In this equipment, detection of original sizes is performed with the combination of a CCD and the
automatic original detection sensors-1 and -2 (S24 and S25).
A size in the primary scanning direction is detected by the CCD while that in the secondary scanning
direction is detected by the sensors.

[ 1 ] Original size detection procedure

S25

S24

A B C

S21

S22

Fig. 3-22

A: Platen cover (or DF) fully opened

When the platen cover is fully opened, the original size is not detected.

B: Platen cover (or DF) opened by 25 degrees - Detected by the platen sensor-1 (S21)
When this status is detected, the exposure lamp of the scanner emits light and the presence/absence
of the original in the secondary scanning direction and the paper size of the original in the primary
scanning direction are detected by the automatic original detection sensor. (As for the LT series, two
automatic original detection sensors are used.

C: Platen cover (or DF) closed - Detected by the platen sensors-1 and -2 (S21 and S22)
This status is detected by the platen sensors-1 and -2. The exposure lamp of the scanner emits light for
a short time and the sensors detect the length of the original in the primary scanning direction again.

Remarks:
When the platen cover (or the DF) is fully closed or closed by 25 degrees or less, the exposure
lamp emits light as follows. Light emitted > OFF > light emitted > OFF > carriage moved. If the
connectors are connected to the platen sensor-1 (S21) and -2 (S22) in reverse, the exposure
lamp emits light as follows. Light emitted > OFF > carriage moved > light emitted.

When the following phenomena have occurred, the platen sensor-1 (S21) may be damaged. In
such a case, check the sensors and harnesses.
• The exposure lamp does not emit light even when the platen cover is opened by 25 degrees.
• The detected paper size of the original is not correct.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 46
[ 2 ] Detection points
Sensor detection points [A4, K Series]

Size 1

S24

Size 2 A5-R

Size 3 B5-R
Size 4 16K-R
Size 5 A5 A4-R

Size 6 B5 B4
Size 7 16K 8K

Size 8 A4 A3

Fig. 3-23

Sensor detection points [LT Series]

S25

S24

Size 1 ST-R

Size 2 ST LT-R LG

Size 3 LT LD

Fig. 3-24

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 47
3.9 Writing Section

3.9.1 General description

The laser optical unit radiates the laser beam onto the photoconductive drum in response to the digital
image signals transmitted from the scanner, USB, network, etc. to create a latent image. The image
signal is converted into the light emission signal of the laser diode on the laser driving PC board (LDR),
then radiated on the photoconductive drum through optical elements such as a polygonal mirror
(polygonal motor) and a lens. The units must not be disassembled in the field as they are very sensitive
to dust and finely adjusted at the factory.

In this equipment, the polygonal motor is located at the center of the unit to downsize the laser optical
unit. Therefore, the location of the LDR boards is different from that for current models. When
disconnecting and connecting the connectors during service, be sure to connect them in the correct
position.
In addition to this, the different laser diode is used in the 25/35 ppm model and 40/50 ppm model. A 2-
beam laser diode is used in the 25/35 ppm model and a 4-beam one is used in the 45/50 ppm model.
In addition, the thermistor is built in the laser optical unit of this equipment.

25-35 ppm model 45-50 ppm model

[6] [7] [6] [7]

[5] [5]
[4] [8] [4] [8]

[3] [2] [3] [2]

[8] [1] [8] [1]

No. Name Remarks

[1] Laser optical unit The laser optical unit differs between the 25/30/35ppm and 45/
50ppm models. They can be identified by the 1st to 4th digits of the
serial number.

W32L: 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm
W34L: 45ppm/50ppm
[2] Polygonal motor Common for 25/30/35ppm and 45/50ppm models.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 48
 No. Name Remarks
[3] LRL board The LRL board differs between the 25/30/35ppm and 45/50ppm
models. They can be identified by the silk print on the board.

K110/H430: 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm
K114: 45ppm/50ppm
[4] LDR board-M The LDR board is common for Y, M, C and K.
[5] LDR board-Y The LDR board differs between the 25/30/35ppm and 45/50ppm
models.
[6] LDR board-K (25~35ppm: 2-beam laser diode, 45~50ppm: 4-beam laser diode)
[7] LDR board-C
[8] Laser optical unit thermistor This thermistor detects the temperature of the inside of the laser
optical unit.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 49
3.9.2 Laser precautions
• Laser precautions
A laser diode is used for this equipment and radiates an invisible laser beam.
Since it is not visible, be extremely careful when handling the laser optical unit components, performing
operations or adjusting the laser beam. Also never perform the procedure with other than the specified
manuals because you could be exposed to laser radiation.
The laser optical unit is completely sealed with a protective cover. As long as only the operations of
specified manuals are performed, the laser beam does not leak and you are in no danger of being
exposed to laser radiation.

The following cautionary label for the laser is attached to the inner cover and can be seen when you
open the front lower cover.

Notes:
• Avoid exposure to the laser beam during service. This equipment uses a laser diode. Be sure
not to expose your eyes to the laser beam. Do not insert reflecting parts or tools such as
screwdrivers on the laser beam path. Remove all reflecting metals such as watches, rings,
etc. before starting service.
• When servicing the equipment with the power turned ON, be sure not to touch live sections
and rotating/operating sections. Avoid exposing your eyes to the laser beam.
• During servicing, be sure to check the rating label and cautionary labels such as “Unplug the
power cable during service”, “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION.
LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to
the equipment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 50
3.10 Driving Section
The driving section of this equipment consists of 4 units.
• Drum TBU drive unit
• Development drive unit
• Monochrome/color switching unit
• Paper feeding drive unit

[9] 3

[8]

[7] [1]

[5]

[6] [2] [3]

[4]

Fig. 3-25

[1] Drum TBU drive unit

[2] Development drive unit
[3] Monochrome/color switching unit
[4] Paper feeding drive unit
[5] Drum/TBU motor
[6] Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor
[7] Mono/color switching motor
[8] Fuser unit drive section
[9] Exit/Reverse drive section

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 51
3.10.1 Drum TBU drive unit
The drum TBU drive unit is driven by the drum TBU motor to drive Y, M, C and K drums and the transfer
belt unit (TBU).
It also drives the contacting and releasing of the transfer belt.

[1] [2]

[4] [3]

[8]
[12 ]
[7]
[11]
[6]
[10]
[5]
[9]

Fig. 3-26

[1] Drum TBU motor

[2] Drum TBU motor gear
[3] TBU drive roller
[4] Gear (row of gears)
[5] Y drum
[6] M drum
[7] C drum
[8] K drum
[9] Y mixer
[10] M mixer
[11] C mixer
[12] K mixer

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 52
3.10.2 Development drive unit/Paper feeding drive unit
The development drive unit and paper feeding drive unit are driven by the paper feeding/developer unit
drive motor to drive the developer unit and the paper feeding section.

[1]

3
[2]

[3]

[4]

Fig. 3-27

[1] Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor

[2] Gear (row of gears)
[3] Coupling
[4] K developer unit

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 53
3.10.3 Monochrome/color switching mechanism
Switching of the monochrome and color modes is performed by the monochrome/color switching unit.
In the monochrome mode, the switching plate is positioned at “A” in the figure below and the
monochrome/color switching sensor (S11) is OFF.
At this time, the drive gears of the drum and the developer unit are not engaged. (Monochrome mode
operation)

When the mono/color switching motor (M3) starts rotating, the switching plate is moved and the
monochrome/color switching sensor (S11) is turned ON.
The coupling cam is rotated with a movement of the switching plate and then the idling gear and the
color drive gear are engaged.
Thus the rotation of the motor is transmitted to each gear in the color drive gear rows.

A: Monochrome mode B: Color mode

[3]
[5]
[6]

[2]
[1]
[8]

[7]
[4]

Fig. 3-28

[1] Monochrome/color switching unit

[2] Mono/color switching motor (M3)
[3] Switching plate
[4] Monochrome/color switching sensor (S11)
[5] Color coupling gear (driving the drum)
[6] Color drive gear (driving the drum)
[7] Color coupling gear (driving the developer unit)
[8] Color drive gear (driving the developer unit)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 54
3.11 Paper Feeding System

3.11.1 General descriptions

This chapter explains how the system works to pick up paper from the drawer or bypass tray and
transport it to the 2nd transfer position.
The paper feeding system mainly consists of the pickup roller, feed roller, registration roller, bypass
paper sensor (S16), drawer empty sensor, feed sensor (S20), registration sensor (S19) and drive
system for these components. The paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2) drives the above 3
rollers.

[5]
[4]
[7]
[3] [6]
[1]
[2] [9]

[8]

[17]
[20]
[21]

[11]

[15] [14] [18] [13] [19] [16] [10] [12]

Fig. 3-29

[1] Drawer
[2] Feed sensor
[3] Registration sensor
[4] Registration roller
[5] Registration pass sensor
[6] Bypass feed roller
[7] Bypass feed sensor
[8] Bypass tray
[9] Bypass separation roller
[10] Separation roller (drawer)
[11] Paper feed roller (drawer)
[12] Drawer detection switch
[13] Drawer empty sensor
[14] Drawer paper width detection switch
[15] Drawer paper length detection switch
[16] Pickup roller
[17] Jam access cover opening/closing switch
[18] Drawer paper remaining sensor
[19] Drawer tray-up sensor
[20] Transport roller
[21] 2nd drawer paper feed sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 55
3.11.2 Composition

Feeding system
Feed clutch CLT1, CLT3
Feed sensor S20
Paper feed sensor S32
Feed roller PM parts
Separation roller PM parts
Pickup roller PM parts
Drawer detection switch SW8, SW19
Bypass unit Bypass feed roller PM parts
Bypass separation roller PM parts
Bypass paper sensor S16
Bypass tray slide guide width detection PC S17
board
Bypass feed clutch CLT3
Paper feeding/developer unit drive M2
motor
Registration motor M14
Registration roller
Registration sensor S19

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 56
3.11.3 Functions

1. Feed roller (Drawers and bypass feed)

This roller is placed against the separation roller. It transports the paper from the pickup roller to the
transport roller.

2. Separation roller (Drawer and bypass feed)

When two or more sheets of paper are transported from the feed roller, since the resistance force of
the separation roller is larger than the frictional force between the sheets, the lower sheets are not 3
transported any further.

3. Registration roller
Paper transported from the transport roller is pushed against the registration roller which aligns the
leading edge of the paper.
Then, the registration roller rotates to transport the paper to the transfer section.

4. Bypass paper sensor (S16)

This sensor detects if paper is set in the bypass tray. If it is, bypass feeding always comes before
drawer feeding.

5. Empty sensor (S5, S34)

This is a transmissive-type sensor and detects the availability of paper in the drawer by using an
actuator. When there is no paper in the drawer, the actuator blocks the light path of the sensor, and
the sensor determines that there is no paper.

6. Registration sensor (S19)

This sensor detects that the leading edge of the paper has reached the registration roller and the
trailing edge of the paper has passed the registration roller.

7. Drawer detection switch (SW8, SW19)

This switch detects if the drawer is fully inserted.

8. Feed clutch (drawer/bypass feed) (CLT1, CLT3, CLT4)

This is a clutch used to transmit the drive from the feed/dev motor to the feed roller.
When the clutch is turned ON, the feed roller rotates at high speed to transport paper.

9. Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2)

This motor drives the transport rollers of the drawers and bypass tray.

10.Registration motor (M14)

This is an electromagnetic motor which drives the registration roller. When the registration motor
(M14) is turned ON, the registration roller rotates.

11. Paper width detection board (S17)

This sensor works directly with the sidewalls of the bypass tray to detect the paper width on the tray.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 57
3.11.4 Description of operation

[ 1 ] Drive of rollers
The drive of each motor in the paper feeding area activates the paper transfer roller as follows.

Paper feeding/developer unit 1st/2nd drawer feed clutch 1st/2nd drawer feed roller
drive motor (M2) (CLT1/CLT4)
Bypass feed clutch Bypass feed roller
(CLT3)

Feed clutch Feed roller

(H/L) (CLT5/CLT6)

Registration motor (M14) Registration roller

[ 2 ] Picking up System

Fig. 3-30

When the drawer is inserted into the equipment, the drawer tray is raised by the tray-up motor and
paper can be fed. An independent tray-up motor is equipped in the upper and lower drawers
respectively.
Paper is fed and transported by transmitting the driving force from the paper feeding/developer unit
drive motor to the pickup roller, paper feed roller and transport roller through the gears and clutches.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 58
Paper is picked up by the movement of the feed clutch. When the feed clutch is turned ON, the pickup
roller and feed roller rotate, and the paper is picked up from the drawer.
The paper is separated by the separation roller.

[ 3 ] Paper Feed System

[2]

[1]

Fig. 3-31

[1] The transport clutch (L)

[2] The transport clutch (H)

The transport clutches (L/H) transmit the driving force from the paper feeding/developer unit drive
motor to the transport roller. When transporting paper, they are turned ON.
The transport clutch (Low speed) is turned ON when the low speed transportation is performed for
printing. The transport clutch (High speed) is turned ON when high speed transportation is performed to
transport the paper which has passed through the paper feed sensor to the registration position. High
speed transportation is also performed when the paper is transported from the PFP to the registration
position (When the PFP is connected).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 59
[ 4 ] Operation of bypass feed roller
The driving force transmitted through the bypass feed clutch (CLT3) is transmitted to the bypass feed
roller through the shaft. The roller is rotated by this driving force.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

Fig. 3-32

[1] Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor

[2] Gear
[3] Bypass feed clutch
[4] Bypass feed roller

[ 5 ] Separation of paper
The separation roller is pushed to the paper feed roller by the spring force.
When two or more sheets of paper are fed, since the friction between two sheets of paper is smaller
than that between a sheet and the separation roller, the lower sheets are not transported any further
while the uppermost one is transported by the paper feed roller.

[1]

[2]

[3]

Fig. 3-33

[1] Bypass feed roller

[2] Bypass separation roller
[3] Spring

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 60
[ 6 ] Paper size detection
This equipment automatically detects the size of the paper placed in each drawer.
The end and side guides in each drawer are moved according to the paper size and a pusher moves
together with the end and side guides.
Then the protrusion of the pusher pushes each button of the drawer paper size detection sensors-1 and
-2.
Thus the paper size is detected with the combination of the pushing statuses of the drawer paper size
detection sensors-1 and -2.
The drawer paper size detection sensor-1 detects the movement of the side guides while the drawer 3
paper size detection sensor-2 detects that of the end guide.

End guide

Drawer paper size

Side guide
detection sensor-2

Drawer paper size detection sensor-1

Fig. 3-34

[Example]
The positions of the guides and the pusher in cases of A3 and A4-R are shown below as examples.

A3 A4-R

End guide

Pusher

Side guide

Drawer paper size detection sensor-1/2

Fig. 3-35

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 61
[ 7 ] General operation

[A] From power-ON to ready status

If either of the sensors on the transport path is ON (means there is paper on the transport path) when
the equipment is turned ON, it is determined that a paper jam has occurred and no operation is enabled
until the paper is removed.

[B] Ready status

When a drawer is inserted or pulled out at the ready status, the availability of paper is checked.

[C] Bypass feeding

• The bypass feed sensor detects the absence of paper.
• The bypass feed clutch is turned ON, and the bypass feed roller is rotated to start feeding.
• The leading edge of the paper turns the registration sensor ON, and the paper is aligned with the
registration roller.
• The bypass feed clutch is turned OFF, and the bypass feed roller is stopped.
• The registration motor is turned ON, and the paper is transported to the transfer unit.

[D] Paper feeding

• Lower drawer
- The feed clutch and high speed clutch is turned ON, and the pickup roller, feed roller
and transport roller rotate to start paper feeding.
- The leading edge of paper turns the paper feed sensor ON, and the feed clutch is
turned OFF. (Pick-up roller and feed roller stop rotating.)
- The leading edge of paper turns the registration sensor ON and the paper is aligned
by the registration roller.
- The high speed clutch is turned OFF, and the transport roller stop rotating.
- The registration motor and low speed clutch are turned ON, and the paper is
transported to the transfer unit.
• Upper drawer
- The feed clutch is turned ON and the pickup roller and feed roller rotate to start
paper feeding.
- The leading edge of paper turns the registration sensor ON, and the paper is
aligned by the registration roller.
- The feed clutch is turned OFF and the pickup roller and feed roller stop rotating.
- The registration motor is turned ON, and the paper is transported to the transfer
unit.

[ 8 ] Drawer damp heater

The drawer damp heater is located at the middle of the upper and lower drawers. It allows the
prevention of an increase in the humidity by reducing the temperature alternation in the drawers.
AC power is connected in the drawer damp heater via its switch. The drawer damp heater can go into
its operable status at any of the following points when its switch is turned ON while the power cable of
the equipment is connected and AC power is supplied.
• When the main power switch is turned OFF
• When the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel is turned OFF
• At the sleep mode
• At the super sleep mode
A heater whose maximum permissible power is 10.8 W is used in the drawer damp heater.

[ 9 ] Envelope drawer
The envelope drawer is an option so that a standard envelope can be fed from the drawer. Different
side walls compared to those for current drawers are adopted. These side walls are positioned by being
aligned to the width of an envelope and they have the function of holding envelopes.
By using the drawer paper size detection sensors 1 and 2, the level where the envelope drawer is
installed is detected. Since the size of the paper in the envelope drawer is not detected automatically, it
is necessary to set the size manually.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 62
3.12 Process Unit Related Section

3.12.1 General description

There are 4 cleaner units and 4 developer units, corresponding to the image forming process of the Y,
M, C and K colors. The main charger unit is installed with the cleaner units, while the discharge LEDs
are installed on the equipment side.
This chapter explains about the process unit and parts around this unit which are provided for image
formation. The developer unit, which is one of the units composing the process unit, is described in  3
P. 3-69 “3.13 Developer Unit” in details.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

[5]

[6] [10] [7] [11] [8] [12] [9] [13]

[15]
Fig. 3-36

[1] Toner (Y)

[2] Toner (M)
[3] Toner (C)
[4] Toner (K)
[5] Waste toner box
[6] Developer unit (Y)
[7] Developer unit (M)
[8] Developer unit (C)
[9] Developer unit (K)
[10] Process unit (Y)
[11] Process unit (M)
[12]Process unit (C)
[13] Process unit (K)
[15] Drum thermistor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 63
 [1]

[13]
[2]

[12] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]

[11] [10] [9]

Fig. 3-37

[1] Drum
[2] Drum cleaner unit
[3] Toner recovery auger
[4] Drum cleaning blade
[5] Needle electrode cleaner
[6] Discharge LED
[7] Needle electrode
[8] Main charger unit
[9] Main charger grid
[10] Mixer
[11] Auto-toner sensor
[12] Doctor blade
[13] Magnetic roller (Developer sleeve)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 64
3.12.2 Composition

Process unit (Y, M, C, K) Drum cleaner unit Drum PM parts

Drum cleaning blade PM parts
Recovery blade
Toner recovery auger
Main charger unit Main charger grid PM parts 3
Needle electrode PM parts
Needle electrode cleaner PM parts
Main charger case
Main charger duct
Developer unit Ch3.13
Drum thermistor THM3
Discharge LED ERS-Y, -M, -C, -K
Temperature/Humidity S10
sensor
Ozone filter
Ozone exhaust fan F2
High-voltage transformer
Drum/TBU motor M6
Mono/color switching motor M3
Developer unit cooling fan F5

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 65
3.12.3 Functions

1. Drum
Drum is made of a cylindrical aluminum base coated with thin film of organic photoconductive
substance. Photoconductive object becomes insulative (high electrical resistance) when it is not
exposed to lights and becomes conductive (low electrical resistance) when it is exposed to lights.
This object is called photoconductor.

2. Drum cleaner unit

- Drum cleaning blade
This blade is pressed against the drum surface with a constant force and scrapes off the residual
toner on the drum surface.
- Recovery blade
This blade prevents the toner which was scraped off by the drum cleaning blade from being
scattered to the outside.
- Toner recovery auger
This auger carries the residual toner scraped off to the waste toner box.

3. Main charger
The main charger in this equipment consists of a metal rod with U-shaped section, insulated
terminals at both ends of the rod and a needle electrode attached between them. When a high
voltage is applied to the needle electrode, the air around it is charged (ionized). The ionized air then
flows into the drum causing it to be charged. This phenomenon is called “corona discharge”. At the
same time, a control bias is applied to the main charger grid to control the charging amount. In a
dark place, negative charge is evenly applied onto the drum surface by the corona discharge and
this grid. In addition, a cleaner is installed to clean up the dust attached on the needle electrode.
- Needle electrode
The needle electrode has aligned needles and their points perform the corona discharge.
These points (electrodes) discharge toward the drum in one direction to realize the more
efficient discharging comparing to the charger wire which discharges in a radial direction.
Therefore, the needle electrode enables the reduction of the ozone amount.

4. Drum thermistor (THM3)

Since the photoconductive characteristic of the drum surface changes depending on the
temperature of the drum surface, the drum thermistor detects the temperature of the drum surface
and controls to gain the charging potential according to the environment.

5. Discharge LED (ERS-Y, ERS-M, ERS-C, ERS-K)

Discharge is a process to decrease or eliminate the charge on the drum surface.
The residual charge on the drum surface is neutralized and eliminated. Electrical potential of the
drum surface is fixed to a certain amount before the drum is charged.

6. Temperature/humidity sensor (S10)

This sensor measures the environment inside the equipment. The values of the temperature and
humidity detected inside the equipment are output to the LGC board.

7. Ozone filter
Ozone produced by corona discharge of the main charger is exhausted through this filter.
The catalyzer of the ozone filter degrades the ozone.

8. Ozone exhaust fan (F2)

This fan exhausts air through the ozone filter.

9. High-voltage transformer (HVT)

This board generates the output control voltage Vc of the main charger bias, main charger grid bias,
1st transfer roller bias, 2nd transfer roller bias and developer bias.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 66
10.Drum/TBU motor (M6)
This motor drives each drum and toner recovery auger. The drive of the motor is transmitted to each
drum by gears in the following 2 lines: Drum/TBU motor → K drum → C drum → Y drum
The gears and drum couplings are assembled with high precision in order to improve accuracy of
color overlay.

11. Mono/color switching motor (M3)

This motor switches ON/OFF the transmission of drive to the Y, M, C drums. The drum switching
sensor detects the phase of the guide to control the mono/color switching motor, and checks 3
whether the drive is transmitted to the Y, M, C drums or not.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 67
3.12.4 Drum driving sleep mode
When the conditions of the accumulated number of outputs are met, the equipment is shifted to the
drum driving sleep mode, in which the photoconductive drum is rotated without exposure several times.
This mode prevents the photoconductive drum from being contaminated with ozone exhausted inside
of the equipment.

[ 1 ] Function
In the standby mode, the photoconductive drum is rotated without exposure according to the specified
number of times. The more rotations without exposure increase, the more drive count increases.
Consequently, this may reduce the life of the drum.
To prevent a reduction in the life, the drum is rotated without exposure normally once. It is rotated
without exposure several times only under certain conditions.

[ 2 ] Drum driving sleep mode related codes

FS-08-2380 Control for drum rotation without Sets ON or OFF for the control of the photoconductive
exposure at standby drum rotation without exposure in the standby mode after
printing is finished.
FS-08-2381 Starting time of drum rotation Sets the time to start the 1st rotation of the
without exposure at standby photoconductive drum without exposure in the standby
mode after printing is finished.
FS-08-2382 Control of drum rotation without Sets the rotation interval of the photoconductive drum
exposure at standby: Rotation without exposure between the 1st and 2nd rotations and
interval subsequent intervals.
FS-08-2383 Control of drum rotation without Sets the maximum number of rotations allowed without
exposure at standby: Maximum exposure.
number of rotations
FS-08-2385 Accumulated number of outputs to Sets the number of outputs to shift to the drum driving
shift to drum driving sleep mode sleep mode.

[ 3 ] The drum driving sleep mode setting

[ 3-1 ] Case in which the equipment needs to be shifted to the drum driving sleep mode
frequently
When uneven density image problem in 94 mm pitch (the circumference of the drum) must be corrected
• Set a value smaller than “7” (default) for FS-08-2385.
Notes:
If MCV (monthly copy volume) is relatively small, the drive count tends to increase quickly when
you set the equipment to shift to the drum driving sleep mode often, resulting in a shorter life.

[ 3-2 ] Cases in which the number of times to shift to the drum driving sleeve mode or the
number of drum rotations without exposure must be fewer
A: When a user points out the noise of drum rotation without exposure
• The ozone exhaust fan keeps rotating for 1 minute after printing is finished. The rotation noise is not
so annoying during this period. Therefore set “0” or “1” for FS-08-2383 so that the rotation of all
drums without exposure will be finished within 1 minute.
B: When MCV is relatively small (e.g.; 1k)
• Set “20” for FS-08-2385 to reduce the number of times to shift to the drum driving sleep mode, or set
“0” or “1” for FS-08-2383 to reduce the number of drum rotations without exposure.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 68
3.13 Developer Unit

3.13.1 General description

This chapter describes the development (developer unit) which is a process of making toner adhere to
the drum.
The developer material is comprised of a mixture of toner and carrier, and filled in the developer unit of
each color. The toner is charged to a negative polarity and the carrier to a positive polarity, due to the
friction with each other caused by mixing in the developer unit. The charged toner is supplied to the 3
photoconductive drum surface by means of a magnetic roller, allowing it to adhere to the areas on the
drum surface where the potential is lower than the developer bias which is applied to the magnetic
roller. Through this process, the latent images are formed on the photoconductive drum surface.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

[5]

[6] [10] [7] [11] [8] [12] [9] [13]

Fig. 3-38

[1] Toner (Y)

[2] Toner (M)
[3] Toner (C)
[4] Toner (K)
[5] Waste toner box
[6] Developer unit (Y)
[7] Developer unit (M)
[8] Developer unit (C)
[9] Developer unit (K)
[10] Process unit (Y)
[11] Process unit (M)
[12]Process unit (C)
[13] Process unit (K)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 69
3.13.2 Composition

Process unit (Y, M, C, K) Drum cleaner unit  P. 3-63 “3.12 Process

Unit Related Section”
Main charger unit  P. 3-63 “3.12 Process
Unit Related Section”
Developer unit Developer material PM parts
Mixer
Developer sleeve
(Magnetic roller)
Doctor blade
Auto-toner sensor S1, S2, S3, S4
Paper feeding/developer M2
unit drive motor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 70
3.13.3 Functions
1. Developer material
The developer material consists of the carrier and toner. Since the developer material deteriorates
after a long time use, periodic replacements are needed.

2. Mixer
The carrier and toner are frictionized each other when the developer material is stirred. Then the
carrier is positively charged (+) and the toner is negatively charged (–), and the toner is adhered by
the electrostatic force. 3

3. Developer sleeve (Magnetic roller)

These aluminum rollers have magnets inside. The developer material is pulled by these magnets to
form a magnetic brush. The magnets are fixed at their position so only the sleeve rotates. By this
rotation, the developer material is transported to the developer sleeve.
Then the magnetic brush formed at the developer sleeve sweeps over the drum surface and thus
development is performed.

4. Doctor blade
The doctor blade controls the amount of the developer material from the developer sleeve so that
the magnetic brush of the developer material can contact with the drum surface properly.

5. Auto-toner sensor (S1, S2, S3, S4)

To print out a precise image, the proportion (toner density ratio) of the carrier and the toner in the
developer material needs to be always constant. The magnetic bridge circuit in the black auto-toner
sensor detects the toner ratio in the developer material. This sensor supplies the toner from the
toner cartridge.

6. Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2)

This motor rotates the Y, M, C, K developer units. The drive of the motor is transmitted to each
developer unit by gears in the following 2 lines: Developer motor → K developer unit, developer
motor → C developer unit → M developer unit → Y developer unit. Switching of the monochrome
and color modes is performed by the monochrome/color switching unit.

7. Toner motor (M8, M9, M10, M11)

These motors drive the paddles and auger in the toner cartridge and transport the toner filled in the
cartridge to the developer unit. Each toner cartridge of Y, M, C and K mounts one toner motor
correspondingly.

8. Waste toner paddle motor (M7)

This motor rotates the paddles mounted in the Waste toner box to level the Waste toner
accumulated in the waste toner box.

9. Waste toner box

This collects the residual toner scraped off on the drum surface by the cleaning blade and residual
toner scraped off on the transfer belt by the transfer belt cleaning blade.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 71
3.13.4 Functions of the toner cartridge PC board (CTRG)
An IC chip is embedded in this board. Data such as identification information for the recommended
TOSHIBA toner cartridge, thresholds to determine if the cartridge is nearly empty, and controlling data
for the image quality to be optimal according to the toner characteristics are written in this chip.
To measure the amount of toner remaining in the cartridge, when the value of the counter for the period
of the toner cartridge rotation time is updated, this equipment writes the updated value into the toner
cartridge PC board (CTRG).

These data written in the toner cartridge PC board (CTRG) enable the functions below, and accordingly
this equipment operates as shown below.
Data reading is performed every time when the power is turned ON, the front cover is closed, a job is
finished and the equipment has recovered from the sleep mode.

[ 1 ] Data read by the toner cartridge PC board (CTRG)

• Data to identify recommended TOSHIBA toner cartridges
• Thresholds to determine if the toner cartridge is nearly empty
• Value of the counter for the period of the toner cartridge rotation time
• Data for optimizing image quality
• Threshold of toner remaining displays

[ 2 ] Functions
• Cartridge detecting function
This function checks whether the toner cartridge is inserted correctly or not, and whether the
recommended toner cartridge is used or not.
• Toner remaining check function
This function notifies the user of the near-empty status of toner. Normally, the message (Toner is
low) is displayed when the toner is running out, and (Toner empty) when the toner cartridge is
empty.
• Toner remaining check notification function
Upon detecting the near-empty status of toner, this function automatically notifies your service
representative.
• Image optimization function
This function controls the quality of images to be optimal according to the characteristics of the toner
used.
• Toner remaining display function
This function displays the remaining toner amount from 0% to 100%.

[ 3 ] Operations
A sign indicating that the toner cartridge is nearly empty appears in the following cases:
• The counter value for the toner cartridge rotation time has exceeded the threshold previously written
in the toner cartridge PC board (CTRG). (Related code: FS-08-5155)
• The remaining amount of toner is equal to or less than the set amount (percentage or number of
sheets). (Related code: FS-08-5155, FS-08-5810, FS-08-5811)

When a used cartridge refilled with new toner is used, a sign indicating that the toner cartridge is empty
appears because information for determining the empty status is already written in the toner cartridge
PC board (CTRG).
When a non-recommended toner cartridge is used, “Toner not recognized” appears on the control
panel, and then the equipment may stop normal operations. The toner remaining display function, the
toner remaining check function, the automatic remote supply order to TOSHIBA sales representatives
and the image optimization function may also be disabled.

The self-diagnosis codes to adjust the timing for displaying the toner near-empty status are as follows.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 72
• Toner near empty threshold setting (FS-08-5155)
<Setting value>
0: The period from the appearance of the toner near-empty sign to the actual complete consumption
of the toner is set to long.
1: Normal (Default)
2: The period from the appearance of the toner near-empty sign to the actual complete consumption
of the toner is set to short.
4: Toner near-empty status threshold value: (%) 3
5: Toner near-empty status threshold value: (Number of sheets)

• Toner near-empty status threshold value setting (%) (FS-08-5810)

Use this code to specify the threshold value (unit:%) for displaying the toner near-empty status. This
code is used when the value of FS-08-5155 is set to “4”.
Sub-code 0: K, sub-code 1: Y, sub-code 2: M, sub-code 3: C

• Toner near-empty status threshold value setting (number of sheets) (FS-08-5811)

Use this code to specify the threshold value (unit: number of sheets) for displaying the toner near-
empty status. This code is used when the value of FS-08-5155 is set to “5”.
Sub-code 0: K, sub-code 1: Y, sub-code 2: M, sub-code 3: C

• Fine adjustment of threshold value for displaying the toner remaining amount / toner near-empty
(FS-08-5156)
Performs fine adjustment of the threshold value for displaying the toner remaining amount and toner
near-empty.
Display threshold value = Default threshold value x setting value/100 (Unit:%)

[ 4 ] Toner near-empty / toner empty display adjustment

The toner empty appears when the auto-toner sensor in the developer unit detects that the level
amount of toner in the developer unit has actually become low. The toner remaining amount is
displayed by means of calculating it by counting the value of the counter for the period of the toner
motor rotation time. Then the toner near-empty appears when the calculated toner remaining amount
has reached the specified value (the toner amount which can print approx. 1,000 sheets of paper when
an image whose print ratio is 6% is printed with the A4/LT equivalent paper size).
The relationship between the period of the toner motor rotation time and the actual toner consumption
amount varies depending on the printed images and usage conditions. Therefore, the displaying of the
toner remaining amount can be adjusted by the codes shown below. However, it is recommended to
handle the toner remaining amount as the reference since the printed images and usage conditions are
always unstable and there will be variations in the systems.

1. Fine adjustment of the toner remaining amount display

When the displayed toner remaining amount is decreased more quickly than that for the actual toner
(when “1%” is being displayed for a long time), set a value in FS-08-5156 larger than the default
one. When the displayed toner remaining amount is decreased more slowly than that for the actual
toner (when the toner near-empty appears before “1%” is displayed), set a value in FS-08-5156
smaller than the default one.

2. Toner near-empty setting change

- Setting change of the period from the toner near-empty to the toner empty
When the period is made longer, set “0” in FS-08-5155. When the period is made shorter, set “2”
in FS-08-5155.

- Setting change of the toner near-empty threshold value

When the threshold value (default: printing approx. 1,000 sheets of paper is available when an
image whose print ratio is 6% is printed with the A4/LT equivalent paper size) used to designate
toner near-empty is changed, perform the following setting change.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 73
 When the change is made by using the toner remaining amount (%), set “4” in FS-08-5155 and
exchange the value of FS-08-5810. In order to designate the toner near-empty while the toner
remaining amount is greater than the default value, set a larger value in FS-08-5810.
When the change is made by using the available remaining number of print sheets, set “5” in FS-
08-5155 and exchange the value of FS-08-5811. In order to designate the toner near-empty
while the available remaining number of print sheets is greater than the default value (printing
approx. 1,000 sheets of paper is available when an image whose print ratio is 6% is printed with
the A4/LT equivalent paper size), set a larger value in FS-08-5811.

FS-08-5156 (Set a smaller value.)

FS-08-5156 (Set a larger value.)
FS-08-5155=4 / FS-08-5810
FS-08-5155=5 / FS-08-5811

FS-08-5155=1 (Default)
Toner remaining amount display (%)

FS-08-5155=0

FS-08-5155=2
100

50

0
Approx 1,000 sheet Number of print sheets

Toner empty
Toner near empty

Fig. 3-39

Notes:
Do not perform the change operations 1 (Fine adjustment of the toner remaining amount display)
and 2 (Toner near-empty setting change) simultaneously. Otherwise, the desired results may not
be obtained. If the change is required by the combination of the operations 1 (Fine adjustment of
the toner remaining amount display) and 2 (Toner near-empty setting change), only perform
either of them first. Then change the setting for the other one while checking the results.
The values of the toner remaining amount and the number of print sheets are the reference.
They will vary depending on the printed images and usage conditions.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 74
3.13.5 Waste toner box
The waste toner box is installed inside of the front cover, and collects waste toner discharged from a
cleaner for each color and the transfer belt cleaner.
The front cover is designed not to be closed without installing the waste toner box in this equipment.

The paddle embedded in the waste toner box is rotated by the waste toner paddle motor (M7).
The rotation status of the paddle is detected by the waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor (S9).
In this equipment, a sensor detecting the full status of waste toner is not equipped.
Instead, the waste toner box full is judged when the waste toner has been accumulated in the box and 3
the rotation of the paddle has not been detected for a specified period.

[1]
[1]

[3]

[2] [6]

[4]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[5] [6]
Fig. 3-40

[1] Waste toner box

[2] Paddle
[3] Gear (Paddle)
[4] Gear
[5] Waste toner paddle motor (M7)
[6] Waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor (S9)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 75
3.14 Transfer Unit

3.14.1 General descriptions

Transfer is a process of decaling a toner image from the photoconductive drum onto paper.
A toner image formed on the photoconductive drum is temporarily transferred onto the transfer belt,
and the toner image is then transferred from the transfer belt onto paper. The first transfer from the
drum to the transfer belt is called the 1st transfer, and the second transfer from the transfer belt to paper
is called the 2nd transfer. To form a color image, the images of yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C) and
black (K) are transferred and overlaid on the transfer belt in order, and then the overlaid images are
transferred onto paper.
After the completion of the 2nd transfer, the residual toner on the transfer belt is scraped off by the
transfer belt cleaning blade and then transported to the waste toner box.

[11] [3] [1] [6] [2]

[14]

[13]

[12] [4] [7] [8] [9] [5] [10] [16] [15]

Fig. 3-41

[1] Transfer belt

[2] TBU drive roller
[3] Cleaner unit facing roller
[4] Lift roller
[5] Winding roller (K)
[6] Belt clinging roller before 2nd transfer
[7] 1st transfer roller (Y)
[8] 1st transfer roller (M)
[9] 1st transfer roller (C)
[10]1st transfer roller (K)
[11] Waste toner auger
[12] Transfer belt cleaning blade
[13] 2nd transfer roller
[14] Paper clinging detection sensor
[15] Registration pass sensor
[16] Image position aligning sensor / Image quality sensor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 76
3.14.2 Composition

Transfer belt unit Transfer belt

1st transfer roller Y, M, C, K
Drive roller
Cleaner unit facing roller
Belt clinging roller before 2nd transfer
Lift roller 3
Drum / TBU motor M6
1st transfer roller status detection sensor S12
Transfer belt cleaning unit Transfer belt cleaning blade
Waste toner auger
2nd transfer unit 2nd transfer roller PM parts
Paper clinging detection sensor S18
Image position aligning sensor S7 / S8 / S37
(Front)
Image position aligning sensor
(Rear)
Image position aligning sensor
(Center) / Image quality sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 77
3.15 Image Quality Control

3.15.1 General description

Three image position aligning sensors are mounted inside of the 2nd transfer front guide beneath the
transfer belt.
The image position aligning sensors on the center side combines its own functions with those of the
image quality sensors.
At this control, image forming conditions are automatically adjusted so as to minimize the change in the
image density or tone reproduction caused by the fluctuation of working environment or life of supply
items.
At first, the image position aligning sensor (center) / image quality sensor (S37) operates to output
reflected light amount voltage when no toner image is formed on the transfer belt. The output voltage is
then converted from analog to digital to be output as the reflected light amount signal. The light source
amount voltage of the sensor is adjusted to correspond with the value set in advance and the output
value of reflected light amount signal at this adjustment is stored. This output value is considered as the
reading of the belt surface. Next, the sensor outputs the reflected light amount signal when a test
pattern is developed on the transfer belt. This output value is considered as the reading of the toner
image.
The difference between the reading of the transfer belt and that of the toner image is defined as toner
adhesion amount. Image forming conditions are determined in approximating this toner adhesion
amount to the value set in advance.

[5]
[1], [2], [3]
[4]

Fig. 3-42

[1] Image position aligning sensor (Front)

[2] Image position aligning sensor (Rear)
[3] Image position aligning sensor (Center) / Image quality sensor
[4] 2nd transfer front guide
[5] Transfer belt

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 78
3.16 Fuser Unit

3.16.1 General description

Toner is fused by applying heat and pressure on the transferred image on the paper which is trans-
ported to the fuser unit. The paper is then transported to the inner tray, paper exiting options or ADU.
The fuser unit consists of the IH coil, fuser belt, pressure roller, separation fingers, separation guide,
thermistors, thermostats, etc.
The fuser belt in the fuser unit is driven by the fuser motor. 3

[13] [7]

[8] [6]
[14] [3] ,[4]
[12] [11]
[2] [5]
[9]
[15]
[1]
[10]

Fig. 3-43

[1] Fuser belt

[2] Fuser belt thermostat
[3] Fuser belt center thermistor
[4] Fuser belt edge thermistor
[5] Pressure roller
[6] Separation finger
[7] Exit sensor
[8] Separation guide
[9] Fuser belt rotation detection sensor
[10] Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor
[11] Fuser belt pad
[12] Rotation detection plate
[13] Fuser belt drive shaft
[14] Magnetic plate
[15] Front fuser oil recovery sheet 1 / Front fuser oil recovery sheet 2 / Rear fuser oil recovery
sheet

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 79
 [1] [4] [2] [3]
Fig. 3-44

[1] Pressure roller contacting/releasing cam

[2] IH coil
[3] Fuser motor
[4] Pressure roller contact/release motor

[1] [2]
Fig. 3-45

[1] IH board
[2] IH board cooling fan

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 80
3.16.2 Composition

25/30/35 ppm 45/50 ppm

Fuser belt center thermistor THM1
Fuser belt edge thermistor THM2
Fuser belt thermostat THMO1
Fuser belt Screw: M2.6 Screw: M3
Pressure roller 3
Separation finger
Separation guide
Fuser belt rotation detection sensor S27
Pressure roller contact/release motor M13
Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor S29
IH coil IH-COIL With a magnetic With a magnetic
metal plate metal plate
IH board IH
IH board cooling fan F6
Fuser unit cooling fan F4
Fuser motor M4
Front fuser oil recovery sheet 1
Front fuser oil recovery sheet 2
Rear fuser oil recovery sheet

3.16.3 Pressure mechanism

In the equipment, when “Envelope” is selected from the menu on the LCD panel, the pressure roller
contact/release cams rotate and come to the semi-contact position (envelope position). Then the
pressure for the envelope printing is adjusted.
The pressure to the fuser belt [4] is adjusted by moving the arm [2] retaining the pressure roller [3] by
means of the position of the pressure roller contact/release cam [1]. Moreover, the pressure is applied
by using the force of the spring [5].

[3]
[4] [5]

[4]

[3]

[1] [2]

Fig. 3-46

[1] Pressure roller contact/release cam

[2] Arm
[3] Pressure roller
[4] Fuser belt
[5] Spring
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 81
3.16.4 Electric circuit description

[ 1 ] Fuser unit control circuit

[ 1-1 ] Configuration
This equipment employs an external IH coil unit for heating the fuser belt. IH coil in the IH coil unit
generate a magnetic field to heat the fuser unit with a high-frequency current carried inside of them.
The surface temperature of the fuser belt is detected with the center and edge thermistors.

The detected temperature data are sent to the ASIC. Based on the received temperature data, the
ASIC then controls the electricity of the IH coil. When the surface temperature of the fuser belt exceeds
the preset temperature, the forcible power OFF circuit sends a power supply relay OFF signal as well
as an overheating signal to the ASIC, and then shuts OFF power supply over all parts except the
control panel.

If the circuit noted above does not operate due to problems such as thermistor malfunction and
therefore the fuser belt is abnormally heated, the thermostat shuts OFF power supply to the IH coil to
protect the equipment.

Main switch

Switching regulator
Fuse Relay IH
drive circuit
Filter

IH coil

Control circuit

Fuse
Fuser belt
Filter

AC/DC
Converter
Edge Center New/Old Contact/Release
thermistor thermistor Fuser unit detection detection sensor 1

Rotation Contact/Release
detection sensor detection sensor 2

Interlock switch

IH coil energization permitting signal

Switching signal of power setting
AC line ASIC
IH status signal
DC line
Forcible power-off
circuit
LGC board

Fig. 3-47

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 82
[ 1-2 ] Temperature detection section

Fuser unit error status counter control

• To enhance the safety of the fuser unit section, the following protection is provided: When a third
[C445] error has occurred after two consecutive [C445] errors, the IH coil is not turned ON and an
error code [C446] is displayed immediately even if the operator turns the power OFF and then back
ON. However, if the equipment goes into the ready state normally with the fuser unit error status
counter value “5”, the counter is cleared to “0”.
3
• If any of the error codes [C445] to [C449] is displayed but the error is still not cleared and the heater
lamp is not turned ON even after the thermistor, thermostat or heater lamps were repaired, check
the fuser unit error status counter value (FS-08-2002) to clear the value to “0”.

Remarks:
The fuser unit error status counter never has any values other than 0 to 70. If the counter value is
“71” or over, data in EEPROM may possibly have been ruined due to causes such as leakage
from the chargers. In this case, check the bias, high-voltage transformers and needle electrodes
to see if any of them is defective, and also recheck all the data in the EEPROM.

• When the thermistors detect overheating, the engine CPU determines an error code and the fuser
unit error status counter value. After turning OFF each output (from the heater lamp, exposure lamp,
control panel, motors and so on) to protect the fuser unit, the engine CPU shuts OFF power supply
to the main power switch.

Error code: C449

Fuser unit error status counter (FS-08-2002): 9, 22, 23, 25, 27, 29, 59, 61, 67 to 70

The thermistors continue detecting abnormal temperatures even after an error code and a counter
value are determined. Even if the main power switch is turned ON immediately, the switch is
automatically turned OFF unless otherwise the surface temperature of the fuser belt goes lower
than the abnormal temperature detected. In this case, therefore, wait until the surface temperature
of the fuser belt becomes lower than the abnormal temperature detected, and then turn ON the main
power switch. Then check the counter value while you are waiting for the main power switch to be
automatically turned OFF. After confirming that it is a fuser unit abnormality, correct the subject part
in the unit and clear the counter value to “0” so that the equipment can be started up normally.

Temperature detection circuit

A thermistor is a device whose resistance varies according to the detected temperature. The ASIC
detects voltages output from this device, and judges whether the operation of the fuser unit is normal or
abnormal from the changes in voltages.
If any of the thermistors is broken, the control circuit judges that the surface temperature of the fuser
belt is extremely low and keeps turning the IH circuit ON. As a result, the surface temperature of the
fuser belt rises, and this possibly activates a thermostat which is a safety protection device. To prevent
this in advance, the ASIC detects whether each thermistor is broken or not.
Also, the control circuit constantly monitors the surface temperature of the fuser belt to prevent them
from excessive heating caused by abnormalities in circuits or thermistors, and automatically shuts OFF
power supply when the surface temperature exceeds the preset temperature.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 83
Abnormality detection by the thermistors
The following table shows the conditions for judging the temperature abnormality of the fuser belt, and
the detecting timing.

Error
Check timing Error code Counter Center Edge judging
timing
Power ON C449 9 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above
C449 59 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)
When pre- C449 22 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above On usual
running end C449 61 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)
temperature or
ready C445 5 Not fixed Ready temperature ---
temperature is C446 6 Fixed or below
detected
During ready C449 23 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above On usual
C449 67 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)
C447 7 Fixed 0°C or below ---
C447 63 Fixed --- 0°C or below
During printing C449 25 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above On usual
C449 68 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)
C440 35 Fixed The WAIT control according to low
temperatures is 2 minutes or more.
C447 24 Fixed 0°C or below ---
C447 64 Fixed --- 0°C or below
C447 65 Fixed 40°C or below ---
C447 66 Fixed --- 40°C or below
At energy C449 27 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above On usual
saving mode C449 69 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)
At paper jam C449 29 Fixed 220°C or above 237°C or above On usual
C449 70 Fixed Thermistor (HTERR signal: L)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 84
3.17 Paper Exit Section / Reverse Section

3.17.1 General description

A sheet of paper with the toner fused on is transported to the inner tray, but the lower exit rollers do not
switchback.
The reverse section is a path only for switchbacking to the ADU to enhance the high-speed printing.
The reverse section has the reverse gate which switches the transport path to the paper exit section or
the reverse section. 3

[4]
[1]

[5]
[7] [8]

[6]
[11]
[13]
[9]
[2]
[10]

[12]
[3]

Fig. 3-48

[1] Reverse section

[2] Paper exit section
[3] Fuser unit
[4] Upper exit roller
[5] Reverse sensor
[6] Lower exit roller
[7] Reverse gate solenoid
[8] Reverse roller
[9] ADU entrance sensor
[10] Exit sensor
[11] Reverse gate
[12] Exit tray
[13] Paper exit guide

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 85
3.17.2 Functions
1. Lower exit roller
The exit roller transports the paper from the fuser unit to the inner tray. This roller is driven by the
fuser motor.

2. Reverse sensor (S26)

The reverse sensor detects if the leading edge of the paper from the fuser unit has reached to the
reverse roller. This sensor is also used for the detection of a paper jam in the reverse section, and
the detection of the trailing edge of the reversed paper at duplex printing as well.

3. Exit motor (M5)

The exit motor is a stepping motor which drives the reverse roller and upper exit roller. However, this
motor rotates reversely to switchback when the paper is transported to the ADU.

4. Upper exit roller/Reverse roller

The reverse roller transports the paper from the fuser unit to the inner tray or ADU. This roller is
driven by the exit motor.

5. Reverse gate solenoid (SOL2)

This reverse gate solenoid drives the reverse gate and switches the paper transport path (paper exit
section or reverse section).

3.17.3 Exit motor drive

The figure shown below is the layout of the driving gears of the upper exit roller and reverse roller.

[1]

Reverse

[2]

Forward

Fig. 3-49

[1] Upper exit roller

[2] Reverse roller

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 86
3.18 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU)

3.18.1 General description

The Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) is a unit to automatically print on both sides of paper. A
switchback method using the reverse section is adopted for the ADU of this equipment.
A sheet of paper is switchbacked at the reverse section right after the printing operation (fusing
operation) on one side is completed, and the reversed sheet is transported to the registration section
for the other side of the sheet to be printed. 3
The ADU mainly consists of the transport rollers and their drive system, paper guide and ADU entrance
/ exit sensor.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
[6]
[5]

Fig. 3-50

[1] ADU motor

[2] ADU entrance sensor
[3] Upper transport roller
[4] ADU exit sensor
[5] Lower transport roller
[6] Paper guide

3.18.2 Composition

Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU)

ADU motor M12: Stepping motor
ADU entrance sensor S14
ADU exit sensor S15
Reverse sensor S26
ADU driving PC board ADU
Upper transport roller
Lower transport roller

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 87
3.18.3 Drive of ADU
When the ADU motor (M12) rotates, the upper transport roller and lower transport roller are rotated
driven by the gears and belt.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

Fig. 3-51

[1] ADU motor

[2] Gear
[3] Timing belt
[4] Upper transport roller
[5] Timing belt
[6] Lower transport roller

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 88
3.18.4 Description of operations
The back side printing (recording data of the back side of paper) is performed first by selecting duplex
printing mode.

When the paper passed the reverse sensor, the reverse gate solenoid switches the reverse gate, and
the reverse roller switchbacks to transport the paper into the ADU.

The switchbacked paper is transported with acceleration. The transportation decelerates in front of the
ADU exit sensor. The front side printing (recording data of the front side of paper) is performed at the 3
registration section. The paper passes through the lower exit roller and is transported to the inner tray
to complete duplex printing.

There are three methods of judging a paper jam: (1) whether the ADU entrance sensor is turned ON or
not in a specified period of time after the switchback to the ADU started (E510). (2) whether the ADU
exit sensor is turned ON or not in a specified period of time after the ADU entrance sensor is turned ON
(E520). (3) whether the registration sensor is turned ON or not in a specified period of time after the
paper feeding from the ADU to the equipment (E110).

If the ADU is opened during duplex printing, the ADU motor is stopped, namely, ADU open jam occurs
(E430).
The equipment never stops during printing by interruption in any case except paper jam or service call.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 89
3.19 Power Supply Unit

3.19.1 General description

The power supply unit consists of AC filters and insulation-type DC output circuits in order to supply
stable DC and AC voltage to each electric part of this equipment.

3.19.2 Functions
The functions of each component of the power supply unit are described here.

1. AC filter
Eliminates noise from the outside and prevents the noise generated by the equipment from leaking
to the outside.

2. DC output circuits
Converts AC voltage input from outside to DC voltage and supplies it to each electric part. The DC
voltage is divided into the following two lines.

a. Main power switch line:

Power supply used in the entire equipment during image forming process. Two kinds of voltage
(+5VS and +12 VA) are output when the main power switch of the equipment is turned ON.

b. Cover switch line:

Power supply used in the entire equipment during image forming process, being supplied via the
cover switch. The voltage (+24 VD) is output only when the main power switch of the equipment is
turned ON and two covers (front cover and automatic duplexing unit) are closed.

3.19.3 Operation of DC output circuits

1. Starting operation of the equipment
When the main switch of the equipment is turned ON, power starts supplying to all the lines only
when two doors (front cover and ADU) are closed

2. Stopping line output

When the main switch of the equipment is turned OFF, PWR-DN signal is output after the
instantaneous outage insurance time elapses and then the supply of each voltage stops. If the
supply of voltage of the main line (+5VS, +12VA) stops earlier than the 24V line does, it may cause
the damage of the electron device on each control circuit. To prevent this, the supply of these
voltages stops after the PWR-DN signal is output and the minimum retaining time elapses.

3. Output protection
Each output system includes an overcurrent and overvoltage protection circuits (a fuse and internal
protection circuit). This is to prevent the defectives (damage or abnormal operation of the secondary
circuit) which may be caused by an overcurrent due to a short circuit or an overvoltage due to a
short circuit between different voltages. If the protection circuit is activated (except the case the fuse
is blown out), remove the causes such as short-circuit. Turn ON the power again to clear the
overcurrent protection.

4. Recovering from super sleep mode (normal starting))

When the [ENERGY SAVER] button on the control panel is pressed during the super sleep mode, a
super sleep mode shifting/recovering signal (SYS-EN) is output from the SYS board and then
voltage starts being supplied to all the lines, if no error was detected.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 90
5. Recovering from super sleep mode (when receiving a packet)
When a packet from a network is received during the super sleep mode, the mode is shifted to the
sleep mode.

When packets are received frequently, a control is performed to keep the sleep mode for a specified
period. It will be cleared when the power is turned OFF and then back ON.

6. Shifting to super sleep mode (normal stopping)

When the [ENERGY SAVER] button on the control panel is pressed while the main switch of the 3
equipment is toggled ON, a super sleep mode shifting/recovering signal (SYS-EN) is output from the
SYS board after the initialization is finished and then all lines for output voltage except +5VS are
closed.

The Super sleep mode is disabled under the following conditions.

- When the Super sleep mode is set to be disabled on the control panel, TopAccess and with the
code FS-08-8543
- When the Wireless LAN Module, e-BRIDGE ID Gate or Data Overwrite Enabler is installed, or
when the IPsec Enabler is installed and its function is set to be enabled
- When operation is being performed in the self-diagnosis mode (Disabled until the main switch is
turned OFF)

7. State of the power supply

- Power OFF
The main switch of the equipment is turned OFF. Since DC voltage is not supplied to each board,
the equipment is not operable.

- Normal state (including Energy saving mode)

The main switch of the equipment is turned ON and DC voltage is supplied to each board. When
the cover of the equipment is closed, 24V DC voltage is supplied and the equipment enters into
the ready/printing state.

- Sleep mode
Since +24VD DC voltages are not supplied but +12VA and +5VS DC voltages only, the
equipment does not enter into the ready state.

- Super Sleep mode

Only +5VS DC voltages are output from the power supply unit. The [ENERGY SAVER] button is
monitored and the LED of the main switch is lit.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 91
3.19.4 Output channel
The following are output channels for the main power switch line.

Main power switch line

Connector Pin No. Voltage Destination

CN511 2 +12VA SYS board
4 +5VS DF (via SYS board)
CN512 6 +12VA LGC board
CN514 1 +12VA Cover switch

The following are output channels for the cover switch line.

Cover switch line

Connector Pin No. Voltage Destination

CN512 2 +24VD2 LGC board
4 +24VD1
CN513 2 +24VD3 Scanner
4 +24VD4 Finisher
CN515 2 +24VD5 PFC board
CN517 1 +24VD Fan

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 92
3.19.5 Fuse
When the power supply secondary fuse is blown out, confirm that there is no abnormality with each part
using the following table.

Voltage Board/Unit Part Fuse type

+24VD1 LGC board Fuser motor M4 F201: 4A
Exit motor M5
Waste toner paddle motor M7
3
Pressure roller contact/release M13
motor
IH board cooling fan F6
Suctioning fan F3
Exit section cooling fan F7
Sensor shutter solenoid SOL1
Reverse gate solenoid SOL2
Auto-toner sensor-K S1
Auto-toner sensor-C S2
Auto-toner sensor-M S3
Auto-toner sensor-Y S4
Discharge LED-Y ERS-Y
Discharge LED-M ERS-M
Discharge LED-C ERS-C
Discharge LED-K ERS-K
Key copy counter, coin controller -
Bridge kit, Job Separator -
+24VD2 LGC board Paper feeding/developer unit drive M2 F202: 4A
motor
Mono/color switching motor M3
Drum / TBU motor M6
1st transfer contact/release clutch CLT2
High-voltage transformer HVT
Toner motor-Y M8
Toner motor-M M9
Toner motor-C M10
Toner motor-K M11
Polygonal motor M17
Mirror motor-Y M18
Mirror motor-M M19
Mirror motor-C M20
Laser optical unit cooling fan F10
+24VD3 SYS board Scan motor M1 F203: 4A
+24VD4 Finisher - - F205: 4A

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 93
 Voltage Board/Unit Part Fuse type
+24VD5 PFC board ADU motor M12 F204: 4A
Registration motor M14
Tray-up motor-1 M15
Tray-up motor-2 M16
Ozone exhaust fan F2
Fuser unit cooling fan-1 F4
Developer unit cooling fan F5
Fuser unit cooling fan-2 F9
Bypass feed clutch CLT3
1st drawer feed clutch CLT1
2nd drawer feed clutch CLT4
Transport clutch (H) CLT5
Transport clutch (L) CLT6
PFP/LCF -

Primary fuse

Part Fuse type

MFP - F101
Switching regulator PS F102

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE
3 - 94
4. DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT

4.1 Covers

4.1.1 Front cover

(1) Open the front cover [1].
(2) Disconnect the joint [2] of the band.
(3) Pull out the front cover [1] at an angle toward the lower-front side.

[2] 4

[2]
[1]
Fig. 4-1

4.1.2 Left cover

(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Pull out the 1st drawer.
(3) Remove 8 screws and take off the left cover [1].

[2] M4x8
[3] M3x8
[3]
[1]

[3]

[2]

[3] [3]
[3]
Fig. 4-2

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-1
4.1.3 Receiving tray
(1) Remove the left cover.
 P. 4-1 “4.1.2 Left cover”
(2) Remove the receiving tray [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-3

4.1.4 Tray rear cover

(1) Remove the receiving tray.
 P. 4-2 “4.1.3 Receiving tray”
(2) Remove the left rear cover.
 P. 4-3 “4.1.6 Left rear cover”
(3) Remove the receiving rear cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.7 Receiving rear cover”
(4) Remove 1 screw and take off the tray rear cover [1] by sliding it to the left.

[1]

Fig. 4-4

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-2
 Notes:
When installing, insert each latch to the holes of the frame as follows:
• Insert the latch [2] to the hole [3].
• Insert the latch [4] to the hole [5].

[3] [4]

[5] [2]
4
[4]

Fig. 4-5

4.1.5 Left top cover

(1) Remove 2 screws and take off the left top cover [1].

Fig. 4-6

4.1.6 Left rear cover

(1) Remove the left top cover.
 P. 4-3 “4.1.5 Left top cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the left rear cover [1] by lifting it up.

[1]

Fig. 4-7

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-3
4.1.7 Receiving rear cover
(1) Open the ADU.
(2) Remove 1 screw, and take off the receiving rear cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-8

4.1.8 Rear left cover

(1) Remove 3 screws, and take off the left rear cover [1] by sliding it toward the rear side.

[1]

Fig. 4-9

4.1.9 Right top cover

(1) Remove 3 screws and take off the right top cover [1] by lifting it up.

[1]

Fig. 4-10

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-4
4.1.10 Right front cover
(1) Pull out the 1st and 2nd drawers.
(2) Open the front cover.
(3) Open the jam access cover.
(4) Remove 2 screws and lift the right front cover [1] and take it off.

[1]

Fig. 4-11

4.1.11 Right rear cover

(1) Open the jam access cover.
(2) Remove the right top cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.9 Right top cover”
(3) Remove the rear top cover.
 P. 4-8 “4.1.16 Rear top cover”
(4) Open the side cover.
(5) Remove 4 screws and take off the right rear cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-12

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-5
4.1.12 Front top cover
(1) Remove the right top cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.9 Right top cover”
(2) Move the control panel to the position as indicated in the figure.

Fig. 4-13

(3) Remove 2 caps.

(4) Remove 3 screws and take off the front top cover [1] by sliding it toward the left side.

[1]

Fig. 4-14

4.1.13 Control panel lower cover

(1) Make the control panel [1] level.

[1]

Fig. 4-15

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-6
 (2) Remove 2 screws, and then remove the control panel lower cover [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-16

4.1.14 Front right cover

(1) Remove the control panel lower cover.
 P. 4-6 “4.1.13 Control panel lower cover”
(2) Open the right front cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.10 Right front cover”
(3) Remove 1 screw. Take off the front right cover [1] by lifting it up.

[1]

Fig. 4-17

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-7
4.1.15 Top rear cover
(1) Remove the RADF/DSDF or the platen cover.
(2) Remove the left top cover.
 P. 4-3 “4.1.5 Left top cover”
(3) Remove the right top cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.9 Right top cover”
(4) Remove 2 screws and take off the rear top cover [1].
Notes:
If the platen cover is installed, remove 2 brackets.

[1]

Fig. 4-18

4.1.16 Rear top cover

(1) If the RADF is installed, remove the connector cover [1] and disconnect the 1 connector [2].
(2) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”

Fig. 4-19

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-8
 (3) If the DSDF is installed, remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(4) Remove the connector cover [3] and disconnect the 2 connectors [4] and [5].

[3]

[4]
4

[5]

Fig. 4-20

(5) If the original cover is installed, remove the rear cover.

 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(6) Remove the connector cover [6].

[6]

Fig. 4-21

(7) Remove 3 screws, and take off the rear top cover [7].

[7]

Fig. 4-22

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4-9
4.1.17 Rear cover
(1) Remove 6 screws and take off the rear cover [1].

Fig. 4-23

4.1.18 Front cover switch (SW1)

(1) Open the front cover.
 P. 4-1 “4.1.1 Front cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the front cover switch bracket [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-24

(3) Disconnect 1 connector and remove the front cover switch [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-25

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 10
4.1.19 Front cover interlock switch (SW2)
Notes:
If the interlock switch is not installed appropriately when it is replaced or installed, it may not work
normally. If you carry out the maintenance of the equipment in such a situation, you could get an
electric shock by touching live sections or be injured by touching moving sections. Therefore, to
avoid this, be sure to perform correct handling and installation.

(1) Remove the front cover.

 P. 4-1 “4.1.1 Front cover”
(2) Remove the waste toner box.
 P. 4-108 “4.6.1 Waste toner box”
(3) Remove the right front cover.
4
 P. 4-5 “4.1.10 Right front cover”
(4) Remove 8 screws and take off the inner cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-26

(5) Remove 1 screw and take off the front cover interlock switch bracket [2].

Fig. 4-27

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 11
 (6) Remove 2 screws and disconnect 2 connectors [3], and then take off the front cover interlock
switch [4].

Fig. 4-28

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 12
4.2 Control Panel

4.2.1 Control panel unit

(1) Remove the front top cover.
 P. 4-6 “4.1.12 Front top cover”
(2) Lower the control panel unit [1].

[1]
4

Fig. 4-29

(3) Remove 2 screws. Remove the control panel unit [1] by sliding it.

[1]

Fig. 4-30

(4) Remove 4 screws.

Fig. 4-31

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 13
 (5) Raise 2 hinges and remove the hinge cover [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-32

Fig. 4-33

(6) Remove 9 screws and take off the cover [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-34

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 14
 (7) Remove the harness from 5 hooks and disconnect connector [4] and [5], and then remove the
USB harness/signal harness [6].

[4]

[5]
[6]

Fig. 4-35

Notes:
When disconnecting the connector [5], release the lock and disconnect it.

[5]

Fig. 4-36

4.2.2 KEY board/button

(1) Remove the control panel unit.
 P. 4-13 “4.2.1 Control panel unit”
(2) Disconnect the connector [1] and remove 1 screw and take off the key PC board [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig. 4-37

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 15
 Notes:
When disconnecting the connector [1], release the lock by raising the latch and disconnect it.

[1]

Fig. 4-38

(3) Remove 6 buttons [3].

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

Fig. 4-39

Fig. 4-40

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 16
4.2.3 DSP board
(1) Remove the control panel unit.
 P. 4-13 “4.2.1 Control panel unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the ground plate [1].
(3) Remove the flat cable [2], [3], and [4].

[1]

[4] [3] [2]

Fig. 4-41

Notes:
• When removing the flat cable [2], release the lock by raising the latch [5] and remove the flat
cable.

[5]

[2]

Fig. 4-42

• When removing the flat cable [3], release the lock by raising the latch [6] and remove the flat
cable.

[3]

[6]

Fig. 4-43

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 17
 • When removing the flat cable [4], release the lock by pulling the latch [7] toward the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure, and then pulling it out.

[7]

[4]

Fig. 4-44

(4) Release 2 latches [8] and take off the DSP board [7] toward the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure.

[8]

[7]
[8]
Fig. 4-45

Notes:
When the DSP board has been replaced, perform FS-08-9050 (Panel calibration execution)
before normal start-up.
 P. 6-103 “6.13 Control Panel Calibration”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 18
4.3 Scanner Unit
Notes:
• Since the scanner section is assembled with high precision, be sure not to perform any
disassembling other than that instructed in the Service Manual.
• Precautions for the scanner fixing screws are shown below.
Since the scanner unit is adjusted, do not loosen the 5 scanner fixing screws shown in the
figures below.

2 screws located on the right-hand surface of the equipment:

Fig. 4-46

3 screws located on the left-hand surface of the equipment:

Fig. 4-47

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 19
Make sure the followings before loosening the scanner fixing screw, if it is unavoidable. Draw the mark-
off lines [1] aligning with the edge of the hole on the rear side of the surface.

[1]

[1]

Fig. 4-48

Draw a mark-off line [2] on the edge of the front side frame on the left-hand surface.

[2]

Fig. 4-49

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 20
Draw a mark-off line [3] on the edge of the rear side frame on the left-hand surface.

4
[3]

Fig. 4-50

When tightening the scanner fixing screws, align the scanner unit [4] with each mark-off line. Be sure to
install the scanner unit [4] in the same position in which it was removed. In addition, the rear left/right
side of the scanner unit [4] touches the DF bracket [5] and [6].

[4]

[6]

[5]

Fig. 4-51

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 21
If image distortion occurs after tightening the scanner fixing screws, adjust the image distortion
according to the following procedure:
1. Loosen the 3 screws on the left-hand surface.
2. Move the front left side of the scanner unit up and down.

Fig. 4-52

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 22
4.3.1 Original glass

[A] Removal of the original glass

(1) Remove the right top cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.9 Right top cover”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the original glass [1] and ADF original glass [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-53

Notes:
• Make sure that the ADF original glass [2] is securely inserted into the groove of the fixing part
of the original glass [1].
• Securely insert 2 pins of the original glass [1] into the holes in the frame.

[B] Installation of the original glass

(1) While taking care not to crush the cushion at the edge of the ADF original glass [2], slide it to the
left side and then install the original glass [1].
(2) Secure the original glass with 2 screws.

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-54

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 23
[C] Replacement of the ADF original glass / original
(1) Remove 2 screws and take off the left top cover [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-55

(2) Remove the film [5] and dispose of it.

[5]

Fig. 4-56

(3) Loosen the fixing screw of the leaf spring. Slide the leaf spring [4] by 1 mm in the direction
indicated by arrow No. 2 and tighten the fixing screw temporarily.

[4]

Fig. 4-57

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 24
 (4) Place the new ADF original glass [2] and set its position by aligning it to the mark-off lines.

4
[2]

Fig. 4-58

(5) Place the new original glass[1].

[1]

Fig. 4-59

Notes:
• Do not attach the fixing screws of the original glass in this step.
• When installing the original glass, be careful not to crush the cushion added to the ADF
original glass from above.

(6) Loosen the fixing screw of the leaf spring. By means of the tension of the leaf spring, press the
ADF original glass against the original glass. Tighten the fixing screw.

Fig. 4-60

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 25
 (7) Attach a new film [6] on the scanner frame and the edges of the leaf spring [4].

[6]

Fig. 4-61

Notes:
• Before attaching, clean the attachment surfaces with alcohol and wait until they have dried.
• Be sure to align the film [6] to the leaf spring [4] as shown in the figure.
• Be sure to attach the film [6] securely to the leaf spring [4].

[4]

[4]

[4]

[6] 7~13mm 7~13mm

Fig. 4-62

(8) Fold the film [6] by aligning to the corner of the scanner frame and attach it. When the film is
folded, lifting will be generated at the both edges on the folded portion. Therefore, in order to
remove this lifting, pinch the folded portions of the film with your fingers so that its adhesive
surfaces are stuck to each other.

[6]

Fig. 4-63

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 26
 Notes:
Confirm that the film is attached firmly.

Fig. 4-64

(9) Secure the original glass [1] with 2 screws.

[1]

Fig. 4-65

(10) Secure the left top cover [3] with 2 screws.

[3]

Fig. 4-66

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 27
4.3.2 Lens cover
(1) Remove the original glass.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the lens cover [1] as shown in the figure.

[1]

Fig. 4-67

4.3.3 Automatic original detection sensor-1 (S24)

(1) Remove the lens cover.
 P. 4-28 “4.3.2 Lens cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw and disconnect 1 connector [1], and then take off the automatic original
detection sensor-1 [2].

Fig. 4-68

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 28
4.3.4 Automatic original detection sensor-2 (S25)
(1) Remove the lens cover.
 P. 4-28 “4.3.2 Lens cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw and disconnect 1 connector [1], and then take off the automatic original
detection sensor-2 [2].

Fig. 4-69

4.3.5 Lens unit/CCD driving PC board

(1) Remove 1 screw and take off the automatic original detection sensor with the bracket [1].

Fig. 4-70

(2) Disconnect the HDMI cable [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-71

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 29
 (3) Remove 3 screws and take off the CCD lens unit [3].

Fig. 4-72

Notes:
• The CCD lens unit is adjusted finely, so the re-adjustment or replacement of some parts are
impossible in the field. The lens unit must be replaced on a unit basis.
• Handle the lens unit with care. Do not hold the adjustment unit or lens.
• Count the number of lines [4] and write it down for later reference before removing the CCD
lens unit. When installing the CCD lens unit, the same number of lines needs to be visible.

Fig. 4-73

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 30
 • When replacing the lens unit, do not touch the screws (7 places).

Fig. 4-74

Fig. 4-75

4.3.6 Carriage home position sensor (S23)

(1) Remove the original glass.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
(2) Remove the top rear cover.
 P. 4-8 “4.1.15 Top rear cover”
(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and release 3 latches and remove carriage home position sensor
[2].

Fig. 4-76

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 31
4.3.7 Exposure lamp (EXP)
(1) Remove the original glass and front top cover.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
 P. 4-6 “4.1.12 Front top cover”
(2) Move carriage-1 [1] to a place where you can see the exposure lamp mounting screw through
the frame hole.

Fig. 4-77

Notes:
To move the carriage, manually rotate the drive pulley.

Fig. 4-78

(3) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-79

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 32
 (4) Disconnect the connector [3] by sliding the front side of the exposure lamp [2] toward the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure. Remove the exposure lamp [2] from the front side.

Fig. 4-80

Notes:
After replacing the exposure lamp, be sure to perform FS-05-3270.

Fig. 4-81

4.3.8 Scan motor (M1)

(1) Remove the top rear cover.
 P. 4-8 “4.1.15 Top rear cover”
(2) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(3) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-82

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 33
 (4) Remove 2 screws and take off the scan motor assembly [1].

Fig. 4-83

Fig. 4-84

Notes:
When installing the scan motor, use the belt tension jig.
 P. 6-87 “6.6.3 Belt tension adjustment of the scan motor”

(5) Remove 2 screws and take off the scan motor [2].

Fig. 4-85

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 34
4.3.9 Platen sensor (S21, S22)
(1) Remove the top rear cover.
 P. 4-8 “4.1.15 Top rear cover”
(2) Remove 5 screws.

Fig. 4-86

Fig. 4-87

(3) Disconnect 2 connectors and take off the platen sensor assembly [1].

Fig. 4-88

Notes:
When installing, be careful not to connect each different connector.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 35
 (4) Release each 3 latch and remove the platen sensor-1 [2] and -2 [3].

Fig. 4-89

4.3.10 Carriage-1
(1) Remove the original glass.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
(2) Remove the top rear cover.
 P. 4-8 “4.1.15 Top rear cover”
(3) Remove the front top cover.
 P. 4-6 “4.1.12 Front top cover”
(4) Move carriage-1 [1] to the leftmost side, and make sure that the screws on carriage-1 are
showing.

Fig. 4-90

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 36
 Notes:
To move the carriage, manually rotate the drive pulley.

Fig. 4-91

(5) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-92

(6) Slide the front of the carriage-1 [1] toward the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, while
trying not to touch the mirror [2].

Fig. 4-93

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 37
 (7) Release the harness from the harness guides [3] and disconnect the connector [4].

Fig. 4-94

(8) Remove the carriage-1 [1].

Fig. 4-95

Notes:
• After connecting the exposure lamp harness, move carriage-1 to the leftmost side and check
the lamp harness for any twists.
• When installing carriage-1, make sure that the wires are placed on the front and rear notches
of carriage-1 and fix them with screws.

Fig. 4-96

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 38
 4

Fig. 4-97

4.3.11 Carriage wire, carriage-2

Notes:
When replacing the carriage wire with a new one, replace the front and rear at the same time.
When replacing the carriage wire with a new one, set the value of FS-08-6123 to “0”.

[A] Carriage wire, carriage-2

(1) Remove carriage-1.
 P. 4-36 “4.3.10 Carriage-1”
(2) Move carriage-2 to the center.
(3) Attach the wire holder jig [2] to the wire pulley [1] to prevent the wire from coming loose.

Fig. 4-98

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 39
 Notes:
When attaching the wire holder jig [2], make sure that the wire has not shifted or become loose.
The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig [2] and be passed under the jig arm [3].
When installing the wire holder jig, be careful of the orientation.

[3]

[2]

[2]

Fig. 4-99

(4) Remove the tension springs [4] in the front and rear sides.
(5) Remove the carriage wire [5].

Fig. 4-100

(6) Rotate carriage-2 [6] in the direction shown in the figure, while trying not to touch the mirror. Then
remove carriage-2 [6].
Notes:
Replace mirror-2 and -3 together with carriage-2 [6]. Do not remove mirror-2 and -3.

Fig. 4-101

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 40
[B] Installing the carriage wire
(1) As shown in the figure, replace the carriage wire and install a new wire.

[7]
[3]

[2]

[4]
[1] [5]
4
[6]

Fig. 4-102

[8]
[3]

[2]

[4]
[5] [1]

[6]

Fig. 4-103

[1] Wire pulley

[2] Carriage wire
[3] Carriage-2
[4] Idler pulley
[5] Hook
[6] Tension spring
[7] Front side
[8] Rear side

Notes:
It is not necessary to adjust the carriage wire tension since a certain tension is applied to the
carriage wires through the tension springs. Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 41
[C] Winding on the wire pulley
(1) Pull the ø3 ball terminal [1] located at the center of the wire into a hole on the wire pulley. One
end of the wire with the hook [2] attached comes to the outside.
(2) Wind the wires around the wire pulleys of the front side [3] and rear side [4]. The number of turns
to be wound are as follows: 3 [5] toward the opposite side (outside) of the pulley boss, and 3 [6]
toward the pulley boss side (inside).
[7] Black
[8] Silver

[3] [6] [5]

[1]

[2]

[7]
Fig. 4-104

[4] [5] [6]

[1]

[2]

[8]
Fig. 4-105

Notes:
When winding the wire onto the pulley, be sure to note the following.
• Do not twist the wire.
• Wind the wires tightly so that they are in complete contact with the surface of the pulleys.
• Each turn should be pushed against the previously wound turn so that there is no space
between them.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 42
 (3) After winding the wires around the pulleys, attach the wire holder jigs to prevent the wire from
coming loose.
Notes:
• When attaching the wire holder jig [9], make sure that the wire has not shifted or become
loose.
• The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig [9] and be passed under the jig arm
[10].
• When installing the wire holder jig, be careful of the orientation.

[10]
4

[9]

[9]

Fig. 4-106

4.3.12 Scanner damp heater (DH1)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove the original glass.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
(3) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-107

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 43
 (4) Remove the scanner damp heater [1].

Fig. 4-108

Fig. 4-109

Notes:
• Be sure that the fasten terminal of the thermostat is connected securely.
• Be sure that the thermostat is attached to the plate.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 44
4.4 Writing Section

4.4.1 Laser optical unit cooling fan unit

(1) Remove the left cover.
 P. 4-1 “4.1.2 Left cover”
(2) Disconnect 1 connector [1]. Push the lever [2] to release the latch and remove the laser optical
unit cooling fan unit [3].

[2]
[1]
4

[3]

Fig. 4-110

Fig. 4-111

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 45
4.4.2 Laser optical unit cooling fan
(1) Remove the laser optical unit cooling fan unit.
 P. 4-45 “4.4.1 Laser optical unit cooling fan unit”
(2) Release 6 latches [1]. While removing 2 bosses [2], take off the LSU duct F [3].

Fig. 4-112

Fig. 4-113

(3) Release 2 latches and disconnect the connector [4] form the LSU duct R [5]. Release the
harness [6] from the LSU duct R [5].

Fig. 4-114

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 46
 (4) Take off the laser optical unit cooling fan [7] from the LSU duct R [5].

Fig. 4-115

4.4.3 Laser optical unit

(1) Remove the laser optical unit cooling fan unit.
 P. 4-45 “4.4.1 Laser optical unit cooling fan unit”
(2) Remove the flat cables [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-116

Notes:
• When installing or removing, be careful not to damage the contact point of the flat cables.
• When installing, be sure to connect the connectors of the flat cables in the correct position.
• 45ppm/50ppm: 3 flat cables

Fig. 4-117

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 47
 • 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm: 2 flat cables

Fig. 4-118

• Be sure to confirm the position of the fixing screw of the laser optical unit.
• When the laser optical unit is installed, be sure to secure the screw in the same position in
which it was removed.
• When the screw position is A: Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge is not carried out
(default).
• When the screw position is B: Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge is carried out by
+0.5 mm.
• When the screw position is C: Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge is carried out by
-0.5 mm.
• When the screw position is D: Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge is carried out. In
this case, confirm the position of the scale [2].
 P. 6-88 “6.7.2 Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge”

D C A B [2]

Fig. 4-119

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 48
 (3) Release the harness clamp [3] and disconnect 1 connector [4].

[4]

[3]

Fig. 4-120

(4) Remove 3 screws.

Fig. 4-121

(5) Take off the LSU holder [5] from the frame.

[5]

Fig. 4-122

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 49
 Remarks:
LSU holder removed state

Fig. 4-123

(6) While holding the handles [6] with your fingers, slowly pull out the laser optical unit [7] to the left.

[6]

[7]
[6]

Fig. 4-124

Fig. 4-125

Notes:
• When installing or removing, be careful not to damage the contact point of the flat cables.
• Do not touch the board with your bare hands since that is static-sensitive.
• Be sure to hold the center of the laser optical unit to do so.
• Do not leave fingerprints or stain on the slit glass of the laser optical unit.
• Pay close attention not to make an impact or vibration on the laser optical unit because it is a
precise apparatus.
• Do not disassemble the laser optical unit in the field because it is precisely adjusted and very
sensitive to dust and stain.
• Do not touch the LDR board directly with bare hands.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 50
 (7) Take off the laser optical unit [7].

[7]

Fig. 4-126

Notes:
• When the laser optical unit is replaced, start the equipment in the 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
and perform the code FS-05-4721 before the normal start-up.
After replacing the laser optical unit, be sure to perform FS-05-4719.
• When installing, be sure to place the flat cables inside the 6 cable holders [8].

[8]

[8]

[8]

Fig. 4-127

• When installing, firmly insert the flat cable all the way in straight (up to the line on the cable).
Confirm that the line on the cable and the connector are parallel and then carefully insert the
cable straight.

Fig. 4-128

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 51
4.4.4 Flat cables / LRL board
(1) Remove the laser optical unit.
 P. 4-47 “4.4.3 Laser optical unit”
(2) Remove the protective film [2] from the cable holders [1].
(3) Release the flat cables.

[1]

[1]

[2]
[1]

Fig. 4-129

(4) Disconnect the flat cable [3] straight from the LRL board.

[4]

[3]

Fig. 4-130

Notes:
• Do not touch the board and laser diode with your bare hands since they are static-sensitive.
• Do not touch or deform the lead wire [4] of the laser diode.

(5) Disconnect 1 connector [5] and take off the LRL board [6] from 2 locking supports.

[5]

[6]

Fig. 4-131

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 52
 (6) Pull out the flat cable straight from the LRL board.

Fig. 4-132

Notes:
• When installing, be sure to connect the corresponding flat cable to the LRL board by matching
the marks “Ma”, “Ye”, “Bk” and “Cy” given on it.
• When installing, firmly insert the flat cable all the way in straight (up to the line on the cable).
• When installing, confirm that the line on the cable and the connector are parallel and then
carefully insert the cable straight.
• Do not use a damaged flat cable or one whose contact point has peeled off.
• When installing, be sure to connect the corresponding flat cable to the laser optical unit by
matching the marks “C”, “K”, “Y” and “M” given on it.

C
K

Y
M

K
Y
M
Fig. 4-133

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 53
 • The installation directions of the LDR board for “C” and “K” and the one for “Y” and “M” differ
(their upper and bottom directions are opposite). Therefore, the installation directions of the
flat cable also differ accordingly. Pay attention to install them appropriately.

Fig. 4-134

Fig. 4-135

• Be sure to attach the protective film [2] firmly after the flat cable is installed.

[2]

Fig. 4-136

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 54
4.5 Paper Feeding System

4.5.1 Bypass unit

(1) Remove the right front cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.10 Right front cover”
(2) Remove the right rear cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.11 Right rear cover”
(3) Remove 4 screws and take off the stay [1].

Fig. 4-137

(4) To release the bypass unit [2], move the projection portion [3] on the front side and the rear side
of the bypass unit [2] to the wider part [5] of the groove of the hinge stoppers [4].

Fig. 4-138

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 55
 (5) Remove the arm [6] and paper holder lever [7].

Fig. 4-139

(6) Disconnect 1 connector and remove the bypass unit [8].

Fig. 4-140

4.5.2 Bypass feed roller

(1) Open the bypass tray.
(2) Tip the paper holder release lever [1] outward to release the pressure.

Fig. 4-141

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 56
 (3) Remove the stopper [2].

Fig. 4-142

(4) Press the collar [3] toward the rear side and release the lock.

Fig. 4-143

(5) Remove the bypass feed roller [4] while pulling out it.

Fig. 4-144

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 57
 Fig. 4-145

Notes:
Make sure that the coupling is engaged when the bypass feed roller is replaced.

Fig. 4-146

4.5.3 Bypass separation roller

(1) Remove the bypass feed roller.
 P. 4-56 “4.5.2 Bypass feed roller”
(2) Lift the bypass separation roller [1] to remove it.

Fig. 4-147

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 58
 4

Fig. 4-148

Fig. 4-149

Notes:
• When installing/removing, do not twist the film.
• Handle the bypass separation roller with care so that no dirt, oils or stains adhere.
• Be careful not to drop the parts inside the equipment.
• When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 1 rice-sized grain of
white grease (Molykote HP-300) to the bushings [2] of the bypass separation roller.

[2]

Fig. 4-150

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 59
4.5.4 Paper width detection PC board (SFB board) (S17)
(1) Slide the slide tray [1] of the bypass unit.

Fig. 4-151

(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the paper width detection PC board (SFB board) cover [2].

Fig. 4-152

Notes:
When removing the paper width detection PC board cover, be careful not to drop the gear.

Fig. 4-153

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 60
 (3) Disconnect 1 connector [3] and remove the paper width detection PC board [4].

Fig. 4-154

4.5.5 Bypass feed sensor (S16)

(1) Remove the transport unit.
 P. 4-246 “4.11.3 Transport unit”
(2) Remove the stopper [1].

Fig. 4-155

(3) Press the collar [1] toward the rear side and release the lock.
(4) Remove the bypass feed roller [2] while pulling it out.

Fig. 4-156

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 61
 (5) Remove the clip [3]. Slide the shaft [4] toward the front side and remove the shaft [4]. Remove
the collar [5].

Fig. 4-157

Fig. 4-158

(6) Release the harness from the harness guides, and disconnect 1 connector [6]. Remove the
bypass feed sensor [7] and sensor arm [8].

Fig. 4-159

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 62
 4

Fig. 4-160

4.5.6 Side cover switch (SW5)

(1) Open the side cover.
(2) Release 2 hooks and pull out the side cover switch [1]. Disconnect 1 connector [2] and remove
the side cover switch [1].

Fig. 4-161

4.5.7 Registration sensor (S19), Feed sensor (S20)

(1) Remove the automatic duplexing unit (ADU).
 P. 4-243 “4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)”
(2) Remove 4 screws, and then take off the stay [1].

Fig. 4-162

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 63
 (3) Remove 1 screw.
(4) Release 2 latches [2], and slide the transport guide [3] toward the front side, and then pull out the
transport guide.

Fig. 4-163

(5) Release the harness from the harness guides, and disconnect the 1 connector [4].

Fig. 4-164

(6) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-165

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 64
 (7) Push the hook [5] and remove the paper guide [6] by sliding it toward the front side.

Fig. 4-166

(8) Release 2 latches and remove the sensor bracket [7].

Fig. 4-167

(9) Disconnect 2 connectors [8]. Remove the feed sensor [9] and registration sensor [10].

Fig. 4-168

Notes:
When installing connectors, connect the black wire harness to the feed sensor [9], and the blue
wire harness to the registration sensor [10].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 65
4.5.8 Registration roller (on the equipment side)
(1) Remove the registration motor.
 P. 4-102 “4.5.36 Registration motor (M14)”
(2) Remove the 1 bushing [1] and1 gear [2].

Fig. 4-169

(3) Open the side cover.

(4) Remove the clip [3]. Remove the front shaft by sliding it toward the rear side. Take off the
registration roller shaft [4].

Fig. 4-170

(5) Remove 2 bushings [5], 1 gear [6], 1 pin [7], 1 E-ring [8] and then take off the registration roller
[9].

Fig. 4-171

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 66
 Notes:
Apply conductive grease (FLOIL (GE-334C)) to the following portions.
• Application portion: Registration roller section
• Position: Leaf spring contact portion at the edge of SPG-GND-RGST-GRN_2
• Amount: Half a rice-sized grain

Fig. 4-172

4.5.9 Registration roller (on the ADU side)

(1) Remove the 2nd transfer unit.
 P. 4-178 “4.7.9 2nd transfer unit (TRU)”
(2) Remove 1 screw [11]. While compressing the spring, slide the holder [1] in the direction indicated
by the arrow to align it with the notch [2]. Then take off the holder [1] and the spring.

Fig. 4-173

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 67
 (3) Remove 1 screw [12]. While compressing the spring, slide the holder [3] in the direction indicated
by the arrow to align it with the notch [4]. Then take off the holder [3] and the spring.

Fig. 4-174

(4) Remove 2 bushing holders [5], 1 bushing [6], 1 leaf spring [7] and 1 gear [8] from the registration
roller.

Fig. 4-175

Notes:
• When assembling, attach the black spring [9] on the rear side, and silver sprint [10] on the
front side.

Fig. 4-176

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 68
 4

Fig. 4-177

• Install the gear [8], bushing [6], and leaf spring [7] in the orientation shown in the figure.

Fig. 4-178

4.5.10 Jam access cover

(1) Open the jam access cover [1].

Fig. 4-179

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 69
 (2) Disconnect the 1 connector [2]. Take off the stopper [3].

Fig. 4-180

(3) While pressing the rear hinge [4] against the front side, remove the jam access cover [5] using
the front hinge as a support.

Fig. 4-181

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 70
4.5.11 Transport roller
(1) Remove the transport clutch (L).
 P. 4-100 “4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6)”
(2) Remove the paper feed drive unit.
 P. 4-103 “4.5.37 Paper feed drive unit”
(3) Remove the right front cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.10 Right front cover”
(4) Remove the automatic duplexing unit.
 P. 4-243 “4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)”
(5) Remove 4 screws and take off the stay [1].

Fig. 4-182

(6) Remove 1 screw.

(7) Release 2 latches [2], and pull the transport guide [3] out toward you by sliding it toward the front
side.

Fig. 4-183

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 71
 (8) Remove the clip [4].

Fig. 4-184

(9) Remove the transport roller [6] by sliding the bushing [5] toward the front side.

Fig. 4-185

(10) Remove the 2 bushings [7], 1 clip [8], 1 E-ring [9] and 1 gear [10].

Fig. 4-186

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 72
4.5.12 Jam access cover opening/closing switch (SW20)
(1) Remove the jam access cover.
 P. 4-69 “4.5.10 Jam access cover”
(2) Remove 4 screws. Release the engagement of 3 projections [1] on the lower side, and take off
the cover [2].

Fig. 4-187

(3) Disconnect 1 connector [3]. Release the latch and remove the jam access cover opening/closing
switch [4].

Fig. 4-188

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 73
4.5.13 2nd drawer paper feed sensor (S32)
(1) Remove the jam access cover.
 P. 4-69 “4.5.10 Jam access cover”
(2) Remove 4 screws. Release the engagement of 3 projections [1] on the lower side, and take off
the cover [2].

Fig. 4-189

(3) Disconnect 1 connector [3]. Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [4].

Fig. 4-190

(4) Release the latch, and remove the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor [5].

Fig. 4-191

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 74
4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit
(1) Pull out the 1st drawer.
(2) Remove the front cover.
 P. 4-1 “4.1.1 Front cover”
(3) Turn the lock lever [1] clockwise. Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit [2] toward the front side
to remove it.

Fig. 4-192

Notes:
When installing, align the arrow of the 1st drawer paper feed unit with the guide before inserting
horizontally.

4.5.15 1st drawer separation roller guide

(1) Remove the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws from the separation roller [1].

Fig. 4-193

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 75
 (3) Release 2 latches [2] and remove the 1st drawer separation roller guide [1].

Fig. 4-194

(4) Remove the E-ring [3] and take off the shaft [4].

Fig. 4-195

(5) Remove the shaft cover [5].

Fig. 4-196

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 76
 Notes:
When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply 1 rice-sized grain of white
grease (Molykote HP-300) to the place [6] shown in the figure, and apply half a rice-sized grain of
white grease (Molykote HP-300) to the 2 places [7] shown in the figure.

[6] [7]

Fig. 4-197

4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit

(1) Pull out the 1st drawer.
(2) Pull out the 2nd drawer.
(3) Turn the lock lever [1] clockwise. Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit [2] toward the front side
to remove it.

Fig. 4-198

Notes:
When installing, align the arrow of the 2nd drawer paper feed unit with the guide before inserting
horizontally.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 77
4.5.17 2nd drawer separation roller guide
(1) Remove the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws from the separation roller guide [1].

Fig. 4-199

(3) Release 2 latches [2] and remove the 2nd drawer separation roller guide [1].

Fig. 4-200

(4) Remove the E-ring [3] and take off the shaft [4].

Fig. 4-201

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 78
 (5) Remove the shaft cover [5].

Fig. 4-202

Notes:
When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply 1 rice-sized grain of white
grease (Molykote HP-300) to the place [6] shown in the figure, and apply half a rice-sized grain of
white grease (Molykote HP-300) to the 2 places [7] shown in the figure.

[6] [7]

Fig. 4-203

4.5.18 1st drawer paper feed roller, separation roller, and pick-up
roller
(1) Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Slide the guide [1] to the front side.

Fig. 4-204

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 79
 (3) Remove the clip [2] and take off the separation roller [3]. Remove the clip [4] and take off the feed
roller [5]. Release the latch and take off the pickup roller [6].

Fig. 4-205

Separation roller

Fig. 4-206

Feed roller

Fig. 4-207

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 80
 Pick-up roller

Fig. 4-208

4.5.19 2nd drawer paper feed roller, separation roller, and pick-up
roller
(1) Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Slide the guide [1] to the front side.

Fig. 4-209

(3) Remove the clip [2] and take off the separation roller [3]. Remove the clip [4] and take off the feed
roller [5]. Release the latch and take off the pickup roller [6].

Fig. 4-210

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 81
 Separation roller

Fig. 4-211

Feed roller

Fig. 4-212

Pick-up roller

Fig. 4-213

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 82
4.5.20 1st drawer detection switch (SW8)
(1) Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(3) Remove the 1st tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-84 “4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit”
(4) Disconnect the 1 connector [1] from the rear side.
(5) Release the latch from the rear side, and remove the 1st drawer detection switch [2] from the
front side.

Fig. 4-214

4.5.21 2nd drawer detection switch (SW19)

(1) Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(3) Remove the 2nd tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-86 “4.5.23 2nd tray-up motor unit”
(4) Disconnect the 1 connector [1] from the rear side.
(5) Release the latch from the rear side, and remove the 2nd drawer detection switch [2] from the
front side.

Fig. 4-215

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 83
4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors and 1 relay connector [5].
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [6].
(4) Remove 1 harness clamp [7].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides [8].

[6] [5]

[6]
[6]

[7]

[6]

[8]

Fig. 4-216

(6) Remove the hook [1] of the ozone exhaust fan duct.
(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-217

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 84
 (8) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.
 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(9) Release the harness from the harness guides and disconnect 3 connectors [3].

Fig. 4-218

(10) Remove 3 screws and take off the 1st tray-up motor unit [4].

Fig. 4-219

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 85
4.5.23 2nd tray-up motor unit
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors and 1 relay connector [5].
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [6].
(4) Remove 1 harness clamp [7].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides [8].

[6] [5]

[6]
[6]

[7]

[6]

[8]

Fig. 4-220

(6) Remove the hook [1] of the ozone exhaust fan duct.
(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-221

(8) Release the harness from the harness guides and disconnect 4 connectors [3].

Fig. 4-222

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 86
 (9) Remove 3 screws and take off the 2nd tray-up motor unit [4].

Fig. 4-223

4.5.24 Tray-up motor-1 (M15)

(1) Remove the 1st tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-84 “4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides, and then disconnect 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-224

(3) Release 4 latches and remove the cover [2].

Fig. 4-225

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 87
 (4) Take off the tray-up motor-1 [3].

Fig. 4-226

4.5.25 Tray-up motor-2 (M16)

(1) Remove the 2nd tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-86 “4.5.23 2nd tray-up motor unit”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides, and then disconnect 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-227

(3) Release 4 latches, and then remove the cover [2].

Fig. 4-228

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 88
 (4) Take off the tray-up motor-2 [3].

Fig. 4-229

4.5.26 1st drawer paper remaining sensor (S30)

(1) Remove the 1st tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-84 “4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides, and then disconnect 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-230

(3) Release 4 latches, and then remove the cover [2].

Fig. 4-231

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 89
 (4) Release 3 latches, and then remove the 1st drawer paper remaining sensor [3].

Fig. 4-232

4.5.27 2nd drawer paper remaining sensor (S33)

(1) Remove the 2nd tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-86 “4.5.23 2nd tray-up motor unit”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides, and then disconnect 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-233

(3) Release 4 latches, and then remove the cover [2].

Fig. 4-234

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 90
 (4) Release 3 latches, and then remove the 2nd drawer paper remaining sensor [3].

Fig. 4-235

4.5.28 1st drawer empty sensor (S5) and 1st drawer tray-up sensor (S31)
(1) Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(3) Remove the 1st tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-84 “4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit”
(4) Release the harness from the harness clamp [1]. Release the latch [2].

Fig. 4-236

(5) Feed out the sensor holder [3] to the front side, and then remove it.

Fig. 4-237

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 91
 Notes:
When installing, pass the connector through the hole [9], and fix it using the sensor holder
projection [4] and latch [2].

Fig. 4-238

(6) Disconnect the 1 connector [5], and remove the 1st drawer empty sensor [6].
Disconnect the 1 connector [7], and remove the 1st drawer tray-up sensor [8].

Fig. 4-239

Notes:
When installing connectors, connect the white connector to the 1st drawer empty sensor [6], and
the yellow connector to the 1st drawer tray-up sensor [8].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 92
4.5.29 2nd drawer empty sensor (S34) and 2nd drawer tray-up sensor
(S35)
(1) Pull out the 1st drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Pull out the 2nd drawer paper feed unit.
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(3) Remove the 1st tray-up motor unit.
 P. 4-84 “4.5.22 1st tray-up motor unit”
(4) Release the harness from the harness clamp [1]. Release the latch [2].

Fig. 4-240

(5) Feed out the sensor holder [3] to the front side and then remove it.

Fig. 4-241

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 93
 Notes:
When installing, pass the connector through the hole [9], and fix it using the sensor holder
projection [4] and latch [2].

Fig. 4-242

(6) Disconnect the 1 connector [5], and remove the 2nd drawer empty sensor [6].
Disconnect the 1 connector [7], and remove the 2nd drawer tray-up sensor [8].

Fig. 4-243

Notes:
When installing connectors, connect the white connector to the 2nd drawer empty sensor [6], and
the yellow connector to the 2nd drawer tray-up sensor [8].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 94
4.5.30 1st drawer paper width detection switch (SW6) and 1st drawer
paper length detection switch (SW7)
(1) Remove the high-voltage transformer.
 P. 9-15 “9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)”
(2) Remove 1 spring [1] and disconnect the 2 connectors [2].
Notes:
Connect the yellow harness connector to the left side.

(3) Release the latch, and remove the switch holder [3].

Fig. 4-244

(4) Release the latch, and remove the 1st drawer paper width detection switch [4] and 1st drawer
paper length detection switch [5].

Fig. 4-245

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 95
4.5.31 2nd drawer paper width detection switch (SW17) and 2nd drawer
paper length detection switch (SW18)
(1) Remove the ozone exhaust fan duct.
 P. 4-151 “4.6.29 Ozone exhaust fan (F2)”
(2) Remove 2 harness clamps [1].

Fig. 4-246

(3) Remove 1 spring [2] and disconnect 2 connectors [3].

Notes:
Connect the yellow harness connector to the left side.

(4) Release the latch, and remove the switch holder [4].

Fig. 4-247

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 96
 (5) Release the latch, and remove the 2nd drawer paper width detection switch [5] and 2nd drawer
paper length detection switch [6].

Fig. 4-248

4.5.32 Transport clutch (H) (CLT5)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors and 1 relay connector [5].
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [6].
(4) Remove 1 harness clamp [7].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides [8].

[6] [5]

[6]
[6]

[7]

[6]

[8]

Fig. 4-249

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 97
 (6) Remove the hook [1] of the ozone exhaust fan duct.
(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-250

(8) Disconnect 3 connectors [9] and release the harness from the harness guides.

[9] [9]

[9]

Fig. 4-251

(9) Remove 3 clips [10] and take off 3 bushings [11].

[10] [10]

[11]
[11]

[11]

[10]

Fig. 4-252

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 98
 (10) Remove 2 screws and take off the clutch cover [12].

[12]

Fig. 4-253

(11) Remove the transport clutch (H) [13].

[13]

Fig. 4-254

Notes:
When installing the clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-255

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 99
4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6)
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors and 1 relay connector [5].
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [6].
(4) Remove 1 harness clamp [7].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides [8].

[6] [5]

[6]
[6]

[7]

[6]

[8]

Fig. 4-256

(6) Remove the hook [1] of the ozone exhaust fan duct.
(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-257

(8) Remove 1 clip [3] and disconnect 1 connector [4], and then take off the transport clutch (L) [9].

[3]

[4]

[9]

Fig. 4-258

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 100
 Notes:
When installing the clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-259

4.5.34 1st drawer feed clutch (CLT1)

(1) Remove the transport clutch (L).
 P. 4-100 “4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6)”
(2) Remove the clutch cover.
 P. 4-97 “4.5.32 Transport clutch (H) (CLT5)”
(3) Remove the 1st drawer feed clutch [1].

Fig. 4-260

Notes:
When installing the clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-261

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 101
4.5.35 2nd drawer feed clutch (CLT4)
(1) Remove the clutch cover.
 P. 4-97 “4.5.32 Transport clutch (H) (CLT5)”
(2) Remove the 2nd drawer feed clutch [1].

Fig. 4-262

Notes:
When installing the clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-263

4.5.36 Registration motor (M14)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove 3 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and take off the registration motor [2].

Fig. 4-264
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 102
 (3) Release the latch [3] and remove the gear [4].

Fig. 4-265

Notes:
When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 4 rice-sized grains of white
grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the tooth surface of the gear and 1 or 2 rice-sized grains of white
grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft.

4.5.37 Paper feed drive unit

(1) Remove the transport clutch (L).
 P. 4-100 “4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6)”
(2) Remove the registration motor.
 P. 4-102 “4.5.36 Registration motor (M14)”
(3) Remove 1 bushing [1] and 1 gear [2].

Fig. 4-266

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 103
 (4) Disconnect the 3 connectors [3].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides.

Fig. 4-267

(6) Remove the spring [4].

Fig. 4-268

(7) Remove 4 screws, and take off the paper feed drive unit [5].

Fig. 4-269

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 104
4.5.38 Paper feed drive gear
(1) Remove the paper feed drive unit.
 P. 4-103 “4.5.37 Paper feed drive unit”
(2) Remove 3 clips [1], and take off 3 bushings [2].
(3) Remove 2 screws and take off the clutch cover [3].

Fig. 4-270

(4) Remove the 1st drawer paper feed clutch [4], 2nd drawer paper feed clutch [5], and transport
clutch (H) [6].

Fig. 4-271

Notes:
When installing the clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-272

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 105
 (5) Remove 5 screws and take off the paper feed drive gear cover [7].

Fig. 4-273

Notes:
When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 2 rice-sized grains of white
grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [8].
[8]

Fig. 4-274

(6) Remove the paper feed drive gear.

Fig. 4-275

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 106
 Notes:
When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 2 rice-sized grains of white
grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [9] and also 4 rice-sized grains of white grease (Molykote
EM-30L) to the tooth surface of the gear [10]. Do not apply grease to the black gears.

[9] [9]
4

[10]

Fig. 4-276

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 107
4.6 Process Unit (Developer Unit, Cleaner)

4.6.1 Waste toner box

(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Press down 2 hooks and remove the waste toner box [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-277

Notes:
Put the waste toner box level.

Fig. 4-278

Do not tilt the waste toner box.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 108
4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)
(1) Remove the waste toner box.
 P. 4-108 “4.6.1 Waste toner box”
Notes:
To remove the process unit for black (K), pull the TBU release lever [1], turn it clockwise to
release the lock, and then pull out the process unit.

[1]

Fig. 4-279

(2) Put your finger into the knob [2], and remove the process unit [3] carefully while pushing down
the process unit cover lever [1].

[2]

[3] [1]

Fig. 4-280

Notes:
When installing the process unit [3], insert it carefully keeping it horizontal [5].
If it is tilted (especially if its leading edge is upward), the upper part of the unit will catch the edge
of the transfer belt [6]. Pushing it will damage the belt.

[3]
[6]

[5]

Fig. 4-281

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 109
 (3) Release the 2 hooks.

Fig. 4-282

(4) Release the 2 hooks and take off the process unit cover[7].

[7]

Fig. 4-283

(5) Hold the process unit while putting your thumbs at its arrow portions as shown in the figure.

Fig. 4-284

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 110
 Notes:
• Do not hold the edge of the process unit.
• Be careful not to touch the drum.

Fig. 4-285

• When handling or disassembling the developer unit, pay attention not to touch the folded
portion (indicated by the arrows) of the pole position adjustment plate.

Fig. 4-286

(6) Put the developer unit [8] level, and open the cleaner unit [9].

[8]

[9]

Fig. 4-287

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 111
 Notes:
Do not tilt the developer unit.

Fig. 4-288

(7) Slide the cleaner unit [10] and the developer unit [11] to release 2 bosses [12].

[10]

[12]
[12]

[11]

Fig. 4-289

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 112
 Notes:
Apply conductive grease (FLOIL (GE-334C)) to the following portions.
• Application portion: Cleaner unit section
• Portion: Shaft of RTNR-EPU-FRT-H373-xxx (for each of the 4 colors)
• Amount: 2 rice-sized grains (for each)

Fig. 4-290

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 113
4.6.3 Developer material

[A] Removing developer material

(1) Remove the developer unit.
 P. 4-109 “4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)”
(2) Release the latch [1] and the hook [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig. 4-291

(3) Release 6 latches at the side of the upper cover.

Fig. 4-292

(4) Remove the upper cover [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-293

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 114
 (5) Discharge the developer material.

Fig. 4-294

Notes:
• Make sure not to have developer material adhering to the drive gears or bushings.
• If the developer material on the developer sleeve is hard to come off, use a brush (jig) to clean
it off.
4407915710 BRUSH-33

[B] Filling developer unit with developer material

(1) Shake the developer material bag and open it.
(2) Pour in the developer until the mixer [1] under the developer sleeve is full.

Fig. 4-295

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 115
 (3) Turn the knob [2] in the direction of the arrow shown on the cover until the developer material is
evenly adhered to the surface of the developer sleeve.

Fig. 4-296

(4) Lift the rear side of the developer unit up and move the developer material to the front side of the
mixer under the developer sleeve.

Fig. 4-297

(5) Pour in more developer until the mixer [1] under the developer sleeve is full.

Fig. 4-298

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 116
 (6) Pour all the remaining developer material into another mixer [3].

Fig. 4-299

Notes:
• Fill the developer material in the mixer section under the developer sleeve as much as
possible.
• Check if the developer does not adhered to the joint of the upper cover.
(7) Install the upper cover.
Notes:
After the installation, check that all the protrusions and latches are fitted and locked securely.

Fig. 4-300

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 117
4.6.4 Doctor blade
(1) Discharge the developer material.
 P. 4-114 “4.6.3 Developer material”
(2) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-301

(3) Peel off the side seal [1].

Fig. 4-302

(4) Remove the doctor blade [2].

Fig. 4-303

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 118
4.6.5 Auto-toner sensor (S1, S2, S3, S4)
The auto-toner sensor is installed in the developer unit (Y, M, C, K).
• Auto-toner sensor (S1): Developer unit (K)
• Auto-toner sensor (S2): Developer unit (C)
• Auto-toner sensor (S3): Developer unit (M)
• Auto-toner sensor (S4): Developer unit (Y)

(1) Remove the corresponding the developer unit, and then discharge the developer material out of
the unit.
 P. 4-109 “4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)”
 P. 4-114 “4.6.3 Developer material”
(2) Release the 2 hooks and take off the auto-toner sensor cover [1]. 4

Fig. 4-304

(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2].

(4) Remove the auto-toner sensor [3] by turning it counterclockwise.

Fig. 4-305

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 119
4.6.6 Developer sleeve
(1) Discharge the developer material.
 P. 4-114 “4.6.3 Developer material”
(2) Before removing the pole position adjustment plate, record its scale position. (If necessary, add a
marking.)
When the pole position adjustment plate is reattached, align it to the recorded scale position.

Fig. 4-306

(3) Remove 1 screw and take off the pole position adjustment plate [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-307

(4) Release 2 latches and remove the gear cover [2].

Notes:
When installing, align the idler gear shaft to the hole of the gear holder.

(5) Disconnect the 1 connector [3] from the gear cover.

Fig. 4-308

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 120
 (6) Remove the crescent ring [4], and take off the gear [5].Remove the gear [6][7][8].
[4]

[5]

[7]

[6] 4
[8]
Fig. 4-309

Notes:
The color of the gear [7] differs between the 25/30/35ppm and 45/50ppm.
• 25/30/35ppm: White (A bearing is not inserted): Figure
• 45/50ppm: Gray (A bearing is inserted)

[7]

Fig. 4-310

(7) Remove the 2 bearings [5], 1 bearing holder [6], and developer sleeve [7].

Fig. 4-311

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 121
4.6.7 Mixer
(1) Remove the developer sleeve.
 P. 4-120 “4.6.6 Developer sleeve”
(2) Remove 2 clips [1], the front bushing holder [2] and 2 bearings [3].

Fig. 4-312

Notes:
The parts [3] for the 25/35 ppm models are the bushings instead of the bearings.

(3) Remove the separator [4], mixer [5], and bushing [6] from the front side.
[6]

[5]
[6]

[4]

[5]

Fig. 4-313

Notes:
When installing a separator, turn the short collar [7] side to the left.

Fig. 4-314

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 122
4.6.8 Replacement of oil seal
(1) Insert a fine screwdriver into the depression of the oil seal to take it out.
(2) Push in a new oil seal parallel to the frame or bushing (shown figure).

Developer frame
(Nozzle mixer)

4
Inside Outside

Oil seal

Fig. 4-315

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 123
4.6.9 Main charger
(1) Remove the cleaner unit.
 P. 4-109 “4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)”
(2) Lift the front side of the main charger [1] and lift it as shown in the figure.

[1]

Fig. 4-316

(3) Slide the main charger [1] toward the rear side and remove it.

[1]

Fig. 4-317

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 124
4.6.10 Drum and bushing
(1) Remove the main charger.
 P. 4-124 “4.6.9 Main charger”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the holder[1].

[1]

Fig. 4-318

(3) Remove the drum [2] and bushing [3] from the cleaner.
[3]

[2]

Fig. 4-319

Notes:
• Be sure not to touch, spit or scratch on the drum surface.
• Avoid a direct sunlight onto the drum. Move it to a dark place as soon as it is taken off.
• Be sure not to touch or scratch the edge of the drum cleaning blade.
• Flange on the front side of the K drum is black.

Fig. 4-320

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 125
 • Flange on the front side of the YMC drum is white.

Fig. 4-321

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 126
4.6.11 Drum cleaning blade
(1) Remove the drum.
 P. 4-125 “4.6.10 Drum and bushing”
(2) Remove the main charger.
 P. 4-124 “4.6.9 Main charger”
(3) Remove 2 screws and take off the drum cleaning blade [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-322

Notes:
Be sure not to touch or scratch the edge of the cleaning blade.

Fig. 4-323

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 127
4.6.12 Side seal
(1) Remove the drum cleaning blade.
 P. 4-127 “4.6.11 Drum cleaning blade”
(2) Remove the side seal [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-324

[1]

Fig. 4-325

Notes:
Make sure to attach the side seals as shown in the figure.
• From the case edge: 0 to 0.3 mm (Protruding from the case is unallowable.)
• Gap between the blade: 0 to 0.3 mm (Overlapping is unallowable.)
[1] Side seal
[2] Blade
[3] Case

0-0.3mm 0-0.3mm

[3] [3]
[1] [1]

[2] [2]
0-0.3mm 0-0.3mm

Fig. 4-326

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 128
4.6.13 Main charger grid
(1) Remove the main charger.
 P. 4-124 “4.6.9 Main charger”
(2) Pull the lever [1].

Fig. 4-327

(3) Remove the main charger grid [2].

Notes:
• Do not touch the mesh area of the grid.
When installing the grid, be careful not to let the urethane sheet adhered to the charge case
get caught in it.

Fig. 4-328

Fig. 4-329

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 129
 • The shape of the main charger grid differs between the YMC and K.
[1] YMC (lever: black)
[2] K (lever: black)

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-330

4.6.14 Main charger cleaner

(1) Remove the main charger grid.
 P. 4-129 “4.6.13 Main charger grid”
(2) Remove the main charger cleaner [1].

Fig. 4-331

Fig. 4-332

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 130
4.6.15 Needle electrode
(1) Remove the main charger cleaner.
 P. 4-130 “4.6.14 Main charger cleaner”
(2) Pull out the lever [1] and remove the needle electrode [2] together with the lever [1].

Fig. 4-333

Fig. 4-334

Notes:
When installing the needle electrode, be sure of the following:
• Be sure that its needle comes at its top side.
• Hook the needle electrode and the spring on both front and rear terminals securely.
• Do not twist the needle electrode.
• Do not touch the needle electrode directly with bare hands.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 131
4.6.16 EPU old/new detection switches (SW9, SW10, SW11, SW12)
(1) Remove the transfer belt unit.
 P. 4-170 “4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)”
(2) Remove the process unit.
 P. 4-109 “4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)”
(3) Remove the toner motor assembly.
 P. 4-148 “4.6.26 Toner motor assembly”
(4) Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.
 P. 4-184 “4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit”
(5) Remove the front right cover.
 P. 4-7 “4.1.14 Front right cover”
(6) Remove 1 screw and take off the switch bracket [1].

Fig. 4-335

(7) Remove 3 screws.

Fig. 4-336

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 132
 (8) Release 5 upper latches [2], and then take off the toner cartridge holder [3].

Fig. 4-337

(9) Remove 3 screws.

Fig. 4-338

(10) Release the harness from the harness clamp [4].

Fig. 4-339

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 133
 (11) Remove 3 screws.
(12) Slide the toner cartridge top frame [5] toward the left side to remove it.

Fig. 4-340

(13) Remove 1 screw and take off the transfer belt cleaner guide [6].

Fig. 4-341

(14) Remove 2 screws and take off the transfer belt rail (rear) [7].

Fig. 4-342

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 134
 (15) Remove 2 screws and take off the switch base [8].

Fig. 4-343

(16) Release the latches, and remove the EPU old/new detection switch from the switch base.

Fig. 4-344

EPU old/new detection switches

• SW9: Y
• SW10: M
• SW11: C
• SW12: K

Fig. 4-345

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 135
4.6.17 Drum thermistor
(1) Remove the discharge LED (C).
 P. 4-137 “4.6.18 Discharge LED”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-346

(3) Peel off the seal [2].

Fig. 4-347

(4) Remove the harness and take off the thermistor [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-348

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 136
4.6.18 Discharge LED
(1) Remove the toner cartridge top frame.
 P. 4-132 “4.6.16 EPU old/new detection switches (SW9, SW10, SW11, SW12)”
(2) Slide the discharge LED [1] toward the left side.

Fig. 4-349

(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2] and remove the discharge LED [1].

Fig. 4-350

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 137
4.6.19 Waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor (S9)
(1) Remove the waste toner paddle motor unit.
 P. 4-138 “4.6.20 Waste toner paddle motor (M7)”
(2) Release 3 latches and disconnect 1 connector [1], and then remove the waste toner paddle
rotation detection sensor [2].

Fig. 4-351

Fig. 4-352

4.6.20 Waste toner paddle motor (M7)

(1) Remove the inner cover.
 P. 4-11 “4.1.19 Front cover interlock switch (SW2)”
(2) Remove 1 screw and release the duct [1].

Fig. 4-353

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 138
 (3) Remove 3 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [2], and then remove the waste toner paddle
motor unit [3].

Fig. 4-354

(4) Remove 1 E-ring [4] and gear [5].

Fig. 4-355

(5) Remove 2 screws and disconnect 1 connector [6].

Fig. 4-356

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 139
 (6) Remove the waste toner paddle motor [7].

Fig. 4-357

Notes:
Wire the motor harness through hooks during assembly.
Make sure that the harness does not come up on the area in the red frame.

Fig. 4-358

4.6.21 Drum switching unit

(1) Remove the high-voltage transformer.
 P. 9-15 “9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)”
(2) Release the harness from harness clamps [3], remove 2 screws, and take off the plate [1].

Fig. 4-359

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 140
 (3) Disconnect 4 connectors and release the harness from the harness guides [3].

Fig. 4-360

(4) Remove 3 screws and take off the drum switching unit [2].

Fig. 4-361

4.6.22 Drum switching detection sensor (S11)

(1) Remove the drum switching unit.
 P. 4-140 “4.6.21 Drum switching unit”
(2) Disconnect 1 connector [1], and take off the drum switching detection sensor [2].

Fig. 4-362

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 141
4.6.23 Mono/color switching motor (M3)
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and release the harness from the harness guides [2].
(3) Remove 2 screws and take off the mono/color switching motor bracket [3].

Fig. 4-363

(4) Remove the arm [4].

Fig. 4-364

Notes:
When installing the mono/color switching motor bracket, put the gear projection [6] into the arm
hole [5].

Fig. 4-365

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 142
 (5) Remove the E-ring [7] and gear [8].

Fig. 4-366

Notes:
Before removing the gear, place a marking so that it can be re-assembled at the same position.

(6) Remove 1 screw and take off the mono/color switching motor [9].

Fig. 4-367

Notes:
Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be
damaged.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 143
4.6.24 Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor (M2)
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.
 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(3) Disconnect 1 connector [2] and remove 2 screws, and then take off the paper feeding/developer
unit drive motor [1].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-368

4.6.25 Developer drive unit

(1) Remove the drum TBU drive unit.
 P. 4-184 “4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit”
(2) Remove the paper feed drive unit.
 P. 4-103 “4.5.37 Paper feed drive unit”
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [1].

Fig. 4-369

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 144
 (4) Remove 4 screws and take off the developer drive unit [2].

Fig. 4-370

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 145
 Notes:
• When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply white grease
(Molykote EM-30L) to the following portions.
[3]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to whole outer circumference of each shaft.
[4]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to the tooth surface of each gear.
[5]: Apply a coat of the grease to the whole sliding surface of each coupling.
[6]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to whole outer circumference of each shaft.

[3] [4] [5]

[6]

Fig. 4-371

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 146
 • When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 1 rice-sized grain of
white grease (Molykote EM30-L) to the front side [7] and the rear side [8] of the cam.

[7] [8]

Fig. 4-372

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 147
4.6.26 Toner motor assembly
The toner motor is installed depending on toner cartridge (Y, M, C, K).
• Toner motor (M8): Toner cartridge (Y)
• Toner motor (M9): Toner cartridge (M)
• Toner motor (M10): Toner cartridge (C)
• Toner motor (M11): Toner cartridge (K)

(1) Remove the receiving tray.

 P. 4-2 “4.1.3 Receiving tray”
(2) Pull out the toner cartridge.
(3) Release the latch, and remove 4 toner cartridge rails [1] and 1 duct [2].

Fig. 4-373

Notes:
When installing the toner cartridge rail and duct, securely align them so that the rail and duct
latch are aligned in the toner cartridge holder groove.

Fig. 4-374

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 148
 (4) Remove 2 screws and release 2 hooks [3], and then lift the toner motor assembly [4].

Fig. 4-375

(5) Disconnect the connector [5] and remove the toner motor assembly [4].

Fig. 4-376

4.6.27 Toner motor (M8, M9, M10, M11)

(1) Remove the toner motor assembly.
 P. 4-148 “4.6.26 Toner motor assembly”
(2) Release 2 latches.

Fig. 4-377

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 149
 (3) Remove the gear [1] and the spring [2].

Fig. 4-378

(4) Remove 1 screw and disconnect the 1 connector [3], and then take off the motor bracket [4].

Fig. 4-379

(5) Remove 2 screws and take off the toner motor [5].

Fig. 4-380

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 150
4.6.28 Ozone filter
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove the ozone filter [1].

4
[1]

Fig. 4-381

Fig. 4-382

4.6.29 Ozone exhaust fan (F2)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors and 1 relay connector [10].
(3) Release the harness from the harness clamp [11].
(4) Remove 1 harness clamp [12].
(5) Release the harness from the harness guides [13].

[11] [10]

[11]
[11]

[12]

[11]

[13]

Fig. 4-383

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 151
 (6) Remove the hook [1] of the ozone exhaust fan duct.
(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-384

(8) Remove 1 screw and take off the cover [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-385

Notes:
When installing, be sure that the screw is in the correct position.

(9) Remove 3 screws and release the bracket [4].

[4]

Fig. 4-386

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 152
 (10) Slide the ozone exhaust fan duct [5] toward the left side.

[5]

Fig. 4-387

(11) Disconnect 1 connector [6], and then remove the ozone exhaust fan duct [5].

Fig. 4-388

(12) Remove the ozone filter [7].

[7]

Fig. 4-389

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 153
 (13) Release 4 latches and remove the ozone exhaust fan duct cover [8].

Fig. 4-390

(14) Remove the ozone exhaust fan [9].

Fig. 4-391

4.6.30 Suctioning fan (F3)

(1) Remove the inner cover and front cover switch bracket.
 P. 4-11 “4.1.19 Front cover interlock switch (SW2)”
(2) Disconnect the 2 connectors [1], and release the harness from the harness guides [2].
(3) Remove 1 screw. Release the latch [3] and take off the suctioning fan cover [4].

Fig. 4-392

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 154
 (4) Remove the suctioning fan [5].

Fig. 4-393

4.6.31 Power supply unit cooling fan (F8)

(1) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.
 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides. Release 3 latches [2] and take off the power
supply unit cooling fan [1].

Fig. 4-394

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 155
4.6.32 Drum drive gear
(1) Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.
 P. 4-184 “4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-395

(3) Remove 2 screws and take off the drum motor [1].

Fig. 4-396

(4) Remove 1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2)[2].

 P. 4-181 “4.7.11 1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2)”

Fig. 4-397

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 156
 (5) Remove 4 screws and take off the K drum drive gear cover [3].

Fig. 4-398

Notes:
When installing the K drum drive gear cover, make sure that the spring [4] is engaged with the
concave portion of the gear.

Fig. 4-399

(6) Remove 6 screws and take off the YMC drum drive gear cover [5].

Fig. 4-400

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 157
 (7) Remove the drum drive gear.

Fig. 4-401

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 158
 Notes:
• When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply white grease (Molykote
EM30-L) to the following portions.
[6]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to the tooth surface of each gear.
[7]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to whole outer circumference of each shaft.
[8]: Apply a thin coat of the grease to whole outer circumference of each shaft.
[9]: Apply a coat of the grease to the whole outer circumference of each shaft.
[10]: Apply a coat of the grease to the whole inner circumference of each shaft.
[11]: Apply 1 rice-sized grain of the grease to the whole outer circumference of each gear
boss.
[12]: Apply 1 rice-sized grain of the grease to the front side [a] and the rear side [b] of the
cam. 4
[13]: Apply a coat of the grease to the whole inner circumference of the bushing.

[8]

[6] [7] [8] [9]

[10]

[11] [12] [13]

[a] [b]

Fig. 4-402

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 159
 • When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, do not apply grease to the
shaft [14] and the tooth surface of the gear [15].

[14]

[15]

Fig. 4-403

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 160
 • When reassembling, align arrows indicated on the gears [16] in the same direction as shown
in the figure [17].

[17] [16]

[16]

[16]
[17]

[17]

Fig. 4-404

4.6.33 Developer drive gear

(1) Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.
 P. 4-184 “4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit”
(2) Remove 3 screws and take off the developer drive gear cover [1].

Fig. 4-405

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 161
 (3) Remove the developer drive gear.

Fig. 4-406

Notes:
• When the gear has been replaced, grease its teeth surface and the shaft.
• When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply an appropriate
amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [2], the tooth surface of the gear [3]
and the sliding surfaces of the coupling [4].

[2] [3]

[2] [4]

Fig. 4-407

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 162
4.6.34 Main power switch (SW4)
Notes:
Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect the 4 connectors [1].

Fig. 4-408

(3) Release the 2 latches [3] and remove the main power switch [2].

Fig. 4-409

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 163
4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove 2 screws [2] and take off the power supply cover [1].

[1]

[2]

[2]

Fig. 4-410

(3) Disconnect 2 connectors. Then release the harness from 1 clamp [3] and 4 hooks [4].

[4]

[4]
[3]

Fig. 4-411

(4) Disconnect the connector [5] and release 2 latches [6]. Then remove the developer unit cooling
exhaust duct [7] by pulling it toward you.

[5]

[7]
[6]

[6]

Fig. 4-412

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 164
4.6.36 Developer unit cooling fan (F5)
(1) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.
 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(2) Remove the power supply unit cooling fan.
 P. 4-155 “4.6.31 Power supply unit cooling fan (F8)”
(3) Release 2 latches.

Fig. 4-413

(4) Release 2 latches and remove the fan cover [1].

Fig. 4-414

(5) Release the harness from the harness guides.

Fig. 4-415

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 165
 (6) Remove the developer unit cooling fan [2].

Fig. 4-416

4.6.37 Temperature/humidity sensor (S10)

(1) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.
 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(2) Release the latch [2] by pushing it, and then remove the temperature/humidity sensor [1].

Fig. 4-417

Fig. 4-418

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 166
4.7 Transfer Units (TBU, TRU)

4.7.1 Transfer belt cleaning unit

(1) Remove the waste toner box.
 P. 4-108 “4.6.1 Waste toner box”
(2) Hold the lever [1] and pull the transfer belt cleaning unit [2] toward the front side to remove it.

[2] [1]

Fig. 4-419

4.7.2 Transfer belt cleaning blade/blade seal/recovery blade

(1) Remove the transfer belt cleaning unit.
 P. 4-167 “4.7.1 Transfer belt cleaning unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the transfer belt cleaning blade [1].

Fig. 4-420

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 167
 (3) Remove the front and rear blade seals.

Fig. 4-421

Notes:
After the blade seals have been attached, be sure that no gap is left between the blade seals and
the edge of the transfer belt cleaning blade.

Fig. 4-422

(4) Remove the recovery blade [2].

Fig. 4-423

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 168
 Transfer belt cleaning blade

Fig. 4-424

Blade seal

Fig. 4-425

Recovery blade

Fig. 4-426

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 169
4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)
Notes:
You are recommended to wear gloves so that you do not touch the surface of the transfer belt
with bare hands.

(1) Remove the transfer belt cleaning unit.

 P. 4-167 “4.7.1 Transfer belt cleaning unit”
(2) Pull the TBU release lever [1] and turn it clockwise to release the 1st transfer roller.

[1]

Fig. 4-427

(3) Open the side cover and lower the 2nd transfer unit (TRU) [1].

Fig. 4-428

(4) Pull the lever [2]. Loosen 2 screws to lower them. Pull out the transfer belt unit [3].

Fig. 4-429

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 170
 Notes:
Be careful not to generate any friction between the transfer belt and the 2nd transfer unit when
pulling out the transfer belt unit.
When installing the transfer belt unit, make sure that the lever [2] is pulled out.
When installing the transfer belt unit, push the handle unit [5] inside while the screw [4] is
lowered.

Fig. 4-430

4.7.4 Transfer belt

Notes:
You are recommended to wear gloves so that you do not touch the surface of the transfer belt
with bare hands.

(1) Remove the transfer belt unit.

 P. 4-170 “4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)”
(2) Remove the spring [2] and the front tensioner [1].

Fig. 4-431

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 171
 (3) Remove the spring [3] in the rear side.

Fig. 4-432

(4) Remove 1 screw and take off the front drive roller bracket [4].

Fig. 4-433

(5) Using the material that is packed with the transfer belt (service part), stand the transfer belt unit
[5] on the waste toner box [6].

Notes:
• Use 1 piece of white urethane foam (138 x 138 x 25 mm) with a 30 mm diameter hole.

Fig. 4-434

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 172
 • When installing, make sure that the mark [7] of the transfer belt unit is aligned with the
mark [8] of the waste toner box.

Fig. 4-435

(6) Remove the transfer belt [9] upward.

Fig. 4-436

Notes:
• When installing the transfer belt, place the side with the serial number facing upward (front
side).
• Install the transfer belt in the middle so that it does not move to one side.
• Do not touch the belt surface directly with bare hands.
• Be sure not to scratch the belt surface.
• Check if the rib on both ends of the transfer belt does not run on the rollers.

Fig. 4-437

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 173
4.7.5 Cleaner unit facing roller
(1) Remove the transfer belt.
 P. 4-171 “4.7.4 Transfer belt”
(2) Remove 1 screw, 1 gear [1], 1 tensioner [2], 2 bearings [3], 2 guides [4], and then take off the
cleaner unit facing roller [5].

Fig. 4-438

Fig. 4-439

Fig. 4-440

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 174
4.7.6 Drive roller
(1) Remove the transfer belt.
 P. 4-171 “4.7.4 Transfer belt”
(2) Remove the drive roller [1].

Fig. 4-441

Notes:
When installing the driver roller, correctly attach the spring [2] on the rear drive roller shaft.

Fig. 4-442

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 175
4.7.7 1st transfer roller
(1) Remove the transfer belt.
 P. 4-171 “4.7.4 Transfer belt”
(2) Place the transfer belt frame upside down.
(3) Turn the coupling to place the 1st transfer roller into the contact state.

Fig. 4-443

(4) Remove the rear shaft [2] on the 1st transfer roller.
(5) Pull the 1st transfer roller [1] toward the rear side to remove it.

Fig. 4-444

Fig. 4-445

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 176
4.7.8 2nd transfer roller
(1) Open the side cover.
(2) Raise the stopper and remove the 2nd transfer roller assembly [1].

Fig. 4-446

Fig. 4-447

Notes:
• Be sure that the stopper is attached securely.

Fig. 4-448

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 177
 • After the 2nd transfer roller has been replaced, check the conduction between the 2nd
transfer roller shaft and the ADU rear frame (metal plate).

Fig. 4-449

4.7.9 2nd transfer unit (TRU)

(1) Open the side cover.
(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the harness cover [1].

Notes:
When installing the harness cover, be careful not to let the harness get caught in it.

Fig. 4-450

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 178
 (3) Disconnect 1 connector [3], remove 1 screw [4] and 1 clip [5], and then remove the 2nd transfer
roller unit [2].

Fig. 4-451

Fig. 4-452

Notes:
When removing the screw [4], be careful not to drop the washer.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 179
4.7.10 Paper clinging detection sensor (S18)
(1) Remove the 2nd transfer unit.
 P. 4-178 “4.7.9 2nd transfer unit (TRU)”
(2) Disconnect 1 connector [1] and remove 1 screw. Remove the paper clinging detection sensor [2].

Fig. 4-453

Fig. 4-454

Notes:
When installing, hook the harness to 3 hooks [3].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 180
4.7.11 1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2)
(1) Remove the high-voltage transformer.
 P. 9-15 “9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)”
(2) Release the harness from harness clamps [6], remove 2 screws, and take off the plate [1].

Fig. 4-455

(3) Release the harness from the harness guides [7] and harness clamp [8].
(4) Disconnect 2 connectors [9] and remove 1 screw. Then pull up the latch [10] toward the front
side, rotate it clockwise, and remove the 1st transfer contact/release clutch cover [2].

Fig. 4-456

(5) Remove the 1st transfer contact/release clutch [3].

Fig. 4-457

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 181
 Notes:
When installing, align the 1st transfer contact/release clutch stopper [4] to the 1st transfer
contact/release clutch cover hole [5].

Fig. 4-458

4.7.12 1st transfer roller status detection sensor (S12)

(1) Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.
 P. 4-184 “4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit”
(2) Release the harness from the harness clamp [1].

Fig. 4-459

(3) Remove 2 screws and take off the 1st transfer contact/release gear unit [2].

Fig. 4-460

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 182
 (4) Pull out the pin [3], and then remove the gear [4].

Fig. 4-461

(5) Remove the 1st transfer roller status detection sensor [5] and disconnect the 1 connector [6].

Fig. 4-462

4.7.13 Drum/TBU motor (M6)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Release the harness from harness clamps [4], remove 2 screws, and take off the plate [1].

Fig. 4-463

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 183
 (3) Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [3], and then take off the drum/TBU motor [2].

Fig. 4-464

4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit

(1) Remove the switching regulator.
 P. 9-13 “9.1.8 Switching regulator”
(2) Remove the high-voltage transformer.
 P. 9-15 “9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)”
(3) Remove the drum switching unit.
 P. 4-140 “4.6.21 Drum switching unit”
(4) Remove 2 power supply terminals [1].

Fig. 4-465

Notes:
The number of the springs for the left side power supply terminal differs from the one for the right
side power supply terminal.
• Left side (see from rear side): 3 springs
• Right side (see from rear side): 2 springs

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 184
 (5) Release the harness from the 3 harness guides [2] and the harness clamp [3].

Fig. 4-466

(6) Remove 7 screws and take off the drum and TBU drive unit [4].

Fig. 4-467

Notes:
• When installing the drum and TBU drive unit, insert the protrusion of transfer belt drive shaft
release arm [5] into the lever hole [6].

Fig. 4-468

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 185
 • When installing the drum and TBU drive unit, put the drum and TBU drive unit hook [7] on the
rear frame hole [8].

Fig. 4-469

(7) Remove the transfer belt drive shaft release arm [9].

Fig. 4-470

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 186
4.8 Image Quality Control

4.8.1 Image quality control unit

(1) Remove the transfer belt unit.
 P. 4-170 “4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)”
(2) Remove the Registration roller (on the equipment side).
 P. 4-66 “4.5.8 Registration roller (on the equipment side)”
(3) Remove 2 screws. Disconnect 1 connector [1] and take off the image quality control unit [2].

Fig. 4-471

Notes:
The attachment screw on the rear side is a shoulder screw, so exercise care when handling it
during installation.

4.8.2 Paper dust holder

(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Remove 4 screws.
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the paper dust holder [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-472

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 187
4.8.3 Image position aligning sensor (Front) (S7)
(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Remove the paper dust holder.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.2 Paper dust holder”
(3) Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and then take off the Image position
aligning sensor (Front) [2].

[1]
[2]

Fig. 4-473

4.8.4 Image position aligning sensor (Rear) (S8)

(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Remove the paper dust holder.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.2 Paper dust holder”
(3) Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and then take off the image position
aligning sensor (Rear) [2].

[1]
[2]

Fig. 4-474

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 188
4.8.5 Image position aligning sensor (Center)/Image quality sensor
(S37)
(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Remove the paper dust holder.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.2 Paper dust holder”
(3) Remove 2 screws, disconnect 1 connector [1] and then take off the image position aligning
sensor (Center)/image quality sensor [2].

[2] [1]
4

Fig. 4-475

4.8.6 Registration pass sensor (S6)

(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Disconnect the connector [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-476

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 189
 (3) Open the shutter [2] and remove 1 screw. Take off the registration pass sensor [3].

[3]

[2]

Fig. 4-477

4.8.7 Sensor shutter solenoid (SOL1)

(1) Remove the image quality control unit.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.1 Image quality control unit”
(2) Remove the paper dust holder.
 P. 4-187 “4.8.2 Paper dust holder”
(3) Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor shutter solenoid [3].

[1]

Fig. 4-478

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 190
4.9 Fuser Unit

4.9.1 Fuser unit

Notes:
• Be sure that the temperature of the fuser unit has lowered enough before removing it. If the
unit still heated should be removed, wear a pair of gloves before working.
• When disassembling the fuser unit or replacing any parts in it, be sure that the wire harness is
correctly set, and also be careful not to get it caught between other parts.

a. Be sure to wire the harness as shown below to prevent it from being caught by the cover.
b. Be sure to wire the harness along all the hooks of the harness holder as shown below. 4
a b

Fig. 4-479

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 191
c. Be sure to wire the belt unit harness to the hooks [1] and [2] of the harness holder as shown below.
d. Be sure to wire the harness as shown below to prevent it from being caught by the cover.
c [1]

[1] [1] [2]

Fig. 4-480

(1) Open the side cover.

(2) Press down the lever [1] and remove the fuser unit [2].

[1]
[2]

[1]

Fig. 4-481

Notes:
• The fuser unit is extremely hot. When removing the fuser unit, hold the handles of the unit to
avoid a direct touch on the unit.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 192
 • When installing the fuser unit, be sure to press it in until the lever goes up. If the lever goes
down, the fuser unit has not been correctly installed.

Fig. 4-482

Fig. 4-483

• “3HH” is marked on the fuser unit for 45ppm/50ppm for identification. “3HL” is marked on the
fuser unit for 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm.

Fig. 4-484

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 193
 • To avoid incorrect assembly, the fixing position of the bracket differs between the fuser units
for 45ppm/50ppm and 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm.
45ppm/50ppm

Fig. 4-485

25ppm/30ppm/35ppm

Fig. 4-486

4.9.2 Front side cover

(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the front side cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-487

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 194
4.9.3 Rear side cover
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the rear side cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-488

Notes:
When installing the cover, put the harness into the harness guides so that it will not be pinched
by the cover.

4.9.4 Separation finger

(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-489

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 195
 (3) Open the guide [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-490

(4) Release the latch [2] and take off the sensor cover [3].

[3]

[2]

Fig. 4-491

(5) Remove 2 screws, and then take off the separation fingers [4] and springs [5].

[4]

[5]

Fig. 4-492

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 196
 4

Fig. 4-493

Notes:
Be careful not to pull springs out too far.

4.9.5 Separation guide <25ppm/30ppm/35ppm>

(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove the front side cover.
 P. 4-194 “4.9.2 Front side cover”
(3) Remove the rear side cover.
 P. 4-195 “4.9.3 Rear side cover”
(4) Remove 3 screws and take off the separation guide [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-494

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 197
4.9.6 Exit sensor (S13)
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-495

(3) Open the guide [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-496

(4) Release the latch [2] and take off the sensor cover [3].

[3]

[2]

Fig. 4-497

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 198
 (5) Remove the actuator [4] and spring [5].

[4]
[5]

Fig. 4-498

(6) Take off the exit sensor [5]. Disconnect 1 connector [7] from the exit sensor [6].

[7]
[6]

Fig. 4-499

4.9.7 Paper exit guide

(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove the front side cover.
 P. 4-194 “4.9.2 Front side cover”
(3) Remove the rear side cover.
 P. 4-195 “4.9.3 Rear side cover”
(4) Disconnect 1 connector [1] and release the cable from the clamp.

[1]

Fig. 4-500

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 199
 (5) Remove 2 screws and take off the paper exit guide [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-501

4.9.8 Fuser belt

(1) Remove the paper exit guide.
 P. 4-199 “4.9.7 Paper exit guide”
(2) Remove 1 screw and 2 harnesses [2] from the harness holder [1]. Take off the harness holder [1].

[2]
[2]

[1]

Fig. 4-502

(3) Remove 2 screws and release 2 harnesses [4] from the harness holder [3].
Remove the released harnesses from the clamp.

[3]

[4]

[4]

Fig. 4-503

Notes:
Connect the harnesses as shown in the figure.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 200
 (4) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-504

(5) Remove 4 screws and the frame [5].

[5]

Fig. 4-505

(6) Remove 3 screws from the front side, and take off the plate [6].
(7) Remove the gear [7].

Fig. 4-506

Notes:
• When removing, check that the pressure roller contact/release cam [8] is located at the
release position, and also that the fuser belt and pressure roller are released.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 201
 Contact position.

Fig. 4-507

Release position.

Fig. 4-508

• When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply an appropriate

amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [9] and the points [10] where the shaft
[9] and the bracket contact.

[10]
[9]

Fig. 4-509

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 202
 (8) Remove 1 screw in the rear side.

Fig. 4-510

(9) Remove 2 screws, and then disconnect the drawer connector [11].

Fig. 4-511

(10) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-512

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 203
 (11) Release the harness [12] from the harness guides [18] and harness clamp [19].

Fig. 4-513

(12) Remove the fuser belt unit [13].

Fig. 4-514

(13) Remove the collar [14], and then take off the fuser belt [15] from the front side.

Fig. 4-515

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 204
 4

Fig. 4-516

Notes: Replacing procedure

1. When replacing the fuser belt, pour the entire amount of oil into the fuser belt without spilling
it. This should be done from the rear side where there is no gear.
2. Raise the fuser belt (front side: gear side down), and let the oil flow toward the front side. This
should be done until around the center of the belt.
3. Hold the fuser belt holding unit with one hand, and insert the fuser belt into the unit, pressing
the edge thermistor and the sliding sheet to the inside.
4. Slowly insert the fuser belt while turning it counterclockwise.
Notes:
• When installing the fuser belt, be careful not to let the silicon oil on the fuser belt lubricating
sheet come in contact with the surface of the fuser belt. After installing, check that there is no
silicon oil on the fuser belt. If silicon oil is running over more than 25 mm from the edge of the
fuser belt, wipe it off using alcohol. If 25 mm or less, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
• Take care so that no damage or stains are detected on the fuser belt.
• After reassembling the fuser belt, check that there is no scratch on the surface and the edges
of the belt, and check that the grease has not adhered on the belt surface.
• When installing the fuser belt, mount its center and edge thermistors inside of the belt by
holding them with your fingers, paying attention not to deform them.
• Be sure to hold the thermistor lightly so as not to deform it when holding it.

Fig. 4-517

• Handle the thermistor carefully so as not to deform and put it into the inside of fuser belt.
• When installing the fuser belt, pay attention that it is not caught with the harness.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 205
 • After a new fuser belt is installed in the frame of the fuser unit, be sure to remove the
protection sheet [16] attached to the belt to avoid damaging or staining its surface.

Fig. 4-518

• Be careful that the thermistor [17] of the fuser unit is not deformed when it is placed after the
removal of the fuser belt. The thermistor may be deformed if it is made to come to the lower
side by turning the fuser unit.

Fig. 4-519

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 206
4.9.9 Front fuser oil recovery sheet 2 / Front fuser oil recovery sheet 1
(1) Remove the fuser belt unit.
 P. 4-200 “4.9.8 Fuser belt”
(2) Remove the front fuser oil recovery sheet 2 [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-520

(3) Remove the bushing [2], and then take off the bearing [3].

[3]

[2]

Fig. 4-521

(4) Remove the front fuser oil recovery sheet 1 [4].

[4]

Fig. 4-522

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 207
4.9.10 Rear fuser oil recovery sheet
(1) Remove the fuser belt unit.
 P. 4-200 “4.9.8 Fuser belt”
(2) Remove the rear fuser oil recovery sheet [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-523

Notes:
Be sure to insert the rear fuser oil recovery sheet [1] until it is securely hooked by the 2 latches as
shown below. Otherwise, the oil in the fuser belt may leak.

Fig. 4-524

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 208
4.9.11 Fuser belt lubricating sheet / Fuser belt pad
(1) Remove the fuser belt.
 P. 4-200 “4.9.8 Fuser belt”
(2) Remove 3 screws (25ppm/30ppm/35ppm: M2.6, 45ppm/50ppm: M3).

Fig. 4-525

Notes:
• When handling the inside of the fuser belt unit, position a towel or cushion so that no pressure
is applied to the shield [1].
• Be sure to secure the 5 screws (M2.6/M3), otherwise they come off and this will cause the
damage of the fuser belt.

(3) Remove the fuser belt pad [2], and then take off the fuser belt lubricating sheet [3].

Fig. 4-526

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 209
 Notes:
• When installing the fuser belt pad, align the 5 latches with the holes of fuser belt lubricating
sheet.

Fig. 4-527

• When installing the fuser belt lubricating sheet, align 5 latches with the notches of the fuser
belt unit.

Fig. 4-528

• Check that there is no foreign matter adhering on the fuser belt lubricating sheet. Reassemble
immediately to prevent any foreign matter from adhering.
When reassembling, check that there is no foreign matter adhering on the fuser belt
lubricating sheet, fuser belt pad, and fuser belt pad plate.

Fig. 4-529

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 210
4.9.12 Fuser belt center thermistor (THM1) / edge thermistor (THM2) /
thermostat (THMO1)
Notes:
• If the thermistor/thermostat is not installed appropriately when it is replaced or installed, it may
not work normally. If you carry out the maintenance of the equipment in such a situation, they
may result in fatal accidents such as explosion or fire. Therefore, to avoid this, be sure to
perform correct handling and installation.
• Replace the fuser belt unit with a new one for exchanging the fuser belt center thermistor,
fuser belt edge thermistor and fuser belt unit thermostat.
• Do not disassemble in the field, since the installing dimensions of safety parts (thermistors/
thermostats) cannot be secured. 4
(1) Remove the fuser belt pad and fuser belt lubricating sheet.
 P. 4-209 “4.9.11 Fuser belt lubricating sheet / Fuser belt pad”

Fig. 4-530

Notes:
• Be careful that the thermistor of the fuser unit is not deformed when it is placed after the
removal of the fuser belt. The thermistor may be deformed if it is made to come to the lower
side by turning the fuser unit.
- The figure shows the 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm models.

Fig. 4-531

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 211
 - The figure shows the 45ppm/50ppm models.
“50” is marked on the fuser belt unit for 45ppm/50ppm for identification.

Fig. 4-532

4.9.13 Pressure roller

Notes:
The pressure spring differs between the 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm and 45ppm/50ppm models.
• 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm: Silver
• 45ppm/50ppm: Black

(1) Remove the fuser belt.

 P. 4-200 “4.9.8 Fuser belt”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-533

(3) Remove the 1 E-ring [2] and 2 gears [3].

[3]

[2]

[3]

Fig. 4-534

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 212
 Notes:
• When replacing the parts or performing preventive maintenance, apply an appropriate
amount of white grease (HP-300) to the shaft [4] and the point [5] where the shaft [4] and the
bracket contact.
• Apply 3 rice-sized grains of white grease (HP-300) to the tooth surface of the gear [6].

4
[6] [6]

[4]
[5]

Fig. 4-535

(4) Remove 1 screw on the rear side and take off the bracket.

Fig. 4-536

(5) Pull out the pressure roller [7] toward the rear side and remove it.

Fig. 4-537

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 213
 Fig. 4-538

4.9.14 IH-COIL
Notes:
Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.

(1) Remove the fuser unit.

 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove the tray rear cover.
 P. 4-2 “4.1.4 Tray rear cover”
(3) Remove the IH board cover.
 P. 9-10 “9.1.7 IH board”
(4) Remove 2 screws, and release 2 harnesses [1] from the harness holder [2].

Fig. 4-539

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 214
 Notes:
• Wire the IH harness as shown in the figure and secure the terminals horizontally.
• There is a risk of a fire resulting from the heat caused by the contact failure of the screws. To
avoid this, confirm that the screws are not loosened.

Fig. 4-540

• When assembling, wire the IH harness pulled out from the rear frame by aligning it to the
inside of the harness holder as shown in the figure so that there is no warp.

Fig. 4-541

(5) Release 2 harnesses from 3 harness clamps.

Fig. 4-542

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 215
 (6) Remove 1 screw and take off the stopper [3].

Fig. 4-543

Notes:
When the IH coil is installed, put its hook on the back side of the stopper.

Fig. 4-544

(7) Lift the IH-COIL [4].

Fig. 4-545

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 216
 (8) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-546

(9) Pull out 2 harnesses and remove the IH-COIL [4].

Fig. 4-547

Notes:
The IH coil [4] differs between the 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm and 45ppm/50ppm models.
Refer to the mark indicated in the figure to identify the corresponding model.
25ppm/30ppm/35ppm: “2HL”
45ppm/50ppm: “2HH”
The figure shows 45ppm/50ppm.

Fig. 4-548

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 217
4.9.15 Fuser belt rotation detection sensor (S27)
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 1 screw, and take off the mold [1].
(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and remove the fuser belt rotation detection sensor [3].

Fig. 4-549

Notes:
When installing, attach the mold projection [4] to the frame.

Fig. 4-550

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 218
4.9.16 Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor (S29)
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove 1 screw, and take off the plate [1].
(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and remove the pressure roller contact/release detection sensor
[3].

Fig. 4-551

4.9.17 Fuser motor (M4)

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove 3 screws, and take off the fuser motor [1].
(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2].

[1]

[2]

Fig. 4-552

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 219
4.9.18 Fuser drive unit
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove the SYS board case.
 P. 9-5 “9.1.5 SYS board case”
(3) Release the harnesses from the harness clamps [15]. Remove 2 screws and take off the plate
[1].

[15] [15]

[15]

[15]

[15] [1]

Fig. 4-553

(4) Release the harness from harness clamps [16], and disconnect 2 connectors [2].

[16] [16]

[2]

Fig. 4-554

(5) Remove 4 screws, and take off the fuser drive unit [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-555

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 220
 (6) Remove the spring [4].

[4]

Fig. 4-556

(7) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [5].

[5]

Fig. 4-557

(8) Remove the bearing [6], gear [7], and pin.

[6]

[7]

Fig. 4-558

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 221
 Fig. 4-559

Notes:
For 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm models, the bearing [6] is replaced with the bushing.

(9) Remove the clip [8] and gear [9].

[8]

[9]

Fig. 4-560

(10) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [10], bushing [11].

[10]

[11]

Fig. 4-561

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 222
 (11) Remove the gear [12], E-ring [13] and one-way clutch [14].

[13]

[12]
[14]

Fig. 4-562

Notes:
• When installing the one-way clutch [14], align the direction of the arrow shown on it to that on
the plate.
• When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply an appropriate amount of
white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shafts and the tooth surfaces of the gears.

Fig. 4-563

4.9.19 Pressure roller contact/release motor (M13)

(1) Remove the fuser drive unit.
 P. 4-220 “4.9.18 Fuser drive unit”
(2) Remove the spring [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-564

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 223
 (3) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-565

(4) Remove the shaft [3] and gear [4].

[3]

[4]

Fig. 4-566

(5) Remove the bearing [5], gear [6], and pin.

[5]

[6]

Fig. 4-567

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 224
 (6) Remove the screw [7] and the lever [8].

[7]

[8]

Fig. 4-568

(7) Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket [9].

[9]

Fig. 4-569

(8) Remove 2 screws and take off the pressure roller contact/release motor [10].

[10]

Fig. 4-570

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 225
4.9.20 IH board cooling fan (F6)
(1) Remove the high-voltage transformer.
 P. 9-15 “9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)”
(2) Remove the SYS board case.
 P. 9-5 “9.1.5 SYS board case”
(3) Release the harness from harness clamps [6], remove 2 screws and take off the plate [1].

Fig. 4-571

(4) Disconnect 19 connectors connected to the LGC board.

Fig. 4-572

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 226
 (5) Remove 3 flat cables [2].

Fig. 4-573

Notes:
• When installing/removing, be careful not to damage the connection part of the flat cables [2].
• Do not use the flat cables [2] whose connection parts are peeled off or damaged.
• When installing, straightly insert the flat cables [2] to the innermost of the connectors (until the
lines marked on the flat cables are concealed inside the connectors) securely.

Fig. 4-574

• When installing, make sure that the line marked on the flat cables [2] and connectors are
parallel to each other. Be careful not to insert them at an angle.

Fig. 4-575

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 227
 (6) Remove 3 screws and take off the bracket [3].

Fig. 4-576

(7) Remove 7 screws and take off the LGC board case [4] by sliding it toward the right side.

Fig. 4-577

Notes:
Hold the LGC board case and remove it.

(8) Remove 2 screws and release the harness from the harness clamps [6].

Fig. 4-578

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 228
 (9) Disconnect 1 connector and remove the IH board cooling fan [5].

Fig. 4-579

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 229
4.10 Paper Exit and Reverse Sections

4.10.1 Reverse unit

(1) Remove the right rear cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.11 Right rear cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw, and take off the connector cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-580

(3) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-581

(4) Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and remove the switch unit [3].

Fig. 4-582

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 230
 (5) Disconnect the 1 connector [4], remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-583

(6) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-584

Notes:
The screw on the front side is a shoulder screw. When installing, exercise care not to confuse it
with other kinds of screws.

(7) Lift the rear side [6] of the reverse unit [5] to release the rear side hook. Slide the reverse unit [5]
to the rear side [7] and release the front side insertion. Pull out the reverse unit [5] by tilting it [8].

[6]
[5]
[7]

[8]

Fig. 4-585

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 231
 Notes:
• When installing, align the duct [9] in the front side of the reverse unit with the projection [10]
on the equipment side.

Fig. 4-586

• Pay attention to the attachment position of the screw.

Fig. 4-587

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 232
4.10.2 Paper exit unit
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
 P. 4-191 “4.9.1 Fuser unit”
(2) Remove the reverse unit.
 P. 4-230 “4.10.1 Reverse unit”
(3) Remove 3 screws and take off the paper exit unit [1].

Fig. 4-588

Notes:
When installing the paper exit unit, align the protrusion [5] on the rear of the bottom of the screw
hole with the frame hole, and fit the drive gear shaft into the bearing [4].

[4]

[5]

Fig. 4-589

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 233
4.10.3 Lower exit roller
(1) Remove the paper exit unit.
 P. 4-233 “4.10.2 Paper exit unit”
(2) Remove 2 E-rings [1], 1 gear [2], and 1 bushing [3].

Fig. 4-590

Fig. 4-591

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 234
 (3) Remove 1 E-ring [4] and 1 bushing [5].

Fig. 4-592

Fig. 4-593

(4) Remove the lower exit roller [6], and then take off the 2 idling rollers [7] and 2 springs [8].

Fig. 4-594

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 235
 Notes:
When replacing the idling roller or idling roller shaft, apply 1 rice sized grain of white grease
(Molykote EM-30L) evenly around the 2 places [9] shown in the figure.

[9]

[9]

Fig. 4-595

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 236
4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5)
(1) Remove the reverse unit.
 P. 4-230 “4.10.1 Reverse unit”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1], remove 3 screws, and take off the reverse motor unit [2].

Fig. 4-596

Notes:
When installing the motor unit, exercise care not to forget to attach the timing belt [3].

Fig. 4-597

(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [4], remove 2 screws, and take off the reverse motor [5].

Fig. 4-598

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 237
4.10.5 Reverse gate solenoid (SOL2)
(1) Remove the reverse motor unit.
 P. 4-237 “4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5)”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-599

(3) Remove the harness from the harness guides.

(4) Remove the 1 spring [2].

[2]

Fig. 4-600

(5) Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-601

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 238
 (6) Lift up the plunger [3] and take off the reverse gate solenoid [4] and 2 brackets [5] together.

[4]

[5] [3]

[5]
4

Fig. 4-602

(7) Remove the plunger [3].

[3]

Fig. 4-603

Notes:
When installing, insert the mold at the edge of the plunger [3] into the groove of the reverse unit.

4.10.6 Upper exit roller

(1) Remove the reverse motor unit.
 P. 4-237 “4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5)”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1].

[1]

Fig. 4-604

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 239
 (3) Remove the 2 springs [2] applying pressure to the idling roller.
[2]

[2]

Fig. 4-605

(4) Remove the 1 gear [3], 1 clip [4], 1 bushing (metal) [5], and 1 bushing (resin) [6], then take off the
upper exit roller [7].

[6]
[7]
[4]

Fig. 4-606

[7]
[5]
[3]

Fig. 4-607

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 240
 Notes:
When replacing the idling roller or idling roller shaft, apply 1 rice sized grain of white grease
(Molykote EM-30L) to the 2 place [8] shown in the figure 1 lap evenly.

[8]
4
[8]

Fig. 4-608

4.10.7 Reverse roller

(1) Remove the reverse motor unit.
 P. 4-237 “4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5)”
(2) Remove the 1 gear [1], 1 clip [2], 1 bushing (metal) [3], and 1 bushing (resin) [5], then take off the
revers roller [4].

[5]
[4] [2]

Fig. 4-609

[3]
[1] [4]

Fig. 4-610

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 241
4.10.8 Exit section cooling fan (F7)
(1) Remove the inner cover.
 P. 4-11 “4.1.19 Front cover interlock switch (SW2)”
(2) Remove the front right cover.
 P. 4-7 “4.1.14 Front right cover”
(3) Disconnect 1 connector [1] and remove 1 screw, and then take off the duct [2].

Fig. 4-611

(4) Release the harness from the harness guides, and then remove the exit section cooling fan [3].

Fig. 4-612

Fig. 4-613

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 242
4.11 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU)

4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)

(1) Open the side cover.
(2) Remove the right front cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.10 Right front cover”
(3) Remove the right rear cover.
 P. 4-5 “4.1.11 Right rear cover”
(4) Disconnect the 3 connectors [1], and release the harness from harness clamps [2]. Remove 1
screw and take off the ground wire [3].
4

Fig. 4-614

(5) Remove 1 screw and take off the wire end bracket [4] by holding up the automatic duplexing unit
and sliding the bracket toward the rear side.

Fig. 4-615

Notes:
• When removing/attaching the wire end bracket, be sure to hold up the automatic duplexing
unit so that the opening angle becomes smaller.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 243
 • After removing the wire end bracket, hang it on the hook of the frame so that the spring of the
wire does not come off.

Fig. 4-616

(6) Raise the rear hinge [5] and slide it outward, and then remove the rear shaft.

Fig. 4-617

Notes:
During installation, turn the rear hinge downward, and then install the right rear cover.

(7) Slightly lift up the automatic duplexing unit [6] and slide it toward the rear side to remove it.

Fig. 4-618

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 244
 Notes:
When installing the automatic duplexing unit, fit the boss to the hole in the front hinge.

Fig. 4-619

4.11.2 Bypass feed clutch (CLT3)

(1) Remove the automatic duplexing unit.
 P. 4-243 “4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)”
(2) Release the harness from the harness guides [1].
(3) Remove 1 screw and take off the clutch cover [2].

Fig. 4-620

(4) Disconnect 1 connector [3] and take off the bypass feed clutch [4].

Fig. 4-621

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 245
 Notes:
When installing the feed clutch, attach a rotation stopper.

Fig. 4-622

4.11.3 Transport unit

(1) Remove the 2nd transfer unit.
 P. 4-178 “4.7.9 2nd transfer unit (TRU)”
(2) Remove the bypass feed clutch.
 P. 4-245 “4.11.2 Bypass feed clutch (CLT3)”
(3) Remove the registration roller (Rubber).
 P. 4-67 “4.5.9 Registration roller (on the ADU side)”
(4) Disconnect the 1 connector [1].

Fig. 4-623

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 246
 (5) Remove 7 screws and take off the rear bracket [2] of the transport unit.

Fig. 4-624

(6) Disconnect the 1 connector [3].

Fig. 4-625

(7) Remove 1 screw and take off the stopper [4].

Fig. 4-626

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 247
 (8) Remove 5 screws and take off the front bracket [5] of the transport unit.

Fig. 4-627

(9) Remove the bypass separation roller [6], 3 springs [7], paper guide (lower) [8], and paper guide
(upper) [9].

Fig. 4-628

(10) Remove 2 screws and take off the paper guide (middle) [10].

Fig. 4-629

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 248
4.11.4 ADU guide assembly
(1) Remove the automatic duplexing unit.
 P. 4-243 “4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)”
(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1].

Fig. 4-630

(3) Remove 6 screws.

(4) Remove the bypass feed clutch.
 P. 4-245 “4.11.2 Bypass feed clutch (CLT3)”

Fig. 4-631

(5) Remove 1 screw for earth wire.

Fig. 4-632

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 249
 (6) Remove the ADU guide assembly [2] by sliding it toward you.

Fig. 4-633

4.11.5 ADU middle cover

(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove 4 screws, and take off the ADU upper cover [1].

Fig. 4-634

(3) Disconnect the 2 connectors [2].

Fig. 4-635

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 250
 Notes:
For 45/50ppm, disconnect the connector [3] of the fuser unit cooling fan 2.

Fig. 4-636

(4) Remove 3 screws, and take off the ADU middle cover [4].

Fig. 4-637

Notes:
When taking off the ADU middle cover [4], hold the side of assembly [5].

Fig. 4-638

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 251
4.11.6 ADU control PC board (ADU board) (ADU)
(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove 2 springs, and take off the side cover release lever [1].

Fig. 4-639

(3) Disconnect the 3 connectors [2] and remove 1 screw for ground cable [3].

Fig. 4-640

(4) Remove 2 screws, and take off the ADU control PC board (ADU board) [4].

Fig. 4-641

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 252
4.11.7 ADU motor (M12)
(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove 2 springs, and take off the side cover release lever [1].

Fig. 4-642

(3) Remove 3 screws.

Fig. 4-643

(4) Disconnect the 1 connector [2] and take off the ADU motor assembly [3].

Fig. 4-644

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 253
 (5) Remove 2 screws, and take off the ADU motor [4].

Fig. 4-645

4.11.8 ADU entrance sensor (S14)

(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1], release the latch, and take off the ADU entrance sensor [2].

Fig. 4-646

4.11.9 ADU exit sensor (S15)

(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1], release the latch, and take off the ADU exit sensor [2].

Fig. 4-647

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 254
4.11.10 Transport roller (Upper and lower)
(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove the transport roller [1] and drive belt [2].

Fig. 4-648

Notes:
• Be sure to attach the belt when carrying out installation.
• When taking off the transport roller, bend the rib [3] to remove the collar [4], slide the shaft [5]
onto the rib, and then take off the collar [6] on the opposite side to pull out the shaft.

Fig. 4-649

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 255
 • When replacing both the transport roller and the collar, or performing machine refreshment,
apply an appropriate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) inside of the collars [7].
When applying the grease, make sure that the grease is not running over.
Grease might run out before the machine refreshment depending on frequency of use, apply
an appropriate amount of grease as necessary.

[7]

Fig. 4-650

4.11.11 Reverse sensor (S26)

(1) Remove the ADU middle cover.
 P. 4-250 “4.11.5 ADU middle cover”
(2) Disconnect 1 connector [2], and release 2 latches, and take off the reverse sensor [1].

Fig. 4-651

4.11.12 Side cover interlock switch (SW3)

Notes:
If the interlock switch is not installed appropriately when it is replaced or installed, it may not work
normally. If you carry out the maintenance of the equipment in such a situation, you could get an
electric shock by touching live sections or be injured by touching moving sections. Therefore, to
avoid this, be sure to perform correct handling and installation.

(1) Remove the reverse unit.

 P. 4-230 “4.10.1 Reverse unit”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 256
 (2) Remove 2 screws and take off the side cover interlock switch cover [1].

Fig. 4-652

(3) Release the latches and take off the side cover interlock switch [2]. Disconnect 2 connectors [3].

Fig. 4-653

4.11.13 Fuser unit cooling fan 1 (F4)

(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove 4 screws and take off the ADU front cover [1].

Fig. 4-654

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 257
 (3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and take off the fuser unit cooling fan [3].
Notes:
Install the fuser cooling fan so that the harness passes through the harness guides in the ADU
middle cover.

Fig. 4-655

4.11.14 Fuser unit cooling fan 2 (F9)

(1) Remove the ADU guide assembly.
 P. 4-249 “4.11.4 ADU guide assembly”
(2) Remove 4 screws and take off the ADU front cover [1].

Fig. 4-656

(3) Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and release 2 latches, and take off the fuser unit cooling fan 2 [3].

Fig. 4-657

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 258
4.12 Removal and Installation of Options
Important:
Before installing or removing options, turn the main power switch off and disconnect the power
cable from the outlet.

4.12.1 Dual Scan Document Feeder

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover” 4
(5) Remove the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(6) Take off the connector cover.

Fig. 4-658

(7) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-659

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 259
 (8) Remove 2 connector covers.

Fig. 4-660

(9) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-661

(10) Remove 4 screws and take off 2 brackets.

Fig. 4-662

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 260
 (11) Remove 2 screws and 2 washers.

Fig. 4-663

(12) Remove the right hinge clearance cover.

Fig. 4-664

(13) Open the dual scan document feeder. Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-665

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 261
 (14) Remove the dual scan document feeder by sliding it toward the rear side.

Fig. 4-666

4.12.2 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Take off the connector cover.

Fig. 4-667

(5) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-668

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 262
 (6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-669

(7) Remove 2 screws and take off 1 bracket.

Fig. 4-670

(8) Remove the cover.

Fig. 4-671

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 263
 (9) Remove 2 screws and 2 washers.

Fig. 4-672

(10) Open the reversing automatic document feeder. Remove 2 screws.

Fig. 4-673

(11) Remove the reversing automatic document feeder by sliding it toward the rear side.

Fig. 4-674

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 264
4.12.3 Paper Feed Pedestal
(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove 1 screw and take off the cover.

Fig. 4-675

(5) Remove 1 screw and take off the harness holder.

Fig. 4-676

(6) Remove 1 screw and disconnect the ground cable. Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-677

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 265
 (7) Install the harness holder with 1 screw.

B
A

Fig. 4-678

(8) Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the rear side.

Fig. 4-679

(9) Install the cover.

Fig. 4-680

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 266
 (10) Pull out the drawer.

Fig. 4-681

(11) Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side.

Fig. 4-682

(12) Install the drawer.

Fig. 4-683

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 267
 (13) Lift the equipment up and remove the paper feed pedestal.

Fig. 4-684

4.12.4 Large Capacity Feeder

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove 1 screw and take off the cover.

Fig. 4-685

(5) Remove 1 screw and take off the harness holder.

Fig. 4-686

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 268
 (6) Disconnect 2 connectors. Remove 1 screw and disconnect the ground cable.
[1] Damp heater harness
[2] Signal harness

4
JPD

[2] [1]

Fig. 4-687

(7) Install the harness holder with 1 screw.

B
A

Fig. 4-688

(8) Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the rear side.

Fig. 4-689

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 269
 (9) Install the cover.

Fig. 4-690

(10) Pull out the drawer.

Fig. 4-691

(11) Pull out the large capacity feeder drawer.

Fig. 4-692

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 270
 (12) Install the right drawer.

Fig. 4-693

(13) Remove 4 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side.

Fig. 4-694

(14) Install the large capacity feeder drawer.

Fig. 4-695

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 271
 (15) Install the drawer.

Fig. 4-696

(16) Lift the equipment up and remove the large capacity feeder.

Fig. 4-697

4.12.5 Bridge kit

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Open the side cover. Remove 1 screw and take off the connector cover.

Fig. 4-698

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 272
 (5) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-699

(6) Remove 1 screw and take off the front cover of the bridge kit.

Fig. 4-700

(7) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-701

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 273
 (8) Remove 2 screws and take off the fixing bracket.

Fig. 4-702

(9) Lift the bridge kit up to pull out the hook, and pull the bridge kit toward the front side to remove it.

Fig. 4-703

4.12.6 Inner finisher

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the connector cover.

Fig. 4-704

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 274
 (5) Disconnect the connector.

Fig. 4-705

(6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-706

(7) Open the finisher cover.

Fig. 4-707

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 275
 (8) Press the button to release the lock. Pull out the finisher.

Fig. 4-708

(9) Remove 1 screw and take off 1 bracket.

Fig. 4-709

(10) Return the finisher to the installation position temporarily by sliding it.

Fig. 4-710

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 276
 (11) Remove 3 screws and take off the cover.

Fig. 4-711

(12) Remove 1 screw.

Fig. 4-712

(13) Remove the finisher.

Fig. 4-713

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 277
4.12.7 Saddle stitch finisher
(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the connector cover.

Fig. 4-714

(5) Disconnect the connector.

Fig. 4-715

(6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-716

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 278
 (7) Open the finisher cover and remove 1 fixing screw. Pull out the lever.

Fig. 4-717

(8) Remove the finisher.

Fig. 4-718

4.12.8 Saddle stitch finisher (Hole punch unit)

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the connector cover.

Fig. 4-719

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 279
 (5) Disconnect the connector.

Fig. 4-720

(6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-721

(7) Take off the cover of the hole punch unit lower side.

Fig. 4-722

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 280
 (8) Open the finisher cover and remove 1 fixing screw. Pull out the lever.

Fig. 4-723

(9) Take off the finisher with the hole punch unit.
Notes:
Be careful not to fell the finisher when moving only the finisher unit.

Fig. 4-724

4.12.9 Finisher
(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut down the machine.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the machine off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the connector cover.

Fig. 4-725

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 281
 (5) Disconnect the connector.

Fig. 4-726

(6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-727

(7) Open the finisher cover and remove 1 fixing screw. Pull out the lever.

Fig. 4-728

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 282
 (8) Remove the finisher.

Fig. 4-729

4.12.10 Finisher (Hole punch unit)

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut down the machine.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the machine off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the connector cover.

Fig. 4-730

(5) Disconnect the connector.

Fig. 4-731

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 283
 (6) Install the connector cover.

Fig. 4-732

(7) Take off the cover of the hole punch unit lower side.

Fig. 4-733

(8) Remove 1 fixing screw and pull out the lever.

Fig. 4-734

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 284
 (9) Take off the finisher with the hole punch unit.
Notes:
Be careful not to fell the finisher when moving only the finisher unit.

Fig. 4-735

4.12.11 Job separator

(1) Press the [Power] button on the control panel to shut it down.
(2) Turn the main power switch of the equipment off.
(3) Disconnect the power cable.
(4) Remove the tray.

Fig. 4-736

(5) Open the side cover. Remove 1 screw and take off the connector cover.

Fig. 4-737

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 285
 (6) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 4-738

(7) Remove 2 screws and take off the job separator.

Fig. 4-739

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT
4 - 286
5. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

5.1 Overview
This equipment consists of two servicing menus which have different start-up methods. Setting and
adjustment can be performed by entering into a mode such as [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE] or [49
Firmware Update] from each menu.

• FS Menu

Mode Contents
03 TEST MODE Checks the status of input/output signals.
04 TEST PRINT MODE Outputs the test patterns.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE Adjusts various items. 5
08 SETTING MODE Sets various items.
20 PM SUPPORT MODE Clears each counter.
30 LIST PRINT MODE Prints various lists or outputs them in a CSV format.
31 CHART PRINT MODE Prints the charts.
FAX 11 FAX CLEAR MODE Sets the fax board.
12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE Outputs the contents set for the fax functions.
13 FAX FUNCTION MODE Sets the fax functions.
19 RAM EDIT MODE This is the mode for the special settings. (This is not used
generally.)
35 DATA BACKUP/RESTORE MODE Backs up or restores data.
36 CLONING Creates and installs clone files.
37 LICENSE MANAGEMENT Manages the license of applications.

• HS Menu

Mode Contents
01 Control Panel Check Checks various contents regarding the LCD, LED, hard keys and
digital keys on the control panel.
49 Firmware Update Performs firmware update with a USB storage device.
59 SRAM Data Cloning Backs up the SRAM data to a USB storage device.
73 Firmware Assist Clears error flags or SRAM, or safely deletes data in the HDD or
SRAM to support the replacement of the SYS board, SRAM or
HDD.
74 HDD Assist Assists the Security HDD by checking the type of the mounted
HDD or removing keys.
75 File System Recovery Checks, recovers or initializes the file system (HDD).
76 SRAM Maintenance Recovers the equipment from particular errors such as F800 or
F900.

* Only the modes which are available for this equipment are displayed on each menu.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-1
[A] Starting each Menu

Menu Mode*1 Operation

FS Menu → Enter a service → 03 TEST MODE → SELF-
password and DIAGNOSIS
[FUNCTION press [OK]. CODE
CLEAR] 04 TEST PRINT MODE → SELF-
+ DIAGNOSIS
[START] CODE
+
[POWER ON] 05 ADJUSTMENT → CLASSIC*2 → SELF-
MODE DIAGNOSIS
CODE
08 SETTING MODE → CLASSIC*2 → SELF-
DIAGNOSIS
CODE
20 PM SUPPORT → 5.8
MODE
30 LIST PRINT MODE → 5.9
31 CHART PRINT → 5.10
MODE
FAX → SELF-
• 11 FAX CLEAR DIAGNOSIS
MODE CODE
• 12 FAX LIST PRINT
MODE
• 13 FAX FUNCTION
MODE
• 19 RAM EDIT
MODE*3
35 DATA BACKUP/ → 5.12
RESTORE MODE
36 CLONING → 5.13
37 LICENSE → 5.14
MANAGEMENT
HS Menu → Enter a service → 01 Control Panel Check → 5.15
password and 49 Firmware Update → 11.2.4
[HOME] press [OK].
+ 59 SRAM Data Cloning → 12.1.4
[START] 73 Firmware Assist → 5.16
+ 74 HDD Assist → 5.17
[POWER ON]
75 File System Recovery → 5.18
76 SRAM Maintenance → 5.19
*1 FS menu: Select the mode and press [Next]. HS menu: Select the icon of the mode.
*2 Press [Classic] displayed at the upper right of the menu.
*3 This is not used generally.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-2
[B] Cancellation of the self-diagnostic mode
The modes, which can be entered from [FS Menu], can be canceled by the following methods.
• When [FS Menu] is displayed on the screen:
Press [FS Menu] to return to the menu screen. Press [NORMAL].
The self-diagnostic mode finishes and the [HOME] screen appears. Rebooting/non-rebooting of the
equipment will be performed depending on the mode worked and the code operated.
• When only [Return] is displayed on the screen:
Press [Return] for several times until [FS Menu] is displayed on the screen. When [FS Menu]
appears, press it.
• When neither [Return] nor [FS Menu] are displayed on the screen:
Press the [ON/OFF] button and perform the shut-down operation on the screen displayed.

To cancel the modes which can be entered from [HS Menu], press the [ON/OFF] button for a few
seconds to shut down the equipment.
5

[C] State transition diagram of self-diagnosis modes

Normal FS Menu HS Menu

[POWER] ON [FUNCTION [HOME]

CLEAR] +
+ [START]
[START] +
+ [POWER]ON
[POWER]ON

Authentication Authentication
Warming up
screen screen

FS Menu HS Menu

Ready Each mode Each mode

[POWER] OFF

To user

Fig.5-1

* Be sure to cancel the self-diagnostic mode before customers start using the equipment.

[D] Changing/setting of the service password

(1) The [SETTINGS] screen is displayed by press [SETTINGS] on [FS Menu].
(2) Press [Service Password] to change or reset the service password.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-3
5.2 Description rule for each menu and mode
The description of the self-diagnostic code in this document complies with the rule below.

Example

FS-08-1234-56
Menu symbol
Mode symbol
Code
Sub code

Fig.5-2

1. Symbol for the menu

FS: FS Menu (Starting by pressing the [ON/OFF] button while pushing the [FUNCTION CLEAR] and
[START] buttons simultaneously.)
HS: HS Menu (Starting by pressing the [ON/OFF] button while pushing the [HOME] and [START]
buttons simultaneously.)
2. Symbol for the mode
The first two digits of each mode
3. Code
The number of the code
4. Sub code
This will only be given when a sub code exists.

[A] FS Menu
[05 ADJUSTMENT MODE] or [08 SETTING MODE]:
[FS-05-1234-56] or [Perform FS-05-1234-56] is taken for explanation purposes.
(1) Start FS Menu by pressing the [ON/OFF] button while pushing the [FUNCTION CLEAR] and
[START] buttons simultaneously.

Fig.5-3

(2) Select [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE] and press [Next].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-4
 (3) Press [Classic] on the upper right of the menu to display the adjustment mode menu.

Fig.5-4

(4) By using the digital keys displayed on the screen, enter [1], [2], [3], [4] and then press the
[START] button. Enter the sub codes [5] and [6] and then press the [START] button.
(5) Carry out the adjustment by following the instructions displayed on the screen or press the
[START] button.

[03 TEST MODE]:

The key-pressing procedure for the modes, which are set by the combination of the [F1], [F2] and [F3]
keys, are described as below.
[F1: ON]: Only F1 is turned ON.
[F1, 2: ON]: F1 and F2 are turned ON.
* The number of the [F] key, which is turned ON, is depicted by dividing with “,” (commas) as
above.
[F1, 2, 3: ON]: All of the [F] keys are turned ON.
[F: OFF]: All of the [F] keys are turned OFF.

Example:
[FS-03-F:OFF-9-A]: Turn OFF all of the [F] keys in the FS-03 mode, select [9] and then [A].
[FS-03-F1:ON-9-A]: Turn ON the [F1] key in the FS-03 mode, select [9] and then [A].

[FAX]:
In case of [FS-11], [FS-12] or [FS-13] is given in the explanations, select [FAX] in the [FS Menu] and
then press [Next] to choose each mode.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-5
[B] HS Menu
(1) Start HS Menu by pressing the [ON/OFF] button while pushing the [HOME] and [START] buttons
simultaneously.

Fig.5-5

(2) Press the icon to operate.

(3) Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.

[C] When a particular setting condition is applied:

The setting value is given at the end of the description by dividing with “:” (colons).

Example:
[FS-08-8911:3]: “3” is set for FS-08-8911.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-6
5.3 Service UI

5.3.1 Overview
Each mode of the self-diagnostic codes can be used by selecting the keyword of the screen in the
Service UI.
The codes which are used frequently can be selected in the Service UI.
The Service UI can be used in the following modes in the FS Menu.
• 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
• 08 SETTING MODE
Notes:
Not all codes can be used in the Service UI.
For the codes available with the Service UI, refer to the “Self-diagnostic code list” (separate
document).
5

5.3.2 Operation procedure

(1) Start the FS Menu. Select the mode of the above Service UI and press [Next].
(2) Select the item whose setting is to be changed and press [Next] until the code number is
displayed. The display shifts to the classic screen of the selected code.

5.3.3 Starting the FS Menu from the normal mode

If the [Gear] icon is displayed on the USER FUNCTIONS menu of the normal mode, the FS Menu can
be started.
(1) Turn the power ON.
(2) Enter the user name and password if necessary. *
(3) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the HOME screen.
(4) Press the [Gear] icon on the upper left of the screen for at least 3 seconds.

Fig.5-6

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-7
 (5) Enter the service password and press [OK].
The FS Menu appears.

* When “3” is set for FS-08-8911 (security mode), the authentication screen is always displayed.
Notes:
• The service password needs to be changed to log in for the first time.
• In case the password is forgotten, ask the administrator to reset the service password.
• Note that the user data are deleted at that time.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-8
5.4 03 TEST MODE

5.4.1 Output check

The status of the output signal can be checked.

Fig.5-7

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.4.2 Input check

The status of each input signal can be checked by operating the [F1], [F2], [F3] and the digital keys.

Fig.5-8

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5-9
5.5 04 TEST PRINT MODE
The embedded test pattern can be printed out.

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.6 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

Various adjustments and test printing can be performed.

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.6.1 TEST PRINT

One sheet of the test print for various patterns can be printed out by entering 1 to 3-digit code and
pressing [TEST PRINT] in the [Classic] Mode standby screen in the [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE].

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.7 08 SETTING MODE

Various settings can be set.

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.8 20 PM SUPPORT MODE

 P. 7-6 “7.4 PM Support Mode”

<Operation procedure>

[FS] [20] (Operation started) Exit

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 10
5.9 30 LIST PRINT MODE

5.9.1 Operation procedure

[ 1 ] Print out

[POWER]
[FS] [30] (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] [Digital keys] [START] OFF/ON
101: Adjustment mode (05) Key in the first Key in the last List starts to (Exit)
102: Setting mode (08) code to be printed code to be printed be printed
(Code)
103: PM support mode
104: Stored information of pixel counter (toner cartridge reference)
105: Stored information of pixel counter (service technician reference)
106: Error history (Maximum 1000 items) 5
107: Error history (Latest 80 items)
108: Firmware update log (Maximum 200 items)
110: Power-ON/OFF log (Maximum 100 items)
111: Version list
114: Total counter list
121: (05) adjustment value difference
122: (08) setting value difference
125: Apprication list (Maximum 100 items)

[ 2 ] CSV output (USB)

[POWER]
[FS] [30] Connect (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] [Digital keys] [START] Disconnect OFF/ON
USB 201: Adjustment mode (05) Key in the first Key in the last List starts to USB (Exit)
202: Setting mode (08) code to be printed code to be printed be printed
(Code)
203: PM support mode
204: Stored information of pixel counter (toner cartridge reference)
205: Stored information of pixel counter (service technician reference)
206: Error history (Maximum 1000 items)
208: Firmware update log (Maximum 200 items)
210: Power-ON/OFF log (Maximum 100 items)
211: Version list
212: Engine firmware log * Manufacture Purpose Only
214: Total counter list
221: (05) adjustment value difference
222: (08) setting value difference
223: Job log / Message log
224: FAX function code (13) data list
225: Application list (Maximum 100 items)
300: ALL CSV files

Notes:
Precautions when storing information into USB device
• When storing the setting information of the equipment into a USB device, be sure to obtain
permission from a user in advance.
• When storing the setting information of the equipment into a USB device, the information is
printed out in a CSV format. Handle and manage the information with extra care.
• Do not lose or leak the setting information of the equipment.
• Do not use the setting information of the equipment for purposes other than maintenance or
product services.
• Provide the information promptly if a user requires so.
• The buttons on the control panel keep blinking while data are being stored in the USB device.
Do not disconnect the USB device while data are being stored.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 11
 Remarks:
In the USB storage procedure above, lists are stored in a CSV format. The names of the CSV
files are shown below.
201:ADJUSTMENT_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
202:SETTING_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
203:PM_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
204:PIXEL_TONER_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
205:PIXEL_SERVICE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
206:ERROR_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
208:FW_UPGRADE_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
210:POWER_ONOFF_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
211:VERSION_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
212:ENG_FW_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
214:TOTAL_COUNTER_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
221:05DIFFERENCE_CODE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
222:08DIFFERENCE_CODE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
223:JOB_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS) (encrypted file)/MESSAGE_LOG_
serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS) (encrypted file)
224:FAX_FUNCTION_LIST_serial_Date(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv
225:APPLICATION_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv

5.9.2 List printing

Lists below are output in the list print mode.
List data are printed out or output in a CSV format by storing them in a USB device. Paper sizes
available for this printing are A4 or LT or larger. This section introduces a sample of each list.
Perform [FS-30] to start the list print mode.

List code
Lists
Printout CSV file output
Adjustment mode (05) data list 101 201
Setting mode (08) data list 102 202
PM support mode data list 103 203
Pixel counter code list
104 204
(toner cartridge reference)
Pixel counter code list
105 205
(service technician reference)
Error history list 106 206
(Maximum 1000 items) (Maximum 1000 items)
Error history list 107
-
(Latest 80 items)
Firmware upgrade log 108 208
(Maximum 200 items) (Maximum 200 items)
Power ON/OFF log 110 210
(Maximum 100 items) (Maximum 100 items)
Version list 111 211
Engine firmware log - 212
Total counter list 114 214
(05) adjustment value difference 121 221
(08) setting value difference 122 222
Application list 125 225
(Maximum 100 items) (Maximum 100 items)
Job log/Message log - 223
FAX Function mode (13) data list - 224
Output all CSV files - 300 *
* (05) adjustment value difference and (08) setting value difference are not output.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 12
• 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE DATA LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999

CODE DATA CODE DATA CODE DATA CODE DATA

2000 128 3860-0 88 4830 128 5920 128

Fig.5-9

The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 13
• 08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE DATA LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999

CODE DATA CODE DATA CODE DATA CODE DATA

2010 2 2880 12 3040 0 3070-3 0

Fig.5-10

The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 14
• 13 FAX FUNCTION MODE

13 FAX FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE,VERSION x.x.x

20xx/xx/xx xx:xx:xx
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
Cxxxxxxxx
FIN S/N-xxxxxxxx
TOTAL, 9999999, 9999999, 9999999, DF TOTAL, 9999999
CODE, SUB, DATA,

100, , 0
101, , 1
102, , 2
103, , 3
104, , 4
105, , 5
106, , 6 5
107, , 7
108, , 8
109, , 9
110, , 0
111, , 1
112, , 2

Fig.5-11

The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 15
• 20 PM SUPPORT MODE

PM SUPPORT CODE LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

UNIT OUTPUT PAGES/ PM OUTPUT PAGE/ DRIVE COUNTS PM DRIVE COUNTS

DEVELOP COUNTS DEVELOP COUNTS
DRUM (K) 2516 70000 11735 170000
DRUM BLADE (K) 2516 70000 11735 170000
GRID (K) 2516 70000 11735 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (K) 2516 70000 11735 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (K) 2516 70000 11735 170000
DRUM (Y) 411 70000 8625 170000
DRUM BLADE (Y) 411 70000 8625 170000
GRID (Y) 411 70000 8625 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (Y) 411 70000 8625 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (Y) 411 70000 8625 170000
DRUM (M) 411 70000 8625 170000
DRUM BLADE (M) 411 70000 8625 170000
GRID (M) 411 70000 8625 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (M) 411 70000 8625 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (M) 411 70000 8625 170000

Fig.5-12

The number of pages currently output (OUTPUT PAGES/DEVELOP COUNTS), the recommended
number of output pages for PM (PM OUTPUT PAGES/DEVELOP COUNTS), the current drive count
(DRIVE COUNTS) and the recommended drive count for PM (PM DRIVE COUNTS) are output
together with PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the
following page for PM:
 P. 7-1 “7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 16
• Pixel counter code list (toner cartridge reference)

PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

TONERCARTRIDGE

No DATE COLOR PPC PRN FAX TOTAL

0 20xx-xx-xx Y Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226

1 20xx-xx-xx Y Average Pixel Count[%] 2.70 1.74 --- 2.51
2 20xx-xx-xx Y Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.15 0.39 --- 0.39
3 20xx-xx-xx M Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
4 20xx-xx-xx M Average Pixel Count[%] 6.11 2 --- 5.29 5
5 20xx-xx-xx M Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.82 2.15 --- 2.15
6 20xx-xx-xx C Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
7 20xx-xx-xx C Average Pixel Count[%] 5.46 2 --- 4.81
8 20xx-xx-xx C Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.42 2.73 --- 2.73
9 20xx-xx-xx K Print Count[LT/A4] 278 145 9 432
10 20xx-xx-xx K Average Pixel Count[%] 6.15 3.86 23.25 5.74
11 20xx-xx-xx K Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19

Fig.5-13

Pixel counter data (toner cartridge reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel
counter:
 P. 5-55 “5.20 Pixel Counter”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 17
• Pixel counter code list (service technician reference)

PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999

TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

SERVICEMAN

No DATE COLOR PPC PRN FAX TOTAL

0 20xx-xx-xx F Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226

1 20xx-xx-xx F Average Pixel Count[%] 4.95 2.34 --- 4.43
2 20xx-xx-xx F Latest Pixel Count[%] 8.36 2.34 --- 2.34
3 20xx-xx-xx Y Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
4 20xx-xx-xx Y Average Pixel Count[%] 2.7 1.74 --- 2.51
5 20xx-xx-xx Y Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.15 0.39 --- 0.39
6 20xx-xx-xx M Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
7 20xx-xx-xx M Average Pixel Count[%] 6.11 2 --- 5.29
8 20xx-xx-xx M Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.82 2.15 --- 2.15
9 20xx-xx-xx C Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
10 20xx-xx-xx C Average Pixel Count[%] 5.46 2.18 --- 4.81
11 20xx-xx-xx C Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.42 2.73 --- 2.73
12 20xx-xx-xx K Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
13 20xx-xx-xx K Average Pixel Count[%] 5.51 3.43 --- 5.10
14 20xx-xx-xx K Latest Pixel Count[%] 14.05 4.10 --- 4.10
15 20xx-xx-xx K Print Count[LT/A4] 97 100 9 206
16 20xx-xx-xx K Average Pixel Count[%] 7.36 4.06 23.25 6.45
17 20xx-xx-xx K Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19

Fig.5-14

Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel
counter:
 P. 5-55 “5.20 Pixel Counter”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 18
• Error history

ERROR HISTORY LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

CODE COUNTER DATE TIME ZOOM_XY ABCD_EFGH_IJLOP_QR

F110 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
F110 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
F110 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
F110 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
F110 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
EAD0 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
E860 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
E731 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
E090 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000
E870 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000 5
E724 00000000 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx 000 000 0000_0000_0000_00_0000000000

Fig.5-15

The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error:
 P. 8-43 “8.2.4 Printer function error”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 19
• Firmware update log

FW UPGRADE LOG
S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

MANUFACTURE DATE 20xx-xx-xx

UNPACKING DATE 20xx-xx-xx

USER ROM/VERSION DATE TOTAL COPY(B) COPY(2) COPY(C) PRINT(B) PRINT(2) PRINT(C) LIST FAX STATUS

Service Txxxxxxx-xxxx 20xx-xx-xx 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 OK
Service Txxxxxxx-xxxx 20xx-xx-xx 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 OK
Service Txxxxxxx-xxxx 20xx-xx-xx 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 OK

Fig.5-16

Firmware update logs are output.

- MANUFACTURE DATE: the date of manufacture / UNPACKING DATE: the date that the
equipment was unpacked.
- Only the versions of ROMs updated with USB device are output.

Item Content
USER User who updated firmware
ROM/VERSION Version of firmware
DATE Date that firmware was updated
TOTAL Total counter data when firmware was updated
COPY (B) Copier counter data (black) when firmware was updated
COPY (2) Copier counter data (twin color) when firmware was updated
COPY (C) Copier counter data (full color) when firmware was updated
PRINT (B) Printer counter data (black) when firmware was updated
PRINT (2) Printer counter data (twin color) when firmware was updated
PRINT (C) Printer counter data (full color) when firmware was updated
LIST List print counter data when firmware was updated
FAX Fax print counter data when firmware was updated
STATUS Result of update

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 20
• Power-ON/OFF log

POWER ON_OFF LOG

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

DATE TIME FUNCTION TOTAL DATE TIME FUNCTION TOTAL

xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999 xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx RMT_OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx ON 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx RMT_OFF 99999999
xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx:xx OFF 99999999
5

Fig.5-17

Power ON/OFF logs are output.

- Note that cases that the power was turned OFF with the main switch (not with the [ON/OFF]
button on the control panel) will not be displayed.

Item Content
DATE Date that the power was turned ON or OFF
TIME Time that the power was turned ON or OFF
FUNCTION Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or
OFF with a remote reset function
TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 21
• Version list

VERSION LIST
S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999
20xx-xx-xx xx:xx

SYSTEM FIRMWARE ROM VERSION : Txxxxxxxxxxx

SYSTEM FIRMWARE INTERNAL ROM VERSION: Vx.x.x.xx.xx
PRINTER ROM VERSION : xxxM-xxx
SCANNER ROM VERSION : xxxS-xxx
PFC ROM VERSION : xxxF-xxx
RADF/DSDF ROM VERSION : DF-xxx
FINISHER STACKER ROM VERSION : FIN-
FINISHER PUNCH ROM VERSION : PUN-
FAX BOARD FIRMWARE ROM VERSION : Fxx-xxx
SYSTEM FIRMWARE INTERNAL OS VERSION : Vx.xxx.x.x
HDD DATA VERSION : Txxxxxxxxxxx
SYSTEM FIRMWARE OS VERSION : Txxxxxxxxxxx
NIC FIRMWARE ROM VERSION : XXXXXXXXXX
LANGUAGE VERSION
English(US) : xxx.xxx xxx xxx xx xx:xx:xx xxxx

CAPACITY OF HDD : xx.x GB

DEVICE INFORMATION OF HDD : xxx xxxxxxx-xxxxxx
SERIAL NUMBER OF HDD : xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
MEMORY SIZE : xxxx MB / xxxx MB
INSTALLED ELK NAME : Data overwrite enabler
IPSec enabler
Meta scan enabler
External interface enabler

Fig.5-18

The list of versions is output.

Notes:
Some of the characters in the fonts that are used to print the version list are not supported. As a
result, the language names under LANGUAGE VERSION may not be printed correctly when
printing the version list.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 22
• Engine firmware log

ENGINE FW LOG
20xx/xx/xx xx:xx
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
Cxxxxxxxx
FIN S/N-xxxxxxxx
TOTAL, 9999999, DF TOTAL, 9999999
CODE SUB DATA

4624 0 0
4624 1 0
4624 2 58
4624 3 3
4624 4 58
4624 5 3
4624 6 0 5
4624 7 56
4624 8 3
4624 9 0
4624 10 41
4624 11 1
4624 12 29
4624 13 7
4624 14 0
4624 15 0
4624 16 0
4624 17 0
4624 18 0
4624 19 0
4624 20 0

Fig.5-19

The file of the engine firmware log is output (but it is not printed out).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 23
• Total counter list

TOTAL COUNTER LIST S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999

20xx-xx-xx xx:xx TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999

PRINT COUNTER
TOTAL
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
COPY 37 0 1 38
FAX 0 0 0 0
PRINTER 122 0 60 182
LIST 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 159 0 61 220
COPY
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 37 0 1 38
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 37 0 1 38
FAX
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 0 0 0 0
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0
PRINTER
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 118 0 60 178
LARGE 4 0 0 4
TOTAL 122 0 60 182
LIST
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 0 0 0 0
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0

CALIBRATION COUNTER : 0
SCAN COUNTER
TOTAL
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
COPY 7 0 1 8
FAX 0 0 0 0
NETWOR 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 7 0 1 8
COPY
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 7 0 1 8
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 7 0 1 8
FAX
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 0 0 0 0
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0
NETWORK
FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL
SMALL 0 0 0 0
LARGE 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0

Fig.5-20

The list of total counter is output.

Remarks:
By performing FS-08-3667, a QR code is added to the total counter list.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 24
• (05) adjustment value/(08) setting value difference

05 DIFFERENCE LIST
S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
xx-xx-xx xx:xx TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx DF TOTAL: 9999999

CODE BACKUP CURRENT CODE BACKUP CURRENT

* 2400 128 160

Fig.5-21

The value differences between the factory default and the current value of [05 Adjustment mode]
and [08 Setting mode] in the FS Menu can be printed or output with a CSV file.
The mark “*” or “+” will be added to the left side of the code in the following cases.
* : If there is a difference
+ : If there is no backed up value

Notes:
• Back-up data of the factory default are automatically created when the automatic gamma
adjustment of the easy set-up mode has been completed during the unpacking and setting up of
the equipment. The back-up file will be retained even if the system firmware is upgraded.
However, the file will be deleted when the HDD is formatted or replaced.
• When the easy set-up mode is restarted while a specified value such as 4 through 9 is set for
FS-08-9022 (Production process management status for easy setup), the back-up file stored
during unpacking and setting-up is deleted after the completion of the automatic gamma
adjustment and a new one is created while the value as of then is stored.
• When no back-up file exists
When FS-30-121 (122) is performed, the equipment returns to the ready state of the 30 LIST
PRINT MODE without performing printing.
When FS-30-221 (222) is performed, the equipment returns to the ready state of the 30 LIST
PRINT MODE and the error message “The file cannot be saved” appears on the panel.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 25
5.10 31 CHART OUTPUT MODE
Various charts can be output.
(1) Select [31 CHART OUTPUT MODE] in the FS Menu and press [Next].

Fig.5-22

(2) Press the type of the chart to be output.

(3) Specify the output settings and press [PRINT].

Fig.5-23

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 26
5.11 FAX
Adjustment and setting of the fax functions can be performed.
Select [FAX] in the FS Menu and press [Next]. The following modes are displayed.
11 FAX CLEAR MODE
12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE
13 FAX FUNCTION MODE
19 RAM EDIT MODE

Notes:
The data automatically received during the self-diagnostic mode are sometimes not printed.
Therefore, be sure to disconnect the modular code form the line connector (LINE1, LINE2) of the
equipment before starting the self-diagnostic mode. After the equipment is released from the
self-diagnostic mode, reconnect the modular code.
5
5.11.1 11 FAX CLEAR MODE
(1) Select [FAX] in the FS Menu and press [Next]. Select [11 FAX CLEAR MODE] and press [Next].

Fig.5-24

[Setup Fax] and [Custom Initialize] are displayed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 27
[A] Setup Fax
The destination of the fax can be set.

(1) Press [Setup Fax].

(2) Select the destination and press [OK].

Fig.5-25

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 28
[B] Custom Initialize
Various FAX memories are initialized in the FAX clearing mode.

• Memory Areas
- User registration area (SRAM)
ID registration area
Home position
- Image data area (HDD, SRAM)
Transmission file
Reception file
Image data file management area
F-code box information
- System setting area (NVRAM)
Settings in the [13 FAX FUNCTION MODE] Areas 100 - 999
5
<Operation procedure>
(1) Press [Custom Initialize].

Fig.5-26

(2) Select the mode.

[Init Memory (Fax)], [Init Memory (IP Fax)]: Initializes the user registration area (SRAM) so that
there are no data stored. Initializes the system setting area (NVRAM) so that its value is reset to
the default setting.
[Clear Data]: Initializes the image data area (HDD, SRAM) so that there are no data stored.
[System Setup (Fax)], [System Setup (IP Fax)]: Initializes the system setting area (NVRAM) so
that its value is reset to the default setting.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 29
5.11.2 12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE
The setting contents of the fax function can be output.

(1) Select [FAX] in the FS Menu and press [Next]. Select [12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE] and press
[Next].

Fig.5-27

(2) Select the list and press [Print].

The names of the lists in [12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE] are shown below.
• Protocol trace list (Line1)
• Protocol trace list (Line2)
• Protocol trace list (IP Fax)
• Error count list (transmis./recept.) (Line 1)
• Error count list (transmis./recept.) (Line 2)
• Error count list (transmis./recept.) (IP Fax)
• ERROR COUNT LIST (IFAX)
• ERROR COUNT LIST (SCAN)
• Function List for Maintenance
• Memory dump list (system)
• Memory dump list (FAX/LINE1)
• Memory dump list (FAX/LINE2)
• SUPPLY ORDER LIST

5.11.3 13 FAX FUNCTION MODE

Various fax functions can be set.

Operation procedure: Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE.

5.11.4 19 RAM EDIT MODE

This is a mode for the special adjustments and settings. (This is not used generally.)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 30
5.12 35 DATA BACKUP/RESTORE MODE

This function can save (back up) a back-up file of the MFP setting data in a USB media or external
server, or can restore the stored (backed up) file into the equipment.

(1) Select [35 DATA BACKUP/RESTORE MODE] in the FS Menu and press [Next].

Fig.5-28

(2) [Data Backup] and [Data Restore] are displayed.

Fig.5-29

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 31
 (3) Select [Data Backup] or [Data Restore] and press [Next]. Press [USB Media].
(4) Insert a USB storage device into the equipment and press [OK]. Backing up or restoring of the
data starts.
Remarks:
For details, refer to the “HDD Data Back-up/Restore Instruction Manual” (separate document).

5.13 36 CLONING
This function can create a clone file including the MFP setting data and user information or can install
the clone file in this equipment.
For details, see  P. 12-5 “12.2 Cloning (FS menu)”

5.14 37 LICENSE MANAGEMENT

This function can register or delete the application license.
For details, refer to the “License Management MANUAL” (separate document).

5.15 01 Control Panel Check Mode

The following items can be checked with this mode.
• LCD backlight on/off and brightness
• LCD display
• Confirmation of hard keys (buttons on the control panel) performance
• LEDs on/off
• Performance of digital keys (ten key option)
• LCD touch sensor
• USB storage device connection
Notes:
To check the performance of the digital keys, connect the ten key option before starting this
mode.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 32
5.15.1 Screen transition
Notes:
It is not possible to return to the HS Menu from [01 Control Panel Check]. To quit [01 Control
Panel Check], display the LCD backlight check screen (Fig. A) and then press the [ON/OFF]
button for a few seconds to shut down.

HS Mode - 01 Control Panel Check Mode

Pressing [POWER] button for at least 0.5 seconds

Check whether LCD backlight is
A turned on and off Shut down
Check whether LED is turned on
5
[Cancel] Touch the screen or press the any hard key

Each icon
B Checking of the hard keys
Checking of the LCD display
Checking of the digital keys
[HOME]
[Back] [Next]

C Checking of the LCD touch sensor

Checking of the USB storage device connection

Fig.5-30

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 33
5.15.2 Checking of the LCD backlight and LEDs
By pressing [01 Control Panel Check], the LCD backlight blinks in 3-second intervals. Moreover, all
LEDs are lit.

Remarks:
By touching the screen or pressing any hard key, the screen is shifted to the hard key
confirmation screen.

5.15.3 Checking of the LCD display, hard keys and digital keys

[A] Checking of the LCD display

By pressing the icon on the touch panel, the LCD display (Picture 1-15) confirmation screen is
displayed.

Remarks:
The screen is returned to this one when the [HOME] button is pressed on each screen.

[B] Checking of the hard keys

By pressing each hard key, a particular text is displayed and the lighting condition of the LED is
changed.

The following table shows each text and performance when the key is pressed.

Hard key Text Performance

ON/OFF MAIN POWER The [MEMORY RX] LED is turned OFF.
(Pressing for at least 0.5
seconds)
ENERGY SAVER ENERGY SAVER The [ENERGY SAVER] LED is turned OFF.
ACCESS ACCESS The [PRINT DATA] LED is turned OFF.
HOME HOME The [!] LED is turned OFF.
Programable key 1 P-1 The LCD backlight is made darker by each
pressing. (10 levels)
Programable key 2 P-2 The LCD backlight is made lighter by each
pressing. (10 levels)
FUNCTION CLEAR FUNCTION CLEAR The [FUNCTION CLEAR] LED is turned OFF.
START START The [START] LED is turned OFF.
The text is displayed only while the key is being pressed. Each LED is turned OFF only while the key is
being pressed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 34
[C] Checking of the digital keys for Ten Key option
By pressing each digital key, a particular text is displayed. The following table shows each text when the
key is pressed.

digital key Text

1 OP-1
2 OP-2
3 OP-3
4 OP-4
5 OP-5
6 OP-6
7 OP–7
8 OP-8
9 OP-9 5
0 OP-0
* OP-*
# OP-#
C OP-CLEAR
Remarks:
By pressing each icon on screen, the LCD display confirmation screen is displayed.
The screen is shifted to the LCD touch sensor and USB storage device confirmation screen by
pressing [Next] in the LCD display confirmation screen.

5.15.4 Checking of the LCD touch sensor and USB storage device
connection
The screen is shifted to the LCD touch sensor and USB storage device confirmation screen by pressing
[Next].

[A] Checking of the LCD touch sensor

It can be checked whether the operations of swipe, pinch-out (enlargement) and pinch-in (reduction)
are correctly detected on the screen. When the above operation is performed on the screen, an arrow
which indicates the one detected by the touch sensor and a message are displayed.
Moreover, when any of [LH], [LL], [RH] or [RL] located on each corner of the screen is pressed, the
calibration condition of the touched position can be checked.

[B] Checking of the USB storage device connection

It can be checked whether a USB storage device inserted into the USB port is connected properly.
Install a USB storage device and press the [START] button.
When a USB storage device is connected properly, [USB Connection Success] is displayed. If not,
[USB Connection Failed] is displayed.
Remarks: :
It is not possible to return to the HS Menu from [01 Control Panel Check]. Return to the LCD
backlight check screen to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ON/OFF] button for a few
seconds.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 35
5.16 73 Firmware Assist Mode

5.16.1 Overview
This mode enables you to operate the HDD partition, formatting SRAM data, delete the HDD/SRAM
data and backup/restore the encryption key and license.
The Functions in this mode are below.

Functions Content
Clear Software Update Error Flag Clearing update error flag
Format Root Partition Formatting data storage partition
Format HDD Creating HDD partition
Key Backup/Restore Backing up/restoring encryption key and license
Erase HDD Securely Erasing HDD securely
Clear Service Tech Password Clearing service password
Disable Fast boot Disabling faster start
Clear SRAM Formatting SRAM data
Erase SRAM Securely Erasing SRAM securely
Format HDD Without Key Generation Creating HDD partition without having upgraded the
key
HDD Data Restore Performing formatting, backup data restoring and
firmware upgrading in series

5.16.2 Operation procedure

(1) Perform [HS-73] by pressing [73 Firmware Assist].
The following screen is displayed.

Fig.5-31

(2) Press the icon to operate.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 36
5.16.3 Functions

[A] Clearing update error flag (Clear Software Update Error Flag)
Even if the firmware downloading has been completed normally, the Recovery Mode may accidentally
start up and an F600 error occurs when the power is turned ON again. In this case, clear the Update
Error flags used in the download process with this function. (Normally, the flags are automatically
cleared in the download process.)
Also in the case the Recovery Mode accidentally starts up after the replacement of SRAM, the flags are
cleared with this function.

[B] Formatting data storage partition (Format Root Partition)

When a defect occurs on the UI data, etc. which are stored in the HDD, the partition with the stored UI
data, etc. is formatted with this function.
Do not use this function since it is not normally necessary. HDD data must be installed after performing 5
this function.

[C] Creating HDD partition (Format HDD)

When the HDD is replaced or UI data, etc. are downloaded using the USB storage, it is necessary to
format a partition in the HDD before downloading. In this case, the partition is created in the HDD with
this function.
Notes:
Perform the HDD partition formatting only when a new HDD is installed since all data in the
current HDD are erased by this operation.
When this operation has been done, do not perform SRAM data formatting (Clear SRAM) before
the normal start-up.

[D] Backing up/restoring encryption key and license (Key Backup Restore)
When the SRAM or the SYS board is replaced or initialized, the encryption key and license are erased.
Therefore, they need to be backed up or restored with this function.

Configuration and function for key backup restore

Fig.5-32

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 37
The following table shows the relationship between each Key or License and icon.

Key or License name Icon

HDDENCKEY [F100_1/2] Key
HDDDECKEY [F100_1/2] Key
SIGKEY [F109_2] Key
EncParam [F109_3] Key
LICENSE [F109_4] License
MachineInfo [F900] Key
AGLENCKEY [F109_5] ADIKey
AGLDECKEY [F109_5] ADIKey
AdminPassword [F109_6] ADIKey
* When “KeyBroken” or “KeyNull” is displayed on the SRAM row:
Backs up the encryption Key or License in SRAM when the icon is pressed
* When “KeyBroken” or “KeyNull” is displayed on the FROM row:
Recovers the encryption Key or License in SRAM when the icon is pressed

[E] Erasing HDD securely (Erase HDD Securely)

This function is used when installing Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) or before discarding the HDD.
It overwrites all the used areas on the HDD with the selected data, and makes it unusable.
After selecting this function, specify the level below to be overwritten. This setting is the overwriting
method complying with DoD 5220.22-M.

Fig.5-33

• LOW (Normally use this setting.)

This is the standard overwriting method.
“00-FF-Random-Verify” Once

• MEDIUM
This overwriting method is more secure than LOW. The erasing time is between LOW and HIGH.
“00-FF-Random” three times repeatedly -Verify

• HIGH
This is the most secure overwriting method. It takes the longest time to erase data.
“00-FF-Random” five times repeatedly -Verify
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 38
• SIMPLE
This is the simple overwriting method. It takes the shortest time to erase data.
Overwrite the Random data once

The reconfirmation screen is displayed when the icon is pressed.

Press [OK]: Processing starts.
Press [Back]: The screen returns to the previous one.
Notes:
When this operation has been done, do not perform SRAM data formatting (Clear SRAM) before
the normal start-up.

[F] Formatting SRAM data (Clear SRAM)

When SRAM is replaced with a new one, abnormal values may be written in the new SRAM. SRAM
5
data must be formatted with this function for such case.
Notes:
• This function is required only when a new SRAM is installed.
• Do not perform this function in cases other than the installation of a new SRAM because all
data in the SRAM will be deleted with this function.
• When this operation has been done, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD)
before the normal start-up.

[G] Erasing SRAM securely (Erase SRAM Securely)

This function is used before discarding the SRAM.
It overwrites all the used areas on the SRAM with the selected data, and makes it unusable.
Immediately after selecting this function, the processing starts and is completed.

[H] Clearing service password (Clear Service Tech Password)

This function is needed after the HDD is replaced.
When the HDD is replaced, the service password stored in the new one is set as a blank. Therefore, its
service password is copied to the SRAM so that both passwords become the same with this function.
The setting is enabled when the equipment is started up in the normal mode after performing this
function.

[I] Disable Faster boot

This function disables faster start (*). Therefore, this can be operated while faster start is enabled.
* Faster start: A start-up method which shortens the time for normal and FS menu startups by approx.
5 seconds by starting up the equipment from a dedicated file. (There is no effect on recovery from
hibernation.)
Once the power is turned ON while the [HOME], [RESET] and [START] buttons are pressed
simultaneously, a file for faster start is created and it becomes available. It will take approx. 3 minutes to
create a file for faster start. When the file creation is completed, the equipment will automatically start in
the normal mode.
* Faster start can also be disabled by the following operations.
• Firmware update
• HS-73 → [Format HDD]
• Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) installation or settings change
• Security level change
• HS-75 → [Initialize HDD]
• HS-59 → [Restore SRAM Data from USB]

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 39
[J] Restoring HDD Data (HDD Data Restore)
This function performs formatting, backup data restoring and firmware upgrading in series.

Notes:
• Perform this function only after the HDD is replaced or when there will be no problem even if
all the information in the HDD is erased.
• Perform this function only when a USB storage device (*) in which the backup data and the
firmware standard package are stored is prepared.
* It is available even if these 2 files are stored in different USB storage devices separately.

(1) Install the USB storage device with the backup data stored in the equipment.

(2) Perform this function.

• Format the HDD and restore the backup data.
• If the firmware standard package is stored in this USB storage device, continuously upgrade
the firmware.
• If the firmware standard package is not stored in this USB storage device, an error appears.
In such a case, install the USB storage device with the firmware standard package stored in
the equipment and press [OK]. Firmware upgrading will start.
• After upgrading is completed, reboot the equipment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 40
5.17 74 HDD Assist Mode

5.17.1 Overview
This mode is available only when the security HDD (Secure HDD) is mounted in the equipment. It
enables you to check the type of the mounted HDD, revert the Secure HDD to the factory default.

Functions of 74 HDD Assist mode

• Checks the type (Secure/Normal) of the mounted HDD.
• Disposes of Secure HDD data safely without any of leakage.
• Deletes image data when reusing a used Secure HDD.

5.17.2 Operation procedure

(1) Perform [HS-74] by pressing [74 HDD Assist]. 5
Then, the type of the mounted HDD appears on the screen.

Fig.5-34

When a security HDD is mounted: Secure HDD

When a normal HDD is mounted: Normal HDD

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 41
 (2) Press the icon to operate.
Remarks:
If the HDD type cannot be identified, “Unknown HDD” may appear on the screen.
Refer to  P. 8-287 “ [F106_1] HDD error (HDD type detection error)”.

Notes:
When “Normal HDD” is displayed, items 1 and 2 are not selectable.
If you select any of 1 and 2 and press the [START] button, the error message “Operation Failed.
Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off.” appears.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 42
5.17.3 Functions

[A] Revert Factory Initial Status HDD

Select this to dispose of the Secure HDD as well as the equipment.
When this item is selected, all data in the HDD are deleted and the HDD is reverted to its initial status at
the factory shipment. This operation requires only a few seconds; however, in order to make the HDD
usable again, you need to perform [Format HDD] (creating HDD partition) in HS-73 and reinstall the
HDD data with HS-49.
The following screen is displayed when [Revert Factory Initial Status HDD] is pressed.

Fig.5-35

Press [OK] to carry out the operation.

When the operation is finished, the result appears on the menu.
Notes:
• If the equipment is started up in the normal mode under this condition, a service call (HDD mount
error) will occur.
• After this has been performed, formatting of the HDD and reinstallation of applications are
necessary.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 43
[B] Remove Key
Select this to reuse the Secure HDD as well as the equipment.
When this item is selected, image data in the HDD are deleted.
This operation requires approx. 20 minutes since the partition must be rebuilt.

The following screen is displayed when [Remove Key] is pressed.

Fig.5-36

Press [OK] to carry out the operation.

When the operation is finished, the result appears on the menu.
Remarks:
• After this operation, the equipment becomes reusable without reinstalling the firmware.
• After this has been performed, formatting of the HDD and reinstallation of applications are
necessary.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 44
5.18 75 File System Recovery Mode

5.18.1 Overview
This is a mode to check if there is any damage to the file system (HDD) and recover it if necessary. Use
this mode only in the following cases.
• There is a possibility of damage to the file system (HDD).
• There is an apparent damage to the file system (HDD), requiring recovery or initialization.

This mode enables you to have the following functions.

Functions Content
Check F/S Checks the file system.
Recovery F/S Recovers the file system.
5
Initialize HDD Initializes partitions in the HDD.
Initialize DB Initializes database (LDAP DB / log DB / language DB / AppMgmt DB
/ HomeScreen DB / JobHistory DB / AppLicense DB).
SMART Info Displays the various information in the HDD.
DISK Info Displays the usage rate of each partition.
HDD Utility Initializes log files.

5.18.2 Operation procedure

(1) Perform [HS-75] by pressing [75 File System Recovery].
The following screen appears.

Fig.5-37

(2) Press the icon to operate.

Notes:
• Do not turn the power OFF with the [MAIN POWER] button after the processing has started
(while the processing is being performed).
• After the processing is completed, a beep sounds 4 times and either “Completed” or “Failed”
appears on the screen.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 45
5.18.3 Functions

[A] Check of the File System (Check F/S)

In case that particular service calls occur or there is a possibility of damage to the file system, the status
of each partition in the HDD can be checked.

Fig.5-38

Explanation for each item

ALL: Checks all partitions.
/: Checks root partition only.
Others: Checks each partition shown above.
Remarks:
More than one partition can be selected. (A check mark is displayed at the selected item.)

* If damage is discovered, recover or initialize the file system (HDD).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 46
[B] Recovery of the File System (Recovery F/S)
In case that an error occurs during the file system check, each partition can be recovered.

Fig.5-39

Explanation for each item

ALL: Recovers all partitions.
/: Recovers root partition only.
Others: Recovers each partition shown above.
Remarks:
More than one partition can be selected. (A check mark is displayed at the selected item.)

* If an error occurs during recovery, initialize the file system (HDD).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 47
[C] Initialize the File System (Initialize HDD)
In case that an error occurs during the file system check and the partition cannot be recovered with the
recovery, each partition can be initialized.
It is recommended to export the user information such as address book before performing this function.

Fig.5-40

Explanation for each item

ALL: Initializes partitions other than root one and creates initial files.
Others: Initializes each partition.
Remarks:
More than one partition can be selected. (A check mark is displayed at the selected item.)

Notes:
If initialization is carried out by selecting [ALL] or [/encryption], applications and OS data in the
equipment are also initialized. In this case, the applications and the file system must be
reinstalled. Install the system software (HDD DATA) with HS-49 after initialization.
If [ALL] is selected, minimal data necessary for normal startup are automatically recovered.
If initialization is carried out by selecting [ALL], the log database is also initialized. Back up the
data before initializing if necessary.
If [ALL] is selected, do not perform SRAM data formatting (Clear SRAM) before the normal start-
up.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 48
[D] Initialize the DB (Initialize DB)
In case that particular service calls occur or there is a possibility of damage to the databases, each
one can be initialized.

Fig.5-41

Explanation for each item

LDAP DB: Initializes address book data and the user information database.
Log DB (Log,Msg): Initializes job log data and the message database.
Language DB: Initializes the language database.
AppMgmt DB: Initializes the application database.
HomeScreen DB: Initializes the home screen database.
JobHistory DB: Initializes the job history database.
AppLicense DB: Initializes the application license database.
ULM DB: Initializes the license manager database.

Remarks:
Once the databases are selected, they are initialized.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 49
[E] Displaying various data in the HDD (SMART Info)
Various data in the HDD can be displayed. (Data equivalent to the setting contents of FS-08-9065
are displayed.)
When this item is selected, data in the HDD embedded in the equipment are displayed. “---” is
displayed for the items not supported.

Fig.5-42

Remarks:
NAV: Normalized Attribute Value
Indicates the value of the specified HDD condition as compared to the manufacturer's optimum
value.
Worst: Worst Ever Normalized Attribute Value
Indicates the worst value of NAV permitted by the manufacturer.

Notes:
The values of NAV and Worst should be treated as a rough reference since their basis may differ
depending on the specification of HDD manufacturers.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 50
[F] Displaying usage rate of each partition (DISK Info)
The usage rate of each partition can be checked.
When this item is selected, the usage rate of each partition is displayed.

Fig.5-43

[G] Initialization of log file (HDD Utility)

Log files for researching can be deleted. Since only a certain amount of log files for researching is
usually stored in the work area of an HDD, the use of this mode is not necessary. In case the
performance level of the equipment is lowered (e.g.: the response of the control panel becomes
extremely slow), make use of this mode. This phenomenon may be resolved.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 51
5.19 76 SRAM Maintenance Mode

5.19.1 Overview
This is a mode in which you can clear particular errors such as F800 or F900.
The processing contents of this mode are the same as those for [Clear SRAM] in [HS-73].

Functions of 76 SRAM Maintenance mode

• Sets the serial number of this equipment.
• Clears F800 error.
• Clears F900 error.

5.19.2 Operation procedure

(1) Perform [HS-76] by pressing [76 SRAM Maintenance].
Then the following screen is displayed.

Fig.5-44

(2) Press the icon to operate.

Notes:
[Turn Line Mode ON] or [Turn Line Mode OFF] starts once each icon is pressed.
When [Set Serial Number], [Reset Date and Time], [SRAM Re-Initialize] or [Clear SRAM] is
pressed, the confirmation screen appears.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 52
5.19.3 Functions

[A] Turn Line Mode ON (Manufacturing mode ON)

The equipment enters into the manufacturing mode.

[B] Turn Line Mode OFF (Manufacturing mode OFF)

The equipment enters into the service mode.

[C] Set Serial Number

When replacing SYS-SRAM, select this to set the serial number of the equipment since it must be done
in advance of recovery from SRAM backup data.
• Clear SRAM first and then set the serial number in this mode.
• Recover from SRAM backup data after setting the serial number.
Refer to  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure” 5
Key in the serial number of this equipment and press [OK].

Fig.5-45

[D] Reset Date and Time

Select this to clear an F800 error which occurred when the date and time were set as after the end of
the year 2037 or when the actual end of the year 2037 has come.
• After selecting this, start the equipment in the normal mode to reset the date and time.

[E] SRAM Re-Initialize

Since an F900 error cannot be cleared in the 73 Firmware Assist mode, use this function to clear the
error in the following cases:
• When the SRAM and the SYS board are replaced at the same time
• When the SRAM is initialized with wrong destination at the replacement of the SRAM
Refer to  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 53
[F] Clear SRAM
Select this to clear all SRAM data when replacing SRAM.
Replace the SRAM and then clear the SRAM data.
After clearing the SRAM data, initialize SRAM following its replacement procedure.
Refer to  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM”.
Notes:
When this operation has been done, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD) before
the normal start-up.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 54
5.20 Pixel Counter

5.20.1 Outline

[ 1 ] Outline
Pixel counter is a function that counts the number of dots emitted by writing light source and converts it
into the print ratio (%) per standard paper size. This “Print ratio (%) per standard paper size” is called
Pixel count (%).

This function enables you to know how each user uses the equipment and to grasp the tendency of
toner consumption (number of output pages per cartridge).
However, since some of the factors in “2” below are not taken into account by the pixel counter, its
accuracy does sometimes not match the actual toner consumption.
5
[ 2 ] Factors affecting toner consumption
Standard number of output pages per cartridge shows the average number of output pages under the
condition that the data of print ratio 5% is printed on the standard paper size (A4/LT) at a normal
temperature and humidity.
However, users do not always print under the above condition. As for the type of original, copy/print
mode and environment, each user has different tendency, and as a result, the number of output pages
per cartridge becomes different depending on the user.

The major factors affecting toner consumption are as follows:

• Original/Data coverage
• Original/Data density
• Original/Print mode
• Density setting
• Print Pattern
Character images (e.g. Text) consume more toner than solid images even though they may have the
same density.
• Number of pages per job
More toner is required when printing in the non-continuous running mode.
• Number of execution times of image quality control
Image quality control is performed automatically when the device is switched on, when it returns
from sleep mode, and also during continuous running. Toner consumption may vary depending on
the number of image quality adjustments performed during operation.
• Paper
The size, feeding direction and type of paper influence toner consumption.
• Environmental conditions
Temperature and Humidity affect toner consumption.
• Others
In addition to the above, there are other factors that may influence toner consumption. These
include variations between individual products, life of consumable, bias voltages, Drum surface
potential, etc.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 55
The general relations between the above 4 factors and toner consumption per output page in the copy
function are as follows:

Toner consumption
Toner consumption

Original coverage Original density

Toner consumption

Toner consumption

TEXT PRINTED Manual Manual Automatic Manual Manual Manual

/PHOTO TEXT PHOTO IMAGE MAP density density density density density density
-5 -1 Center +1 +5
Original mode Density setting
Fig.5-46 Factors affecting toner consumption and the tendency

[ 3 ] Details of pixel counter

• Toner cartridge reference and service technician reference
The pixel counter function in this equipment has 2 references, toner cartridge reference and service
technician reference.

Toner cartridge reference

This is a system that accumulates data for each color between the installation of a new toner
cartridge and the next installation.
The installation of new toner cartridge is judged when the total number of pixel count or output
pages after the detection of toner cartridge empty has exceeded the threshold.
The threshold to be used is selectable in the FS-08-6506 between the pixel count and output pages
(0: Output pages 1: Pixel counter). The threshold of pixel count is set in the FS-08-6508 and that of
output pages is set in the FS-08-6507. When the new toner cartridge is judged as installed, the data
related with the previous cartridge is cleared and replaced with the data after the installation of new
cartridge. Clearing of the counter of the toner cartridge reference is performed in the FS-08-6503.

Service technician reference

This is a system that accumulates data between clearing the counter of the service technician
reference by service technician and subsequently clearing the same counter.
Clearing of the counter of the service technician reference is performed in the FS-08-6502.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 56
• Print count (number of output pages)
The number of output pages shown at the pixel counter is counted after converting all paper sizes to
the standard paper size (A4/LT). Printing on other than the standard size is converted by paper area
ratio. The standard paper size is set in the FS-08-6500.
The examples of conversion are as follows:
Ex.)
When printing on A4/LT size:
Counts the number of output pages as the print count.

When printing on A3/LD size:

Counts the number of output pages multiplied by 2 as the print count. (Area ratio to A4/LT: 200%)

When printing on B4 size:

Counts the number of output pages multiplied by 1.49 as the print count. (Area ratio to A4: 149%)
5
When printing on LG size:
Counts the number of output pages multiplied by 1.27 as the print count. (Area ratio to LT: 127%)

• Pixel count (%)

Pixel count (%) shows the ratio of the emitting pixels of the writing light source to all pixels on
standard paper.
The examples of pixel count are as follows:
Notes:
In the following examples, ‘solid copy’ is considered to be 100%. But since the image has 4
margins, it never becomes 100% actually.
Ex.)
Printing 5 pages on A4/LT size with solid copy (writing light source emits to all pixels.)
→ Pixel count: 100%, Print count: 5

Printing 5 pages on A4/LT size with blank copy (writing light source never emits.)
→ Pixel count: 0%, Print count: 5

Printing 2 pages on A4/LT size with solid copy (writing light source emits to all pixels.)
Printing 2 pages on A4/LT size with blank copy (writing light source never emits.)
→ Pixel count: 50%, Print count: 4

Printing 3 pages on A4/LT size with 6% of writing light source emission

Printing 1 page on A4/LT size with 2% of writing light source emission
→ Pixel count: 5%, Print count: 4

Printing 2 pages on A3/LD size with solid copy (writing light source emits to all pixels.)
→ Pixel count: 100%, Print count: 4

Printing 2 pages on A3/LD size with 6% of writing light source emission

→ Pixel count: 6%, Print count: 4

• Average pixel count (%) and latest pixel count (%)

There are 2 types of the value calculated as the pixel count, average pixel count (%) and latest pixel
count (%).

Average pixel count (%)

The average value of all pixel count data after each reference data is cleared is calculated and
displayed.

Latest pixel count (%)

The value is displayed for printing just before the pixel counter is confirmed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 57
• Type of calculated data
Since this is multifunctional and color equipment, the data of pixel count is calculated for each
function and color.
The following list is the information that can be confirmed by LCD screen. But actually, more
information can be confirmed by the FS-08.
See after-mentioned “5)-Display in the FS-08 for details.

Type of calculated data

Toner cartridge reference Service technician reference
Full color/Twin color
Magent
Yellow Cyan Black Magent Black
a Total Yellow Cyan Black
a
Copier function Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Printer function Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
FAX function No No No Yes No No No No No Yes
Total Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes: With data
No: Without data

• Setting related with the pixel counter function

Standard paper size setting
The standard paper size (A4 or LT) to convert it into the pixel count is selected (FS-08-6500).

Pixel counter display setting

Whether or not to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen is selected (FS-08-6504).

Display reference setting

The reference when displaying the pixel counter on the LCD screen (toner cartridge reference or
service technician reference) is selected (FS-08-6505).

Determination counter of toner empty

This is the counter to determine the replacement of new toner cartridge after the toner empty is
detected.
After the toner empty is detected by the auto-toner sensor, this counter checks if toner empty is not
detected one more time while the specified number of pixel count or output pages is counted.
When the toner empty is not detected, the installation of a new toner cartridge is judged.

Pixel counter clearing

There are 3 types for the pixel count clear as follows:
FS-08-6501: All information related to the pixel count is cleared.
FS-08-6502: All information related to the service technician reference pixel count is cleared.
FS-08-6503: All information related to the toner cartridge reference pixel count is cleared.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 58
[ 4 ] Relation between pixel count and toner consumption
The user’s printing out the image with large coverage or high density may cause the large value of pixel
count. And the setting that toner consumption becomes high in the original mode or density setting may
cause it as well.
In this case, the replacement cycle of toner cartridge is faster than the standard number of output
pages. Therefore, this trend needs to be grasped for the service.
The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows:

Standard number of output pages (K)

Y
Number of output pages per cartridge (Page)

Y/2 Standard number of output pages (Y, M, C)

X/2
Y/10
X/10
6% 12% 60%
Pixel count (%)
Fig.5-47 Pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge

[ 5 ] Pixel counter confirmation

• Display on LCD screen
Whether or not to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen is selected (0: Displayed, 1: Not
displayed) in the setting mode (FS-08-6504), and whether or not to display it at the service
technician reference or toner cartridge reference is selected (0: Service technician reference, 1:
Toner cartridge reference) in the FS-08-6505.

The following screen is displayed when the buttons, [COUNTER] and [PIXEL COUNTER] are
pressed in this order after “Displayed” is selected with the code above and the power is, as usual,
turned ON. (The displayed buttons are depending on the FS-08-6505.)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 59
Fig.5-48

Fig.5-49 Reference selection screen

When selecting and pressing the button in the above screen, each pixel counter screen is displayed.
[TONER CARTRIDGE]: Information screen of toner cartridge reference is displayed.
[SERVICE (COLOR)]: Information screen of service technician reference (full color) is displayed.
[SERVICE (BLACK)]: Information screen of service technician reference (black) is displayed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 60
 The following screen is displayed when pressing [TONER CARTRIDGE].

Fig.5-50 Information screen of toner cartridge reference

The following screen is displayed when pressing [SERVICE (COLOR)].

Fig.5-51 Information screen of service technician reference (full color)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 61
 The following screen is displayed when pressing the [SERVICE (BLACK)] button.

Fig.5-52 Information screen of service technician reference (black)

• Data list printing

The data for pixel counter can be printed in FS-30 LIST PRINT MODE.
FS-30-104: The data of the toner cartridge reference is printed.
FS-30-105: The data of service technician reference is printed.

PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST

S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF COUNTER: 9999999
'08-02-08 20:13

TONERCARTRIDGE

No DATE COL. PPC PRN FAX TOTAL

---------------------------
0 20080208 Y Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
1 20080208 Y Average Pixel Count[%] 2.70 1.74 --- 2.51
2 20080208 Y Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.15 0.39 --- 0.39
3 20080208 M Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
4 20080208 M Average Pixel Count[%] 6.11 2 --- 5.29
5 20080208 M Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.82 2.15 --- 2.15
6 20080208 C Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
7 20080208 C Average Pixel Count[%] 5.46 2 --- 4.81
8 20080208 C Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.42 2.73 --- 2.73
9 20080208 K Print Count[LT/A4] 278 145 9 432
10 20080208 K Average Pixel Count[%] 6.15 3.86 23.25 5.74
11 20080208 K Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19

Fig.5-53 Data list of toner cartridge reference

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 62
 PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST S/N: xxxxxxxxx TOTAL: 9999999
TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx DF COUNTER: 9999999
'08-02-08 20:13

SERVICEMAN

No DATE COL. PPC PRN FAX TOTAL

---------------------------
0 20080208 F Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
1 20080208 F Average Pixel Count[%] 4.95 2.34 --- 4.43
2 20080208 F Latest Pixel Count[%] 8.36 2.34 --- 2.34
3 20080208 Y Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
4 20080208 Y Average Pixel Count[%] 2.7 1.74 --- 2.51 5
5 20080208 Y Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.15 0.39 --- 0.39
6 20080208 M Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
7 20080208 M Average Pixel Count[% 6.11 2 --- 5.29
8 20080208 M Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.82 2.15 --- 2.15
9 20080208 C Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
10 20080208 C Average Pixel Count[%] 5.46 2.18 --- 4.81
11 20080208 C Latest Pixel Count[%] 6.42 2.73 --- 2.73
12 20080208 K Print Count[LT/A4] 181 45 --- 226
13 20080208 K Average Pixel Count[%] 5.51 3.43 --- 5.10
14 20080208 K Latest Pixel Count[%] 14.05 4.10 --- 4.10
15 20080208 K Print Count[LT/A4] 97 100 9 206
16 20080208 K Average Pixel Count[%] 7.36 4.06 23.25 6.45
17 20080208 K Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19

Fig.5-54 Data list of service technician reference

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 63
• Display in the FS-08 SETTING MODE
Information of pixel count can be also checked in the 08 SETTING MODE.
For details, refer to the “Self-diagnostic code list” (separate document).

Print count, pixel count

Pixel count code table (toner cartridge reference)

Full color/Twin color Black
(at color)
Black
Yellow Magenta Cyan Black +
Black
Copier Print count 6567 6569 6571 6562 6563 -
function (page)
Average pixel count 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624
(%)
Latest pixel count 6636 6637 6638 6639 6724 -
(%)
Printer Print count 6568 6570 6572 6564 6565 -
function (page)
Average pixel count 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630
(%)
Latest pixel count 6640 6641 6642 6643 6725 -
(%)
FAX function Print count - - - - 6566 -
(page)
Average pixel count - - - - 6635 -
(%)
Latest pixel count - - - - 6644 -
(%)
Total Average pixel count 6631 6632 6633 - - 6634
(%)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 64
Pixel count code table (service technician reference)
Full color/Twin color
Black
Total Yellow Magenta Cyan Black
Copier Print count 6557 - - - - 6558
function (page)
Average pixel count 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6602
(%)
Latest pixel count 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6616
(%)
Printer Print count 6559 - - - - 6560
function (page)
Average pixel count 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6603
(%)
Latest pixel count 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6617
(%) 5
FAX function Print count - - - - - 6561
(page)
Average pixel count - - - - - 6604
(%)
Latest pixel count - - - - - 6618
(%)
Total Average pixel count 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6605
(%)

Other information
Toner cartridge replacement counter.
The toner cartridge replacement count is displayed.
- FS-08-6573: Toner cartridge Y
- FS-08-6574: Toner cartridge M
- FS-08-6575: Toner cartridge C
- FS-08-6576: Toner cartridge K

Toner cartridge reference count started date

The toner cartridge reference count started date is displayed.
- FS-08-6519: Toner cartridge Y
- FS-08-6520: Toner cartridge M
- FS-08-6521: Toner cartridge C
- FS-08-6522: Toner cartridge K

Service technician reference cleared date

The service technician reference cleared date is displayed.
FS-08-6510: The date (FS-08-6502 was performed) is stored.

Toner cartridge reference cleared date

The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed.
The date (FS-08-6503 was performed) is stored.
- FS-08-6511: Toner cartridge Y
- FS-08-6512: Toner cartridge M
- FS-08-6513: Toner cartridge C
- FS-08-6514: Toner cartridge K

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 65
5.21 Batch Setting for Self-Diagnostic Codes

5.21.1 General description

The setting files encrypted in which each setting value has been written can be stored in a USB storage
device. Installing this USB storage device in the equipment and reading a setting file enables the batch
setting for the self-diagnostic codes.
• After the batch setting is performed, a result file is stored in the USB storage device.
• A maximum of 100 codes can be set in one file. If a code has sub codes, each of them is counted as
one code.
Notes:
This function is not available if an automatic execution script such as a log collection is stored in
a USB storage device.

5.21.2 Applicable codes

This function is available for the codes, whose values can be set by the service technicians, FS-05/08/
13.
Notes:
• The codes only displaying the values and the ones acquiring or clearing the values by
automatic execution are not included.
• When a value of the code which exchanges another one sequentially is changed, another one
is altered in conjunction with it.
• Setting of the codes FS-08-8911 and FS-08-9000 is not possible.

5.21.3 Setting files

[ 1 ] Setting files
An encrypted file in which the setting values for each code to be changed is written in an XML format. A
maximum of 100 codes can be set in one file. If a code has sub codes, each of them is counted as one
code.
File name: Apply a name by employing the usable characters for an FAT32 format (extension:
.diag).
File format: xml format
Notes:
• A setting file has to be encrypted by a dedicated encryption tool and then is stored in a USB
storage device.
• A setting file has to be located in the 1st or 2nd layer of the root folder of a USB storage
device.
• No other automatic execution script has to be located in the same layer in which a setting file
is stored.

[ 2 ] Example

<Policy>
<Data>
<Category-05/>
<Category-08>
<Code>
<MainCode>8724</MainCode>
<Value>1</Value>
</Code>
<Code>
<MainCode>9240</MainCode>
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 66
 <Value>2</Value>
</Code>
<Code>
<MainCode>9264</MainCode>
<SubCode>1</SubCode>
<Value>1</Value>
</Code>
</Category-08>
<Category-13/>
</Data>
</Policy>

5
Notes:
• The setting value of the code in procedure 10 is written by inserting a comma to divide the
values.
E.g.: 08-4106 <Value>128,128</Value>
• Setting is carried out in order of written.
• The read-only codes and the execution codes are skipped to continue the processing if they
are included.
• Even if writing of the setting value has failed, the processing will not stop and writing into the
setting file will continue to its end.
After the processing has been completed, the result of writing of all codes is stored in a result
file and then a message indicating partial success will be displayed.
• If the storing of a result file is not desired, add “<ResultFile>false</ResultFile>” under
“<Policy>”.
Example

<Policy>
<ResultFile>false</ResultFile>
<Data>
<Category-05/>
<Category-08>
<Code>
<MainCode>8724</MainCode>
<Value>1</Value>
</Code>

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 67
5.21.4 Result files

[ 1 ] Result files
A file in which success or failure of the replacement of the setting values for each code included in the
setting files is written. A result file is stored in a USB storage device after this code is performed.
File name: DIG_ RESULT_XXXX_yymmddhhmmss.xml (XXXX: Serial No.)
File format: xml format

[ 2 ] Example

<Policy>
<Data>
<Category-05/>
<Category-08>
<Code>
<MainCode>8724</MainCode>
<RESULT>SUCCESS</RESULT>
</Code>
<Code>
<MainCode>9240</MainCode>
<RESULT>FAILED</RESULT>
</Code>
<Code>
<MainCode>9264</MainCode>
<SubCode>1</SubCode>
<RESULT>UNSPECIFIED</RESULT>
</Code>
</Category-08>
<Category-13/>
</Data>
</Policy>
* SUCCESS: Values are updated successfully.
* FAILED: Update of values fails.
* UNSPECIFIED: No codes written exist. A value to be set is outside the assignable range.
Notes:
• As for the codes whose values have been altered caused by batch setting of another one,
their items, such as the code number, value changed and success/failure of the change, are
not described in a result file.
• In case an unavailable code for writing is included in the setting file, the processing will
continue and then a message indicating partial success will be displayed after the setting of
all codes has been completed. Unavailable codes for writing are displayed in the list by
pressing [View]. When [OK] is pressed on the screen of the message indicating partial
success or the list screen, the display is returned to the BASIC screen.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 68
5.21.5 Operation procedure
1. Enter into the Classic mode with [FS-08].
2. Install a USB storage device, in which setting files are stored, in the MFP.
3. Key in [3673] and then press the [START] button.
4. Select a setting file.

Fig.5-55

5. Press [OK].
6. When settings for all codes included in the setting file are completed, the BASIC screen of the 08
mode appears.
7. Remove the USB storage device.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 69
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5 - 70
6. SETTING / ADJUSTMENT

6.1 Image Related Adjustment

6.1.1 Adjustment order

This chapter mainly explains the procedures for image related adjustment. When replacing
components which have other specified instructions for adjustment, those specified instructions are to
be obeyed in priority.
In the following diagram, the solid lines with arrow lead to essential adjustments, while the dotted lines
lead to adjustments to be performed if necessary.

Parts to be replaced
Developer material Photoconductive drum Laser optical unit Transfer belt(*1)
1st transfer roller(*1) Drum cleaning blade Needle electrode
Main charger grid Image position aligning sensor(*1) Image quality sensor(*1)

Item to be adjusted 05 Adjustment Mode 6

6.1.2 Adjustment of the auto- 2400 (Y,M,C,K), 2401 (Yellow), 2402 (Magenta),
toner sensor(*2) 2403 (Cyan), 2404 (Black), 2406 (Y,M,C)

Item to be adjusted 05 Adjustment Mode

6.1.3 Adjustment of image quality control /
2742(*3)
Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control

Item to be adjusted 05 Adjustment Mode

6.1.4 Adjustment of color registration control 4719

6.1.5 Image dimensional adjustment

Order Items 05 Adjustment Mode
6.1.6 Paper alignment at the registration roller 4100, 4101, 4103, 4104, 4105,
4106, 4107, 4108, 4109, 4110,
1 4579 4111, 4115, 4116, 4117, 4118,
4120, 4128, 4129
2 [A] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction 4001
3 6.1.7 [B] Primary scanning data writing start position 4006
4 Image [C] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction 4526
dimensional 4402, 4058, 4059, 4560,
5 [D] Secondary scanning data writing start position
adjustment 4060, 4061
at the
[E] Primary scanning data writing start position
6 printing 4019
at duplexing
section
[F] Secondary scanning data writing start position 4062
7 at duplexing
8 Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control 2742
9 [A] Image distortion 3033
10 6.1.8 [B] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction 4000
Image
11 [C] Primary scanning data writing start position 3030
dimensional
12 adjustment [D] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction 3032
13 at the [E] Secondary scanning data writing start position 3031
scanning
14 section [F] Top margin 4050
15 [G] Right margin 4052
16 [H] Bottom margin 4053

Item to be adjusted 05 Adjustment Mode

6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment (PPC) 7869 (*4), 7871-0 to 10
6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment (PRT) 8008 (*5), 8004-0 to 10, 8009 (*6), 8005-0 to 10 (*6)

Adjust the image quality if necessary. (Chapter 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 )

*1: There is no need to perform counter clear.

END *2: Adjust only the color changed.
*3: Perform the adjustment from 05-2742 when upgrading firmware, replacing parts or
disassembling/reassembling parts.
*4: Use the test print in FS-05-4-[TEST PRINT].
*5: For 600 dpi. Use the test print in FS-05-70-[TEST PRINT].
*6: For 1200 dpi. Use the test print in FS-05-230-[TEST PRINT].

Fig.6-1

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-1
6.1.2 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor
When the developer material is replaced, adjust the auto-toner sensor in the following procedure.
If the value of FS-08-2707 (toner density ratio manual offset control) of the replacing developer material
has been changed from “0” (default), return the sub code value of the corresponding color to “0”.
(1) Install the cleaner unit and developer unit.
Notes:
Do not install the toner cartridge.

(2) Perform FS-05. The following message will be displayed.

100% A A3
FS 05 TEST MODE

Fig.6-2

(3) Key in a code and press the [START] button.

Code
2400: All developer materials 2401: Developer material Y 2402: Developer material M
2403: Developer material C 2404: Developer material K 2406: Developer material YMC

(Code)

100% 2400 A3 [START]

TEST MODE

Fig.6-3

(4) The message below will be displayed approx. 2 minutes later and the adjustment starts:
• During the adjustment, “Current sensor voltage (V)” shown in (B) automatically changes and
gradually approaches to “Target value (V) for adjustment reference voltage” shown in (A).

(B) Y: x.xxV M: x.xxV C: x.xxV K: x.xxV

(C) Y: M: C: K: ww%
(A) Y: z.zzV M: z.zzV C: z.zzV K: z.zzV
(B): Current sensor voltage (V)
(C): Adjustment value, Humidity (%)
(A): Target value (V) for adjustment reference voltage
Fig.6-4

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-2
 (5) When the “Current sensor voltage (V)” in (B) is converged and the “Sensor output control value
(bit value)” corresponding to the value for initial developer material is displayed in (C), the
adjustment is completed.
• When the adjustment is completed, [OK] is displayed on the screen.

(B) Y: x.xxV M: x.xxV C: x.xxV K: x.xxV

(C) Y: yyy M: yyy C: yyy K: yyy
(A) Y: z.zzV M: z.zzV C: z.zzV K: z.zzV
(B): Current sensor voltage (V)
(C): Sensor output control value (bit value)
(A): Target value (V) for adjustment reference voltage

Fig.6-5

Notes:
The values in (A), (B) and (C) vary with humidity. 6

(6) Press [OK] to store the adjustment result in the memory.

(7) Turn the power OFF and install the toner cartridges.
Notes:
When “Waste toner box replacement” is displayed at adjustment, follow the steps below.

<When “Waste toner box replacement” is displayed>

1. Replace the waste toner box with a new one and close the front cover.
2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full).
3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-3
6.1.3 Performing image quality control
(1) When unpacking
Prior to image dimensional adjustment, perform the “Forced performing of image quality closed-
loop control (FS-05-2742)” procedure.
(2) When any of the following parts is replaced, be sure to perform the “Forced performing of image
quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)” procedure.
• Photoconductive drum
• Developer material Y, M, C, K
• Laser optical unit
• Transfer belt
• 1st transfer roller
• Drum cleaning blade
• Needle electrode
• Main charger grid
• Image position aligning sensor (Front)
• Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image quality sensor
Notes:
Check that there is no problem in the secondary scanning data writing start position (e.g.: the
void at the leading edge is too small or too wide) after “Forced performing of image quality
closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)” has been performed.
When performing “Automatic gamma adjustment” in addition, “Forced performing of image
quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)” should be done first.

(3) When performing “Automatic gamma adjustment” in cases no parts written above are replaced,
do the “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)” procedure before
“Automatic gamma adjustment”.

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

2742 Forced performing of <Procedure>
image quality closed- 1. Perform FS-05-2742.
loop control 2. “WAIT” is displayed.
3. When the adjustment finishes normally, the equipment returns to the
initial state of Adjustment Mode.

When an error occurs

<When “Waste toner box replacement” is displayed>
1. Replace the waste toner box with a new one and close the front
cover.
2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full).
3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed.

<When toner empty is displayed>

1. Replace the empty toner cartridge with a new one and close the front
cover.
2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full).
3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed.

<Other abnormalities>
Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.
 P. 8-1 “8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-4
6.1.4 Adjustment of color registration control
After having finished the “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)”
procedure, perform the “Forced performing of color registration control adjustment (FS-05-4719)”
procedure.

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

4719 Forced performing of <Procedure>
color registration control 1. Perform FS-05-4719.
2. When the adjustment finishes normally, the equipment returns to
the initial state of Adjustment Mode.

If the following errors are displayed after performing FS-05-4719, clear

the error by following the steps below, and then perform FS-05-4719
again.

<When “Waste toner box replacement” is displayed>

1. Replace the waste toner box with a new one and close the front
cover.
2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full). 6
3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed.

<When toner empty is displayed>

1. Replace the empty toner cartridge with a new one and close the
front cover.
2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full).
3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed.

<Other abnormalities>
Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.
 P. 8-1 “8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-5
6.1.5 Image dimensional adjustment
There are several adjustment items in the image dimensional adjustment, as listed below. Prior to this
image dimensional adjustment, perform “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control (FS-
05-2742)” and “Forced performing of color registration control (FS-05-4719)”.
In this equipment, it is necessary to perform “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control
(FS-05-2742)” in order to adjust the dislocation at the data writing start position in the primary scanning
direction even after the image dimensional adjustment.
When adjusting these items, the following adjustment order should strictly be observed.

Item to be adjusted Code in 05 Adjustment Mode

1. Paper alignment at the registration roller 4579 4100, 4101, 4103, 4104,
4105, 4106, 4107, 4108,
4109, 4110, 4111, 4115,
4116, 4117, 4118, 4120,
4128, 4129
2. Printer- Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction 4001
related image Primary scanning data writing start position 4006
dimensional
adjustment Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction 4526
(Fine adjustment of transfer belt motor rotation speed)
Secondary scanning data writing start position 4402, 4058, 4059, 4060, 4061,
4560
Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing 4019
Secondary scanning data writing start position at duplexing 4062
Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control 2742
3. Scanner- Image distortion 3033
related image Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction 4000
dimensional
adjustment Primary scanning data writing start position 3030
Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction 3032
Secondary scanning data writing start position 3031
Top margin 4050
Right margin 4052
Bottom margin 4053
Notes:
Once the adjustment of the following codes has been performed, when image adjustment has
been done by other codes and then adjustment of any of the following codes has been made
again, recheck the images by outputting them from all drawers. In addition, retry the image
dimensional adjustment from the beginning, if necessary.
05-4001, 4006, 4526-0, 4402
Remarks:
By entering the paper size used in the field in FS-05-4922 and then performing FS-05-4920, the
differential in the paper size between the one used at the adjustment before factory shipment and
the one used in the field is reflected to the equipment. Due to this, the margin around the image
can be corrected easily.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-6
[Procedure to key in adjustment values]
In accordance with the procedure described below, adjust the value of each item so that the measured
values obtained from test copies satisfy the specification.
By pressing [TEST COPY] in the ready state of 05 Adjustment Mode, single sided test copying in the
normal copy mode can be performed.

<Operation keys> <Display>

FS
100% A A3
TEST MODE
POWER

[05]
Code No.
1
Digital keys : Key in codes. 100% XXX A3
TEST MODE
START YYY ZZZ Adjustment value newly keyed in.
(If no entering, YYY is displayed.)
Current adjustment value
Digital keys : Key in adjustment
values.
6
( CLEAR Use to make corrections) 100% A A3
TEST MODE
OK Value ZZZ is stored
replacing values YYY.

Test copy 100% A A3

START Wait Warming Up
If the test copy does not
satisfy the specified values,
return to step 1 and
repeat the adjustment
procedure. 100% A A3
COPYING

Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode.

Fig.6-6

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-7
6.1.6 Paper alignment at the registration roller

[A] Adjustment with control panel

Paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted in the following procedure by performing the
code FS-05-4579.
1. Select the drawer.

Fig.6-7

2. Select the paper size.

Fig.6-8

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-8
3. Select the media type.

Fig.6-9

4. Key in the adjustment value.

Fig.6-10

5. Press [OK] to finish the adjustment.

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to return to the previous menu.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6-9
[B] Adjustment by direct code entry
The aligning amount is adjusted by using the following codes in 05 Adjustment Mode.

Paper size
Drawer Code Sub code (Select the paper size with the sub Paper type*
code.)
1st drawer 4100 0,1,2,3,4 0: 330 mm or longer Plain/Recycled/Thick
(CST1) 4115 0,1,2,3,4 (13.0 inches or longer) Thick1/Thick2/Thick3
1: 220–329 mm
2nd drawer 4101 0,1,2,3,4 (8.7–12.9 inches) Plain/Recycled/Thick
(CST2) 4116 0,1,2,3,4 2: 205–219 mm Thick1/Thick2/Thick3/
(8.1–8.6 inches) Envelope
3rd drawer 4108 0,1,2,3,4 3: 160-204 mm Plain/Recycled/Thick
(CST3) (6.3–8.0 inches)
4117 0,1,2,3,4 4: 159 mm or shorter Thick1/Thick2/Thick3/
(6.26 inches or shorter) Envelope
4th drawer 4109 0,1,2,3,4 Plain/Recycled/Thick
(CST4) 4118 0,1,2,3,4 Thick1/Thick2/Thick3/
Envelope
Bypass feed 4103 0,1,2,3,4 Plain/Recycled/Thick/Thin
4104 0,1,2,3,4 Thick1
4105 0,1,2,3,4 Thick2/Envelope
4106 0,1,2,3,4 Thick3/Thick4
4107 0,1,2,3,4 OHP
4128 0,1,2,3,4 Special1
4129 0,1,2,3,4 Special2/Special3
ADU 4110 0,1,2,3,4 0: 330 mm or longer Plain/Recycled/Thick
4120 0,1,2,3,4 (13.0 inches or longer) Thick1/Thick2/Thick3/
1: 220–329 mm Special1/Special2
(8.7–12.9 inches)
2: 205–219 mm
(8.1–8.6 inches)
3: 160-204 mm
(6.3–8.0 inches)
4: 159 mm or shorter
(6.26 inches or shorter)
LCF 4111 - Plain
* Weight:
Thin: 52 to 59 g/m2 (14 lb. Bond to 16 lb. Bond)
Plain: 60 to 80 g/m2 (16 lb. Bond to 22 lb. Bond)
Thick: 81 to 105 g/m2 (22 lb. Bond to 28 lb. Bond)
Thick 1: 106 to 163 g/m2 (28 lb. Bond to 60 lb. Cover (90 lb. Index))
Thick 2: 164 to 209 g/m2 (61 lb. Cover to 77.3 lb. Cover (115.7 lb. Index))
Thick 3: 210 to 256 g/m2 (140 lb. Index)
Thick 4: 257 to 280 g/m2 (150 lb. Index)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 10
<Procedure>

(Not necessary for LCF)

(Code) [START] (Sub-code) [START] Current value Enter new
FS 05
displayed value

[POWER]
[OK] [Drawer [ ]*1+[ ]
Stores in memory selection] OFF/ON
(Test print) (Exit)

Fig.6-11

(*1) 1: Single-sided grid pattern in Black Mode

3: Double-sided grid pattern in Black Mode
55: Grid pattern of thick paper 2 in Full Color Mode
56: Grid pattern of thick paper 3 in Full Color Mode
57: Grid pattern of OHP film in Full Color Mode
58: Single-sided grid pattern of thick paper 2 in Black Mode
59: Single-sided grid pattern of thick paper 3 in Black Mode 6
60: Single-sided grid pattern of OHP film in Black Mode
98: Single-sided grid pattern in K(4)* Mode
K(4)*: System in which the test pattern is printed only in the black mode, though the four color
developers (Y, M, C, K) are contacted to the transfer belt.
Notes:
If the aligning amount is too large, abnormal noise (paper-folding noise) or actual paper folding
may occur during paper feeding. If the aligning amount is too small, on the other hand, a skew,
an image dislocation in feeding direction, E010 (Jam not reaching the exit sensor), E011
(Transfer belt paper-clinging jam), or E013 (The paper jam occurred between the registration
pass sensor and the paper clinging detection sensor) may occur. Pay attention to the above and
select the appropriate value.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 11
6.1.7 Image dimensional adjustment at the printing section
This adjustment is performed by using the chart output from the equipment. There are two ways of the
image dimensional adjustment; Type 1 and Type 2.

• Type 1: Adjusts the image position and the ratio by using the front side of the leading edge as a
reference.

Fig.6-12

- Adjustment can be made with a high degree of accuracy.

- The reference is given to the front side of the leading edge. Therefore, when the paper size is
changed, the margin around the paper tends to be altered accordingly.

• Type 2: Adjusts the image position and the ratio by using the center of the paper path and that for
the image.

Fig.6-13

- The image position at the front and the back sides can make to be aligned easily.
- The margin around the paper can make to be evenly aligned easily.

Use the appropriate chart corresponding to the adjustment instruction. After the image dimensional
adjustment, perform “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)”.

In addition, check that no gap has occurred in the following adjustments.

Scanner:  P. 6-16 “[C] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction (Fine adjustment of
transfer belt motor rotation speed)”
RADF:  P. 6-140 “6.15.6 Adjustment of copy ratio”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 12
Type 1: Adjustment to make the size of an image match

1 21
A

6
B, E
2

D, F
Feeding direction

6
C

6
22

Fig.6-14

Adjustment
Detail of adjustment Chart
Tolerance
A 200 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-15 “[A] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction” 05-98
B 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-15 “[B] Primary scanning data writing start position”
C 200 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-16 “[C] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction
(Fine adjustment of transfer belt motor rotation speed)”
D 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-17 “[D] Secondary scanning data writing start position”
E 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-18 “[E] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing” 05-3
F 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-19 “[F] Secondary scanning data writing start position at duplexing”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 13
Type 2: Adjustment to make the void width match

Simplex D

A
Feeding direction

1 Page

Duplex D F

B E

A
Feeding direction

1 Page
2 Page

ADU
CST

Fig.6-15

Adjustment
Detail of adjustment Chart
Tolerance
A 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-15 “[A] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction” 05-315
B 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-15 “[B] Primary scanning data writing start position”
C 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-16 “[C] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction
(Fine adjustment of transfer belt motor rotation speed)”
D 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-17 “[D] Secondary scanning data writing start position”
E 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-18 “[E] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing” 05-316
F 4.2 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-19 “[F] Secondary scanning data writing start position at duplexing”

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 14
[A] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction
1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-98 or FS-05-315 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance A of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-98: 200 ± 0.5 mm*
05-315: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
* When A3/LD is used, the margin at the trailing edge of the paper will be deleted. Due to this, it is
recommended to adjust between 199.5 to 200 mm.
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance A again.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4001 → [START].
→ Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance A becomes (approx. 0.10 mm/
step).
Notes: 6
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed properly since it occasionally vanishes.

[B] Primary scanning data writing start position

1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-98 or FS-05-315 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance B of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-98: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-315: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance B.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4006 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance B becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/
step).
Notes:
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 15
[C] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction (Fine adjustment of transfer belt
motor rotation speed)

Code Sub code Function Remarks

4526 0 PRT/PPC (Normal speed) When the value increases, the reproduction
4 PRT/PPC (Reduced speed) ratio in the secondary scanning direction
becomes larger.
0.056%/step

If the sub code “0” of FS-05-4526 is adjusted, the adjustment value of sub code 4 is also automatically
changed in conjunction with the adjusted value, according to the proper parameter.

[C-1] Confirmation of FS-05-4526-0

1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-98 or FS-05-315 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance C of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-98: 200 ± 0.5 mm*
05-315: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
* For A3/LD, it is recommended to adjust the distance C above within the range of 199.5 mm and
200 mm otherwise the margin of the trailing edge may be deleted.
3. If not, perform the procedure in “[C-2] Adjustment of FS-05-4526-0” to change the values and
measure the distance C again.
4. Perform the color registration (4719) after the adjustment.
Notes:
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern(05-98) is printed out since the line is occasionally
vanished.

[C-2] Adjustment of FS-05-4526-0

FS-05-4526 → [START] → (Key in the sub-code [0]) → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
* When the measured value is not within the acceptable range, the trailing edge area of the image
may be out of position for the paper length or the density at the trailing edge area of the image may
become lower. To avoid this, perform the adjustment while checking the image.
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes (0.056%/step).
→ (Key in the code [4719]) → [START] → (Enforced color registration)
Notes:
The setting value specified in FS-05-4526-0 is reflected to the charts printed out by FS-05-98,
FS-05-3, FS-05-315 and FS-05-316. The adjustment result of FS-05-4526-4 cannot be
confirmed by means of these charts.
When “FS-05-4526-0” is performed, a proper value is automatically calculated for the size of an
image in each function mode (copy/printer/Fax) or at each speed (normal speed/reduced speed).
The speed of the transfer belt motor is also adjusted. Therefore, use the above default value
other than the sub code “0,” unless otherwise required.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 16
[D] Secondary scanning data writing start position
Performing the code FS-05-4402 covers this adjustment for all paper sources.
The adjustment for each paper source is also available.

For all paper sources

Code Paper size Acceptable value Remarks

4402 A3/LD 0 to 200 Perform the adjustment for all paper sources.
For each paper source

Order for Acceptable

Paper source Code Paper size Remarks
adjustment value
1 2nd drawer 4059 A3/LD 0 to 100
2 1st drawer 4058 A4/LT 0 to 100
3 LCF* 4561 A4/LT 0 to 100
4 3rd drawer 4060 A4/LT 0 to 100
5 4th drawer 4560 A4/LT 0 to 100 6
6 Bypass feed 4061 A4/LT 0 to 100
* When the LCF is installed, adjustment of the PFP (the 3rd and 4th drawers) is unnecessary.
When the PFP is installed, adjustment of the LCF is unnecessary.
1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-98 or FS-05-315 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance D of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-98: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-315: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance D again.
<Procedure>
FS-05 → (Key in the code shown above) → [START]
→ (Key in an acceptable value shown above) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance D becomes (approx. 0.10 mm/
step).
Notes:
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern(05-98) is printed out since the line is occasionally
vanished.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 17
[E] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing
Notes:
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern (05-3) is printed out since the line is occasionally
vanished.

[E-1] Adjustment for long-sized paper

1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-3 or FS-05-316 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance E of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-3: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-316: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance E again.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4019 → [START] → [0] → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/
step).

[E-2] Adjustment for short-sized paper

1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-3 or FS-05-316 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A4/LT from the 1st drawer.
2. Check that the distance E of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-3: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-316: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance E again.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4019 → [START] → [1] → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/
step).

[E-3] Adjustment for medium-sized paper (Length: 220 mm to 329 mm)

1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-3 or FS-05-316 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A4-R/LT-R
2. Check that the distance E of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-3: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-316: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance E again.
<Procedure>
Press FS-05-4019 → [START] → [2] → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/
step).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 18
[F] Secondary scanning data writing start position at duplexing
1. Print out the chart in the ready state of FS-05 (Classic mode).
Press FS-05-3 or FS-05-316 → [TEST PRINT].
* Use A3/LD from the 2nd drawer.
2. Check that the distance F of each chart is within the acceptable range.
05-3: 52 ± 0.5 mm
05-316: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
3. If not, use the following procedure to change the values and measure the distance F again.
<Procedure>
Press FS-05-4062 → [START]
→ Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255) → [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ “100% A” is displayed → Key in the chart number → [TEST PRINT] → (A chart is printed out.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance F becomes (approx. 0.10 mm/
step).
Notes:
Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished.
6
<Adjustment procedure summarization for A to F>
Type 1: Adjustment to make the size of an image match
FS-05-98 (3 for duplexing) → [TEST PRINT]
A: FS-05-4001 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 200±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
B: FS-05-4006 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 52±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step)
C: FS-05-4526-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 200±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
D: FS-05-4402 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 52±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
FS-05-4058 (1st drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4059 (2nd drawer, A3/LD)
FS-05-4060 (3rd drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4560 (4th drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4061 (Bypass feed, A4/LT)
E: FS-05-4019-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 52±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step)
FS-05-4019-1 (1st drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4019-2 (A4-R/LT-R)
F: FS-05-4062 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 52±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)

Type 2: Adjustment to make the void width match

FS-05 → 315(316 for duplexing) → [TEST PRINT]
A: FS-05-4001 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
B: FS-05-4006 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step)
C: FS-05-4526-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
D: FS-05-4402 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
FS-05-4058 (1st drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4059 (2nd drawer, A3/LD)
FS-05-4060 (3rd drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4560 (4th drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4061 (Bypass feed, A4/LT)
E: FS-05-4019-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step)
FS-05-4019-1 (1st drawer, A4/LT)
FS-05-4019-2 (A4-R/LT-R)
F: FS-05-4062 (2nd drawer, A3/LD) → 4.2±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 19
6.1.8 Image dimensional adjustment at the scanning section

[A] Image distortion

Notes:
The specification of the distortion is 1 mm to 200 mm when a drawer equipped as standard is
used, and is 3 mm to 200 mm when an optional drawer (PFP and LCF) is used.
Do not perform this adjustment when the distortion is within the above value. If the adjustment
has failed, fogging or a C260 error will occur.
This adjustment is for the distortion in the scanning section. Therefore, do not use this to correct
paper skew at paper feeding.
When performing the adjustment, marginally rotate the screw by approximately one quarter while
checking the image.

A Feeding direction B

Step 1

Feeding direction
C D

Step 2

Fig.6-16

(1) Perform FS-05.

(2) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] button to make a copy of any image on a sheet of A3/LD paper.
(3) Key in [3033] and press the [START] to move the carriage to the adjustment position.
(4) Make an adjustment in the order of step 1 and 2.
Step 1
In case of A:
Tighten the mirror-3 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CW).
In case of B:
Loosen the mirror-3 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CCW).

Fig.6-17

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 20
 Step 2
In case of C:
Tighten the mirror-1 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CW).
In case of D:
Loosen the mirror-1 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CCW).

Fig.6-18

(5) Apply the screw locking agents to the adjustment screws. (2 areas)
• Recommended screw lock agent
Manufacturer: Three Bond
Product name: 1401E

The following adjustments (B) to (E) should be performed with Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2.
 P. 6-26 “ Adjustments and Checks using Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2”

[B] Reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction

(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Place Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2 on the original glass (with the arrow positioned at the left rear
side).
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A4/LT, 100%, Full color and Text/
Photo.
(4) Measure the distance B between M1 and M2 on the copy with a ruler.
(5) Check if the distance B is within 200±0.5 mm.
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat step (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4000 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255) with digital keys)
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance B becomes (approx. 0.1 mm/step).

[C] Primary scanning position

(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Place Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2 on the original glass (with the arrow positioned at the left rear
side).
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A4/LT, 100%, Full color and Text/
Photo.
(4) Measure the distance C from the left paper edge to the 5 mm line of left grid pattern on the copy
with a ruler.
(5) Check if the distance C is within 5±0.5 mm.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 21
 (6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat step (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-3030 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255))
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/
step).

[D] Reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction

(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Place Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2 on the original glass (with the arrow positioned at the left rear
side).
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A4/LT, 100%, Full color and Text/
Photo.
(4) Measure the distance D between M3 and M4 on the copy with a ruler.
(5) Check if the distance D is within 150±0.5 mm.
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat step (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-3032 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 69 to 193))
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory)
* The smaller the adjustment value is, the smaller the ratio becomes (approx. 0.018%/step).

[E] Secondary scanning position

(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Place Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2 on the original glass (with the arrow positioned at the left rear
side).
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A4/LT, 100%, Full color and Text/
Photo.
(4) Measure the distance E from the top paper edge to the 10 mm line of top grid pattern on the copy
with a ruler.
(5) Check if the distance E is within 10±0.5 mm.
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat step (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-3031 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 90 to 166))
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.08 mm/
step).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 22
[F] Top margin
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Open the platen cover or DF.
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A3/LD, 100%, Full color, Text/
Photo and 2nd drawer.
(4) Measure the blank area F at the leading edge of the copied image.
(5) Check if the blank area F is within the range.

Function Black Color

Copy 4.2 mm + 2.8 mm / -1.2 mm 5 - 1.0 mm, 5 + 2.0 mm
(4.0 to 7.0 mm)
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat the steps (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4050 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255))
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory)
→ (“100% A” is displayed.) 6
* The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the leading edge becomes
(approx. 0.04 mm/step).

Feeding direction

Fig.6-19

Notes:
Paper jams tend to occur in equipment in which thin paper such as 64g/m2 (17lb. Bond) paper is
used or a large amount of high density images such as pictures are output. For this equipment,
we recommend that you adjust the top margin “in the plus direction” in order to prevent paper
jamming.
Range of top margin adjustment (e.g.)

Function Black Color

Copy 4.2 - 7.0 mm 5.0 - 7.0 mm

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 23
[G] Right margin
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Open the platen cover or DF.
(3) Press [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A3/LD, 100%, Full color, Text/
Photo and 2nd drawer.
(4) Measure the blank area G at the right side of the copied image.
(5) Check if the blank area G is within the range.

Function Black Color

Copy 2±2.0 mm 2±2.0 mm
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat the steps (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4052 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255))
→ [OK] (Stored in the memory).
→ (“100% A” is displayed.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes
(approx. 0.04 mm/step).
Feeding direction

Fig.6-20

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 24
[H] Bottom margin
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Open platen cover or DF.
(3) Press the [TEST COPY] → [START] to make a copy at the mode of A3/LD, 100%, Full color,
Text/Photo and 2nd drawer.
(4) Measure the blank area H at the trailing edge of the copied image.
(5) Check if the blank area H is within the range.

Function Black Color

Copy 3±2.0 mm 3±2.0 mm
(6) If not, use the following procedure to change values and repeat the steps (3) to (5) above.
<Procedure>
FS-05-4053 → [START]
→ (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255))
→ [OK] (stored in the memory)
→ (“100% A” is displayed.)
* The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes 6
(approx. 0.04 mm/step).

Feeding direction

Fig.6-21

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 25
Adjustments and Checks using Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2
Following items can be checked with the Test Chart No. TCC-1/TCC-2.
1. Points to be measured in the chart

E
Feeding direction

D
C

Fig.6-22

<Adjustment order>
FS-05 → (Chart TCC-1/TCC-2) → [TEST COPY] → [START] (A3/LD, 100%, Full color and Text/
Photo)
- B: FS-05-4000 → 200±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step)
- C: FS-05-3030 → 5±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step)
- D: FS-05-3032 → 150±0.5 mm (0.03 mm/step)
- E: FS-05-3031 → 10±0.5 mm (0.08 mm/step)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 26
 2. Checking areas of the chart

[9] [1] [8] [10]

[2] [5] [2]

[3] [3]

TOSHIBA COLOR CHART [7]

No.TCC-1/TCC-2
[2]
[1]
[1]
[6]
[4] [6]

[3] 6
[14] [11]

[7] [12] [7]

[7]
[2] [13]

[1] [8]
Fig.6-23

[1] Grid patterns : For adjusting margin (void) and scanner section
[2] YMCK patches : For checking uniformity
[3] Resolution patterns : For checking resolution
[4] Gradation pattern : Gradation pattern of seven colors (Y, M, C, R, G, B and K)
Coverage: 10-100%
For adjusting the halftone reproduction and gray balance
[5] Color registration pattern : For checking color registration
[6] Pictures : For checking color reproduction and moire
[7] Magnification lines : For checking the magnification error of primary and secondary
scanning directions
[8] Center lines : Center lines for A4/LT sizes
[9] Arrow : A mark for placing the chart properly onto the original glass
(place it to the left rear corner of the original glass.)
[10] Halftone band : For checking uniformity
[11] White text on the black : For checking the reproduction of white text on black solid
solid
[12] Text : For checking reproduction of text
[13] Thin lines : For checking reproduction of the thin lines (line width: 100µm)
[14] Note area : For recording the date, conditions, etc.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 27
6.2 Image Quality Adjustment (Copying Function)

6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

When the reproduction of gradation is not appropriate, the gradation reproducibility of all colors Y, M, C
and K can be corrected by performing this automatic gamma adjustment. In case the gradation
reproduction of the image checked is not satisfactory, make this adjustment as described below at parts
replacement.
(1) When unpacking or any of the following parts has been replaced, be sure to make this
adjustment:
• Photoconductive drum
• Developer material Y, M, C, K
• Laser optical unit
• Transfer belt
• 1st transfer roller
• Drum cleaning blade
• Needle electrode
• Main charger grid
• Image position aligning sensor (Front)
• Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image quality sensor
• SRAM
• EEPROM (LGC board)
• HDD

(2) When any of the following parts are replaced or adjusted, make a copy and check the image to
determine if adjustment is necessary:
• 2nd transfer roller
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment be made after performing the image adjustment in  P. 6-4 “6.1.3
Performing image quality control” and  P. 6-6 “6.1.5 Image dimensional adjustment”.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05. → 05 Adjustment Mode
(2) Select the A4/LT/A3/LD drawer. Key in the pattern number and press [TEST PRINT] to output a
“Patch chart for gamma adjustment”.

<Adjustment Mode (05)>

Pattern No. Pattern No. Remark Paper type

4 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7869 All paper types
200 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-0 Plain paper
202 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-1 Thick paper
204 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-2 Recycled paper
206 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-3 Thick paper 1
208 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-4 Thick paper 2
210 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-5 Thick paper 3
212 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-6 Thick paper 4
214 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-7 Special paper 1
216 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-8 Special paper 2
218 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-9 Special paper 3
220 Color/black integrated When performing code FS-05-7871-10 Thin paper

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 28
 (3) Place the patch chart for adjustment printed in step (2) face down on the original glass.
Place the chart aligning its side with 2 black squares against the original scale.

(4) Key in a code and press the [START] button.

→ The scanner reads the chart automatically and performs automatic gamma adjustment
calculation (approx.30 sec.).

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

7869 Automatic gamma When the reproduction of gradation is not appropriate, the gradation
(7871) adjustment reproducibility of all colors Y, M, C and K can be corrected by performing this
automatic gamma adjustment. The result of 7869 is applied to all paper types.
The result of 7871 is applied to the specified paper type.

(5) When the adjustment has finished normally, press [OK] to have the adjustment results reflected.
(To cancel the reflection of adjustment results, press [CANCEL].)
In the case of an abnormal ending, “ADJUSTMENT ERROR” is shown. 6
Press [CANCEL] to clear the error display. When it is cleared, the control panel display will return
to the ready state. Then, check if the patch chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong
direction or if it is placed inclined on the original glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward.

Remarks:
To select the paper type for the automatic gamma adjustment in user calibration, change the
code below to “1”. (copy/print)

Code Remarks
FS-08-9059 0: No paper selecting buttons displayed
1: Paper selecting buttons displayed. (For both Copy and Printer)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 29
6.2.2 Density adjustment
Adjusts the center density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color Red Item to be
Custo Remarks
mode Text/ Printed Seal adjusted
Text Photo Map m
Photo Image Color
Mode
Mode
Full color 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 Manual density The larger the
mode center value is, the darker
value the image
7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 Automatic becomes.
density Acceptable values:
0 to 255 (Default:
Twin 7733 7734 7735 - - - - Manual density 128)
color mode center
value
7736 7737 7738 - - - - Automatic
density
Mono 7727 7728 7729 - - - - Manual density
color mode center
value
7730 7731 7732 - - - - Automatic
density

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color Drop out Item to be
Text/ Gray Custom Remarks
mode Text Photo color adjusted
Photo scale Mode
Black 7114 7115 7116 7138 7134 7160 Manual density The larger the value is,
mode center the darker the image
value becomes.
7123 7124 7125 7141 7137 - Automatic Acceptable values:
density mode 0 to 255 (Default: 128)

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustments according to the following procedure.
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in an adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Press [TEST COPY] and then press the [START] button to make a test copy.
(6) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5).
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], [Red Seal] and [Drop out color], use the one copied in the
normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 30
6.2.3 Gamma balance adjustment
The density adjustment at the Black Mode is performed by selecting its density area from the following:
low density, medium density and high density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color Drop out Item to be
Text/ Gray Custom Remarks
mode Text Photo color adjusted
Photo scale mode
Black 7190-0 7191-0 7192-0 7193-0 7189-0 7187-0 Low density The larger the value is,
7190-1 7191-1 7192-1 7193-1 7189-1 7187-1 Medium density the density of the item to
be adjusted becomes
7190-2 7191-2 7192-2 7193-2 7189-2 7187-2 High density darker.
Acceptable values:
0 to 255 (Default: 128)

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustments according to the following procedure. 6
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-33 “6.2.5 Color balance adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom] and [Drop out color], use the one copied in the normal
startup.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 31
6.2.4 Text gamma balance adjustment
The density of the text is adjusted for each color at the Full Color Mode. The adjustment is performed
by selecting its density area from the following: low density, medium density and high density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color mode Item to be adjusted Remarks
Text/Photo Custom
Yellow 7988-0 7992-0 Low density The larger the value is, the
7988-1 7992-1 Medium density density of the item to be adjusted
becomes darker.
7988-2 7992-2 High density Acceptable values:
Magenta 7989-0 7993-0 Low density 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
7989-1 7993-1 Medium density
7989-2 7993-2 High density
Cyan 7999-0 7994-0 Low density
7999-1 7994-1 Medium density
7999-2 7994-2 High density
Black 7991-0 7995-0 Low density
7991-1 7995-1 Medium density
7991-2 7995-2 High density

Perform adjustment in accordance with the following procedure while comparing the test copy image
and the setting values currently entered.
Notes:
Be sure to perform this adjustment after performing the following one.
 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

Changing the adjustment setting influences the adjacent density area slightly.
E.g.: When the value of the medium density is larger, the adjacent areas in the low density and
high density range will become slightly darker.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code of the mode to be adjusted (color and original mode) and press the [START]
button.
(3) Key in the value corresponding to the density area to be adjusted (0, 1 or 2) and then press the
[START] button.
0: Low density
1: Medium density
2: High density
(4) Key in the adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value.
-> The equipment returns to the ready state.
(6) For resetting the value, repeat steps (2) to (5).
(7) Press [TEST COPY] -> [START] button to make a test copy.
(8) If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat steps (2) to (7).

Notes:
To check an image of [Custom], use the one copied in the normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 32
6.2.5 Color balance adjustment
The color balance is adjusted by adjusting the density of each color at the Full Color Mode. The
adjustment is performed by selecting its density area from the following: low density, medium density
and high density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode Item to

Color Text/ Printed Custom Red Seal be Remarks
Text Photo Map adjusted
Photo Image mode Color
Yellow 7960-0 7961-0 7962-0 7963-0 7964-0 7980-0 7984-0 Low The larger
density the value
7960-1 7961-1 7962-1 7963-1 7964-1 7980-1 7984-1 Medium is, the
density darker the
color to be
7960-2 7961-2 7962-2 7963-2 7964-2 7980-2 7984-2 High adjusted
density becomes.
Magen 7965-0 7966-0 7967-0 7968-0 7969-0 7981-0 7985-0 Low Acceptable
ta density values: 6
7965-1 7966-1 7967-1 7968-1 7969-1 7981-1 7985-1 Medium 0 to 255
density (Default:
128)
7965-2 7966-2 7967-2 7968-2 7969-2 7981-2 7985-2 High
density
Cyan 7970-0 7971-0 7972-0 7973-0 7974-0 7982-0 7986-0 Low
density
7970-1 7971-1 7972-1 7973-1 7974-1 7982-1 7986-1 Medium
density
7970-2 7971-2 7972-2 7973-2 7974-2 7982-2 7986-2 High
density
Black 7975-0 7976-0 7977-0 7978-0 7979-0 7983-0 7987-0 Low
density
7975-1 7976-1 7977-1 7978-1 7979-1 7983-1 7987-1 Medium
density
7975-2 7976-2 7977-2 7978-2 7979-2 7983-2 7987-2 High
density

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustments according to the following procedure.
Notes:
• Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.
• Changing the adjustment setting influences the adjacent density area slightly.
E.g.: When the value of the medium density is larger, the adjacent areas in the low density
and high density range will become slightly darker.
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code of the mode to be adjusted (color and original mode) and press the [START]
button.
(3) Select the density area to be adjusted with digital keys (0, 1 or 2), and press the [START] button.
0: Low density
1: Medium density
2: High density
(4) Key in an adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)

(5) Press [OK] to store the value in memory.

→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5).
(7) Press [TEST COPY] and then press the [START] button to make a test copy.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 33
 (8) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7).
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom] and [Red Seal], use the one copied in the normal startup.

<Range of the density area (low density, medium density, high density)>

The color from 10 to 30 (low density), from 40 to 70 (medium density) and from 80 to 100 (high density)
in No. TCC-1/TCC-2 chart can be used as a guide for the range of the density area influenced by the
change of the adjustment value (low density, medium density, high density).

Low density

Medium density

High density

Fig.6-24

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 34
6.2.6 Background adjustment
The density of the background can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Red Drop
Color
Text/ Printed Custom Gray Seal out Remarks
mode Text Photo Map
Photo Image mode scale Color color
Mode
Full color 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 --- 7662 --- The larger the
Mono 7707 7708 7709 --- --- --- --- --- --- value is, the darker
color the background
becomes.
Twin color 7710 7711 7712 --- --- --- --- --- --- Acceptable values:
Black 7100 7101 --- 7102 --- 7106 7105 --- 7107 0 to 255 (Default:
(Auto/ 128)
Manual)
Black 7086 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 6
(Manual)
Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustment using the following procedure.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], [Red Seal] and [Drop out color], use the one copied in the
normal startup.

6.2.7 Judgment threshold for ACS (common for copy and scan)
Judgment levels for automatically identifying whether an original is color or black are adjusted. This
adjustment is for judgment levels when “Auto Color” is selected as a color mode. The same adjustment
value is simultaneously applied to all cases of originals on the original glass for copier functions and
network scanning functions, and those placed on the DF.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

7630 Judgment threshold The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged as black even at
for ACS the Auto Color Mode. The smaller value is, the more it tends to be judged as
color.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 70)
Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary and make
adjustment.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 35
6.2.8 Judgment threshold adjustment for blank originals
(common for copy and scan)
The judgment level is adjusted for automatic identification of whether the original set is blank or not.
This adjustment is made when “OMIT BLANK PAGE” is selected on the control panel.
The adjustment value is simultaneously applied to all modes at PPC and scanning.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

7618 Judgment threshold The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged as a
adjustment for blank blank sheet.
original Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

6.2.9 Image area adjustment for blank original judgment and ACS
judgment when an Image Repeat is used
The surrounding void amount of an image is adjusted when blank original judgment and ACS judgment
are performed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

7616-2 Void amount adjustment for blank When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for the
page judgment (when an Image judgment is decreased.
Repeat is used) When a smaller value is set, the image area to be used for the
judgment is increased.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 200)
7616-3 Void amount adjustment for ACS When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for the
judgment (when an Image judgment is decreased.
Repeat is used) When a smaller value is set, the image area to be used for the
judgment is increased.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 0)
Notes:
If a value, which is too smaller, is set, the shadow of the original may be used for the judgment
and this may become the cause of a misjudgment.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. -> The equipment returns to the ready state.
(5) Start up the equipment in the normal mode and make a copy.
(6) If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat steps (1) to (5).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 36
6.2.10 Image area adjustment for blank original judgment and ACS
judgment (common for copying and scanning)
The surrounding void amount of an image is adjusted when blank original judgment and ACS judgment
are performed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

7616-0 Void amount adjustment for blank When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for the
page judgment judgment is decreased.
7616-1 Void amount adjustment for ACS When a smaller value is set, the image area to be used for the
judgment judgment is increased.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 200)
Notes:
If a value, which is too smaller, is set, the shadow of the original may be used for the judgment
and this may become the cause of a misjudgment.
6
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. -> The equipment returns to the ready state.
(5) Start up the equipment in the normal mode and make a copy.
(6) If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat steps (1) to (5).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 37
6.2.11 Sharpness adjustment
If you want to make copy images look softer or sharper, perform the following adjustment.
The adjustment can be made for each of the color modes and original modes independently.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Color mode Original mode Contents

7796 Full Color Text/Photo The larger the value is, the sharper the image becomes;
7797 Text while the smaller the value is, the softer the image
becomes.
7798 Printed Image The smaller the value is, the less moire tends to appear.
7799 Photo Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
7800 Map
7795 User custom
7794 Red Seal Color
Mode
7801 Mono color Text/Photo
7802 Text
7803 Printed Image
7804 Twin color Text/Photo
7805 Text
7806 Printed Image
7056 Black Text/Photo
7057 Text
7058 Photo
7249 User custom
7061 Gray scale
7062 Drop out color

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustment.
Notes:
You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness.
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], [Red Seal Color Mode] and [Drop out color], use the one
copied in the normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 38
6.2.12 Setting range correction
The values of the background peak/text peak in the range correction at the Black Mode can be
switched to “varied” or “fixed” in the following codes.
If they are fixed, the range correction is performed with standard values.
The values of the background peak affects the reproduction of the background density, and the values
of the text peak affects that of the text density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode Item to be

Original mode Remarks
Text/Photo Text User Custom adjusted
Black 7286 7287 7237 Manual density 0: Background peak / fixed
mode 1: Background peak / varied
Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustment.

<Procedure> 6
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], use the one copied in the normal startup.

6.2.13 Adjustment of smudged/faint text

The smudge/faint text at a Black Mode can be set at the following codes.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color mode Text/ Custom Item to be adjusted Remarks
Text
Photo mode
Black 7097 7098 7252 Adjustment of When the value decreases, the faint
smudged/ faint text is improved. When the value
text increases, the smudged text is
improved.
Acceptable values: 0 to 4
(Default: 2)

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustment.
Notes:
Remember the image specifications and life span of the replacing parts may not meet the
standard when the setting value is changed from the default value.
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], use the one copied in the normal startup.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 39
6.2.14 Color adjustment of marker
The color of the one touch adjustment “MARKER” can be adjusted so that any marker colors already on
the original can be distinguished.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Relation between the adjustment value and the color

Item to be (Acceptable values: 0 to 6)
Code
adjusted
0 to 2 3 (Default) 4 to 6
7850-0 Yellow The smaller the value is, Yellow The larger the value is,
the more reddish the the more greenish the
color becomes. color becomes.
7850-1 Magenta The smaller the value is, Magenta The larger the value is,
the more bluish the color the more reddish the
becomes. color becomes.
7850-2 Cyan The smaller the value is, Cyan The larger the value is,
the more greenish the the more bluish the color
color becomes. becomes.
7850-3 Red The smaller the value is, Red The larger the value is,
the closer to Magenta the more yellowish the
the color becomes. color becomes.
7850-4 Green The smaller the value is, Green The larger the value is,
the more yellowish the the closer to Cyan the
color becomes. color becomes.
7850-5 Blue The smaller the value is, Blue The larger the value is,
the closer to Cyan the the closer to Magenta
color becomes. the color becomes.
Notes:
The color may not always be reproduced precisely due to the characteristics of the fluorescent
ink.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in a sub-code and press the [START] button.
(4) Key in an adjustment value.
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) Turn the power OFF and back ON in the normal mode. Then make a copy in the one touch
adjustment “MARKER” mode.
(7) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (6).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 40
6.2.15 Emission level adjustment
The emission level in the black mode can be adjusted as follows. This adjustment adjusts the dot size.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Text/Photo Text Item to be adjusted Remarks

7218-0 7219-0 Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value is, the smaller the emission level
7218-1 7219-1 Emission level 1/4 becomes. Therefore, the smaller dot is reproduced
accordingly.
7218-2 7219-2 Emission level 2/4 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7218-3 7219-3 Emission level 3/4 (Default: Level 0/4: 0, Level 1/4: 63, Level 2/4: 127, Level 3/
7218-4 7219-4 Emission level 4/4 4: 191, Level 4/4: 255)

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustments according to the following procedure.

<Procedure> 6
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in a sub-code and press the [START] button.
(4) Key in an adjustment value.
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) Press [TEST COPY] and then press the [START] button to make a test copy.
(7) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (6).

Notes:
• Change the setting value increment of 8 as a guide.
• Be sure to confirm the image when the setting value is changed.
• The setting value must increase as the emission level number (0 to 4) becomes higher. Do not
increase this order when setting the values.
• Usually, emission level 4 / 4 is most effective in the black mode.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 41
6.2.16 Maximum toner density adjustment to paper type
The maximum toner adhesion amount can be adjusted for each paper type.
It is used when offsetting occurs.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Paper type Remarks

7913-0 Plain paper The smaller the value is, the toner amount adhered
7913-1 Thick paper decreases of the high density area (ex. prevention of fusing
offsetting, jam in the fuser unit, etc.).
7913-2 Recycled paper Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7913-3 Thick paper 1 <Default value>
7913-4 Thick paper 2 Thin paper: 64
Others: 128
7913-5 Thick paper 3
7913-6 Thick paper 4
7913-7 Special paper 1
7913-8 Special paper 2
7913-9 Special paper 3
7913-10 Thin paper
7913-11 Envelop
7913-12 OHP film
Notes:
Even if a large value is set, the image does not drastically appear dark (the amount of toner
adhering is not increased).

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

6.2.17 Maximum text density adjustment

The maximum text density in each color in the full color mode (Text/Photo, Text, Map mode) can be
adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

Yellow 7889 Maximum text density The larger the value is, the darker the maximum text
Magenta 7890 density of each color to be adjusted becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 10 (Default: 5)
Cyan 7891
Black 7892

Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustments according to the following procedure.
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 42
6.2.18 Text/Photo reproduction level adjustment
Text/Photo reproduction level at the Full color mode and Auto color mode can be adjusted.
Text/Photo reproduction level adjustment can be switched to “Photo oriented 1”, “Photo oriented 2”,
“Text oriented 1” or “Text oriented 2” in the following codes.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode
Custom mode Item to be adjusted Contents
Text/ Red Seal
(Text/Photo
Photo Color Mode
base)
7840 7841 7842 Text/Photo 0, 5: Default
reproduction level The smaller the value, the higher the printed
adjustment image reproduction level becomes (Photo
oriented). The larger the value, the higher the
text reproduction level becomes (Text oriented).
Notes:
• The text reproduction level is lower when the mode is switched from the default value to the 6
Photo oriented.
• When you change the setting from the default value to Text oriented, noise occurs in a printed
photo with a few lines.
• The codes for the user custom setting are enabled only when the base original mode of the
user custom mode is Text/Photo.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom] and [Red Seal], use the one copied in the normal startup.

6.2.19 Black header density level adjustment

The density level of black headers is adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode Code Original mode Remarks

Full Color 7811 Text/Photo The larger the value is, the darker the black headers
7812 Text become but the dark areas in a photo become easily
smudged.
7816 Custom mode The smaller the value is, the lighter the black headers
7817 Red Seal Color become but the dark areas in a photo do not smudge
Mode easily.
Acceptable values: 0 to 8 (Default: 0)
If the value is set to “0”, the settings will become to the
equivalent ones to the following setting values.
• Text/Photo mode: 3
• Text mode: 4
• User custom setting
(in the Text mode base): 4
• User custom setting
(in the Text/Photo, Photo, Printed image or Map mode
base): 3
Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make
adjustment.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom] and [Red Seal], use the one copied in the normal startup.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 43
6.2.20 Black area adjustment in twin color copy mode
<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

Twin color mode 7641-0 High density The larger the value is, the larger the area recognized as
with selected 7641-1 Medium density black in the original becomes. The smaller the value is,
colors the larger the area recognized as the color other than
7641-2 Low density black becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
Twin color mode 7642-0 High density The larger the value is, the larger the black area
(Black and red) 7642-1 Medium density becomes. The smaller the value is, the larger the red
area becomes.
7642-2 Low density Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-33 “6.2.5 Color balance adjustment”.

6.2.21 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy,

scan and fax)
The background level for scanning originals with the DF is adjusted when the background fogging at
the scanning of a manually-set original and an original used with the DF is different. This is to adjust the
level of the background image removed when the scanning of the originals with the DF is performed.
The adjustment value is applied to both the front and back sides.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Color 7026 The larger the value is, the darker the background density becomes.
Black 7025 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

6.2.22 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF

(common for copy, scan and fax)
The background level for scanning the back side of originals with the DSDF can be adjusted when
there is a different background fogging level at the scanning of the back and front sides with the DSDF.
This is to adjust the level of the background image removed when the scanning of the back side of the
original with the DSDF is performed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Color 7024 The larger the adjustment value, the darker the background becomes.
Black 7023 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 44
6.2.23 Mono color copy / twin color copy adjustment
The density of the color specified on the touch panel is adjusted in the mono color copy or twin color
copy mode. This adjustment is reflected to both mono color and twin color copying.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Subcode
Code Remarks
Y M C K
Magenta 7644-0 7644-1 7644-2 7644-3 The larger the value is, the darker the density
Yellow 7645-0 7645-1 7645-2 7645-3 becomes, and the smaller the value is, the lighter
the density becomes. When “255” is set, the
YellowGreen 7646-0 7646-1 7646-2 7646-3 specified solid color is used for printing. When “0” is
Cyan 7647-0 7647-1 7647-2 7647-3 set, nothing is printed.
Pink 7648-0 7648-1 7648-2 7648-3 For example, in case of “Red”, the color when “Red”
is specified becomes blue if you set as follows:
Red 7649-0 7649-1 7649-2 7649-3 (Y) 7649-0=0
Orange 7650-0 7650-1 7650-2 7650-3 (M) 7649-1=128
(C) 7649-2=255
Green 7651-0 7651-1 7651-2 7651-3 6
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
Blue 7652-0 7652-1 7652-2 7652-3
Notes:
Purple 7653-0 7653-1 7653-2 7653-3 If a large value is set for all of YMCK,
offsetting may occur. Make an adjustment
while checking the image.
If “0” is set for all four colors of YMCK, when
a color is specified for the adjustment item,
nothing is printed.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code of the mode to be adjusted (color and original mode) and press the [START]
button.
(3) Select the density area to be adjusted with digital keys (0, 1, 2 or 3), and press the [START]
button.
0: Y
1: M
2: C
3: K
(4) Key in an adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value in memory.
→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5).
(7) Turn ON the power of the equipment and make a copy.
(8) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 45
6.2.24 Maximum density adjustment for each paper type
The maximum density for each paper type can be adjusted collectively.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Paper type Remarks

7902 Plain paper The smaller the value is, the lower the density of the whole
7903 Thick paper image becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7904 Recycled paper (Default: Plain paper: 255, Thick paper: 255, Recycled
7905 Thick paper 1 paper: 255, Thick paper 1: 255, Thick paper 2: 255, Thick
7906 Thick paper 2 paper 3: 255, Thick paper 4: 255, Special paper 1: 255,
Special paper 2: 255, Special paper 3: 255, Thin paper:
7907 Thick paper 3 255, Envelope: 255, OHP film: 240, User Media Type1 to
7908 Thick paper 4 10: 255)
7909 Special paper 1
7910 Special paper 2
7899 Special paper 3
7900 Thin paper
7901 Envelope
7911 OHP film
7912-0 User Media Type1
7912-1 User Media Type2
7912-2 User Media Type3
7912-3 User Media Type4
7912-4 User Media Type5
7912-5 User Media Type6
7912-6 User Media Type7
7912-7 User Media Type8
7912-8 User Media Type9
7912-9 User Media Type10
Notes:
Be aware that if too small a value is set, a faint image occurs.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 46
6.2.25 Color reproduction selection
When the custom mode is selected, the color reproduction can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

7690 Custom mode 0: Same as Text/Photo, printed image, text, map mode
1: Same as Photo mode
2: Same as Red seal color mode
3: The gray level becomes a more bluish one than the one specified in
the setting value “0”.
4: The highlight reproduction becomes more emphasized than the one
specified in the setting value“0”.
5: Same as Text/Photo, printed image, text, map (photo priority) mode
6: Text/Photo, printed image, text, map mode (equivalent to “0” of the
base model parameter)
(Default value: 0)

6
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.
When fine adjustment of the highlight is carried out while the setting value “4” is selected,
perform  P. 6-35 “6.2.6 Background adjustment”.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in an adjustment value.
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Start up the equipment in the normal mode and make a copy.
(6) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 47
6.2.26 Reproducibility adjustment of dark-color text and gray print
pattern
Black objects sometimes appear or uneven density (becomes lighter) may occur in dark-color text,
such as dark-blue text, and gray print pattern. In such a case, change the setting of the priority by
selecting “1” (Color text priority). However, when “1” is set, color objects sometimes appear in black text
or black lines may be cut. Therefore, ask your users whether priority should be given to “Black text” or
“Color text” before changing the setting.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

7843-0 Text/Photo 0: Black text priority (default)
7843-1 Text 1: Color text priority
7843-2 Map
7843-3 Custom
7843-4 Red seal color

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in a sub code and press the [START] button.
(4) Key in the adjustment value.
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value. -> The equipment returns to the ready state.
(6) Press [TEST COPY] > [START] button to make a test copy.

Notes:
To check an image of [Custom] and [Red seal color], use the one copied in the normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 48
6.2.27 Hue adjustment
The hue in the full color mode can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Item to be
Code Original mode Description Remarks
adjusted
7665-0 Text/Photo Red The larger the value, the darker the Acceptable value: 0 to
yellow becomes. The smaller the value, 255
the darker the magenta becomes. Default value: 128
7665-1 Text/Photo Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7665-2 Text/Photo Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7665-3 Text/Photo Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the 6
darker the green becomes.
7665-4 Text/Photo Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7665-5 Text/Photo Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.
7666-0 Text Red The larger the value, the darker the
yellow becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the magenta becomes.
7666-1 Text Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7666-2 Text Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7666-3 Text Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7666-4 Text Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7666-5 Text Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.
7667-0 Printed image Red The larger the value, the darker the
yellow becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the magenta becomes.
7667-1 Printed image Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7667-2 Printed image Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7667-3 Printed image Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7667-4 Printed image Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7667-5 Printed image Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 49
 Item to be
Code Original mode Description Remarks
adjusted
7668-0 Photo Red The larger the value, the darker the Acceptable value: 0 to
yellow becomes. The smaller the value, 255
the darker the magenta becomes. Default value: 128
7668-1 Photo Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7668-2 Photo Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7668-3 Photo Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7668-4 Photo Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7668-5 Photo Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.
7669-0 Map Red The larger the value, the darker the
yellow becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the magenta becomes.
7669-1 Map Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7669-2 Map Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7669-3 Map Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7669-4 Map Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7669-5 Map Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.
7670-0 Custom Red The larger the value, the darker the
yellow becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the magenta becomes.
7670-1 Custom Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.
7670-2 Custom Green The larger the value, the darker the
cyan becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the yellow becomes.
7670-3 Custom Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7670-4 Custom Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7670-5 Custom Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.
7671-0 Red seal color Red The larger the value, the darker the
yellow becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the magenta becomes.
7671-1 Red seal color Yellow The larger the value, the darker the
green becomes. The smaller the value,
the darker the red becomes.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 50
 Item to be
Code Original mode Description Remarks
adjusted
7671-2 Red seal color Green The larger the value, the darker the Acceptable value: 0 to
cyan becomes. The smaller the value, 255
the darker the yellow becomes. Default value: 128
7671-3 Red seal color Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the green becomes.
7671-4 Red seal color Blue The larger the value, the darker the
magenta becomes. The smaller the
value, the darker the cyan becomes.
7671-5 Red seal color Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red
becomes. The smaller the value, the
darker the blue becomes.

Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”. 6
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button. (e.g. 7665)
(3) Key in a value to adjust the color.
0: Red
1: Yellow
2: Green
3: Cyan
4: Blue
5: Magenta
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Repeat step (2) to (4) to make the setting again.
(6) Press [TEST COPY] and then press the [START] button to make a test copy.
(7) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (6).
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom] and [Red Seal], use the one copied in the normal startup.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 51
6.2.28 Saturation adjustment
The saturation of the copied image in the color copying function can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Item to be
Code Original mode Description Remarks
adjusted
7675-0 Text/Photo Red Input the larger value to increase the Acceptable value: 0 to
7675-1 Text/Photo Yellow saturation, and input the smaller value 255
to decrease the saturation. Default value: 128
7675-2 Text/Photo Green
7675-3 Text/Photo Cyan
7675-4 Text/Photo Blue
7675-5 Text/Photo Magenta
7676-0 Text Red
7676-1 Text Yellow
7676-2 Text Green
7676-3 Text Cyan
7676-4 Text Blue
7676-5 Text Magenta
7677-0 Printed image Red
7677-1 Printed image Yellow
7677-2 Printed image Green
7677-3 Printed image Cyan
7677-4 Printed image Blue
7677-5 Printed image Magenta
7678-0 Photo Red
7678-1 Photo Yellow
7678-2 Photo Green
7678-3 Photo Cyan
7678-4 Photo Blue
7678-5 Photo Magenta
7679-0 Map Red
7679-1 Map Yellow
7679-2 Map Green
7679-3 Map Cyan
7679-4 Map Blue
7679-5 Map Magenta
7680-0 Custom Red
7680-1 Custom Yellow
7680-2 Custom Green
7680-3 Custom Cyan
7680-4 Custom Blue
7680-5 Custom Magenta
7681-0 Red seal color Red
7681-1 Red seal color Yellow
7681-2 Red seal color Green
7681-3 Red seal color Cyan
7681-4 Red seal color Blue
7681-5 Red seal color Magenta
Notes:
Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 52
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button. (e.g. 7675)
(3) Key in a value to adjust the color.
0: Red
1: Yellow
2: Green
3: Cyan
4: Blue
5: Magenta
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Repeat step (2) to (4) to make the setting again.
(6) Press [TEST COPY] and then press the [START] button to make a test copy.
(7) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (6).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 53
6.2.29 Drop out color adjustment
The density level to be dropped out can be adjusted when copying is performed while selecting [Drop
out color].

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

Black 7066 Drop out color adjustment When a larger value is set, a gray-like color in an
original tends to be dropped out. When a smaller
value is set, a gray-like color in an original tends to
be remaining.
Acceptable value: 20 to 80 (Default: 50)
Notes:
Perform the adjustment in accordance with the procedure below.
 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image, use the one copied in the normal startup.

6.2.30 ADF noise reduction

The noise reduction level for streaks can be adjusted with the following codes when a scan job is
performed using the ADF.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Item to be
Color mode Text/ Custom Remarks
Text adjusted
Photo mode
Black 7151 7152 7150 ADF noise When the value decreases, the effect of reducing
reduction streaks (set with FS-08-7617) becomes larger.
level setting When the value increases, the effect of reducing
streaks (set with FS-08-7617) becomes smaller.
When “0” is set, this function is disabled.
Acceptable values: 0 to 200
(Default: 100)
When [FULL COLOR] or [AUTO COLOR] is selected for the color mode, the ADF noise reduction
function for streaks can be set to enable or disable with the following codes.

Original mode
Item to be
Color mode Text/ Custom Remarks
Text adjusted
Photo mode
Color 7694 - 7693 ADF noise Enable/Disable setting
reduction 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
(Default: 1)
FS-05-7693 is available only when “1” (TEXT/
PHOTO) is set for FS-08-7614.
Notes:
Remember the image specifications and life span of the replacing parts may not meet the
standard when the setting value is changed from the default value.
If too small a value is set, the text may not be printed clearly.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [User Custom], use the one copied in the normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 54
6.3 Image Quality Adjustment (Printing Function)

6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

When the reproduction of gradation is not appropriate, the gradation reproducibility of all colors Y, M, C
and K can be corrected by performing this automatic gamma adjustment. In case the gradation
reproduction of the image checked is not satisfactory, make this adjustment as described below at parts
replacement.

1. When unpacking or any of the following parts has been replaced, be sure to make this adjustment:
- Photoconductive drum
- Developer material Y, M, C, K
- Laser optical unit
- Transfer belt
- 1st transfer roller
- Drum cleaning blade
- Needle electrode
- Main charger grid 6
- Image position aligning sensor (Front)
- Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image quality sensor
- SRAM board
- EEPROM (LGC board)
- HDD

2. When any of the following parts are replaced or adjusted, make a print and check the image to
determine if adjustment is necessary:
• 2nd transfer roller
• Screen switchover (for color: FS-08-8110, for black: FS-08-7310)
Notes:
Be sure to perform this adjustment after performing  P. 6-4 “6.1.3 Performing image quality
control”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 55
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.→ 05 Adjustment Mode
(2) Select the A4/LT/A3/LD drawer. Key in the pattern number and press [TEST PRINT] to output a
“Patch chart for adjustment”.
600dpi
Pattern No. Paper type Remarks
70 Plain paper Used when the code 8004-0 is performed
72 Thick paper Used when the code 8004-1 is performed
74 Recycled paper Used when the code 8004-2 is performed
76 Thick paper 1 Used when the code 8004-3 is performed
78 Thick paper 2 Used when the code 8004-4 is performed
80 Thick paper 3 Used when the code 8004-5 is performed
82 Thick paper 4 Used when the code 8004-6 is performed
84 Special paper 1 Used when the code 8004-7 is performed
86 Special paper 2 Used when the code 8004-8 is performed
88 Special paper 3 Used when the code 8004-9 is performed
90 Thin paper Used when the code 8004-10 is performed

1200dpi
Pattern No. Paper type Remarks
230 Plain paper Used when the code 8005-0 is performed
232 Thick paper Used when the code 8005-1 is performed
234 Recycled paper Used when the code 8005-2 is performed
236 Thick paper 1 Used when the code 8005-3 is performed
238 Thick paper 2 Used when the code 8005-4 is performed
240 Thick paper 3 Used when the code 8005-5 is performed
242 Thick paper 4 Used when the code 8005-6 is performed
244 Special paper 1 Used when the code 8005-7 is performed
246 Special paper 2 Used when the code 8005-8 is performed
248 Special paper 3 Used when the code 8005-9 is performed
250 Thin paper Used when the code 8005-10 is performed

(3) Place the patch chart for adjustment printed in step (2) face down on the original glass, with its
side, on which two black squares are present, aligned against the original scale.
(4) Key in a code and press the [START] button. → The scanner reads the chart automatically and
performs automatic gamma adjustment calculation (approx. 30 sec.).

600dpi
Code Paper type Remarks
8004-0 Plain paper When the reproduction of gradation is not appropriate, the
8004-1 Thick paper gradation reproducibility of all colors Y, M, C and K can be
corrected by performing this automatic gamma adjustment.
8004-2 Recycled paper
8004-3 Thick paper 1
8004-4 Thick paper 2
8004-5 Thick paper 3
8004-6 Thick paper 4
8004-7 Special paper 1
8004-8 Special paper 2
8004-9 Special paper 3
8004-10 Thin paper
8008 All paper types*
* If the code FS-05-8008 is performed, the adjustment will be applied to all paper types.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 56
1200dpi
Code Paper type Remarks
8005-0 Plain paper When the reproduction of gradation is not appropriate, the
8005-1 Thick paper gradation reproducibility of all colors Y, M, C and K can be
corrected by performing this automatic gamma adjustment.
8005-2 Recycled paper
8005-3 Thick paper 1
8005-4 Thick paper 2
8005-5 Thick paper 3
8005-6 Thick paper 4
8005-7 Special paper 1
8005-8 Special paper 2
8005-9 Special paper 3
8005-10 Thin paper
8009 All paper types*
* If the code FS-05-8009 is performed, the adjustment will be applied to all paper types. 6

(5) When the adjustment has finished normally, press [OK] to have the adjustment results reflected.
(To cancel the reflection of adjustment results, press [CANCEL].)
In the case of an abnormal ending, “ADJUSTMENT ERROR” is shown. Press [CANCEL] to clear
the error display.
When it is cleared, the control panel display will return to the ready state. Then, check if the patch
chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong direction or if it is placed inclined on the original
glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward.

To select the paper type for the automatic gamma adjustment in user calibration, change the code
below to “1”. (copy/print)

Code Remarks
FS-08-9059 0: No paper selecting buttons displayed
1: Paper selecting buttons displayed. (For both Copy and Printer)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 57
6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment
The gamma balance is adjusted by adjusting the density at the Black Mode. The adjustment is
performed by selecting its density area from the following: low density, medium density, and high
density.
When “Black” (600 dpi) is set for the color mode and “Auto” is selected for the halftone setting, the
gamma balance can be adjusted in each area of Text, Graphics and Image.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color PS PCL XPS Item to be

Remarks
mode Smooth Detail Smooth Detail Smooth Detail adjusted
Black 7315-0 7316-0 7317-0 7318-0 7319-0 7320-0 Low The larger the value is,
(600dpi) density the density of the item to
7315-1 7316-1 7317-1 7318-1 7319-1 7320-1 Medium be adjusted becomes
density darker.
Acceptable values: 0 to
7315-2 7316-2 7317-2 7318-2 7319-2 7320-2 High 255
density (Default: 128)
Black 7309-0 7310-0 --- --- --- --- Low The larger the value is,
(1200dpi) density the density of the item to
7309-1 7310-1 --- --- --- --- Medium be adjusted becomes
density darker.
Acceptable values: 0 to
7309-2 7310-2 --- --- --- --- High 255
density (Default: 128)

Color Auto (PS) Auto (PCL) Item to be

Remarks
mode Text Graphics Image Text Graphics Image adjusted
Black 7360-0 7361-0 7362-0 7363-0 7364-0 7365-0 Low The larger the value is,
(600dpi) density the density of the item to
7360-1 7361-1 7362-1 7363-1 7364-1 7365-1 Medium be adjusted becomes
density darker.
Acceptable values: 0 to
7360-2 7361-2 7362-2 7363-2 7364-2 7365-2 High 255
density (Default: 128)

Color Auto (PS) Item to be

Remarks
mode Text Graphics Image adjusted
Black 7357-0 7358-0 7359-0 Low The larger the value is, the density of the item to be
(1200dpi) density adjusted becomes darker.
7357-1 7358-1 7359-1 Medium Acceptable values: 0 to 255
density (Default: 128)
7357-2 7358-2 7359-2 High
density

Color Auto (XPS) Item to be

Remarks
mode Text Graphics Image adjusted
Black 7366-0 7367-0 7368-0 Low The larger the value is, the density of the item to be
(600dpi) density adjusted becomes darker.
7366-1 7367-1 7368-1 Medium Acceptable values: 0 to 255
density (Default: 128)
7366-2 7367-2 7368-2 High
density
Notes:
• Be sure that this adjustment be made after performing  P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.
• Changing the adjustment setting influences the adjacent density area slightly.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 58
 E.g.: When the value of the medium density is larger, the adjacent areas in the low density and
high density range will become slightly darker.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes to be adjusted (language and screen) and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the value corresponding to the density area to be adjusted (0, 1 or 2) and press the
[START] button.
0: Low density 1: Medium density 2: High density/Highest density
(4) Key in the adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5).
(7) Let the equipment restart and perform the printing job.
(8) If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7)

<Range of the density area (low density, medium density, high density)>
The color from the 1st to the 7th stage (low density), from the 8th to the 11th stage (medium density)
and from the 12th to the 13th stage (high density) in “Patch chart for gamma adjustment ([71] [TEST 6
PRINT])” output as a confirmation in  P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment” can be used as a
guide for the range of the density area (low density, medium density, high density) influenced by the
change of the adjustment value.

1
2
3
Low 4
density
5
6
7
8
Medium 9
density 10
11
12
High density
13

Fig.6-25

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 59
6.3.3 Color balance adjustment
The color balance is adjusted by adjusting the density of each color. The adjustment is performed by
selecting its density area from the following: low density, medium density, and high density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

For color printing

PS PCL XPS Auto (PS)

Color Graphic Remarks
Smooth Detail Smooth Detail Smooth Detail Text Image
s
Yellow 8050-0 8054-0 8058-0 8062-0 8042-0 8046-0 --- --- --- The larger
(600dpi) 8050-1 8054-1 8058-1 8062-1 8042-1 8046-1 --- --- --- the value is,
the darker
8050-2 8054-2 8058-2 8062-2 8042-2 8046-2 --- --- --- the color to
Magenta 8051-0 8055-0 8059-0 8063-0 8043-0 8047-0 --- --- --- be adjusted
(600dpi) 8051-1 8055-1 8059-1 8063-1 8043-1 8047-1 --- --- --- becomes.
Acceptable
8051-2 8055-2 8059-2 8063-2 8043-2 8047-2 --- --- --- values: 0 to
Cyan 8052-0 8056-0 8060-0 8064-0 8044-0 8048-0 --- --- --- 255
(600dpi) (Default: 128)
8052-1 8056-1 8060-1 8064-1 8044-1 8048-1 --- --- ---
8052-2 8056-2 8060-2 8064-2 8044-2 8048-2 --- --- ---
Black 8053-0 8057-0 8061-0 8065-0 8045-0 8049-0 --- --- ---
(600dpi) 8053-1 8057-1 8061-1 8065-1 8045-1 8049-1 --- --- ---
8053-2 8057-2 8061-2 8065-2 8045-2 8049-2 --- --- ---
Yellow 8268-0 8272-0 --- --- --- --- 8164-0 8168-0 8172-0
(1200dpi) 8268-1 8272-1 --- --- --- --- 8164-1 8168-1 8172-1
8268-2 8272-2 --- --- --- --- 8164-2 8168-2 8172-2
Magenta 8269-0 8273-0 --- --- --- --- 8165-0 8169-0 8173-0
(1200dpi) 8269-1 8273-1 --- --- --- --- 8165-1 8169-1 8173-1
8269-2 8273-2 --- --- --- --- 8165-2 8169-2 8173-2
Cyan 8270-0 8274-0 --- --- --- --- 8166-0 8170-0 8174-0
(1200dpi) 8270-1 8274-1 --- --- --- --- 8166-1 8170-1 8174-1
8270-2 8274-2 --- --- --- --- 8166-2 8170-2 8174-2
Black 8271-0 8275-0 --- --- --- --- 8167-0 8171-0 8175-0
(1200dpi) 8271-1 8275-1 --- --- --- --- 8167-1 8171-1 8175-1
8271-2 8275-2 --- --- --- --- 8167-2 8171-2 8175-2

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 60
Twin color print

Color specified for Item to be adjusted

Remarks
twin color print Black Yellow Magenta Cyan
Black 8023-0 - - - The larger the value is, the
8023-1 - - - darker the color to be adjusted
becomes.
8023-2 - - - Acceptable values: 0 to 255
Cyan - 8024-0 8025-0 8026-0 (Default: 128)
- 8024-1 8025-1 8026-1
Sub code 0: low density
- 8024-2 8025-2 8026-2 Sub code 1: medium density
Magenta - 8027-0 8028-0 8029-0 Sub code 2: high density
- 8027-1 8028-1 8029-1
- 8027-2 8028-2 8029-2
Yellow - 8030-0 8031-0 8032-0
- 8030-1 8031-1 8032-1
- 8030-2 8031-2 8032-2 6
Red - 8033-0 8034-0 8035-0
- 8033-1 8034-1 8035-1
- 8033-2 8034-2 8035-2
Green - 8036-0 8037-0 8038-0
- 8036-1 8037-1 8038-1
- 8036-2 8037-2 8038-2
Blue - 8039-0 8040-0 8041-0
- 8039-1 8040-1 8041-1
- 8039-2 8040-2 8041-2
Notes:
• Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma
adjustment”.
• Changing the adjustment setting influences the adjacent density area slightly.
E.g.: When the value of the medium density is larger, the adjacent areas in the low density and
high density range will become slightly darker.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

<Range of the density area (low density, medium density, high density)>
The color from the 1st to the 7th stage (low density), from the 8th to the 11th stage (medium density),
from the 12th to the 13th stage (high density) in “Patch chart for gamma adjustment ([71] [TEST
PRINT])” output in  P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment” can be used as a guide for the
range of the density area influenced by the adjustment with the printer driver and the change of the
adjustment value (low density, medium density, and high density (Refer to  P. 6-59 “Fig.6-25 ”).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 61
6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment
The density of fine lines and small characters can be adjusted in the following codes.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Printer Photograp Presenta Twin Monochro

General Line art Remarks
Driver hic tion color me
PS 8130-0 8130-1 8130-2 8130-3 8133 7340 The larger the value is, the
PCL 8131-0 8131-1 8131-2 8131-3 8134 7341 darker the density of the fine
lines and small characters
XPS 8132-0 8132-1 8132-2 8132-3 8135 7342 becomes. The smaller the value
is, the lighter the density of the
fine lines and small characters
becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 8
(Default: 0)

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes to be adjusted and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (4).
(6) Let the equipment restart and perform the printing job.
(7) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (6).

6.3.5 Upper limit value in the toner saving mode

The upper limit value of the density when “Toner save” is selected in the Custom tab of the printer driver
can be adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color PS PCL XPS 1200dpi Remarks

Monochrome 7307-0 7307-1 7307-2 7302 The smaller the value is, the lighter
Except 8160-0 8160-1 8160-2 8161 the density of image becomes.
monochrome Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 176)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 62
6.3.6 Maximum toner density adjustment
The maximum toner amount adhering to the OHP and the User Media Type1 to 10 can be controlled.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color Code Media Type Remarks

Color (600dpi) 8144-0 User Media Type1 The smaller the value is, the toner amount adhered
8144-1 User Media Type2 decreases of the high density area (ex. prevention of
fusing offsetting, etc.).
8144-2 User Media Type3 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
8144-3 User Media Type4 (Default: OHP: 200, Others: 255)
8144-4 User Media Type5
8144-5 User Media Type6
8144-6 User Media Type7
8144-7 User Media Type8
8144-8 User Media Type9
8144-9 User Media Type10 6
8145 OHP
Color (1200dpi) 8148-0 User Media Type1
8148-1 User Media Type2
8148-2 User Media Type3
8148-3 User Media Type4
8148-4 User Media Type5
8148-5 User Media Type6
8148-6 User Media Type7
8148-7 User Media Type8
8148-8 User Media Type9
8148-9 User Media Type10
8149 OHP
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.
Notes:
The larger the value is, the more frequently fusing offsetting occurs.

6.3.7 Fine line enhancement switchover

The setting of the thin line enhancement is changed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Printer Driver Monochrome Full Color Twin color Remarks

PS 7322-0 8102-0 8101-0 Whether fine lines are enhanced or not can be
PCL 7322-1 8102-1 8101-1 switched.
0: OFF
XPS 7322-2 8102-2 8101-2 1: ON
Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 1)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 63
6.3.8 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (PCL)
<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode Item to be

Remarks
General Photographic Presentation Line art adjusted
8210-0 8210-1 8210-2 8210-3 Text The larger the value is, the
8211-0 8211-1 8211-2 8211-3 Graphics wider the color range to be
printed only with the black
8212-0 8212-1 8212-2 8212-3 Image toner becomes. The smaller
the value is, the narrower
this color range becomes.
Acceptable values: 1 to 255

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

6.3.9 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (Twin color mode)

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Item to be
Code Remarks
adjusted
8213 Text The larger the value is, the wider the color range to be printed only with the
8214 Graphics black toner becomes. The smaller the value is, the narrower this color range
becomes.
8215 Image Acceptable values: 1 to 255

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

6.3.10 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (PS)

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Item to be
Photograp Presentati Color Remarks
General Line art adjusted
hic on profile
8252-0 8252-1 8252-2 8252-3 8252-4 Text The larger the value is, the wider
8253-0 8253-1 8253-2 8253-3 8253-4 Graphics the color range to be printed only
with the black toner becomes. The
8254-0 8254-1 8254-2 8254-3 8254-4 Image smaller the value is, the narrower
this color range becomes.
Acceptable values: 1 to 255

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 64
6.3.11 “PureBlack/PureGray” threshold adjustment (XPS)

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Item to be
Photograp Presentati Color Remarks
General Line art adjusted
hic on profile
8249-0 8249-1 8249-2 8249-3 8249-4 Text The larger the value is, the wider
8250-0 8250-1 8250-2 8250-3 8250-4 Graphics the color range to be printed only
with the black toner becomes. The
8251-0 8251-1 8251-2 8251-3 8251-4 Image smaller the value is, the narrower
this color range becomes.
Acceptable values: 1 to 255

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

6
6.3.12 Toner limit threshold adjustment

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Smooth/Auto Detail Smooth Detail

Paper type Remarks
(PS/PCL/XPS) (PS/PCL/XPS) (1200dpi) (1200dpi)
8071-0 8070-0 8090-0 8089-0 Plain paper When you set a larger value, the
8071-1 8070-1 8090-1 8089-1 Thick paper density becomes high in some
parts of the high density area
8071-2 8070-2 8090-2 8089-2 Recycled paper since the maximum amount of
8071-3 8070-3 8090-3 8089-3 Thick paper 1 toner adhering increases.
8071-4 8070-4 8090-4 8089-4 Thick paper 2 When you set a smaller value,
the reproduction of the
8071-5 8070-5 8090-5 8089-5 Thick paper 3 gradation tends to be reduced
8071-6 8070-6 8090-6 8089-6 Thick paper 4 since the maximum amount of
8071-7 8070-7 8090-7 8089-7 Special paper 1 toner adhering decreases and
the maximum density becomes
8071-8 8070-8 8090-8 8089-8 Special paper 2 low.
8071-9 8070-9 8090-9 8089-9 Special paper 3 Note that if the value is too
large, offsetting or jam in the
8071-10 8070-10 8090-10 8089-10 Thin paper
fuser unit might occur.
8071-11 8070-11 8090-11 8089-11 Envelope
8071-12 8070-12 8090-12 8089-12 OHP film Acceptable values: 0 to 255
<Default value>
Thin paper: 64
Others: 128

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 65
6.3.13 Sharpness adjustment
This adjustment is applied when images need to be softer or sharper.
The adjustment for each original mode is available.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color
Item to be Monochr Twin
General* Presentat Red Seal Remarks
adjusted ome*1 Photo Line art*2 color
2 ion Color*2
Text 8118-0 8110-0 8111-0 8112-0 8113-0 8109-0 8108-0 The larger the
Graphics 8118-1 8110-1 8111-1 8112-1 8113-1 8109-1 8108-1 value is, the
sharper the
Image 8118-2 8110-2 8111-2 8112-2 8113-2 8109-2 8108-2 image becomes.
The smaller the
value is, the
softer the image
becomes.
Acceptable
values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)
*1: Items which are adjusted when the value of FS-05-7322 is “0”.
The items which are adjusted when the value of FS-05-7322 is “1” are as below.

Item to be adjusted Monochrome

Text/Others 8118-0
Thin text 8118-1
Image 8118-2

*2: Items which are adjusted when the value of FS-05-8102 is “0”.
The items which are adjusted when the value of FS-05-8102 is “1” are as below.

Item to be adjusted General Line art Red Seal Color

Text/Others 8110-0 8113-0 8109-0
Thin text 8110-1 8113-1 8109-1
Image 8110-2 8113-2 8109-2

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.
Notes:
To check an image of [Red Seal], use the one copied in the normal startup.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 66
6.3.14 Thin line width lower limit adjustment
<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode Code Remarks

600dpi 8240 Sets the lower limit value of the thin line width when “Distinguish Thin Lines” is selected in
1200dpi 8241 the screen selecting menu of the printer driver.
The larger the value is, the thicker (darker) the thin line becomes.
Acceptable values: 1 to 9
(Default: 2)
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

6.3.15 Background adjustment

The density of background can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

6
PS PCL XPS 1200dpi
Mode Remarks
Smooth Detail Smooth Detail Smooth Detail Smooth Detail
Color 8010-0 8013-0 8010-1 8013-1 8010-2 8013-2 8016 8017 The larger the
Twin 8011-0 8014-0 8011-1 8014-1 8011-2 8014-2 - - value is, the
Color darker the
background
Black 8012-0 8015-0 8012-1 8015-1 8012-2 8015-2 8018 8019 becomes. The
smaller the
value is, the
lighter the
background
becomes.
Acceptable
values: 0 to
255
(default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

6.3.16 Color/black judgment setting for twin color printing images

The color reproduction of the image object is specified in the twin color mode.
<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Remarks
8218 0: Reproduced with black and the specified color
1: Reproduced with black only
Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 0)
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 67
6.3.17 Emission level adjustment
The emission level in the e-Filing printing (Monochrome/binary), the Network FAX and the Internet FAX
can be adjusted as follows. This adjustment adjusts the dot size.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Function Remarks

7350-0 Emission level 0/4 Network FAX, The smaller the value is, the smaller the primary
7350-1 Emission level 1/4 Internet FAX scanning direction emission level becomes.
Therefore, the smaller dot is reproduced
7350-2 Emission level 2/4 accordingly.
7350-3 Emission level 3/4 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7350-4 Emission level 4/4 (Default Level 0/4: 0, Level 1/4: 63, Level 2/4: 127,
Level 3/4: 191, Level 4/4: 255)
7356-0 Emission level 0/4 e-Filing printing
7356-1 Emission level 1/4 (Monochrome/binary)
7356-2 Emission level 2/4
7356-3 Emission level 3/4
7356-4 Emission level 4/4

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-41 “6.2.15 Emission level adjustment”.

Notes:
• Change the setting value increment of 8 as a guide.
• Be sure to confirm the image when the setting value is changed.
• The setting value must increase as the emission level number (0 to 4) becomes higher. Do not
increase this order when setting the values.
• Usually, emission level 4/4 is most effective in the black mode.
• It is not applied to the images printed in the black mode by the printer driver.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 68
6.3.18 Density adjustment of graphic lines (1200 dpi)
This adjustment is available regardless of whether “Distinguish Thin Lines” of the printer driver is
selected or not.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Density adjustment
Color mode Code Remarks
Color/Black 8242-0 The density of the line in Black in the line density range specified by “FS-
05-8243-0” or “FS-05-8243-1” can be adjusted.

The larger the value is, the darker the line density becomes.
Acceptable value: 0 to 5 (Default: 3)
8242-1 The density of the line in Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, and Black in the line
density range specified by “FS-05-8243-2” or “FS-05-8243-3” can be
adjusted.

The larger the value is, the darker the line density becomes.
Acceptable value: 0 to 5 (Default: 1)
6
Effective range
Color mode Code Remarks
Color/Black 8243-0 The effective range (lower limit) of the density The density range
adjustment for the line in Black can be set. selected in the upper
and lower limit is
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 1) adjusted with FS-05-
8243-1 The effective range (upper limit) of the density 8242-0.
adjustment for the line in Black can be set.

Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 200)

8243-2 The effective range (lower limit) of the density The density range
adjustment for the line in Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, selected in the upper
and Black can be set. and lower limit is
adjusted with FS-05-
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 1) 8242-1.
8243-3 The effective range (upper limit) of the density
adjustment for the line in Yellow, Magenta, Cyan,
and Black can be set.

Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 255)

Notes:
Be sure to set the values of the upper and lower limit properly so that they are not set in reverse.
The line density adjustment codes with black (8242-0, 8243-0 and 8243-1) are in common for
both the color and black modes.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 69
6.3.19 Gradation switching for black mode printing text
The gradation level of the TEXT object in black mode printing can be switched.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode PS PCL XPS Remarks

Black 7386-0 7386-1 7386-2 0: Text reproduction priority (Text with medium density
(600dpi) will be reproduced darker.)
Black 7387 - - 1: Gradation reproduction priority (Text with medium
(1200dpi) density will be reproduced lighter.)
Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 0)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

6.3.20 Color reproduction switching (Twin color printing)

The color reproduction level in twin color printing can be switched.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

8002 Color reproduction 0: Gradation priority
switching (Twin color Printing is performed in a natural gradation. This setting is suitable
printing) for printing an original such as a leaflet including photos.
1: Text reproduction priority
Colored lines and text are printed in a clear shape. This setting is
suitable for printing an original such as a form.
Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 0)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 70
6.3.21 Auto Trapping adjustment
White voids in the background caused by an off registration of text or graphics can be reduced.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

8244-0 Number of pixels to When a larger value is set, it will get stronger against a wider gap (off
perform trapping (dot) registration); however, overlapped areas will become more
conspicuous.
Acceptable values: 1 to 3 (Default: 2)
8244-1 Color brightness of The smaller the value is, the darker the color becomes.
trapped areas (%) In this case, gaps will not become conspicuous; however, overlapped
areas will become more conspicuous.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
8245 Enable/disable Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 0)
switching of trapping
process at direct
printing
6
Notes:
• This is available only in full color printing.
• The settings of 05-8244 are reflected when AutoTrapping is enabled in a printer driver.
• The settings of 05-8244 are common for PCL, PS and XPS (excluding 1200dpi printing at PS).
• Direct printing: Printing process which does not use (pass through) a printer driver.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 “6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment”.

6.3.22 Adjustment of smudged text in black (600dpi)

Smudged text in black can be adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode PS PCL XPS Remarks

Color 8121 8122 8123 When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner.
Twin Color 8124 8125 8126 When a smaller value is set, it becomes thicker.
Acceptable values: 0 to 9
Black 7325 7326 7327 (Default PS: 2, PCL/XPS: 5)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

6.3.23 Adjustment of smudged text in black (1200dpi)

Smudged text in black can be adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Mode Code Remarks

Black 7305 When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. When a smaller value is
set, it becomes thicker.
Acceptable values: 0 to 9
(Default: 5)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-62 “6.3.4 Fine line/text density adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 71
6.3.24 Halftone setting
The halftone mode to be used is set when [Auto] is selected in Halftone of a printer driver.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Item to be adjusted
Mode Remarks
Text Graphics Image
1200 dpi 7383-0 7383-1 7383-2 0: Smooth
1: Detail
Acceptable values: 0 to 1
(Default: Text:1, Graphics/Image: 0)
Notes:
Be sure to perform this adjustment after performing the following one.
 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the code to be adjusted (0, 1 or 2) and press the [START] button.
(4) Key in the adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value. -> The equipment returns to the ready state.
(6) Start up the equipment in the normal mode and make a print.
(7) If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat steps (1) to (6).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 72
6.4 Image Quality Adjustment (Scanning Function)

6.4.1 Gamma balance adjustment

The gamma balance at the Black Mode is adjusted by adjusting the density. The adjustment is
performed by selecting its density area from the following: low density, medium density and high
density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Black
Original mode Gray Item to be
Remarks
Custom Scale adjusted
Text/Photo Photo
mode
7485-0 7487-0 7480-0 7488-0 Low density The larger the value is, the density of the
7485-1 7487-1 7480-1 7488-1 Medium density item to be adjusted becomes darker.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7485-2 7487-2 7480-2 7488-2 High density (Default: 128) 6

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code corresponding to the desired original mode and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the value corresponding to the density area to be adjusted (0, 1 or 2) and press the
[START] button.
0: Low density (L), 1: Medium density (M), 2: High density (H)
(4) Key in the adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value in memory.
→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5).
(7) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job.
(8) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7).

6.4.2 RGB Color balance adjustment

The color balance of the images scanned in the color mode can be adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Item to be adjusted
Original mode Remarks
Red Green Blue
Text/Photo 8425-0 8425-1 8425-2 When a larger value is set, red becomes darker. When a
Text 8426-0 8426-1 8426-2 smaller value is set, it becomes lighter.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
Photo 8427-0 8427-1 8427-2
Custom 8428-0 8428-1 8428-2
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code corresponding to the desired original mode and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the value corresponding to the sub code to be adjusted (0, 1 or 2) and press the [START]
button.
0: Red, 1: Green, 2: Blue
(4) Key in the adjustment value. (Acceptable values: 0 to 255)
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(5) Press [OK] to store the value in a memory.
→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(6) Turn the power ON again. Scan an original and check the images.
(7) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (6).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 73
6.4.3 Density adjustment

Adjusts the center density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color Item to be
Text/ Custom Remarks
Mode Text Photo adjusted
Photo mode
Color 8339 8340 8341 8380 Manual density The larger the value is, the darker
center value/ the image becomes.
Automatic Acceptable values: 0 to 255
density (Default: 128)

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Gray Item to be
Mode Text/ Custom Remarks
Text Photo Scale adjusted
Photo mode
Black 7444 7445 7446 7475 7447 Manual density The larger the value is, the darker
center value the image becomes.
7456 7457 7458 7478 7459 Automatic Acceptable values: 0 to 255
density (Default: 128)

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in an adjustment value (acceptable values: 0 to 255).
(To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory.
→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning.
(6) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 74
6.4.4 Background adjustment (Color)
The adjustment level of background center value is adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

8309 Text/Photo The smaller the value is, the background becomes lighter.
8310 Text Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
8311 Photo
8370 Custom mode

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment values. Acceptable values: 0 to 255. (To correct the value once keyed in,
press [CLEAR].) 6
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job.
(6) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

6.4.5 Background adjustment (Black/Grayscale)

The density of background can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Color mode Original mode Remarks

7436 Black Text/Photo The smaller the value is, the background becomes
7437 Text lighter.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
7438 Photo
7441 Custom mode
7439 Grayscale -

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

6.4.6 Judgment for ACS adjustment

The judgment level is adjusted for the automatic identification of whether the original set on the glass is
black or color. Namely, this is to adjust the judgment level used when “Auto Color” is selected at color
modes. The same adjustment value is simultaneously applied to all cases of originals on the original
glass for copier functions and network scanning functions, and those placed on the DF.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Contents

7630 Judgment for ACS The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged as black
adjustment even at the Auto Color Mode. The smaller the value is, the more it tends to
be judged as color.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 70)

<Procedure>:
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 75
6.4.7 Sharpness adjustment

If you want to make scan images look softer or sharper, perform the following adjustment. The
adjustment can be made for each of the color modes and original modes independently.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Color mode Original mode Contents

8354 Full Color Text/Photo The larger the value is, the sharper the image becomes;
8335 Text while the smaller the value is, the softer the image
becomes.
8336 Photo The smaller the value is, the less moire tends to appear.
8375 Custom mode The acceptable values are 0 to 255.
7430 Black Text/Photo The center value is 128.
7431 Text
7432 Photo
7470 Custom mode
7433 Gray Scale -
Notes:
You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

6.4.8 Contrast adjustment

The contrast of the images scanned in the color mode can be adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode Code Remarks

Text/Photo 8419 When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes higher. When a smaller value
Text 8420 is set, it becomes lower.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
Photo 8421
Custom 8422

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the code corresponding to the desired original mode and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment value. (Acceptable values: 0 to 255)
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in a memory.
→ The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Turn the power ON again. Scan an original and check the images.
(6) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 76
6.4.9 Fine adjustment of black density
The density of black side on scanned image is adjusted at color-scanning.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

8314 Text/Photo The larger the value is, the black side of the image becomes darker.
Acceptable values: 0 to 4 (Default: 1)
8315 Text The larger the value is, the black side of the image becomes darker.
8316 Photo Acceptable values: 0 to 4 (Default: 0)
8371 Custom mode
Notes:
Be careful for the value not to be too large since the gradation is reproduced worse in darker
side.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
6
(2) Key in the codes and press the [START].
(3) Key in the adjustment values. Acceptable values: 0 to 4. (To correct the value once keyed in,
press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job.
(6) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

6.4.10 RGB conversion method selection

The color space conversion method of image is decided at color-scanning.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

8319 Text/Photo 0: sRGB, 1: AppleRGB, 2: ROMMRGB, 3: AdobeRGB
8320 Text (Default: 0)
8321 Photo
8372 Custom mode

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment values. Acceptable values: 0 to 3. (To correct the value once keyed in,
press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job.
(6) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 77
6.4.11 Adjustment of saturation
The saturation of the scanned image is adjusted for color-scanning.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Original mode Remarks

8324 Text/Photo The larger the value is, the brighter the image becomes.
8325 Text The smaller the value is, the duller the image becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
8326 Photo
8373 Custom mode

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment values. Acceptable values: 0 to 255.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in the memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job.
(6) If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

6.4.12 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy,

scan and fax)
The background level for scanning originals with the DF is adjusted when the background fogging at
the scanning of a manually-set original and an original used with the DF is different. This is to adjust the
level of the background image removed when the scanning of the originals with the DF is performed.
The adjustment value is applied to both the front and back sides.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Color 7026 The larger the value is, the darker the background density becomes.
Black 7025 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

6.4.13 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF

(common for copy, scan and fax)
The background level for scanning the back side of originals with the DSDF can be adjusted when
there is a different background fogging level at the scanning of the back and front sides with the DSDF.
This is to adjust the level of the background image removed when the scanning of the back side of the
original with the DSDF is performed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Color 7024 The larger the adjustment value, the darker the background becomes.
Black 7023 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 78
6.4.14 Adjustment of the capacity and image quality of SlimPDF
A SlimPDF is saved using different compression ratios and resolutions by being divided into the text
and other portions.
The file size and the image quality can be adjusted by changing the compression ratio and resolution
for areas other than text (e.g.: background).

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

9104 Compression The compression ratio can be adjusted. This code is used to improve the
quality of image quality of the background.
SlimPDF When a larger value is set, mosquito noise in the outline or boundary will
background be decreased and better image quality can be obtained; however, the file
processing size will become larger.
When a smaller value is set, the file size will be reduced; however, the
noise in the outline or boundary will be increased and thus the image
quality will become worse. Especially, the noise in the boundary between
the white and color portions will become conspicuous.
Change the setting value by 2 steps from the default as a target. 6
Acceptable value: 0 to 10 (Default: 5)
9105 Sharpening of The sharpness can be adjusted. This code is used to improve the image
SlimPDF quality of the background.
background The larger the value is, the better the sharpness of the outline and
processing boundary becomes. However, if the value is too large, the noise will be
enhanced or the moire will occur.
The smaller the value is, the lower the noise or moire will occur. However,
if the value is too small, blurred images will occur.
Change the setting value by 2 steps from the default as a target.
Acceptable value: 0 to 10 (Default: 5)
Recommended value: 3 to 7
9107 Resolution of The resolution can be adjusted. This code is used to improve the image
SlimPDF quality of the background.
background When a larger value is set, the image quality becomes sharper; however,
processing the file size becomes larger.
When a smaller value is set, the file size will be reduced; however,
blurred images will occur.
0: 75dpi
1: 100dpi
2: 150dpi
3: 200dpi
Acceptable value: 0 to 3 (Default: 1)
<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in the codes to be adjusted and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in the adjustment value. (To correct a value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Then obtain a SlimPDF and check the images.
(6) If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5).

Notes:
The image quality of the portions which are not recognized as text will be improved by setting the
value “2” or larger in 05-9107.
In such a case; however, the file size will become larger. Therefore, to make the file size smaller,
set the value “4” or smaller in 05-9104.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 79
6.4.15 Surrounding void amount adjustment
The void amount around the network scanned image is adjusted.
In network scanning, since the void amount is very small in stored images, a shadow may appear
around the scanned image due to the subtle difference in the original sizes. This shadow can be
eliminated by adjusting the setting value.
The setting value is applied to all resolutions and color modes.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

7489 Surrounding void amount When the value increases, the blank area around the scanned image
adjustment becomes wider and is replaced with white data.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 0)
A setting value of 24 is equivalent to 1 mm.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

6.4.16 Surrounding void amount adjustment (custom size scan)

When the custom size is specified during original size setting for network scanning, the void amount
around the network scanned image is adjusted. A shadow may appear around the scanned image and
this can be eliminated by means of the setting.
The adjustable types of the custom size are [Registered Size] and [Auto Detected] only.
The setting value is applied to all resolutions and color modes.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

7090 Surrounding void amount When the value increases, the blank area around the image scanned
adjustment of while [Registered Size] is set becomes wider and is replaced with white
[Registered Size] data.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 0)
Approx. 1 mm void is attached by the setting value “24”.
7091 Surrounding void amount When the value increases, the blank area around the image scanned
adjustment of [Auto while [Auto Detected] is set becomes wider and is replaced with white
Detected] data.
Acceptable value: 0 to 255 (Default: 0)
Approx. 1 mm void is attached by the setting value “24”.
<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

6.4.17 Judgment threshold adjustment for blank originals

(common for copy and scan)
The judgment level is adjusted for automatic identification of whether the original set is blank or not.
This adjustment is made when “OMIT BLANK PAGE” is selected on the control panel.
The adjustment value is simultaneously applied to all modes at PPC and scanning.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

7618 Judgment threshold The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged as a
adjustment for blank blank sheet.
original Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 80
6.4.18 JPEG compression level adjustment
The compression level for saving the scanned data in the JPEG format can be adjusted as follows.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

8304-0 High quality The larger the value is, the better the quality becomes, and the
8304-1 Standard larger the size of file becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
8304-2 Low quality

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 81
6.4.19 ADF noise reduction
The noise reduction level for streaks can be adjusted with the following codes when a scan job is
performed using the ADF.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color
Original mode
Item to be adjusted Remarks
Custom
Text/Photo Text Photo
mode
8413 8414 8415 8412 ADF noise reduction When the value decreases, the
level setting effect of reducing streaks becomes
larger. When the value increases,
the effect of reducing streaks
becomes smaller.
When “0” is set, this function is
disabled.
Acceptable values: 0 to 200
(Default: 100)

Black
Original mode Gray
Item to be adjusted Remarks
Text/ Custom scale
Text Photo
Photo mode
7401 7402 7403 7400 7404 ADF noise reduction When the value decreases, the
level setting effect of reducing streaks becomes
larger. When the value increases,
the effect of reducing streaks
becomes smaller.
When “0” is set, this function is
disabled.
Acceptable values: 0 to 200
(Default: 100)

Notes:
Remember the image specifications and life span of the replacing parts may not meet the
standard when the setting value is changed from the default value.
If too small a value is set, the text may not be printed clearly.

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-74 “6.4.3 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 82
6.5 Image Quality Adjustment (FAX Function)

6.5.1 Density adjustment

Adjusts the center density.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Original mode
Color
Text/ Item to be adjusted Remarks
mode Text * Photo
Photo
Black 7533 7534 7535 Manual density [TEXT/PHOTO], [PHOTO]: The larger the
center value value is, the darker the image becomes.
[Text]: The larger the value is, the lighter the
image becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
7542 - 7543 Automatic density The larger the value is, the darker the image
mode becomes. 6
Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128)
* Since the gradation in this mode is reproduced in a binary image (black and white), this adjustment
should be a simple binary threshold adjustment.

<Procedure>
(1) Perform FS-05.
(2) Key in a code and press the [START] button.
(3) Key in an adjustment value.
(To correct the value once keyed in, press [CLEAR].)
(4) Press [OK] to store the value. → The equipment goes back to the ready state.
(5) Turn the power OFF.

<Confirmation>
If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's
side.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 83
6.5.2 Emission level adjustment
The emission level in the fax function can be set. In this setting the size of dots is adjusted.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Code Item to be adjusted Remarks

7595-0 Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value is, the smaller the emission level
7595-1 Emission level 1/4 becomes. Therefore, the smaller dot is reproduced
accordingly.
7595-2 Emission level 2/4 Acceptable values: 0 to 255
7595-3 Emission level 3/4 (Default: Level 0/4: 0, Level 1/4: 63, Level 2/4: 127,
7595-4 Emission level 4/4 Level 3/4: 191, Level 4/4: 255)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-41 “6.2.15 Emission level adjustment”.

<Confirmation>
Check the emission level setting with the actual fax data received, if possible.
Notes:
• Change the setting value increment of 8 as a guide.
• Be sure to confirm the image when the setting value is changed.
• The setting value must increase as the emission level number (0 to 4) becomes higher. Do not
increase this order when setting the values.
• Usually, emission level 4 / 4 is the most effective in the black mode.

6.5.3 Background offsetting adjustment for DF (common for copy,

scan and fax)
The background level for scanning originals with the DF is adjusted when the background fogging at
the scanning of a manually-set original and an original used with the DF is different. This is to adjust the
level of the background image removed when the scanning of the originals with the DF is performed.
The adjustment value is applied to both the front and back sides.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Black 7025 The larger the value is, the darker the background density becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 84
6.5.4 Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF
(common for copy, scan and fax)
The background level for scanning the back side of originals with the DSDF can be adjusted when
there is a different background fogging level at the scanning of the back and front sides with the DSDF.
This is to adjust the level of the background image removed when the scanning of the back side of the
original with the DSDF is performed.

<05 Adjustment Mode>

Color mode Code Remarks

Black 7023 The larger the adjustment value, the darker the background becomes.
Acceptable values: 0 to 255
(Default: 128)

<Procedure>
The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 “6.2.2 Density adjustment”.
6

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 85
6.6 Scanner

6.6.1 Adjustment carriages-1 positions

(1) Take off the RADF/DSDF.
 P. 4-262 “4.12.2 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder”
(2) Take off the right top cover.
 P. 4-4 “4.1.9 Right top cover”
(3) Take off the original glass.
 P. 4-23 “4.3.1 Original glass”
(4) Take off the left top cover.
 P. 4-3 “4.1.5 Left top cover”
(5) Move the carriage-1[1] toward the exit side.
Notes:
Rotate the drive pulley to move the carriage.

(6) Loosen the 2 fixing screws of the wire. Tighten the screws by aligning the sections [5] and [6] of
the carriage-1 with the inside of the exit side frame [2].
Notes:
Confirm that they are aligned properly through the windows [3] and [4] of the exit side frame [2].

Fig.6-26

Fig.6-27

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 86
6.6.2 Position adjustment of CCD lens unit
Count the number of lines and write it down for later reference before removing the CCD lens unit.
When installing the CCD lens unit, the same number of lines needs to be visible.
 P. 4-29 “4.3.5 Lens unit/CCD driving PC board”

6.6.3 Belt tension adjustment of the scan motor

(1) Take off the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Hook the belt tension jig[1] to the motor bracket[2] and hook section of the flame[3].
(3) Loosen the screws [4] and [5].
(4) The scan motor [6] is pulled by the belt tension jig [1]. When it is stopped, tighten the screws in
order of [4] and [5].
(5) Remove the belt tension jig[1].

6
[1] [3]
[6] [4]

[2]
[5]

Fig.6-28

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 87
6.7 Writing Section

6.7.1 Image adjustment in the writing section

Refer to the following pages for details.
 P. 6-15 “[B] Primary scanning data writing start position”
 P. 6-17 “[D] Secondary scanning data writing start position”
 P. 6-18 “[E] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing”

6.7.2 Adjustment of image tilting at the leading edge

When a printed image at the leading edge of paper is tilted as shown below, correct this by tilting the
laser optical unit (LSU).

A Front Tilted volume: A-B

B Rear Feeding direction

Fig.6-29

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 88
 Remarks:
Explanation of the portions used for adjustment

[3] [7] [6] [1] [5] [4] [2]

Fig.6-30
6

[1] LSU holder

[2] Frame
[3] The screw hole to use when adjusting the tilted volume
[4] The scale to use when adjusting the tilted volume (LSU holder side)
[5] The scale to use when adjusting the tilted volume (frame side)
[6] The screw hole to use when the value of “A-B” is +0.5 mm (“+0.5” is marked)
[7] The screw hole to use when the value of “A-B” is -0.5 mm (“-0.5” is marked)

[ 1 ] Adjustment of the tilted volume

Notes:
The final adjustment is recommended to be made during installation at a user's site.
Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the drawer in advance.

(1) Output a grid pattern of A3/LD size and check the tilted volume of an image (the value of “A-B”).
(2) Remove 5 screws and take off the left cover (Refer to  P. 4-1 “4.1.2 Left cover”).)
Notes:
Be sure to check the scale positions before carrying out the adjustment. Take a memo of the
scale positions where the LSU holder [4] and the frame [5] ones are aligned.
Fig. C: The scale positions are aligned at the center.
Fig. D: The scale positions are aligned at the fifth one on the front side from the center.

C Center D Center
[4]

[5]

Fig.6-31

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 89
 (3) Loosen 2 screws [8].

[8] [8]

Fig.6-32

(4) Remove 1 screw [9].

[9]

Fig.6-33

(5) Temporarily tighten the screw [9] removed in step (4) into the screw hole [3].

[9]

[3]

Fig.6-34

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 90
 (6) Check the value of “A-B” and select the closest one from the following table.

Scale position to be aligned Tilted volume (A-B): [Unit: mm]

Frame LSU holder 297 mm (A3) 279 mm (LD)
Front 8th 8th 1.12 1.04
7th 7th 0.98 0.91
6th 6th 0.84 0.78
5th 5th 0.7 0.65
4th 4th 0.56 0.52
3rd 3rd 0.42 0.39
2nd 2nd 0.28 0.26
1st 1st 0.14 0.13
Center 0 0 0 0
Rear 1st 1st -0.14 -0.13
2nd 2nd -0.28 -0.26
3rd 3rd -0.42 -0.39 6
4th 4th -0.56 -0.52
5th 5th -0.7 -0.65
6th 6th -0.84 -0.78
7th 7th -0.98 -0.91
8th 8th -1.12 -1.04
Remarks Moving approx. Moving approx.
0.14 mm per 1 0.13 mm per 1
scale scale

(7) Align the scale position which corresponds to the value selected by referring to the above table.

Rear: Eighth Center Front: Eighth

Rear: First Front: First LSU holder

Rear: First Front: First Frame

Rear: Eighth Center Front: Eighth

Fig.6-35

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 91
 E.g.: When the width of the paper is 297 mm
If the value of “A-B” is approx. -0.6 mm, select -0.56 from the table. In this case, the scale
position is located at the fourth one on the rear side. Move the LSU holder [1] to the front side so
that its scale position of the fourth one on the rear side is aligned to that for the frame [2].

Fig.6-36

E.g.: When the width of the paper is 297 mm and the value of “A-B” is approx. 0.3 mm
Move the LSU holder [1] to the rear side so that its scale position of the second one on the front
side is aligned to that for the frame [2].

Fig.6-37

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 92
 Notes:
This describes the adjustment procedure in the standard operation; however, adjustment of tilting
in the laser optical unit has sometimes been carried out on the manufacturing line. In this case,
move the scale position only by the required volume to be tilted since the ones of the frame and
the LSU holder have been aligned.
If the paper width is 297 mm, the position is moved by approx. 0.14 mm per 1 scale. If the paper
width is 279 mm, the position is moved by approx. 0.13 mm per 1 scale. When the value of “A-B”
becomes a minus one, use the scale at the rear side. When the value of “A-B” becomes a plus
one, use the scale at the front side.

E.g.: When the leading edge of the rear side is made approx. 0.5 mm wider (the front side made
narrower) from the current adjusted position (the scale positions are aligned at the second one
on the front side)
Move the LSU holder by 4 scales to the rear side so that the sixth ones are aligned.

Front: Sixth
6

Front: Sixth

Fig.6-38

(8) Secure the screw temporarily tightened in step (4).

(9) Tighten the screws [8] loosened in step (3).

(10) Output a grid pattern of A3/LD size and check whether image tilting has occurred or not. If this
problem still persists, return to step (3) and perform the adjustment again.

(11) Install the left cover.

[ 2 ] Adjustment of the tilted volume by 0.5 mm with a simplified method

If the value of “A-B” is +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm, the tilted volume can be adjusted by +/-0.5 mm with a
simplified method in accordance with this procedure.
Notes:
The final adjustment is recommended to be made during installation at a user's site.
Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the drawer in advance.

(1) Output a grid pattern of A3/LD size and check the image tilting.

(2) Remove 5 screws and take off the left cover (Refer to  P. 4-1 “4.1.2 Left cover”).)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 93
 (3) Loosen 2 screws [8].

[8] [8]

Fig.6-39

(4) Remove 1 screw [9].

[9]

Fig.6-40

(5) Slide the LSU holder [1] and tighten the screw hole ([6] or [7]) to be corrected with the screw [9]
removed in step (4).

[9]

[7] [6]

Fig.6-41

Remarks:
[6] The screw hole to use when the value of “A-B” is approx. +0.5 mm (“+0.5” is marked)
[7] The screw hole to use when the value of “A-B” is approx. -0.5 mm (“-0.5” is marked)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 94
 If the value of “A-B” is approx. +0.5 mm, slide the LSU holder [1] to the rear side and tighten the
screw hole [6] with the screw.

[6] [1]

Fig.6-42
6
If the value of “A-B” is approx. -0.5 mm, slide the LSU holder [1] to the front side and tighten the
screw hole [7] with the screw.

[7] [1]

Fig.6-43

(6) Tighten the screws [8] loosened in step (3).

(7) Output a grid pattern of A3/LD size and check whether image tilting has occurred or not. If this
problem still persists, return to step (3) or perform the procedure “[1] Adjustment of the tilted
volume” to carry out the adjustment again.

(8) Install the left cover.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 95
6.8 Paper Feeding System

6.8.1 Adjusting the clearance of the paper and side guides

If the clearance between the paper and the side guides is too wide, it can be adjusted to between 0 and
1 mm using the following procedure (the clearance between the paper and the guides is 1 to 2 mm
including both front and rear sides).
<Procedure>
(1) Take out the drawer.
(2) Move the side guide[1]. Loosen 2 screws.

Fig.6-44

Fig.6-45

(3) Move the side guide adjustment piece[1] to the front and tighten the screws (by 0.5 mm).

Fig.6-46

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 96
6.8.2 Separation roller pressure force adjustment
Generally, paper jams and multiple feeding often occur as the life end of the roller approaches.
However, if they often occur even though its life has not yet reached its replacement timing, or if the life
end comes much earlier than the scheduled replacement timing, paper jams, multiple feeding or
shortened life can be improved by adjusting the pressure force of the separation roller.
In this method, however, when the roller life becomes longer, jams and multiple feeding may occur
frequently, and when the jams and multiple feeding are suppressed, the roller life may become shorter.
Therefore, perform this adjustment while checking the status carefully, and if necessary, give a
sufficient explanation to users.

<Adjustment procedure>
(1) Take off the drawer feeding unit.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.14 1st drawer paper feed unit”
 P. 4-77 “4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit”
(2) Remove 1 screw, and then screw it temporarily into the oblong hole which is located next to it.
Notes:
Make a mark for the installation position of the holder [1] in advance. 6

[1]

Fig.6-47

(3) Move the holder [1].

Remarks:
Moving in the direction of A: The roller life will become longer (but multiple feeding may occur
frequently).
Moving in the direction of B: Multiple feeding will be suppressed (but the roller life may become
shorter).
Notes:
The recommended moving distance of the holder [1] is within 1 or 2 scale marks.

[1]
B A

Fig.6-48

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 97
6.9 Process Unit Related Section

6.9.1 High-voltage transformer setting

The high-voltage transformers (PS-HVT) supply high-voltage to the parts related to charging,
development, transfer and Discharging blade.
The high-voltage transformer has the following high-voltage outputs.

CH1 1 Main charger bias (Y)

2 Main charger bias (M)
3 Main charger bias (C)
4 Main charger bias (K)
CH2 1 Main charger grid bias (Y)
2 Main charger grid bias (M)
3 Main charger grid bias (C)
4 Main charger grid bias (K)
CH3 1 Developer bias (Y)
2 Developer bias (M)
3 Developer bias (C)
4 Developer bias (K)
CH4 1 1st transfer roller bias (Y)
2 1st transfer roller bias (M)
3 1st transfer roller bias (C)
4 1st transfer roller bias (K)
CH5 - 2nd transfer roller bias
Notes:
Never move the variable resistance on the board since the output adjustment has been
performed at the shipment for the high-voltage transformer supplied as a service part. Also do
not perform the setting change when the high-voltage power supply is replaced.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 98
6.10 Developer Unit

6.10.1 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor

When the developer material is replaced, adjust the auto-toner sensor.
 P. 6-2 “6.1.2 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor”

6.10.2 Pole position adjustment

Adjust the pole position adjustment plate

[3]
[2]

[1]
[1]

Fig.6-49

(1) Record or mark the scale position [2] indicated by the pole position adjustment plate [1].
(2) Loosen 1 screw [3] and adjust the pole position adjustment plate [1].
(3) Tighten the screw [3].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 99
6.11 Image Quality Control

6.11.1 Performing image quality control

When the image position aligning sensor (front) or image position aligning sensor (rear) or image
position aligning sensor (center)/image quality sensor is replaced, perform the image quality control
and adjustment of color registration control.
 P. 6-4 “6.1.3 Performing image quality control”
 P. 6-5 “6.1.4 Adjustment of color registration control”

6.12 Fuser Unit

6.12.1 Adjustment of the separation guide gap

Perform this adjustment when the following parts are replaced or disassembled.
• Separation guide
• Fixing plate of separation guide

Confirm the gap when the following parts are replaced or disassembled.
• Fuser belt
• Thermistor
• Thermostat
• Fuser belt lubricating sheet
• Fuser belt pad

Notes:
• Wait until the fuser unit is completely cooled down, and then start the adjustment.
• Place the fuser unit on a flat surface.
• Be sure not to damage the fuser belt with the gap adjustment jig.
• Adjust the gap while the pressure roller is contacted to the fuser belt.
• If the fuser unit is not installed to the equipment after the replacement or adjustment but must be
stored as a unit for a long time, be sure to leave the pressure roller released from the fuser belt.
• To switch the contacted/released state, rotate the pressure roller contacting/releasing cam with a
flathead screwdriver.

Fig.6-50

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 100
<Gap to be confirmed>

[3] [4]

, B, C, D, E)

[1] [2]

Fig.6-51

[1] Fuser belt

[2] Pressure roller
[3] Separation guide gap adjustment jig
[4] Separation guide
[5] Gap

<Jig to be used>
Separation guide gap adjustment jig

Fig.6-52

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 101
<Adjustment procedure>
(1) Insert the jig into the windows [A] and [E], and then adjust the gap to 0.5 to 0.55 mm.
(2) Confirm the gaps of the window [B], [C] and [D]. When the gap is 0.55 to 0.8mm, adjustment is
completed.
(3) If the gaps [B], [C] and [D] is narrower than 0.55mm, adjust with center screw fasten.
(4) If the gaps [B], [C] and [D] is wider than 0.8mm, loosen the front, center and rear screw, and then
readjust from step (1).

[E] [D] [C] [B] [A]

Rear screw Center screw Front screw

Fig.6-53

Remarks: Adjustable range of the gaps

[A][E] 0.45 to 0.8 mm
[B][C][D] 0.55 to 0.8 mm

- Adjustable range in the manufacturing process:

[A] and [E]: 0.45 to 0.8 mm
[B], [C] and [D]: 0.55 to 0.8 mm

- Adjustable range in the field:

[A] and [E]: 0.5 to 0.8 mm
[B], [C] and [D]: 0.55 to 0.8 mm

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 102
6.13 Control Panel Calibration

6.13.1 General description

Due to disassembling and replacing of the control panel or its temporary change, the touched position
on the control panel sometimes cannot be detected properly, such as touch-and-response position
mismatch or slow response. This function corrects this phenomenon.
Remarks:
If the control panel is replaced in a unit base, performing this function is not necessary.

6.13.2 Operation procedure

(1) Perform FS-08-9050.
The calibration screen appears and a plus mark is displayed on the upper left of the screen.
(2) Touch the center of the plus mark in the following order.
The plus mark is displayed in the order of 2 -> 3 -> 4, when it is touched and recognized.
6

1 2

3 4

Fig.6-54

Notes:
• It is recommended to touch the plus mark using a touch pen with a fine tip.
• Calibration is performed at the touched position. Therefore, touch the center of the plus mark
properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 103
 (3) When circle marks are displayed, keep touching the center of the marks with your fingers in the
following order.
After a few seconds have passed, the next circle marks are displayed.

5 8

7
10

Fig.6-55

Notes:
• When two circle marks are displayed, touch them simultaneously.
• Calibration is performed at the touched position. Therefore, touch the circle marks properly.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 104
 (4) After all the marks are touched, the following screen appears and then calibration is completed.

Fig.6-56

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 105
6.14 Adjustment of the DSDF

6.14.1 Adjustment of position

Perform this adjustment when the DSDF is not installed in the correct position.
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF. (See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)

[A] Checking
(1) Open the DSDF and install 2 positioning pins.

Fig.6-57

(2) Remove the platen sheet.

Fig.6-58

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 106
 (3) Close the DSDF and check if the positioning pins fit the holes on the DSDF.
Notes:
If the positioning pins cannot be fitted into the holes on the DSDF properly, go to  P. 6-108 “[B]
Adjustment” to adjust the position of the DSDF and then install it.

6
Fig.6-59

(4) Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner.
Close the DSDF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly.

Fig.6-60

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 107
[B] Adjustment
If the pins cannot be fitted into the holes, perform the adjustment according to the following procedure.
(1) Remove the brackets on the hinges.

Fig.6-61

(2) Loosen fixing screws.

Fig.6-62

(3) Position the pins with the holes on the DSDF by moving it so that the pins fit into the holes when
the DSDF is closed.

Fig.6-63

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 108
 (4) Tighten the fixing screws of the rear side.

Fig.6-64

(5) Tighten the fixing screws of the front side.

6

Fig.6-65

(6) Install the brackets on the hinges.

Fig.6-66

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 109
 (7) Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner.
Close the DSDF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly.

Fig.6-67

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 110
6.14.2 Adjustment of height
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF. (See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)

[A] Checking
(1) Close the DSDF.
(2) Light the exposure lamp.
• Perform FS-03-267.
(3) Visually check the gap between platen guide holder “A” and upper surface of the cover “B” from
the left hand side of the equipment. If the value is not within the tolerance, perform the
adjustment according to the following procedure.

[Tolerance of the gap]

Rear side: 0 - 0.5 mm
Front side: 0 mm
6
0~0.5mm

0mm

A A

B B

Fig.6-68

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 111
[B] Adjustment
(1) Close the DSDF.
(2) Adjust it by turning the adjustment screws on the hinges.
• Adjust the height on the rear side by means of the screw on the hinge on the feed side of the
DSDF.
Turn it clockwise: Heightened
Turn it counterclockwise: Lowered

Fig.6-69

• Adjust the gap on the front side by means of the screw on the hinge on the exit side of the
DSDF.
Turn it clockwise: Lowered
Turn it counterclockwise: Heightened

Fig.6-70

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 112
6.14.3 Adjustment of skew
Notes:
• Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF. (See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)
• The DSDF position adjustment shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.

Simplex (front side) copying

Fig.6-71

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the DSDF, select
[Sort mode] and [1 -> 1 Simplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the inclination of the copy image.

Duplex (back side) copying

Fig.6-72

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face down on the original tray of the DSDF, select
[Sort mode] and [2 -> 2 Duplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the inclination of the copy image.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 113
[B] Adjustment

Simplex (front side) copying

(1) Change the fixing screws of the front side to the shoulder head screw (service parts).

Fig.6-73

(2) Turn the adjustment screw while checking the scale of the hinge.

+ -
-
+

Fig.6-74

(3) If the image skew is “C” as shown in the figure below, shift the aligning plate in the direction of
“-”, and if “D”, shift it to “+”.

Fig.6-75 Fig.6-76
Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 114
 (4) Check the skew of the copy image by using a chart.

Duplex (back side) copying

(1) Remove the DSDF front side cover. (Refer to the service manual of applicable model.)
(2) Clarify the attachment position of the plate by drawing a marking-off line.

6
Fig.6-77

(3) Loosen 1 screw.

Fig.6-78

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 115
 (4) If the image skew is “C” as shown in the figure below, shift the aligning plate in the direction of
“-”, and if “D”, shift it to “+”.

Fig.6-79 Fig.6-80
Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”.

+
-

Fig.6-81
(5) Tighten the screw loosened in step (3). Check the skew of the copy image by using a chart.
(6) Install the DSDF front side cover.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 116
6.14.4 Adjustment of the leading edge position
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF. (See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)
Also, the DSDF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.

Simplex (front side) copying

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the DSDF, select
[Sort mode] and [1 -> 1 Simplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the leading edge E of the chart and F of the copy.

E F
6

Fig.6-82 Chart (Original) Fig.6-83 Copy

Duplex (back side) copying

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face down on the original tray of the DSDF, select
[Sort mode] and [2 -> 2 Duplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the leading edge E of the chart and F of the copy.

E F

Fig.6-84 Chart (Original) Fig.6-85 Copy

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 117
[B] Adjustment

Simplex (front side) copying

(1) Perform FS-05-3044.
(2) Enter the value.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.
• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is larger than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value smaller than the current one.
• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is smaller than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value larger than the current one.
(3) Press [OK].

Duplex (back side) copying

(1) Perform FS-05-3045.

(2) Enter the value.

• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is larger than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value smaller than the current one.
• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is smaller than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value larger than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.

(3) Press [OK].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 118
6.14.5 Adjustment of horizontal position
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF.
(See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)
Also, the DSDF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[ 1 ] Front side

[A] Checking (Front side)

Check the image using the chart (original) with a center line in the following procedure.
(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the DSDF.
(2) Select the [Sort mode] and press the [START] button.
(3) Fold the copy in half and check if the center line is misaligned.

[B] Adjustment (Front side)

(1) Perform FS-05-3043. 6
• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the front side of the equipment, enter a value
larger than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.0423 mm.

Fig.6-86

• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment, enter a value
smaller than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.0423 mm.

Fig.6-87

(2) Press [OK].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 119
[ 2 ] Back side

[A] Checking (back side)

Check the image using the chart (original) with a center line in the following procedure.
(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face down on the original tray of the DSDF.

Fig.6-88

(2) Select [2 Sided -> 1 Sided] and press the [START] button.
(3) Fold the copy in half and check if the center line is misaligned.

[B] Adjustment (Back side)

(1) Perform FS-05-3049.

K
J

Original Copy Copy

Fig.6-89

• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the right side to the feeding direction (J), enter
a value larger than the current one.
• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the left side to the feeding direction (K), enter
a value smaller than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.0423mm.

(2) Press [OK].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 120
6.14.6 Adjustment of copy ratio
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the DSDF.
(See the Service Manual of the applicable equipment.)
Also, the DSDF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.
(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the DSDF.
(2) Select the [Sort mode] and press the [START] button.
(3) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the image dimension “I”.

[B] Adjustment

(1) Perform FS-05-3042.

6
• If the copy image dimension “I” is larger than the chart dimension, enter a value smaller than
the current one.
• If the copy image dimension “I” is smaller than the chart dimension, enter a value larger than
the current one.

I
Fig.6-90

(2) Press [OK].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 121
6.14.7 DSDF read-in sensor-1 adjustment

[A] DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment

Notes:
When the DSDF control PC board or the DSDF read-in sensor-1 is replaced, be sure to perform
this adjustment.
If not, paper jams (E721, E725, E774) or operational problems may occur.

(1) Perform FS-05-3210.

Notes:
• Be sure to close all of the DSDF cover before the adjustment is performed.
• Check that there is no paper on the DSDF read-in sensor-1 so that the light is not shielded.

[B] DSDF read-in sensor-1 manual adjustment

Notes:
When the DSDF read-in sensor-1 is replaced or re-installed, perform this manual adjustment.

(1) Take off the DSDF left cover. (Refer to the service manual of applicable model.)
(2) Close the original jam access cover and the DSDF.
(3) Perform FS-05-3221.
Notes:
Be sure not to close or open the original jam access cover and the DSDF until step (5) is
finished. If you do so, the adjustment value will be reset. In this case, repeat the adjustment from
step (2).

(4) Loosen 1 prism adjustment screw.

Fig.6-91

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 122
 (5) Slide the prism vertically. When the prism comes to the proper adjustment position, LED1 on the
DSDF control PC board lights. At this position, tighten 1 prism adjustment screw.

LED1

Fig.6-92 Fig.6-93 6
(6) Perform automatic adjustment (FS-05-3210).
Notes:
After the manual adjustment is performed, be sure to do the automatic one.

(7) Turn the power OFF and install the cover.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 123
6.14.8 Platen sheet
If a shadow-like dark area appears on the edge of the image, reset the platen sheet.
(1) Open the RADF and remove the platen sheet.

Fig.6-94

(2) Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner. Close the DSDF
gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly.

Fig.6-95

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 124
6.14.9 DSDF separation roller pressure force adjustment
In some cases the life of the separation roller may be shortened or paper jams (E712, E721) and
multiple feeding (E724) may occur regardless of the operation frequency of the DSDF. This comes from
the weight or edge status of paper used and the amount of paper dust.
Generally paper jams and multiple feeding often occur as the life end of the roller approaches.
However, if they often occur even though its life has not yet reached its replacement timing, or if the life
end comes much earlier than the scheduled replacement timing, the jams and multiple feeding can be
suppressed by adjusting the pressure force of the separation roller.
In this method; however, when the roller life becomes longer, jams and multiple feeding may occur
frequently, and when the jams and multiple feeding are suppressed, the roller life may become shorter.
Therefore, perform this adjustment while checking the status carefully, and if necessary, give a
sufficient explanation to users.

(1) Remove the DSDF pickup unit [1].

(2) Open the DSDF separation roller cover [1].

6
[1]

Fig.6-96

(3) Turn the arm [2] to release the lock.

[2]

Fig.6-97

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 125
 (4) Lift up the DSDF separation roller unit [3].

[3]

Fig.6-98

(5) Move the adjustment plate [4] in the direction of F or R by 1 scale.

• Move to the direction F: Paper jams (E712, E721) will be suppressed. The roller life will
become longer (but multiple feeding may occur frequently).
• Move to the direction R: Multiple feeding will be suppressed (but the roller life may become
shorter).

[4]

R
F

Fig.6-99

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 126
6.15 Adjustment of the RADF

6.15.1 Adjustment of RADF position

Perform this adjustment when the RADF is not installed in the correct position.
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF.

[A] Checking
(1) Open the RADF and install 2 positioning pins (the positioning pins are installed to the back side
of the hinge which is on the left side of the RADF).

Fig.6-100

(2) Remove the platen sheet.

Fig.6-101

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 127
 (3) Close the RADF and check if the positioning pins fit the holes on the RADF.

Fig.6-102

[B] Adjustment
If the pins cannot be fitted into the holes, perform the adjustment according to the following procedure.
(1) Remove the right-hand hinge screw at the rear side.

Fig.6-103

(2) Remove the bracket on the left-hand hinge.

Fig.6-104

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 128
 (3) Loosen the left-hand hinge screw at the rear side.

Fig.6-105

(4) Tighten the hinge screws at the front side.

6

Fig.6-106

(5) Position the pins with the holes on the RADF by moving it so that the pins fit into the holes when
the RADF is closed.

Fig.6-107

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 129
 (6) Tighten the left-hand hinge screw at the rear side.

Fig.6-108

(7) Match the screw hole positions.

Notes:
Turn it clockwise: It moves toward the rear side.
Turn it counterclockwise: It moves toward the front side.

Fig.6-109

(8) Install the right-hand hinge screw at the rear side.

Fig.6-110

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 130
 (9) Install the bracket on the left-hand hinge.

Fig.6-111

(10) Loosen the hinge screws at the front side.

6

Fig.6-112

(11) Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner.
Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly.

Fig.6-113

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 131
6.15.2 Adjustment of RADF height
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF.

[A] Checking

(1) Close the RADF.

(2) Light the exposure lamp.
• Perform FS-03.
• Key in [267] and then press the [START] button. The exposure lamp is turned ON for a given
length of time.
(3) Visually check the gap between platen guide holder “A” and upper surface of the original glass
“B” from the left hand side of the equipment. If the value is not within the tolerance, perform the
adjustment according to the following procedure.

[Tolerance of the gap]

Rear side: 0 - 0.5 mm
Front side: 0 mm
0-0.5 mm

0 mm

A A

B B

Fig.6-114

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 132
[B] Adjustment

(1) Close the RADF.

(2) Adjust it by turning the adjustment screws on the hinges.
• Adjust the height on the rear side by means of the screw on the hinge on the exit side of the
RADF.

Turn it clockwise: Heightened

Turn it counterclockwise: Lowered

Fig.6-115

• Adjust the gap on the rear side by means of the screw on the hinge on the feed side of the
RADF.

Turn it clockwise: Lowered

Turn it counterclockwise: Heightened

Fig.6-116

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 133
6.15.3 Adjustment of skew
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF. Also, the RADF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.

Fig.6-117 Chart (Original)

Simplex copying:

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the RADF, select
[Sort] and [1 → 1 Simplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the inclination of the copy image.

Duplex copying:

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face down on the original tray of the RADF, select
[Sort] and [2 → 2 Duplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the inclination of the copy image.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 134
[B] Adjustment
Simplex copying:

(1) Shift the aligning plate with the scale as the guide shown in the figure below to adjust the skew.

6
Fig.6-118

(2) If the image skew is “C” as shown in the figure below, shift the aligning plate in the direction of
“+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”.

Fig.6-119 Fig.6-120

Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 135
Duplex copying:

(1) Shift the aligning plate with the scale as the guide shown in the figure below to adjust the skew.

Fig.6-121

(2) If the image skew is “C” as shown in the figure below, shift the aligning plate in the direction of
“-”, and if “D”, shift it to “+”.

Fig.6-122 Fig.6-123

Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 136
6.15.4 Adjustment of the leading edge position
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF. Also, the RADF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.

Simplex copying:

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the RADF, select
[Sort] and [1 → 1 Simplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the leading edge E of the chart and F of the copy.

Duplex copying:

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face down on the original tray of the RADF, select 6
[Sort] and [2 → 2 Duplex] and then press the [START] button.
(2) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the leading edge E of the chart and F of the copy.

E F

Fig.6-124 Chart (Original)

Fig.6-125 Copy

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 137
[B] Adjustment

Simplex copying:

(1) Perform FS-05-3044.

(2) Enter the value.
• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is larger than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value smaller than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.

• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is smaller than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value larger than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.

(3) Press [OK].

Duplex copying:

(1) Perform FS-05-3045.

(2) Enter the value.
• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is larger than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value smaller than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.

• If the leading edge (F) margin of the copy image is smaller than the (E) margin of the chart,
enter a value larger than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.1 mm.

(3) Press [OK].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 138
6.15.5 Adjustment of horizontal position
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF. Also, the RADF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with a center line in the following procedure.

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the RADF.
(2) Select the [Sort] and then press the [START] button.
(3) Fold the copy in half and check if the center line is misaligned.

[B] Adjustment

(1) Perform FS-05-3043.

• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the front side of the equipment, enter a value
larger than the current one. 6
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.042 mm.

Fig.6-126

• If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment, enter a value
smaller than the current one.
Notes:
Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.042 mm.

Fig.6-127

(2) Press [OK].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 139
6.15.6 Adjustment of copy ratio
Notes:
Check if the image adjustment for the equipment is performed properly before this adjustment of
the RADF. Also, the RADF position and height shall be adjusted properly.

[A] Checking
Check the image using the chart (original) with vertical and horizontal lines in the following procedure.

(1) Place the chart provided as an original with its face up on the original tray of the RADF.
(2) Select the [Sort] and then press the [START] button.
(3) Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the image dimension “I”.

[B] Adjustment

(1) Perform FS-05-3042.

• If the copy image dimension “I” is larger than the chart dimension, enter a value smaller than
the current one.
• If the copy image dimension “I” is smaller than the chart dimension, enter a value larger than
the current one.

I
Fig.6-128

Notes:
When the value increases by “1”, the reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction
when using the RADF increases by approx. 0.1%.

(2) Press [OK].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 140
6.15.7 RADF Separation roller pressure force adjustment
In some cases the life of the separation roller may be shortened or paper jams (E712, E721) and
multiple feeding (E724) may occur regardless of the operation frequency of the equipment. This comes
from the weight or edge status of paper used and the amount of paper dust.
Generally, paper jams and multiple feeding often occur as the life end of the roller approaches.
However, if they often occur even though its life has not yet reached its replacement timing, or if the life
end comes much earlier than the scheduled replacement timing, paper jams, multiple feeding or
shortened life can be improved by adjusting the pressure force of the separation roller.
In this method, however, when the roller life becomes longer, jams and multiple feeding may occur
frequently, and when the jams and multiple feeding are suppressed, the roller life may become shorter.
Therefore, perform this adjustment while checking the status carefully, and if necessary, give a
sufficient explanation to users.

[A] Adjustment procedure

(1) Open the jam access cover.
(2) Take off the paper feeder unit [1].
6

[1]

Fig.6-129

(3) Remove 2 screws. Lift up the feeder upper guide [2] by sliding it to the right.

[2]

Fig.6-130

Notes:
Do not pull the harness too strong.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 141
 (4) Take off the separation roller holder [3].

[3]

Fig.6-131

(5) While holding the bracket [5] with your hand, remove the screw [4].
Notes:
When installing or taking off the bracket [5], keep it setting up because it is tensed with a spring
to L direction.
(6) Move the bracket [5].
• Move to the direction R: Paper jams (E712, E721) will be suppressed. The roller life will
become longer (but multiple feeding may occur frequently).
• Move to the direction L: Multiple feeding will be suppressed (but the roller life may become
shorter).
• The upper limit of the movement of the bracket for the adjustment is 1 scale. If the bracket is
moved by 2 scales, deterioration of the pressure spring may occur.
(7) Tighten the screw [4].

[L] [R]

[4] [5]

Fig.6-132

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 142
6.16 Adjustment of the Inner Finisher
Notes:
Before performing each adjustment, make sure that all covers (incl. those of the finisher and
equipment) are closed. Otherwise, no power is supplied to the Finisher and the adjustment may
not be performed properly.
Do not enter a value which exceeds the range of the adjustment value. Although such value can
be entered depending on the models, adjustment will be performed with the default value.

6.16.1 Alignment position adjustment

[A] Alignment position adjustment (front)

This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4822-0) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0) 6
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The alignment plate moves to the center.
Decreasing the value The alignment plate moves to the edge of paper.

Increasing the value Decreasing the value

Center position Center position

Fig.6-133

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 143
[B] Alignment position adjustment (rear)
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4822-1) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The alignment plate moves to the center.
Decreasing the value The alignment plate moves to the edge of paper.

Increasing the value Decreasing the value

Center position Center position

Fig.6-134

6.16.2 Stapling position adjustment

[A] Stapling position adjustment (rear 1-point / paper output direction: portrait)
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4823-0) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes longer
Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes shorter.

Center position Decreasing

the value Center position
Increasing
the value

Fig.6-135

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 144
[B] Stapling position adjustment (rear 1-point / paper output direction: landscape)
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4823-1) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes longer
Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes shorter.

Center position Decreasing

the value Center position
Increasing 6
the value

Fig.6-136

[C] Stapling position adjustment (front 1-point / paper output direction: portrait)
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4823-2) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes shorter.
Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes longer.

Decreasing
Center position the value Center position
Increasing
the value

Fig.6-137

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 145
[D] Stapling position adjustment (front 1-point / paper output direction: landscape)
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4823-3) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes shorter.
Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the
edge of the paper becomes longer.

Decreasing
Center position the value Center position
Increasing
the value

Fig.6-138

[E] Stapling position adjustment (center 2-point)

This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4823-4) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 3.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 17 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The stapling position moves farther to the front side
from the center position.
Decreasing the value The stapling position moves farther to the rear side
from the center position.

Increasing Center position Center position

the value Decreasing
the value

Increasing Center position Center position

the value Decreasing
the value

Fig.6-139

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 146
6.16.3 Punch hole position adjustment
This adjustment is performed in the Adjustment Mode (FS-05-4825) of the equipment.

Adjustment scale 0.2mm

Adjustable range -3.4 mm to 2.4 mm
Adjustment value -17 to 12 (Default value: 0)
Adjustment direction Increasing the value The distance between the punch hole and the
trailing edge of the paper becomes shorter.
Decreasing the value The distance between the punch hole and the
trailing edge of the paper becomes longer.

Center position Center position

Increasing Decreasing
the value the value 6

Increasing Decreasing
the value the value

Fig.6-140

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 147
6.17 Adjustment of the Console Finisher
Notes:
Before performing each adjustment, make sure that all covers (incl. those of the finisher and host
machine) are closed. Otherwise, the power is not supplied to the finisher and the adjustment may
not be performed properly.

6.17.1 Adjusting the alignment position

Perform this adjustment after replacing the Finisher control board or when the alignment position must
be changed for some reason.

[A] Reading/writing of the adjustment value with the self-diagnostic mode

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.
A4-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-1.
LT-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-2.

Item to be adjusted Code Remarks

Horizontal A-series FS-05-4838-1 Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When a positive
position of the paper value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate becomes smaller.
paper LT-series FS-05-4838-2 When a negative value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate
paper becomes larger.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -2.10mm, 2: -1.68mm, 3: -1.26mm, 4: -0.84mm,
5: -0.42mm, 6: 0.00mm, 7: +0.42mm, 8: +0.84mm,
9: +1.26mm, 10: +1.68mm, 11: +2.10mm
If the adjustment values cannot be confirmed, perform the adjustment in the following procedure.

[B] Adjustment with DIP-SW

Adjustment must be performed with 2 types of adjustment sheets for the A4 and LT series.
The adjustment value of A4 will be applied to the operation with A3, A4, A4-R, B4, B5, FOLIO, 8K, 16K.
The adjustment value of LT will be applied to the operation with LD, LG, LT, LT-R, COMP, 13 LG, 8.5"
SQ.
(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the board access cover [1].

(3) Set the SW1 [2] on the Finisher control board as shown in the figures below.

Adjusting for A4 size paper: Turn ON pin 2 and 4.

Adjusting for LT size paper: Turn ON pin 1, 2, and 4.

A4
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[2]
LT
ON

[1]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fig.6-141

(4) Start the equipment in the HS mode.

The alignment plate moves to the SW1 set position and then stops.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 148
 (5) Press the [Button1] to adjust the alignment position.
Every time [Button1] is pressed, the alignment plate shifts by 0.42 mm. (The gap between the
alignment plates becomes narrower.)

LED3 LED2 LED1

Button1 Button2

Fig.6-142

6
(6) Place the adjustment sheet [1] on the process tray and adjust the position to make the gap
between paper and the alignment plate [2] “0”.
Then setting is performed at a value that is one smaller than the adjustment value.

[2]

[4] [1] [3]

Fig.6-143

Remarks:
Use an adjustment sheet [1] made of plastic resin which is light and accurate in measurement
(e.g. OHP film).
To reduce frictional resistance with the vertical alignment roller [3] on the process tray, place a
sheet of B5 paper [4] beneath the adjustment sheet [1] on the vertical alignment roller [3].
Confirm the gap between paper and the alignment plate [2] by moving the adjustment sheet [1]
forward and backward.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 149
 (7) When the adjustment is completed, press the [Button2] on the finisher control panel to store the
adjustment value in memory.
When the value is stored normally, [LED1] on the finisher control panel will blink a certain number
of times that corresponds to the adjustment value set for the equipment.
See the following table for the number of times the [LED1] blinks and its corresponding moved
amount (mm).

Distance from the center

Number of Blinking
value (mm)
1 -2.10
2 -1.68
3 -1.26
4 -0.84
5 -0.42
6 Center value (0.00)
7 +0.42
8 +0.84
9 +1.26
10 +1.68
11 +2.10

(8) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(9) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board.

(10) Install the board access cover.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 150
6.17.2 Adjusting the stapling position
Perform this adjustment after replacing the Finisher control board or when the stapling position must be
changed for some reason.

[A] Reading/writing of the adjustment value with the self-diagnostic mode

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.
Adjustment value check (common for A4-size and LT-size): Perform FS-05-4838-3.

Item to be Code Remarks

adjusted
Stapling position FS-05-4838-3 Adjusts the stapling position. When a positive value is set, it shifts toward
the rear side. When a negative value is set, it shifts toward the front side.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -2.16mm, 2: -1.89mm, 3: -1.62mm, 4: -1.35mm,
5: -1.08mm, 6: -0.81mm, 7: -0.54mm, 8: -0.27mm,
9: ±0.00mm, 10: +0.27mm, 11: +0.54mm, 12: +0.81mm, 6
13: +1.08mm, 14: +1.35mm, 15: +1.62mm, 16: +1.89mm,
17: +2.16mm

If the adjustment values cannot be confirmed, perform the adjustment in the following procedure.

[B] Adjustment with DIP-SW

(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the board access cover [1].

(3) Set the SW1 [2] on the Finisher control board as shown in the figures below.

When adjusting the rear side for A4 size paper: When adjusting the rear side for LT size paper:
Turn ON pin 1, 3, and 4. Turn ON pin 1, 2, 3, and 4.
When adjusting the front side for A4 size paper: When adjusting the front side for LT size paper:
Turn ON pin 3 and 4. Turn ON pin 2, 3, and 4.

When adjusting the rear When adjusting the rear

side for A4 size paper side for LT size paper
ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[2]
When adjusting the front When adjusting the front
side for A4 size paper side for LT size paper
ON ON

[1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fig.6-144

Remarks:
Although there are four setting types for the SW1 as shown above, perform only one of them
since the adjustment values are used in common.

(4) Start the equipment in the HS mode.

The staple unit moves to the rear or front side stapling position and stops. (It stops at the position
of -2.16 mm (at the front side) from the center value of the adjustment range.)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 151
 (5) Press [Button 1] to adjust the stapling position.
Every time [Button 1] is pressed, the staple unit shifts by +0.27 mm (toward the rear side).
Adjustment range is from -2.16 to +2.16 mm. If [Button 1] is pressed when the alignment position
is at +2.16 mm, the unit will return to -2.16 mm.

LED3 LED2 LED1

Button1 Button2

Fig.6-145

(6) When the adjustment is completed, press [Button 2] on the finisher control panel to store the
adjustment value in memory without sheets on the finishing tray.
When the value is stored normally, [LED 1] on the control panel will blink for a number of times
that corresponds to the adjustment value set for the equipment.
See the following table for the number of times [LED 1] blinks and its corresponding adjustment
value.

Distance from the center

Number of blinking
value (mm)
1 -2.16
2 -1.89
3 -1.62
4 -1.35
5 -1.08
6 -0.81
7 -0.54
8 -0.27
9 Center value (0.00)
10 +0.27
11 +0.54
12 +0.81
13 +1.08
14 +1.35
15 +1.62
16 +1.89
17 +2.16

(7) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(8) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board.

(9) Install the board access cover.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 152
6.18 Adjustment of the Saddle Stitch Finisher
Notes:
Before performing each adjustment, make sure that all covers (incl. those of the finisher and host
machine) are closed. Otherwise, the power is not supplied to the finisher and the adjustment may
not be performed properly.

6.18.1 Adjusting the alignment position

Perform this adjustment after replacing the Finisher control board or when the alignment position must
be changed for some reason.

[A] Reading/writing of the adjustment value with the self-diagnostic mode

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.
A4-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-1.
LT-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-2. 6

Item to be adjusted Code Remarks

Horizontal A-series FS-05-4838-1 Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When a positive
position of the paper value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate becomes smaller.
paper LT-series FS-05-4838-2 When a negative value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate
paper becomes larger.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -2.10mm, 2: -1.68mm, 3: -1.26mm, 4: -0.84mm,
5: -0.42mm, 6: 0.00mm, 7: +0.42mm, 8: +0.84mm,
9: +1.26mm, 10: +1.68mm, 11: +2.10mm

If the adjustment values cannot be confirmed, perform the adjustment in the following procedure.

[B] Adjustment with DIP-SW

Adjustment must be performed with 2 types of adjustment sheets for the A4 and LT series.
The adjustment value of A4 will be applied to the operation with A3, A4, A4-R, B4, B5, FOLIO, 8K, 16K.
The adjustment value of LT will be applied to the operation with LD, LG, LT, LT-R, COMP, 13 LG, 8.5”
SQ.

(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the board access cover [1].

(3) Set the SW1 on the Finisher control board as shown in the figures below.

Adjusting for A4 size paper:

Turn ON pin 2 and 4.

Adjusting for LT size paper:

Turn ON pin 1, 2, and 4.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 153
 A4
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LT
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 [1]

Fig.6-146

(4) Start the equipment in the HS mode.

The alignment plate moves to the SW1 set position and then stops.

(5) Press [Button1] to adjust the alignment position.

Every time [Button1] is pressed, the alignment plate shifts by 0.42 mm. (The gap between the
alignment plates becomes narrower.)

LED3 LED2 LED1

Button1 Button2

Fig.6-147

(6) Place the adjustment sheet [1] on the process tray and adjust the position to make the gap
between paper and the alignment plate [2] “0”.
Then setting is performed at a value that is one smaller than the adjustment value.

[2]

[4] [1] [3]

Fig.6-148

Remarks:
Use an adjustment sheet [1] made of plastic resin which is light and accurate in measurement
(e.g. OHP film).
To reduce frictional resistance with the vertical alignment roller [3] on the process tray, place a
sheet of B5 paper [4] beneath the adjustment sheet [1] on the vertical alignment roller [3].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 154
 Confirm the gap between paper and the alignment plate [2] by moving the adjustment sheet [1]
forward and backward.

(7) When the adjustment is completed, press the [Button2] on the finisher control panel to store the
adjustment value in memory.
When the value is stored normally, the [LED1] on the control panel will blink for a number of times
that corresponds to the adjustment value set for the equipment.
See the following table for the number of times [LED1] blinks and its corresponding moved
amount (mm).

Distance from the center

Number of Blinking
value (mm)
1 -2.10
2 -1.68
3 -1.26
4 -0.84
5 -0.42 6
6 Center value (0.00)
7 +0.42
8 +0.84
9 +1.26
10 +1.68
11 +2.10

(8) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(9) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board.

(10) Install the board access cover.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 155
6.18.2 Adjusting the stapling position
Perform this adjustment after replacing the Finisher control board or when the stapling position must be
changed for some reason.

[A] Reading/writing of the adjustment value with the self-diagnostic mode

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.
Adjustment value check (common for A4-size and LT-size): Perform FS-05-4838-3.

Item to be Code Remarks

adjusted
Stapling position FS-05-4838-3 Adjusts the stapling position. When a positive value is set, it shifts toward
the rear side. When a negative value is set, it shifts toward the front side.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -2.16mm, 2: -1.89mm, 3: -1.62mm, 4: -1.35mm,
5: -1.08mm, 6: -0.81mm, 7: -0.54mm, 8: -0.27mm,
9: ±0.00mm, 10: +0.27mm, 11: +0.54mm, 12: +0.81mm,
13: +1.08mm, 14: +1.35mm, 15: +1.62mm, 16: +1.89mm,
17: +2.16mm

If the adjustment values cannot be confirmed, perform the adjustment in the following procedure.

[B] Adjustment with DIP-SW

(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2) Remove 2 screws and take off the board access cover [1].

(3) Set the SW1 on the Finisher control board as shown in the figures below.

When adjusting the rear side for A4 size paper: When adjusting the rear side for LT size paper:
Turn ON pin 1, 3, and 4. Turn ON pin 1, 2, 3, and 4.
When adjusting the front side for A4 size paper: When adjusting the front side for LT size paper:
Turn ON pin 3 and 4. Turn ON pin 2, 3, and 4.

When adjusting the rear When adjusting the rear

side for A4 size paper side for LT size paper
ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

When adjusting the front When adjusting the front

side for A4 size paper side for LT size paper
ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[1]

Fig.6-149

Remarks:
Although there are four setting types for the SW1 as shown above, perform only one of them
since the adjustment values are used in common.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 156
 (4) Start the equipment in the HS mode.
The staple unit moves to the rear or front side stapling position and stops. (It stops at the position
of -2.16 mm (at the front side) from the center value of the adjustment range.)

(5) Press [Button 1] to adjust the stapling position.

Every time [Button 1] is pressed, the staple unit shifts by +0.27 mm (toward the rear side).
Adjustment range is from -2.16 to +2.16 mm. If [Button 1] is pressed when the alignment position
is at +2.16 mm, the unit will return to -2.16 mm.

LED3 LED2 LED1

Button1 Button2
6
Fig.6-150

(6) When the adjustment is completed, press [Button 2] on the finisher control panel to store the
adjustment value in memory without sheets on the finishing tray.
When the value is stored normally, [LED 1] on the control panel will blink for a number of times
that corresponds to the adjustment value set for the equipment.
See the following table for the number of times [LED 1] blinks and its corresponding adjustment
value.

Distance from the center

Number of blinking
value (mm)
1 -2.16
2 -1.89
3 -1.62
4 -1.35
5 -1.08
6 -0.81
7 -0.54
8 -0.27
9 Center value (0.00)
10 +0.27
11 +0.54
12 +0.81
13 +1.08
14 +1.35
15 +1.62
16 +1.89
17 +2.16

(7) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(8) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board.

(9) Install the board access cover.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 157
6.18.3 Stapling/folding position adjustment in saddle stitch unit
Perform this adjustment when the saddle control PC board was replaced or the stapling/folding position
must be changed for some reason.
Prepare 2 types of booklet samples using the main unit and use them for adjustment accordingly.

(1) Create 2 types of booklet samples (1 set each) using the main unit.

Sample 1 Sample 2
Media type Recommended paper Recommended paper
Paper size A4 A3
Number of sheet 5 sheets 5 sheets

(2) Measure the stapling and folding positions of the samples, and then perform adjustment
accordingly.
For stapling and folding, paper on the stacker of the stacker unit is moved to an exclusive
mechanism for stapling or folding. Therefore adjustment must be performed individually for the
folding stopping position of the stacker and the stapling stopping position.

*Check the folding position at the centerfold page of the sample.

Center
Paper exit
fold
direction
page
-2mm - +2mm

-2mm - +2mm

Fig.6-151

* Check the stapling position at the centerfold page of the sample.

When the staples are bent

Staple Staple

Do not include the

width of the staples -0.5mm - +0.5mm
-0.5mm - +0.5mm
Folding line Folding line

Fig.6-152

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 158
 Notes:
Perform adjustment for the folding position first because the stapling position must be adjusted
referring to the folding line.

Phenomenon Contents Adjustment

When the folding position is Increase the value of the folding
Folding position deviated from the specified one by position adjustment in order to move
more than -2.0 mm the folding stopping position (the
position of the stacker hooks) of the
Specified
stacker upward.
folding position  P. 6-160 “[A] Adjustment with
self-diagnostic mode”

Stacker hook

Fig.6-153
When the folding position is Decrease the value of the folding
deviated from the specified one by position adjustment in order to move
more than 2.0 mm the folding stopping position (the 6
position of the stacker hooks) of the
Specified
stacker downward.
folding position  P. 6-160 “[A] Adjustment with
self-diagnostic mode”
Folding position

Stacker hook

Fig.6-154
When the stapling position is Decrease the value of the stapling
deviated from the specified one position adjustment in order to move
more than -0.50 mm the stapling stopping position (the
position of the stacker hooks) of the
Stapling position
stacker downward.
 P. 6-160 “[A] Adjustment with
self-diagnostic mode”
Folding position

Stacker hook

Fig.6-155
When the stapling position is Increase the value of the stapling
deviated from the specified one position adjustment in order to move
Folding position more than 0.50 mm the stapling stopping position (the
position of the stacker hooks) of the
stacker upward.
Stapling position
 P. 6-160 “[A] Adjustment with
self-diagnostic mode”

Stacker hook

Fig.6-156

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 159
6.18.4 Folding position adjustment

[A] Adjustment with self-diagnostic mode

Perform the adjustment from the connected equipment.

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.

LD-size and A3-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-6.

LG-size, B4-size, A4R-size, and 8K-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-7.

Item to be adjusted Code Remarks

Saddle stitch A3,LD FS-05-4838-6 Adjusts the saddle stitch folding position in the paper
folding position Other than FS-05-4838-7 feeding direction. When a positive value is set, it shifts
A3 and LD toward the trailing edge of the paper (stacker hook side).
When a negative value is set, it shifts toward the leading
edge of the paper.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -1.4mm, 2: -1.2mm, 3: -1.0mm, 4: -0.8mm,
5: -0.6mm, 6: -0.4mm, 7: -0.2mm, 8: 0.0mm,
9: +0.2mm, 10: +0.4mm, 11: +0.6mm, 12: +0.8mm,
13: +1.0mm, 14: +1.2mm, 15: +1.4mm

6.18.5 Stapling position adjustment

[A] Adjustment with self-diagnostic mode

Perform the adjustment from the connected equipment.

If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.

LD-size and A3-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-4.

LG-size, B4-size, A4R-size, and 8K-size adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-5.

Item to be adjusted Code Remarks

Saddle stitch A3,LD FS-05-4838-4 Adjusts the saddle stitch stapling position in the paper feeding
stapling Other than FS-05-4838-5 direction. When a positive value is set, it shifts toward the
position A3 and LD trailing edge of the paper (stacker hook side). When a
negative value is set, it shifts toward the leading edge of the
paper.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -2.8mm, 2: -2.4mm, 3: -2.0mm, 4: -1.8mm,
5: -1.2mm, 6: -0.8mm, 7:-0.4mm, 8: 0.0mm,
9: +0.4mm, 10: +0.8mm, 11: +1.2mm, 12: +1.6mm,
13: +2.0mm, 14: +2.4mm, 15: +2.8mm

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 160
6.18.6 Saddle stitch skew adjustment
Perform this adjustment when the folding position for saddle stitching is tilted.

(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2) Open the cover, pull out the saddle stitch section, and then loosen the 2 screws.

Fig.6-157

(3) Rotate the adjustment screw slightly.

Fig.6-158

(4) Tighten the 2 screws, return the saddle stitch section, and then close the cover.

Fig.6-159

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 161
6.19 Adjustment of Hole punch unit

6.19.1 Destination setting of hole punch control PC board

This setting is performed when the hole punch control PC board (HP) [1] is replaced with a DIP switch
[2] on it.

ON

1 2

[2] [1]

Fig.6-160

Refer to the table below for the destination settings.

DIP switch
Destination Number of punch holes
1 2
MJ-6011E (Europe/Japan/China) 2 holes OFF OFF
MJ-6011N (North America) 2/3 holes ON OFF
MJ-6011F (France) 4 holes OFF ON
MJ-6011S (Sweden) 4 holes ON ON

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 162
6.19.2 Stopping position adjustment (MJ-6105)
This adjustment can change the position where paper transport stops during the punching operation.
Perform this adjustment when you adjust the punching position on the paper in the transporting
direction.

[A] Adjustment with self-diagnostic mode

Item to be Code Remarks

adjusted
Hole punch FS-05-4838-0 Adjusts the hole punch position in the paper feeding direction. When a
position positive value is set, it shifts toward the feeding side. When a negative
value is set, it shifts toward the exit side.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -1.10mm, 2: -0.88mm, 3:-0.66mm, 4: -0.44mm,
5: -0.22mm, 6: 0.00mm, 7: +0.22mm, 8: +0.44mm,
9: +0.66mm, 10: +0.88mm, 11: +1.10mm
6
[B] Adjustment with DIP-SW
If the adjustment values can be confirmed from the pre-change board, check them from the connected
equipment and then set them into the post-change board.
Adjustment value check: Perform FS-05-4838-0.

If the adjustment values cannot be confirmed, perform the adjustment in the following procedure.

(1) Turn the power of the equipment OFF.

(2) Take off the board access cover [1] of the Finisher. Then set SW1 (DIP-SW) [2] on the finisher
control PC board as shown below.
MJ-6105

ON
[2]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

[1]

Fig.6-161

(3) Turn the power of the equipment ON. The finisher enters into the stopping position adjustment
mode.

(4) LED1 on the finisher control panel blinks. The number of times it blinks indicates the current
adjustment value.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 163
 (5) Press Button1 on the finisher control panel to change the adjustment value. The number of times
LED1 blinks changes in ascending order (e.g. 1, 2, 3... 11) each time you press Button1.

Adjustment Value Distance from the center

Number of LED1’s blinking
(Steps from the center value) value
1 -5 1.10 mm
2 -4 0.88 mm
3 -3 0.66 mm
4 -2 0.44 mm
5 -1 0.22 mm
6 0 0 mm (Center value)
7 +1 0.22 mm
8 +2 0.44 mm
9 +3 0.66 mm
10 +4 0.88 mm
11 +5 1.10 mm

Notes:
When the adjustment value goes further in minus numbers in the table above, the distance
between the paper edge and the holes becomes wider. When it goes further in plus numbers,
this distance becomes narrower.

(6) When the value change is completed, press Button2 on the finisher control panel to determine
the adjustment value. (The adjustment value is written into the flash ROM.)
(7) Turn the power of the equipment OFF.
(8) Turn all the bits of SW1 (DIP-SW) on the finisher control PC board OFF.
(9) Install the board access cover of the Finisher.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

SETTING / ADJUSTMENT
6 - 164
7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

7.1 General Description

The purpose of preventive maintenance (PM) is to maintain the quality level of this equipment by
periodically inspecting and cleaning this equipment and also replacing the parts whose replacement
timing has come according to the maintenance contract. There are PM kits packaged for each unit or a
group of parts with the same replacement number of output pages, allowing you to carry out efficient
parts replacement.

7.2 PM Display

7.2.1 General description

The maintenance timing for the PM parts of the process unit, such as the drum and developer material,
and the PM parts of the units other than the process unit, such as the 2nd transfer roller varies
depending on the conditions of the use, such as the ratio of color/black printing. Therefore, this
equipment shows the appropriate maintenance timing of each part on the control panel LCD.
7
7.2.2 PM display conditions
The conditions of the PM display consist of the codes of the 08 SETTING MODE for “the setting value
treated as a threshold of the PM display”, “the counter indicating the current number of prints and
driving time” and “the setting value which determines the display conditions”.
The PM timing is displayed when the counter exceeds the setting value according to the display
condition based on “the setting value which determines the display conditions”.

• Setting value treated as a threshold of the PM display

Notes:
When “0” is entered as the setting value, PM timing is not displayed.

FS-08-6190: Setting value of PM counter [process unit (K)]

FS-08-6191: Setting value of PM time counter [process unit (K)]
FS-08-6192: Setting value of PM counter [process unit (Y)]
FS-08-6193: Setting value of PM time counter [process unit (Y)]
FS-08-5550: Setting value of PM counter [process unit (M)]
FS-08-5551: Setting value of PM time counter [process unit (M)]
FS-08-5552: Setting value of PM counter [process unit (C)]
FS-08-5553: Setting value of PM time counter [process unit (C)]
FS-08-5554: Setting value of PM counter [developer material (K)]
FS-08-5555: Setting value of PM time counter [developer material (K)]
FS-08-5556: Setting value of PM counter [developer material (Y)]
FS-08-5557: Setting value of PM time counter [developer material (Y)]
FS-08-5558: Setting value of PM counter [developer material (M)]
FS-08-5559: Setting value of PM time counter [developer material (M)]
FS-08-5560: Setting value of PM counter [developer material (C)]
FS-08-5561: Setting value of PM time counter [developer material (C)]
FS-08-5562: Setting value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]
FS-08-5563: Setting value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]

• Counter indicating the current number of prints and driving time

FS-08-6194: Current value of PM counter [process unit (K)]
FS-08-6195: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (K)]
FS-08-6196: Current value of PM counter [process unit (Y)]
FS-08-6197: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (Y)]
FS-08-5564: Current value of PM counter [process unit (M)]
FS-08-5565: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (M)]
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-1
 FS-08-5566: Current value of PM counter [process unit (C)]
FS-08-5567: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (C)]
FS-08-5568: Current value of PM counter [developer material (K)]
FS-08-5569: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (K)]
FS-08-5570: Current value of PM counter [developer material (Y)]
FS-08-5571: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (Y)]
FS-08-5572: Current value of PM counter [developer material (M)]
FS-08-5573: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (M)]
FS-08-5574: Current value of PM counter [developer material (C)]
FS-08-5575: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (C)]
FS-08-5576: Current value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]
FS-08-5577: Current value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]

• Setting value which determines the display conditions

FS-08-6198: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [process unit (K)]
FS-08-5578: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [process unit (Y)]
FS-08-5579: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [process unit (M)]
FS-08-5580: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [process unit (C)]
FS-08-5581: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [developer material (K)]
FS-08-5582: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [developer material (Y)]
FS-08-5583: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [developer material (M)]
FS-08-5584: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [developer material (C)]
FS-08-5585: Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [parts other than the PM parts of the
process unit]

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-2
7.2.3 PM display contents
When the counter value exceeds the setting value, the equipment notifies you that the maintenance
time has arrived by displaying the message “Time for periodic maintenance ****” on the control panel
LCD. “****” in the message is a 4-digit hexadecimal number code. This number is allocated in the
following manner, therefore the parts needing maintenance can be identified.

PM parts of the process unit (K): 0008

PM parts of the process unit (Y): 0001
PM parts of the process unit (M): 0002
PM parts of the process unit (C): 0004
Developer material (K): 0080
Developer material (Y): 0010
Developer material (M): 0020
Developer material (C): 0040
Parts other than the PM parts of the process unit: 0100

If multiple parts have reached the maintenance time, the sum of the corresponding code values listed
above is displayed in hexadecimal numbers.
For example, if the PM parts of the process units (K) and (C) and the developer materials (K) and (C)
reach the maintenance time, the 4-digit hexadecimal number code will be “00CC” in hexadecimal 7
numbers: 0008+0004+0080+0040=00CC.

4th digit 3rd digit 2nd digit 1st digit

None Part (2nd transfer roller) Developer material Photoconductive drum
Hexadecimal Hexadecimal Hexadecimal
Explanation Explanation Explanation
number code number code number code
Always “0” 0 No 0 No 0 No
maintenance maintenance maintenance
required required required
1 Maintenance 1 Y 1 Y
required
2 M 2 M
3 M+Y 3 M+Y
4 C 4 C
5 Y+C 5 Y+C
6 C+M 6 C+M
7 Y+M+C 7 Y+M+C
8 K 8 K
9 K+Y 9 K+Y
A K+M A K+M
B K+M+Y B K+M+Y
C K+C C K+C
D K+Y+C D K+Y+C
E K+C+M E K+C+M
F K+Y+M+C F K+Y+M+C

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-3
7.2.4 Counter clearing
The counter indicating “current number of prints and driving time” used for the PM display function is
reset by entering “0” in it or clearing it in the 20 PM support mode.
Notes:
Even if “0” is entered in the PM management setting value of the 08 SETTING MODE, the
corresponding counter for the PM display is not reset. Be sure to clear the counter in the 20 PM
support mode when the maintenance is finished.

The reset condition of each counter is as follows:

• FS-08-6194: Current value of PM counter [process unit (K)]

• FS-08-6195: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (K)]
When the current value of “CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (K)” on the main screen or “DRUM (K)” on
the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the K-EPU is recognized as a new one by the K-EPU old/new detection switch, the
counter is also reset.

• FS-08-6196: Current value of PM counter [process unit (Y)]

• FS-08-6197: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (Y)]
When the current value of “CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (Y)” on the main screen or “DRUM (Y)” on
the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the Y-EPU is recognized as a new one by the Y-EPU old/new detection switch, the
counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5564: Current value of PM counter [process unit (M)]

• FS-08-5565: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (M)]
When the current value of “CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (M)” on the main screen or “DRUM (M)”
on the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the M-EPU is recognized as a new one by the M-EPU old/new detection switch,
the counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5566: Current value of PM counter [process unit (C)]

• FS-08-5567: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (C)]
When the current value of “CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (C)” on the main screen or “DRUM (C)” on
the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the C-EPU is recognized as a new one by the C-EPU old/new detection switch,
the counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5568: Current value of PM counter [developer material (K)]

• FS-08-5569: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (K)]
When the current value of “DEVELOPMENT UNIT” on the main screen or “BLACK DEVELOPER
(K)” on the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the K-EPU is recognized as a new one by the K-EPU old/new detection switch, or
the auto-toner sensor adjustment is performed, the counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5570: Current value of PM counter [developer material (Y)]

• FS-08-5571: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (Y)]
When the current value of “DEVELOPMENT UNIT” on the main screen or “YELLOW DEVELOPER
(Y)” on the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the Y-EPU is recognized as a new one by the Y-EPU old/new detection switch, or
the auto-toner sensor adjustment is performed, the counter is also reset.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-4
• FS-08-5572: Current value of PM counter [developer material (M)]
• FS-08-5573: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (M)]
When the current value of “DEVELOPMENT UNIT (M)” on the main screen or “MAGENTA
DEVELOPER (M)” on the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the M-EPU is recognized as a new one by the M-EPU old/new detection switch, or
the auto-toner sensor adjustment is performed, the counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5574: Current value of PM counter [developer material (C)]

• FS-08-5575: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (C)]
When the current value of “DEVELOPMENT UNIT” on the main screen or “CYAN DEVELOPER (C)”
on the sub-screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.
In addition, when the C-EPU is recognized as a new one by the C-EPU old/new detection switch, or
the auto-toner sensor adjustment is performed, the counter is also reset.

• FS-08-5576: Current value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]
• FS-08-5577: Current value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit]
When the current value of “2nd TRANSFER” on the main screen or “2nd TRANSFER ROLLER” on
the sub screen in the 20 PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset.

7.3 General Descriptions for PM Procedure 7

(1) Preparation
• Ask the user about the current conditions of the equipment and note them down.
• Before starting maintenance, make some sample copies and store them.
• See the replacement record and check the parts to be replaced in the 20 PM SUPPORT
MODE or 30 LIST PRINT MODE.
- 20 PM SUPPORT MODE (FS-20)
- 30 LIST PRINT MODE (FS-30-103)

PM SUPPORT CODE LIST S/N : CYL000001 FIN S/N : FIN S/N-xxxxxxxx TOTAL : 2146
2012-04-09 13:16 TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx DF TOTAL : 1213

UNIT OUTPUT PAGES PM OUTPUT PAGES DRIVE COUNTS PM DRIVE COUNTS

DEVELOP COUNTS DEVELOP COUNTS

DRUM(K) 1957 1957 3940 170000

DRUM BLADE(K) 1957 1957 10870 170000
GRID(K) 1957 1957 10870 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE(K) 1957 1957 10870 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD(K) 1957 1957 10870 170000
DRUM(Y) 1077 1077 3766 170000
DRUM BLADE(Y) 1077 1077 3766 170000
GRID(Y) 1077 1077 3766 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE(Y) 1077 1077 3766 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD(Y) 1077 1077 3766 170000
DRUM(M) 1077 1077 9547 170000
DRUM BLADE(M) 1077 1077 9547 170000
GRID(M) 1077 1077 9547 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE(M) 1077 1077 9547 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD(M) 1077 1077 9547 170000
DRUM(C) 1077 1077 9547 170000
DRUM BLADE(C) 1077 1077 9547 170000
GRID(C) 1077 1077 9547 170000
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE(C) 1077 1077 9547 170000
CHARGER CLEANING PAD(C) 1077 1077 9547 170000

Fig. 7-1

• Turn OFF the power and make sure to unplug the equipment.

(2) Perform a preventive maintenance using the checklist.

(3) Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and
make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-5
7.4 PM Support Mode

7.4.1 General description

This equipment has a 20 PM support mode which enables you to confirm the use status of each part
(the number of output pages or developed pages, and drive counts) requiring periodic replacement and
also the replacement record, as well as resetting counter values efficiently. This record can be printed
out in the list print mode.

7.4.2 Operational flow

20 PM SUPPORT MODE activated

FS-20

Main unit chosen

[SUB UNIT] pressed
Main screen

Main unit list displayed [RETURN]

pressed

Main unit chosen

[CANCEL] pressed [RESET] Sub screen

Sub unit list displayed

Clear screen
Clear finished
[CANCEL]
Counter clear pressed
confirmation displayed
Sub unit chosen
[RESET] pressed

[INITIALIZE]
pressed

Clear finished
Counter clear performed

Fig. 7-2

* When the authentication screen appears, press [OK]. (Enter the password, if one has been set.)
* The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is performed or the [CANCEL]
button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after
moving from the sub screen.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-6
7.4.3 Operational screen
The description of the display (including the function of each button) on the LCD screen is shown
below.

[ 1 ] Main screen

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Fig. 7-3

1. Displaying of the number of print / develop pages (Page/D. cnt), drive counts (Cnt.) and
previous replacement date (Chg.) for a chosen unit
When the replacement date for the sub unit is different, press the [SUB UNIT] button to move
to the sub screen and see each information, otherwise information is not displayed
2. Moving to the next/previous page
3. Displaying of the standard number of drive counts to replace the unit parts
4. Displaying of the present drive counts
“*” is displayed next to the present number when the number of drive counts has exceeded its
PM standard number.
5. Displaying of the standard number of print / develop pages to replace the unit parts
6. Displaying of the present number of print / develop pages
When there are differences among the sub units (parts), “_” is displayed and “CHECK
SUBUNIT” is displayed at the top
“*” is displayed next to the present number when the number of print / develop pages has
exceeded its PM standard number.
7. Moving to the sub screen of the selected unit
8. Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit counters 4 and 6, including all sub unit
(parts) counters belonging to that unit. When the unit is not selected, all counters are cleared.
9. Displaying of the main unit name
Notes:
• “—” is always displayed at the drive counts section for the reversing automatic document
feeder (RADF) and feed unit.
• “—” is displayed at the numeric section for the paper source which is not installed since the
paper source is different depending on the structure of options.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-7
[ 2 ] Sub screen

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Fig. 7-4

1. Displaying of the number of print / develop pages and drive counts and previous replacement
date for a chosen sub unit
2. Moving to the next/previous page
3. Displaying of the standard number of drive counts to replace the sub unit (parts)
4. Displaying of the present drive counts
“*” is displayed next to the present number when the number of drive counts has exceeded its
PM standard number.
5. Displaying of the standard number of print / develop pages to replace the sub unit (parts)
6. Displaying of the present number of print / develop pages
“*” is displayed next to the present number when the number of print / develop pages has
exceeded its PM standard number.
7. Displaying of the sub unit (parts) name
8. Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit (parts) counters
9. Back to the main screen

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-8
[ 3 ] Clear screen

2 1

Fig. 7-5

1. When the [INITIALIZE] button is pressed, “Present number of print / develop pages” and
Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated.
2. When the [CANCEL] button is pressed, the counter is not cleared and the display returns to
the main or sub screen.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7-9
7.4.4 Access tree
The relation between the main unit and the sub unit is shown below.
Notes:
Some parts in this manual are described with different names on the LCD screen. In this case,
the name in this manual is indicated in square brackets [ ].

Main screen Sub-screen

CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (K) DRUM (K)
[Process unit (K)] DRUM BLADE (K) [Drum cleaning blade]
GRID (K) [Main charger grid]
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (K) [Needle electrode]
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (K) [Main charger cleaner]
DRUM GAP SPACER (K)
CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (Y) DRUM (Y)
[Process unit (Y)] DRUM BLADE (Y) [Drum cleaning blade]
GRID (Y) [Main charger grid]
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (Y) [Needle electrode]
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (Y) [Main charger cleaner]
DRUM GAP SPACER (Y)
CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (M) DRUM (M)
[Process unit (M)] DRUM BLADE (M) [Drum cleaning blade]
GRID (M) [Main charger grid]
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (M) [Needle electrode]
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (M) [Main charger cleaner]
DRUM GAP SPACER (M)
CLEANER/DRUM/CHARGER (C) DRUM (C)
[Process unit (C)] DRUM BLADE (C) [Drum cleaning blade]
GRID (C) [Main charger grid]
MAIN CHARGER NEEDLE (C) [Needle electrode]
CHARGER CLEANING PAD (C) [Main charger cleaner]
DRUM GAP SPACER (C)
OZONE FILTER OZONE FILTER
[Ozone filter-1] [Ozone filter-1]
DEVELOPMENT UNIT BLACK DEVELOPER [Developer material K]
YELLOW DEVELOPER [Developer material Y]
MAGENTA DEVELOPER [Developer material M]
CYAN DEVELOPER [Developer material C]
TRANSFER BELT CLEANER BLET BLADE
2nd TRANSFER 2nd TRANSFER ROLLER
FUSER FUSER BELT
PRESS ROLLER
PRESS ROLLER FINGER
FUSER PAD
SLIDE SHEET
1st CST. PICK UP ROLLER (1st CST.)
[1st drawer] FEED ROLLER (1st CST.)
SEP ROLLER (1st CST.) [Separation roller]
2nd CST. PICK UP ROLLER (2nd CST.)
[2nd drawer] FEED ROLLER (2nd CST.)
SEP ROLLER (2nd CST.) [Separation roller]
SFB FEED ROLLER (SFB)
[Bypass unit] SEP PAD (SFB) [Separation roller]
Document feeder PICK UP ROLLER (DF)
[DF] FEED ROLLER (DF)
SEP ROLLER (DF) [Separation roller]
LCF PICK UP ROLLER (LCF)
FEED ROLLER (LCF)
SEP ROLLER (LCF) [Separation roller]
3rd CST. PICK UP ROLLER (3rd CST.)
[PFP upper drawer] FEED ROLLER (3rd CST.)
SEP ROLLER (3rd CST.) [Separation roller]

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 10
 Main screen Sub-screen
4th CST. PICK UP ROLLER (4th CST.)
[PFP lower drawer] FEED ROLLER (4th CST.)
SEP ROLLER (4th CST.) [Separation roller]
Notes:
When the counter value of any of the pickup roller, feed roller and separation roller in each unit is
reset, the value of the feeding retry counter is also reset simultaneously. When the [RESET]
button is pressed after selecting the feed unit in the Main Screen, the value of the feeding retry
counter is also reset simultaneously.

The feeding retry counter:

• 1st drawer: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6230)
• 2nd drawer: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6231)
• PFP upper drawer: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6232)
• PFP lower drawer: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6233)
• Bypass unit: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6234)
• LCF: Reset the feeding retry counter (FS-08-6235)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 11
7.5 Work Flow of Parts Replacement
The life span of the parts changes depending on their general use, such as the ratio of the color/black
printing or the adjustment for keeping the printing quality. Therefore, it is necessary to consider not only
the number of print / develop pages but also the drive counts when deciding the timing for parts
replacement. Even if the number of print / develop pages has reached the level of replacement, for
instance, the part may still be usable with its drive counts not reaching the specified drive counts. On
the other hand, the part may need replacement even if the number of print / develop pages has not
reached the level of replacement with its driving time exceeding the specified drive counts. The life
span of some parts such as feed roller is heavily dependent on the number of output pages rather than
the drive counts.
The following work flow diagram shows how to judge the timing of replacement with the number of print
/ develop pages.

Example 1:
When the number of print / develop pages has reached the specified level

• The parts in RADF • The parts in the drum/cleaner unit

• The parts in feeding system • The parts in the 2nd transfer unit
• Developer material

Replace the part. Check the drive counts at

20 PM support mode. Yes
Replace the part.
Does it exceed the specified
drive counts?

No

The part is still usable.

Replace the part after the drive

counts has reached the specified
count.

Fig. 7-6

Example 2:
When the image failure occurred before the number of print / develop pages has reached the
specified level

Check the drive counts of all parts at 20 PM support mode.

Yes
Does it exceed the specified drive count? Replace the part.
No

Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”.

Fig. 7-7

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 12
7.6 Preventive Maintenance Checklist
The items to be checked in each unit at the time of preventive maintenance are as below.

Symbols/value used in the checklist

Item Description
Cleaning A: Clean with alcohol
B: Clean with soft pad, cloth or vacuum cleaner
Lubrication/Coating L: Launa 40
W1: White grease (Molykote EM-30L)
W2: White grease (Molykote HP-300)
AV: Alvania No.2
FL: FLOIL (GE-334C)
C: Coating material (SANKOL CFD-409M)
Replacement Value: Replacement cycle
R1: Replacement
R3: Replace if deformed or damaged.
Operation check O: After cleaning or replacement, confirm there is no problem.

Notes: 7
• Perform cleaning and lubricating in the following timing. Lubricate the replacement parts
according to the replacement cycle.

Model Color Black/white

25ppm Every 75,000 sheets Every 150,000 sheets
30ppm Every 90,000 sheets Every 180,000 sheets
35ppm Every 105,000 sheets Every 210,000 sheets
45ppm Every 105,000 sheets Every 210,000 sheets
50ppm Every 105,000 sheets Every 210,000 sheets
• The value in the “Replacement” field of the table in APPENDIX indicates the replacement
number of output pages when those are all printed in either the black or the full color mode.
• The replacement cycle of the parts in the feeding section is determined by the number of sheets
fed from each paper source.
• Be careful not to put oil on the rollers, belts and belt pulleys when lubricating.
• Parts list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/
5015AC Service Parts List”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 13
7.6.1 Scanner

[A2] [A1] [A6] [A8] [A7]

[A5] [A4] [A3]

Fig. 7-8

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* A1: Original glass, A2: ADF original glass

Clean both sides of the original glass and ADF original glass. Also clean the film attached to the
DF original glass in order to wipe off any dirt or paper dust. Make sure that there is no dust on the
mirrors-1, -2, -3 and lens after cleaning. Then install the original glass and ADF original glass.
Notes:
Make sure that there is no fingerprints or oil staining on the glass surface underneath the original
scale since it is the reading part of the shading correction plate.
Do not use such solvents as alcohol when cleaning the surface of the ADF original glass,
because it is coated so as not to be scratched by originals.
When cleaning the original glass with alcohol, do so only for the stained areas because fog may
appear.

7.6.2 Laser optical unit

B1

Fig. 7-9

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* B1: LSU slit glass

Clean the LSU slit glass with the LSU cleaner (green cleaner inside the front cover).
If dirt adheres to the LSU slit glass, clean it with alcohol, a soft pad, cloth or electric vacuum
cleaner.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 14
7.6.3 Feed unit

[C5]

[C4]

[C7]

[C1]

[C4]

7
[C3] [C2, C6]
Fig. 7-10

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* C6: Separation roller guide

For lubrication, refer to the following.
 P. 4-75 “4.5.15 1st drawer separation roller guide”
 P. 4-78 “4.5.17 2nd drawer separation roller guide”

7.6.4 Automatic duplexing unit

D2

D1

D1

Fig. 7-11

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 15
7.6.5 Bypass feed unit

E1
E3

E2

E4

Fig. 7-12

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

7.6.6 Main charger

F4

F3

F5

F6

F1

F2

Fig. 7-13

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* F1: Main charger case

Clean the main charger case and seal section of main charger duct with a cloth soaked in water
and squeezed tightly, and then wipe them with a dry cloth.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 16
7.6.7 Cleaner unit

G1 G5

G7 G4

G2
G3

G6

G8

Fig. 7-14

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”. 7
* G2: Drum
• Handling precautions
If fingerprints or oil adhere to the surface of the drum, its properties may degrade, affecting
the quality of the copy image. So, wear gloves to avoid touching the drum surface with your
bare hands. Be sure to handle the drum carefully when installing and removing it so as not to
damage its surface.

• Do not use “patting powder” (lubricant)

Since “patting powder” may affect the initial image if it adheres to the OPC surface, do not
apply it. The friction between the drum and cleaning blade is sufficiently small without it and
no problem would occur even if it is not applied.

• Clearing the drum counter

When the drum has been replaced with a new one, the drum counter for the new drum (K, Y,
M, C) must be cleared to 0 (zero). This clearing can be performed in PM support mode.

- Drum counter
Drum (K): FS-08-6250-0, 3, 6, 7
Drum (Y): FS-08-6252-0, 3, 6, 7
Drum (M): FS-08-6254-0, 3, 6, 7
Drum (C): FS-08-6256-0, 3, 6, 7

• Storage location of photoconductive drums

The drum should be stored in a dark place where the ambient temperature is between 10°C
to 35°C (no condensation). Be sure to avoid places where drums may be subjected to high
humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.
Do not place the drum in a location where it is exposed to direct sunlight or high intensity light
such as near a window. Otherwise the drum will fatigue, and will not produce sufficient image
density immediately after being installed in the equipment.

• Cleaning the drum

At periodic maintenance calls, wipe the entire surface of the drum clean using the designated
cleaning cotton. Note that there is no need to clean the surface of the new drum unless there
is a problem. Use sufficiently thick cleaning cotton (dry soft pad) so as not to scratch the drum
surface inadvertently with your fingertips or nails. Also, remove your rings and wristwatch
before starting cleaning work to prevent accidental damage to the drum.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 17
 Do not use alcohol, selenium refresher and other organic solvents or silicon oil as they will
have an adverse effect on the drum.

• Scratches on drum surface

If the surface is scratched in such a way that the aluminum substrate is exposed, no copy
image will be produced on this area. In addition, the cleaning blade will be damaged so
replacement with a new drum will be necessary.

• Collecting used drums

Regarding the recovery and disposal of used drums, follow the relevant local regulations or
rules.

* G3: Drum cleaning blade

• Handling precautions
Pay attention to the following points as the cleaning blade life is determined by the condition
of its edge. Replace the cleaning blade with new ones if poor images are copied due to the
damaged blade regardless of the number of output pages which have been made.
- Do not allow hard objects to hit or rub against blade edge.
- Do not rub the edge with a cloth or soft pad.
- Do not leave oil (or fingerprints, etc.) on the edge.
- Do not apply solvents such as paint thinner to the blade.
- Do not allow paper fibers or dirt to contact the blade edge.
- Do not place the blade near a heat source.

• Cleaning procedure
Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and squeezed lightly.
Since the edge of the blade is vulnerable and can be easily damaged by factors such as the
adherence of paper dust.

* G4: Side seal

When replacing the drum cleaning unit, check that there is no gap between the blade and side
seals on both ends. If there is, or when the side seals put pressure to the cleaning blade,
reattach the side seals on the position shown in the figure (by slightly pushing them to the
direction of the arrows).

Fig. 7-15

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 18
* G5: Recovery blade
Clean the surface of the recovery blade with a soft pad or cloth, if dirt cannot be removed with a
vacuum cleaner. If the edge of recovery blade is damaged, replace the blade regardless of the
number of output pages.
Notes:
Never use water or alcohol for cleaning the recovery blade.

* G6: Drum gap spacer

When replacing the drum gap spacer, apply FLOIL (GE-334C) on the shaft of drum gap spacer.

7.6.8 Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C)

H8

H4
7

H5
H2

H7

H1
H6 H3

H4

Fig. 7-16

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* H9: Developer drive unit

For lubrication, refer to the following.
 P. 4-144 “4.6.25 Developer drive unit”
 P. 4-161 “4.6.33 Developer drive gear”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 19
* H1: Developer unit, H3: Front seal (unified with the doctor blade)
1. Cleaning
Clean the doctor blade so as to prevent developer material from adhering to it when the drum
is being replaced.
Space the front seal from the developer sleeve and then insert a doctor blade cleaning jig into
the doctor sleeve gap. Then clean the doctor blade by running the jig from one end to the
other 3 times along with the edge of the blade.

Fig. 7-17

2. Removal of foreign matter in the developer unit

(1) Take off the developer unit.
(2) Space the front seal.
(3) Insert the cleaning jig all the way in the developer unit at a position approx. 30 mm away
from the white streak.

30mm

Fig. 7-18

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 20
 (4) Slide the cleaning jig to where the white streak appears.
(5) Pull out the cleaning jig while manually turning the gear to rotate the developer sleeve.

Knob

Fig. 7-19

Remarks: 7
If foreign matter is not removed by the above procedure, take off the developer unit, discharge
the developer material on to a sheet of clean paper and then remove any foreign matter found. If
you cannot find any foreign matter, exchange the developer material.

3. Removal of foreign matter on the developer sleeve

(1) Apply a sheet of paper to the developer sleeve.
(2) Scrape off foreign matter and developer material on the developer sleeve using the jig.

Foreign matter

Fig. 7-20

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 21
 4. Cleaning method by the doctor blade cleaning jig (PM) (during preventative maintenance)
(1) Take off the developer unit.
 P. 4-109 “4.6.2 Process unit (Developer unit, Cleaner)”
(2) Discharge the developer material.
 P. 4-114 “4.6.3 Developer material”
(3) Insert A4 or LT plain paper between the developer sleeve (magnetic roller) [2] and the
doctor blade [3]. Insert the paper until it is visible from the opposite side.

[1]

[2]
[1]

[3]

Fig. 7-21

Notes:
The paper must be inserted to protect the developer sleeve (magnetic roller). In addition, align
the paper to the center of the developer sleeve (magnetic roller).

[2] [1]

Fig. 7-22

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 22
 (4) Put the paper over the developer sleeve (magnetic roller).

Fig. 7-23

(5) Raise the front seal and insert the doctor blade cleaning jig (PM) between the paper and
the doctor blade.
7

Fig. 7-24

Notes:
Be sure to make the cleaning surface downward at the doctor blade side. When the cleaning
surface is downward, the hole position becomes on the left side as shown in the figure.

(6) While the jig is being inserted, it is hard to do so around the doctor blade. However, be
sure to insert it until it reaches the end.
Insert reference: Until the narrow portion of the jig hides.

Fig. 7-25

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 23
 (7) Slide the doctor blade cleaning jig (PM) from side to side once.

Fig. 7-26

Notes:
The slide range of the jig is within the width of the inserted paper.

(8) Remove the doctor blade cleaning jig (PM) and the paper.

* H2: Developer material

After replacing the developer material, be sure to perform the auto-toner adjustment and then
image quality control initialization.
 P. 6-2 “6.1.2 Adjustment of the auto-toner sensor”
 P. 6-4 “6.1.3 Performing image quality control”

* H7: Auto-toner sensor

Clean the surface of the auto-toner sensor with a cotton swab or soft cloth with sufficient alcohol
filled in.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 24
7.6.9 Transfer belt unit / Transfer belt cleaning unit

J10 J9 J3 J2(Y) J2(M) J2(C) J2(K) J4

J8 J6 J1 J7 J11 J5

Fig. 7-27

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* J1: Transfer belt 7

• Handling precautions
- Do not touch the front and rear surfaces of the transfer belt surface with bare
hands.
- Prevent oil or other foreign matter from adhering to both surfaces of the transfer
belt.
- Do not apply external pressure that might scratch the transfer belt.
- When replacing the belt and transfer belt cleaning unit, apply patting powder
sufficiently and evenly. Otherwise, it may reduce the cleaning efficiency.
- When replacing the transfer belt, clean J3, J4, J5, J6, and J7 with a solvent such
as alcohol, and then attach the transfer belt.

• Cleaning procedure
Fully clean up the toner and such adhering to the roller with alcohol, and then wipe it with a
dry cloth until no trace remains. Take care not to have the transfer belt surface being
damaged or dented. Replace the transfer belt with a new one regardless of the number of
output pages, if any crack or major scar is found.

* J2: 1st transfer roller

Since the sponge may be damaged, do not clean the surface of the roller. Clean the toner
adhering to the power supplying part including springs with a solvent such as alcohol. When
cleaning the spring, be careful not to deform it.

* J3: Cleaning unit facing roller, J5: Belt clinging roller before 2nd transfer, J6: Lift roller, J7: Winding
roller (K)
Fully clean up the toner and such adhering to the roller with alcohol since an image failure may
occur if there is any dirt remaining on the roller. Also, remove dust and toner scattering adhering
to the inside of the transfer belt unit in order to keep rollers clean.

* J4: TBU drive roller

Clean up the toner adhering to the roller with alcohol.

* J8: Transfer belt cleaning blade

• Handling precautions

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 25
 Pay attention to the following points as the cleaning blade life is determined by the condition
of its edge.
- Do not allow hard objects to hit or rub against blade edge.
- Do not rub the edge with a cloth or soft pad.
- Do not leave oil (or fingerprints, etc.) on the edge.
- Do not apply solvents such as paint thinner to the blade.
- Do not allow paper fibers or dirt to contact the blade edge.
- Do not place the blade near a heat source.

• Cleaning procedure
Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and squeezed lightly.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 26
7.6.10 Image quality control unit

K1
K5

K2

K3

K4

Fig. 7-28

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* K5: Registration pass sensor

If toner adheres to the registration pass sensor (paper contact side), clean it with a soft pad,
cotton swab, cloth or electric vacuum cleaner.
Be careful not to touch the TBU during cleaning.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 27
7.6.11 2nd transfer unit

L3
L2

L1

Fig. 7-29

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* L2: Paper clinging detection sensor

Open the 2nd transfer unit and clean the paper clinging detection sensor with a cotton swab.
Notes:
Be sure to clean the entire surface of the sensor.

* L3: 2nd transfer roller paper guide

If toner adheres to the ribs of the 2nd transfer roller paper guide, clean it with a soft pad, cloth or
electric vacuum cleaner.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 28
7.6.12 Fuser unit

[M7]
[M3]
[M4]
[M1]
[M6]
[M9]
[M10]
[M8] [M2]

[M13]
[M12]

[M5]
7
Fig. 7-30

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

* M3: Separation guide

If toner adheres to the separation guide, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
Do not take off the separation guide unless otherwise required.

* M4: Separation finger

The paper jam may be caused if the tip of the finger is damaged or deformed, or a dirt image
caused by the finger occurs. If there is any problem with it, replace the finger with a new one
regardless of the number of output pages which have been made. Do not damage the tip of the
finger during the cleaning. The finger may be damaged if the toner adhering to the tip of it is
scraped off forcibly. Replace the finger if the toner is sticking to it heavily.

* M6, M8: Thermistor, Thermostat

Replace the thermistor or thermostat with a new one if it is damaged or deformed regardless of
degree.

* M7: Exit sensor actuator, M12: Fuser unit lower stay

If toner has adhered, wipe it off with alcohol.

* M9: Fuser belt lubricating sheet

When replacing the sheet, apply grease on the entire surface of the sheet evenly. For lubrication,
refer to  P. 4-209 “4.9.11 Fuser belt lubricating sheet / Fuser belt pad”.

* M11: Drive gear

For lubrication, refer to the following.
 P. 4-200 “4.9.8 Fuser belt”
 P. 4-212 “4.9.13 Pressure roller”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 29
7.6.13 Paper exit section / Reverse section

[N4]

[N3]

[N2]

[N1]

Fig. 7-31

For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to “Appendix” - “Preventive Maintenance
Checklist”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 30
7.6.14 DSDF

13 4 3 2 1

9 6 11 12 8 10

Fig. 7-32 7

Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list

Items to check Cleaning *1 Remarks
Coating *1 (x 1,000) check <P-I>

1 DSDF pickup roller A R1 1-18 *2

120
2 DSDF separation A R1 5-21
roller 120
3 DSDF feed roller A R1 1-14
120
4 DSDF registration A 7-14
roller
5 Pre-read roller-1 A 7-13
6 Pre-read roller-2 A 7-21
7 Post-read roller-1 A 14-12
8 Post-read roller-2 A 11-15
9 Reading guide A 15-3
10 DSDF exit roller A 11-12
11 DSDF-CCD original B 5-22
glass
12 Shading plate A 12-14
13 Registration pinch W 4-2
roller shaft
14 DSDF feed roller W 1-21 *3
shaft

* Page-Item (P-I) is described in the column of the Parts list.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 31
*1: Perform cleaning / lubrication for the DSDF at the same interval as for the main equipment
to which the DSDF is connected.
*2: When the DSDF pickup roller is replaced, clean its shaft holes in the DSDF pickup unit.

Fig. 7-33

*3: Remove the DSDF pickup unit. Release the hook. Remove the lever from the DSDF pickup unit.
Apply grease (Molykote EM-30L) by 0.01 cc to the edge of the shaft. (See the figure below.)

Fig. 7-34

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 32
7.6.15 RADF
5 8 4 11 3 2 1

6 7 9 10
Fig. 7-35

Replacement
Parts
Lubrication/ (x 1,000 Operation
Items to check Cleaning (x 1,000 list
Coating drive check
<P-I>
sheets)
counts) 7
1 Pickup roller A R1 - 5-27
120
2 Separation roller A R1 - 4-10
120
3 Feed roller A R1 - 5-27
120
4 Registration roller A 4-30
5 Intermediate transfer roller A 3-13
6 Front read roller A 3-14
7 Rear read roller A 3-1
8 Reverse registration roller A 3-10
9 Exit/reverse roller A 4-25
10 Platen sheet B or A 1-25
11 Registration roller front R1
sheet* 120
* Registration roller front sheet: Attached on the feeder lower guide.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 33
7.6.16 PFP

[1] [2] [3] [4]

[5]

[4]
[5]

[2]

[3]

Fig. 7-36

Replacement
Parts
Lubrication/ (x 1,000 Operation
Items to check Cleaning (x 1,000 list
Coating drive check
sheets) <P-I>
counts)
1 Pickup roller A 80 5-26
(upper/lower) or every
2.5 years,
whichever
comes first
2 Feed roller A 80 5-26
(upper/lower) or every
2.5 years,
whichever
comes first
3 Separation roller A 80 5-30
(upper/lower) or every
2.5 years,
whichever
comes first
4 Transport roller A R 2-35
(tooth face) 2-40
5 Idling roller A W1 4-2
(upper/lower)
Clean the inner diameter of
the idling roller and the
shaft.
6 Paper guide B 4-1
4-11

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 34
7.6.17 LCF

4 1 2

Fig. 7-37
7

Replacement
Parts
Lubrication/ (x 1,000 Operation
Items to check Cleaning (x 1,000 list
Coating drive check
sheets) <P-I>
counts)
1 Pickup roller A 160 4-4
2 Feed roller A 160 4-3
3 Separation roller A 160 5-8
4 Drive gear W1 -
(tooth face)

7.6.18 Inner finisher

Item Interval Description Remarks

Transport roller Every 30,000 of paper feeding times Cleaning Wipe with a cloth soaked in
water and then tightly
Small roller in the paper
squeezed.
transport section
Transport path and
guides
Transport path sensor Wipe with a dry cloth.
Grease application to As needed Applying EM-50L
drive unit grease
Paper detection sensor Minimum maintenance interval set Cleaning Wipe with a dry cloth or
for the equipment alcohol

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 35
7.6.19 Saddle stitch finisher / Finisher

[Front side] [Rear side]

6
14 10 19
11 1

15 2
7
5
13 12
4
8
17
9 21

18
16

20

Fig. 7-38

Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list

Items to check Cleaning Remarks
Coating (x 1,000) check (P-I)
1 Entrance sensor (S1) A
2 Transport sensor (S2) A
3 Stack transport roller-1 A
4 Stack transport roller-2 A
5 Buffer roller A
6 Exit roller A
7 Entrance roller A
8 Transport roller A
9 Paddle A 1,000
10 Front assist guide cam / C *a
Rear assist guide cam
11 Buffer roller link W3 *b
12 Shaft W3 *c
13 Buffer tray shaft W3 *d
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 36
 Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list
Items to check Cleaning Remarks
Coating (x 1,000) check (P-I)
14 Pinch roller shaft W3 *e
15 Buffer roller shaft W3 *f
16 Stapler carrier shaft W3 *g
17 Rack gear (Aligning W3 *h
plate)
18 Finishing tray shaft W3 *i
19 Movable tray drive gear W3 *j
20 Additional folding unit W3 *k
carrier shaft
21 Grate-shaped guide A C *l

*a Front assist guide cam/Rear assist guide cam

With a cleaning brush, apply an adequate amount of coating material (SANKOL CFD-409M) all
around the front and rear assist guide cams [1].
* Use a cleaning brush (4407915710 BRUSH-33) because cloth contaminated with the coating
material shall be treated as industrial waste.
* Do not apply coating material to the rubber section.
* When coating material adheres to the skin, rinse it well with water. 7
* The brush with which the coating agent (SANKOL CFD-409M) was applied must be exclusive for
coating. Do not use it to clean other areas.

*b. Buffer roller link

Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire buffer roller link [2].

*c. Shaft
Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire shaft [3].

[1]

[2]

[3]
Fig. 7-39

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 37
*d. Buffer tray shaft
Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire buffer tray shaft [1].

*e. Pinch roller shaft

Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire pinch roller shaft [2].

*f. Buffer roller shaft

Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire buffer roller shaft [3].

[1]

[3]
[2]
[3]

Fig. 7-40

*g. Stapler carrier shaft

Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire stapler carrier shaft [1].

[1]

Fig. 7-41

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 38
*h. Rack gear (Aligning plate)
*i. Finishing tray shaft
1. Take off the junction box unit.
* If the hole punch unit is installed, take it off beforehand.
2. Apply oil as follows through the opening which shows up when the junction box unit has been
removed.
Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the gear teeth of the rack gear
[1] which drive the aligning plate, and the entire finishing tray shaft [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig. 7-42

*j. Movable tray drive gear

Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote HP-300) to the gear teeth of the movable tray
drive gear [1].

[1]

Fig. 7-43

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 39
*k Additional folding unit carrier shaft
Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire Additional folding unit
carrier shaft [1].

[1]

Fig. 7-44

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 40
*l Grate-shaped guide
When an abnormal noise occurs in the grate-shaped guide or the trailing edge of the paper stacked
on the tray is dirty, apply coating material (SANKOL CFD-409M) by using a cleaning brush to the
portion on the guide with which the paper edge is in contact.
* Use a cleaning brush (4407915710 BRUSH-33) because cloth contaminated with the coating
material shall be treated as industrial waste.
* Do not apply coating material (Molykote PD-910) to the rubber section of the grate-shaped tray.
* When coating material adheres to the skin, rinse it well with water.
* The brush with which the coating agent (SANKOL CFD-409M) was applied must be exclusive for
coating. Do not use it to clean other areas.

[1]

Fig. 7-45

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 41
7.6.20 Hole punch unit (MJ-6105)

Parts list
Lubrication Replacement Operation
Items to check*1 Cleaning (P-I)
*2 (x1,000) check
*3

1 Transport roller A O
2 Sensors B
3 Drive gears W1 O
4 Punched scrap container Dispose of
the
punched
paper bits.
5 Punching unit R1
*4 1000

*1 Perform maintenance in the timing of preventive maintenance of the equipment.

*2 Be careful not to put oil on the rollers, belts and belt pulleys when lubricating.
*3 This column indicates the page and item numbers of the Parts List.
*4 This unit may require replacement once or more over the period of machine warranty because of
deterioration or damage. Replace them as needed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 42
7.7 Machine Refreshing Checklist
The check items for each unit at the machine refreshment are shown below.

Symbols/value used in the checklist

Item Description
Cleaning A: Clean with alcohol
B: Clean with soft pad, cloth or vacuum cleaner
Lubrication/Coating W1: White grease (Molykote EM-30L)
W2: White grease (Molykote HP-300)
Replacement Value: Replacement cycle
R1: Replacement
R2: For preventive maintenance, check if the parts are damaged and replace them as
required. If the parts are not replaced at the machine refreshing interval, inspect them at
the subsequent PM.
R3: Replace if deformed or damaged. If the parts are not replaced at the machine
refreshing interval, inspect them at the subsequent PM.
R4: Lubrication recommended: If the parts are not lubricated at the machine refreshing
interval, inspect their lubrication status at the subsequent PM.
Operation check O: After cleaning or replacement, confirm there is no problem.
Notes: 7
• When performing machine refreshment, check the items in the preventive maintenance checklist
in addition to the items in the machine refreshing checklist.
• Perform cleaning and lubricating in the following timing. Lubricate the replacement parts
according to the replacement cycle.

Model Replacement cycle

25ppm 450,000 sheets
30ppm 540,000 sheets
35ppm 630,000 sheets
45ppm 680,400 sheets
50ppm 756,000 sheets
• The value in the “Replacement” field of the table in APPENDIX indicates the replacement
number of output pages when those are all printed in either the Black or the Full Color mode.
• The replacement cycle of the parts in the feeding section equals to the number of sheets fed from
each paper source.
• Be careful not to put oil on the rollers, belts and belt pulleys when lubricating.
• Parts list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/
5015AC Service Parts List”.

Replacement
Parts
Lubrication/ (x 1,000 Operation
Items to check Cleaning (x 1,000 list
Coating drive check
sheets) <P-I>
counts)
1 Paper feeding drive unit W1 R4 R4 -
2 Drum TBU drive unit W1 R4 R4 -
3 Development drive unit W1 R4 R4 -
4 Fuser unit drive gear W1 R4 R4 -
5 Gear of registration motor W1 R4 R4 46-1
D1 ADU transport roller W1 R4 R4 41-10
E2 Bypass separation roller W2 R4 R4 21-24
G8 Ozone filter R1 R1 -
J1 Transfer belt * A R2 R2 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller * A R2 R2 27-9
J4 TBU drive roller * B R2 R2 26-27

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 43
* Replacing transfer belt unit is also available.

* 1: Paper feeding drive unit

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-105 “4.5.38 Paper feed drive gear”.

* 2: Drum TBU drive unit

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-156 “4.6.32 Drum drive gear”.

* 3: Development drive unit

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-144 “4.6.25 Developer drive unit”.

* 4: Fuser unit drive gear

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-220 “4.9.18 Fuser drive unit”.

* 5: Gear of registration motor

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-102 “4.5.36 Registration motor (M14)”.

* D1: ADU transport roller

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-255 “4.11.10 Transport roller (Upper and lower)”.

* E2: Bypass separation roller

For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-58 “4.5.3 Bypass separation roller”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 44
7.8 Storage of Supplies and Replacement Parts
Precautions for storing supplies and replacement parts are shown below.

1. Toner/Developer
Toner and developer should be stored in a place where the ambient temperature is between 10°C to
35°C (no condensation), and should also be protected against direct sunlight during transportation.

2. Photoconductive drum
Like the toner and developer, photoconductive drum should be stored in a dark place where the
ambient temperature is between 10°C to 35°C (no condensation). Be sure to avoid places where
drums may be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.
If drums are left near a window exposed to direct sunlight or intense light, they will be worn out. Due
to this, fogging may occur immediately after installing in the equipment.

3. Drum cleaning blade / Transfer belt cleaning blade

This item should be stored in a flat place where the ambient temperature is between 10°C to 35°C,
and should also be protected against high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.

4. Transfer belt / Transfer roller / Fuser belt / Pressure roller

Avoid places where the rollers may be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. 7
5. Fuser belt
Oil co-packed with the fuser belt and PM kits should be stored in a special container to keep it in a
stable condition. Do not transfer oil into another container.

6. Paper
Avoid storing copy paper in places where it may be subjected to high humidity.
After a package is opened, be sure to place and store it in a storage bag.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 45
7.9 PM KIT
A PM kit is a package for each unit of replacement parts requiring PM.

KIT name Component Qty. P-I

DEV-KIT-FC505K Developer material (K) 1 -
Drum cleaning blade 1 34-35
Needle electrode 1 35-8
Main charger grid 1 35-6
Main charger cleaner 2 35-7
Drum gap spacer (White) *3 1 -
Drum gap spacer (Black) *1,*2 1 34-12
EPU-KIT-FC505CLR Drum cleaning blade 3 34-35
Needle electrode 3 35-8
Main charger grid 3 35-6
Main charger cleaner 6 35-7
Drum gap spacer (White) *3 3 -
Drum gap spacer (Black) *1, *2 3 34-12
FR-KIT-FC505 *1 Pressure roller 1 38-34
Fuser belt 1 38-13B
Fuser belt pad 1 38-26
Fuser belt lubricating sheet 1 38-26
Separation finger 2 39-5
Silicon oil 1 108-28
Harness clamp 1 -
Front fuser oil recovery sheet1 1 38-13B
Front fuser oil recovery sheet2 1 38-13B
Rear fuser oil recovery sheet 1 38-13B
FR-KIT-FC505H *2 Pressure roller 1 38-34
Fuser belt 1 38-13A
Fuser belt pad 1 38-26
Fuser belt lubricating sheet 1 38-26
Separation finger 2 39-5
Silicon oil 1 108-28
Front fuser oil recovery sheet1 1 38-13A
Front fuser oil recovery sheet2 1 38-13A
Rear fuser oil recovery sheet 1 38-13A
TBU-KIT-FC50 Transfer belt cleaning blade 1 30-19
Blade seal (front) 1 30-20
Blade seal (rear) 1 30-21
Blade seal (back) 2 30-17
ROL-KIT-FC30-U Pick up roller 1 23-29
(1st drawer/2nd drawer/PFP) Feed roller 1 23-29
Separation roller 1 23-30
ROL-KIT-1026 (LCF) Pick up roller 1 4-4
Feed roller 1 4-3
Separation roller 1 5-8
DF-KIT-3031 (RADF) Pick up roller 1 5-13
Feed roller 1 5-13
Separation roller 1 4-10
Registration roller front sheet 3 4-38
4-39

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 46
 KIT name Component Qty. P-I
KIT-ROL-DSDF (DSDF) DSDF pickup roller 1 1-18
DSDF feed roller 1 1-14
DSDF separation roller 1 5-21
*1 For e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC
*2 For e-STUDIO4515AC/5015AC
*3 For e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/4505AC/5005AC

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 47
7.10 Maintenance Part List
The parts used for the maintenance of this equipment are as follows.

No. Item Purpose P-I

1 Cleaning brush Cleaning inside of the equipment 101-2
2 Doctor blade cleaning jig Cleaning the doctor blade 101-3
3 Wire holder jig Fixing the wire at the assembly of the carriage wire 101-4
4 Belt tension jig Adjusting the belt tension at the installation of the scan 101-7
motor
5 Drum bag Storing the drum 101-9
6 Patting powder For transfer belt 101-25
7 Door-switch jig Lock of door switch 101-1
8 Color test chart (TCC-2) For test print (A4/LT） 101-10
9 Color test chart For test print (A3/LD) 101-11
10 Separation guide gap adjustment For adjusting the gap between the fuser belt and 101-27
jig separation guide
11 Doctor blade cleaning jig (PM) In order to avoid the occurrence of defective images by 101-29
removing adhering stains by cleaning the doctor blade
during preventative maintenance.

1 2 3 4

6 7 8
5

9 10 11

Fig. 7-46

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 48
7.11 Grease List
The parts used for the maintenance of this equipment are as follows.

Parts list
Symbol Grease name Type Color Volume Container
<P-I>*
L Launa 40 Lubricating oil Yellow or 100 cc Oiler 101-21
transparent
W1 White grease (Molykote Grease White 100 g Bottle 101-24
EM-30L)
W2 White grease (Molykote Heat-resisting grease White 10 g Bottle 101-22
HP-300)
AV Alvania No.2 Grease Amber 100 g Tube 101-23
FL FLOIL (GE-334C) Conductive grease Black 20 g Bottle 101-26
* Part list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
Service Parts List”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 49
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
7 - 50
8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

8.1 General Descriptions

This chapter explains the procedures for solving troubles occurring in the equipment.

When a trouble occurs, check if an error code is displayed on the LCD screen of the control panel first.
If displayed, refer to“8.2Error Code List” to figure out the classification and contents of the error, and
then refer to “8.3Diagnosis and Prescription for Each Error Code” to remove its cause.
When no error is displayed but the equipment does not operate properly or images are not printed
properly, refer to “8.4Other Errors” or “8.5Troubleshooting for the Image” to remove its cause.

When troubles have occurred in the equipment, various causes can be considered. Check the items
below first.
• Is there any problem with the power cable or an outlet?
Check if the power cable is inserted securely. When it is almost removed or not inserted securely,
power voltage may become unstable, causing a trouble in the equipment.

• Are the connectors connected securely?

Reconnect them securely. Even if they are apparently inserted, there may be a contact failure.
Carefully check if the connection is secured especially after the disassembly or replacement of
parts.
8
• Are there any abnormalities in the setting value of the self-diagnostic code?
If an abnormal value has been entered in the self-diagnostic code related to the problem, an
operation failure may occur. If an abnormal value has been entered in the self-diagnostic code
related to the image quality adjustment, defective images may occur. Therefore, check that the
proper value has been entered in the self-diagnostic code.

• Are there any similar cases?

Check if there have been any similar problems in the troubleshooting in the Service Manual. If there
are similar cases, refer to their troubleshooting.

Notes:
If unusual odor is detected or if smoke or fire comes out of the equipment, immediately turn the
power OFF. Even in the cases other than the above, fully observe safety precautions.
If any PC board or HDD shall be replaced, refer to“9.2Precautions, Procedures and Settings for
Replacing PC Boards and HDD”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-1
8.1.1 If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting
If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting and technical tips, report the problem
to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with the following information. This information will help
the service center understand your problem and take quick action to find the solution.
1. Serial Number
2. List Print
Refer to the appropriate Service Manual for the detailed procedure to obtain a List Print.
A. Enter the value given below to obtain a List Print by CSV file.
FS-30-300: All CSV files
B. Enter the value given below to obtain a List Print by printing it out.
FS-30-101: 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
FS-30-102: 08 SETTING MODE
FS-30-104: Pixel counter data (Toner cartridge standard)
FS-30-106: Error history (1000 cases max)
FS-30-108: Firmware update log (200 cases max)
FS-30-110: Power on/off log (100 cases max)
3. For an image-related problem, refer to the following sections.
 P. 8-514 “8.5.45 If an image-related problem continues after performing all troubleshooting”
If a problem nevertheless continues to persist, collect image samples with the problem areas and
the feeding direction marked first. Then provide information about the type, size, and weight of the
paper along with a copy of the print data / spool file causing the problem.
4. For abnormal acoustic noise, describe the situation in as much detail as possible.
5. For hardware-related problems, provide photos of any broken parts, paper jams, etc.
In case of paper jams, include the type of paper and its manufacturer.
6. For software-related problems, provide list prints, TopAccess Logs and the detailed procedure
needed to duplicate the problem.
* This is the minimum information required to report a complaint. It would be appreciated if you could
obtain additional information.
* Follow the directions of the service center if they request additional information as each issue is
unique to some degree.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-2
8.1.2 Collection of debug logs with a USB device

[ 1 ] General description
The purpose of collecting the debug logs is to acquire the information for analyzing problems which
occurred during the MFP’s operation. In such a case, you can collect the debug logs by inserting a USB
device containing the dedicated script file into the MFP. Even if the power has to be turned OFF with the
main power switch after a problem occurs, the debug logs will be saved in the MFP (up to 3 logs). If the
debug logs have already been saved in the MFP, they also can be collected.

The following information is included in the USB debug logs.

Internal operation, Job history, HDD/memory usage status, etc. (Personal/Corporate information
(address book) not included)

When the debug logs are collected, also do so for the following information. since it may be difficult to
investigate only using the debug log.
• List print mode [FS-30-300: All CSV files]
• Job logs below in TopAccess > [Logs] > [Export Logs]
- Print Job Log Export
- Fax Transmission Journal Export
- Fax Reception Journal Export
- Scan Log Export
- Messages Log Export
• Problem occurrence time 8
Or the time when the customer called if it is difficult to work out when it occurred
• Status of when you collected the debug log
As in the example below, check the status to know if the problem occurred at the debug log
collection or how the customer recovered it.
E.g.
- You checked the problem and connected a USB device to the equipment.
- No problem occurred when an attempt to collect the debug log was made; however the customer
did turn the main power switch OFF when the problem occurred, so the log can be collected.

[ 2 ] Collection procedure
1. Note
When collecting a log, be sure to obtain consent from the user in advance and get the dedicated
script file from the service center.
2. About USB devices
Be sure to format the USB device with FAT16/32 beforehand. (Recommend size: 2GB or more)
3. Advance preparation of collection
Store the dedicated script file to the root directory of the USB device.
4. Procedure for collecting debug logs
(1) Insert the USB device, in which the dedicated script file is stored, into the MFP while the power is
ON.
• After the USB device is inserted into the MFP, the screen will change.
(2) Select [Basic Debug Logs], [All Debug Logs] or [9S-300CSV Print Job List] and then press the
[START] button.
• [9S-300CSV Print Job List] can be selected together with [Basic Debug Logs] or [All
Debug Logs].
• The log collection of [All Debug Logs] will start automatically if no operation is made for 30
seconds after the screen has been changed.
• The LED of the MFP starts blinking when the log collection has begun.
• The panel display will be changed during the log collection depending on the conditions of
the MFP. However, the log collection will continue as long as the LED is blinking.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-3
 (3) When the log collection is finished, the beeping is heard. After the beeping has stopped, remove
the USB device.
• The MFP will reboot automatically in 10 seconds after a beeping sound.
• If this has not been done automatically after 30 seconds have passed, reboot the MFP
manually.

Notes:
• Do not remove the USB device while the LED in the MFP is blinking.
• If the LED does not start blinking after the USB device is inserted and a few minutes have passed, try the
procedure from step (1) again.
• If there is no beeping after the LED starts blinking (about 20 minutes), try procedure from step (1) again.
• If the USB device is inserted when the MFP is not ready, the debug logs cannot be collected.

5. Collected debug logs

- When the collection of the debug logs is completed, the compressed file of the collected logs is
stored in the root directory of the USB device.
File name:

XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS (for basic version and all version)

XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS.Defunct (for all version)
XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS.PowerOff (for all version)
XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS_9S300 (for “9S300 csv files, Print job list”)
XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS_JobList (for “9S300 csv files, Print job list”)
XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS.USBLog (for basic version, all version and “9S300 csv files,
Print job list”)
md5sum.txt (for basic version, all version and “9S300 csv files,
Print job list”)
(XXXX= Serial number of the equipment, YYYY= year, MM= month, DD= day, HH= hour, mm=
minute, SS= second)
- After the debug logs have been collected, be sure to send them to the service center together
with a report.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-4
8.1.3 Traceability label
A traceability label on which a management No. at the manufacturing has been printed is attached to
some units. If a problem occurs in a unit, report it to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with
the traceability label information to help them to understand it.

[ 1 ] Management No.
A management No. consists of 13 digits with letters of the alphabet and numbers. The following shows
the meaning of each block.

• From the 1st to 4th digits: Classification

• From the 5th to 10th digits: Production date
• From the 11th to 13th digits: Sequential numbers

Classification Production date Sequential

numbers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 (digits)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3

[ 2 ] Applicable units
A traceability label is attached to the following units.
8

No. Unit Remarks

1 High-voltage transformer
2 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)
3 Process unit (EPU)
4 Scanner frame
5 CCD driving PC board (CCD board)
6 Toner cartridge PC board (CTRG board)
7 Switching regulator
8 System control PC board (SYS board)
9 Logic PC board (LGC board)
10 Heater control PC board (IH board)
11 Laser optical unit (LSU)
12 Control panel
13 DAMP board
14 USB-Hub (HUB board)
15 Hard disk (HDD)
16 Paper feed control PC board (PFC board)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-5
8.2 Error Code List
The following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen when the “CLEAR PAPER” or
“CALL SERVICE” symbol is blinking.
Remarks:
Elision character of the “Error code display media”

Panl: Control panel

JLog: JobLog (TopAccess Print Log - Scan Log)
ML: Message Log (TopAccess Message Log)
Noti: Notification
CSV: CSV output (List print)
Y: Yes
2nd: An error status has been detected twice (= error code has been determined)
5th: An error status has been detected five times (= error code has been determined)

8.2.1 Jam

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E010 Paper exit jam Paper Ejection Jam not reaching - - Y Y Y P. 8-105
Misfeed - Please the exit sensor
Clear Paper Path.
E011 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Transfer belt - - Y Y Y P. 8-121
jam Printer - Please paper-clinging jam
Clear Paper Path.
E013 Other paper Paper not reaching Y - - - Y P. 8-122
jam the registration
pass sensor jam
E020 Paper exit jam Paper Ejection Stop jam at the exit - - Y Y Y P. 8-106
Misfeed - Please sensor
Clear Paper Path.
E030 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Power-ON jam - - Y Y Y P. 8-124
jam Printer - Please
Clear Paper Path.
E061 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Incorrect paper - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please size setting for 1st
Clear Paper Path. drawer
E062 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Incorrect paper - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please size setting for 2nd
Clear Paper Path. drawer
E063 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Incorrect paper - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please size setting for
Clear Paper Path. PFP upper drawer
E064 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Incorrect paper - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please size setting for
Clear Paper Path. PFP lower drawer
E065 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Incorrect paper - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please size setting for
Clear Paper Path. bypass tray
E090 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Image data delay - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
E091 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Motor-ON time-out - - Y Y Y P. 8-125
jam Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
E0A0 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Image transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-126
jam Printer - Please ready time-out jam
Clear Paper Path.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-6
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E110 Paper Paper Insertion ADU misfeeding - - Y Y Y P. 8-108
misfeeding Misfeed - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the
registration sensor)
E120 Paper Paper Insertion Bypass misfeeding - - Y Y Y P. 8-108
misfeeding Misfeed - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the
bypass feed
sensor)
E130 Paper Paper Insertion 1st drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-109
misfeeding Misfeed - Please misfeeding (paper
Clear Paper Path. not reaching the
1st drawer feed
sensor)
E140 Paper Paper Insertion 2nd drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-109
misfeeding Misfeed - Please misfeeding (paper
Clear Paper Path. not reaching the
2nd drawer feed
sensor)
E150 Paper Paper Insertion PFP upper drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-110
misfeeding Misfeed - Please misfeeding (paper
Clear Paper Path. not reaching the
PFP upper drawer
feed sensor) 8
E160 Paper Paper Insertion PFP lower drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-110
misfeeding Misfeed - Please misfeeding (paper
Clear Paper Path. not reaching the
PFP lower drawer
feed sensor)
E190 Paper Paper Insertion T-LCF misfeeding - - Y Y Y P. 8-111
misfeeding Misfeed - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the T-LCF
transport sensor)
E200 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in 1st drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the
registration sensor)
E210 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in 2nd drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the
registration sensor)
E220 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in 2nd drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-113
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the feed
sensor)
E270 Paper transport Paper Insertion Bypass transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Misfeed - Please jam (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the
registration sensor)
E300 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP upper drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the
registration sensor)
E310 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP upper drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-113
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the feed
sensor)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-7
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E320 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP upper drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-114
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the 2nd
drawer paper feed
sensor)
E330 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP lower drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the
registration sensor)
E340 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP lower drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-113
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the feed
sensor)
E350 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP lower drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-114
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the 2nd
drawer feed
sensor)
E360 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in PFP lower drawer - - Y Y Y P. 8-114
jam Printer - Please transport jam
Clear Paper Path. (paper not
reaching the PFP
upper drawer feed
sensor)
E3C0 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in LCF transport jam - - Y Y Y P. 8-112
jam Printer - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the
registration sensor)
E3D0 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in LCF transport jam - - Y Y Y P. 8-113
jam Printer - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the feed
sensor)
E3E0 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in LCF transport jam - - Y Y Y P. 8-114
jam Printer - Please (paper not
Clear Paper Path. reaching the 2nd
drawer paper feed
sensor)
E410 Cover open Paper Misfeed in Front cover open - - Y Y Y P. 8-129
jam Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
E420 Cover open Paper Misfeed in PFP side cover - - Y Y Y P. 8-129
jam Printer - Please open jam
Clear Paper Path.
E430 Cover open Paper Misfeed in Duplexing unit - - Y Y Y P. 8-130
jam Printer - Please cover open jam
Clear Paper Path.
E440 Cover open Paper Misfeed in Jam access cover - - Y Y Y P. 8-130
jam Printer - Please open jam
Clear Paper Path.
E450 Cover open Paper Misfeed in LCF side cover - - Y Y Y P. 8-130
jam Printer - Please open jam
Clear Paper Path.
E480 Cover open Paper Misfeed in Bridge unit open - - Y Y Y P. 8-131
jam Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
E490 Cover open Paper Misfeed in Job separator Y - Y Y Y P. 8-131
jam Printer - Please cover open jam
Clear Paper Path.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-8
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E510 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Paper not reaching - - Y Y Y P. 8-115
jam Automatic the ADU entrance
Duplexing Unit - sensor jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E520 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Stop jam in the - - Y Y Y P. 8-116
jam Automatic ADU
Duplexing Unit -
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E550 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Paper remaining - - Y Y Y P. 8-126
jam Printer - Please jam on the
Clear Paper Path. transport path
E551 Other paper [Error] Paper Paper remaining - - Y Y Y P. 8-127
jam Misfeed in the jam on the
engine. Please transport path
clear paper path (when a service
call occurs)
E552 Other paper [Error] Paper Paper remaining - - Y Y Y P. 8-127
jam Misfeed in the jam on the
engine. Please transport path
clear paper path (when the cover is
closed)
E570 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Jam not reaching - - Y Y Y P. 8-116 8
jam Printer - Please the reverse sensor
Clear Paper Path.
E580 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Stop jam at the - - Y Y Y P. 8-117
jam Printer - Please reverse sensor
Clear Paper Path.
E712 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Jam not reaching - - Y - Y P. 8-132
Automatic the DSDF
Document Feeder - registration sensor
RADF jam Please Clear Jam not reaching - - Y - Y P. 8-132
Paper Path. the original
registration sensor
E714 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in DSDF feed signal - - Y - Y P. 8-132
Automatic reception jam
RADF jam Document Feeder - Feed signal - - Y - Y P. 8-133
Please Clear reception jam
Paper Path.
E717 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original not - - Y - Y P. 8-133
Automatic reaching the DSDF
Document Feeder - original feed
Please Clear sensor jam
Paper Path.
E718 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original setting jam - - Y - Y P. 8-134
Automatic / Original tray lift
Document Feeder - abnormality
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E721 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original not - - Y - Y P. 8-135
Automatic reaching the DSDF
Document Feeder - read-in sensor-1
Please Clear jam
RADF jam Paper Path. Jam not reaching - - Y - Y P. 8-135
the read sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8-9
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E722 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original not - - Y - Y P. 8-136
Automatic reaching the DSDF
Document Feeder - exit sensor jam
RADF jam Please Clear Jam not reaching - - Y - Y P. 8-136
Paper Path. the original exit /
reverse sensor
(during scanning)
E724 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original stopping at - - Y - Y P. 8-137
Automatic the DSDF
Document Feeder - registration sensor
Please Clear jam
RADF jam Paper Path. Stop jam at the - - Y - Y P. 8-137
registration sensor
E725 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original stopping at - - Y - Y P. 8-138
Automatic the DSDF read-in
Document Feeder - sensor-1 jam
RADF jam Please Clear Stop jam at the - - Y - Y P. 8-138
Paper Path. read sensor
E726 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Transport / exit - - Y - Y P. 8-139
Automatic signal reception
Document Feeder - jam
RADF jam Please Clear Transport / exit - - Y - Y P. 8-139
Paper Path. signal reception
jam
E727 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original not - - Y - Y P. 8-140
Automatic reaching the DSDF
Document Feeder - read-in sensor-2
Please Clear jam
Paper Path.
E729 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original stopping at - - Y - Y P. 8-141
Automatic the DSDF read-in
Document Feeder - sensor-2 jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E731 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original stopping at - - Y - Y P. 8-141
Automatic the DSDF exit
Document Feeder - sensor jam
RADF jam Please Clear Stop jam at the - - Y - Y P. 8-142
Paper Path. original exit /
reverse sensor
E762 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-142
Automatic at the DSDF
Document Feeder - registration sensor
Please Clear jam
Paper Path.
E769 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-143
Automatic at the DSDF feed
Document Feeder - sensor jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E770 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-143
Automatic at the DSDF
Document Feeder - original width
Please Clear detection sensor-1
Paper Path. jam
E771 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-144
Automatic at the DSDF
Document Feeder - original width
Please Clear detection sensor-2
Paper Path. jam

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 10
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
E774 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-144
Automatic at the DSDF read-
Document Feeder - in sensor-1 jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E775 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-145
Automatic at the DSDF read-
Document Feeder - in sensor-2 jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E777 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in Original remaining - - Y - Y P. 8-145
Automatic at the DSDF exit
Document Feeder - sensor jam
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E860 RADF jam Paper Misfeed in RADF jam access - - Y - Y P. 8-145
Automatic cover open jam
Document Feeder -
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E860 DSDF jam Paper Misfeed in DSDF original jam - - Y - Y P. 8-146
Automatic access cover open
Document Feeder - jam / DSDF
Please Clear shading sheet HP 8
Paper Path. sensor abnormal
E870 RADF jam Paper Misfeed in RADF open jam - - Y - Y P. 8-147
Automatic
Document Feeder -
Please Clear
Paper Path.
E910 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper not reaching Y - Y Y Y P. 8-148
(Bridge unit) Printer - Please the bridge unit
Clear Paper Path. transport sensor-1
E920 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper stopping at Y - Y Y Y P. 8-148
(Bridge unit) Printer - Please the bridge unit
Clear Paper Path. transport sensor-1
E930 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper not reaching Y - Y Y Y P. 8-149
(Bridge unit) Printer - Please the bridge unit
Clear Paper Path. transport sensor-2
E940 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper stopping at Y - Y Y Y P. 8-149
(Bridge unit) Printer - Please the bridge unit
Clear Paper Path. transport sensor-2
E950 Job separator Paper Misfeed in Jam not reaching Y - Y Y Y P. 8-151
jam Printer - Please the JSP feed
Clear Paper Path. sensor
E951 Job separator Paper Misfeed in Stop jam at the Y - Y Y Y P. 8-151
jam Printer - Please JSP feed sensor
Clear Paper Path.
E9F0 Finisher jam Hole Punch Unit Punching jam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-171
Hole punch unit Misfeed in Finisher
- Please Clear
Hole Punch.
EA10 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport Y - Y Y Y P. 8-152
(Finisher Finisher - Please delay jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA20 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport Y - Y Y Y P. 8-153
(Finisher Finisher - Please stop jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA21 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper size error Y - Y Y Y P. 8-154
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam (transport
section) Clear Paper Path. sensor)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 11
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
EA22 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper size error - - Y Y Y P. 8-154
Hole punch unit Finisher - Please jam (Paper position
Clear Paper Path. sensor)
EA23 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper stopping jam - - Y Y Y P. 8-155
(Finisher Finisher - Please (transport sensor)
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA24 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-155
(Finisher Finisher - Please delay jam
section) Clear Paper Path. (between entrance
and transport
sensor)
EA25 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-156
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path. (after paper stack
was exited)
EA26 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-157
(Finisher Finisher - Please stop jam (stop
section) Clear Paper Path. command request) P. 8-157
EA27 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-157
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA28 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-158
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam (paper holder
section) Clear Paper Path. plate operation
delay)
EA29 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-158
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam (stack
section) Clear Paper Path. transport delay)
EA2A Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-159
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in the Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path. (between the
entrance path and
middle path
sensor)
EA2B Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-159
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in the Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path. (middle path
sensor)
EA2C Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-160
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in the Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path. (between the
entrance path and
sub-path sensor)
EA2D Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-160
(Finisher Finisher - Please jam in the Finisher
section) Clear Paper Path. (sub-path sensor)
EA2E Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport - - Y Y Y P. 8-161
(Finisher Finisher - Please remaining jam in
section) Clear Paper Path. the Finisher (sub-
path sensor)
EA31 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Transport path Y - Y Y Y P. 8-161
(Finisher Finisher - Please paper remaining
section) Clear Paper Path. jam
EA32 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Exit paper Y - Y Y Y P. 8-162
(Finisher Finisher - Please remaining jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA40 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Cover open jam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-163
(Finisher Finisher - Please
section) Clear Paper Path.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 12
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
EA50 Finisher jam Staple Jam in Stapling jam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-164
(Finisher Finisher - Please
section) Clear Staple.
EA60 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Early arrival jam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-164
(Finisher Finisher - Please
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA70 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Stack exit belt Y - Y Y Y P. 8-165
(Finisher Finisher - Please home position error
section) Clear Paper Path.
EA90 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Cover open jam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-167
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please
section) Clear Paper Path.
EAA0 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper remaining Y - Y Y Y P. 8-167
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please jam in Saddle
section) Clear Paper Path. Stitch Unit
EAB0 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper transport Y - Y Y Y P. 8-168
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please jam in Saddle
section) Clear Paper Path. Stitch Unit
EAB1 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper size error Y - Y Y Y P. 8-169
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EAD0 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Print end - - Y Y Y P. 8-172
jam Printer - Please command time-out 8
Clear Paper Path. jam
EAE0 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Receiving time-out - - Y Y Y P. 8-172
Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
EAF1 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Stack exit roller Y - Y Y Y P. 8-166
(Finisher Finisher - Please home position
section) Clear Paper Path. sensor detection
error
EAF2 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Stapler unit sliding Y - Y Y Y P. 8-166
(Finisher Finisher - Please motor home
section) Clear Paper Path. position detection
error
EAFA Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Catching motor Y - Y Y Y -
(Finisher Finisher - Please home position
section) Clear Paper Path. detection error
EAFB Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Stapler movement Y - Y Y Y P. 8-231
(Finisher Finisher - Please error
section) Clear Paper Path.
EAFC Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Movable tray Y - Y Y Y P. 8-227
(Finisher Finisher - Please height error
section) Clear Paper Path.
EAFD Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Movable tray Y - Y Y Y P. 8-228
(Finisher Finisher - Please movement error
section) Clear Paper Path.
EAFE Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Assist guide cam Y - Y Y Y P. 8-225
(Finisher Finisher - Please position error
section) Clear Paper Path.
EB30 Other paper Paper Misfeed in Ready time-out - - Y Y Y P. 8-172
jams Printer - Please jam
Clear Paper Path.
EB50 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Paper remaining - - Y Y Y P. 8-118
jam Printer - Please on the transport
Clear Paper Path. path due to
multiple feeding

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 13
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
EB60 Paper transport Paper Misfeed in Paper remaining - - Y Y Y P. 8-120
jam Printer - Please on the transport
Clear Paper Path. path due to
multiple feeding
ED10 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Skew adjustment Y - Y Y Y P. 8-173
(Hole Punch Finisher - Please motor home
section) Clear Paper Path. position detection
error
ED11 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Sideways Y - Y Y Y P. 8-173
(Hole Punch Finisher - Please adjustment motor
section) Clear Paper Path. home position
detection error
ED13 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Front alignment Y - Y Y Y P. 8-174
(Finisher Finisher - Please plate home
section) Clear Paper Path. position error
ED14 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Rear alignment Y - Y Y Y P. 8-177
(Finisher Finisher - Please plate home
section) Clear Paper Path. position error
ED15 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paddle home Y - Y Y Y P. 8-175
(Finisher Finisher - Please position error
section) Clear Paper Path.
ED16 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Buffer tray home Y - Y Y Y P. 8-175
Finisher - Please position error
Clear Paper Path.
EF10 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Paper not Y - Y Y Y P. 8-176
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please supported for
section) Clear Paper Path. saddle stitch
finisher
EF11 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-176
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher stapling
section) Clear Paper Path. error (front)
EF12 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-176
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher stapling
section) Clear Paper Path. error (rear)
EF13 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch unit Y - Y Y Y P. 8-177
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please paper holding
section) Clear Paper Path. home position
detection error
EF14 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch unit Y - Y Y Y P. 8-177
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please paper exit jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EF15 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-184
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher side
section) Clear Paper Path. alignment motor
home position
detection
abnormality
EF16 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-185
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher stacker
section) Clear Paper Path. motor home
position detection
abnormality
EF17 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-185
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher folding
section) Clear Paper Path. blade home
position detection
abnormality

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 14
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
EF18 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch Y - Y Y Y P. 8-186
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please finisher additional
section) Clear Paper Path. folding roller home
position detection
abnormality
EF19 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch unit Y - Y Y Y P. 8-186
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please paper folding jam
section) Clear Paper Path.
EF20 Finisher jam Paper Misfeed in Saddle stitch unit - - Y Y Y P. 8-188
(Saddle stitch Finisher - Please stacker jam
section) Clear Paper Path.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 15
8.2.2 Service call

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
C020 Drive system Fatal Error - Developer drive 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-189
related service Please Contact motor abnormality
call Service
Technician.
C040 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. PFP motor Y - Y Y Y P. 8-190
system related abnormality
service call
C130 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. 1st drawer tray Y - Y Y Y P. 8-191
system related abnormality
service call
C140 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. 2nd drawer tray Y - Y Y Y P. 8-191
system related abnormality
service call
C150 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. PFP upper drawer Y - Y Y Y P. 8-192
system related tray abnormality
service call
C160 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. PFP lower drawer Y - Y Y Y P. 8-192
system related tray abnormality
service call
C180 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. LCF tray-up motor Y - Y Y Y P. 8-193
system related abnormality
service call
C1A0 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. LCF end fence Y - Y Y Y P. 8-194
system related motor abnormality
service call
C1B0 Paper feeding Printer Input Error. LCF transport Y - Y Y Y P. 8-195
system related motor abnormality
service call
C260 Scanning Fatal Error - Peak detection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-196
system related Please Contact error
service call Service
Technician.
C262 Scanning Fatal Error - Communication 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-197
system related Please Contact error
service call Service
Technician.
C270 Scanning Fatal Error - Carriage home Y - Y Y Y P. 8-197
system related Please Contact position sensor not
service call Service turning OFF within
Technician. a specified period
of time /
Downloading
firmware with an
incorrect model
C280 Scanning Fatal Error - Carriage home Y - Y Y Y P. 8-198
system related Please Contact position sensor not
service call Service turning ON within a
Technician. specified period of
time
C290 Scanning Fatal Error - Scanner fuse 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-199
system related Please Contact blowout
service call Service
Technician.
C370 Copy process Fatal Error - Transfer belt 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-263
related service Please Contact abnormality
call Service
Technician.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 16
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
C380 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-263
related service Please Contact K abnormality
call Service (upper limit)
Technician.
C381 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-264
related service Please Contact K abnormality
call Service (lower limit)
Technician.
C390 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-265
related service Please Contact C abnormality
call Service (upper limit)
Technician.
C391 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-266
related service Please Contact C abnormality
call Service (lower limit)
Technician.
C3A0 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-266
related service Please Contact M abnormality
call Service (upper limit)
Technician.
C3A1 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-267
related service Please Contact M abnormality
call Service (lower limit)
Technician. 8
C3B0 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-268
related service Please Contact Y abnormality
call Service (upper limit)
Technician.
C3B1 Copy process Fatal Error - Auto-toner sensor- 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-269
related service Please Contact Y abnormality
call Service (lower limit)
Technician.
C3E1 Copy process Fatal Error - Drum / cleaner / 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-269
related service Please Contact charger unit
call Service replacement (old-
Technician. new) detection
abnormality
C440 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Heater abnormality Y - Y Y Y P. 8-200
related service Please Contact after abnormality
call Service judgment
Technician. (temperature
abnormality at
printing status)
C445 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fusing Y - Y Y Y P. 8-200
related service Please Contact temperature
call Service abnormality after
Technician. abnormality
judgment (pre-
running end
temperature
abnormality)
C446 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fusing Y - Y Y Y P. 8-200
related service Please Contact temperature
call Service abnormality after
Technician. abnormality
judgment (pre-
running end
temperature
abnormality)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 17
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
C447 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fusing Y - Y Y Y P. 8-200
related service Please Contact temperature
call Service abnormality after
Technician. abnormality
judgment
(temperature
abnormality at
ready status /
during printing)
C449 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fusing Y - Y Y Y P. 8-200
related service Please Contact temperature
call Service abnormality after
Technician. abnormality
judgment (high
temperature
abnormality)
C471 Fuser unit Fatal Error - IH board 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-201
related service Please Contact initialization
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C472 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Power supply Y - Y Y Y P. 8-201
related service Please Contact abnormality
call Service
Technician.
C473 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Power voltage 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-202
related service Please Contact upper limit
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C474 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Power voltage 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-202
related service Please Contact lower limit
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C480 Fuser unit Fatal Error - IGBT high 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-202
related service Please Contact temperature
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C4B0 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Status counter Y - Y Y Y P. 8-203
related service Please Contact abnormality
call Service
Technician.
C4B1 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fuser unit voltage 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-203
related service Please Contact judgment
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C4B2 Fuser unit Fatal Error - IH firmware 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-203
related service Please Contact combination error
call Service
Technician.
C4C0 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fuser unit old / 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-204
related service Please Contact new detection fuse
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C4E0 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Pressure roller 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-204
related service Please Contact release
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C4E1 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Pressure roller 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-204
related service Please Contact contact / semi-
call Service contact
Technician. abnormality

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 18
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
C4E2 Fuser unit Fatal Error - Fuser belt rotation 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-205
related service Please Contact detection sensor
call Service abnormality
Technician.
C550 DSDF service Fatal Error - Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-207
call Please Contact error between the
RADF service Service scanner and DF 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-207
call Technician.
C551 DSDF / RADF Fatal Error - DF model 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-211
service call Please Contact detection error
Service
Technician.
C552 DSDF / RADF Fatal Error - DF abnormality 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-211
service call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
C553 DSDF service Fatal Error - DSDF CCD- 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-211
call Please Contact module Peak
Service detection error
Technician.
C554 DSDF service Fatal Error - AFE 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-212
call Please Contact communication
Service error 8
Technician.
C560 Communication Fatal Error - Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-208
related service Please Contact error between
call Service Engine-CPU and
Technician. PFC board
C580 Option related Printer Output Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-208
service call Error. error between the
LGC board and the
finisher
C5A0 Circuit related Fatal Error - EEPROM Y - Y Y Y P. 8-216
service call Please Contact abnormality (LGC
Service board)
Technician.
C5A1 Circuit related Fatal Error - EEPROM data Y - Y Y Y P. 8-216
service call Please Contact abnormality (LGC
Service board)
Technician.
C730 DSDF service Automatic DSDF EEPROM 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-213
call Document Feeder writing error
Error - Please
Contact Service
Technician.
C7B0 DSDF service Automatic Initial time-out error 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-213
call Document Feeder
Error - Please
Contact Service
Technician.
C8C0 DSDF service Automatic DSDF read-in 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-213
call Document Feeder sensor-1 automatic
Error - Please adjustment error
Contact Service
Technician.
C8E0 DSDF / RADF Automatic DF control 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-214
service call Document Feeder abnormality
Error - Please (communication
Contact Service protocol
Technician. abnormality)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 19
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
C900 Circuit related Fatal Error - Connection error 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-216
service call Please Contact between the SYS
Service board and the LGC
Technician. board
C911 Toner cartridge Failed to access to Toner cartridge PC - - Y Y Y P. 8-217
related service the toner IC chip board access
call abnormality (K)
C912 Toner cartridge Failed to access to Toner cartridge PC - - Y Y Y P. 8-217
related service the toner IC chip board access
call abnormality (C)
C913 Toner cartridge Failed to access to Toner cartridge PC - - Y Y Y P. 8-217
related service the toner IC chip board access
call abnormality (M)
C914 Toner cartridge Failed to access to Toner cartridge PC - - Y Y Y P. 8-217
related service the toner IC chip board access
call abnormality (Y)
C916 Circuit related Fatal Error - Sub-CPU access 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-217
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
C940 Circuit related Fatal Error - Engine-CPU 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-218
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
C962 Circuit related Fatal Error - LGC board ID Y - Y Y Y P. 8-218
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
C963 Circuit related [Error] Printer Connection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-218
service call Needs Attention: detection error
Call for service between the SYS
board and the LGC
board
C964 Circuit related Fatal Error - LGC board boot 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-219
service call Please Contact process
Service abnormality
Technician.
C970 Process related Fatal Error - High-voltage 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-270
service call Please Contact transformer
Service abnormality
Technician.
C9E0 Circuit related Scanner Error - Connection error Y - Y Y Y P. 8-219
service call Please Contact between the
Service scanner CPU and
Technician. the system CPU
CA00 Image control Fatal Error - Color registration 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-247
related service Please Contact abnormality
call Service
Technician.
CA10 Laser optical Fatal Error - Polygonal motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-221
unit related Please Contact abnormality
service call Service
Technician.
CA20 Laser optical Fatal Error - H-Sync detection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-221
unit related Please Contact error (K, Y)
service call Service
Technician.
CA21 Laser optical Fatal Error - H-Sync detection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-221
unit related Please Contact error (K)
service call Service
Technician.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 20
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
CA22 Laser optical Fatal Error - H-Sync detection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-221
unit related Please Contact error (Y)
service call Service
Technician.
CA60 Laser optical Fatal Error - LSU thermistor-1 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-222
unit related Please Contact abnormality
service call Service
Technician.
CA61 Laser optical Fatal Error - LSU thermistor-2 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-223
unit related Please Contact abnormality
service call Service
Technician.
CB00 Finisher related Fatal Error - Finisher 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-224
service call Please Contact communication
Service error
Technician.
CB10 Finisher related Printer Output Entrance motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-224
service call Error. abnormality
CB11 Finisher related Fatal Error - Buffer tray guide 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-224
service call Please Contact motor abnormality
Service
Technician.
CB13 Finisher related Fatal Error - Finisher exit motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-225 8
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
CB14 Finisher related Fatal Error - Finisher assist 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-225
service call Please Contact guide motor
Service abnormality
Technician.
CB15 Finisher related Fatal Error - Catching motor 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-226
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
CB30 Finisher related Printer Output [MJ-1042] Movable 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-226
service call Error. tray shift motor
abnormality
[MJ-1109/1110]
Movable tray shift P. 8-227
motor abnormality
CB31 Finisher related Fatal Error - Movable tray 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-228
service call Please Contact paper-full detection
Service error
Technician.
CB40 Finisher related Printer Output [MJ-1042] Front 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-229
service call Error. alignment plate
home position
detection error
[MJ-1109/1110] P. 8-229
Front alignment
motor abnormality
CB50 Finisher related Printer Output [MJ-1042] Stapler 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-230
service call Error. home position
detection error
[MJ-1109/1110] P. 8-230
Stapler home
position error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 21
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
CB51 Finisher related Fatal Error - [MJ-1042] Stapler 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-231
service call Please Contact unit sliding home
Service position detection
Technician. error
[MJ-1109/1110]
Stapler shift home P. 8-231
position error
CB60 Finisher related Printer Output Stapler unit shift 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-232
service call Error. motor abnormality
CB80 Finisher related Printer Output [MJ-1042] Finisher 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-232
service call Error. control PC board
backup RAM error
[MJ-1109/1110]
Backup RAM data P. 8-232
abnormality
CB81 Finisher related Fatal Error - Flash ROM 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-233
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
CB82 Finisher related Fatal Error - Finisher - Main 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-233
service call Please Contact program error
(Finisher Service
section) Technician.
CB83 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-233
service call Please Contact finisher - Main
(Saddle stitch Service program error
unit) Technician.
CB84 Finisher related Hole punch unit - Hole punch unit - 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-234
service call Main program error Main program error
(Hole punch
unit)
CB92 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-234
service call Please Contact finisher RAM
(Saddle stitch Service abnormality
unit) Technician.
CB93 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-234
service call Please Contact finisher additional
(Saddle stitch Service folding motor
unit) Technician. abnormality
CB94 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle transport 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-235
service call Please Contact motor abnormality
(Saddle stitch Service
unit) Technician.
CB95 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-235
service call Please Contact finisher stacker
(Saddle stitch Service motor abnormality
unit) Technician.
CBA0 Finisher related Fatal Error - Front saddle 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-235
service call Please Contact stapler home
(Saddle stitch Service position error
unit) Technician.
CBB0 Finisher related Fatal Error - Rear saddle 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-236
service call Please Contact stapler home
(Saddle stitch Service position error
unit) Technician.
CBC0 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-236
service call Please Contact finisher side
(Saddle stitch Service alignment motor
unit) Technician. abnormality

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 22
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
CBE0 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-237
service call Please Contact finisher folding
(Saddle stitch Service motor abnormality
unit) Technician.
CC02 Finisher related Fatal Error - Stack exit roller nip 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-237
service call Please Contact home position
(Finisher Service detection error
section) Technician.
CC20 Finisher related Fatal Error - Saddle stitch 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-237
service call Please Contact communication
Service error
Technician.
CC30 Finisher related Fatal Error - Stack transport 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-238
service call Please Contact motor abnormality
(Finisher Service
section) Technician.
CC31 Finisher related Fatal Error - Transport motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-238
service call Please Contact abnormality
(Finisher Service
section) Technician.
CC41 Finisher related Fatal Error - Assist guide cam 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-239
service call Please Contact home position
(Finisher Service abnormality
section) Technician. 8
CC51 Finisher related Fatal Error - [MJ-1042] (When 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-239
service call Please Contact MJ-6011 is
(Hole punch Service installed) Punch
unit) Technician. unit sliding motor
abnormality P. 8-240
[MJ-1109/1110]
(When MJ-6105 is
installed) Sideways
adjustment motor
abnormality
CC52 Finisher related Fatal Error - Skew adjustment 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-240
service call Please Contact motor abnormality
(Hole punch Service
unit) Technician.
CC54 Finisher related Fatal Error - Paper detection 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-241
service call Please Contact sensors
(Hole punch Service abnormality
unit) Technician.
CC60 Finisher related Fatal Error - Punch motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-241
service call Please Contact abnormality
(Hole punch Service
unit) Technician.
CC61 Finisher related Fatal Error - [MJ-1042] (When 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-241
service call Please Contact MJ-6011 is
(Hole punch Service installed) Punch
unit) Technician. motor abnormality
[MJ-1109/1110] P. 8-242
(When MJ-6105 is
installed) Punch
motor home
position detection
error
CC71 Finisher related Fatal Error - Punch ROM Y - Y Y Y P. 8-242
service call Please Contact checksum error
(Hole punch Service
unit) Technician.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 23
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
CC72 Finisher related Fatal Error - Punch RAM read / Y - Y Y Y P. 8-243
service call Please Contact write error
(Hole punch Service
unit) Technician.
CC80 Finisher related Fatal Error - [MJ-1042] Front 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-243
service call Please Contact alignment motor
(Finisher Service abnormality
section) Technician. [MJ-1109/1110] P. 8-243
Rear alignment
motor abnormality
CC93 Finisher related Fatal Error - Knurled roller shift 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-244
service call Please Contact solenoid
(Finisher Service abnormality
section) Technician.
CC94 Finisher related Fatal Error - Fan motor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-245
service call Please Contact abnormality
(Finisher Service
section) Technician.
CCF1 Finisher related Fatal Error - Tray safety switch 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-245
service call Please Contact abnormality
(Finisher Service
section) Technician.
CD40 Copy process Fatal Error - Waste toner box - - Y Y Y P. 8-271
related service Please Contact full error
call Service
Technician.
CDE0 Finisher related Printer Output Paddle motor 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-245
service call Error. abnormality
(Finisher
section)
CE00 Finisher related Fatal Error - Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-246
service call Please Contact error between the
Service finisher and the
Technician. punch unit
CE10 Image control Fatal Error - Image quality 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-253
related service Please Contact sensor abnormality
call Service (OFF level)
Technician.
CE20 Image control Fatal Error - Image quality 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-254
related service Please Contact sensor abnormality
call Service (no pattern level)
Technician.
CE40 Image control Fatal Error - Image quality 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-256
related service Please Contact control test pattern
call Service abnormality
Technician.
CE41 Image control Fatal Error - Image quality TRC 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-259
related service Please Contact control test pattern
call Service abnormality
Technician.
CE50 Image control Fatal Error - Temperature / 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-260
related service Please Contact humidity sensor
call Service abnormality
Technician.
CE70 Image control Fatal Error - Drum drive 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-260
related service Please Contact switching
call Service abnormality
Technician.
CE90 Image control Fatal Error - Drum thermistor 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-262
related service Please Contact abnormality
call Service
Technician.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 24
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
CF10 Finisher related Printer Output Communication 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-246
service call Error. module writing
failure
F070 Communication Fatal Error - Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-208
related service Please Contact error between the
call Service system-CPU and
Technician. the engine-CPU
F071 Communication Fatal Error - Communication 2nd - Y Y - P. 8-209
related service Please Contact initialization error
call Service between the
Technician. system-CPU and
the engine-CPU
F074 Fatal Error - Communication 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-209
Please Contact error between the
Service system-CPU and
Technician. the engine-CPU
(engine-CPU
response
abnormality)
F090 Circuit related Fatal Error - SRAM abnormality Y - Y Y - P. 8-220
service call Please Contact on the SYS board
Service
Technician.
F100_ Other service Fatal Error - HDD format error Y - Y Y - P. 8-272 8
0 call Please Contact (Operation failure
Service of key data)
Technician.
F100_ Other service Fatal Error - HDD format error Y - Y Y - P. 8-272
1 call Please Contact (HDD encryption
Service key data damaged
Technician. - one board)
F100_ Other service Fatal Error - HDD format error Y - Y Y - P. 8-273
2 call Please Contact (HDD encryption
Service key data damaged
Technician. - both boards)
F100_ Other service Fatal Error - Serial number Y - Y Y - P. 8-274
3 call Please Contact value error
Service
Technician.
F100_ Other service Fatal Error - Hash check error Y - Y Y - P. 8-274
4 call Please Contact of encryption
Service partition key
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - HDD connection Y - Y Y - P. 8-275
0 call Please Contact error (HDD
Service connection cannot
Technician. be detected)
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Root partition Y - Y Y - P. 8-275
1 call Please Contact mount error (HDD
Service formatting fails)
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount Y - Y Y - P. 8-275
2 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount Y - Y Y - P. 8-275
3 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 25
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-276
4 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-277
5 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-278
6 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-279
7 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-280
8 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-281
9 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-282
10 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-283
11 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-276
12 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Error due to - - - - - P. 8-284
13 call Please Contact damage to file
Service
Technician.
F101_ Other service Fatal Error - Partition mount - - - - - P. 8-285
14 call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F102 Other service Fatal Error - HDD start error Y - Y Y - P. 8-286
call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
F103 Other service Fatal Error - HDD transfer time- 5th - Y Y - P. 8-286
call Please Contact out
Service
Technician.
F104 Other service Fatal Error - HDD data error 5th - Y Y - P. 8-286
call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
F105 Other service Fatal Error - HDD other error 5th - Y Y - P. 8-286
call Please Contact
Service
Technician.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 26
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
F106_ Other service HDD error (Illegal 2nd - - - - P. 8-286
0 call disk replacement
detected)
F106_ Other service HDD error (HDD 2nd - - - - P. 8-287
1 call type detection
error)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Secure 2nd - - - - P. 8-287
2 call HDD encryption
key download
operation error)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Secure 2nd - - - - P. 8-288
3 call HDD
authentication
Admin Password
generation error)
F106_ Other service HDD error 2nd - - - - P. 8-289
4 call (Authentication
random number
generation error)
F106_ Other service HDD error 2nd - - - - P. 8-289
5 call (Authentication
data transmission
error)
8
F106_ Other service HDD error (Error 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
6 call caused by reason
other than F106_0
to 5 errors)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Error 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
7 call caused by reason
other than F106_0
to 5 errors)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Error 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
8 call caused by reason
other than F106_0
to 5 errors)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Error 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
10 call caused by reason
other than F106_0
to 5 errors)
F106_ License License damaged 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
11 Management (HDD and SRAM)
F106_ License License damaged 2nd - - - - P. 8-291
12 Management (SRAM)
F106_ Other service HDD error (Error 2nd - - - - P. 8-290
UNDE call caused by reason
F other than F106_0
to 5 errors)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-291
0 call error (Consistency
check operation
error)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-292
1 call error (SRAM
encryption AES
key data damage)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-292
2 call error (Signature
Check public key
damage)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 27
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-293
3 call error (HDD
encryption
parameter
damage)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-294
4 call error (license data
damage)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-295
5 call error (encryption
key for HDD is
damaged)
F109_ Other service Key consistency Y - - - - P. 8-296
6 call error (administrator
password error for
HDD
authentication)
F109_ Other service Hash check error Y - - - - P. 8-297
7 call of ADI-HDD
authentication key
F110 Communication Fatal Error - Communication 5th - - - Y P. 8-298
related service Please Contact error between the
call Service system-CPU and
Technician. the scanner-CPU
F111 Communication Fatal Error - Communication 5th - - - Y P. 8-298
related service Please Contact error between the
call Service system-CPU and
Technician. the scanner-CPU
F115 Scanning Fatal Error - S-VDEN ON signal 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-214
system related Please Contact time-out error
service call Service
Technician.
F116 Scanning Fatal Error - S-VDEN OFF 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-214
system related Please Contact signal time-out
service call Service error
Technician.
F117 Scanning Fatal Error - S-VDEN ON (back 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-214
system related Please Contact side) signal time-
service call Service out error
(DSDF) Technician.
F118 Scanning Fatal Error - S-VDEN OFF 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-214
system related Please Contact (back side) signal
service call Service time-out error
(DSDF) Technician.
F119 Scanning Fatal Error - Scanner 5th - Y Y Y P. 8-298
system related Please Contact abnormality
service call Service detection
Technician.
F11A Scanning Fatal Error - Communication 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-215
system related Please Contact error between the
service call Service SYS board and the
Technician. CCD board
F11B Scanning Fatal Error - Communication 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-215
system related Please Contact error between the
service call Service SYS board and the
Technician. DSDF-CCD
module
F120 Other service Fatal Error - Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-299
call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 28
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
F121 Other service User Management Database 2nd - Y Y - P. 8-299
call DB corrupted. abnormality (user
information
management
database error)
F122 Other service Log Management Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-300
call DB corrupted. abnormality
(message / job log
management
database error)
F124 Other service AppManagement Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-300
call DB corrupted. abnormality
(application
management
database damage
error)
F125 Other service HomeScreen DB Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-300
call corrupted. abnormality (Home
screen database
damage error)
F126 Other service JobHistory DB Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-301
call corrupted. abnormality (Job
history database
damage error) 8
F127 Other service AppLicense DB Database Y - Y Y - P. 8-301
call corrupted. abnormality
(application license
management
database damage
error)
F128 License LMDB ERROR License - - Y Y - P. 8-301
Management management
database damage
F130 Other service Invalid MAC 2nd - - - - P. 8-302
call address
F131 Other service Fatal Error - Filtering setting file Y - Y Y - P. 8-302
call Please Contact damage error
Service
Technician.
F140 Other service Fatal Error - ASIC format 2nd - Y Y Y P. 8-302
call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
F150 Other service - Power failure Y - Y Y - P. 8-303
call during the
manufacturing
mode
F200 Other service Fatal Error - Data Overwrite Y - Y Y - P. 8-303
call Please Contact option (GP-1070)
Service disabled
Technician.
F350 Circuit related Fatal Error - SYS board Y - Y Y Y P. 8-220
service call Please Contact abnormality
Service
Technician.
F400 Circuit related Fatal Error - SYS board cooling Y - Y Y - P. 8-304
service call Please Contact fan abnormality
Service
Technician.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 29
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
F410 Circuit related Fatal Error - Power abnormality 2nd - Y Y - P. 8-304
service call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
F510 Other service Application start 5th - - - - P. 8-304
call error
F520 Other service Operating system Y - - - - P. 8-305
call start error
F521 Other service Integrity check Y - - - - P. 8-305
call error
F523 Other service Security check Y - - - - P. 8-305
call error at the startup
F550 Other service Fatal Error - Encryption partition - - Y Y - P. 8-305
call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F600 Other service Fatal Error - Firmware update Y - - - - P. 8-306
call Please Contact error
Service
Technician.
F700 Other service Fatal Error - Overwrite error - - Y Y - P. 8-306
call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
F800 Other service Fatal Error - Date error 2nd - - - - P. 8-306
call Please Contact
Service
Technician.
F900 Other service Model information Y - - - - P. 8-307
call alignment error
F902_ Other service System firmware / Y - - - - P. 8-307
1 call system software
model information
consistency error
F902_ Other service A model- Y - - - - P. 8-307
2 call unmatched SYS
board is installed
or the SRAM is
cleared
F902_ Other service SRAM abnormality Y - - - - P. 8-308
3 call on the SYS board
F902_ Other service SYS board model Y - - - - P. 8-309
4 call information
consistency error

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 30
8.2.3 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning function
1. Internet FAX related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
1C10 Internet FAX Illegal Job status System access - Y - Y - P. 8-310
related error abnormality
1C11 Internet FAX Not enough Insufficient - Y - Y - P. 8-310
related error memory memory
1C12 Internet FAX Illegal Job status Message reception - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error error
1C13 Internet FAX Illegal Job status Message - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error transmission error
1C14 Internet FAX Invalid parameter Invalid parameter - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error specified
1C15 Internet FAX Message size Exceeding file - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error exceeded limit or capacity
maximum size
1C30 Internet FAX Failed to create Directory creation - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error directory failure
1C31 Internet FAX Failed to create file File creation failure - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error
1C32 Internet FAX Failed to delete file File deletion failure - Y - Y - P. 8-310 8
related error
1C33 Internet FAX Failed to create file File access failure - Y - Y - P. 8-311
related error
1C40 Internet FAX Failed to convert Image conversion - Y - Y - P. 8-312
related error image file format abnormality
1C60 Internet FAX Failed To Process HDD full failure - Y - Y - P. 8-312
related error your Job. during processing
Insufficient Storage
space.
1C61 Internet FAX Failed to read AddressBook - Y - Y - P. 8-312
related error AddressBook reading failure
1C63 Internet FAX Invalid Domain Terminal IP - Y - Y - P. 8-313
related error Address address unset
1C64 Internet FAX Invalid Domain Terminal mail - Y - Y - P. 8-313
related error Address address unset
1C65 Internet FAX Failed to connect SMTP mail - Y - Y - P. 8-313
related error to SMTP server address unset
1C66 Internet FAX Failed to connect Server time-out - Y - Y - P. 8-313
related error to SMTP server error
1C69 Internet FAX Failed to connect SMTP server - Y - Y - P. 8-314
related error to SMTP server connection error
1C6B Internet FAX Invalid address Terminal mail - Y - Y - P. 8-314
related error specified in To: address error
field
1C6C Internet FAX Invalid address Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-314
related error specified in To: address error
field
1C6D Internet FAX NIC system error System error - Y - Y - P. 8-314
related error
1C70 Internet FAX SMTP service is SMTP client OFF - Y - Y - P. 8-315
related error not available
1C71 Internet FAX Failed SMTP SMTP - Y - Y - P. 8-315
related error Authentication authentication
error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 31
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
1C72 Internet FAX POP Before SMTP POP before SMTP - Y - Y - P. 8-315
related error Authentication error
Failed
1CC0 Internet FAX Job canceled Job canceling - Y - Y - -
related error
1CC1 Internet FAX Power failure Power failure - Y - Y - P. 8-315
related error occurred

2. RFC related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2500 RFC related Syntax error, HOST NAME error - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error command (RFC: 500) /
unrecognized Destination mail
address error
(RFC: 500) /
Terminal mail
address error
(RFC: 500)
2501 RFC related Syntax error in HOST NAME error - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error parameters or (RFC: 501) /
arguments Destination mail
address error
(RFC: 501) /
Terminal mail
address error
(RFC: 501)
2503 RFC related Bad sequence of Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error commands address error
(RFC: 503)
2504 RFC related Command HOST NAME error - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error parameter not (RFC: 504)
implemented
2550 RFC related Mailbox Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error unavailable address error
(RFC: 550)
2551 RFC related User not local Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-316
error address error
(RFC: 551)
2552 RFC related Insufficient system Terminal / - Y - Y - P. 8-317
error storage Destination
address error
(RFC: 552)
2553 RFC related Mailbox name not Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-317
error allowed address error
(RFC: 553)

3. Remote scanning related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2A00 Remote Successfully Successful - Y - - - -
scanning stored document completion
related error (BoxInTA)
2A20 Remote Failed to acquire System - Y - - - P. 8-317
scanning resource management
related error module resource
acquiring failure

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 32
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2A31 Remote WS Scan function WS Scan disabled - Y - - - P. 8-317
scanning is not available
related error
2A40 Remote System fatal error System error - Y - - - P. 8-318
scanning
related error
2A50 Remote Job canceled Job canceled - Y - - - -
scanning
related error
2A51 Remote Power failure Power failure - Y - - - P. 8-318
scanning occurred
related error
2A60 Remote Authentication for WS Scan user - Y - - - P. 8-318
scanning WS Scan failed authentication
related error failure
2A70 Remote Insufficient Remote Scan - - Y - - P. 8-319
scanning permission to privilege check
related error execute error
RemoteScan
2A71 Remote Insufficient WS Scan privilege - Y - - - P. 8-319
scanning permission to check error
related error execute WS Scan
2A72 Remote Insufficient e-Filing box data - - Y - - P. 8-319 8
scanning permission to access privilege
related error access e-Filing box check error (Scan
using scan utility. Utility)
2A73 Remote Insufficient Error in the - - Y - - P. 8-319
scanning permission to AddressBook
related error execute operation privilege
Addressbook check
Export/Import
operation.
2AD0 Remote Backup operation e-Filing box data - - Y - - -
scanning of e-Filing data backing up
related error from Backup/
Restore Utility is
done
2AD1 Remote Restore operation e-Filing box data - - Y - - -
scanning of e-Filing data restoring
related error from Backup/
Restore Utility is
done
2AD2 Remote Archive operation e-Filing box data - - Y - - -
scanning of e-Filing data is archiving
related error done
2AD3 Remote Restore operation Archived e-Filing - - Y - - -
scanning of e-Filing data is box data restoring
related error done
2AD4 Remote Download e-Filing e-Filing box data - - Y - - -
scanning data by scan utility downloading (Scan
related error Utility)

4. e-Filing related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2B00 e-Filing box Successfully Doc saving - Y - Y - -
related error stored document successful

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 33
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2B01 e-Filing box Successfully sent Successful - - - - - -
related error document to print completion
queue (BoxPrnTA)
2B02 e-Filing box - Successful - - - - - -
related error completion
(BoxEmailTA)
2B11 e-Filing box Job status failed Job status - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error abnormality
2B20 e-Filing box Failed to access File library function - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error file error
2B30 e-Filing box Insufficient disk Insufficient disk - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error space space in BOX
partition
2B31 e-Filing box Failed to access Status of the - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error Electronic Filing specified e-Filing
box or folder is
undefined or being
created / deleted
2B50 e-Filing box Failed to process Image library error - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error image
2B51 e-Filing box Failed to print List library error - Y - Y - P. 8-321
related error images from the
document box
2B71 e-Filing box Document(s) There are - - Y Y - -
related error expire(s) in a few documents which
days. will expire in a few
days
2B80 e-Filing box Hard Disk space Hard disk space in - - Y Y - -
related error for Electronic Filing BOX partition is
nearly full. nearly full (90%)
2B90 e-Filing box Insufficient Insufficient - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error Memory memory capacity
2BA0 e-Filing box Invalid Box Invalid Box - Y - Y - P. 8-321
related error password specified password
2BA1 e-Filing box Incorrect paper The specified - - - Y - P. 8-321
related error size / invalid color paper size, color
mode / invalid mode or resolution
resolution is not available
2BB0 e-Filing box Job canceled Job canceling - Y - Y - -
related error
2BB1 e-Filing box Power failure Power failure - Y - Y - P. 8-322
related error occurred
2BC0 e-Filing box System fatal error Fatal failure - Y - Y - P. 8-320
related error occurred
2BD0 e-Filing box Power failure Power failure - - Y Y - P. 8-322
related error occurred during e- during restoring of
Filing restore. e-Filing box
2BD1 e-Filing box e-Filing Box e-Filing box is - - Y Y - -
related error Storage is initialized
initialized.
2BE0 e-Filing box Failed to get Machine - Y - Y - P. 8-322
related error machine parameter reading
parameter error
2BF0 e-Filing box Maximum number Exceeding the - Y - Y - P. 8-322
related error of page range is maximum number
reached of pages
2BF1 e-Filing box Maximum number Exceeding the - Y - Y - P. 8-322
related error of document range maximum number
is reached of documents

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 34
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2BF2 e-Filing box Maximum number Exceeding the - Y - Y - P. 8-323
related error of folder range is maximum number
reached of folders

5. E-mail related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2C00 E-mail related Sent scanned Communication - Y - Y - -
error image(s) by email successful
completion
2C01 E-mail related Sent scanned Transferring - Y - Y - -
error image(s) by email completion (Fax
reception)
2C02 E-mail related Sent scanned Transferring - Y - Y - -
error image(s) by email completion (E-mail
reception)
2C04 E-mail related Service information Notification - Y - Y - -
error was sent by E-mail transmission
successful
completion
2C10 E-mail related Illegal Job status System access - Y - Y - P. 8-323 8
error abnormality
2C11 E-mail related Not enough Insufficient - Y - Y - P. 8-323
error memory memory
2C12 E-mail related Illegal Job status Message reception - Y - Y - P. 8-324
error error
2C13 E-mail related Illegal Job status Message - Y - Y - P. 8-324
error transmission error
2C14 E-mail related Invalid parameter Invalid parameter - Y - Y - P. 8-324
error specified
2C15 E-mail related Message size Exceeding file - Y - Y - P. 8-324
error exceeded limit or capacity
maximum size
2C20 E-mail related Illegal Job status System - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error management
module access
abnormality
2C21 E-mail related Illegal Job status Job control module - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error access abnormality
2C22 E-mail related Illegal Job status Job control module - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error access abnormality
2C30 E-mail related Failed to create Directory creation - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error directory failure
2C31 E-mail related Failed to create file File creation failure - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error
2C32 E-mail related Failed to delete file File deletion failure - Y - Y - P. 8-323
error
2C33 E-mail related Failed to create file File access failure - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error
2C40 E-mail related Failed to convert Image conversion - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error image file format abnormality
2C43 E-mail related Encryption error. Encryption error - Y - Y - P. 8-326
error Failed to create file
2C44 E-mail related Creating the image Encryption PDF - Y - Y - P. 8-326
error file was not enforced mode
permitted error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 35
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2C45 E-mail related Failed in making Meta data creation - Y - Y - P. 8-326
error meta data error (Scan to
Email)
2C50 E-mail related Insufficient Authentication - Y - Y - P. 8-326
error permission to failure at job
execute Scan job execution
2C60 E-mail related Failed To Process HDD full failure - Y - Y - P. 8-327
error your Job. during processing
Insufficient Storage
space
2C61 E-mail related Failed to read AddressBook - Y - Y - P. 8-327
error AddressBook reading failure
2C62 E-mail related Not enough Memory acquiring - Y - Y - P. 8-325
error memory failure
2C63 E-mail related Invalid Domain Terminal IP - Y - Y - P. 8-327
error Address address unset
2C64 E-mail related Invalid Domain Terminal mail - Y - Y - P. 8-327
error Address address unset
2C65 E-mail related Failed to connect SMTP address - Y - Y - P. 8-328
error to SMTP server unset
2C66 E-mail related Failed to connect Server time-out - Y - Y - P. 8-328
error to SMTP server error
2C69 E-mail related Failed to connect SMTP server - Y - Y - P. 8-328
error to SMTP server connection error
2C6A E-mail related Failed to send E- HOST NAME error - Y - Y - P. 8-328
error mail message (No RFC error)
2C6B E-mail related Invalid address Terminal mail - Y - Y - P. 8-329
error specified in From: address error
field
2C6C E-mail related Invalid address Destination mail - Y - Y - P. 8-329
error specified in To: address error (No
field RFC error)
2C70 E-mail related SMTP service is SMTP client OFF - Y - Y - P. 8-329
error not available
2C71 E-mail related Failed SMTP SMTP - Y - Y - P. 8-329
error Authentication authentication
error
2C72 E-mail related POP Before SMTP POP before SMTP - Y - Y - P. 8-330
error Authentication error
Failed
2CC0 E-mail related Job canceled Job canceling - Y - Y - -
error
2CC1 E-mail related Power failure Power failure - Y - Y - P. 8-330
error occurred

6. File sharing related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2D00 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller shared completion (saving
folder in a local directory)
2D01 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error network folder completion (saving
in remote)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 36
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2D02 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller shared completion (saving
folder of a received
FaxtoFile / &File in
a local directory)
2D03 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error network folder completion (saving
of a received
FaxtoFile / &File in
remote)
2D04 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller shared completion (saving
folder of a received
EmailtoFile / &File
in a local directory)
2D05 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error network folder completion (saving
of a received
EmailtoFile / &File
in remote)
2D10 File sharing Illegal Job status System access - Y - Y - P. 8-330
related error abnormality
2D11 File sharing Not enough Insufficient - Y - Y - P. 8-331
related error memory memory 8
2D12 File sharing Illegal Job status Message reception - Y - Y - P. 8-331
related error error
2D13 File sharing Illegal Job status Message - Y - Y - P. 8-331
related error transmission error
2D14 File sharing Invalid parameter Invalid parameter - Y - Y - P. 8-331
related error specified
2D15 File sharing Document size Exceeding the - Y - Y - P. 8-331
related error exceeded limit or maximum size for
maximum size file sharing
2D30 File sharing Failed to create Directory creation - Y - Y - P. 8-332
related error directory failure
2D31 File sharing Failed to create file File creation failure - Y - Y - P. 8-332
related error
2D32 File sharing Failed to delete file File deletion failure - Y - Y - P. 8-330
related error
2D33 File sharing Failed to create file File access failure - Y - Y - P. 8-332
related error
2D40 File sharing Failed to convert Image conversion - Y - Y - P. 8-332
related error image file format abnormality
2D43 File sharing Encryption error. Encryption error - Y - Y - P. 8-332
related error Failed to create file
2D44 File sharing Creating the image Encryption PDF - Y - Y - P. 8-333
related error file was not enforced mode
permitted error
2D45 File sharing Failed in making Meta data creation - Y - Y - P. 8-333
related error meta data error (Scan to File)
2D50 File sharing Insufficient Authentication - Y - Y - P. 8-333
related error permission to failure at job
execute Scan job execution
2D62 File sharing Failed to connect File server - Y - Y - P. 8-333
related error to network connection failure
destination. Check
destination path

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 37
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2D63 File sharing Specified network Invalid network - Y - Y - P. 8-334
related error path is invalid. path
Check destination
path
2D64 File sharing Logon to file server Login failure - Y - Y - P. 8-334
related error failed. Check
username and
password
2D65 File sharing There are too New document - Y - Y - P. 8-334
related error many documents creation failure
in the folder. Failed caused by an
in creating new excess of
document. documents in a
folder
2D66 File sharing Failed To Process Storage capacity - Y - Y - P. 8-334
related error your Job. full failure during
Insufficient Storage processing
space.
2D67 File sharing FTP service is not FTP service not - Y - Y - P. 8-335
related error available available
2D68 File sharing File Sharing File sharing service - Y - Y - P. 8-335
related error service is not not available
available
2D69 File sharing NetWare service is NetWare service - Y - Y - P. 8-335
related error not available not available
2DA0 File sharing Expired scan Periodical deletion - Y - Y - -
related error documents deleted of scanned
from share folder. documents has
been completed
properly
2DA1 File sharing Expired Sent Fax Periodical deletion - - Y Y - -
related error documents deleted of transmitted Fax
from shared folder. documents has
been completed
properly
2DA2 File sharing Expired Received Periodical deletion - - Y Y - -
related error Fax documents of received Fax
deleted from documents has
shared folder. been completed
properly
2DA3 File sharing Scanned Manual deletion of - - Y Y - -
related error documents in scanned
shared folder documents has
deleted upon been completed
user's request. properly
2DA4 File sharing Sent Fax Manual deletion of - - Y Y - -
related error Documents in transmitted Fax
shared folder documents has
deleted upon been completed
user's request. properly
2DA5 File sharing Received Fax Manual deletion of - - Y Y - -
related error Documents in received Fax
shared folder documents has
deleted upon been completed
user's request. properly
2DA6 File sharing Failed to delete File deletion failure - - Y Y - P. 8-330
related error file.
2DA7 File sharing Failed to acquire Resource - - Y Y - P. 8-330
related error resource. acquiring failure
2DC0 File sharing Job canceled Job canceling - Y - Y - -
related error

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 38
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2DC1 File sharing Power failure Power failure - Y - Y - P. 8-335
related error occurred
2E00 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller USB completion (saving
Media in a USB storage)
2E01 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller USB completion (saving
Media of a received
FaxtoFile / &File in
a USB storage)
2E02 File sharing Stored document in Successful - Y - Y - -
related error controller USB completion (saving
Media of a received
EmailtoFile / &File
in a USB storage)
2E10 File sharing Illegal Job status System access - Y - Y - P. 8-336
related error abnormality in USB
storage
2E11 File sharing Not enough Insufficient - Y - Y - P. 8-336
related error memory memory capacity
for USB storage
2E12 File sharing Illegal Job status Message reception - Y - Y - P. 8-336
related error error in USB 8
storage
2E13 File sharing Illegal Job status Message - Y - Y - P. 8-336
related error transmission error
in USB storage
2E14 File sharing Invalid parameter Invalid parameter - Y - Y - P. 8-336
related error specified for USB storage
2E15 File sharing Document size Exceeding the - Y - Y - P. 8-337
related error exceeded limit or maximum size for
maximum size file sharing
2E30 File sharing Failed to create Directory creation - Y - Y - P. 8-337
related error directory failure in USB
storage
2E31 File sharing Failed to create file File creation failure - Y - Y - P. 8-337
related error in USB storage
2E32 File sharing Failed to delete file File deletion failure - Y - Y - P. 8-337
related error in USB storage
2E33 File sharing Failed to create file File access failure - Y - Y - P. 8-339
related error in USB storage
2E40 File sharing Failed to convert Image conversion - Y - Y - P. 8-339
related error image file format abnormality in USB
storage
2E43 File sharing Encryption error. Encryption failure - Y - Y - P. 8-339
related error Failed to create in USB storage
file.
2E44 File sharing Creating the image Encryption PDF - - - Y - P. 8-339
related error file was not enforced mode
permitted error in USB
storage
2E45 File sharing Failed in making Meta data creation - Y - Y - P. 8-340
related error meta data error in USB
storage (Scan to
File)
2E50 File sharing Insufficient Authentication - Y - Y - P. 8-340
related error permission to failure at job
execute Scan job execution

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 39
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
2E65 File sharing There are too File creation error - Y - Y - P. 8-340
related error many documents due to insufficient
in folder. Failed in USB folder
creating new capacity
document.
2E66 File sharing Failed To Process HDD full failure - Y - Y - P. 8-340
related error your Job. during USB
Insufficient Storage storage process
space.
2EC0 File sharing Job canceled Job canceling - Y - Y - -
related error
2EC1 File sharing Power Failure Job Power failure in - Y - Y - P. 8-341
related error Aborted USB storage

7. E-mail reception related error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
3000 E-mail Received E-mail E-mail reception is - Y - Y - -
reception Job was completed properly
related error successfully
completed.
3A10 E-mail MIME Error has E-mail MIME error - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception been detected in
related error the received mail.
3A20 E-mail Analyze Error has E-mail analysis - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception been detected in error
related error the received mail.
3A30 E-mail Whole partial mails Partial mail time- - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception were not reached out error
related error by timeout.
3A40 E-mail Partial Mail Error Partial mail related - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception has been detected error
related error in the received
mail.
3A50 E-mail HDD Full Error has Insufficient HDD - Y - Y - P. 8-343
reception been occurred in capacity error
related error this mail.
3A70 E-mail Receiving partial Error of partial mail - Y - Y - P. 8-343
reception mail was aborted interruption
related error since the partial
mail setting has
been changed to
Disable.
3A80 E-mail Partial mail was Partial mail - Y - Y - P. 8-343
reception received during the reception setting
related error partial mail setting OFF
is disabled.
3B10 E-mail Format Error has E-mail format error - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception been detected in
related error the received mail.
3B20 E-mail Content-Type Error Content-Type error - Y - Y - P. 8-343
reception has been detected
related error in the received
mail.
3B40 E-mail Decode Error has E-mail decode - Y - Y - P. 8-342
reception been detected in error
related error the received mail.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 40
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
3B50 E-mail Received Email Received mail data - - Y Y - P. 8-344
reception data was broken. It deletion
related error was deleted from
mail server.
3C10 E-mail Tiff Analyze Error TIFF analysis error - Y - Y - P. 8-344
reception has been detected
related error in the received
mail.
3C13 E-mail Tiff Analyze Error TIFF analysis error - Y - Y - P. 8-344
reception has been detected
related error in the received
mail.
3C20 E-mail Tiff Compression TIFF compression - Y - Y - P. 8-345
reception Error has been error
related error detected in the
received mail.
3C30 E-mail Tiff Resolution TIFF resolution - Y - Y - P. 8-345
reception Error has been error
related error detected in the
received mail.
3C40 E-mail Tiff Paper Size TIFF paper size - Y - Y - P. 8-345
reception Error has been error
related error detected in the
received mail. 8
3C50 E-mail Offramp Offramp - Y - Y - P. 8-345
reception Destination Error destination error
related error has been detected
in the received
mail.
3C60 E-mail Offramp Security Offramp security - Y - Y - P. 8-346
reception Error has been error
related error detected in the
received mail.
3C70 E-mail Power Failure has Power failure error - Y - Y - P. 8-346
reception been occurred in
related error E-mail receiving.
3C90 E-mail OffRamp Fax Offramp Fax - Y - Y - P. 8-346
reception transmission transmission
related error disable error has disable error
been detected in
the received mail.
3D10 E-mail SMTP Destination Destination - - Y Y - P. 8-346
reception Error has been address error
related error detected in the
received mail. This
mail was deleted.
3D20 E-mail OffRamp Offramp - - Y Y - P. 8-347
reception Destination destination
related error limitation Error has limitation error
been detected in
the received mail.
3D30 E-mail Fax unit Error has FAX Unit error - - Y Y - P. 8-347
reception occurred because
related error the OffRamp mail
was received but it
has no Fax unit.
3E10 E-mail POP3 Connection POP3 server - - Y Y - P. 8-347
reception Error has occurred connection error
related error in the received
mail.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 41
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
3E20 E-mail POP3 Connection POP3 server - - Y Y - P. 8-348
reception Timeout Error has connection time-
related error occurred in the out error
received mail.
3E30 E-mail POP3 Login Error POP3 login error - - Y Y - P. 8-348
reception has occurred in the
related error received mail.
3E40 E-mail POP3 Login Error POP3 login type - - Y Y - P. 8-348
reception occurred in the error
related error received mail
3F10 E-mail File I/O Error has File I/O error - - Y Y - P. 8-348
reception occurred in this
related error mail. The mail can
not be received
until File I/O is
recovered.
3F20 E-mail File I/O Error has File I/O error - Y - Y - P. 8-348
reception been occurred in
related error this mail. The mail
could not be
received until File I/
O is recovered.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 42
8.2.4 Printer function error
Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen.

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
4000 Printer error - Successful - Y - - - -
completion
4011 Printer error - Print job - - - - - P. 8-349
cancellation
4021 Printer error - Print job power - Y - - - P. 8-349
failure
4031 Printer error - HDD full during - Y - - - P. 8-349
print
4032 Printer error - Exceeding the - Y - - - P. 8-349
upper limit of the
registration
number for the
sharing jobs
4033 Printer error - Network setting - Y - - - P. 8-349
error
4041 Printer error - User - Y - - - P. 8-350
authentication
error
4042 Printer error - Department - Y - - - P. 8-350 8
authentication
error
4043 Printer error - Project - Y - - - P. 8-350
authentication
error
4045 Printer error - Problem in LDAP - Y - - - P. 8-350
server connection
or LDAP server
authorization
settings
4111 Printer error - Quota over error - Y - - - P. 8-350
(no quota in a
department and
user)
4112 Printer error - Quota over error - Y - - - P. 8-351
(no quota in a user)
4113 Printer error - Quota over error - Y - - - P. 8-351
(no quota in a
department)
4121 Printer error - Job canceling due - Y - - - P. 8-351
to external counter
error
4211 Printer error - Printing data - Y - - - P. 8-351
storing limitation
error
4212 Printer error - e-Filing box storing - Y - - - P. 8-352
limitation error
4213 Printer error - File storing - Y - - - P. 8-352
limitation error
4214 Printer error - Fax / Internet Fax - Y - - - P. 8-352
transmission
limitation error
4221 Printer error - Private-print-only - Y - - - P. 8-352
error
4222 Printer error - Hold-print-only - Y - - - P. 8-352
error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 43
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
4223 Printer error - Private-print-only / - Y - - - P. 8-352
Hold-print-only
error
4231 Printer error - Hardcopy security - Y - - - P. 8-353
printing error
4243 Printer error - Sharing job - An - Y - - - P. 8-353
error caused by not
having a license
4244 Printer error - Sharing job - An - Y - - - P. 8-353
error caused by
function disabled
4245 Printer error - OCR functions not - Y - - - P. 8-353
available
4311 Printer error - No privilege to - Y - - - P. 8-353
perform a job
4312 Printer error - Not authorized to - Y - - - P. 8-354
store a file
4313 Printer error - No privilege for e- - Y - - - P. 8-354
Filing box storage
4314 Printer error - No privilege for - Y - - - P. 8-354
Fax / Internet Fax
transmission
4321 Printer error - No privilege for the - Y - - - P. 8-354
print settings
4411 Printer error - Image data - Y - - - P. 8-354
creation failure
4412 Printer error - Double-sign - Y - - - P. 8-354
encoding error
4511 Printer error Print failure due to Connection - - Y - - P. 8-355
connection timeout timeout
4521 Printer error Cannot print due to Reaching the - - Y - - P. 8-355
connection limit maximum number
of connections
4522 Printer error Registered print Exceeding the - - Y - - P. 8-355
job number upper limit of the
reached to limit registration
during printing number of jobs
during data
reception
4523 Printer error Storage full HDD full during - - Y - - P. 8-355
occurred during data reception
printing
4611 Printer error - Font download - Y - - - P. 8-356
failure (exceeding
the maximum
number of
registrations)
4612 Printer error - Font download - Y - - - P. 8-356
failure (HDD full)
4613 Printer error - Font download - Y - - - P. 8-356
failure (others)
4621 Printer error - Downloaded font - Y - - - P. 8-356
deletion failure
4721 Printer error Cannot connect Connection failure - - Y - - P. 8-356
MFP due to of Multi Station
unexpected Print because of an
combination of unexpected ROM
Multi Station Print version
combination

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 44
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
4F10 Printer error - System - Y - - - P. 8-357
abnormality

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 45
8.2.5 TopAccess related error/Communication error with external
application

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
5012 Communication Remote monitoring Authentication - - Y Y - P. 8-358
error system error error
5013 Communication Remote monitoring Communication - - Y - - P. 8-358
error system error error between eBR
5014 Communication Remote monitoring No SSL certificate - - Y - - P. 8-358
error system error
5015 Communication Remote monitoring Invalid SSL - - Y - - P. 8-358
error system error certificate error
5016 Communication Remote monitoring Expired SSL - - Y - - P. 8-362
error system error certificate error
5017 Communication Remote monitoring Other SSL - - Y - - P. 8-359
error system error certificate related
error
5018 Communication Remote monitoring Invalid DNS error - - Y - - P. 8-359
error system error
5019 Communication Remote monitoring Connection error - - Y - - P. 8-359
error system error
501A Communication Remote monitoring Proxy error - - Y - - P. 8-359
error system error
501B Communication Remote monitoring No URL (host / - - Y - - P. 8-359
error system error port) or invalid path
501C Communication - Toner-K remaining - - - - - -
error amount notification
501D Communication - Toner-C remaining - - - - - -
error amount notification
501E Communication - Toner-M remaining - - - - - -
error amount notification
501F Communication - Toner-Y remaining - - - - - -
error amount notification
5020 Communication The first Initial registration - - Y - - -
error registration was completion
completed.
5021 Communication Communication Successful - - Y - - -
error with Remote communication
monitoring system with an eBR2
succeeded server
5030 Communication Remote monitoring An error has - - Y - - P. 8-360
error system error occurred in the
HTTP
communication
50FF Communication Remote monitoring eBR2 internal error - - Y - - P. 8-360
error system error
5110 Communication - Toner cartridge - - - - - P. 8-360
error detection error
5211 Communication - PM counter excess - - - - - -
error
5212 Communication Open the front Time for cleaning - - Y Y - P. 8-360
error cover, and clean of the main charger
the slit glass and
main charger.
5310 Communication - Toner-K empty - - - - - P. 8-360
error
5311 Communication - Toner-Y empty - - - - - P. 8-360
error

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 46
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
5312 Communication - Toner-M empty - - - - - P. 8-360
error
5313 Communication - Toner-C empty - - - - - P. 8-360
error
5400 Communication Succeeded in MFP MFP registration - - Y Y - -
error registration success
5401 Information Immediate Immediate - - Y Y - -
connection to the connection
global remote execution to an
maintenance eCC server
service has been
executed.
5410 Communication Remote MFP registration - - Y Y - P. 8-361
error maintenance error
service error
5411 Communication Remote MFP registration - - Y Y - P. 8-361
error maintenance lock error
service error
5412 Communication Remote Server busy error - - Y Y - P. 8-361
error maintenance
service error
5413 Communication Remote Server error - - Y Y - P. 8-361
error maintenance 8
service error
5414 Communication Remote Invalid device file - - Y Y - P. 8-362
error maintenance error
service error
5415 Communication Remote Communication - - Y Y - P. 8-362
error maintenance error
service error
5416 Communication Remote Update failure of - - Y Y - P. 8-362
error maintenance system software /
service error setting files of the
equipment
5417 Communication Remote Invalid setting files - - Y Y - P. 8-362
error maintenance of the equipment or
service error system software
5BD0 Communication Power failure Power failure - - Y Y - P. 8-363
error occurred during during restoration
restore
5C10 Communication FAX Unit is not FAX Unit - - Y Y - P. 8-363
error attached. attachment error
5C11 Communication Security error on Network Fax - - Y Y - P. 8-363
error Address Book. transmission error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 47
8.2.6 MFP access error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6000 MFP access Successful user User login success - - Y Y - -
error login to an MFP
6001 MFP access Failed user login User login failure to - - Y Y - -
error an MFP
6002 MFP access Successful user User logout - - Y Y - -
error logout success from an
MFP: Manual
logout
6003 MFP access Successful user User logout - - Y Y - -
error logout (Session success from an
Time Out) MFP: Automatic
logout
6004 MFP access Successful User Authentication - - Y Y - -
error Box Authentication success of a user
box password
6005 MFP access Failed User Box Authentication - - Y Y - -
error Authentication failure of a user
box password
6006 MFP access User login UserToken binding - - Y Y - -
error information was failure
broken
6007 MFP access Failed user login Unsuccessful User - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error Login to MFP
6008 MFP access Failed to connect Connection failure - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error on External LDAP to an external Role
server for Role Base Access
Based Access Control (LDAP)
Control server
6009 MFP access Failed user login User login failure to - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error (Authentication an MFP (during
server connection NIC initialization)
error)
600A MFP access Department code Department code - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error has not been not assigned to a
assigned to the user
user
6010 MFP access Cannot find the Home directory not - - Y Y - -
error Home Directory. found
6011 MFP access Failed to register User automatic - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error the user by registration failure
automatically (due to an upper
(Maximum number limit of the user
of registered users) registration
number)
6012 MFP access Successful user User login success - - Y Y - -
error login by cache with cache
information information
6013 MFP access Failed to connect Connection failure - - Y Y - P. 8-364
error on the to the
authentication authentication
server server
6014 MFP access Server is not Inaccessible - - Y Y - P. 8-365
error responding. authentication
Authentication is server detection
conducted skipping
the server for a
certain period of
time.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 48
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6031 MFP access Illegal CL code. Invalid setting: - - Y Y - P. 8-365
error Invalid CL code
6032 MFP access Illegal period. Card related error: - - Y Y - P. 8-365
error Expired card
6033 MFP access No entering record. Card related error: - - Y Y - P. 8-365
error Invalid flag data
(no room-entry
data)
6034 MFP access Illegal entering Card related error: - - Y Y - P. 8-365
error record. Invalid flag data
(invalid card data)
6035 MFP access Illegal SSFC Invalid setting: - - Y Y - P. 8-366
error settings of MFP. Invalid flag
information (not set
in an MFP)
6036 MFP access Unmatched Invalid setting: - - Y Y - P. 8-366
error settings and card Invalid flag
info. information
(Information
between an MFP
and card does not
match)
6037 MFP access You cannot be Permission flag for - - Y Y - P. 8-366 8
error used. use not available
6040 MFP access Failed to read the Card - - Y Y - P. 8-366
error card authentication:
Read error
6041 MFP access Card Card - - Y Y - P. 8-366
error Authentication authentication:
Failed because of Card related error
Card Reading
Error
6042 MFP access Card Card - - Y Y - P. 8-367
error Authentication authentication:
Failed because of Card setting error
Setting Error
6043 MFP access Card Card - - Y Y - -
error Authentication authentication
Failed because the failure (duplication
card information of card information)
was duplicated on
the card server.
6044 MFP access Card Notification Card notification - - Y Y - -
error Communication failure (Stage2)
Error
6050 MFP access Successful print Print job - - Y Y - -
error authentication authentication
success
6051 MFP access Failed print Print job - - Y Y - -
error authentication authentication
failure
6052 MFP access Failed to connect Connection failure - - Y Y - P. 8-367
error on External LDAP to an external Role
server for Role Base Access
Based Access Control (LDAP)
Control server
6053 MFP access Failed print Print job - - Y Y - -
error authentication authentication
(Authentication failure due to NIC
server connection initialization
error)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 49
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6054 MFP access Failed to register Print job - - Y Y - -
error the user by authentication
automatically failure due to upper
(Maximum number limit excess of user
of registered users) automatic
registration
6055 MFP access Successful print Print job - - Y Y - -
error authentication by authentication
cache information success with cache
information
6060 MFP access Successful user (PIN - - Y Y - -
error login authentication)
User login success
to an MFP
6061 MFP access Successful user (PIN - - Y Y - -
error logout authentication)
User logout
success from an
MFP: Manual
logout
6062 MFP access Successful user (PIN - - Y Y - -
error logout (Session authentication)
Time Out) User logout
success from an
MFP: Automatic
logout
6063 MFP access Department code (PIN - - Y Y - -
error has not been authentication)
assigned to the Department code
user not assigned to a
user
6064 MFP access Cannot find the (PIN - - Y Y - -
error Home Directory. authentication)
Home directory not
found
6065 MFP access Failed to register (PIN - - Y Y - -
error the user by authentication)
automatically User automatic
(Maximum number registration failure
of registered users) (due to a upper
limit of the user
registration
number)
6066 MFP access PIN Authentication PIN authentication - - Y Y - -
error Failed because the failure (duplication
PIN code was of a PIN code)
duplicated on the
PIN server.
6067 MFP access Successful user (PIN - - Y Y - -
error login by cache authentication)
information User login success
to an MFP with
cache information
6100 MFP access User account is User account - - Y Y - -
error locked locking out
6101 MFP access Box is locked e-Filing box locking - - Y Y - P. 8-367
error out
6102 MFP access Failed to login User account being - - Y Y - P. 8-367
error because the user locking out
account had been
locked out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 50
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6103 MFP access Failed to access e-Filing box being - - Y Y - P. 8-367
error Box because the locking out
Box had been
locked out.
6121 MFP access Failed to Secure Automatic secure - - Y Y - P. 8-368
error Erase erase failure
6130 MFP access Successfully Synchronization - - Y Y - -
error verified clock with success to a time
Time Server server
6131 MFP access MFP fail to verify Synchronization - - Y Y - P. 8-368
error clock with Time with a time server
Server has failed
6150 MFP access Print Log full Print log database - - Y Y - -
error (100% Used) Log full
OverWrite will be
start
6151 MFP access Print Log near full Print log database - - Y Y - -
error (95% Used) nearly full (95%)
6152 MFP access Print Log near full Print log database - - Y Y - -
error (90% Used) nearly full (90%)
6153 MFP access Print Log near full Print log database - - Y Y - -
error (80% Used) nearly full (80%)
6154 MFP access Print Log near full Print log database - - Y Y - -
8
error (70% Used) nearly full (70%)
6160 MFP access Scan Log full Scan log database - - Y Y - -
error (100% Used) Log full
OverWrite will be
start
6161 MFP access Scan Log near full Scan log database - - Y Y - -
error (95% Used) nearly full (95%)
6162 MFP access Scan Log near full Scan log database - - Y Y -
error (90% Used) nearly full (90%)
6163 MFP access Scan Log near full Scan log database - - Y Y - -
error (80% Used) nearly full (80%)
6164 MFP access Scan Log near full Scan log database - - Y Y - -
error (70% Used) nearly full (70%)
6170 MFP access FAX_Transmission Fax transmission - - Y Y - -
error Log full (100% database full
Used) Log
OverWrite will be
started
6171 MFP access FAX_Transmission Fax transmission - - Y Y - -
error Log near full (95% database nearly
Used) full (95%)
6172 MFP access FAX_Transmission Fax transmission - - Y Y - -
error Log near full (90% database nearly
Used) full (90%)
6173 MFP access FAX_Transmission Fax transmission - - Y Y - -
error Log near full (80% database nearly
Used) full (80%)
6174 MFP access FAX_Transmission Fax transmission - - Y Y - -
error Log near full (70% database nearly
Used) full (70%)
6180 MFP access FAX_Receive Log Fax reception - - Y Y - -
error full (100% Used) database full
Log OverWrite will
be start
6181 MFP access FAX_Receive Log Fax reception - - Y Y - -
error near full (95% database nearly
Used) full (95%)
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 51
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6182 MFP access FAX_Receive Log Fax reception - - Y Y - -
error near full (90% database nearly
Used) full (90%)
6183 MFP access FAX_Receive Log Fax reception - - Y Y - -
error near full (80% database nearly
Used) full (80%)
6184 MFP access FAX_Receive Log Fax reception - - Y Y - -
error near full (70% database nearly
Used) full (70%)
6190 MFP access Message Log full Message log - - Y Y - -
error (100% Used) Log database full
OverWrite will be
start
6191 MFP access Message Log near Message log - - Y Y - -
error full (95% Used) database nearly
full (95%)
6192 MFP access Message Log near Message log - - Y Y - -
error full (90% Used) database nearly
full (90%)
6193 MFP access Message Log near Message log - - Y Y - -
error full (80% Used) database nearly
full (80%)
6194 MFP access Message Log near Message log - - Y Y - -
error full (70% Used) database nearly
full (70%)
61B0 MFP access Failed to save Image log saving - - Y Y - P. 8-368
error Image Log data failure to an MFP
local storage
61C0 MFP access Application Log full Application log - - Y Y - -
error (100% Used) Log database full
OverWrite will be
start
61C1 MFP access Application Log Application log - - Y Y - -
error near full (95% database nearly
Used) full (95%)
61C2 MFP access Application Log Application log - - Y Y - -
error near full (90% database nearly
Used) full (90%)
61C3 MFP access Application Log Application log - - Y Y - -
error near full (80% database nearly
Used) full (80%)
61C4 MFP access Application Log Application log - - Y Y - -
error near full (70% database nearly
Used) full (70%)
61D0 Data Backup / Please make a Backup is required - - Y Y - -
Data Restore backup of HDD since an HDD may
data. be damaged
61D1 Data Backup / Exchange of the Replacement is - - Y Y - -
Data Restore HDD is required. required since an
Please contact HDD is likely to fail
service. in the near future
6200 MFP access Service Technician Security level - - Y Y - -
error changed Security change of an MFP
Level by a service
technician
6220 MFP access Administrator's Execution of the - - - - - -
error setting wizard is administrator
finished setting wizard

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 52
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
6221 MFP access Security settings Security setting - - - - - -
error are changed by items change by
Administrator an administrator
6240 MFP access User account A user password is - - - - - -
error password is not outside the security
pursuant to policy.
Security Policy
6241 MFP access e-Filing Box An e-Filing box - - - - - -
error password is not password is
pursuant to outside the security
Security Policy policy.
6260 MFP access User Information User information - - - - - -
error updated change
6261 MFP access Role Information Role information - - - - - -
error updated change
6262 MFP access Role in Group is Group role - - - - - -
error edited information change
6263 MFP access Failed to add the New build-in user - - - - - P. 8-368
error new build-in user and role update
or role failure
6280 MFP access Selfsigned Self-signed - - - - - -
error Certificate certification
generated generation 8
6281 MFP access Server Certificate Server certification - - - - - -
error generated generation
6282 MFP access Failed to add Certification - - - - - -
error certificate addition failure
6283 MFP access Cryptographic key Encryption key - - - - - -
error generated generation

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 53
8.2.7 Maintenance error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7100 Maintenance Successfully System firmware - Y Y - - -
error updated Copier installation
Firmware success
711A Maintenance Cleared License Electronic key - - Y Y - -
error Key clear
711C Maintenance Successfully Electronic key - - Y Y - -
error removed License returning success
Key
711D Maintenance Failed to remove License key - - Y Y - P. 8-369
error License Key returning failure
711E Maintenance Successfully Electronic key - - Y Y - -
error installed License installation
Key success
711F Maintenance Failed to install License key - - Y Y - P. 8-369
error License Key installation failure
7136 Maintenance Successfully EWB error screen - - Y Y - -
error imported EWB file importing
error screen file success
7137 Maintenance Failed to imported EWB error screen - - Y Y - -
error EWB error screen file importing
file failure
7154 Maintenance Rebuilt the Log DB Log database - - Y Y - -
error by Log DB rebuilding caused
corruption by damage on it
7155 Maintenance Rebuilt the Image Image log - - Y Y - -
error Log DB by Image database
Log DB corruption rebuilding caused
by damage on it
7156 Maintenance Rebuilt the App Management - - Y Y - -
error AppManagement database
DB due to rebuilding has
AppManagement been performed
DB corruption. automatically since
it was damaged
7157 Maintenance Rebuilt the HomeScreen - - Y Y - -
error HomeScreen DB database
due to rebuilding has
HomeScreen DB been performed
corruption. automatically since
it was damaged
7158 Maintenance Rebuilt the JobHistory - - Y Y - -
error JobHistory DB due database
to JobHistory DB rebuilding has
corruption. been performed
automatically since
it was damage
7159 Maintenance Rebuilt the AppLicense - - Y Y - -
error AppLicense DB by database
AppLicense DB rebuilding has
corruption been performed
automatically since
it was damaged
718A Maintenance Edited Date & Time The time set in the - - Y Y - -
error Setting MFP has been
changed
718B Maintenance Started the Summer time has - - Y Y - -
error Daylight Savings started
Time

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 54
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
718C Maintenance Ended the Daylight Summer time has - - Y Y - -
error Savings Time ended
71B0 Maintenance Failed to decrypt Software package - - Y Y - P. 8-369
error Software Package file decryption
failure
71B2 Maintenance Successfully Laser firmware - - Y Y - -
error updated Laser installation
ROM success
71B3 Maintenance Failed to update Laser firmware - - Y Y - -
error Laser ROM installation failure
71B4 Maintenance Successfully Finisher firmware - - Y Y - -
error updated Finisher installation
ROM success
71B5 Maintenance Failed to update Finisher firmware - - Y Y - P. 8-369
error Finisher ROM installation failure
71B6 Maintenance Successfully Saddle firmware - - Y Y - -
error updated Saddle installation
ROM success
71B7 Maintenance Failed to update Saddle firmware - - Y Y - P. 8-369
error Saddle ROM installation failure
71B8 Maintenance Successfully Punch firmware - - Y Y - -
error updated Punch installation
ROM success
8
71B9 Maintenance Failed to update Punch firmware - - Y Y - P. 8-370
error Punch ROM installation failure
71BA Maintenance Successfully UI data installation - - Y - - -
error updated UI Data success
71BB Maintenance Failed to update UI UI data installation - - Y - - -
error Data failure
71BC Maintenance UI Data UI data recovery - - Y - - -
error successfully rolled success
back
71BD Maintenance Failed to rollback UI data recovery - - Y - - -
error UI Data failure
71BE Maintenance Failed to update UI UI data installation - - Y - - -
error Data (non- failure
permitted machine)
71BF Maintenance Failed to update UI UI data installation - - Y - - -
error Data (non- failure
permitted model)
71E0 License LMDB Recovery License - - Y Y - P. 8-370
Management abnormality due to
damage on the
license manager
database
7200 Maintenance Successful transfer Image log saving - - Y Y - -
error of Image Log to the success to an
external server external server
7201 Maintenance Failed to transfer of Image log saving - - Y Y - -
error Image Log to the failure to an
external server external server
7202 Maintenance Image Log was Image log deletion - - Y Y - -
error deleted
7203 Maintenance Image Log was Image log - - Y Y - -
error deleted automatic deletion
automatically
7204 Maintenance Image log was Image log - - Y Y - -
error downloaded downloading

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 55
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7210 Maintenance Successful User management - - Y Y - -
error synchronization of information
User Management synchronization
information success
7211 Maintenance Failed to User management - - Y Y - -
error synchronize User information
Management synchronization
information failure
7212 Maintenance Failed to User management - - Y Y - -
error synchronize User information
Management synchronization
information (setting failure (incorrect
mistake) setting)
7213 Maintenance Failed to Some user - - Y Y - -
error synchronize User management
Management information
information for synchronization
some Slave MFPs failure
7220 Maintenance Successful AddressBook - - Y Y - -
error synchronization of delivery success
AddressBook
7221 Maintenance Failed to AddressBook - - Y Y - -
error synchronize delivery failure
Address Book
7222 Maintenance Failed to Some - - Y Y - -
error synchronize AddressBook
Address Book for delivery failure
some Slave MFPs
7230 Maintenance Added new Project Project creation - - Y Y - -
error Code
7231 Maintenance Edited Project Project edition - - Y Y - -
error Code
7232 Maintenance Removed a Project Project deletion - - Y Y - -
error Code
7233 Maintenance Successfully Project export - - Y Y - -
error exported Project success
Code
7234 Maintenance Failed to export Project export - - Y Y - -
error Project Code failure
7235 Maintenance Download Project Exported project - - Y Y - -
error Code. downloading
7236 Maintenance Successfully Project import - - Y Y - -
error imported Project success
Code
7237 Maintenance Failed to import Project import - - Y Y - -
error Project Code failure
7238 Maintenance Failed to import Some project - - Y Y - -
error some Project import failure
Codes
7272 Maintenance Successfully Fax firmware1 - - Y Y - -
error updated FAX installation
FIRMWARE1 success
7273 Maintenance Failed to update Fax firmware1 - - Y Y - -
error FAX FIRMWARE1 installation failure
7274 Maintenance Successfully Fax firmware2 - - Y Y - -
error updated FAX installation
FIRMWARE2 success
7275 Maintenance Failed to update Fax firmware2 - - Y Y - -
error FAX FIRMWARE2 installation failure

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 56
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7276 Maintenance Successfully NIC firmware - - Y Y - -
error updated NIC installation
FIRMWARE success
7277 Maintenance Failed to update NIC firmware - - Y Y - -
error NIC FIRMWARE installation failure
7278 Maintenance Successfully Monotype RIP font - - Y Y - -
error installed Monotype installation
RIP Font success
7279 Maintenance Failed to install Monotype RIP font - - Y Y - -
error Monotype RIP Font installation failure
7280 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage was backup file has
completed succeeded
successfully
7281 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage was backup file has
cancelled been canceled
7282 Data Backup / Regular Data Periodical data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore Backup was not backing up has not
performed been executed
7283 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage failed backup file has
(USB media was failed (A USB 8
not inserted) storage has not
been inserted)
7284 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage failed backup file has
(Failed to save the failed (Storing of a
file to USB media) file into a USB
storage has failed)
7285 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage failed backup file has
(Failed to connect failed (Connection
to the external to an external
server) server is not
possible)
7286 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage failed backup file has
(Failed to save the failed (Storing of a
file to the external file into an external
server) server has failed)
7287 Data Backup / Data Backup file Storing of the data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore storage failed backup file has
failed
7290 Data Backup / Data Restore Restoring of the - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process was data has
completed succeeded
successfully
7291 Data Backup / Data Restore from Job cancel of data - - Y Y - -
Data Restore USB media or the restore processing
external server
was cancelled
7292 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
(USB media was (A USB storage is
not inserted) not inserted)
7293 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
(Failed to connect (Connection to an
to the external external server is
server) not possible)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 57
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7294 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
(Failed to get the (Obtaining a file
Data Backup file from a USB
from USB media) storage has failed)
7295 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
(Failed to get the (Obtaining a file
Data Backup file from an external
from external server has failed)
server)
7296 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
(Data Backup file is (Data backup file
corrupted) invalid)
7297 Data Backup / Data Restore Data restore - - Y Y - -
Data Restore process failed processing failure
72A0 Maintenance Notification events Deletion of event - - Y Y - -
error that were notification
registered from an destination
application were information
deleted. registered from an
application
72D0 Maintenance Failed to update UI UI data installation - - Y - - -
error Data (compatibility failure
check error)
72D1 Maintenance Failed to update System firmware - - Y - - -
error Copier Firmware installation failure
(compatibility
check error)
72D2 Maintenance Successfully Upgrading of the - - Y Y - -
error updated plugin of plug-in for printer
printer driver. drivers has
succeeded
72D3 Maintenance Failed to update Upgrading of the - - Y Y - -
error plugin of printer plug-in for printer
driver. drivers has failed
72D4 Maintenance Successfully Deletion of the - - Y Y - -
error deleted plugin of plug-in for printer
printer driver. drivers has
succeeded
72D5 Maintenance Failed to delete Deletion of the - - Y Y - -
error plugin of printer plug-in for printer
driver. drivers has failed
72D6 Maintenance Failed to update UI UI data installation - - Y - - -
error Data (License failure
check error)
7300 Maintenance Successfully An application is - - Y Y - -
error installed installed
Application
7301 Maintenance Failed to install Installation of an - - Y Y - P. 8-370
error Application application fails
7302 Maintenance Successfully An application is - - Y Y - -
error uninstalled uninstalled
Application
7303 Maintenance Failed to uninstall Uninstallation of an - - Y Y - -
error Application application fails
7304 Maintenance Successfully An application is - - Y Y - -
error updated updated
Application

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 58
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7305 Maintenance Failed to update Updating of an - - Y Y - -
error Application application fails
7306 Maintenance Application Deletion of all the - - Y Y - -
error removal completed applications has
succeeded
7307 Maintenance Failed to Deletion of all the - - Y Y - -
error completely delete applications has
application. failed
7308 Maintenance Automatically Applications have - - Y Y - -
error stopped the automatically
application. stopped
7309 Maintenance Automatically Applications have - - Y Y - -
error started the automatically
application. started
7311 Maintenance Failed to start Start of an - - Y Y - -
error Application application fails
7313 Maintenance Application was An application - - Y Y - -
error terminated ends abnormally
abnormally
7315 Maintenance App start App start - - Y Y - -
error duplicated error. duplicated error
Please retry later.
7316 Maintenance Application license Application license - - Y Y - -
8
error is Fraud error. is invalid
7320 Maintenance Application license The license of an - - Y Y - -
error was activated. application is
enabled
7321 Maintenance Failed to activation Enabling of the - - Y Y - -
error of application license for an
license application fails
7322 Maintenance Application license The license of an - - Y Y - -
error was inactivated. application is
disabled
7323 Maintenance Failed to Disabling of the - - Y Y - -
error inactivation of license for an
application license application fails
7324 Maintenance Installed the Installation of the - - Y Y - -
error application license. application license
has succeeded
7325 Maintenance Failed to install the Installation of the - - Y Y - -
error application license. application license
has failed
7326 Maintenance Application license Application license - - Y Y - -
error uninstalled. has been
uninstalled
7327 Maintenance Failed to uninstall Uninstallation of - - Y Y - -
error the application the application
license. license has failed
7328 Maintenance Application license Deletion of all the - - Y Y - -
error removal completed application
licenses has
succeeded
7329 Maintenance Failed to Deletion of all the - - Y Y - -
error completely delete application
application license. licenses has failed
7330 Maintenance The expiration date The validated date - - Y Y - -
error of the license of the of the license for
application an application will
approaches. nearly have
expired

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 59
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7331 Maintenance The time limit of The validity date of - - Y Y - -
error the application the license for an
license expired. application has
expired
7332 Maintenance Failed to install Application - - Y Y - -
error Application. Please installation error
install the latest
Application.
7333 Maintenance Failed to start Application start - - Y Y - -
error Application. Please error
update the
Application.
7334 Maintenance Successfully Installation of the - - Y Y - -
error installed application
Application localization data
Localization. has succeeded
7335 Maintenance Failed to install Installation of the - - Y Y - -
error Application application
Localization. localization data
has failed
7336 Maintenance Application install Application install - - Y Y - -
error error. The error
application is not
supported for this
MFP.
7337 Maintenance Failed to add Automatic addition - - Y Y - -
error application button of application icons
automatically. has failed since the
Home screen to
which they are
automatically
added had already
become full
7400 License License Activation License activation - - Y Y - -
Management Success(Online) success (Online)
7401 License License Activation License activation - - Y Y - -
Management Success(Offline) success (Offline)
7402 License License Activation License activation - - Y Y - P. 8-370
Management failed failure (Online)
7403 License License Activation License activation - - Y Y - P. 8-370
Management failed, NW timeout failure (network
timeout)
7404 License License Activation License activation - - Y Y - P. 8-370
Management failed, NW error failure (network
error)
7410 License License Deactivate License - - Y Y - -
Management Success(Online) deactivation
success (Online)
7411 License License Deactivate License deletion - - Y Y - -
Management Success(Offline) success (Offline)
7412 License License License - - Y Y - P. 8-371
Management Deactivation failed deactivation failure
(Online)
7423 License License License - - Y Y - P. 8-371
Management Deactivation failed, deactivation failure
NW timeout (network timeout)
7424 License License License - - Y Y - P. 8-371
Management Deactivation failed, deactivation failure
NW error (network error)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 60
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
7430 License License Activation Serial number - - Y Y - P. 8-371
Management failed, Invalid serial mismatching
number
7431 License License Activation Subnet - - Y Y - P. 8-372
Management failed, Invalid mismatching
subnet
7432 License License Activation Domain - - Y Y - P. 8-372
Management failed, Invalid mismatching
Domain
7433 License License Activation License certificate - - Y Y Y P. 8-372
management failed (Invalid ID invalid
input)
7434 License License Activation License duplicating - - Y Y Y P. 8-372
management failed (Same installation
license)
7435 License License Activation Unsupported - - Y Y Y P. 8-373
management failed (unsupported license activation
license)
7440 License License file Signature - - Y Y - P. 8-373
Management Signature mismatching
mismatch error
7441 License Trial License End of the trial - - Y Y - -
Management expired period 8
7442 License License period End of the valid - - Y Y - -
Management expired period
7443 License License Expired License use period - - Y Y - P. 8-373
Management expired
7444 License License Not Found No license exists - - Y Y - P. 8-373
Management
7445 License License Full Full of the license - - Y Y - P. 8-373
Management

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 61
8.2.8 Network error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
8000 Network error Static address of IPv4 address - - Y Y - P. 8-374
IPv4 was conflict
duplicated.
8011 Network error Link Local address IPv6 link local - - Y Y - P. 8-374
of IPv6 was address conflict
duplicated.
8012 Network error Manual address of IPv6 manual - - Y Y - P. 8-374
IPv6 was address conflict
duplicated.
8013 Network error Stateless address IPv6 stateless - - Y Y - P. 8-374
of IPv6 was address conflict
duplicated.
8014 Network error Stateful address of IPv6 stateful - - Y Y - P. 8-374
IPv6 was address conflict
duplicated.
8021 Network error N/A Authentication - - Y Y - -
success
8022 Network error Authentication 802.1X - - Y Y - P. 8-374
Failure authentication
failure
8023 Network error Can not contact Connection failure - - Y Y - P. 8-375
Authentication to an
Server/Switch authentication
server and a switch
8024 Network error Certificate Failure in - - Y Y - P. 8-375
verification Failure verification of
certification
8031 Network error No IKE proposal IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-375
chosen IKEv1 certification
failure
8032 Network error IKE Certificate IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-375
Authentication wrong proposal
failed selection
8033 Network error IKE Pre-shared IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-375
key Authentication shared key
failed authentication
failure
8034 Network error Invalid Certificate IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-376
invalid certificate
upload
8035 Network error Certificate Type IPsec error for non- - - Y Y - P. 8-376
unsupported supported
certification
8036 Network error Invalid certificate IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-376
authority invalid certification
of authentication
8037 Network error Certificate IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-376
unavailable certification disable
8038 Network error No ISAKMP SA IPsec error for SA - - Y Y - P. 8-376
established is not present
8039 Network error Invalid Signature IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-377
invalid signature
for certification
803A Network error No IKEv2 proposal IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-377
chosen wrong selection of
proposal

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 62
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
803B Network error IKEv2 Certificate IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-377
Authentication IKEv2 certification
failed failure
803C Network error IKEv2 Secret key IKEv2 error for - - Y Y - P. 8-377
Authentication IKEv2 if secret key
failed authentication
failed
803D Network error Falling Back to IPsec error if peer - - Y Y - P. 8-377
IKEv1 does not support
IKEv2 and falling
back to IKEv1
803E Network error ISAKMP SA IPsec error if - - Y Y - P. 8-378
unusable (deleted) ISAKMP SA is
uncreated or
destroyed due to
some uncertain
conditions
803F Network error Crypto operation IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-378
failed IKEv2 if crypto
operation failed
8040 Network error Invalid key IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-378
information IKEv2 if key info is
invalid
8
8041 Network error CA not trusted IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-378
IKEv2 if CA is not
trusted
8042 Network error Authentication IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-378
Method mismatch authentication
method
inconsistency
8043 Network error IKE Version IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-378
mismatch version
inconsistency
8044 Network error Encapsulation IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-379
mode mismatch encapsulation
inconsistency
8045 Network error Peer IP Address IPsec error for peer - - Y Y - P. 8-379
mismatch IP inconsistency
8046 Network error Local IP Address IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-379
mismatch local IP
inconsistency
8047 Network error Local ID mismatch IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-379
local ID
inconsistency
8048 Network error Remote ID IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-379
mismatch remote ID
inconsistency
8049 Network error IPsec Remote IP IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-379
mismatch remote IP
inconsistency
804A Network error IKEv1/IKEv2 IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Timed out IKEv2 timeout
804B Network error Invalid manual key IPsec error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
data invalid of ID
manual key
8061 Network error Secure Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Primary DDNS secure primary
failed. DDNS

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 63
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
8062 Network error Secure Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Secondary DDNS secure secondary
failed. DDNS
8063 Network error Secure update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
primary IPv6 IPv6 secure
server failed primary DDNS
8064 Network error Secure update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
secondary IPv6 IPv6 secure
server failed secondary DDNS
8065 Network error IPv6 Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Primary DDNS IPv6 primary
failed. DDNS
8066 Network error IPv6 Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Secondary DDNS IPv6 secondary
failed. DDNS
8067 Network error IPv4 Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Primary DDNS IPv4 primary
failed. DDNS
8068 Network error IPv4 Update to Update error for - - Y Y - P. 8-380
Secondary DDNS IPv4 secondary
failed. DDNS
8069 Network error Invalid TSIG/ This message is - - Y Y - P. 8-380
SIG(0) Key file displayed when the
uploaded key file for SIG(0)
or TSIG is invalid
80B1 Network error Bluetooth Bluetooth - - Y Y - P. 8-381
Disconnected connection failure
80B2 Network error Bluetooth Print Bluetooth print - - Y Y - -
error error
80B3 Network error Bluetooth Fatal Bluetooth fatal - - Y Y - -
error error
80B4 Network error Bluetooth Storage Bluetooth storage - - Y Y - -
Near Full near full
80B5 Network error Bluetooth Storage Bluetooth storage - - Y Y - -
Full full
80C0 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-381
the TLS session establishment
(unexpected failure (invalid
message) message)
80C1 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-381
the TLS session establishment
(bad record mac) failure (invalid
MAC data)
80C2 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-381
the TLS session establishment
(decryption failed) failure (decoding
failure)
80C3 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-381
the TLS session establishment
(record overflow) failure (recording
length abnormality)
80C4 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(decompression failure (data
failure) decompression
failure)
80C5 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(handshake failure) failure (handshake
failure)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 64
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
80C6 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(bad certificate) failure (certificate
abnormality)
80C7 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(unsupported failure (non-
certificate) support certificate)
80C8 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(certificate failure (invalid
revoked) certificate)
80C9 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-382
the TLS session establishment
(certificate expired) failure (certificate
with validity date
expired)
80CA Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-383
the TLS session establishment
(certificate failure (certificate
unknown) process error)
80CB Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-383
the TLS session establishment
(illegal parameter) failure (invalid 8
parameter)
80CC Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-383
the TLS session establishment
(unknown ca) failure (unknown
CA certificate)
80CD Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-383
the TLS session establishment
(access denied) failure (access
rejection)
80CE Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-383
the TLS session establishment
(decode error) failure (decoding
error)
80CF Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-384
the TLS session establishment
(decrypt error) failure (decoding
error)
80D0 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-384
the TLS session establishment
(export restriction) failure (export
restrictions)
80D1 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-384
the TLS session establishment
(protocol version) failure (non-
support protocol
version)
80D2 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-384
the TLS session establishment
(internal error) failure (internal
error)
80D3 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-384
the TLS session establishment
(user canceled) failure
(cancellation by a
user)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 65
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
80D4 Network error Failed to establish TLS session - - Y Y - P. 8-385
the TLS session establishment
(no renegotiation) failure (invalid
renegotiation)
8101 Network error Wireless Wireless - - Y Y - P. 8-385
association with connection in the
Access point Access point
failure failure
8102 Network error MFP not able to Connection of MFP - - Y Y - P. 8-385
contact the Access to the Access point
point with the with a specified
specified SSID SSID failure
8103 Network error Wireless Wireless certificate - - Y Y - P. 8-385
Certificate verification failure
verification failure
8104 Network error Cannot connect to Wireless LAN / - - Y Y - P. 8-385
the access point Bluetooth module
due to H/W hardware error
abnormality of
wireless LAN
8106 Network error Wi-Fi Direct The number of - - Y Y - -
Session MAX connection
sessions of Wi-Fi
Direct has reached
the maximum.
8121 Network error Domain - General Domain: - - Y Y - P. 8-386
Failure during Authentication
Authentication failure
8122 Network error Domain - Invalid Domain: Invalid - - Y Y - P. 8-386
Username or user name or
Password password
8123 Network error Domain - Server Domain: Invalid - - Y Y - P. 8-386
not present in server
Network
8124 Network error Domain - User Domain: Invalid - - Y Y - P. 8-386
account is disabled user account
on Server
8125 Network error Domain - User Domain: Expired - - Y Y - P. 8-386
account has user account
expired and cannot (cannot be used for
be used for logon logon)
8126 Network error Domain - User Domain: Locked - - Y Y - P. 8-387
account is locked user account
and cannot be (cannot be used for
used for logon logon)
8127 Network error Domain - Invalid Domain: Invalid - - Y Y - P. 8-387
logon hours for the logon time
User
8128 Network error Active Directory Active directory - - Y Y - P. 8-387
Domain - Clock domain: Clock
Skew error due to skew error (due to
difference in Time difference in time
between Server between the server
and MFP and the MFP)
8129 Network error Active Directory Active directory - - Y Y - P. 8-387
Domain - Kerberos domain: Expired
Ticket has expired Kerberos ticket
and cannot be (cannot be used for
used for authentication)
Authentication

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 66
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
812A Network error Active Directory Active directory - - Y Y - P. 8-387
Domain - domain: Kerberos
Verification of the ticket
Ticket has failed authentication
failure
812B Network error Active Directory Active directory - - Y Y - P. 8-388
Domain-The domain: Invalid
Domain specified realm name
could not be found

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 67
8.2.9 Notification

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
D101 Information Paper Empty - Paper presence / - - Y Y - -
Large Capacity absence in the
Feeder (LCF) LCF
D102 Information Paper presence / - - - - - -
absence in the
SFB
D103 Information Paper Empty in Paper presence / - - Y Y - -
Drawer 1 - Please absence in the 1st
Add Paper. drawer
D104 Information Paper Empty in Paper presence / - - Y Y - -
Drawer 2 - Please absence in the 2nd
Add Paper. drawer
D105 Information Paper Empty in Paper presence / - - Y Y - -
Drawer 3 - Please absence in the
Add Paper. PFP1
D106 Information Paper Empty in Paper presence / - - Y Y - -
Drawer 4 - Please absence in the
Add Paper. PFP2
D201 Information Front Cover Open - Front cover - - Y Y - -
Please Close
Cover.
D202 Information Paper Feeding Paper feed cover - - Y Y - -
Cover Open - of the equipment
Please Close
Cover.
D204 Information Lower Side Cover T-LCF cover - - Y Y - -
Open - Please (taking off of the
Close Cover. LCF (large
capacitor feeder))
D205 Information Lower Side Cover Paper feed cover - - Y Y - -
Open - Please of the PFP (side
Close Cover. cover)
D206 Information Automatic ADU cover / unit - - Y Y - -
Duplexing Unit
Cover Open -
Please Close
Cover.
D207 Information Relay Unit Cover Bridge unit - - Y Y - -
Open - Please transport cover
Close Cover.
D209 Information Finisher Joint Finisher joint - - Y Y - -
Cover Open - (when a hanging
Please Close finisher is taken off)
Cover.
D20A Information Finisher Door Finisher door - - Y Y - -
Open - Please
Close Door.
D20E Information Lower Tray Saddle stitch - - Y Y - -
Delivery Cover stapler connection
Open - Please
Close Cover
D20F Information Punch Unit Front Front cover of the - - Y Y - -
Cover Open - punch unit
Please Close
Cover.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 68
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
D211 Information Job Separator Job separator - - Y Y - -
Cover Open - cover
Please Close
Cover.
D217 Information Finisher Door Upper cover of the - - Y Y - -
Open - Please finisher
Close Door.
D301 Information Black Toner Empty Toner-K empty - - Y Y - -
- Please Refill.
D302 Information Cyan Toner Empty Toner-C empty - - Y Y - -
- Please Refill.
D303 Information Magenta Toner Toner-M empty - - Y Y - -
Empty - Please
Refill.
D304 Information Yellow Toner Toner-Y empty - - Y Y - -
Empty - Please
Refill.
D30F Information Waste Toner Box Waste toner box - - Y Y - -
Full - Please full
Replace.
D311 Information Non-genuine - - - - - -
toner-K
D312 Information Non-genuine - - - - - -
8
toner-C
D313 Information Non-genuine - - - - - -
toner-M
D314 Information Non-genuine - - - - - -
toner-Y
D321 Information Toner-K nearly Y - - - - -
empty
D322 Information Toner-C nearly Y - - - - -
empty
D323 Information Toner-M nearly Y - - - - -
empty
D324 Information Toner-Y nearly Y - - - - -
empty
D32E Information Waste toner box - - - Y - -
nearly full
D341 Information Black Toner Empty Cartridge-K empty - - Y - - -
- Please Refill.
D342 Information Cyan Toner Empty Cartridge-C empty - - Y - - -
- Please Refill.
D343 Information Magenta Toner Cartridge-M empty - - Y - - -
Empty - Please
Refill.
D344 Information Yellow Toner Cartridge-Y empty - - Y - - -
Empty - Please
Refill.
D361 Information New unit was Fuser unit - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D362 Information New unit was EPU-K - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D363 Information New unit was EPU-C - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 69
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
D364 Information New unit was EPU-M - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D365 Information New unit was EPU-Y - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D366 Information New unit was EPU2-K - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D367 Information New unit was EPU2-C - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D368 Information New unit was EPU2-M - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D369 Information New unit was EPU2-Y - - Y - - -
installed replacement
completion
D401 Information Close Drawer 1 1st drawer - - Y Y - -
D402 Information Close Drawer 2 2nd drawer - - Y Y - -
D403 Information Close Drawer 3 3rd drawer - - Y Y - -
D404 Information Close Drawer 4 4th drawer - - Y Y - -
D405 Information Close large Paper supply door - - Y Y - -
capacity feeder of the T-LCF
(LCF)
D407 Information Close large Paper supply door - - Y Y - -
capacity feeder of the T-LCF (left
(LCF) side)
D711 Information Add/Remove 2nd drawer - - Y Y - -
Drawer 2 installation /
removal
D712 Information Add/Remove 3rd drawer - - Y Y - -
Drawer 3 installation /
removal
D713 Information Add/Remove 4th drawer - - Y Y - -
Drawer 4 installation /
removal
D718 Information Add/Remove LCF installation / - - Y Y - -
Large Capacity removal
Feeder
D730 Information Add/Remove Finisher installation - - Y Y - -
Finisher / removal
D731 Information Add/Remove Saddle stitch unit - - Y Y - -
Saddle Finisher installation /
removal
D732 Information Add/Remove Hole Hole punch unit - - Y Y - -
Punch Unit installation /
removal
D750 Information Add/Remove ADU installation / - - Y Y - -
Automatic removal
Duplexing Unit
D751 Information Add/Remove Bridge unit - - Y Y - -
Relay Unit installation /
removal
D770 Information Add/Remove ADF installation / - - Y Y - -
Automatic removal
Document Feeder

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 70
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
D7B0 Information Add/Remove Fax FAX Unit line 1 - - Y Y - -
Unit(Line1) installation /
removal
D7B1 Information Add/Remove Fax FAX Unit line 2 - - Y Y - -
Unit(Line2) installation /
removal
D7E0 Information Add/Remove Coin Coin controller - - Y Y - -
Controller installation /
removal
D7E1 Information Add/Remove Key Key counter - - Y Y - -
Copy Counter installation /
removal
D800 Information The machine was Shutdown - - Y Y - -
shut down
D801 Information Turned on the Power ON - - Y Y - -
power
D802 Information Gone into the Move low power - - Y Y - -
energy save mode
D803 Information Gone into the Move sleep - - Y - - -
sleep mode
D804 Information The machine was Execute reboot - - Y Y - -
rebooted
8
D805 Information Silent reboot - - - - - -
D806 Information Reboot By Service Rebooting for Y - Y - - -
Call recovering from an
internal error
(service call)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 71
8.2.10 FAX error

Error Error code display media Troublesh

Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0000 Fax - Information: - Y - Y - -
The Fax
transmission has
succeeded.
Fax - Information: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has succeeded.
IP Fax - Information: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
succeeded.
IP Fax - Information: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
succeeded.
0012 Fax - Original jam: - Y - Y - P. 8-389
The Fax
transmission has
failed since an
original was misfed
in the DF while a
Fax job was being
sent.
0013 Fax - Cover is open: - Y - Y - P. 8-389
The Fax
transmission has
failed since the
cover of the
equipment or
options that
process paper was
opened.
0020 Fax - Power failure: - Y - Y - P. 8-389
The Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
power failure.
Fax - Power failure: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed due to a
power failure.
IP Fax - Power failure: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
power failure.
IP Fax - Power failure: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to a
power failure.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 72
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0030 Fax - Recording paper - Y - Y - P. 8-390
jam:
The Fax
transmission has
been stopped due
to the following
reason.
• Paper
misfeeding
occurred with
another job.
• A Fax job was
canceled.
0033 Fax - Polling error: - Y - Y - P. 8-390
The polling
reception has
failed due to the
following reason.
• A polling
original was not
set on the other
side’s device.
• The security
setting between
this equipment 8
and the other
side’s device
did not match.
0040 Fax - Modem - Y - Y - P. 8-390
communication
error:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since the
modem could not
send the signal
properly.
Fax - Modem - Y - Y -
communication
error:
The Fax reception
has failed since the
modem could not
receive the signal
properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 73
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0042 Fax - Memory full: - Y - Y - P. 8-391
The Fax reception
has been canceled
since the capacity
shortage or an
abnormality
occurred in the
storage while a
Fax job was being
received. (Pages
which are received
successfully will be
printed out.)
IP Fax - Memory full: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has been
canceled since the
capacity shortage
or an abnormality
occurred in the
storage while an IP
Fax job was being
received. (Pages
which are received
successfully will be
printed out.)
0050 Fax - Line is busy: - Y - Y - P. 8-391
Since the line of
the other side’s
device was busy,
the Fax
transmission has
failed even though
the redialing was
carried out by the
maximum number
of specified times.
0051 Fax Please confirm the No cable Y Y - Y - P. 8-391
cable or connected for Fax
connection line:
equipment for The Fax
Line1. transmission has
Please confirm the failed since no
cable or cable for the Fax
connection line was
equipment for connected.
Line2.
0052 Fax - T1 time-out: - Y - Y - P. 8-392
The Fax
transmission has
failed since NSF /
DIS could not be
detected. (Memory
transmission)
IP Fax - T1 time-out: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since NSF /
DIS could not be
detected. (Memory
transmission)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 74
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00B0 Fax - Initial signal not - Y - Y - P. 8-392
detected:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since NSF /
DIS could not be
detected. (Direct
transmission)
00B1 Fax - Terminal constants - Y - Y - P. 8-392
not compatible:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since the
other side’s device
did not have the
capability which
was transferred by
NSF / DIS on this
equipment.
Fax - Terminal constants - Y - Y -
not compatible:
The Fax reception
has failed since
NSS / DCS, which
was a capability 8
other than the ones
transferred by NSF
/ DIS on this
equipment, was
received.
IP Fax - Terminal constants - Y - Y -
not compatible:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since the
other side’s device
did not have the
capability which
was transferred by
NSF / DIS on this
equipment.
IP Fax - Terminal constants - Y - Y -
not compatible:
The IP Fax job
reception has
failed since NSS /
DCS, which was a
capability other
than the ones
transferred by NSF
/ DIS on this
equipment, was
received.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 75
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00B2 Fax - Reception of DCN - Y - Y - P. 8-393
(Phase B):
The Fax
transmission has
failed since DCN
was sent in Phase
B.
Fax - Reception of DCN - Y - Y -
(Phase B):
The Fax reception
has failed since
DCN was received
in Phase B.
IP Fax - Reception of DCN - Y - Y -
(Phase B):
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since DCN
was sent in Phase
B.
IP Fax - Reception of DCN - Y - Y -
(Phase B):
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since DCN
was received in
Phase B.
00B3 Fax - DCS / DTC not - Y - Y - P. 8-394
detected:
The Fax reception
has failed since
DCS / DTC could
not be detected.
IP Fax - DCS / DTC not - Y - Y -
detected:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since DCS /
DTC could not be
detected.
IP Fax - DCS / DTC not - Y - Y -
detected:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since DCS /
DTC could not be
detected.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 76
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00B4 Fax - Training error: - Y - Y - P. 8-394
This equipment
has performed fall-
back but the Fax
transmission has
failed.
Fax - Training error: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed since
after receiving FTT,
the receiver has
received a timeout
or DCN.
IP Fax - Training error: - Y - Y -
This equipment
has performed fall-
back but the IP Fax
transmission has
failed.
IP Fax - Training error: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since after
receiving FTT, the 8
receiver has
received a timeout
or DCN.
00B5 Fax - CFR not detected: - Y - Y - P. 8-395
The Fax
transmission has
failed since a
training signal has
been sent out but
CFR could not be
detected.
IP Fax - CFR not detected: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since a
training signal has
been sent out but
CFR could not be
detected.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 77
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00B6 Fax - No response made - Y - Y - P. 8-395
to CTC:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to CTC.
IP Fax - No response made - Y - Y -
to CTC:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to CTC.
IP Fax - No response made - Y - Y -
to CTC:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since DCN
was received
during ECM
transmission.
00B7 Fax - Phase B cannot be - Y - Y - P. 8-396
completed:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since a
modem error or a
sequence error in
the FAX Unit
occurred.
Fax - Phase B cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The Fax reception
has failed since a
modem error or a
sequence error in
the FAX Unit
occurred.
IP Fax - Phase B cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since an
error occurred in
the system.
IP Fax - Phase B cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since an
error occurred in
the system.
00C0 Fax - Image signal - Y - Y - P. 8-397
carrier not
detected:
The Fax reception
has failed since
this equipment has
failed to detect a
carrier.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 78
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00C1 Fax - High-speed signal - Y - Y - P. 8-397
not detected:
The Fax reception
has failed since
this equipment has
failed to detect a
high-speed signal.
IP Fax - High-speed signal - Y - Y -
not detected:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since this
equipment has
failed to detect a
high-speed signal.
00C2 Fax - Image signal - Y - Y - P. 8-397
carrier
disconnected:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since a
carrier
disconnection was
detected after the
image signal was 8
picked up by the
other side’s device.
Fax - Image signal - Y - Y -
carrier
disconnected:
The Fax reception
has failed since a
carrier
disconnection was
detected after the
image signal was
picked up by this
equipment.
IP Fax - Image signal - Y - Y -
carrier
disconnected:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since a
carrier
disconnection was
detected after the
image signal was
picked up by this
equipment.
00C4 Fax - EOL time-out: - Y - Y - P. 8-398
The Fax reception
has failed since
this equipment
could not detect
EOL or not decode
with MMR.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 79
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00C5 Fax - Excess length of - Y - Y - P. 8-398
data received:
The Fax reception
has failed due to
the disconnection
of the
communication
since the length of
the received
original exceeded
2 m.
IP Fax - Excess length of - Y - Y -
data received:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to the
disconnection of
the communication
since the length of
the received
original exceeded
2 m.
00C6 Fax - Image code - Y - Y - P. 8-398
conversion error:
The Fax reception
has failed since the
conversion of the
received image
went wrong.
IP Fax - Image code - Y - Y -
conversion error:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since the
conversion of the
received image
went wrong.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 80
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00C7 Fax - Phase C cannot be - Y - Y - P. 8-399
completed:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since a
modem error or a
sequence error in
the FAX Unit
occurred.
Fax - Phase C cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The Fax reception
has failed since a
modem error or a
sequence error in
the FAX Unit
occurred.
IP Fax - Phase C cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since a
system error or a
sequence error
occurred. 8
IP Fax - Phase C cannot be - Y - Y -
completed:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since a
system error or a
sequence error
occurred.
00C8 IP Fax - Transmitted image - Y - Y - P. 8-399
was not made in
time:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to the
disconnection of
the communication
from the other
side’s device since
the notification of
the transmitted
image was not
made in time.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 81
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00D0 Fax - Post message not - Y - Y - P. 8-400
detected:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since this
equipment could
not detect an MCF,
RTP, RTN, PIN or
PIP or the other
side’s device could
not detect MPS,
EOM or EOP.
Fax - Post message not - Y - Y -
detected:
The Fax reception
has failed since the
other side’s device
could not detect an
MCF, RTP, RTN,
PIN or PIP or this
equipment could
not detect MPS,
EOM or EOP.
IP Fax - Post message not - Y - Y -
detected:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since this
equipment could
not detect an MCF,
RTP, RTN, PIN or
PIP or the other
side’s device could
not detect MPS,
EOM or EOP.
IP Fax - Post message not - Y - Y -
detected:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since the
other side’s device
could not detect an
MCF, RTP, RTN,
PIN or PIP or this
equipment could
not detect MPS,
EOM or EOP.
00D1 Fax - Reception of DCN: - Y - Y - P. 8-400
The Fax reception
has failed since
DCN was received.
IP Fax - Reception of DCN: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since DCN
was received.
IP Fax - Reception of DCN: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since DCN
was received.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 82
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00D2 Fax - Poor image quality: - Y - Y - P. 8-401
The Fax
transmission has
failed since the
quality of the
received image
was poor in the
other side’s device.
Fax - Poor image quality: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed since the
quality of the
received image
was poor.
IP Fax - Poor image quality: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since the
quality of the
received image
was poor in the
other side’s device.
IP Fax - Poor image quality: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax 8
reception has
failed since the
quality of the
received image
was poor.
00D3 Fax - No response made - Y - Y - P. 8-402
to EOR:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to EOR or
DCN was received
during ECM
transmission.
IP Fax - No response made - Y - Y -
to EOR:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to EOR or
DCN was received
during ECM
transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 83
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00D4 Fax - No response made - Y - Y - P. 8-402
to RR:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to RR or
DCN was received
during ECM
transmission.
IP Fax - No response made - Y - Y -
to RR:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since no
response was
made to RR or
DCN was received
during ECM
transmission.
00D5 Fax - T5 time-out: - Y - Y - P. 8-402
The Fax
transmission has
failed since RNR-
RR was repeated
and the line was
disconnected due
to timeout during
ECM transmission.
00D6 Fax - ERR returned to - Y - Y - P. 8-403
EOR:
The Fax reception
has failed due to
the bad condition
of the
communication.
IP Fax - ERR returned to - Y - Y -
EOR:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to the
bad condition of
the
communication.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 84
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00D7 Fax - Line disconnected - Y - Y - P. 8-403
by transmission of
EOR:
The Fax
transmission has
failed since the line
was disconnected
after EOR was
sent by this
equipment during
ECM transmission.
IP Fax - Line disconnected - Y - Y -
by transmission of
EOR:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed since the line
was disconnected
after EOR was
sent by this
equipment during
ECM transmission.
00D8 Fax - Time-out between - Y - Y - P. 8-403
FCD frames:
The Fax reception 8
has failed since a
time-out occurred
between the FCD
frames.
00DA Fax - MCF not returned: - Y - Y - P. 8-404
The Fax reception
has failed since
MCF could not be
returned from this
equipment.
IP Fax - MCF not returned: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed since MCF
could not be
returned from this
equipment.
00E8 Fax - HDD error: - Y - Y - P. 8-404
The Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
defective HDD.
Fax - HDD error: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed due to a
defective HDD.
IP Fax - HDD error: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
defective HDD.
IP Fax - HDD error: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to a
defective HDD.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 85
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
00F0 Fax - Software trouble: - Y - Y - P. 8-405
The Fax
transmission has
failed due to
defective software.
Fax - Software trouble: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed due to
defective software.
IP Fax - Software trouble: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to
defective software.
IP Fax - Software trouble: - Y - Y -
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to
defective software.
00F1 Fax - Hardware noise: - Y - Y - P. 8-405
The Fax
transmission has
failed due to
defective
hardware.
Fax - Hardware noise: - Y - Y -
The Fax reception
has failed due to
defective
hardware.
00F4 Fax - Software trouble - Y - Y - P. 8-406
(FAX Unit):
The Fax
transmission has
failed due to
defective software.
Fax - Software trouble - Y - Y -
(FAX Unit):
The Fax reception
has failed due to
defective software.
0100 IP Fax Registration to SIP Registration - - Y - - -
server Success. Success:
The registration to
an SIP server has
succeeded.
0101 IP Fax Registration to SIP Response TimeOut Y - Y Y - P. 8-406
server failed. (Registration):
A time-out has
occurred since
there was no
response from an
SIP server.
(Register)
0102 IP Fax - Response TimeOut - Y - Y - P. 8-406
(Invite):
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
time-out since
there was no
response from an
SIP server. (Invite)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 86
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0103 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Multiple Choices” Y - Y Y - P. 8-406
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Multiple
Choices)
0104 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Moved Y - Y Y - P. 8-407
server failed. Permanently”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Moved
Permanently)
0105 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Moved Y - Y Y - P. 8-407
server failed. Temporarily”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Moved
Temporarily)
0106 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Use Proxy” Y - Y Y - P. 8-407 8
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Use Proxy)
0107 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Alternative Y - Y Y - P. 8-407
server failed. Service” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Alternative
Service)
0109 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Bad Request” Y - Y Y - P. 8-407
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Bad
Request)
010A IP Fax Registration to SIP “Unauthorized” Y - Y Y - P. 8-408
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error.
(Unauthorized)
010B IP Fax Registration to SIP “Payment Y - Y Y - P. 8-408
server failed. Required”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Payment
Required)
010C IP Fax Registration to SIP “Forbidden” Y - Y Y - P. 8-408
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Forbidden)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 87
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
010D IP Fax Registration to SIP “Not Found” Y - Y Y - P. 8-408
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Not Found)
010E IP Fax Registration to SIP “Method Not Y - Y Y - P. 8-408
server failed. Allowed” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Method Not
Allowed)
010F IP Fax Registration to SIP “Not Acceptable” Y - Y Y - P. 8-409
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Not
Acceptable)
0110 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Proxy Y - Y Y - P. 8-409
server failed. Authentication
Required”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Proxy
Authentication
Required)
0111 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request Timeout” Y - Y Y - P. 8-409
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Request
Timeout)
0113 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Gone” Received: Y - Y Y - P. 8-409
server failed. The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Gone)
0115 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Precondition Y - Y Y - P. 8-409
server failed. Failed” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Precondition
Failed)
0116 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request Entity Y - Y Y - P. 8-410
server failed. Too Large”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Request
Entity Too Large)
0117 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request-URI Too Y - Y Y - P. 8-410
server failed. Long” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Request-
URI Too Long)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 88
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0118 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Unsupported Y - Y Y - P. 8-410
server failed. Media Type”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error.
(Unsupported
Media Type)
0119 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Unsupported URI Y - Y Y - P. 8-410
server failed. Scheme”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error.
(Unsupported URI
Scheme)
011A IP Fax Registration to SIP “Unknown Y - Y Y - P. 8-410
server failed. Resource-Priority”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Unknown 8
Resource-Priority)
011B IP Fax Registration to SIP “Bad Extension” Y - Y Y - P. 8-411
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Bad
Extension)
011C IP Fax Registration to SIP “Extension Y - Y Y - P. 8-411
server failed. Required”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Extension
Required)
011D IP Fax Registration to SIP “Session Timer Too Y - Y Y - P. 8-411
server failed. Small” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Session
Timer Too Small)
011E IP Fax Registration to SIP “Interval Too Brief” Y - Y Y - P. 8-411
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Interval Too
Brief)
011F IP Fax Registration to SIP “Anonymity Y - Y Y - P. 8-411
server failed. disallowed”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Anonymity
disallowed)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 89
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0120 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Temporarily Y - Y Y - P. 8-412
server failed. Unavailable”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Temporarily
Unavailable)
0121 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Call/Transaction Y - Y Y - P. 8-412
server failed. Does Not Exist”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Call/
Transaction Does
Not Exist)
0122 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Loop Detected” Y - Y Y - P. 8-412
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Loop
Detected)
0123 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Too Many Hops” Y - Y Y - P. 8-412
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Too Many
Hops)
0124 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Address Y - Y Y - P. 8-412
server failed. Incomplete”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Address
Incomplete)
0125 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Ambiguous” Y - Y Y - P. 8-413
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Ambiguous)
0126 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Busy Here” Y - Y Y - P. 8-413
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Busy Here)
0127 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request Y - Y Y - P. 8-413
server failed. Terminated”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Request
Terminated)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 90
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0128 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Not acceptable Y - Y Y - P. 8-413
server failed. here” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Not
acceptable here)
0129 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Bad Event” Y - Y Y - P. 8-413
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Bad Event)
012A IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request Updated” Y - Y Y - P. 8-414
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Request
Updated)
012B IP Fax Registration to SIP “Request Pending” Y - Y Y - P. 8-414
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has 8
failed due to an
error. (Request
Pending)
012C IP Fax Registration to SIP “Undecipherable” Y - Y Y - P. 8-414
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error.
(Undecipherable)
012D IP Fax Registration to SIP “Security Y - Y Y - P. 8-414
server failed. Agreement
Required”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Security
Agreement
Required)
012E IP Fax Registration to SIP “Internal Server Y - Y Y - P. 8-414
server failed. Error” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Internal
Server Error)
012F IP Fax Registration to SIP “Not Implemented” Y - Y Y - P. 8-415
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Not
Implemented)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 91
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0130 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Bad Gateway” Y - Y Y - P. 8-415
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Bad
Gateway)
0131 IP Fax (Panl) Due to IP “Service Y - Y Y - P. 8-415
line traffic,It may Unavailable”
take time to send. Received:
(ML) ITransmission The IP Fax
takes time because transmission took
IP line is crowded. time since the IP
line was busy.
0132 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Gateway Time- Y - Y Y - P. 8-415
server failed. out” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Gateway
Time-out)
0133 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Version Not Y - Y Y - P. 8-415
server failed. Supported”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Version Not
Supported)
0134 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Message Too Y - Y Y - P. 8-416
server failed. Large” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Message
Too Large)
0135 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Precondition Y - Y Y - P. 8-416
server failed. Failure” Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Precondition
Failure)
0136 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Busy Everywhere” Y - Y Y - P. 8-416
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Busy
Everywhere)
0137 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Decline” Y - Y Y - P. 8-416
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Decline)
0138 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Does Not Exist Y - Y Y - P. 8-416
server failed. Anywhere”
Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Does Not
Exist Anywhere)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 92
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0139 IP Fax Registration to SIP “Not Acceptable” Y - Y Y - P. 8-417
server failed. Received:
The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Not
Acceptable)
013D IP Fax Registration to SIP Registration failed: Y - Y Y - P. 8-417
server failed. The registration to
an SIP server has
failed due to an
error. (Other
errors)
013E IP Fax - Invite failed: - - - Y - P. 8-417
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Other
errors)
0140 IP Fax (Panl) Reboot Failed to start: Y - Y Y - P. 8-417
machine due to IP The starting of the
Fax initializing IP Fax function has 8
error. failed.
(ML) Failed to start
IP Fax.
0141 IP Fax - Job interruption - Y - Y - P. 8-417
due to setting
change occurred:
The
implementation of
an IP Fax job has
been stopped
since the settings
were changed.
0142 IP Fax - Irregal address: - - - Y - P. 8-418
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Recipient
entry error)
0143 IP Fax - SIP server is - Y - Y - P. 8-418
unavailable:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (SIP server
unusable)
0144 IP Fax - Under congestion: - - - Y - P. 8-418
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Under
congestion)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 93
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0150 IP Fax - Disconnected by - Y - Y - P. 8-418
communication
partner:
The IP Fax
transmission has
failed due to a
communication
error.
(Communication
disconnection from
the other side’s
device)
IP Fax - Disconnected by - Y - Y -
communication
partner:
The IP Fax
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error.
(Communication
disconnection from
the other side’s
device)
0200 IP Fax - Success: - Y - Y - -
The IP Fax
transmission has
been completed.
0300 IP Fax - “Multiple Choices” - Y - Y - P. 8-419
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Multiple
Choices)
0301 IP Fax - “Moved - Y - Y - P. 8-419
Permanently”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Moved
Permanently)
0302 IP Fax - “Moved - Y - Y - P. 8-419
Temporarily”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Moved
Temporarily)
0305 IP Fax - “Use Proxy” - Y - Y - P. 8-419
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Use Proxy)
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 94
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0380 IP Fax - “Alternative - Y - Y - P. 8-419
Service” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Alternative
Service)
0400 IP Fax - “Bad Request” - Y - Y - P. 8-420
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Bad
Request)
0401 IP Fax - “Unauthorized” - Y - Y - P. 8-420
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication 8
error.
(Unauthorized)
0402 IP Fax - “Payment - Y - Y - P. 8-420
Required”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Payment
Required)
0403 IP Fax - “Forbidden” - Y - Y - P. 8-420
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Forbidden)
0404 IP Fax - “Not Found” - Y - Y - P. 8-420
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Not Found)
0405 IP Fax - “Method Not - Y - Y - P. 8-421
Allowed” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Method Not
Allowed)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 95
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0406 IP Fax - “Not Acceptable” - Y - Y - P. 8-421
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Not
Acceptable)
0407 IP Fax - “Proxy - Y - Y - P. 8-421
Authentication
Required”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Proxy
Authentication
Required)
0408 IP Fax - “Request Timeout” - Y - Y - P. 8-421
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request
Timeout)
0410 IP Fax - “Gone” Received: - Y - Y - P. 8-421
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Gone)
0412 IP Fax - “Precondition - Y - Y - P. 8-422
Failed” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Precondition
Failed)
0413 IP Fax - “Request Entity - Y - Y - P. 8-422
Too Large”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request
Entity Too Large)
0414 IP Fax - “Request-URI Too - Y - Y - P. 8-422
Long” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request-
URI Too Long)
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 96
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0415 IP Fax - “Unsupported - Y - Y - P. 8-422
Media Type”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error.
(Unsupported
Media Type)
0416 IP Fax - “Unsupported URI - Y - Y - P. 8-422
Scheme”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error.
(Unsupported URI
Scheme)
0417 IP Fax - “Unknown - Y - Y - P. 8-423
Resource-Priority”
Received: 8
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Unknown
Resource-Priority)
0420 IP Fax - “Bad Extension” - Y - Y - P. 8-423
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Bad
Extension)
0421 IP Fax - “Extension - Y - Y - P. 8-423
Required”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Extension
Required)
0422 IP Fax - “Session Timer Too - Y - Y - P. 8-423
Small” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Session
Timer Too Small)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 97
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0423 IP Fax - “Interval Too Brief” - Y - Y - P. 8-423
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Interval Too
Brief)
0433 IP Fax - “Anonymity - Y - Y - P. 8-424
disallowed”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Anonymity
disallowed)
0480 IP Fax - “Temporarily - Y - Y - P. 8-424
Unavailable”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Temporarily
Unavailable)
0481 IP Fax - “Call/Transaction - Y - Y - P. 8-424
Does Not Exist”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Call/
Transaction Does
Not Exist)
0482 IP Fax - “Loop Detected” - Y - Y - P. 8-424
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Loop
Detected)
0483 IP Fax - “Too Many Hops” - Y - Y - P. 8-424
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Too Many
Hops)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 98
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0484 IP Fax - “Address - Y - Y - P. 8-425
Incomplete”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Address
Incomplete)
0485 IP Fax - “Ambiguous” - Y - Y - P. 8-425
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Ambiguous)
0486 IP Fax - “Busy Here” - Y - Y - P. 8-425
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication 8
error. (Busy Here)
0487 IP Fax - “Request - Y - Y - P. 8-425
Terminated”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request
Terminated)
0488 IP Fax - “Not acceptable - Y - Y - P. 8-425
here” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Not
acceptable here)
0489 IP Fax - “Bad Event” - Y - Y - P. 8-426
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Bad Event)
0490 IP Fax - “Request Updated” - Y - Y - P. 8-426
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request
Updated)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 99
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0491 IP Fax - “Request Pending” - Y - Y - P. 8-426
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Request
Pending)
0493 IP Fax - “Undecipherable” - Y - Y - P. 8-426
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error.
(Undecipherable)
0494 IP Fax - “Security - Y - Y - P. 8-426
Agreement
Required”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Security
Agreement
Required)
0500 IP Fax - “Internal Server - Y - Y - P. 8-427
Error” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Internal
Server Error)
0501 IP Fax - “Not Implemented” - Y - Y - P. 8-427
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Not
Implemented)
0502 IP Fax - “Bad Gateway” - Y - Y - P. 8-427
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Bad
Gateway)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 100
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0503 IP Fax (Panl) Due to IP “Service Y Y - Y - P. 8-427
line traffic,It may Unavailable”
take time to send. Received:
(ML) ITransmission The IP Fax
takes time because transmission /
IP line is crowded. reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Service
Unavailable)
0504 IP Fax - “Gateway Time- - Y - Y - P. 8-427
out” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Gateway
Time-out)
0505 IP Fax - “Version Not - Y - Y - P. 8-428
Supported”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has 8
failed due to a
communication
error. (Version Not
Supported)
0513 IP Fax - “Message Too - Y - Y - P. 8-428
Large” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Message
Too Large)
0580 IP Fax - “Precondition - Y - Y - P. 8-428
Failure” Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Precondition
Failure)
0600 IP Fax - “Busy Everywhere” - Y - Y - P. 8-428
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Busy
Everywhere)
0603 IP Fax - “Decline” - Y - Y - P. 8-428
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Decline)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 101
 Error Error code display media Troublesh
Classification Message Contents
code Panl JL ML Noti CSV ooting
0604 IP Fax - “Does Not Exist - Y - Y - P. 8-429
Anywhere”
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Does Not
Exist Anywhere)
0606 IP Fax - “Not Acceptable” - Y - Y - P. 8-429
Received:
The IP Fax
transmission /
reception has
failed due to a
communication
error. (Not
Acceptable)
4246 IP Fax IP Fax license is IP Fax license is - - Y - - P. 8-429
not installed not installed:
The license of the
IP Fax has not
been installed.
DA01 Fax (Panl) Fax line1 is The FAX Unit of Y - Y - - P. 8-429
out of order. line 1 has been
Reboot the damaged:
machine. The FAX Unit of
(ML) FAX Unit line 1 has been
Line1 is broken. damaged or an
Please Contact abnormality has
Service occurred in the
Technician. interface between
the systems.
DA02 Fax (Panl) Fax line2 is The FAX Unit of Y - Y - - P. 8-429
out of order. line 2 has been
Reboot the damaged:
machine. The FAX Unit of
(ML) FAX Unit line 2 has been
Line2 is broken. damaged or an
Please Contact abnormality has
Service occurred in the
Technician. interface between
the systems.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 102
8.2.11 Error history
In the setting mode (08-9703), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed.
Display example

EA10 99999999 2013-07-11 17:05:32 064 064 2362_1000_0000_0_X

XXXXXXXXX
Error code Total counter YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS MMM NNN ABCD_EFHI_JLOP_Q
_R
4 digits 8 digits 14 digits 3 digits 3 digits 23 digits

A Paper source
0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: 1st drawer 4: 2nd drawer 5: PFP upper drawer
6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused
B Paper size code
0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5 A: FOLIO/COMP
B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13"LG G: Unused H: A6-R I: Post card J: 8.5"SQ K: A3-wide / LD wide L:
Unused M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K P: COM10 Q: DL R: Monarch S: CHO-3 T: YOU-4 U: SRA3 (320x450)
V: SRA3 (320x460) Z: Not selected a: Envelope Kaku-2
C Sort mode/staple mode
0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple
8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch B: Center fold C: Top Left D: Top Right E: Top Center 8
F: Left Center
D ADF mode
0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED
E APS/AMS mode
0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS
F Duplex mode
Copy:
0: Single-sided/Single-sided 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying 8:
Single-sided/Duplex copying
Printer:
0: Single-sided 8: Double-sided
FAX:
0: Single-sided 8: Double-sided
e-Filing:
0: Single-sided 8: Double-sided
List printing:
0: Single-sided -
H Image shift
0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 3: Right 4: Top 5: Bottom 6: Book+Top 7: Book+Bottom 8: Left+Top 9:
Left+Bottom A: Right+Top B: Right+Bottom
I Editing
0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Unused 5: NEG/POS
J Edge erase/Dual-page
0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page
K Unused
L Function
0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing
4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission
MMM Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Mx256)+(Mx16)+M
NNN Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Nx256)+(Nx16)+N

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 103
O Color mode
0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale
6: Unused 7: Image smoothing
P Media type
0: Plain paper 1: Thick 1 2: Thick 2 3: Thick 3 4: Thick 4 5: Special paper 1
6: Special paper 2 7: Recycled paper 8: Unused 9: Unused A: Thin paper
B: OHP film C: Thick 1/ reverse D: Thick 2/ reverse E: Thick 3/ reverse F: Thick 4/ reverse
G: Special paper 1/ reverse H: Special paper 2/ reverse I: Envelope J: Tab paper
K: Plain paper/ reverse L: Recycled paper/ reverse M: Thin paper/ reverse
N: Special paper 3/ reverse O: Special paper 3/ reverse P: Envelope/ reverse Q: Thick R: Thick/
reverse S to Z: Unused a: User type 1 b: User type 2 c: User type 3 d: User type 4 e: User type 5 f:
User type 6 g: User type 7 h: User type 8 i: User type 9 j: User type 10
Q RADF size mixed
0: Unused 1: Size mixed 2: Single-size document
R Workflow ID: 10-digit ID

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 104
8.3 Diagnosis and Prescription for Each Error Code

8.3.1 Check item

Check item Contents

Sensor check • Check the sensor in the test mode.
• Check that there is no dust on the sensor.
• Check that the actuator is correctly operated.
Connector check • Check that the connector is not disconnected.
• Check that the pins are not deformed and do not come off.
• Disconnect and reconnect the connector. Even if the connector is not
apparently disconnected, it may be connected loosely. Therefore check
carefully that it is secure.
Harness check • Check if the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check that the harness is not caught.
Motor check • Check the motor in the test mode.
• Check that there is no abnormality in the driving section.
• Check that there is no abnormality in the roller.
Board check • Check if the board is short circuited or open circuited.
• Check that the boards are installed properly.
• Check if the boards are deformed due to a forcible installation.

8
8.3.2 Paper transport jam (paper exit section)
[E010] Jam not reaching the exit sensor

Classification Error content

Paper exit jam The paper which has passed through the fuser unit does not reach the exit
sensor.

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

Paper jamming immediately after Transfer belt Check if the transfer belt unit is installed properly.
the removal and installation of the unit  P. 4-170 “4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)”
transfer belt unit.
Paper separation failure at Fuser unit • Paper transport check
separation guide in the Fuser Unit • Check the gap between the separation guide and
fuser belt.
 P. 6-100 “6.12.1 Adjustment of the separation
guide gap”
Drawer Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the
drawer.
Leading edge Adjust the margin with FS-05-4402 (Leading edge
margin position adjustment) to “Color: 5.5 mm”.
Widen the margin if needed.
(Specification Black: 4.2 mm / Color: 5 mm)
• Use A3/LD paper
• It is easy to check skew with a copy of a solid image
(about 10 mm on its leading edge).
Refer to  P. 6-17 “[D] Secondary scanning data writing
start position”.
Paper jamming at separation Fuser unit Clean the separation finger.
finger in the Fuser Unit. Check if the fingers or springs of the separation finger
are securely attached.
Replace the separation finger.
The leading edge of paper has no Fuser unit Check that the pressure release screw of the pressure
scratches and the paper stops roller is securely tightened and pressure is properly
before being fused. applied.
Transfer belt Replace the transfer belt.
Replace the transfer belt unit.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 105
 Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures
Paper folded in one side and Check if toner adheres to the fuser entry guide. Clean it if
fused during duplex printing needed.
All Exit sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
[ALL]OFF/[9]/[C])
• Actuator check
• Connector check
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN329, CN306, CN316, CN327,
CN305)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN452, CN465)
• Harness check
Aligning If the aligning amount is too small, a skew, an image
amount dislocation in the feeding direction, E010 (a paper jam
occurring between the registration pass sensor and the
paper clinging detection sensor) may happen. If the
aligning amount is too large, on the other hand, an
abnormal noise (paper-folding noise) or actual paper
folding may occur. Confirm that the value of the aligning
amount is appropriate.
Refer to  P. 6-8 “6.1.6 Paper alignment at the
registration roller”.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Separation finger of the fuser unit
Transfer belt
Transfer belt unit
Exit sensor
LGC board
PFC board
Registration motor

[E020] Stop jam at the exit sensor

Classification Error content

Paper exit jam The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading
edge has reached this sensor.

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

Paper jamming at separation Fuser unit Clean the separation finger.
finger in the Fuser Unit. Check if the fingers or springs of the separation finger
are securely attached.
Replace the separation finger.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 106
 Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures
Paper separation failure at Fuser unit • Paper transport check
separation guide in the fuser unit • Check the gap between the separation guide and
fuser belt.
 P. 6-100 “6.12.1 Adjustment of the separation
guide gap”
Drawer Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the
drawer.
Leading edge Adjust the margin with FS-05-4402 (Leading edge
margin position adjustment) to “Color: 5.5 mm”.
(Specification Black: 4.2 mm / Color: 5 mm)
• Use A3/LD paper
• It is easy to check skew with a copy of a solid image
(about 10 mm on its leading edge).
Refer to  P. 6-17 “[D] Secondary scanning data writing
start position”.
Scratches on the leading edge of Check if toner adheres to the exit gate. Clean it if
paper needed.
Paper stopped in the reverse Reverse gate • Solenoid check (Perform the output check: FS-03-
section solenoid 222, FS-03-223)
• Connector check (CN301, J609, J610)
• Harness check
All Self-diagnosis Change the setting value of FS-08-4542 (Switching for
code incorrect size jam detection) from “1” (Disabled) to
“0”(Enabled).
Exit sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
8
[ALL]OFF/[9]/[C])
• Actuator check
• Connector check
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN329, CN306)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Separation finger of the fuser unit
Reverse gate solenoid
Exit sensor
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 107
8.3.3 Paper misfeeding
[E110] ADU misfeeding (paper not reaching the registration sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper which has passed through ADU does not reach the registration
sensor during duplex printing.

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

Paper stop jam at the registration Registration Check the registration guide.Replace it if needed.
roller position guide
All Registration • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
sensor [ALL]OFF/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (J660, J659)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN450, CN452, CN458)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
ADU Check if the connector between the ADU and equipment
is connected.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Registration sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Rollers in the ADU Clean or replace it.

[E120] Bypass misfeeding (paper not reaching the bypass feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding Paper fed from the bypass tray does not reach the bypass feed sensor.

Check item Measures

Bypass feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-204)
• Connector check (J696, J693, CN451)
• Harness check
Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B])
• Connector check (J661, J659, CN458)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN451, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323, CN451)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Bypass feed clutch
Feed sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Bypass feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Bypass separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 108
[E130] 1st drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the 1st drawer feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper fed from the 1st drawer does not reach the 1st drawer feed
sensor.

Check item Measures

Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B])
• Connector check (J661, J659, CN458)
• Harness check
1st drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-201)
• Connector check (J666, CN461)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN452, CN461)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Feed sensor 8
PFC board
LGC board
1st drawer feed clutch
1st drawer feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
1st drawer separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
1st drawer pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E140] 2nd drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the 2nd drawer feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper fed from the 2nd drawer does not reach the 2nd drawer feed
sensor.

Check item Measures

2nd drawer feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D])
• Connector check (J688, J686, CN455)
• Harness check
2nd drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-202)
• Harness check
• Connector check (J676, CN461)
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN455, CN461, CN458, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

2nd drawer feed sensor
PFC board
LGC board
2nd drawer feed clutch

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 109
 Parts to be replaced Remark
2nd drawer feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
2nd drawer separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
2nd drawer pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E150] PFP upper drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the PFP upper drawer feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper fed from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the PFP upper
drawer feed sensor.

Check item Measures

PFP upper drawer feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[C])
• Connector check (CN247, J959, J975)
• Harness check
PFP upper drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-226)
• Connector check (CN246, J960, J963)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323, J700)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN464, CN455, J700)
• Harness check
PFP board • Board check
• Connector check (J959, CN241, CN246, CN247)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

PFP upper drawer feed sensor
PFP upper drawer feed clutch
LGC board
PFC board
PFP board
PFP upper drawer feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E160] PFP lower drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the PFP lower drawer feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper fed from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the PFP lower
drawer feed sensor.

Check item Measures

PFP lower drawer feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[D])
• Connector check (CN247, J959, J976)
• Harness check
PFP lower drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-228)
• Connector check (CN246, J960, J962)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323, J700)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 110
 Check item Measures
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN464, CN455, J700)
• Harness check
PFP board • Board check
• Connector check (J959, CN241, CN246, CN247)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

PFP lower drawer feed sensor
PFP lower drawer feed clutch
LGC board
PFC board
PFP board
PFP lower drawer feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E190] T-LCF misfeeding (paper not reaching the T-LCF transport sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper misfeeding The paper fed from the T-LCF does not reach the T-LCF feed sensor. 8

Check item Measures

LCF transport sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[9]/[F])
• Connector check (CN1, CN6, CN349)
• Harness check
LCF feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: 03-209)
• Connector check (CN1, CN6, CN349)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323, J700)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN464, CN455, J700)
• Harness check
LCF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN1, CN6)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LCF transport sensor
LCF feed clutch
PFC board
PFC board
LCF board
LCF feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 111
8.3.4 Paper transport jam
[E200] 1st drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)
[E210] 2nd drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)
[E270] Bypass transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)
[E300] PFP upper drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)
[E330] PFP lower drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)
[E3C0] LCF transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam [E200] Paper transport jam in the 1st drawer (paper not reaching the
registration sensor).
[E210] Paper transport jam in the 2nd drawer (paper not reaching the
registration sensor).
[E270] Paper transport jam in the bypass tray (paper not reaching the
registration sensor).
[E300] Paper fed from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the
registration sensor after it has passed through the transport sensor.
[E330] Paper fed from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the registration
sensor after it has passed through the transport sensor.
[E3C0] Paper fed from the LCF does not reach the registration sensor after
it has passed through the transport sensor.

Check item Measures

Registration sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J660)
• Harness check
1st drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-201)
• Connector check (CN461, J666)
• Harness check
2nd drawer feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-202)
• Connector check (CN461, J676)
• Harness check
Bypass feed clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-204)
• Connector check (CN451, J696, J693)
• Harness check
Transport clutch (H) • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-230)
• Connector check (CN461, J664)
• Harness check
Transport clutch (L) • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-233)
• Connector check (CN461, J665)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN461, CN451, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Registration sensor
1st drawer feed clutch
2nd drawer feed clutch
Bypass feed clutch
Transport clutch (H)/(L)
PFC board
LGC board
Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 112
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Transport roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E220] 2nd drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the feed sensor)
[E310] PFP upper drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the feed sensor)
[E340] PFP lower drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the feed sensor)
[E3D0] LCF transport jam (paper not reaching the feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam [E220] Paper transport jam in the 2nd drawer (paper not reaching the feed
sensor).
[E310] Paper fed from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the transport
sensor after it has passed through the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor.
[E340] PFP lower drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the feed
sensor).
[E3D0] LCF transport jam (paper not reaching the feed sensor).

Check item Measures

Bypass paper guide • Check if the bypass paper guide is warped.
• Reassemble the bypass separation roller holder since it is possibly
disengaged.
Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B]) 8
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J661)
• Harness check
Transport clutches (high speed) • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-230)
• Connector check (CN461, J664)
• Harness check
Transport clutches (low speed) • Clutch check (Perform the output check: FS-03-233)
• Connector check (CN461, J665)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN461, CN452, CN458)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

1st drawer feed sensor
Transport clutches (high speed)
Transport clutches (low speed)
PFC board
LGC board
Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Transport roller Replace it if it is worn out.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 113
[E320] PFP upper drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor)
[E350] PFP lower drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor)
[E3E0] LCF transport jam (paper not reaching the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam [E320] Paper fed from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the 2nd
drawer paper feed sensor after it has passed through the PFP upper
drawer paper feed sensor.
[E350] Paper fed from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the 2nd
transport sensor after it has passed through the PFP upper drawer paper
feed sensor.
[E3E0] LCF transport jam (paper not reaching the 2nd drawer paper feed
sensor).

Check item Measures

2nd drawer paper feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D])
• Connector check (CN455, J686, J688)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN455, J700)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

2nd drawer paper feed sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Transport roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E360] PFP lower drawer transport jam (paper not reaching the PFP upper drawer feed sensor)

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam Paper fed from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the PFP upper drawer
paper feed sensor after it has passed through the PFP lower drawer paper
feed sensor.

Check item Measures

PFP upper drawer feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[C])
• Connector check (CN247, J959, J975)
• Harness check
PFP transport clutch • Clutch check (Perform the output check: 03-225)
• Connector check (CN241, CN247, J957)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN455, J700)
• Harness check
PFP board • Board check
• Connector check (CN241, CN247)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 114
 Parts to be replaced Remark
PFP lower drawer feed sensor
PFP transport clutches
LGC board
PFC board
PFP board
Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out.
PFP transport roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E510] Paper not reaching the ADU entrance sensor jam

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor after it is switchbacked
in the exit section.

Check item Measures

Reverse sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[D])
• Connector check (J703, CN421) 8
• Harness check
ADU entrance sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[G])
• Connector check (J692, CN421)
• Harness check
Reverse motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-121/171)
• Connector check (CN301, J609, J611)
• Harness check
LGC board • Connector check (CN323, CN301)
• Harness check
• Board check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN450, CN452)
• Harness check
ADU board • Connector check (CN420, CN421, CN422, J689)
• Harness check
• Board check
Reverse roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration)
Upper exit roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration)
Reverse gate solenoid / Reverse • Solenoid check (Perform the output check: FS-03-222/223)
gate • Connector check (CN301, J609, J610)
• Harness check
• Reverse gate check (Operation, installation, deformation)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Reverse sensor
ADU entrance sensor
Reverse motor
LGC board
PFC board
ADU board
Reverse roller Clean or replace it if it is worn out.
Upper exit roller Clean or replace it if it is worn out.
Reverse gate solenoid
Reverse gate

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 115
[E520] Stop jam in the ADU

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The paper does not reach the ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU
entrance sensor.

Check item Measures

ADU exit sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H])
• Connector check (J693, CN421)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN450, CN452)
• Harness check
ADU board • Board check
• Connector check (J689, CN420, CN421, CN422)
• Harness check
ADU motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-110/160)
• Connector check (J691, CN422)
• Harness check
• Bracket check

Parts to be replaced Remark

ADU exit sensor
ADU motor
LGC board
PFC board
ADU board
Rollers in the ADU Replace it if it is worn out.
Pressure spring Replace if pressurization is insufficient.

[E570] Jam not reaching the reverse sensor

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The paper which has passed the exit sensor does not reach the reverse
sensor.

Check item Measures

Reverse sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[D])
• Connector check (CN421, J703)
• Harness check
Fuser motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-113/163)
• Connector check (J603)
• Harness check
Reverse motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-121/171)
• Connector check (CN301, J609, J611)
• Harness check
Reverse unit • Check the reverse unit is installed properly.
 P. 4-230 “4.10 Paper Exit and Reverse Sections”
Reverse gate solenoid / Reverse • Solenoid check (Perform the output check: FS-03-222/223)
gate • Connector check (CN301, J609, J610)
• Harness check
• Reverse gate check (Operation, installation, deformation)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 116
 Check item Measures
LGC board • Connector check (CN301, CN323)
• Harness check
• Board check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN450, CN452)
• Harness check
ADU board • Board check
• Connector check (J689, CN420, CN421, J703)
• Harness check
Reverse roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration)
Fuser unit Check if the adjustment value for the tilting of the fuser unit is aligned to the
uppermost line of the scale.
Refer to  P. 8-498 “8.5.36 Image skewing on paper trailing edge”.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Reverse sensor
Fuser motor
Reverse motor
Reverse gate solenoid
Reverse gate
LGC board
PFC board 8
ADU board
Reverse roller

[E580] Stop jam at the reverse sensor

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the reverse sensor after its
leading edge has reached this sensor.

Check item Measures

Reverse sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[D])
• Connector check (CN421, J703)
• Harness check
Reverse motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-121/171)
• Connector check (CN301, J609, J611)
• Harness check
Reverse unit • Check the reverse unit is installed properly.
 P. 4-230 “4.10 Paper Exit and Reverse Sections”
Reverse gate solenoid / Reverse • Solenoid check (Perform the output check: FS-03-222/223)
gate • Connector check (CN301, J609, J610)
• Harness check
• Reverse gate check (Operation, installation, deformation)
LGC board • Connector check (CN301, CN323)
• Harness check
• Board check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN450, CN452)
• Harness check
ADU board • Board check
• Connector check (J689, CN420, CN421, J703)
• Harness check
Reverse roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration)
Upper exit roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 117
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Reverse sensor
Reverse motor
Reverse gate solenoid
Reverse gate
LGC board
PFC board
ADU board
Reverse roller
Upper exit roller

[EB50] Paper remaining on the transport path due to multiple feeding

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The multiple feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding of
upcoming paper.

When the paper is fed from any of the 1st drawer, bypass feed unit or ADU: (When the paper is fed from
the 1st drawer:)

Check item Measures

Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J661)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN461, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
1st drawer feed clutch • Connector check (CN461, J666)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Feed sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.
1st drawer feed clutch

(When the paper is fed from the bypass feed unit:)

Check item Measures

Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J661)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN451, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
Bypass feed clutch • Connector check (CN451, J693, J696)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 118
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Feed sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Separation roller, Separation pad Replace it if it is worn out.
Bypass feed clutch

(When the paper is fed from the ADU:)

Check item Measures

ADU entrance sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H])
• Connector check (CN421, J693)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
ADU board • Board check
• Connector check (J689, CN420, CN421, CN422)
• Harness check
Registration sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (J1077, J1114, CN462, CN458, J659, J660)
• Harness check 8
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN452, CN450)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

ADU entrance sensor
LGC board
ADU board
PFC board
Registration sensor
Roller Replace it if it is worn out.

When the paper is fed from any of the 2nd drawer, PFP or LCF:

Check item Measures

Feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J661)
• Harness check
2nd drawer paper feed sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D])
• Connector check (CN455, J686, J688)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN455, CN452, CN461)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check
Transport clutch (H) • Connector check (CN461, J664)
• Harness check
Transport clutch (L) • Connector check (CN461, J665)
• Harness check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 119
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Feed sensor
Paper feed sensor
LGC board
PFC board
Roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Transport clutch (H)
Transport clutch (L)

[EB60] Paper remaining on the transport path due to multiple feeding

Classification Error content

Paper transport jam The multiple feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding of
upcoming paper.

Check item Measures

Registration sensor • Clean the registration sensor.
• Sensor check
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J660)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN458, CN452, CN461)
• Harness check
LGC board • Connector check (CN323)
• Board check
Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check (attrition, deformation)
• Roller check (attrition, deformation)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Registration sensor
PFC board
LGC board
Rollers Replace it if it is worn out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 120
8.3.5 Other paper jam
[E011] Transfer belt paper-clinging jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jam Paper not reached the paper clinging detection sensor.

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

Paper jamming immediately after Transfer belt Check if the transfer belt unit is installed properly.
the removal and installation of the unit  P. 4-170 “4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)”
transfer belt unit.
Paper stop jam at transfer belt Drawer Check if paper is folded at the leading edge.
No scratches on the paper leading Drawer Check if paper is folded at the leading edge.
edge Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the
drawer.
Process unit Clean the process unit or replace it.
Paper clinging Clean the sensor
detection
sensor
All PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN452, CN451, CN465)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323) 8
• Harness check
Paper clinging • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
detection [ALL]OFF/[9]/[E])
sensor • Connector check (CN451, J693, J698, J699)
• Harness check
Check of the Check that the 2nd transfer roller shaft is securely
2nd transfer grounded via the ADU rear frame (metal plate).
roller • Check if the spring is deformed.
connection • Check if the bearing and the spring contact properly.
Change of the If the leading edge of paper clings to the 2nd transfer
2nd transfer roller and causes paper jamming, change the 2nd
bias transfer roller bias correction factor of the leading/trailing
edge of the paper. (The larger the value, the smaller the
transfer voltage of the leading/trailing edge of the paper.)
Codes to be changed (Initial value of the transfer bias
of the leading edge of the paper: 0)
• Color mode print (front side): FS-05-2938-*
• Color mode print (back side): FS-05-2939-*
• Black mode print (front side): FS-05-2940-*
• Black mode print (back side): FS-05-2941-*
* (Sub-codes): Plain paper: 0, Thick paper 1: 1,
Thick paper 2: 2, Thick paper 3: 3, Overhead
transparencies: 4 (front side only), Special paper
1: 5, Special paper 2: 6, Recycled paper: 7, Thick
paper 4: 8, Thin paper: 9, Envelope: 10, Special
paper 3: 11
Notes:
After these codes are changed, perform solid
duplex-printing and check that there is no faint or
void image on the leading/trailing edge of the
paper.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 121
 Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures
Aligning If the aligning amount is too small, a skew, an image
amount dislocation in the feeding direction, E011 (a paper jam
occurring between the registration pass sensor and the
paper clinging detection sensor) may happen. If the
aligning amount is too large, on the other hand, an
abnormal noise (paper-folding noise) or actual paper
folding may occur. Confirm that the value of the aligning
amount is appropriate.
Refer to  P. 6-8 “6.1.6 Paper alignment at the
registration roller”.
Spring of the • Check if the spring of the high-voltage supply contact
high-voltage point [1] is deformed. If yes, replace it.
supply contact • Check if foreign matter adheres to the spring of the
point high-voltage supply contact point [1]. If yes, clean it.

[1]

Fig.8-1
Registration • Check that the installation status of the registration
sensor sensor. If there is any abnormality, correct it.
• Check that the actuator is properly operated. If there
is any abnormality, correct it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Process unit
Registration motor
PFC board
LGC board
Paper clinging detection sensor
Registration roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Spring of the high-voltage supply
contact point

[E013] Paper not reaching the registration pass sensor jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jam Paper not reaching the registration pass sensor jam.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 122
 Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures
Paper stop jam at Registration Registration • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
roller pass sensor [ALL]OFF/[9]/[F])
• Connector check (CN309, J620, J621)
• Harness check
Drawer • Check if any damage is at the leading edge.
• Check if paper is folded at the leading edge.
Drive unit, • Drive unit check
Rollers • Gear check
• Roller check
• Registration motor check (Perform the output check:
FS-03-108/158)
• Harness check
Developer unit Replace the Developer unit.
Aligning If the aligning amount is too small, a skew, an image
amount dislocation in the feeding direction, E013 (a paper jam
occurring between the registration pass sensor and the
paper clinging detection sensor) may happen. If the
aligning amount is too large, on the other hand, an
abnormal noise (paper-folding noise) or actual paper
folding may occur. Confirm that the value of the aligning
amount is appropriate.
Refer to  P. 6-8 “6.1.6 Paper alignment at the
registration roller”.
PFC board • Board check 8
• Connector check (CN465)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN309)
• Harness check
Registration • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
sensor [ALL]OFF/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (CN458, J659, J660)
• Harness check
Spring of the • Check if the spring of the high-voltage supply contact
high-voltage point [1] is deformed. If yes, replace it.
supply contact • Check if foreign matter adheres to the spring of the
point high-voltage supply contact point [1]. If yes, clean it.

[1]

Fig.8-2

Parts to be replaced Remark

Registration pass sensor
Rollers Replace it if it is worn out.
Developer unit
PFC board
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 123
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Registration motor
Registration roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Spring of the high-voltage supply
contact point

[E030] Power-ON jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jam The paper is remaining on the paper transport path when power is turned
ON.

Check item Measures

Sensor in the jamming area • Sensor check (Refer to the table below)
• Connector check
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Sensor in the jamming area Refer to the table below.
LGC board

Relation between the jamming area and the corresponding sensors/covers.

(If a jam is occurring in the ADU, LCF or PFP, check the board in each unit.)

Jamming area Cover Sensor Test Mode/Input check

Registration area Jam access Registration sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A]
cover Paper clinging detection sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[E]
Registration pass sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[F]
Feed sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B]
Exit area Fuser cover Exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[C]
ADU ADU ADU entrance sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[G]
ADU exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H]
Bypass feed unit Side cover 2nd drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D]
LCF LCF side cover LCF transport sensor FS-03-[F1]ON/[9]/[F]
PFP PFP side cover PFP upper drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[C]
PFP lower drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[D]
Bridge unit Bridge unit Bridge unit transport sensor-1 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[A]
(Entrance sensor)
Bridge unit transport sensor-2 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[B]
(Exit sensor)
Finisher Finisher door Sensors in the finisher -

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 124
[E061] Incorrect paper size setting for 1st drawer
[E062] Incorrect paper size setting for 2nd drawer
[E063] Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer
[E064] Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer
[E065] Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray

Classification Error item

Other paper jam [E061], [E062], [E063], [E064] The size of paper in the drawer differs
from size setting of the equipment.
[E065] The size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size setting
of the equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting If any paper remains in the equipment or drawer, remove it. Match
the paper size of the drawer setting and the one in the drawer.
* Paper size detection is performed at the first sheet of paper
when the drawer is opened or closed, or when the power of the
equipment is turned ON.

[E090] Image data delay jam

Classification Error item 8

Other paper jam Image data to be printed cannot be prepared.

Check item Measures

Paper path • Remove the paper remained in front of the registration sensor.
• Check if the error is cleared by turning the power OFF and then
back ON.
Power • Check if the error is cleared by turning the power OFF and then
back ON.
SYS board • Connector check
• Main memory check
• Board check
LGC board • Connector check
• Board check
HDD • Connector check
• HDD check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board
LGC board
HDD
Main memory

[E091] Motor-ON time-out jam

Classification Error item

Other paper jam The equipment does not operate normally because abnormality
occurred on an interface between the SYS board and engine
firmware.

Check item Measures

Paper path • Check if there is any paper in the equipment. Remove it if there
is.
• If the error still occurs, check the following.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 125
 Check item Measures
Power Check if the error is cleared by turning the power OFF and then back
ON.
SYS board • Connector check
• Board check
LGC board • Connector check
• Board check
HDD • Connector check
• HDD check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board
LGC board
HDD

[E0A0] Image transport ready time-out jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jam Image data to be printed cannot be sent.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Flat cable check (SYS board - LGC board)
• Connector check (CN330)
• Board check
SYS board • Flat cable check (SYS board - LGC board)
• Connector check (CN133)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LGC board
SYS board
Flat cable

[E550] Paper remaining jam on the transport path

Classification Error content

Other paper jam Paper is remaining on the transport path when printing is finished (caused
by a multiple paper feeding).

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Jamming transport path Open the cover of the unit/area whose
1 picture is flashing on the control panel and
remove any paper on the transport path.
Feed or transport roller possibly Check the feed roller.
2
causing multiple feeding
Sensor in the jamming area • Sensor check (Refer to the table below)
3 • Harness check
• Connector check
LGC board • Harness check
• Connector check
4 • Board check
Notes:
If the jam is occurring in the ADU, PFP, or LCF, check the board in each unit.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 126
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Feed or transport roller possibly
causing multiple feeding
Sensor in the jamming area Refer to the table below.
LGC board

Relation between the jamming area and the corresponding sensors/covers.

Jamming area Cover Sensor Test Mode/Input check

Registration area Jam access Registration sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A]
cover Paper clinging detection sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[E]
Registration pass sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[F]
Feed sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B]
Exit area Fuser cover Exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[C]
ADU ADU ADU entrance sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[G]
ADU exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H]
Bypass feed unit Side cover 2nd drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D]
LCF LCF side cover LCF transport sensor FS-03-[F1]ON/[9]/[F]
PFP PFP side cover PFP upper drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[C]
PFP lower drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[D] 8
Bridge unit Bridge unit Bridge unit transport sensor-1 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[A]
(Entrance sensor)
Bridge unit transport sensor-2 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[B]
(Exit sensor)
Finisher Finisher door Sensors in the finisher -

[E551] Paper remaining jam on the transport path (when a service call occurs)
[E552] Paper remaining jam on the transport path (when the cover is closed)

Classification Error content

Other paper jam [E551] The paper is detected on the transport path when a service call
occurs.
[E552] The paper is detected on the transport path after the cover is
opened and closed.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Jamming transport path Open the cover of the unit/area whose
1 picture is flashing on the control panel and
remove any paper on the transport path.
Sensor in the jamming area • Sensor check (Refer to the table below)
2 • Harness check
• Connector check
LGC board • Harness check
• Connector check
3 • Board check
Notes:
If the jam is occurring in the ADU, LCF or PFP, check the board in each unit.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Sensor in the jamming area Refer to the table below.
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 127
Relation between the jamming area and the corresponding sensors/covers.

Jamming area Cover Sensor Test Mode/Input check

Registration area Jam access Registration sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A]
cover Paper clinging detection sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[E]
Registration pass sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[F]
Feed sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[B]
Exit area Fuser cover Exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[C]
ADU ADU ADU entrance sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[G]
ADU exit sensor FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H]
Bypass feed unit Side cover 2nd drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[D]
LCF LCF side cover LCF transport sensor FS-03-[F1]ON/[9]/[F]
PFP PFP side cover PFP upper drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[C]
PFP lower drawer feed sensor FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[D]
Bridge unit Bridge unit Bridge unit transport sensor-1 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[A]
(Entrance sensor)
Bridge unit transport sensor-2 FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[B]
(Exit sensor)
Finisher Finisher door Sensors in the finisher -

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 128
8.3.6 Cover open jam
[E410] Front cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The front cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

Switching regulator • Is the voltage of 24V being supplied from the power supply unit?
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF[7]/[D])
• Connector check (CN512)
• Fuse check (F201, F202, F203)
High-voltage transformer • Check if the high-voltage transformer (HVT) is installed properly.
• Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN314, CN320, CN321, CN310)
• Harness check
Front cover switch • Switch check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[7]/[C])
• Connector check (CN310, J613, J713)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark 8

Switching regulator
LGC board
High-voltage transformer
Front cover switch

[E420] PFP side cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The PFP side cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

PFP side cover opening/closing • Is the PFP side cover opening/closing switch working?
switch (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[0]/[A])
• Connector check (CN247, J959, J974)
• Harness check
PFP board • Board check
• Connector check (CN241, CN247)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, CN452, J700)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

PFP side cover opening/closing
switch
PFP board
PFC board
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 129
[E430] Duplexing unit cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The duplexing unit cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

Side cover switch • Is the switch working?
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF[7]/[A])
• Connector check (CN307, J606)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN307)
• Harness check
Switching regulator • Replace the switching regulator

Parts to be replaced Remark

Side cover switch
LGC board
Switching regulator

[E440] Jam access cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The jam access cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

Jam access cover opening/closing • Is the jam access cover opening/closing switch working?
switch (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[A])
• Connector check (CN455, J686, J687)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN455, CN452)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Jam access cover opening/closing
switch
PFC board
LGC board

[E450] LCF side cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The LCF side cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

LCF side cover opening/closing • Is the switch working?
switch (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[9]/[A])
• Connector check (CN7, CN70)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 130
 Check item Measures
LCF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN7, CN1)
• Harness check
PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN452, CN459, J700, CN464)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN323)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LCF side cover opening/closing
switch
LCF board
PFC board
LGC board

[E480] Bridge unit open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The bridge unit has opened during printing.
8
Check item Measures
Bridge unit cover opening/closing • Is the sensor working?
detection sensor (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[7]/[B])
• Connector check (J607)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN307)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Bridge unit cover opening/closing
detection sensor
LGC board

[E490] Job separator cover open jam

Classification Error content

Cover open jam The job separator cover has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

JSP cover switch • Is the JSP cover switch working?
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF[7]/[B])
• Connector check (CN260, CN261)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN307, J607)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

JSP cover switch
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 131
8.3.7 RADF/DSDF jam
[E712] Jam not reaching the DSDF registration sensor

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The original fed from the original tray does not reach the DSDF
registration sensor.

Check item Measures

Original Flatten the original if it is folded or excessively curled and place it again.
Roller • Clean the DSF pickup roller, DSDF feed roller and DSDF separation
roller if they are stained.
DSDF registration sensor • Check if the DSDF registration sensor is working properly. (Perform
the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[H])
• Replace the DSDF registration sensor.
Connector Check if the connectors (J975, J950 and CN74) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF registration sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Roller DSF pickup roller, DSDF feed roller, DSDF separation roller
DSDF registration sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E712] Jam not reaching the original registration sensor

Classification Error content

RADF jam The original fed from the original feeding tray does not reach the
registration sensor.

Check item Measures

Pickup roller • Clean them if they are stained.
Feed roller
Separation roller
Original registration sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[H])
• Connector check (CN74, J88, J86)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN74)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Original registration sensor
RADF board
Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out
Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E714] DSDF feed signal reception jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The feed signal from the equipment is received even though there is no
original on the original tray.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 132
 Check item Measures
Reproducing ability • Release the paper jam and reattempt copying or scanning.
DSDF empty sensor • Check if the DSDF empty sensor is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[B])
• Check if the connector (CN75) on the DSDF control PC board is
disconnected from the DSDF empty sensor or the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if any.
• Replace the DSDF empty sensor.
DSDF control PC board Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF empty sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E714] Feed signal reception jam

Classification Error content

RADF jam The feed signal from the equipment is received even though there is no
original on the original tray.

Check item Measures 8

Empty sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[B])
• Lever check
• Connector check (CN75, J92, J96)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Empty sensor
RADF board

[E717] Original not reaching the DSDF original feed sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The original does not reach the DSDF feed sensor even though original
feeding has started.

Check item Measures

DSDF feed sensor • Check if the DSDF feed sensor is working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[E])
• Replace the DSDF feed sensor.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J974, J950 and CN74) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF feed sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF feed motor • Check if the DSDF feed motor is working properly.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J990 and CN77) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF feed motor or the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF feed sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 133
 Parts to be replaced Remark
DSDF feed motor
DSDF control PC board

[E718] Original setting jam / Original tray lift abnormality

A paper jam which may occur when the original tray lift is working (before the original feeding
operation)
Classification Error content
DSDF jam The original tray lift has been driven to raise or lower and the DSDF tray
lift upper limit sensor / DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor have not been
turned ON within a specified time.

Check item Measures

• When a paper jam has occurred after an original is set, during original feeding, during the initial operation or
when an original is pulled out
Malfunction • Check whether an operation to apply a load to the original tray has
been performed while it is being raised or lowered.
• Check if there is a foreign matter in the tray lifting section.
If there is any, remove it, open and then close the cover to release the
paper jam status. If there is none, take the following measure.
• When the original tray lift is being rising (When a paper jam has occurred after the original placed or during
original feeding)
DSDF tray lift upper limit sensor There will be an abnormality in the DSDF tray lift upper limit sensor when
an error occurs while the tray is rising. (Perform the input check: FS-03-
[F2]ON/[6]/[E])
• Check if the sensor is damaged, the connector is disconnected or the
harness is open circuited. If yes, replace any of them.
• When the original tray lift is being lowering (When a paper jam has occurred if an original is pulled out during
the initial operation or the operation itself)
DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor There will be an abnormality in the DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor when
an error occurs while the tray is lowering. (Perform the input check: FS-
03-[F2]ON/[6]/[F])
• Check if the sensor is damaged, the connector is disconnected or the
harness is open circuited. If yes, replace any of them.
• When the rising or lowering of the original tray lift does not work
DSDF tray-up clutch There will be an abnormality in the DSDF tray-up clutch if it does not
work.
• Check if the clutch is damaged, the connector is disconnected or the
harness is open circuited. If yes, replace any of them.
DSDF separation motor There will be an abnormality in the DSDF separation motor if it does not
work. (Perform the output check: FS-03-291/292)
• Check if the motor is damaged, the connector is disconnected or the
harness is open circuited. If yes, replace any of them.
• All
DSDF control PC board • Check that there is no abnormality on the DSDF control PC board
when operation failure has occurred in the DSDF tray lift upper limit
sensor, DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor, DSDF tray-up clutch or
DSDF separation motor. If yes, replace any of them.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF tray lift upper limit sensor
DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor
DSDF tray-up clutch
DSDF separation motor
DSDF control PC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 134
[E721] Original not reaching the DSDF read-in sensor-1 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The original does not reach the DSDF read-in sensor-1 after it has
passed through the DSDF registration sensor.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the DSDF registration roller and pre-read rollers if they are
stained.
DSDF read-in sensor-1 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-1 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[G])
• Perform the DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment.
Aligning amount Perform the aligning amount adjustment (FS-05-3040).
Connector • Check if the connectors (J983, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-1 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF read motor • Check if the DSDF read motor is working properly.
• Check if the connectors (J992 and CN79) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF read motor or the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF registration motor • Check if the DSDF registration motor is working properly.
• Check if the connectors (J982 and CN79) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF read motor or the harnesses 8
are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Roller DSDF registration roller, Pre-read roller
DSDF read-in sensor-1
DSDF read motor
DSDF registration motor
DSDF control PC board

[E721] Jam not reaching the read sensor

Classification Error content

RADF jam The original does not reach the read sensor after it has passed the
registration sensor (when scanning the front side) or the reverse sensor
(when scanning the back side).

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

All Registration • Clean the registration roller and the read roller if they
sensor are stained.
Read roller
Read sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
[F2]ON[7]/[G])
• Connector check (CN75, J94)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Reading start guide of the RADF
Paper guide of the RADF

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 135
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Read sensor
RADF board
Registration roller Clean or replace it.
Read roller Clean or replace it.

[E722] Original not reaching the DSDF exit sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The original does not reach the DSDF exit sensor after it has passed
through the DSDF read-in sensor-2.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the post-read roller-2 if it is stained.
DSDF exit sensor • Check if the DSDF exit sensor is working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[E])
• Replace the DSDF exit sensor.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J985, J957 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF exit sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Roller Post-read roller-2
DSDF exit sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E722] Jam not reaching the original exit / reverse sensor (during scanning)

Classification Error content

RADF jam The original which passed the read sensor does not reach the exit sensor
when it is transported from the scanning section to exit section.

Check item Measures

Read roller • Clean the read roller if it is stained.
Original exit/reverse sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[E])
• Connector check (CN75, J93)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Original exit/reverse sensor
RADF board
Read roller Replace it if it is worn out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 136
[E724] Original stopping at the DSDF registration sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass through the DSDF
registration sensor after its leading edge has passed through this sensor.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the DSDF registration roller if it is stained.
DSDF registration sensor • Check if the DSDF registration sensor is working properly. (Perform
the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[H])
• Replace the DSDF registration sensor.
DSDF tray original length sensor-1, • Check if these sensors can detect an original properly.
DSDF tray original length sensor-2 • Check if the DSDF tray original width sensor-1 and DSDF tray original
DSDF tray original width sensor-1, width sensor-2 are working properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-
DSDF tray original width sensor-2 [F2]ON/[8]/[F], FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[G])
• Check if the DSDF tray original length sensor-1 and DSDF tray
original length sensor-2 are working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[D], FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[A])
• Replace the DSDF tray original width sensor-1 and -2, DSDF tray
original length sensor-1 and -2.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J975, J950 and CN74) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF registration sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
• Check if the connectors (J970, J971 and CN76) on the DSDF control 8
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF tray original length
sensor-1 and DSDF tray original length sensor-2 or the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF registration sensor
DSDF tray original length sensor-1,
DSDF tray original length sensor-2
DSDF tray original width sensor-1,
DSDF tray original width sensor-2
DSDF control PC board

[E724] Stop jam at the registration sensor

Classification Error content

RADF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass the registration sensor after
its leading edge has reached this sensor.

Check item Measures

Registration roller • Clean the registration roller if it is stained.
Registration sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[H])
• Connector check (CN74, J88, J86)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN74)
• Harness check
Original width detection sensor-1 • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[8]/[F])
• Connector check (CN74, J86, J89)
• Harness check
Original width detection sensor-2 • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[8]/[G])
• Connector check (CN74, J86, J90)
• Harness check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 137
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Registration sensor
RADF board
Registration roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Original width detection sensor-1
Original width detection sensor-2

[E725] Original stopping at the DSDF read-in sensor-1 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass through the DSDF read-in
sensor-1 after its leading edge has passed through this sensor.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the post-read roller-1 if it is stained.
DSDF read-in sensor-1 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-1 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[G])
• Perform the DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J983, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-1 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-1
DSDF control PC board

[E725] Stop jam at the read sensor

Classification Error content

RADF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass the read sensor after its
leading edge has reached this sensor.

Check item Measures

Read roller • Clean the read roller if it is stained.
Read sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[G])
• Connector check (CN75, J94)
• Harness check
Original intermediate transport • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[F])
sensor • Connector check (CN75, J94)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Read sensor
RADF board
Read roller Replace it if it is worn out.
Original intermediate transport
sensor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 138
[E726] Transport / exit signal reception jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The transport or exit signal has been received while no original is placed
in the DSDF.

Check item Measures

Reproducing ability • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check the occurrence.

Parts to be replaced Remark

-

[E726] Transport / exit signal reception jam

Classification Error content

RADF jam RADF receives the transport / exit reception signal from the equipment
when no original is at the exposure waiting position.

Check item Measures

RADF board • Board check 8
• Connector check
• Harness check
SYS board • Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Switching power supply • Check if the 24V and 5V outputs of the switching power supply are
normal.
• Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

RADF board
SYS board
Switching power supply

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 139
[E727] Original not reaching the DSDF read-in sensor-2 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The original does not reach the DSDF read-in sensor-2 after it has
passed through the DSDF read-in sensor-1.

Check item Measures

An original has stopped at the Turn on the exposure lamp (output check: FS-03-267) and confirm the
transparent film [1]. position between the transparent film [1] and the upper edge of the slope
[2].

[2] [1]
A B

Fig.8-3

• State A (throughout the whole of the transparent film): OK (Go to the

next step.)
• State B: Perform the height adjustment. ( P. 6-111 “6.14.2
Adjustment of height”) Replace the transparent film if the position
between it and the upper edge of the slope cannot be adjusted as
shown above [A].
Roller • Clean the post-read roller-1 if it is stained.
Installation • Check if the DSDF is installed properly.
DSDF read-in sensor-2 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-2 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[D])
• Replace the DSDF read-in sensor-2.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J984, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-2 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-2
DSDF control PC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 140
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Transparent film set

[3]

Fig.8-4

Perform the replacement with the transparent film set or with the guide
[3].

[E729] Original stopping at the DSDF read-in sensor-2 jam

8
Classification Error content
DSDF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass through the DSDF read-in
sensor-2 after its leading edge has passed through this sensor.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the pre-read roller-2 if it is stained.
DSDF read-in sensor-2 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-2 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[D])
• Replace the DSDF read-in sensor-2.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J984, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-2 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF exit motor • Check if the DSDF exit motor is working properly.
• Check if the connectors (J991 and CN77) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF exit motor or the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-2
DSDF exit motor
DSDF control PC board

[E731] Original stopping at the DSDF exit sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass through the DSDF exit
sensor after its leading edge has passed through this sensor.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the DSDF exit roller if it is stained.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 141
 Check item Measures
Transport path • Check if there is a paper or foreign matter in the exit section of the
DSDF.
DSDF exit sensor • Check if the DSDF exit sensor is working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[E])
• Replace the DSDF sensor.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J985, J957 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF exit sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF exit sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E731] Stop jam at the original exit / reverse sensor

Classification Error content

RADF jam The trailing edge of the original does not pass the original exit / reverse
sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor.

Check item Measures

Exit roller • Clean the exit roller if it is stained.
Stop jam at the original exit/ • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[E])
reverse sensor • Connector check (J93, CN75)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Exit sensor
RADF board
Exit roller Replace it if it is worn out.

[E762] Original remaining at the DSDF registration sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF registration sensor remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Transport path • Check if there is a paper or foreign matter in the transport path of the
DSDF.
DSDF registration sensor • Check if the DSDF registration sensor is working properly. (Perform
the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[H])
• Replace the DSDF registration sensor.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J975, J950 and CN74) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF registration sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF registration sensor
DSDF control PC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 142
[E769] Original remaining at the DSDF feed sensor jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF feed sensor remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Corner folding prevention guide • Check if the corner folding prevention guide is installed properly. If the
latch of the corner folding prevention guide has come off from the
shaft groove, slide the guide to reinstall it. Replace the corner folding
prevention guide if it is damaged.

Fig.8-5
Connector • Check if the connectors (J974, J950 and CN74) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF feed sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF feed sensor • Check if the DSDF feed sensor is working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[E])
• Replace the DSDF feed sensor.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Corner folding prevention guide
DSDF feed sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E770] Original remaining at the DSDF original width detection sensor-1 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF original width detection sensor-1 remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Connector • Check if the connectors (J972, J950 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF original width detection
sensor-1 or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF original width detection • Check if the DSDF original width detection sensor-1 is working
sensor-1 properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[F])
• Check that there is no paper dust on the DSDF original width
detection sensor-1. If paper dust adheres to the DSDF original width
detection sensor-1, clean it.
• Replace the DSDF original width detection sensor-1.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 143
 Parts to be replaced Remark
DSDF original width detection
sensor-1
DSDF control PC board

[E771] Original remaining at the DSDF original width detection sensor-2 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF original width detection sensor-2 remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Connector • Check if the connectors (J973, J950 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF original width detection
sensor-2 or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF original width detection • Check if the DSDF original width detection sensor-2 is working
sensor-2 properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[8]/[G])
• Check that there is no paper dust on the DSDF original width
detection sensor-2. If paper dust adheres to the DSDF original width
detection sensor-2, clean it.
• Replace the DSDF original width detection sensor-2.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF original width detection
sensor-2
DSDF control PC board

[E774] Original remaining at the DSDF read-in sensor-1 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF read-in sensor-1 remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the post-read roller-1 if it is stained.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J983, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-1 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF read-in sensor-1 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-1 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[G])
• Perform the DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-1
DSDF control PC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 144
[E775] Original remaining at the DSDF read-in sensor-2 jam

Classification Error content

DSDF jam The DSDF read-in sensor-2 remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the pre-read roller-2 if it is stained.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J984, J956 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-2 or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF read-in sensor-2 • Check if the DSDF read-in sensor-2 is working properly. (Perform the
input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[D])
• Replace the DSDF read-in sensor-2.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-2
DSDF control PC board

[E777] Original remaining at the DSDF exit sensor jam

Classification Error content

8
DSDF jam The DSDF exit sensor remains turned ON.

Check item Measures

Roller • Clean the DSDF exit roller if it is stained.
Connector • Check if the connectors (J985, J957 and CN75) on the DSDF control
PC board are disconnected from the DSDF exit sensor or the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF exit sensor • Check if the DSDF exit sensor is working properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[E])
• Replace the DSDF sensor.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF exit sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E860] RADF jam access cover open jam

Classification Error content

RADF jam The RADF jam access cover has opened during RADF operation.

Check item Measures

RADF jam access cover sensor • Switch check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON[7]/[C])
• Connector check (CN75, J92, J97)
• Harness check
RADF board • Board check
• Connector check (CN75)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

RADF jam access cover sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 145
 Parts to be replaced Remark
RADF board

[E860] DSDF original jam access cover open jam / DSDF shading sheet HP sensor abnormal

Classification Error content

DSDF jam • The jam access cover of the DSDF has become opened during its
operation.
• The DSDF exit motor has been driven and the DSDF shading sheet
HP sensor has not been turned ON within a specified time.

Details:
If a paper jam has occurred at the start of a duplex copying or scanning
job or at the end of a copying or scanning job, the cover may have
opened as a result.

The home position detection is carried out by the DSDF shading sheet
HP sensor when the cover or DSDF is closed, the power is turned ON,
during the initial operation or at the end of a job. This home position
detection checks that the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor is turned ON
within a specified time after the DSDF exit motor has started driving.
If the home position cannot be detected when the cover or DSDF is
closed or the power is turned ON, a cover open error will be displayed.
If the home position cannot be detected during the initial operation or at
the end of a job, a DSDF shading sheet HP sensor abnormality will occur
and this error code will be displayed.

Check item Measures

• When a paper jam has occurred at the start or end of the original transportation
DSDF lower cover • Check if the DSDF lower cover is closed appropriately.
DSDF lower cover opening/closing • Check if the connectors (J980, J953 and CN75) on the DSDF control
detection sensor PC board are disconnected from the DSDF lower cover opening/
closing detection sensor or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct
if any.
• Check if the DSDF lower cover opening/closing detection sensor is
working properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[C])
• Replace the DSDF lower cover opening/closing detection sensor.
DSDF lower cover interlock switch • Check if the DSDF lower cover interlock switch is working properly.
• Replace the DSDF lower cover interlock switch.
DSDF exit motor • Check if the DSDF exit motor rotates properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-284) If yes, check the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor.
• Check if the connector of the DSDF exit motor is disconnected or the
harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF exit motor.
DSDF shading sheet HP sensor • Check if the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor is working properly.
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[A])
• Check if the connector of the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor is
disconnected or the harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor.
DSDF control PC board • Check if the connector of the DSDF control PC board is disconnected
or the harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF control PC board.
• When a paper jam has occurred during original transportation
Cover • Check if the DSDF upper cover is closed appropriately.
• Check if the DSDF lower cover is closed appropriately.
• Check if the front cover of the equipment is closed appropriately.
DSDF upper cover opening/closing • Check if the connectors (J981, J954 and CN75) on the DSDF control
detection sensor PC board are disconnected from the DSDF upper cover opening/
closing detection sensor or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct
if any.
• Check if the DSDF upper cover opening/closing detection sensor is
working properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[7]/[C])
• Replace the DSDF upper cover opening/closing detection sensor.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 146
 Check item Measures
DSDF upper cover interlock switch • Check if the DSDF upper cover interlock switch is working properly.
• Replace the DSDF upper cover interlock switch.
DSDF lower cover opening/closing • Check if the connectors (J980, J953 and CN75) on the DSDF control
detection sensor PC board are disconnected from the DSDF lower cover opening/
closing detection sensor or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct
if any.
• Check if the DSDF lower cover opening/closing detection sensor is
working properly. (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[C])
• Replace the DSDF lower cover opening/closing detection sensor.
DSDF lower cover interlock switch • Check if the DSDF lower cover interlock switch is working properly.
• Replace the DSDF lower cover interlock switch.
DSDF exit motor • Check if the DSDF exit motor rotates properly. (Perform the input
check: FS-03-284) If yes, check the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor.
• Check if the connector of the DSDF exit motor is disconnected or the
harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF exit motor.
DSDF shading sheet HP sensor • Check if the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor is working properly.
(Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[6]/[A])
• Check if the connector of the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor is
disconnected or the harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF shading sheet HP sensor.
DSDF control PC board • Check if the connector of the DSDF control PC board is disconnected
or the harnesses are open circuited.
• Replace the DSDF control PC board.
8
Parts to be replaced Remark
DSDF upper cover opening/closing
detection sensor
DSDF upper cover interlock switch
DSDF lower cover opening/closing
detection sensor
DSDF lower cover interlock switch
DSDF exit motor
DSDF shading sheet HP sensor
DSDF control PC board

[E870] RADF open jam

Classification Error content

RADF jam The RADF has become opened during its operation.

Check item Measures

Platen sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: Platen sensor-1: FS-03-
[F2]ON[5]/[C], Platen sensor-2: FS-03-[F2]ON[5]/[G])
• Connector check (CN121, J1003, J1004)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN121)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Platen sensor
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 147
8.3.8 Jam in bridge unit
[E910] Paper not reaching the bridge unit transport sensor-1
[E920] Paper stopping at the bridge unit transport sensor-1

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Bridge unit) [E910] The paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sensor-1 after it
has passed the exit sensor.
[E920] The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge unit
transport sensor-1 after its leading edge has reached the sensor.

Phenomenon of paper jamming Check item Measures

Paper separation failure at Fuser unit • Check the gap between the separation guide and the
separation guide in the fuser unit fuser belt.
 P. 6-100 “6.12.1 Adjustment of the separation
guide gap”
• Paper transport check
Drawer Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the
drawer.
Leading edge Adjust the margin with FS-05-4402 (Leading edge
margin position adjustment) to “Color: 5.5 mm”.
Widen the margin if needed.
(Specification Black: 4.2 mm / Color: 5 mm)
• Use A3/LD paper
• It is easy to check skew with a copy of a solid image
(about 10 mm on its leading edge).
Refer to  P. 6-1 “6.1 Image Related Adjustment”.
There are scratches on the Replace it if needed.Check if the guide is not deformed.
leading paper edge Replace it if needed.
All Bridge unit exit Check that Mylar on the bridge unit exit is not deformed.
Replace it if needed. (E920)
Finisher Check if paper jamming occurs in the finisher.
Bridge unit • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-
transport [ALL]OFF[0]/[A])
sensor-1 • Connector check (CN307, J607, J801)
(entrance • Harness check
sensor)
Bridge unit gate • Solenoid check (Perform the output check: FS-03-
solenoid 232)
• Connector check (CN307, J607, J801)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN307)
• Harness check
Bridge unit • Does the transport roller of the bridge unit work when
the fuser motor is rotated? (Perform the output check:
FS-03-113/163)
• Check the drive system of the equipment and bridge
unit.
• Check if the rollers in the lower exit roller, the
pressure spring and the bridge unit are worn out.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Bridge unit transport sensor-1
(entrance sensor)
LGC board
Bridge unit gate solenoid

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 148
[E930] Paper not reaching the bridge unit transport sensor-2
[E940] Paper stopping at the bridge unit transport sensor-2

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Bridge unit) [E930] The trailing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit
transport sensor-2 after its leading edge has reached the bridge unit
transport sensor-1.
[E940] The trailing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit
transport sensor-2 after its leading edge has reached the bridge unit
transport sensor-2.

Check item Measures

Bridge unit transport sensor-2 (exit • Sensor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF[0]/[B])
sensor) • Connector check (CN307, J607, J802)
• Harness check
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN307)
• Harness check
Bridge unit • Does the transport roller of the bridge unit work when the fuser motor is
rotated? (Perform the output check: FS-03-113/163)
• Check the drive system of the equipment and bridge unit.
• Check if the rollers in the lower exit roller, the pressure spring and the
bridge unit are worn out.
8

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 149
 Check item Measures
Hole punch unit (When an error A sheet in the finisher (hole punch unit) may be deformed. Correct this.
has occurred immediately after the 1. Separate the finisher (hole punch unit) from the equipment.
time of unpacking and installation) 2. Open the stationary tray of the finisher (hole punch unit).

3. Insert one sheet of A4/LT-size thick paper into the paper transport inlet
of the finisher (hole punch unit).

Remarks:
Use the thick paper of A4-LT size and 216g/m2 (80 lb. Bond) or
equivalent.
4. Open the front cover of the finisher (hole punch unit). Turn the 2 knobs
simultaneously. Transport the thick paper by turning the knobs in the
direction of the arrow to remove it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Bridge unit transport sensor-2 (exit
sensor)
LGC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 150
[E950] Jam not reaching the JSP feed sensor
[E951] Stop jam at the JSP feed sensor

Classification Error content

Job separator jam [E950] The paper has passed through the exit sensor does not reach the
JSP feed sensor.
[E951] The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the JSP feed sensor
after its leading edge has reached this sensor.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Open the JSP cover. Is there Yes Remove the paper.
any paper on the transport No 2
path?
2 Is the JSP feed sensor Yes 3
working? (Perform the input No • Check if the connector of the JSP feed sensor is
check in the test mode: FS- disconnected.
03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[A]) • Check if either of the connectors CN260 or
CN262 on the JSP board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN307 on the LGC board
is disconnected.
• Check if the relay connector J607 is
disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected
and the harnesses are open circuited. 8
• Check if the conductor patterns on the JSP
board and LGC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
• Replace the JSP feed sensor.
• Replace the JSP board.
• Replace the LGC board.
3 Replacing board • Replace the JSP board.
• Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

JSP feed sensor
JSP board
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 151
8.3.9 Paper jam in finisher section
[EA10] Paper transport delay jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) • [MJ-1042] 1st transport motor (M8) fault / 2nd transport motor (M4)
fault.
• [MJ-1109] Paper transport delay jam.
• [MJ-1110] Paper transport delay non-inserting jam.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

1st transport motor (M8) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN22)
2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN14)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor and the connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

Parts to be replaced Remark

1st transport motor (M8)
abnormality
2nd transport motor (M4)
abnormality
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
abnormality

MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Feeding sensor (S22) Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation or
breakage of the feeding sensor (S22). If there is, reinstall the sensor
correctly or replace it.
Transport path switching solenoid Check that the gap between the transfer guide surface and the upper
(SOL5) surface of the flapper tip is in the acceptable range according to the status
of the transport path switching solenoid (SOL5) (solenoid OFF: 1.5 to 2.1
mm, solenoid ON: 2.3 to 2.9 mm). If it is not, adjust it.
Check the harness between the transport path switching solenoid (SOL5)
and the finisher control PC board (CN1). If there is any abnormality, correct
it.
Entrance motor (M1) Check the harness between the entrance motor (M1) and the finisher
control PC board (CN17). If there is any abnormality, correct it.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN1, CN17)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Feeding sensor (S22)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 152
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Transport path switching solenoid
(SOL5)
Entrance motor (M1)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA20] Paper transport stop jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) • [MJ-1042] 1st transport motor (M8) fault / 2nd transport motor (M4)
fault.
• [MJ-1109/1110] Paper stopping jam.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

1st transport motor (M8) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN22)
2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor. 8
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN14)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor and the connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

Parts to be replaced Remark

1st transport motor (M8)
abnormality
2nd transport motor (M4)
abnormality
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Assist guide Check that there is no abnormality in the adjustment for its height.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance sensor (S1)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
Assist guide

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 153
[EA21] Paper size error jam (transport sensor)

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The transport sensor on the finisher transport path detects that the paper is
shorter than the acceptable size.

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Transport sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance sensor (S1)
Transport sensor (S2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA22] Paper size error jam (Paper position sensor)

Classification Error content

Finisher jam Hole punch unit The paper position sensor on the hole punch unit detects that the paper is
shorter than the acceptable size.

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Transport sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Paper position sensor (Hole punch • Sensor check (S6-1, S6-2)
unit) • Connector check (CN1, CN4, CN5)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance sensor (S1)
Transport sensor (S2)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 154
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Paper position sensor (S6-1, S6- Hole punch unit
2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA23] Paper stopping jam (transport sensor)

MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The trailing edge of the paper does not pass through the transport sensor
after its leading edge has passed through this sensor on the finisher
transport path.

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Transport sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
8
Parts to be replaced Remark
Transport sensor (S2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA24] Paper transport delay jam (between entrance and transport sensor)
MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The leading edge of paper which has passed the entrance sensor on the
Finisher transport path does not reach the transport sensor.

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Pinch roller arm Check the position of pinch roller arm. If it is down, fix its mechanism.
Transport path switching solenoid • Check that the gap between the transfer guide surface and the upper
(SOL5) surface of the flapper tip is in the acceptable range according to the
status of the transport path switching solenoid (SOL5) (solenoid OFF:
1.5 to 2.1 mm, solenoid ON: 2.3 to 2.9 mm). If it is not, adjust it.
• Check the harness between the transport path switching solenoid
(SOL5) and the finisher control PC board (CN1). If there is any
abnormality, correct it.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Transport sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Entrance motor (M1) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN17)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8, CN17)
• Harness check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 155
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Transport path switching solenoid
(SOL5)
Entrance sensor (S1)
Transport sensor (S2)
Entrance motor (M1)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA25] Paper transport jam in Finisher (after paper stack was exited)

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) • [MJ-1042] Stack exit motor (M5) abnormality.
• [MJ-1109/1110] The finishing tray paper detection sensor detects paper
after a stack of paper exits from the finishing tray.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Stack exit motor (M5) abnormality Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
conducted, replace the motor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN14)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and connectors,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stack exit motor (M5) abnormality
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
abnormality

MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Finishing tray paper detection • Sensor check
sensor (S12) • Connector check (CN25)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN25)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finishing tray paper detection
sensor (S12)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 156
[EA26] Paper transport stop jam (stop command request)
MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The equipment sends a stop signal during feeding.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Check if the harness connecting the equipment and the Finisher control
PC board (FIN) is disconnected or open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the finisher control PC board is open
circuited or short circuited.
• Update the finisher firmware.
• Replace the Finisher control PC board (FIN).
LGC board • Check if the harness connecting the finisher and the LGC board on the
equipment is disconnected or open circuited.
• Connector check
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited or
short circuited.
• Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)
8
LGC board (LGC)

[EA26] Paper transport stop jam (stop command request)

[EA27] Paper transport jam in Finisher
MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) [EA26] The equipment sends a stop signal during feeding.
[EA27] The entrance sensor is turned ON later than the specified timing.

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance sensor (S1)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 157
[EA28] Paper transport jam (paper holder plate operation delay)
MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) An attempt to start the paper holder plate operation for dropping paper on
the finishing tray is made, but the previous paper holder plate operation has
not yet been finished.

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Assist guide Is there any mechanical problem when the assist guide is rotated?
If there is any mechanical problem, fix its mechanism.
Assist guide motor (M10) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Assist guide motor (M10)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA29] Paper transport jam (stack transport delay)

MJ-1109/MJ-1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The buffer tray is extended to drop a stack of paper on the finishing tray but
the previous stack has not yet exited.

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Buffer tray guide Is there any mechanical problem when the buffer tray guide is opened and
closed while the buffer roller is kept raised?
If there is any mechanical problem, fix its mechanism.
Buffer tray guide motor (M2) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Buffer tray guide motor (M2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 158
[EA2A] Paper transport jam in the Finisher (between the entrance path and middle path sensor)
MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The leading edge of the paper has passed the entrance path sensor, but
does not reach the middle path sensor in the Finisher Unit transport path.

Probable cause Checking and measures

1st transport motor (M8) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Middle path sensor (S7) Measure the voltage on TP84 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN14, CN22) 8
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace
abnormality the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[EA2B] Paper transport jam in the Finisher (middle path sensor)

MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The paper remains at the middle path sensor for a longer period than
specified while being transported on the Finisher Unit transport path.

Probable cause Checking and measures

2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Middle path sensor (S7) Measure the voltage on TP84 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN14, CN22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace
abnormality the finisher control PC board (FIN).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 159
[EA2C] Paper transport jam in the Finisher (between the entrance path and sub-path sensor)
MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The leading edge of the paper has passed the entrance sensor, but does
not reach the sub-path sensor in the Finisher Unit transport path.

Probable cause Checking and measures

1st transport motor (M8) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Sub-path sensor (S8) abnormality Measure the voltage on TP85 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Stationary tray full detection Measure the voltage on TP26 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
sensor (S11) abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN10, CN14, CN22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace
abnormality the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[EA2D] Paper transport jam in the Finisher (sub-path sensor)

MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The paper remains at the sub-path sensor for a longer period than specified
while being transported on the Finisher Unit transport path.

Probable cause Checking and measures

2nd transport motor (M4) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Sub-path sensor (S8) abnormality Measure the voltage on TP85 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Stationary tray full detection Measure the voltage on TP26 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
sensor (S11) abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN10, CN14, CN22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace
abnormality the finisher control PC board (FIN).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 160
[EA2E] Paper transport remaining jam in the Finisher (sub-path sensor)
MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) Paper is detected in the sub-path sensor when the power is turned ON or
the cover is closed.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Sub-path sensor (S8) abnormality Measure the voltage on TP85 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Stationary tray full detection Measure the voltage on TP26 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
sensor (S11) abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN10, CN22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace 8
abnormality the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[EA31] Transport path paper remaining jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) • [MJ-1042] Paper is detected in the entrance path sensor or middle path
sensor when the power is turned ON or the cover is closed.
• [MJ-1109/1110] Paper which has passed through the entrance sensor
does not reach the transport sensor.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Middle path sensor (S7) Measure the voltage on TP84 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Sub-path sensor (S8) abnormality Measure the voltage on TP85 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN6, CN22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 161
MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Entrance sensor (S1) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Feeding sensor (S22) • Sensor check (S22)
• Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check
Paper position sensor (Hole punch • Remove any paper dust in and around the sensors (S6-1 and S6-2) and
unit: S6-1, S6-2) clean them.
• Sensor check (S6-1, S6-2)
• Connector check (CN1, CN4, CN5)
• Harness check
Transport sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN1, CN8)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance sensor (S1)
Feeding sensor (S22)
Paper position sensor (S6-1, S6- Hole punch unit
2)
Transport sensor (S2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA32] Exit paper remaining jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) • [MJ-1042] Paper is detected in the finishing tray sensors when the
power is turned ON.
• [MJ-1109/1110] Paper is detected in the finishing tray paper detection
sensor when the power is turned ON.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Finishing tray sensor (S4) abnormality Measure the voltage on TP14 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN5)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 162
 Check item Measures
Processing tray sensor (S12) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN25)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Processing tray sensor (S12)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA40] Cover open jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The finisher cover has opened during paper transport.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Sub-path opening/closing sensor Measure the voltage on TP12 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
(S12) abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and 8
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Front cover switch (SW1) Measure the voltage on TP77 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when the switch is ON and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when OFF. If the voltage does not fall within
the range mentioned, replace the switch.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN10, CN13)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the switches, sensor and connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Cover / stationary tray • Close the front cover or the stationary tray if they are opened.
Front cover switch (SW1) • Switch check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Stationary tray opening/closing • Switch check
switch (SW2) • Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board • Connector check (CN14)
• Board check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Cover locking bracket If it is broken.
Front cover switch (SW1)
Stationary tray opening/closing
switch (SW2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 163
[EA50] Stapling jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) Stapling is not performed properly.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Staple unit stapling start position Measure the voltage on TP23 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S17) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when the sensor
is ON and within the range of 3.3V±5% when OFF. If the voltage does
not fall within the range mentioned, replace the staple unit.
Staple unit staple empty sensor (S18) Measure the voltage on TP24 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when the sensor
is ON and within the range of 3.3V±5% when OFF. If the voltage does
not fall within the range mentioned, replace the staple unit.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN17)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the staple unit and the
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Stapler • Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment or on the finishing tray. Remove it if there is
• Is the jam cleared by taking off the staple cartridge from the finisher and
removing the staple sheet slid from the staple case?
• If the actuator of the stapler safety sensor (S11) does not move
smoothly, remove its clip from the side and then reattach it.
• Connector check
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN2)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stapler
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA60] Early arrival jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) A paper jam occurs because paper from the equipment arrives at the
Finisher too early.

MJ-1042

Probable cause Checking and measures

Entrance path sensor (S19) Measure the voltage on TP86 on the finisher control PC board (FIN). Then
abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall
within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC
board (FIN): CN22)
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 164
 Probable cause Checking and measures
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector,
abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

MJ-1109/1110

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper in the finisher or on the transport path of the
equipment and remove it if there is.
Feeding sensor (S22) • Sensor check(S22)
• Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Feeding sensor (S22)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EA70] Stack exit belt home position error

MJ-1109/1110 8
Classification Error content
Finisher jam (Finisher section) The stack exit belt is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Stack belt exit home position • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
sensor (S9) or breakage of the stack belt exit home position sensor (S9). If there is,
reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN25) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the stack belt exit home position sensor (S9) and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
Stack transport motor (M8) • Check if the connector (CN18) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the stack transport motor (M8) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if any.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stack belt exit home position
sensor (S9)
Stack transport motor (M8)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 165
[EAF1] Stack exit roller home position sensor detection error
MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The detection of the home position of the stack exit roller shift motor ends
abnormally. This error may occur if paper is jammed while being
transported, so it is treated as a paper jam.

Probable cause Measures

Stack exit roller shift motor (M6) The stack exit roller home position sensor (S13) does not detect that
Stack exit roller home position sensor the exit roller is not at the upper position after the stack exit roller motor
(S13) (M6) has been driven in the specified time when the exit roller is moved
down.
The stack exit roller home position sensor (S13) does not detect that
the exit roller is at the upper position after the stack exit roller shift
motor (M6) has been driven in the specified time when the exit roller is
moved up.

[EAF2] Stapler unit sliding motor home position detection error

MJ-1042

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The detection of the home position of the stapler unit sliding motor ends
abnormally. This error may occur if paper is jammed while being
transported, so it is treated as a paper jam.

Error Timing of detection

Staple unit sliding motor (M7) The turning OFF of the staple unit sliding home position sensor (S3) is
Staple unit sliding home position not detected when the staple unit is moved from a point where this
sensor (S3) sensor is turned ON to one point where this sensor is turned OFF after
the staple unit sliding motor (M7) has been driven at the specified
number of pulse.
The turning ON of the staple unit sliding home position sensor (S3) is
not detected when the staple unit is moved from a point where this
sensor is turned OFF to one point where this sensor is turned ON after
the staple unit sliding motor (M7) has been driven at the specified
number of pulse.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Staple unit sliding motor (M7) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the staple unit.
Staple unit sliding home position Measure the voltage on TP18 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S3) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN3, CN18)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the staple unit, sensors and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 166
8.3.10 Paper jam in saddle stitch section
[EA90] Cover open jam
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The saddle stitch unit has opened during printing.

Check item Measures

Saddle stitch unit Close the saddle stitch unit if it is open.
Paper Remove any paper on the stacker.
Saddle stitch unit opening/closing switch Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect
(SW5) installation or breakage of the saddle stitch unit opening/closing
switch (SW5). If there is, reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
Check if the harness between the saddle stitch unit opening/closing
switch (SW5) and the CN26 of the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected or open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Saddle stitch unit opening/closing switch
(SW5)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
8
[EAA0] Paper remaining jam in Saddle Stitch Unit
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Paper remaining in Saddle Stitch Unit when the power is turned ON.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the finisher, saddle stitch unit or the
on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Do not use the paper shorter than the specification.
Junction box paper detection sensor • Sensor check(S26)
(S26) • Connector check(CN1)
• Harness check
Transport path-2 sensor (S27) • Sensor check(S27)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Transport path-3 sensor (S28) • Sensor check(S28)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Ejecting roller sensor(S29) • Sensor check(S29)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Harness Check if the flat cable between the finisher control PC board (FIN)
and the saddle control PC board (SDL) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check(CN21)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Board check
• Connector check(CN3, CN6)
• Harness check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 167
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Junction box paper detection sensor
(S26)
Transport path-2 sensor (S27)
Transport path-3 sensor (S28)
Ejecting roller sensor (S29)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[EAB0] Paper transport jam in Saddle Stitch Unit

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Paper has remained in the transport path.

Check item Measures

Paper •Check if there is any paper in the finisher, saddle stitch unit or the
on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Do not use the paper longer than the specification.
Transport roller Fix any mechanical problem occurring when the transfer roller is
rotated.
Feeding sensor (S22) • Sensor check(S22)
• Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check
Junction box paper detection sensor • Sensor check(S26)
(S26) • Connector check(CN1)
• Harness check
Transport path-2 (S27) • Sensor check(S27)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Transport path-3 (S28) • Sensor check(S28)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Ejecting roller sensor(S29) • Sensor check(S29)
• Connector check(CN3)
• Harness check
Saddle transport motor (M16) • Motor check(M16)
• Connector check(CN5)
• Harness check
Transport path switching solenoid (SOL5) Check that the gap between the transfer guide surface and the
upper surface of the flapper tip is in the acceptable range according
to the status of the transport path switching solenoid (SOL5)
(solenoid OFF: 1.5 to 2.1 mm, solenoid ON: 2.3 to 2.9 mm). If it is
not, adjust it.
Check if the harness between the transport path switching solenoid
(SOL5) and the CN1 of the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected or open circuited. Correct if so.
Entrance motor (M1) • Motor check(M1)
• Connector check(CN17)
• Harness check
Harness Check if the flat cable between the finisher control PC board (FIN)
and the saddle control PC board (SDL) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check(CN21)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 168
 Check item Measures
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Board check
• Connector check(CN3, CN6)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Junction box paper detection sensor
(S26)
Feeding sensor (S22)
Transport path-2 (S27)
Transport path-3 (S28)
Ejecting roller sensor (S29)
Saddle transport motor (M16)
Entrance motor (M1)
Transport path switching solenoid (SOL5)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[EAB1] Paper size error jam

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

8
Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Paper does not reach the sensor because the paper is shorter than
spec.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the finisher, saddle stitch unit or the
on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Feeding sensor (S22) • Sensor check (S22)
• Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check
Junction box paper detection sensor • Sensor check (S26)
(S26) • Connector check (CN1)
• Harness check
Transport path-2 sensor (S27) • Sensor check (S27)
• Connector check (CN3)
• Harness check
Transport path-3 sensor (S28) • Sensor check (S28)
• Connector check (CN3)
• Harness check
Ejecting roller sensor (S29) • Sensor check (S29)
• Connector check (CN3)
• Harness check
Harness Check if the flat cable between the finisher control PC board (FIN)
and the saddle control PC board (SDL) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN1, CN21)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN3, CN6)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Feeding sensor (S22)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 169
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Junction box paper detection sensor
(S26)
Transport path-2 sensor (S27)
Transport path-3 sensor (S28)
Ejecting roller sensor (S29)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 170
8.3.11 Paper jam in puncher unit
[E9F0] Punching jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam Hole punch unit Punching is not performed properly.

MJ-1042 (When MJ-6011 is installed)

Probable cause Checking and measures

Punch unit sliding motor Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Punch sliding unit home position Measure the voltage on TP26 on the hole punch control PC board. Then
sensor abnormality check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and
within the range of 5V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall within
the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Paper detection sensor (light- Measure the voltage on 8-pin of CN6 on the hole punch control PC board.
receiving/light-emitting) (S24/S25) Then check that the measured voltage is 3.0V or higher when not shielded
and 1.2 or lower when shielded. If the voltage does not fall within the range
mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal.
If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Hole punch control
PC board: CN3, CN4, CN5, CN6, CN7)
Hole punch control PC board If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, replace 8
abnormality the hole punch control PC board.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) Replace the finisher control PC board (FIN).
abnormality

MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Check item Measures

Paper Check if there is any paper on the transport path of the equipment and
remove it if there is.
Punch motor (M3) • Motor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Punch HP sensor (S4) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Punch sensor (S5) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Hole punch control PC board (HP) • Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Punch HP sensor (S4)
Punch sensor (S5)
Punch motor (M3)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 171
8.3.12 Other paper jam
[EAD0] Print end command time-out jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jam The printing has not finished normally because of the communication error
between the SYS board and LGC board at the end of printing.

Check item Measures

Power • Check if the error is cleared by turning the power OFF and then back
ON.
SYS board • Connector check
• Board check
LGC board • Connector check
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board
LGC board

[EAE0] Receiving time-out jam

Classification Error content

Finisher jam The printing has been interrupted because of the communication error
between the equipment and finisher when the paper is transported from the
equipment to the finisher.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Is the finisher working?
• Check if the voltage (24V) is being supplied to the finisher.
• Check if the harness connecting the I/F connector of the finisher side
and LGC board is open circuited.
• Connector check
LGC board • Connector check(CN304, J612)
• Check if the harness connecting the finisher and LGC board is open
circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or
open circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

LGC board
Harness

[EB30] Ready time-out jam

Classification Error content

Other paper jams The equipment judges that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled
because of the communication error between the equipment and finisher at
the start of printing.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Check if the connector on the equipment is disconnected from the
finisher or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
• Check the finisher firmware version.
• Update the finisher firmware to the latest one.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 172
 Parts to be replaced Remark
LGC board

[ED10] Skew adjustment motor home position detection error

MJ-1109/1110 (when MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Hole Punch section) The skew adjustment motor is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the hole punch unit, finisher or the on the
transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Skew adjustment motor (M1) • Rotate skew adjustment motor and fix its mechanism if it does not rotate
smoothly.
Skew HP sensor (S2) • Check if the connectors on the hole punch control PC board (HP board)
Skew adjustment motor (M1) are disconnected from the skew HP sensor (S2) and the skew
Hole punch control PC board adjustment motor, or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Skew adjustment motor (M1) 8
Skew HP sensor (S2)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

[ED11] Sideways adjustment motor home position detection error

MJ-1109/1110 (when MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Hole Punch section) The sideways adjustment motor is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the hole punch unit, finisher or the on the
transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Sideways adjustment motor (M2) • Rotate sideways adjustment motor and fix its mechanism if it does not
rotate smoothly.
Sideways deviation HP sensor • Check if the connectors on the hole punch control PC board (HP board)
(S3) are disconnected from the sideways deviation HP sensor (S3) and the
Sideways adjustment motor (M2) sideways adjustment motor, or the harnesses are open circuited.
Hole punch control PC board (HP) Correct if any.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Sideways adjustment motor (M2)
Sideways deviation HP sensor
(S3)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 173
[ED13] Front alignment plate home position error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The front alignment plate is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Front alignment plate • Move the front alignment plate.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Front alignment plate home • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
position sensor (S7) or breakage of the front alignment plate home position sensor (S7). If
there is, reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN25) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the front alignment plate home position sensor (S7)
and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.
Front alignment motor (M5) • Check if the connector (CN18) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the front alignment motor (M5) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Front alignment plate home
position sensor (S7)
Front alignment motor (M5)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[ED14] Rear alignment plate home position error

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The rear alignment plate is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Rear alignment plate • Move the rear alignment plate.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Rear alignment plate home • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
position sensor (S8) or breakage of the rear alignment plate home position sensor (S8). If
there is, reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN25) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the rear alignment plate home position sensor (S8)
and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.
Rear alignment motor (M6) • Check if the connector (CN18) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the rear alignment motor (M6) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Rear alignment plate home
position sensor (S8)
Rear alignment motor (M6)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 174
[ED15] Paddle home position error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error content

Finisher jam (Finisher section) The paddle is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Paddle • Rotate the paddle. If there is any mechanical problem, fix its
mechanism.
Paddle home position sensor • Check if the connectors (CN15, CN16) on the Finisher control PC board
Paddle motor (FIN) are disconnected from the paddle home position sensor (S3) and
Finisher control PC the paddle motor (M3), or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if
board any.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Paddle motor (M3)
Paddle home position sensor (S3)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[ED16] Buffer tray home position error

MJ-1109/1110 8

Classification Error content

Finisher jam The buffer tray is not at the home position.

Check item Measures

Buffer tray guide • Open and close the buffer tray guide.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Buffer tray home position sensor • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
(S5) or breakage of the buffer tray home position sensor (S5). If there is,
reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN11) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the buffer tray home position sensor (S5) and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.
Assist arm motor (M10) • Check if the connector (CN10) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the assist arm motor (M10) and the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if so.
Buffer tray guide motor (M2) • Check if the connector (CN10) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the buffer tray guide motor (M2) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Buffer tray home position sensor
(S5)
Assist arm motor (M10)
Buffer tray guide motor (M2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 175
[EF10] Paper not supported for saddle stitch finisher
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Unsupported paper size, type and an excess number of pages for
stapling are selected.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check the paper size, paper type, or number of pages for
stapling. Change them if they are unsupported.

[EF11] Saddle stitch finisher stapling error (front)

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Front stapling is not correctly done.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the hole punch unit, finisher or the
on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Staple cartridge (front side) • Is the jam released by taking off the front staple cartridge from
the Finisher and removing the staple sheet slid from the staple
case?
Front saddle stapler drive unit • Unit check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN2)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Front saddle stapler drive unit
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[EF12] Saddle stitch finisher stapling error (rear)

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Rear stapling is not correctly done.

Check item Measures

Paper • Check if there is any paper in the hole punch unit, finisher or the
on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is.
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Staple cartridge (rear side) • Is the jam released by taking off the rear staple cartridge from the
Finisher and removing the staple sheet slid from the staple case?
Rear saddle stapler drive unit • Unit check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN1)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Rear saddle stapler drive unit
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 176
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[EF13] Saddle stitch unit paper holding home position detection error
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The paper holder home position cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Paper holding cam • Is there any mechanical problem when the paper holding cam is
rotated? Correct if so.
Paper holding home position sensor • Sensor check
(S38) • Connector check
• Harness check
Paper holding clutch (CLT4) Check if the harness between the saddle control PC board (SDL)
and the paper holding clutch (CLT4) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.)
Saddle transport motor (M16) Check if the harness between the saddle control PC board (SDL)
and the saddle transport motor (M16) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.) 8
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN5)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Paper holding home position sensor
(S38)
Paper holding clutch (CLT4)
Saddle transport motor (M16)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[EF14] Saddle stitch unit paper exit jam

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Outputting paper is not completed within a fixed time.

Check item Measures

Paper • Is there any paper remaining in the paper transport path of the
equipment or the saddle stitch section of the Finisher?
Exit sensor (S31) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN7)
• Harness check
Harness Check if the harness between the finisher control PC board (FIN)
and the saddle control PC board (SDL) is disconnected or open
circuited. Correct if so. (Replace the harness if open circuited.
Reconnect the connector securely if there is any disconnection.)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN21)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN6, CN7)
• Board check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 177
 Check item Measures
Leaf springs and assist leaf springs of the • Check if there is any gap between the exit roller (for the saddle)
transport pinch roller (for the saddle) and the transport pinch roller (for the saddle). If there is, replace
the leaf springs [1] and the assist leaf springs [2] of the transport
pinch roller (for the saddle).

Fig.8-6

• Check if the leaf springs [1] and the assist leaf springs [2] of the
transport pinch roller (for the saddle) are misshapen.
If they are warped or deformed, replace them.
For the removal procedure of the leaf springs [1] and the assist
leaf springs [2], refer to the following figures.

Fig.8-7

[2]

[1]

Fig.8-8

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 178
 Check item Measures
Leaf springs and assist leaf springs of the • Take off the leaf springs [1].
transport pinch roller (for the saddle)

[1]

Fig.8-9

Notes:
In order to confirm that there is no warpage or deformation on
the leaf springs [1] and the assist leaf springs [2] of the
transport pinch roller (for the saddle), remove them and put
them on a flat place.
8

Fig.8-10

Fig.8-11

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 179
 Check item Measures
Lower transport guide Check that the gap of the lower transport guide is 15 mm or below.
15 mm or below: OK
Larger than15 mm: Not good

Fig.8-12

If the gap is larger than 15 mm, check the attachment condition or

replace the lower transport guide.
Exit roller (for the saddle) • Check the engagement status of the gear [4] by rotating the exit
roller [3] (for the saddle) in the direction of the arrow (opposite
direction of the exiting).
- When not good: The gear [4] rotates without having been
engaged. (The ratchet [5] does not rotate.)
- When OK: The ratchet [5] rotates while sliding, but the gear
[4] is stopped. (The gear [4] is engaged.)

[3]

[4]
[5]

Fig.8-13

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 180
 Check item Measures
Exit roller (for the saddle) • In the case of “not good”, replace the bracket [7] at the idle gear
[6] side.
Notes:
When replacing, check the position where the pre-change
bracket [7] is attached and add its marking in order to install
the post-change one in the same place.

[6]
[4]

[7]

Fig.8-14

• For the removal procedure of the bracket [7], refer to the 8

following figures.

[7] [4]

Fig.8-15

[7] [6]

Fig.8-16

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 181
 Check item Measures
Exit roller (for the saddle)

[6] [7]

Fig.8-17

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 182
 Check item Measures
EFS unit • Correct the misalignment of the shaft of the EFS unit [8].
Move the screws in the direction of the arrow and secure them.
(both the front and rear)

[8]

Fig.8-18

• Replace the following parts.

- BRIR-ROD-EX-F-SDL-F5330
- PLT-BURR-ROD-EX-F-SDL
- ASYS-PLT3-FILM3-EFS 8
- FILM4-EFS
- ACTR-EX-F-SDL
- SPG-ACTR-EX-F-SDL
- SHAFT-ACTR-EX-F-SDL
- ACTR2-EFS
- SPG-T-11R5XR55X5R5L-SDL3
• Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect
installation or breakage of the exit transport sensor (S41) [9]. If
there is, reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
Move the bracket [10] in the direction of the arrow and secure it
with the screw.

[10]
[9]

Fig.8-19

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Exit sensor (S31)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)
Leaf springs for the transport pinch roller Even if no abnormalities have been confirmed by the check items for
(for the saddle) the lower transport guide (for the saddle) and the transport pinch
Assist leaf springs for the transport pinch roller (for the saddle), replace the leaf springs and the assist leaf
roller (for the saddle) springs of the transport pinch roller (for the saddle) if an EF14 error
has occurred.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 183
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Bracket at the idle gear side
Lower transport guide (for the saddle)
Exit roller (for the saddle)
EFS unit • BRIR-ROD-EX-F-SDL-F5330
• PLT-BURR-ROD-EX-F-SDL
• ASYS-PLT3-FILM3-EFS
• FILM4-EFS
• ACTR-EX-F-SDL
• SPG-ACTR-EX-F-SDL
• SHAFT-ACTR-EX-F-SDL
• ACTR2-EFS
• SPG-T-11R5XR55X5R5L-SDL3
• Exit transport sensor (S41)

[EF15] Saddle stitch finisher side alignment motor home position detection abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The side alignment motor home position cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Jog • Is there any mechanical problem when the jog is moved? Correct
if so.
Side alignment home position sensor • Sensor check
(S36) • Connector check
• Harness check
Side alignment motor (M15) • Motor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN4)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Side alignment home position sensor
(S36)
Side alignment motor (M15)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 184
[EF16] Saddle stitch finisher stacker motor home position detection abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The stacker motor home position cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Stacker carrier • Is there any mechanical problem when the stacker carrier is
moved? Correct if so.
Stacker home position sensor (S33) • Sensor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Stacker motor (M14) • Motor check
• Connector check
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN8)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Stacker home position sensor (S33)
Stacker motor (M14)
Saddle control PC board (SDL) 8

[EF17] Saddle stitch finisher folding blade home position detection abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The folding blade home position cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Folding blade cam • Is there any mechanical problem when the folding blade cam is
rotated? Correct if so.
Folding blade home position sensor • Sensor check
(S35) • Connector check (CN12)
• Harness check
Folding blade clutch (CLT3) • Clutch check
• Connector check (CN13)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN12, CN13)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Folding blade home position sensor
(S35)
Folding blade clutch (CLT3)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 185
[EF18] Saddle stitch finisher additional folding roller home position detection abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) The additional folding roller home position cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Additional folding carrier • Is there any mechanical problem when the additional folding
carrier is moved? Correct if so.
Additional folding home position sensor • Sensor check
(S39) • Connector check (CN7)
Additional folding motor encoder sensor • Harness check
(S42)
Additional folding motor (M20) • Motor check. Check if the motor and timing belt is installed
properly.
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN7, CN10)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Additional folding home position sensor
(S39)
Additional folding motor encoder sensor
(S42)
Additional folding motor (M20)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[EF19] Saddle stitch unit paper folding jam

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Fold processed paper cannot be transported to the additional folding
roller.

Check item Measures

Paper • Is there any paper remaining in the paper transport path in the
equipment or the saddle stitch section of the Finisher?
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Exit transport sensor (S41) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN7)
• Harness check
Stacker paper detection sensor (S30) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN3)
• Harness check
Harness • Connector check
• Flat harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN21)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN7)
• Board check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 186
 Check item Measures
EFS unit • Correct the misalignment of the shaft of the EFS unit [8].
Move the screws in the direction of the arrow and secure them.
(both the front and rear)

[8]

Fig.8-20

• Replace the following parts.

- BRIR-ROD-EX-F-SDL-F5330
- PLT-BURR-ROD-EX-F-SDL
- ASYS-PLT3-FILM3-EFS 8
- FILM4-EFS
- HLDR-P-SNSR-SDL
- ACTR-P-SNSR-SDL
- SPG-P-SNSR-SDL
- ACTR2-EFS
- SPG-T-11R5XR55X5R5L-SDL3
• Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect
installation or breakage of the exit transport sensor (S41) [9]. If
there is, reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
Move the bracket [10] in the direction of the arrow and secure it
with the screw.

[10]
[9]

Fig.8-21

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Exit transport sensor (S41)
Stacker paper detection sensor (S30)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 187
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
EFS unit • BRIR-ROD-EX-F-SDL-F5330
• PLT-BURR-ROD-EX-F-SDL
• ASYS-PLT3-FILM3-EFS
• FILM4-EFS
• HLDR-P-SNSR-SDL
• ACTR-P-SNSR-SDL
• SPG-P-SNSR-SDL
• ACTR2-EFS
• SPG-T-11R5XR55X5R5L-SDL3

[EF20] Saddle stitch unit stacker jam

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher jam (Saddle stitch section) Transported paper cannot be detected in the stacker paper detection
sensor.

Check item Measures

Paper • Is there any paper remaining in the paper transport path in the
equipment or the saddle stitch section of the Finisher?
• Use paper accepted in the specifications.
Stacker paper detection sensor (S30) • Sensor check
• Connector check (CN3)
• Harness check
Harness • Connector check
• Flat harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check (CN21)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN3)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Stacker paper detection sensor (S30)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 188
8.3.13 Drive system related service call
[C020] Developer drive motor abnormality

Classification Error content

Drive system related service call The developer drive motor is not rotating normally.

Check item Measures

Developer unit • Check if the developer material is caked.
• Check if there is any abnormality in the row of gears on the rear side of
the developer unit.
• Check if the amount of developer material is proper.
Development drive unit/Paper • Check if there is any foreign matter between the gears.
feeding drive unit • Check if there is any damage on the gear tooth surface.
• Check if there is any scratch on the caliber or the shaft of each gear.
• Check if the proper amount of grease is applied to the caliber or the
shaft of each gear.
• Check if there is any damage to the developer drive output coupling.
Paper feeding/developer unit drive • Check that the motor is rotated normally. (FS-03-112/162)
motor • Connector check
• Harness check
Drum TBU drive unit • Check if there is any foreign matter in the row of the color developer
drive gears.
• Check if there is any damage on the tooth surface of the color
developer drive gears. 8
• Check if there is any scratch on the caliber or the shaft of each color
developer drive gear.
• Check if the proper amount of grease is applied to the caliber or the
shaft of each color developer drive gear.
• Check if there is any damage to the developer drive output coupling.
LGC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN327)
• Harness check
1st/2nd drawer feed roller • Check if the 1st drawer feed roller is overloaded.
• Check if there is any damage to the roller coupling.
Bypass unit • Check if the bypass feed roller is overloaded.
• Check if there is any damage to the row of the bypass unit gears.
Paper feeding drive section • Check if there is any foreign matter between the gears.
• Check if there is any damage on the gear tooth surface.
• Check if there is any scratch on the caliber or the shaft of each gear.
Transport roller • Check if the PFU transport roller is overloaded.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Developer unit
Feeding/developing drive unit
Paper feeding/developer unit drive
motor
Drum TBU drive unit
LGC board
1st/2nd drawer feed roller
Bypass unit
Paper feeding drive section
Transport roller

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 189
8.3.14 Paper feeding system related service call
[C040] PFP motor abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related The PFP motor is not rotating normally.
service call

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Is the PFP motor working? Yes 2
(Perform the output check: No • Check if the connector J952 of the PFP motor is
FS-03-109/159) disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN245 on the PFP board
is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN241 on the PFP board
is
• Check if the connector CN459 on the PFC board
is disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP
motor board, PFP board and PFC board are
short circuited or open circuited.
2 Is the LED on the PFP motor Yes 3
board lit without flashing? No • Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP
motor board, PFP board and PFC board are
short circuited or open circuited.
3 PFP board • Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check
• Replace the PFP board.
4 PFC board • Board check
• Connector check (CN459, J700)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

PFP motor
PFP board
PFC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 190
[C130] 1st drawer tray abnormality
[C140] 2nd drawer tray abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related service • [C130] The tray-up motor-1 is not rotating or the 1st drawer tray is
call not moving normally.
• [C140] The tray-up motor-2 is not rotating or the 2nd drawer tray is
not moving normally.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Does the tray go up? Yes 2
(Perform the output check: No • Check if the connector of the tray-up motor-1 is
FS-03-242, FS-03-243) disconnected (CN460, J667).
• Check if the connector of the tray-up motor-2 is
disconnected (CN460, J677).
• Check if the connector on the PFC board is
disconnected. (CN452, CN460)
• Check if the connector on the LGC board is
disconnected (CN323).
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board
is short circuited or open circuited. 8
2 Is the tray-up sensor Yes 3
working? (Perform the input No • Check if the connector of the 1st drawer tray-up
check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/ sensor is disconnected (CN457, J673, J675).
[E], FS-03-[F2]ON/[4]/[E]) • Check if the connector of the 2nd drawer tray-up
sensor is disconnected (CN457, J683, J685).
• Check if the connector on the PFC board is
disconnected. (CN452, CN457)
• Check if the connector on the LGC board is
disconnected (CN323).
• Check if the slit reaches the sensor.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board
is short circuited or open circuited.
3 PFC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the PFC board
is short circuited or open circuited.
4 LGC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board
is short circuited or open circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Tray-up motor-1
Tray-up motor-2
PFC board
LGC board
1st drawer tray-up sensor
2nd drawer tray-up sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 191
[C150] PFP upper drawer tray abnormality
[C160] PFP lower drawer tray abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related service • [C150] The PFP tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP upper
call drawer tray is not moving normally.
• [C160] The PFP tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP lower
drawer tray is not moving normally.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Does the tray go up? Yes 2
(Perform the output check: No • Check if the connector of the tray-up motor is
FS-03-278, FS-03-280) disconnected. (J967, J961, CN244)
• Check if any of the connectors CN241 and
CN244 on the PFP board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP
board and PFC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
2 Is the tray-up sensor Yes 3
working? (Perform the input No • Check if the connector of the sensor is
check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[5]/[A], disconnected. (CN246, J960, J965, J966, J970,
FS-03-[F1]ON/[5]/[E]) J972)
• Check if any of the connectors CN241 and
CN246 on the PFP board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the slit reaches the sensor.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP
board and PFC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
3 PFC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the PFC board
is short circuited or open circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Tray-up motor
PFP board
PFC board
Tray-up sensor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 192
[C180] LCF tray-up motor abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related service The LCF tray-up motor is not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving
call normally.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Does the tray move? Yes 2
(Perform the output check: No • Check if the connector of the LCF tray-up motor
FS-03-271) is disconnected. (CN5, CN50)
• Check if any of the connectors CN100 and
CN101 on the LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LCF
board and PFC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
2 Are the LCF tray-up sensor Yes 3
and LCF tray bottom sensor No • Check if the connectors of the sensors are
working? (Perform the input disconnected. (CN2, CN20, CN200, CN205,
check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[8]/[A], CN6, CN64) 8
FS-03-[F1]ON/[8]/[E]) • Check if any of the connectors CN100 and
CN101 on the LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the slit reaches the sensors.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LCF
board and PFC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
3 PFC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the PFC board
is short circuited or open circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

LCF tray-up motor
LCF board
PFC board
LCF tray-up sensor
LCF tray bottom sensor

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 193
[C1A0] LCF end fence motor abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related The LCF end fence motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is not moving
service call normally.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Is the LCF end fence motor Yes 2
working? (Perform the output No • Check if the connector of the LCF end fence
check: FS-03-207) motor is disconnected. (CN5, CN51)
• Check if any of the connectors CN100 and
CN101 on the LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the PFC
board and LGC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
2 Are the LCF end fence home/ Yes 3
stop position sensors No • Check if the connectors of the sensors are
working? (Perform the input disconnected. (CN4, CN40, CN400, CN402,
check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[8]/[H], CN403)
FS-03-[F1]ON/[8]/[G]) • Check if either of the connectors CN100 or
CN107 on the LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the slit reaches the sensors.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LCF
board and PFC board are short circuited or open
circuited.
3 PFC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the PFC board
is short circuited or open circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

LCF end fence motor
LCF board
PFC board
LCF end fence home position
sensor
LCF end fence stop position
sensor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 194
[C1B0] LCF transport motor abnormality

Classification Error content

Paper feeding system related The LCF transport motor is not rotating normally (when paper can be fed
service call from any drawer except the LCF).

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Is the LCF transport motor Yes 2
working? (Perform the output No • Check if the connector CN3, CN30 of the LCF
check: FS-03-122/172) transport motor is disconnected.
• Check if the signal line connector CN100 on the
LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the power line connector CN101 on the
LCF board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN459, J700 on the PFC
board is disconnected.
• Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
the harnesses are open circuited.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LCF
transport motor board, LCF board and PFC
board are short circuited or open circuited.
2 LCF transport motor • Check if the connector pins are disconnected or
PFC board the harnesses are open circuited. 8
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LCF
transport motor board, LCF board and PFC
board are short circuited or open circuited.
• Replace the LCF transport motor.
• Replace the PFC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

LCF transport motor
LCF board
PFC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 195
8.3.15 Scanning system related service call
[C260] Peak detection error

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service call Lighting of the exposure lamp (white reference) is not detected when
power is turned ON.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Does the exposure lamp Yes It is lit. 2
light? (Perform the output No It is not lit. 3
check: FS-03-267)
2 Shading correction plate Check if there is any scratch or stain on the shading
correction plate.
Mirror Check if the mirror is tilted.
1. Check that the lens is reflected in the mirror
looking at carriage-1 from the upper position.
2. Check that the mirror is secured at the leaf
spring.
Carriage 1. Check if the carriage is tilted by moving it to the
left stopping point.
2. Check if the wire fixing screw is loosened.
3. Check if the movement of the carriage is
unstable due to disengagement of the carriage
roller.
Exposure lamp 1. Check if the exposure lamp is correctly lit.
2. Check if the harness is connected properly to the
exposure lamp connector. (CN123, CN010)
3. When the carriage is driven, check if the harness
interferes with it or parts are caught in it.
CCD board / Lens unit 1. Check if the connector of the CCD board is
connected properly. (CN120, CN001)
2. Check if the CCD board is installed properly.
(Check that the lens unit is not tilted or the screw
is securely tighten.)
SYS board 1. Check if the connector of the SYS board
(CN120, CN123) is connected properly.
2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are
damaged or abnormal.
3. Check if the power is output from the SYS board
for CCD. (CN122).
3 SYS board 1. Check if the supply cable is connected properly
to the connector (CN105).
2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are
damaged or abnormal.
Exposure lamp 1. Check if the harness of the exposure lamp is
connected to the LED light source properly.
(CN123, CN010)
2. Check if the exposure lamp is scratched or
damaged.
3. Check if the exposure lamp harness comes off
the board.
Power supply harness 1. Check if wiring of the power supply harness
(CN105) is abnormal.
2. Check if the harness is scratched or open
circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Lens unit
SYS board
Exposure lamp

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 196
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Power supply harness
Carriage-1
Carriage-2

[C262] Communication error

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service call Communication error between the CCD board and the SYS board.
CPU abnormality.

Proced
Check item Measure
ure
1 RADF/DSDF Turn the power OFF and disconnect the harness between the RADF/
DSDF and the equipment from the SYS board. Then check if the error
is reproduced under this situation.
If the error is not reproduced, perform the following measures.
1. Check if the connectors between the RADF/DSDF and the
equipment are connected properly. (CN122, CN71, CN70, J12)
2. If there is any abnormality in the harness and connectors, replace
them.
3. Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of the parts
mounted on the RADF control PC board / DSDF control PC board.
4. Replace the RADF control PC board / DSDF control PC board. 8
If the error is reproduced, perform the following measures after step 2.
2 Harness Check if the connectors between the SYS board and the CCD board
are connected properly. (CN120, CN001)
If there is any abnormality in the harness and connectors between the
SYS board and the CCD board, replace the harness and connectors.
3 Lens unit 1. Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of the parts
mounted on the CCD board.
2. Replace the lens unit.
4 SYS board 1. Check if the connectors of the SYS board are connected properly.
(CN120, CN105)
2. Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of the parts
mounted on the SYS board.
3. Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

RADF control PC board / DSDF
control PC board
Harnesses
Lens unit
SYS board

[C270] Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF within a specified period of time /
Downloading firmware with an incorrect model

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service call The carriage does not shift from its home position in a specified time /
Downloading firmware with an incorrect model.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Carriage locking Check if the carriage locking screw for packaging is
attached.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 197
 Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
2 Are the carriages slightly Yes • Check if the circuits of the CCD board are
moved to the feeding abnormal.
direction?/Are the carriages No 3
staying at a position other
than home position?
3 CCD board • Check if the connector pin is disconnected or the
harness is short circuited or open circuited.
(CN001)
• Check if the conductor pattern on the CCD board
is short circuited or open circuited.
• If the model of the firmware downloaded is
incorrect, a C270 error (exposure lamp blinks
twice) occurs. If the exposure lamp blinks twice,
download the correct firmware.
4 Carriage home position 1. Check if the harness of the carriage home
sensor position sensor is connected properly. (CN121,
J002)
2. Check if the harness is caught or open circuited.
5 SYS board 1. Check if the connector of the SYS board
(CN120, CN121, CN124, CN125) is connected
properly.
2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are
damaged or abnormal.
3. Check if 24 V (CN125) on the SYS board is short
circuited.
4. Check if 24 V is supplied to the SYS board
(CN125).
6 Scan motor 1. Check if the belt tension is loosened.
2. Check if the motor fixing screw is loosened.
3. Check if the carriage wire and the timing belt
come off.
4. Check if the connector (CN124) is connected to
the motor properly.
5. Check if the harness of the motor is caught or
open circuited.
7 Setting Clear the SRAM data and initialize them.
Refer to  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and
procedure when replacing the SRAM”.

Parts to be replaced Remark

CCD board
Carriage home position sensor
Carriage home position sensor
harness
SYS board
Scan motor
Scan motor harness

[C280] Carriage home position sensor not turning ON within a specified period of time

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service Carriage home position sensor not turning ON within a specified time.
call

Procedure Check item Measures

1 Carriage locking • Check if the carriage locking screw for packaging is
attached.
2 Carriage hole position 1. Check if the harness is properly connected to the sensor.
sensor 2. Check if the harness is caught or open circuited.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 198
 Procedure Check item Measures
3 SYS board 1. Check if the harness (CN121, J002) of the carriage home
position sensor is connected properly.
2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are damaged
or abnormal.
3. Check if 24 V (CN125) on the SYS board is short circuited.
4. Check if 24 V is supplied to the SYS board (CN125).
4 Scan motor 1. Check if the belt tension is loosened (if the motor screw is
loosened).
2. Check if the carriage wire and the timing belt come off.
3. Check if the connector (CN124) is connected to the motor
properly.
4. Check if the harness of the motor is caught or open
circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Carriage home position sensor
Carriage home position sensor
harness
SYS board
Scan motor
Scan motor harness

[C290] Scanner fuse blowout 8

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service The scanning system does not operate due to a blowout of the fuse in the
call scanning system.

Check item Result Measures

Is 24V supplied to the SYS board? Yes Check the following because the signal for checking 24V on the
SYS board is abnormal.
1. Check if the scanner CPU (IC26) is damaged or abnormal.
2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are damaged or
abnormal.
3. Check if 24V on the SYS board is short circuited.
4. Check if 24V is supplied to the SYS board (CN125).
No 1. Check if the 24V supply harness is properly connected to the
connector (CN125).
2. Check if 24V and SG on the SYS board are short circuited.
3. Check if the power supply is short circuited by pulling out the
supply harness on the SYS board (CN125).
4. Check if the fuse on the LVPS (F203) is open circuited.
5. Check if there is no abnormality on the LVPS.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board
Fuse (F203)
Power supply harness
LVPS

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 199
8.3.16 Fuser unit related service call

Notes:
Be sure to turn OFF the power and unplug the power cable beforehand when checking the power supply
unit and fuser unit.
The fuser unit itself or the part of the unit remains heated and the capacitors are still charged after a while
the power cable is unplugged. So make sure the unit is cooled down enough before checking.

[C440] Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment (temperature abnormality at printing

status)
[C445/C446] Fusing temperature abnormality after abnormality judgment (pre-running end
temperature abnormality)
[C447] Fusing temperature abnormality after abnormality judgment (temperature abnormality at
ready status / during printing)
[C449] Fusing temperature abnormality after abnormality judgment (high temperature
abnormality)

Classification Error content

Fuser unit related service call • [C440], [C445], [C446], [C447] Abnormality of the thermistor is detected
or the temperature of the fuser roller does not rise in a specified period
of time.
• [C449] The temperature of the fuser roller has exceeded the range.

Procedure Check item Measures

1 Power voltage • Check if the power voltage is normal.(Is the voltage during
the operation ±10% of the rated voltage?)
2 Thermistor • Check if the center and edge thermistor are installed
properly.
• Check if the harnesses of the center and edge thermistor
are open circuited.
• Check if the connectors of the center and edge thermistor
are disconnected (CN306, J608).
3 Switching regulator and • Is the fuser unit installed correctly?
fuser unit • Check if the IH-COIL is broken.
• Check if the terminal of the IH-COIL is attached securely.
• Check if the thermostat is blown
• Check if the drawer connector is damaged or its connection
is detected.
• Check if the connectors of the power supply unit are
disconnected (CN504, CN505, CN512).
• Check if the harness is open circuited or short circuited.
• Check if the connectors of the IH board are disconnected
(CN561, CN562, CN563, CN564, CN565).
• Check if the harness is open circuited or short circuited.
• Check if the power supply unit is abnormal.
4 LGC board • Check if the connectors CN306, CN302and CN323 are
disconnected.
• Check if the harness is open circuited or short circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short
circuited or open circuited.
5 IH board • Check if the connectors CN561 is disconnected.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the IH board is short
circuited or open circuited.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 200
 Procedure Check item Measures
6 Clear the status counter 1. Perform FS-08-2002.
2. Change the current status counter value “5”, “6”, “7”, “9”,
“10”, “22”, “23”, “24”, “25”, “27”, “29”, or “63 to 70”. Change
the value to “0”.

• The status counter value is as follows in the following cases.

- The error occurred during warming-up: “5” or “6”
The error occurred after the equipment has become
ready: “7”.
- The temperature detected by the center thermistor is
220°C or higher, the temperature detected by the edge
thermistor is 237°C or higher: “9”, “10”, “22”, “23”, “25”,
“27” or “29”
- The error occurred during printing: “24”, “25”, or “64 to
70”.
- The error occurred during energy saving: “27”.
- A paper jam occurred: “29”.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Fuser unit
IH board
Switching regulator
LGC board
Harness Harness between the LGC board and switching regulator, LGC board and 8
IH board, switching regulator and fuser unit.
IH-COIL

[C471] IH board initialization abnormality

[C472] Power supply abnormality

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call Power is not supplied to the IH board. Or there is trouble in the
power supply environment of the installation location.

Check item Measures

Power supply Check if the power voltage is normal.(Is the voltage during the
operation ±10% of the rated voltage?)
Side cover interlock switch • Connector check (CN514, J519)
• Harness check
Fuser unit • Drawer connector check
• Thermostat check
• Unit check
LGC board • Connector check (CN302, CN306, CN314)
• Board check
Switching regulator • Connector check (CN504, CN505, CN512)
• Relay check (FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[6]/[D])
IH board • Connector check (CN561, CN562, CN563)
• Board check
Status counter 1. Perform FS-08-2002. Change the current status counter value
“11” to “0”.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the
equipment enters the normal ready state.
Connector and harness • Check the connectors and harnesses of the parts replaced just
before C471 occurred.
• Check the connectors which connect the equipment and LCF/
PFP.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 201
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Side cover interlock switch.
LGC board
FIL board
IH board
Power supply

[C473] Power voltage upper limit abnormality

[C474] Power voltage lower limit abnormality

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call • [C473] The power voltage supplied to the IH board is higher than
the rated voltage.
• [C474] The power voltage supplied to the IH board is lower than
the rated voltage.

Check item Measures

Power supply • Check if the power voltage is normal.(Is the voltage during the
operation ±10% of the rated voltage?)
Fuser unit • Drawer connector check
• Thermostat check
• Unit check
IH board • Connector check (CN561, CN562, CN563)
• Board check
LGC board • Connector check (CN302, CN306)
• Board check
Status counter 1. Perform FS-08-2002. Change the current status counter value
“13” or “16” to “0”.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the
equipment enters the normal ready state.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Power supply
IH board
LGC board

[C480] IGBT high temperature abnormality

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call IGBT (element of the IH board) is overheated.

Check item Measures

IH board cooling fan • Fan motor check
(Perform the output check: FS-03-442)
• Connector check (J601)
• Harness check
LGC board • Connector check (CN302)
• Board check
IH board • Connector check (CN561, CN562, CN563, CN564, CN565)
• Board check
Status counter 1. Perform FS-08-2002. Change the current status counter value
“15” to “0”.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the
equipment enters the normal ready state.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 202
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
IH board cooling fan
LGC board
IH board
Power supply

[C4B0] Status counter abnormality

Classification Error content

Fuser unit related service call An abnormal value is entered in the status counter.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Check if the conductor pattern on the board is short circuited or
open circuited.
• Check if EEPROM is mounted.
Status counter 1. Perform FS-08-2002.
2. Reset the displayed current status counter value “1 to 4”, “8”, “17 to
21”, “26”, “28”, “30 to 62”, or “67 or more” to “0”.
3. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the
equipment enters the normal status.
8
Parts to be replaced Remark
LGC board

[C4B1] Fuser unit voltage judgment abnormality

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call Errors when there is no match between the destination selected in
the IH board and the equipment.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Connector check (CN302)
• Board check
IH board • Connector check (CN561, CN562, CN563)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

LGC board
IH board

[C4B2] IH firmware combination error

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call Abnormality due to a mismatch between the IH firmware and the IH
board.

Check item Measures

Combination of the firmware version • Check the combination of the firmware version of the IH
firmware.
• Reinstall the firmware of correct combination.
IH board • Connector check
• Board check

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 203
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
IH board

[C4C0] Fuser unit old / new detection fuse abnormality

Classification Error content

Fuser unit related service call Fuser unit old / new detection fuse abnormality.

Check item Measures

Fuser unit • Connector check (J608)
• Check if the harness of fuser unit new/old detection fuse is caught
or open circuited / short circuited.

Fig.8-22

• Replace the fuser unit.

LGC board • Connector check (CN306)
• Harness check
• Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Fuser unit
LGC board

[C4E0] Pressure roller release abnormality

[C4E1] Pressure roller contact / semi-contact abnormality

Classification Error item

Fuser unit related service call • [C4E0] The releasing behavior of the pressure roller cannot be
detected. The abnormality of the pressure roller contact / release
detection sensor.
• [C4E1] The contacting / semi-contacting behavior of the pressure
roller cannot be detected.

Check item Measures

Pressure roller contact/release detection • Sensor check
sensor (S29) (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F2]ON/[2]/[H])
• Connector check (CN306, J605)
• Harness check

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 204
 Check item Measures
Pressure roller contact/release motor • Motor check
(M13) (Perform the output check: FS-03-272)
• Connector check (CN305, J602)
• Harness check
Fuser unit • Drawer connector check
• Thermostat check
• Unit check
Check if the adjustment value for the tilting of the fuser unit is
aligned to the uppermost line of the scale.
Refer to  P. 8-498 “8.5.36 Image skewing on paper trailing edge”.
LGC board • Connector check (CN305, CN306)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Pressure roller contact/release detection
sensor
Pressure roller contact/release motor
LGC board

[C4E2] Fuser belt rotation detection sensor abnormality

Classification Error item 8

Fuser unit related service call The fuser belt does not rotate or incorrectly rotates.

Check item Measures

Fuser unit • Fuser belt rotation detection sensor check
(Input check: 03-[ALL]OFF/[6]/[A])
• Connector check in the fuser belt rotation sensor
• Harness check in the fuser belt rotation sensor
• Rotation detection plate (rotor) check
• Grease check in the gear (shaft / tooth flank)
• Fuser belt check
• Check if the bushing of fuser belt drive shaft is worn.
• Fuser unit installation check (Check that the levers fixing the
fuser unit are lifted up.)
Fuser belt rotation detection sensor • Sensor check (Input check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[6]/[A])
• Connector check in the fuser belt rotation sensor (CN306, J604)
• Harness check in the fuser belt rotation sensor
Fuser drive unit • Bushing check
• Check that the drive unit is correctly installed (3 dowels).
• Check that the drive metal plate is not broken.
• Check that the gear is not damaged or worn.
• One-way clutch check
• Grease check in the gear (shaft / tooth flank)
LGC board • Connector check (CN305, CN306)
• Board check
Fuser motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-113/163)
• Connector check (CN305, J603)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Fuser belt rotation detection sensor
Detection plate (rotor) Dirty/damaged
Fuser belt Deformed/damaged
Bushing of fuser belt drive shaft Worn
Bushing of fuser drive unit Worn
Drive plate Bend section broken

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 205
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
Gear Teeth damaged, worn
LGC board
Fuser motor

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 206
8.3.17 Communication related service call
[C550] Communication error between the scanner and DF

Classification Error content

DSDF service call Communication error between the scanner and DF.

Check item Measures

Connector • Check if the connectors (CN70, CN71 and J97) connected the DSDF
and the equipment are connected properly.
HDMI cable • Check if the HDMI cables (CN78 and CN90) are connected properly.
DSDF I/F board • Check if the DSDF I/F board is installed in the SYS board properly.
Connector • Check if the connectors of the SYS board and the DSDF board are
connected properly.
• Replace the harness.
DSDF board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.
SYS board • Check the connector (CN122) of the SYS board.
• Check if the connectors on the SYS board are disconnected from the
DSDF board or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
• Check the SYS board (IC25, IC28).
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark 8

HDMI cable / Harness
DSDF I/F board
DSDF board
SYS board

[C550] Communication error between the scanner and DF

Classification Error content

RADF service call Communication error between the scanner and DF.

Check item Measures

RADF board • Check if the harness connecting the RADF board and SYS board is
disconnected or open circuited. (CN122, J12, CN71)
• Check if the conductor pattern on the RADF board is short circuited
or open circuited.
• Connector check
SYS board • Check if the conductor pattern on the SYS board is short circuited
or open circuited.
• Check the connector (CN122) of the SYS board.
• Check if the connectors on the SYS board are disconnected from
the RADF board or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
• Check the SYS board (IC25, IC28).
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

RADF board
SYS board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 207
[C560] Communication error between Engine-CPU and PFC board

Classification Error item

Communication related service call Communication error between Engine-CPU and PFC board.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power
switch.
• Connector check (CN323)
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open
circuited or short circuited.
• Check if the harness between LGC-PFC has any scratch on it or
is open circuited or caught anywhere.
• If the same error occurs again, replace the LGC board.
PFC board • Connector check (CN452)
• Check if the conductor pattern on the PFC board is open
circuited or short circuited.
• Check if the harness between LGC-PFC has any scratch on it or
is open circuited or caught anywhere.
• If the same error occurs again, replace the PFC board.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

LGC board
PFC board
Harness

[C580] Communication error between the LGC board and the finisher

Classification Error content

Option related service call Communication error between the LGC board and the finisher.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Check if the specified finisher is attached.
LGC board • Check if the harness connecting the LGC board and the Finisher
control PC board (FIN) is disconnected or open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited
or short circuited.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) Check if the conductor pattern on the Finisher control PC board (FIN)
is open circuited or short circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

LGC board
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[F070] Communication error between the system-CPU and the engine-CPU

Classification Error content

Communication related service call Communication error between the system-CPU and the engine-CPU.

Check item Measures

Error code • Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power
switch, and then check if the error code changes to another one.
• If it changes to another one, follow the procedure for the changed
error code.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 208
 Check item Measures
Check firmware version • Check the version of the system firmware on the SYS board.
• Check the version of the engine firmware on the LGC board.
Board check • Check if the connector (CN133, CN132) on the SYS board and the
connector (CN330, CN329) on the LGC board are completely
inserted.
• Check if the connector pin between the SYS board connectors
(CN133, CN132) and the LGC board connectors (CN330, CN329)
is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN314 on the LGC board and the connector
CN512 on the PS-ACC are completely inserted.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board and SYS board
are short circuited or open circuited
Harness • Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.
LGC board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.

8
[F071] Communication initialization error between the system-CPU and the engine-CPU
[F074] Communication error between the system-CPU and the engine-CPU (engine-CPU
response abnormality)

Classification Error content

Communication related service • [F071] Communication initialization error between the system-CPU and
call the engine-CPU.
• [F074] Communication error between the system-CPU and the engine-
CPU (engine-CPU response abnormality).

Check item Measures

Error code • Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power
switch, and then check if the error code changes to another one.
• If it changes to another one, follow the procedure for the changed
error code.
Check firmware version • Check the version of the system firmware on the SYS board.
• Check the version of the engine firmware on the LGC board.
Board check • Check if the connector (CN133, CN132) on the SYS board and the
connector (CN330, CN329) on the LGC board are completely
inserted.
• Check if the connector pin between the SYS board connectors
(CN133, CN132) and the LGC board connectors (CN330, CN329)
is disconnected.
• Check if the connector CN314 on the LGC board and the connector
CN512 on the PS-ACC are completely inserted.
• Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board and SYS board
are short circuited or open circuited
Harness • Connector check
• Harness check
LGC board • 25/30/35 ppm: Measure the voltage on TP33 on the LGC board.
Then check that the measured voltage is 3.3V. If the voltage does
not output, replace the LGC board.
• 45/50 ppm: Measure the voltage on TP18 on the LGC board. Then
check that the measured voltage is 3.3V. If the voltage does not
output, replace the LGC board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 209
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.
LGC board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, LGC board
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 210
8.3.18 RADF / DSDF related service call
[C551] DF model detection error

Classification Error content

DSDF / RADF service call Incorrect DF installed in the equipment.

Check item Measures

RADF/DSDF • Check if the installed RADF / DSDF is an option exclusively set for
the model.
• Replace the RADF / DSDF with the one exclusively set for the
model.
DSDF I/F board • Check the DSDF I/F board installation.
• Check the connector (CN89) of the DSDF I/F board.
• Check if the connectors on the DSDF I/F board are disconnected
from the DSDF control PC board or the harnesses are open
circuited. Correct if any.
• Replace the DSDF I/F board.
SYS board • Check the connector (CN129) of the SYS board.
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

RADF / DSDF
RADF board, DSDF I/F board
8
SYS board

[C552] DF abnormality

Classification Error content

DSDF / RADF service call DF abnormality.

Check item Measures

Connector • Check if the connectors (CN70, CN71 and J97) connected the DSDF
and the equipment are connected properly.
• Check if the connectors (CN70 and CN71) connected the RADF and
the equipment are connected properly.
Firmware • Update the firmware of the DSDF/RADF.
Connector • Check if the connectors of the DSDF control PC board are connected
properly.
• Replace the harness.
DSDF control PC board / RADF • Replace the DSDF control PC board / RADF control PC board.
control PC board

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF control PC board / RADF
control PC board

[C553] DSDF CCD-module Peak detection error

Classification Error content

DSDF service call The light source of the DSDF-CCD module does not light, or there is a
detection error of the light source.

Check item Measures

HDMI cable • Check if the HDMI cables (CN78 and CN90) are connected properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 211
 Check item Measures
DSDF I/F board • Check if the DSDF I/F board is installed in the SYS board properly.
• Check the connector (CN89) of the DSDF I/F board.
• Check if the connectors on the DSDF I/F board are disconnected
from the DSDF control PC board or the harnesses are open circuited.
Correct if any.
• Replace the DSDF control board.
Connector • Check if the connectors of the SYS board and the DSDF control PC
board are connected properly.
• Replace the harness.
Power supply Check if 24V is supplied to the DSDF control PC board properly.
• Check the connector of the power supply of the DSDF control PC
board: CN70 Pins 1 and 2.
• Check the connector of the power supply of the SYS board: CN122
Pins 19 and 20.
DSDF exit motor • Check if the DSDF exit motor is working properly.
• Check if the connectors (J991 and CN77) on the DSDF control PC
board are disconnected from the DSDF exit motor or the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if any.
DSDF-CCD module • Check if the connectors of the DSDF-CCD module and the DSDF
control PC board are connected properly.
• Check that there is no abnormality in the DSDF-CCD module.
SYS board • Check the connector (CN122) of the SYS board.
• Check the SYS board (IC31, IC32).
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF I/F board
DSDF exit motor
DSDF-CCD module
SYS board

[C554] AFE communication error

Classification Error content

DSDF service call Communication error between the DSDF-CCD module and SYS board.

Check item Measures

HDMI cable • Check if the HDMI cables (CN78 and CN90) are connected properly.
DSDF I/F board • Check if the DSDF I/F board is installed in the SYS board properly.
• Check the connector (CN89) of the DSDF I/F board.
• Check if the connectors on the DSDF I/F board are disconnected
from the DSDF control PC board or the harnesses are open circuited.
Correct if any.
• Check the DSDF I/F board (IC6, IC9, IC204).
• Replace the DSDF I/F board.
Connector • Check if the connectors of the SYS board and the DSDF control PC
board are connected properly.
• Replace the harness.
DSDF-CCD module • Check if the connectors of the DSDF-CCD module and the DSDF
control PC board are connected properly.
• Check that there is no abnormality in the DSDF-CCD module.
SYS board • Check the connector (CN129) of the SYS board.
• Check the SYS board (IC26).
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF I/F board
DSDF-CCD module
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 212
 Parts to be replaced Remark
SYS board

[C730] DSDF EEPROM writing error

Classification Error content

DSDF service call An abnormality occurs while the data are being written in the EEPROM of
the DSDF.

Check item Measures

Adjustment • Perform the DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment.
DSDF control PC board • If this error still persists after the DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic
adjustment has been performed, replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF control PC board

[C7B0] Initial time-out error

Classification Error content

DSDF service call The initialization is not completed within the specified time. 8

Check item Measures

Reproducing ability • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check the occurrence.
DSDF shading sheet • Clean the DSDF shading sheet.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF shading sheet

[C8C0] DSDF read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment error

Classification Error content

DSDF service call An adjustment value becomes outside the specified one during DSDF
read-in sensor-1 automatic adjustment.

Check item Measures

DSDF read-in sensor-1 • Perform the DSDF read-in sensor-1 adjustment manually.
• If the LED does not light even if the adjustment has been performed,
check the DSDF read-1 sensor-1 and the DSDF control PC board.
• Check if the connector on the DSDF control PC board is
disconnected from the DSDF read-in sensor-1 or the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if any.
• Replace the DSDF read-in sensor-1.
DSDF control PC board • Replace the DSDF control PC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF read-in sensor-1
DSDF control PC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 213
[C8E0] DF control abnormality (communication protocol abnormality)

Classification Error content

DSDF / RADF service call System stop is required due to the control abnormality.

Check item Measures

Power • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment
operates normally.
DSDF / RADF board • Connector check
Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

DSDF/RADF board

[F115] S-VDEN ON signal time-out error

[F116] S-VDEN OFF signal time-out error
[F117] S-VDEN ON (back side) signal time-out error
[F118] S-VDEN OFF (back side) signal time-out error

Classification Error content

[F115], [F116] The scanning job has not finished normally.
Scanning system related service call
[F117], [F118] The scanning job has not finished normally.
Scanning system related service call (DSDF)

Check item Measures

Reproducing ability • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check the occurrence.
Connector / Harness • Check if the joint connector (J12) between the DF and the equipment
is disconnected or its pin is deformed.
• Check if the SYS board connector (CN122) and the DSDF control PC
board / RADF control PC board connector (CN71) are disconnected.
• Check if the harnesses between the SYS board and the joint
connector and between the joint connector and the DSDF control PC
board / RADF control PC board are normal. If the harnesses have any
scratches on them, are open circuited, caught anywhere or their pin is
deformed, replace them.
RADF control PC board / DSDF • Replace the board.
control PC board
SYS board • Replace the board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF control
PC board or RADF control PC board and SYS board.
DSDF control PC board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF control
PC board or RADF control PC board and SYS board.
After the DSDF control PC board has been replaced, perform FS-05-
3210.
RADF control PC board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF control
PC board or RADF control PC board and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF control
PC board or RADF control PC board and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 214
[F11A] Communication error between the SYS board and the CCD board

Classification Error content

Scanning system related service call Communication error between the SYS board and the CCD board.

Check item Measures

Reproducing ability • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check the occurrence.
SYS board • Check if the connectors of the CCD board and SYS board are
disconnected or the harnesses are open circuited. (CN120, CN001)
• Check if there is no abnormality in the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, CCD board
and SYS board.
CCD board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, CCD board
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, CCD board
and SYS board.

[F11B] Communication error between the SYS board and the DSDF-CCD module

Classification Error content 8

Scanning system related service call Communication error between the SYS board and the DSDF-CCD
(DSDF) module.

Check item Measures

Reproducing ability • Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check the occurrence.
SYS board • Check the connector (CN129) of the SYS board.
• Check the SYS board (IC26).
• Replace the SYS board.
HDMI cable • Check if the HDMI cables (CN78 and CN90) are connected properly.
DSDF I/F board • Check if the DSDF I/F board is installed in the SYS board properly.
• Check the connector (CN89) of the DSDF I/F board.
• Check if the connectors on the DSDF I/F board are disconnected
from the DSDF control PC board or the harnesses are open circuited.
Correct if any.
• Check the DSDF I/F board (IC6, IC9, IC204).
• Replace the DSDF I/F board.
Connector • Check if the connectors of the SYS board and the DSDF control PC
board are connected properly.
• Replace the harness.
DSDF-CCD module • Check if the connectors of the DSDF-CCD module and the DSDF
control PC board are connected properly.
• Check that there is no abnormality in the DSDF-CCD module.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF I/F
board, DSDF-CCD module and SYS board.
DSDF I/F board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF I/F
board, DSDF-CCD module and SYS board.
DSDF-CCD module Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF I/F
board, DSDF-CCD module and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the harness, DSDF I/F
board, DSDF-CCD module and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 215
8.3.19 Circuit related service call
[C5A0] EEPROM abnormality (LGC board)

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call EEPROM abnormality (LGC board).

Check item Measures

EEPROM EEPROM check
LGC board • IC socket check (25/30/35ppm: IC63, 45/50ppm: IC12)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

EEPROM
LGC board

[C5A1] EEPROM data abnormality (LGC board)

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call EEPROM data abnormality (LGC board).

Check item Measures

EEPROM EEPROM check
LGC board • IC socket check (25/30/35ppm: IC63, 45/50ppm: IC12)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

EEPROM
LGC board

[C900] Connection error between the SYS board and the LGC board

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call Connection error between SYS board and LGC board.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Connector check (CN329)
• Board check
SYS board • Connector check (CN132)
• Board check
Harness (Flat cable) • Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LGC board If the problem is not corrected with the replacement of the LGC board,
reinstall the removed LGC board and replace the SYS board.
SYS board
Harness

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 216
[C911] Toner cartridge PC board access abnormality (K)
[C912] Toner cartridge PC board access abnormality (C)
[C913] Toner cartridge PC board access abnormality (M)
[C914] Toner cartridge PC board access abnormality (Y)

Classification Contents
Toner cartridge related service call Abnormal access to the toner cartridge IC chip.

Proced Next
Check item Result Measures
ure Step
1 Does non-genuine toner Yes Use the genuine toner cartridge.
cartridge display appear No 2
when the front cover is
opened and closed?
2 Toner cartridge • Check the phenomenon by removing the toner
cartridges (Y, M, C and K) and reinserting them.
• Check that the CTRG board of each cartridge (Y,
M, C and K) is installed properly.
• Avoid touching the contact point.
• Wipe the contact point with a soft cloth if it's
stained.
3 Contact point on the Check that the spring of the contact point for each
equipment side color (Y, M, C and K) is not deformed. 8
4 Is the spring of the contact Yes
point returned when it is No • Check that the CTIF board is installed properly. 7
pushed lightly? • Board check
5 LGC board • Connector check (CN315)
• Board check
6 Harness • Connector check (CN315, CN440)
• Harness check
7 CTIF board for each color (Y, • Check that the board is installed properly.
M, C and K) • Board check
8 Perform the above troubleshooting and if the C911, C912, C913 or C914 error is cleared, set the
following self-diagnostic codes to “0” (normal).
• FS-08-4689-0: Board information of toner cartridge (Y)
• FS-08-4689-1: Board information of toner cartridge (M)
• FS-08-4689-2: Board information of toner cartridge (C)
• FS-08-4689-3: Board information of toner cartridge (K)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Toner cartridge
LGC board
Harness
CTIF board

[C916] Sub-CPU access abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call Sub-CPU access abnormality.

Check item Measures

LGC board 1. Check if there is no abnormality in the LGC board.
2. Check if the conductor pattern of the LGC board is short circuited
or open circuited.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 217
 Parts to be replaced Remark
LGC board

[C940] Engine-CPU abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call Engine-CPU abnormality.

Check item Measures

Main power switch Turn OFF the main power switch, then back ON.
Engine-CPU • Check if the conductor pattern of the Engine-CPU is short circuited
or open circuited.
• Update the engine firmware.
LGC board Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LGC board

[C962] LGC board ID abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call LGC board ID abnormality.

Check item Measures

Error code • Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power
switch, and then check if the error code changes to another one.
• If it changes to another one, follow the procedure for the changed
error code
LGC board • Connector check (CN330, CN329)
• Board check
• Check if the model of the equipment matches the color of the label
on the LGC board.
 P. 9-7 “9.1.6 LGC board”
SYS board • Connector check (CN133, CN132)
• Board check
Harness • Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

LGC board If the problem is still not corrected with the replacement of the LGC
board, reinstall it and ask a specialist to repair it. (Abnormal ID)

[C963] Connection detection error between the SYS board and the LGC board

Classification Error item

Circuit related service call 3.3V output from the SYS board not detected on the LGC board.

Check Item Measures

LGC board Connector check (CN329, CN330)
SYS board Connector check (CN133, CN132)
Harness between the SYS board and the Harness check
LGC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 218
 Check Item Measures
Harness between the SYS board and the Harness check
low-voltage power supply

Check item Measures

Harness between the SYS board and the
LGC board
LGC board If the problem is not corrected by the replacement of the LGC board,
reinstall the removed LGC board and replace the SYS board.
SYS board
Harness between the SYS board and the
low-voltage power supply

[C964] LGC board boot process abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call LGC board boot process abnormality.

Check item Measures

LGC board • Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power
switch. If the same error occurs again, replace the LGC board.
8
Parts to be replaced Remark
LGC board

[C9E0] Connection error between the scanner CPU and the system CPU

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call Connection error between the scanner CPU and the system CPU.

Check item Measures

SYS board • Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 219
[F090] SRAM abnormality on the SYS board

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call SRAM abnormality on the SYS board.

Check Item Measures

SRAM 1. Check that the SRAM is installed properly.
2. Shut down the equipment.
3. Perform [FS-08].
4. Press [CLASSIC].
5. When “SRAM REQUIRES INITIALIZATION” appears on the LCD
screen, confirm the destination and press the [START] button. If the
destination is incorrect, enter the number for the correct one and
press the [START] button.
6. When the confirmation message appears on the LCD screen,
press [INITIALIZE]. (SRAM initialization starts.)
7. Enter the serial number of the equipment correctly. (FS-08-9601)
8. Initialize the NIC information. (FS-08-9083)
9. Shut down the equipment.
10. Perform [FS-05].
11. Press [CLASSIC].
12. Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner”. (FS-05-
3203, FS-05-3240)
13. By using the [4] [TEST PRINT] test pattern, perform “Automatic
gamma adjustment” <PPC>. (FS-05-7869)
14. By using the [70] [TEST PRINT] test pattern, perform “Automatic
gamma adjustment” <PRT>. (FS-05-8008, FS-05-8009)
15. Reboot the equipment.
16. If the error still occurs, replace the SRAM.
SYS board Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F350] SYS board abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call SYS board abnormality.

Check item Measures

SYS board Board check
Combination of the firmware version • Check the combination of the firmware version of the system
firmware, system software, engine firmware, and scanner firmware.
• Reinstall the firmware of correct combination.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 220
8.3.20 Laser optical unit related service call
[CA10] Polygonal motor abnormality

Classification Contents
Laser optical unit related service call The polygonal motor does not work normally.

Check item Measures

Polygonal motor • Motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-103/153)
• Connector check (Relay connector J643)
• Harness check
LGC board • Connector check (CN322)
• LGC board check
Laser optical unit cooling fan • Fan motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-437)
• Connector check (Relay connector J648)
• Harness check
Developer unit cooling fan • Fan motor check (Perform the output check: FS-03-451)
• Connector check (CN462, J662)
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Laser optical unit
LGC board 8
Laser optical unit cooling fan
Developer unit cooling fan
Harness

[CA20] H-Sync detection error (K, Y)

[CA21] H-Sync detection error (K)
[CA22] H-Sync detection error (Y)

Classification Contents
Laser optical unit related service call H-Sync signal detection PC board cannot detect laser beams.

Check item Measures

Laser optical unit • Connector check (Relay connector J643)
• Check the harness/connector between the LGC board and the
laser optical unit.
• Flat cable/terminal check
LRL board Connector check
• 25/30/35ppm: CN204 (K), CN205 (Y)
• 45/50ppm: CN210 (K), CN211 (K, Y), CN212 (Y)
LGC board • Connector check: CN322 (K, Y), CN317 (Y), CN318 (K, Y), CN319
(K)
• LGC board check
Grounding Check that the equipment is grounded properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 221
 Check item Measures
EPU Has the developer unit (Y, M, C, K) been installed securely?
Press the slanted line portion of the developer unit until a click sound is
heard.

Main charger Check if the main charger is installed securely.

Spring of high-voltage supply contact Check if the spring of high-voltage supply contact point is deformed.
point
Needle electrode • Check if the needle electrode is broken or the main charger grid is
deformed.
• Check if any foreign matter is on the needle electrode or main
charger grid.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Laser optical unit Laser optical unit includes the H-Sync signal detection PC board.
LGC board
Harness
Flat cable

[CA60] LSU thermistor-1 abnormality

Classification Contents
Laser optical unit related service call The LSU thermistor cannot detect the temperature.
The LSU thermistor-1 is broken.

Check item Measures

LRL board • Check if the flat cable is disconnected.
• Check if there is no abnormality on the contact surface of the
connector terminal and the flat cable. Check if the flat cable is
broken.
45/50 ppm: CN211
20/25/35 ppm: CN205
• Check if the connector of the thermistor harness is disconnected.
• Check if the connector terminal and the harness are broken.
CN222
LGC board • Check if the flat cable is disconnected.
• Check if there is no abnormality on the contact surface of the
connector terminal and the flat cable. Check if the flat cable is
broken.
45/50 ppm: CN318
20/25/35 ppm: CN317
Laser optical unit • Replace the laser optical unit. (Replace the thermistor and the LRL
board.)
LGC board • Replace the LGC board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 222
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Laser optical unit
LGC board
Flat cable
Remarks:
If a CA60 or CA61 error frequently occurs and the equipment does not operate, set “1” (Error not
detected) in FS-08-4807. The equipment will be made to recover from the error.
However, color registration control will not be performed at an appropriate timing. Due to this,
color deviation may occur. Therefore, this should be performed as a temporary measure.
After the troubleshooting for a CA60 or CA61 error has been performed properly, return the value
to “0” (Error detected) of FS-08-4807.

[CA61] LSU thermistor-2 abnormality

Classification Contents
Laser optical unit related service call The LSU thermistor cannot detect the temperature.
The LSU thermistor-2 is broken.

Check item Measures

LRL board • Check if the flat cable is disconnected.
• Check if there is no abnormality on the contact surface of the 8
connector terminal and the flat cable. Check if the flat cable is
broken.
45/50 ppm: CN211
20/25/35 ppm: CN204
• Check if the connector of the thermistor harness is disconnected.
• Check if the connector terminal and the harness are broken.
CN222
LGC board • Check if the flat cable is disconnected.
• Check if there is no abnormality on the contact surface of the
connector terminal and the flat cable. Check if the flat cable is
broken.
45/50 ppm: CN318
20/25/35 ppm: CN319
Laser optical unit • Replace the laser optical unit. (Replace the thermistor and the LRL
board.)
LGC board • Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Laser optical unit
LGC board
Flat cable
Remarks:
If a CA60 or CA61 error frequently occurs and the equipment does not operate, set “1” (Error not
detected) in FS-08-4807. The equipment will be made to recover from the error.
However, color registration control will not be performed at an appropriate timing. Due to this,
color deviation may occur. Therefore, this should be performed as a temporary measure.
After the troubleshooting for a CA60 or CA61 error has been performed properly, return the value
to “0” (Error detected) of FS-08-4807.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 223
8.3.21 Finisher related service call
[CB00] Finisher communication error

Classification Error content

Finisher related service call Communication error has occurred between the equipment and finisher.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Check if the harness connecting the equipment and the Finisher control
PC board (FIN) is disconnected or open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
open circuited or short circuited.
• Update the finisher firmware.
• Replace the finisher control PC board (FIN).
LGC board • Check if the harness connecting the finisher and the LGC board on the
equipment is disconnected or open circuited.
• Connector check (CN304)
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited or
short circuited.
• Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)
LGC board (LGC)

[CB10] Entrance motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The entrance motor is not rotating normally.

Check Item Measures

Feeding roller Rotate the feeding roller.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Entrance motor (M1) Check if the connector (CN17) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the entrance motor (M1) and the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Entrance motor (M1)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB11] Buffer tray guide motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The buffer tray guide motor is not rotating or the buffer tray guide is not
moving normally.
• A [CB11] error occurs if the [ED16] error occurs three times in
succession or the [ED16] error occurs during the initialization.

Check Item Measures

Buffer tray guide Raise the buffer roller and open/close the buffer tray guide.
Fix any mechanical problem.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 224
 Check Item Measures
Buffer tray guide motor (M2) Check if the connector (CN10) on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected from the buffer tray guide motor (M2) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Buffer tray guide motor (M2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB13] Finisher exit motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call The finisher exit motor is not rotating or the finisher exit roller is not
moving normally.

Check item Measures

Exit roller • Check if properly installed.
• Is there any mechanical problem when the exit roller is rotated?
Correct if so.
Exit motor (M11). • Motor check
• Connector check (CN15) 8
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Connector check (CN15)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Exit motor (M11)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB14] Finisher assist guide motor abnormality

[EAFE] Assist guide cam position error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error item

[CB14] Finisher related service call The finisher assist guide motor is not rotating or the assist guide cam
is not moving normally.
[EAFE] Finisher jam (Finisher section) The assist guide motor is not rotating or the paper pusher cam is not
moving normally.

Check item Measures

Paper pusher cam • Check if properly installed.
• Is there any mechanical problem when the paper pusher cam is
rotated?
Assist arm motor (M10) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Connector check (CN10)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Assist arm motor (M10)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 225
[CB15] Catching motor abnormality
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call Catching motor abnormality.

Check item Measures

Catching motor (M21) Is there any mechanical problem when the catching motor is
rotated? If there is any mechanical problem, fix its mechanism.
Harness Check if the connector on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the Catching home position sensor and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Connector check (CN17)
• Board check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Catching motor (M21)
Harness
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB30] Movable tray shift motor abnormality

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The movable tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is not
moving normally.

Error Timing of detection

Movable tray shift motor (M1) A locking signal is detected after the specified time *while the movable
Stack top detection solenoid (SOL1) tray is moving.
Stack top detection sensor-1 (S1) * A locking signal is not monitored from the start driving the motor
Stack top detection sensor-2 (S2 until the specified time has passed.
Movable tray lower limit sensor (S14) The stack top position of paper is not detected after the movable tray
shift motor (M1) is driven in the specified time when the movable tray is
moved up.
The lower limit position of the stack top of paper is not detected after
the movable tray shift motor (M1) has been driven in the specified time
during the initial movement of the movable tray.
The turning OFF of the movable tray lower limit sensor (S14) is not
detected when the movable tray is moved from a point where this
sensor is turned ON to one point where this sensor is turned OFF after
the movable tray shift motor (M1) has been driven in the specified time.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 226
 Probable cause Checking and measures
Movable tray If there is mechanical problem when the movable tray is moved, fix the
mechanism.
• When installing the finisher, exercise care not to forget to remove
the small left cover.

• Check there is any obstacle which obstructs of operation under a

movable tray. Remove any obstacles from the area of the movable
tray operation.
Movable tray shift motor (M1) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor
Movable tray lower limit sensor (S14) Measure the voltage on TP17 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity among the connector terminals is 8
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN4, CN10)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensors and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).
Stack top detection solenoid (SOL1) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the solenoid.
Stack top detection sensor-1 (S1) Measure the voltage on TP11 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Stack top detection sensor-2 (S2) Measure the voltage on TP20 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN3)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the solenoid, sensors and
abnormality connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[CB30] Movable tray shift motor abnormality

[EAFC] Movable tray height error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
[CB30] Finisher related service call The movable tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is not
moving normally.
[EAFC] Finisher jam (Finisher section) Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable tray shift motor is
not rotating or the movable tray is not moving normally.

Check item Measures

Movable tray If there is mechanical problem when the movable tray is moved, fix the
mechanism.
Movable tray shift motor (M12) Check the connectors and harnesses between the movable tray shift motor
(M12) and the finisher control PC board (CN19).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 227
 Check item Measures
Movable tray position A, B, and C • Connector check (CN20)
sensors (S13, S14 and S15) • Sensor check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Movable tray shift motor (M12)
Movable tray position A, B, and C
sensors (S13, S14 and S15)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB31] Movable tray paper-full detection error

[EAFD] Movable tray movement error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
[CB31] Finisher related service call The actuator of the movable tray paper-full detection sensor does not
move smoothly.
[EAFD] Finisher jam (Finisher section) Movable tray paper-full detection error: The actuator of the movable
tray paper-full detection sensor does not move smoothly.

Check item Measures

Movable tray paper-full sensor • Fix any mechanical problem occurring when the actuator is moved.
(S16) • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
or breakage of the movable tray paper-full sensor (S16). If there is,
reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN22) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the movable tray paper-full sensor (S16) and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.
Movable tray position A, B, and C • Connector check (CN20)
sensors (S13, S14 and S15) • Sensor check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Movable tray paper-full sensor
(S16)
Movable tray position A, B, and C
sensors (S13, S14 and S15)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 228
[CB40] Front alignment plate home position detection error
MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The front alignment motor is not rotating or the front alignment plate is
not moving normally.
• You receive a [CB40] error when the [ED13] error occurs three
times in succession.

Error Timing of detection

Rear alignment motor (M3) The turning OFF of the rear alignment plate home position sensor (S6)
Rear alignment plate home position is not detected when the rear alignment plate is moved from a point
sensor (S6) where this sensor is turned ON to one point where this sensor is turned
OFF after the rear alignment motor (M3) has been driven at the
specified number of pulse.
The turning ON of the rear alignment plate home position sensor (S6)
is not detected when the rear alignment plate is moved from a point
where this sensor is turned OFF to one point where this sensor is
turned ON after the rear alignment motor (M3) has been driven at the
specified number of pulse.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Rear alignment motor (M3) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not 8
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Rear alignment plate home position Measure the voltage on TP16 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S6) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN5, CN12)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[CB40] Front alignment motor abnormality

* You receive a [CB40] error when the [ED13] error occurs three times in succession.

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The front alignment motor is not rotating or the front alignment plate is
not moving normally.
• You receive a [CB40] error when the [ED13] error occurs three
times in succession.

Check item Measures

Front alignment plate If there is mechanical problem when the front alignment plate is moved, fix
the mechanism.
Front alignment motor (M5) Check the connectors and harnesses between the front alignment motor
(M5) and the finisher control PC board (CN18).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Front alignment motor (M5)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 229
[CB50] Stapler home position detection error
MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Staple unit clinching home position sensor does not work.
• You receive a [CB50] error when the [EA50] error occurs three
times in succession.

Error Timing of detection

Stapler motor (M10) The staple unit clinching home position sensor (S16) does not detect
Staple unit clinching home position the opening of the staple unit after the stapler motor (M10) has been
sensor (S16) driven reversely in the specified time from the closing during the initial
movement of the staple unit.
The staple unit clinching home position sensor (S16) does not detect
the opening of the staple unit in the specified time from the closing
during the clinching movement of the staple unit, and also this sensor
does not detect the opening by the reverse rotation of the motor after
the stapler is stopped.
The staple unit clinching home position sensor (S16) does not detect
the closing of the staple unit after the specified time during the
clinching movement of the staple unit.
The staple unit clinching home position sensor (S16) does not detect
the opening of the staple unit at the start of the clinching.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Staple motor (M10) abnormality Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
conducted, replace the staple unit.
Staple unit clinching home position Measure the voltage on CN16 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S16) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when the sensor
is ON and within the range of 3.3V±5% when OFF. If the voltage does
not fall within the range mentioned, replace the staple unit.
Staple unit improper clinching Measure the voltage on TP25 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
prevention sensor (S15) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN16, CN17)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensors, switch and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[CB50] Stapler home position error

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Stapler home position sensor does not work.
• You receive a [CB50] error when the [EA50] error occurs three
times in succession.

Check item Measures

Stapler • Check the connectors and harnesses between the stapler and finisher
control PC board (CN2).
• Check the harnesses in the stapler.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stapler

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 230
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB51] Stapler unit sliding home position detection error

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call The stapler is not at the home position.

Error Timing of detection

Staple unit sliding motor (M7) The turning OFF of the staple unit sliding home position sensor (S3) is
Staple unit sliding home position not detected when the staple unit is moved from a point where this
sensor (S3) sensor is turned ON to one point where this sensor is turned OFF after
the staple unit sliding motor (M7) has been driven at the specified
number of pulse.
The turning ON of the staple unit sliding home position sensor (S3) is
not detected when the staple unit is moved from a point where this
sensor is turned OFF to one point where this sensor is turned ON after
the staple unit sliding motor (M7) has been driven at the specified
number of pulse.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Staple unit sliding motor (M7) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not 8
abnormality conducted, replace the staple unit.
Staple unit sliding home position Measure the voltage on TP18 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S3) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN3, CN18)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the staple unit, sensors and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[CB51] Stapler shift home position error

[EAFB] Stapler movement error
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
[CB51] Finisher related service call The stapler is not at the home position.
[EAFB] Finisher jam (Finisher section) Stapler shift home position error: The stapler is not at the home
position.

Check item Measures

Stapler • Move the stapler.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Stapler unit home position sensor • Check if there is a disconnection of the connector, incorrect installation
(S10) or breakage of the stapler unit home position sensor (S10). If there is,
reinstall the sensor correctly or replace it.
• Check if the connector (CN27) on the finisher control PC board is
disconnected from the stapler unit home position sensor (S10) and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.
Stapler unit shift motor (M9) • Check if the connector (CN15) on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected from the stapler unit shift motor (M9) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 231
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Stapler unit home position sensor
(S10)
Stapler unit shift motor (M9)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB60] Stapler unit shift motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Stapler unit shift motor is not rotating or stapler unit is not moving
normally.

Check Item Measures

Stapler If there is mechanical problem when the stapler is moved, fix the
mechanism.
Stapler unit shift motor (M9) Check the connectors and harnesses between the stapler unit shift
motor (M9) and the finisher control PC board (CN15).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stapler unit shift motor (M9)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB80] Finisher control PC board backup RAM error

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Abnormality of checksum value on finisher control PC board is
detected when the power is turned ON.

Error Timing of detection

EEPROM Data readout check is performed after data writing and the result of the
data readout check does not conform to the written data.
The equipment does not enter the ready status after the specified time
has passed from data writing.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Finisher control PC board (FIN) Replace the finisher control PC board (FIN) as the cause is a fault in
abnormality the IC of the backup RAM.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB80] Backup RAM data abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Abnormality of checksum value on finisher control PC board is
detected when the power is turned ON.

Check Item Measures

Main power switch Turn OFF the main power switch, then back ON.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 232
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB81] Flash ROM abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Abnormality of checksum value on finisher control PC board is
detected when the power is turned ON.

Check Item Measures

Main power switch Turn OFF the main power switch, then back ON.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB82] Finisher - Main program error

MJ-1109/1110
8
Classification Error item
Finisher related service call (Finisher Finisher - Main program error.
section)

Check item Measures

Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Update the firmware version of the finisher control PC board
(FIN).
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CB83] Saddle stitch finisher - Main program error

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle Saddle stitch finisher - Main program error.
stitch unit)

Check item Measures

Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Update the firmware version of the saddle control PC board
(SDL).
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Saddle control PC board (SDL)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 233
[CB84] Hole punch unit - Main program error
MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Hole punch Hole punch unit - Main program error.
unit)

Check item Measures

Hole punch control PC board (HP) • Update the firmware version of the hole punch control PC board
(HP).
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Hole punch control PC board (HP)

[CB92] Saddle stitch finisher RAM abnormality

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle Saddle stitch finisher RAM abnormality.
stitch unit)

Check item Measures

Reproducibility Turn the power OFF and then back ON.
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Check if the conductor pattern on the saddle control PC board
(SDL) is open circuited or short circuited.
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[CB93] Saddle stitch finisher additional folding motor abnormality

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle An abnormal interruption of the encoder pulse of the additional
stitch unit) folding motor occurs.
• The [CB93] error also occurs when the error [EF18] has occurred
consecutively for 3 times.

Check item Measures

Additional folding carrier • Check if properly installed.
• Is there any mechanical problem when the additional folding
carrier is moved? Correct if so.
Additional folding motor (M20) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN10)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN10)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Additional folding motor (M20)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 234
[CB94] Saddle transport motor abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle Saddle transport motor abnormality or the motor is not moving
stitch unit) normally.
Paper holding mechanism or transport path switching solenoid
abnormality.
The [CB94] error also occurs when the error [EAB0] or [EF13] has
occurred consecutively for 3 times.

Check item Measures

Transport roller • Check if properly installed.
• Is there any mechanical problem when the transport rollers are
rotated?
Saddle transport motor (M16) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN5)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN5)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

8
Saddle transport motor (M16)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[CB95] Saddle stitch finisher stacker motor abnormality

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle An interruption error or rotation abnormality occurs in the saddle
stitch unit) stitch finisher stacker motor.
The [CB95] error also occurs when the error [EF16] has occurred
consecutively for 3 times.

Check item Measures

Stacker carrier • Check if properly installed.
• Is there any mechanical problem when the stacker carrier is
moved?
Stacker motor (M14) • Motor check
• Connector check (CN8)
• Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN8)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Stacker motor
Saddle control PC board

[CBA0] Front saddle stapler home position error

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle The detection of the home position of the stapler unit ends
stitch unit) abnormally.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 235
 Check item Measures
Front saddle stapler clinch unit • Harness check
• Connector check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN2)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Front saddle stapler clinch unit
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[CBB0] Rear saddle stapler home position error

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle The detection of the home position of the stapler unit ends
stitch unit) abnormally.

Check item Measures

Rear saddle stapler clinch unit Harness check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN1)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Rear saddle stapler clinch unit
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[CBC0] Saddle stitch finisher side alignment motor abnormality

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Saddle The side alignment motor is not rotating or the jog is not moving
stitch unit) normally.
• A [CBC0] error will occur when an [EF15] error has arisen
consecutively for 3 times.

Check item Measures

Saddle stitch unit Is there any mechanical problem when the jog is moved? Correct if
so.
Side alignment motor (M15) • Harness check
• Connector check (CN4)
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN4)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Side alignment motor (M15)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 236
[CBE0] Saddle stitch finisher folding motor abnormality
MJ-1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Saddle An encoder pulse interruption error or rotation abnormality occurs in
stitch unit) the saddle stitch finisher folding motor.
• You receive a [CBE0] error when the [EF17] error occurs three
times in succession.

Check Item Measures

Folding motor encoder sensor (S34) • Sensor check (S34)
• Connector check (CN13)
• Harness check
Folding motor (M17) • Harness check
• Connector check (CN19)
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN13, CN19)
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Measures

Folding motor encoder sensor (S34)
Folding motor (M17)
Saddle control PC board (SDL) 8

[CC02] Stack exit roller nip home position detection error

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher The detection of the home position of the stack exit roller nip ends
section) abnormally.

Check item Measures

Stack exit roller shift motor (M6) The stack exit roller home position sensor (S13) does not detect that
Stack exit roller home position sensor the exit roller is not at the upper position after the stack exit roller motor
(S13) (M6) has been driven in the specified time when the exit roller is moved
down.
The stack exit roller home position sensor (S13) does not detect that
the exit roller is at the upper position after the stack exit roller shift
motor (M6) has been driven in the specified time when the exit roller is
moved up.

[CC20] Saddle stitch communication error

MJ-1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Communication error between finisher controller PC board and saddle
stitcher controller board.

Check Item Measures

Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Connector check
• Harness check
• Board check
Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check
• Harness check
• Board check
Finisher control PC board (FIN) Update the firmware version of the finisher control PC board (FIN).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 237
 Check Item Measures
Saddle control PC board (SDL) Update the firmware version of the saddle control PC board (SDL).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)
Saddle control PC board (SDL)

[CC30] Stack transport motor abnormality

* You receive a [CC30] error when the [EA70] error occurs three times in succession.

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher The stack transport motor is not rotating or the paper exit belt is not
section) moving normally.
• You receive a [CC30] error when the [EA70] error occurs three
times in succession.

Check item Measures

Stack transport belt • Move the stack transport belt.
Fix any mechanical problem.
Stack transport motor (M8) • Check if the connector (CN18) on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected from the stack transport motor (M8) and the harnesses
are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Stack transport motor (M8)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CC31] Transport motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher The transport motor is not rotating or the stack transport roller -1 and -
section) 2 is not rotating normally.

Check item Measures

Stack transport roller -1Stack • Rotate the stack transport roller -1 and -2.
transport roller -2 • Fix any mechanical problem.
Transport motor • Check if the connector (CN15) on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
disconnected from the transport motor (M7) and the harnesses are
open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Transport motor (M7)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 238
[CC41] Assist guide cam home position abnormality
MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher Assist guide cam home position abnormality.
section)

Check item Measures

Paper pusher cam • Rotate the paper pusher cam.
• Fix any mechanical problem.
Paper holder home position • Check if the connector (CN11) on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
sensor (S6) disconnected from the paper holder home position sensor (S6) and the
harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Paper holder home position
sensor (S6)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CC51] Punch unit sliding motor abnormality

MJ-1042 (When MJ-6011 is installed) 8

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Punch unit sliding motor abnormality.
punch unit)

Error Timing of detection

Punch unit sliding motor (M12) The punch sliding unit is not slid after sliding request is sent.
Punch sliding unit home position The punch sliding unit home position sensor (S23) does not detect that
sensor (S23) the unit is at its home position after the specified time when the unit is
returned to the home position, or this sensor does not detect that the
unit is out of its home position after the specified time when the unit is
released.
The punch sliding unit home position sensor (S23) does not detect that
the unit is at its home position after the specified time when the unit is
moved, or this sensor does not detect that the unit is at its home
position when the unit is released.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Punch unit sliding motor (M12) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Punch sliding unit home position Measure the voltage on TP26 on the hole punch control PC board
sensor (S23) abnormality (HP). Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 5V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Hole
punch control PC board (HP): CN3, CN4, CN5, CN6, CN7)
Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and
abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 239
[CC51] Sideways adjustment motor abnormality
MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Sideways adjustment motor is not rotating or punching unit is not
punch unit) shifting normally.
• The [CC51] error will be displays when the [ED11] error occurs
three times in succession or during the initial operation.

Check Item Measures

Paper If there is any paper remaining on the transport path, remove the
paper.
Sideways adjustment motor (M2) • If there is mechanical problem when the sideways adjustment
motor (M2) is rotated, fix the mechanism.
• Check the connector (CN10) and harnesses between the hole
punch control PC board (HP) and sideways adjustment motor (M2).
Sideways deviation home position • Sensor check
sensor (S3) • Harness check
• Connector check (CN8)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Sideways adjustment motor (M2)
Sideways deviation home position
sensor (S3)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

[CC52] Skew adjustment motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Skew adjustment motor is not rotating or punching unit is not shifting
punch unit) normally.
• The [CC52] error will be displays when the [ED10] error occurs
three times in succession or during the initial operation.

Check Item Measures

Paper If there is any paper remaining on the transport path, remove the
paper.
Skew adjustment motor (M1) • If there is mechanical problem when the skew adjustment motor
(M1) is rotated, fix the mechanism.
• Check the connector (CN10) and harnesses between the hole
punch control PC board (HP) and skew adjustment motor (M1).
Skew home position sensor (S2) • Sensor check
• Harness check
• Connector check (CN10)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Skew home position sensor (S2)
Skew adjustment motor (M1)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 240
[CC54] Paper detection sensors abnormality
MJ-1042

Error Timing of detection

Finisher related service call (Hole The adjustment of the paper detection sensors has failed.
punch unit)

Probable cause Checking and measures

Paper detection sensors (S24 and Measure the voltage on pin CN6.8 on the hole punch control PC board
S25) abnormality (HP). Then check that the measured voltage is 3.0V or higher when
not shielded and 1.2V or lower when shielded. If the voltage does not
fall within the range mentioned, replace a couple of PC boards on
either the light-receiving side or the light-emitting side.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Hole
punch control PC board (HP): CN4, CN5, CN6)
Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensors and the connectors,
abnormality exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP).

[CC60] [CC61] Punch motor abnormality

MJ-1042
8
Error Timing of detection
Finisher related service call (Hole [CC60] Punch motor is not rotating or punch unit is not shifting
punch unit) normally.
[CC61] Punch motor abnormality.
• The [CC61] error occurs when the [E9F0] error occurs three times
in succession or during the initial operation.

Error Timing of detection

Punch motor (M11) The paper detection sensors (S24 and S25) do not emit light after
Paper detection sensor (S24/S25) specified time when they are selected
Punch shaft home position sensor The level of the light-receiving amount is not lowered after the light-
(S26) emitting amount of the paper detection sensors (S24 and S25) is
Rear punch shaft home position sensor adjusted to the lower limit.
(S22)
Punching is not performed after punching request is sent, or the
punching request is sent during the punching.
The status of the punch shaft home position sensor (S26) or the rear
punch shaft home position sensor (S22) is not changed after punching
request is sent.
A punching locking signal is detected consistently over the specified
time.
The punch shaft home position sensor (S26) or the rear punch shaft
home position sensor (S22) does not detect that the shaft is not at its
home position at the start of punching or punch waste full detection.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Punch motor (M11) abnormality Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
conducted, replace the motor.
Rear punch shaft home position sensor Measure the voltage on TP25 on the hole punch control PC board
(S22) abnormality (HP). Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 5V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Punch shaft home position sensor Measure the voltage on TP24 on the hole punch control PC board
(S26) abnormality (HP). Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 5V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 241
 Probable cause Checking and measures
Punch motor clock sensor (S20) Measure the voltage on TP27 on the hole punch control PC board
abnormality (HP). Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 5V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Hole
punch control PC board (HP): CN2, CN5, CN6, CN7, CN8)
Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensors and
abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP).

[CC61] Punch motor home position detection error

MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Punch motor is not rotating or punch unit is not shifting normally.
punch unit) • The [CC61] error occurs when the [E9F0] error occurs three times
in succession or during the initial operation.

Check Item Measures

Paper If there is any paper remaining on the transport path, remove the
paper.
Punch motor (M3) • If there is mechanical problem when the punch motor (M3) is
rotated, fix the mechanism.
• Check the connector (CN2) and harnesses between the hole
punch control PC board (HP) and punch motor (M3).
Punch home position sensor (S4) • Sensor check
• Harness check
• Connector check (CN3)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Punch home position sensor (S4)
Punch motor (M3)
Hole punch control PC board (HP)

[CC71] Punch ROM checksum error

MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Abnormality of checksum value on Hole punch control PC board is
punch unit) detected when the power is turned on.

Check Item Measures

Hole punch control PC board (HP) Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Hole punch control PC board (HP)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 242
[CC72] Punch RAM read / write error
MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Hole Abnormality of checksum value on Hole punch control PC board is
punch unit) detected when the power is turned on.

Check Item Measures

Hole punch control PC board (HP) Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Hole punch control PC board (HP)

[CC80] Front alignment motor abnormality

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher Front alignment motor abnormality.
section)

8
Error Timing of detection
Front alignment motor (M2) The turning OFF of the front alignment plate home position sensor (S5)
Front alignment plate home position is not detected when the front alignment plate is moved from a point
sensor (S5) where this sensor is turned ON to one point where this sensor is turned
OFF after the front alignment motor (M2) has been driven at the
specified number of pulse.
The turning ON of the front alignment plate home position sensor (S5)
is not detected when the front alignment plate is moved from a point
where this sensor is turned OFF to one point where this sensor is
turned ON after the front alignment motor (M2) has been driven at the
specified number of pulse.

Probable cause Checking and measures

Front alignment motor (M2) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If electricity is not
abnormality conducted, replace the motor.
Front alignment plate home position Measure the voltage on TP15 on the finisher control PC board (FIN).
sensor (S5) abnormality Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not
shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage
does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor.
Faulty cables and connectors Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is
normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connectors. (Finisher
control PC board (FIN): CN5, CN12)
Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and
abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN).

[CC80] Rear alignment motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher The rear alignment motor is not rotating or the rear alignment plate is
section) not moving normally.
• You receive a [CC80] error when the [ED14] error occurs three
times in succession.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 243
 Check Item Measures
Rear alignment plate If there is mechanical problem when the rear alignment plate is moved,
fix the mechanism.
Rear alignment motor (M6) Check the connectors and harnesses between the rear alignment
motor (M6) and the finisher control PC board (CN18).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Rear alignment motor (M6)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CC93] Knurled roller shift solenoid abnormality

MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher An abnormality occurs in the knurled roller shift solenoid.
section)

Error Timing of detection

Knurled roller shift solenoid (SOL3) The knurled roller home position sensor (S10) does not detect that the
2nd transport motor (M4) knurled roller is at the upper position after the 2nd transport motor (M4)
Knurled roller home position sensor has been driven at the specified number of pulses during the initial
(S10) rising movement of the knurled roller.
The knurled roller home position sensor (S10) does not detect that the
knurled roller is not at the upper position after the 2nd transport motor
(M4) has been driven at the specified number of pulses during the
initial lowering movement of the knurled roller.
The knurled roller home position sensor (S10) does not detect that the
knurled roller is at the upper position when the pressurization of stack
exit movement is finished.
Gear Check the gear of transport unit in finishing section. When assembling
the gear, align its rib to the protrusion as shown in the figure.

Fig.8-23

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 244
[CC94] Fan motor abnormality
MJ-1042

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher Fan motor abnormality.
section)

Error Timing of detection

Fan motor (M9) The turning ON of the fan locking signal is detected consistently after
the specified time*.
* A locking signal is not monitored from the start driving the motor until
the specified time has passed.

[CCF1] Tray safety switch abnormality

MJ-1110

Classification Error item

Finisher related service call (Finisher • The tray safety switch turned on during tray operation (moving up
section) or down).
• The tray operated with the tray safety switch turned on.

8
Check item Measures
Tray safety switch (SW2) Check the connectors and harnesses between the tray safety switch
(SW2) and the connector J110 on the finisher control PC board.
Stack tray shift motor (M2) Check the connectors and harnesses between the stack tray shift
motor (M2) and the connector J114 on the finisher control PC board.
Finisher control PC board (FIN) • Board check
• Connector check
• Harness check

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Tray safety switch (SW2)
Stack tray shift motor (M2)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CDE0] Paddle motor abnormality

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call (Finisher The paddle motor is not rotating or the paddle is not rotating normally.
section) • You receive a [CDE0] error when the [ED15] error occurs three
times in succession.

Check Item Measures

Paddle Rotate the paddle.Fix any mechanical problem.
Paddle motor (M3) Check the connectors and harnesses between the paddle motor (M3)
and the finisher control PC board (CN16).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Paddle motor (M3)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 245
[CE00] Communication error between the finisher and the punch unit
MJ-1109/1110 (When MJ-6105 is installed)

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Communication error between finisher control PC board and hole
punch control PC board.

Check item Measures

Hole punch control PC board (HP) • Check the connectors and harnesses between the hole punch control
PC board (HP) and the finisher control PC board (FIN).
• Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Hole punch control PC board (HP)
Finisher control PC board (FIN)

[CF10] Communication module writing failure

MJ-1109/1110

Classification Contents
Finisher related service call Communication module writing failure.

Check item Measures

Finisher • Check if the harness connecting the equipment and the finisher control
PC board (FIN) is disconnected or open circuited.
• Check if the conductor pattern on the finisher control PC board (FIN) is
open circuited or short circuited.
• Update the finisher firmware.
LGC board • Check if the harness connecting the finisher and the LGC board on the
equipment is disconnected or open circuited.
• Connector check
• Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited or
short circuited.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Finisher control PC board (FIN)
LGC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 246
8.3.22 Image control related service call
(1) Based on the procedure of [CE10], [CE20] and [CE40] described below, check the status and
take appropriate actions. And then perform the forced performing of image quality closed-loop
control according to the following procedure.
1. Perform FS-05-2742.
2. Confirm that the image quality control has finished normally.
(2) After confirming the items in (1), clear the abnormal detection counter of image quality control.
1. Perform FS-08-2528.
2. Rewrite the displayed status counter from “1” - “16” to “0”.
3. Perform FS-08-2529.
4. Rewrite the displayed status counter from “1” - “16” to “0”.
5. Perform FS-08-2530.
6. Rewrite the displayed status counter from “1” - “16” to “0”.
7. Perform FS-08-2531.
8. Rewrite the displayed status counter from “1” - “16” to “0”.
9. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the equipment enters the normal ready
state.

[CA00] Color registration abnormality

Classification Contents
Image control related service call Color registration abnormality.
8
Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
1 Has FS-05-2742 (Forced performing of No 2
image quality closed-loop control) been Yes Perform FS-05-4719 (Forced performing of
performed? color registration control).
Remarks:
The correction value of the secondary
scanning data writing start position is
obtained by FS-05-2742 (Forced
performing of image quality closed-
loop control). If a scanning abnormality
has occurred at that time, CA00
appears.
When a CA00 error has occurred
during FS-05-2742, perform FS-05-
4719 (Forced performing of color
registration control adjustment) first.
If a CA00 error still persists even after
FS-05-4719 has been performed,
carry out the following steps.
Has the developer unit (Y, M, C, K) been No Press the slanted line portion of the developer
installed securely? unit until a click sound is heard.

- Installed securely (upper)

- Not installed securely (lower)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 247
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check the printer output image. Output the test patterns and check them.
Remarks: Using FS-04-250 / FS-05-341-[TEST PRINT]
Checking if images are generated
3 on the transfer belt by taking the
transfer belt unit off is an
alternative check method for
steps 3 and 4.
Is the image abnormal (image void, Low No 8
4 density, etc.)? Yes 5
Check if there is any abnormality on the
5 rods of the main charger cleaner. Correct
if there is.
Check if the drum is rotated properly by
turning the coupling of the cleaner unit.
6
Correct the auger and the surrounding
hardware if not.
Laser optical unit • Check the connectors and harnesses
- Mirror motor-Y/M/C: CN322, J643
- LGC board:
CN317, CN319 (25/30/35ppm)
CN317, CN318, CN319 (45/50ppm)
- LRL board:
CN205, CN204, 206, 207, 208, 209
(25/30/35ppm)
CN210, CN211, CN212, 213, 214,
215, 216 (45/50ppm)
- Image position aligning sensor (Front):
7
CN309, J620, J624
- Image position aligning sensor (Rear):
CN309, J620, J623
- Image position aligning sensor
(Center) / Image quality sensor:
CN309, J620, J720
- Sensor shutter solenoid: CN309, J620,
J622
• Check if there is any stain or scratch on
the laser optical unit. Clean or correct if
there is.
Check if there is any stain on the image
quality sensor (Front), image quality
8
sensor (Rear) and image quality sensor
(Center).
Check if the sensor shutter is working
9
properly.
< Invalidating color registration control > • Perform FS-08-4546.
10 • Set the value to “0” (not performed
automatically).
< Checking the abnormal status on color Perform FS-05-4720-0. (Displaying the cause
11
registration > of color registration detection error)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 248
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check the displayed value. 1: Y on the rear side detection abnormality 21
When the error [CA00] occurs, the value (*1)
between 1 and 255 is displayed. (0: 2: Y on the front side detection abnormality 21
Normal completion) (*1)
(The statuses of total 8 sections (4 colors
on the front and rear sides) are 3: Y on the front and rear sides detection 21
displayed.) abnormality
4: M on the rear side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
8: M on the front side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
12: M on the front and rear sides detection 21
abnormality
16: C on the rear side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
32: C on the front side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
48: C on the front and rear sides detection 21
abnormality
64: K on the rear side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
85: All colors on the rear side detection 16
abnormality 8
12 128: K on the front side detection abnormality 21
(*1)
170: All colors on the front side detection 16
abnormality
192: K on the front and rear sides detection 21
abnormality
255: All colors on the front and rear sides 16
detection abnormality
Other than the above: Multiple colors 21
detection abnormality
Remarks:
The adjustment value is the sum of
(*1), which, as in the example below,
specifies the cause of the detection
abnormality.
(E.g. 1) FS-05-4720-0 --- in case of 72
72 = 64 + 8
> K on the rear side / M on the front
side detection abnormality
(E.g. 2) FS-05-4720-0 --- in case of
146
146 = 128 + 18 = 128 + 16 + 2
> K on the front side / C on the rear
side / Y on the front side detection
abnormality
< Checking the abnormal status on color Perform FS-05-4720-1. (Displaying the cause
13
registration > of color registration detection error)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 249
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check the displayed value. 1: Y on the center side detection abnormality 21
When the error [CA00] occurs, the value (*2)
between 1 and 85 is displayed. (0: 4: M on the center side detection abnormality 21
Normal completion) (*2)
(The statuses of total 8 sections (4 colors
on the center side) are displayed.) 16: C on the center side detection abnormality 21
(*2)
64: K on the center side detection abnormality 21
(*2)
85: All colors on the center side detection 16
abnormality
14
Other than the above: Multiple colors 21
detection abnormality
Remarks:
The adjustment value is the sum of
(*2), which, as in the example below,
specifies the cause of the detection
abnormality.
(E.g. 3) FS-05-4720-1 --- in case of 65
65 = 64 + 1
> K on the center side / Y on the center
side detection abnormality
Checking the mirror motor moving If the value is not 32 or 992: Proceed to the 16
amount next step.
Perform all the following self-diagnostic If the value of any code is 32 or 992: Perform
15 codes and check each value. FS-05-4721. After that, check that the value
FS-05-4730-0 has been changed from 32 or 992.
FS-05-4730-1
FS-05-4730-2

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 250
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
< Checking the status of the image Check if the light emitting area of the image
position aligning sensor > position aligning sensor emits LEDs and if the
reflected lights on the transfer belt surface are
detected by the light receiving area of the
image position aligning sensor.
1. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[B]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Front).
2. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[A]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Rear).
3. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[C]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Center) / Image
quality sensor.
4. FS-03-125: Sensor shutter is opened.
5. FS-03-126: Image position aligning sensor
/ LED ON
6. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[B]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Front).
7. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[A]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Rear).
8. FS-03-[F2]ON/[1]/[C]: Check the image
position aligning sensor (Center) / Image
quality sensor.
16 9. Compare them (step 6, 7 and 8) with the
statues of [A], [B] and [C] displayed in step
1, 2 and 3.
- All [A], [B] and [C] are changed - The 8
image position aligning sensors on all
sides are operating normally.
- [A] remains same - The image position
aligning sensor on the rear side is not
operating normally.
- [B] remains same - The image position
aligning sensor on the front side is not
operating normally.
- [C] remains same - The image position
aligning sensor on the center side is
not operating normally.
10. FS-03-176: Image position aligning sensor
/ LED OFF
11. FS-03-175: Sensor shutter is closed.
12. Turn the power OFF.
13. If the image position aligning sensors on
both sides are operating normally,
proceed to step (19). In other cases,
proceed to step (17).
Image position aligning sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
(J620, J623, J624) between the image
position aligning sensor and the LGC
17 board (CN309).
• Check if the light emitting or receiving area
of the image position aligning sensor
stained with toner.
Are the sensor shutters of the image Yes 19
position aligning sensor opening or No 20
closing normally? Are they normal
18 without any damage?
1. Take off the transfer belt unit so that
the sensor unit can be seen.
2. Perform FS-03-125/175.
Is the light emitting area of the image Yes 21
position aligning sensor emitting LEDs? No 20
1. Perform FS-03-125. (Open the
19 sensor shutter)
2. Perform FS-03-126. (The light
emitting area of the sensor should
emit LEDs)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 251
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Image position aligning sensor • Connector and harness check 16
• Clean the light emitting and receiving
areas of the image position aligning
sensor.
20
• If the sensor shutter is damaged, replace
it.
• If the sensor shutter solenoid is not
operating normally, replace the solenoid.
< Checking with test pattern > • Perform FS-04-286.
• Check if the printed image of the test
pattern in each color contains difference in
21
density on its front, center and rear sides,
or if there is any image trouble in a whole
image.
Is the image of the test pattern printed Yes 25
22 normally without any difference in density No 23
on its front and rear sides?
Transfer belt and the photoconductive Check the contacting status of the transfer 24
23
drum belt and the photoconductive drum.
Developer material Check the amount of the developer material. 25
24 (Check if the developer material is supplied
on the developer sleeve.)
Is the image printed normally without Yes 27
25 yellow, magenta, cyan or black streaks in No 26
the secondary scanning direction?
Check if the main charger wire 27
26 corresponding to the color of the streaks
is stained.
Is the image printed normally without Yes 29
27 white streaks in the secondary scanning No 28
direction?
Check if the slit glasses of laser optical 29
28
unit is stained.
Is a certain color in the printed image Yes 31
29 turned to solid? No 30
• Abnormality in the main high-voltage 31
transformer corresponding to the color or
abnormality in the laser optical unit.
• Switch one of 4 main high-voltage
transformers which possibly contains
abnormality with the one possibly normal.
Then print the same test pattern.
• If the color which turned into solid changes
along with the replacement of the main
high-voltage transformer, this main high-
30
voltage transformer is defined as
abnormal.
• If the color which turned into solid does
not change, check if the harness between
the LGC board and the main high-voltage
transformer is broken or if the power is
sufficiently supplied to the main charger
(breaking of the high-voltage harness or
connection defect). If no problem is found,
check the laser optical unit.
If the density level is low on both front Yes 33
and rear sides, is the image printed No 32
31
normally in cases other than noted
above?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 252
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
• Check if the photoconductive drum and 21
the transfer belt are rotating. If not, correct
their mechanism.
• Check if there are abnormal stain, large
breaking or scratches on the transfer belt
surface.
• Check if the connector of the transfer
transformer is disconnected.
• Check if the high-voltage harnesses of the
main high-voltage transformer and the
transfer transformer are disconnected.
• Check if the harness between the LGC
board and the transfer transformer is
32 broken.
• Check if the high-voltage joints of the
transfer belt unit are securely contacted or
if they are not stained.
• Check if the high-voltage harness is
broken.
• Check if the connector of the main high-
voltage transformer is disconnected.
• Check if the harness between the LGC
board and the main high-voltage
transformer is broken.
• Replace the transfer transformer.
• Replace the main high-voltage 8
transformer.
< Checking with the enforced image Yes 34
position adjustment > No 16
Does the error [CA00] occur during the
33
position adjustment control?
Perform FS-05-4719. (Enforced position
adjustment)
< Validating the color registration control Check the operation and correct if necessary.
> Then be sure to perform the following:
1. Perform FS-08-4546. (Position adjustment
34
control / Mode setting)
2. Set the value to “3” (default value).
3. Turn the power OFF.
<Checking the image position aligning Clean the image position aligning sensor (S7,
35
sensor> S8).
<Checking the power supply> Check if any of the springs for supplying
36 power to the transfer belt unit is deformed.
Replace the spring if it is deformed.
<Checking the power supply> Check if any of the springs for supplying
37 power to the EPU is deformed. Replace the
spring if it is deformed.

[CE10] Image quality sensor abnormality (OFF level)

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The output value of this sensor is out of a specified range when sensor
light source is OFF.

Check Item Measures

Image quality sensor Connector check
LGC board • Connector check (CN309, J620, J624)
• Check the harnesses between the LGC board and the image
quality sensor.
• Check the harnesses between the LGC board and the switching
power supply.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 253
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Switching power supply
Image quality sensor
LGC board
High-voltage transformer

[CE20] Image quality sensor abnormality (no pattern level)

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The output value of this sensor is out of a specified range when the
image quality control test pattern is not formed.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
• Check the image quality sensor Yes 9
detection value (FS-05-2757). No 2
1 • Is the value of FS-05-2757-0 “0”,
and is the value of FS-05-2757-1
“255”?
• Is the transfer belt or the transfer Yes 6
belt unit securely installed? No 3
• Are there any abnormal stains
(cleaning defects), large scratches
2 or breaking on the transfer belt
surface?
• Are the drum and the transfer belt
rotating smoothly?
• Is the transfer belt tight?
Transfer belt unit Check if the transfer belt unit is securely 4
3
installed. Correct it if not.
Transfer belt Check if any toner image remains on the 5
transfer belt surface.
If any, check the installation status of the
4
TBU cleaner unit. If there is any
abnormality, correct it, and clean the
transfer belt.
Drum and transfer belt Check if the drum and the transfer belt are 18*
properly operated.(ON: FS-03-101 / OFF:
FS-03-151)
If the transfer belt rotates normally, check if
any abnormal stains (cleaning defects),
large scratches or breaking are on the
5 surface of transfer belt by making full
rotation of transfer belt. Replace the
transfer belt if any. Check if the transfer belt
is loose or heaving, and correct it if needed.
If they are not rotating normally, check if
their drive gears are damaged or if they
contact the equipment. Correct it if needed.
• Is the sensor shutter of the image Yes 9
quality sensor opening or closing No 7
normally? Or is it normal without
6
any damage?
• Is the sensor surface of the image
quality sensor clean?
Sensor unit Take off the transfer belt unit so that you
7
can see the sensor unit.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 254
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Sensor shutter • Check if the sensor shutter is opening 18*
or closing normally.
(Opening: FS-03-125 / Closing: FS-03-
175)
If the sensor shutter is not opening or
closing, check if it is damaged or there
is any abnormality in the sensor shutter
solenoid.
Notes:
If the shutter is opened (FS-03-125),
close the shutter (FS-03-175).
8 • Check the connector and the harness
between the sensor shutter solenoid
and the LGC board. (LGC CN309 9-10
pin, J620, J622)
• Slide the sensor shutter so that the
sensor surface can be seen.
Clean the sensor surface with a cotton
swab or a soft cloth.
Clean the area around the sensor (e.g.:
sensor shutter) if it is stained, so that
the sensor surface does not become
dirty.
Image quality sensor Check the connectors and harnesses *
9 between the LGC board (CN309) and the 8
image quality sensor.
• Is +5V power supply voltage 11
normally supplied to the image
quality sensor?
10
• Is +5V voltage normally output by
the CN309 5-pin on the LGC
board?
LGC board • Check if +5V voltage is output by the 18*
terminal (25/30/35ppm: TP32, 45/
50ppm: TP13) on the LGC board.
11 • Check if the supply harness between
the switching power supply and the
LGC board is open circuited, damaged
or disconnected.
Set the values of “Image quality
12 closed-loop control / Contrast voltage
(FS-08-2486)” to “0” (Invalid).
Perform “Enforced performing of
13 image quality open-loop control (FS-
05-2740)”.
Output the image quality control test Yes 16
pattern (FS-04-270) more than one No 15
14
time and the list print (FS-30-101). Is
the image normal?
Abnormal image Blank print, Solid print, White banding, 17
Correct the abnormal image. Color banding, White spots, Poor transfer,
Uneven image density, Faded image (low
density), Uneven light distribution, Blotched
15 image.
Notes:
Blank print: including when one of
the YMCK colors is not printed.
Replace the image quality sensor or
16
the LGC board.
Set the values of “Image quality
17 closed-loop control / Contrast voltage
(FS-08-2486)” to “1” (Valid).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 255
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Perform “Forced performing of image Yes 20
quality closed-loop control (FS-05- No 19
18 2742)” and make sure it is completed
normally. (Error [CE10], [CE20] and
[CE40] do not appear.)
19 Check and correct it accordingly.
Perform “Automatic gamma
20
adjustment”.
Reset all of the values in the codes
“Abnormality detection count (Y/M/C/
21
K) Display/0 clearing (FS-08-2528 to
FS-08-2531)”.
High-voltage transformer Check if the high-voltage transformer is
22
damaged or abnormal.
* Go to step 12 for the second time.

[CE40] Image quality control test pattern abnormality

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The test pattern is not formed normally.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check if there is any abnormality on
1 the hand grips and rods of the main
charger cleaner. Correct if there is.
Check if the drum is rotated properly
by turning the gear of the drum cleaner
2
unit. Correct the auger and the
surrounding hardware if not.
Laser optical unit • Check the connectors and harnesses
between the LGC board and the laser
optical unit. (25/30/35ppm: CN317,
CN319, CN204, CN205, CN206,
CN207, CN208, CN209, 45/50ppm:
3 CN317, CN318, CN319, CN210,
CN211, CN212, CN213, CN214,
CN215, CN216, CN202)
• Check if there is any stain or scratch on
the laser optical unit. Clean or correct if
there is.
Check if there is any stain on the
4
image quality sensor (Rear).
Check if the sensor shutter is working
5
properly.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 256
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Transfer belt Check if the transfer belt is installed in the 17*
transfer belt unit properly. Check if the
transfer belt is loose or heaving, and
correct it if needed.
Check if the transfer belt unit is installed in
the equipment properly.
Check if the transfer belt is properly
operated. (ON: FS-03-101 / OFF: FS-03-
151)
If the transfer belt rotates normally, check if
6
any abnormal stains (cleaning defects),
large scratches or breaking are on the
surface of transfer belt by making full
rotation of transfer belt. Replace the
transfer belt if any.
If the transfer belt is not rotating normally,
check if the drive gears are damaged or if it
contacts the equipment or if the transfer
belt cleaning unit is normal. Correct it if
needed.
Check if any of the springs for
supplying power to the transfer belt
7
unit is deformed. Replace the spring if
it is deformed.
Use “Image quality control abnormal 8
detection counter Y to K display/0
8 clearing (FS-08-2528 to 2531)” to
check the abnormal occurring
condition for each color.
Check the first pattern detection value If the detected value of K is normal but that
for each color of image quality sensor for only Y, those for Y and M, or those for Y,
detection value (FS-05-2758-2 to 5), M and C is abnormal, perform the following
and identify the color of unit which procedure.
9
causing test pattern abnormality. > Check that the phenomenon can be
Identify the color of unit by check the recovered by replacing the 1st transfer
value which exceeds “600”. (Sub-code contact/release clutch or the 1st transfer
2: Y, 3: M, 4: C, 5: K) roller status detection sensor.
Check if the developer unit identified in Visually check the installation and 17*
10 step 9 has been installed properly. assembly status of the developer unit, and
correct it if there is any abnormality.
Set the values of “Image quality
11 closed-loop control / Contrast voltage
(FS-08-2486)” to “0” (Invalid).
Perform “Enforced performing of
12 image quality open-loop control (FS-
05-2740)”.
Output several number of sheets of the Yes 15
image quality control test pattern (FS- No 14
04-270) and the list print (FS-30-101),
13
and check the pattern of the color
identified in step 9. Is the image
normal?
Abnormal image Blank print, Solid print, White banding, 16
Correct the abnormal image. Color banding, White spots, Poor transfer,
Uneven image density, Faded image (low
density), Uneven light distribution, Blotched
image.
14
Notes:
Refer to the each troubleshooting
for the image.
Blank print: including when one of
the YMCK colors is not printed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 257
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Replace the image quality sensor or
15
LGC board.
Set the values of “Image quality
16 closed-loop control / Contrast voltage
(FS-08-2486)” to “1” (Valid).
Perform “Forced performing of image Yes 19
17 quality closed-loop control (FS-05- No 18
2742).” Is it completed normally?
18 Check and correct it accordingly.
Perform “Automatic gamma
19
adjustment”.
Clear all “Image quality control
abnormal detection counter Y to K
20
display/0 clearing (FS-08-2528 to
2531)”.
EPU Has the developer unit (Y, M, C, K) been
installed securely?
Press the slanted line portion of the
developer unit until a click sound is heard.

21

* If you have already performed this checking cycle once, proceed to step (11).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Main charger cleaner
Drum cleaner unit
Laser optical unit
Image quality sensor (Rear)
Transfer belt
Spring for supplying power
1st transfer contact/release clutch
1st transfer roller status detection sensor
Image quality sensor
LGC board
High-voltage transformer (HVT)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 258
[CE41] Image quality TRC control test pattern abnormality

Classification Error item

Image control related service call The image quality TRC control test pattern is not printed normally.

Next
Step Check item Result Measures
step
1 Change the setting of the image 2
quality TRC control to
“Disabled”. Set the values of
FS-08-2600 and FS-08-8103 to
“0”.
2 Output several number of YES 3
sheets of the image quality NO • Check if process units and developer units are
control test pattern (FS-04-270) properly installed.
and the list print (FS-30-101), • Check if there is any scattered toner or
and check the pattern of each developer material around the laser optical unit,
color. Is the image normal? clean it if there is any.
• Correct the problem by referring to
“Troubleshooting for the Image”.
 P. 8-442 “8.5 Troubleshooting for the Image”
3 Change the setting of the image 4
quality TRC control to
“Enabled”. Set the values of FS- 8
08-2600 and FS-08-8103 to “1”.
4 Perform the automatic gamma
adjustment. If the adjustment is
normally finished, this is the end
of the procedure. If the error
CE41 still occurs, proceed to
step 5.
5 Check if the harness between 6
the connector CN133 on the
SYS board and the connector
CN330 on the LGC board is
disconnected or open circuited.
Correct if so.
6 Check if the conductor patterns 7
on the SYS board and the LGC
board are short circuited or
open circuited.
7 If no abnormality is found in 8
steps 5 to 6 above, replace the
SYS board.
8 Perform automatic gamma
adjustment. If the adjustment is
normally finished, this is the end
of the procedure. If the error
CE41 still occurs, proceed to
step 9.
9 Reinstall the removed SYS
board and then replace the
LGC board.
Perform automatic gamma
adjustment after the board is
replaced.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

LGC board
SYS board
High-voltage transformer

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 259
[CE50] Temperature / humidity sensor abnormality

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The output value of temperature / humidity sensor is out of a specified
range.

Check Item Measures

Temperature/humidity sensor Check the connectors and harnesses between the temperature/
humidity sensor and LGC board (CN325).

Parts to be replaced Remark

Temperature/humidity sensor
LGC board

[CE70] Drum drive switching abnormality

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The drum switching detection sensor is not turned ON after the mono /
color switching motor was rotated for a specified period of time.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Is the drum switching motor (M3) Yes 7
1 operating properly? (Perform the No 2
output check: FS-03-240)
2 Drum switching motor (M3) Check the connector of the motor. (J653)
3 Drum switching detection sensor (S11) Sensor check
LGC board • Connector check (CN327)
4
• Board check
Is the drum TBU drive unit [1] installed • Install the drum TBU drive unit [1]
5 properly? properly.
P. 8-261“Fig.8-24” P. 8-261“Fig.8-24”
Check that there is no friction or • If there is any foreign matter in the unit,
abnormality by pushing the protrusion remove it.
[2] of the drive switching cam and the • If the slide area spring [4] in the unit is
one [3] for the developer/paper feeding deformed or is not attached properly,
6 drive switching cam while the drum correct it.
TBU drive unit [1] is removed. • Apply grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the
P. 8-261“Fig.8-24” slide area of the switching cam [5].
P. 8-261“Fig.8-25”
P. 8-261“Fig.8-26”
Is the drum switching detection sensor Yes 10
(S11) working? (Perform the input No 8
7
check: FS-03-[ALL]OFF/[8]/[G]
(Highlighted in the black mode))
Drum switching detection sensor (S11) • Sensor, connector, joint connector
check
8 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as grease in the detection area of
the drum switching detection sensor.
LGC board • Connector check (CN327)
9
• Board check
Is the drum switching motor Yes 12
10 assembled in the drum drive unit able No 11
to be rotated smoothly by hand?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 260
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Drum switching motor (M3) • While reinstalling the drum switching
motor, push it so that its gear will
slightly move away from the engaging
11 gear.
• Check the bracket in which the drum
switching motor is installed. If it is
deformed, replace it.
Is the drum switching guide able to be Yes 14
moved smoothly by hand after the No 13
12
drum switching motor has been
removed?
Drum switching motor (M3) Check if the slide area (guide, plate) of the
drum switching guide is deformed or any
13
foreign matter is attached to it. (Replace it if
there is.)
14 LGC board Board check

[1]

8
[4]
[2]

[3]

[5]

[5]

Fig.8-24 Fig.8-25

[4]

[5]
[5]

Fig.8-26

Parts to be replaced Remark

Drum switching motor (M3)
Drum switching detection sensor (S11)
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 261
[CE90] Drum thermistor abnormality

Classification Contents
Image control related service call The output value of the drum thermistor is out of a specified range.

Check Item Measures

Drum thermistor • Thermistor check (Perform the input check: FS-03-[F1]ON/[3])
• Connector check (J638, J637)
• Harness check
LGC board • Connector check (CN312)

Parts to be replaced Remark

Drum thermistor
LGC board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 262
8.3.23 Copy process related service call
[C370] Transfer belt abnormality

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call The transfer belt is not moved normally.

Check Item Measures

Transfer belt unit • Check if the transport belt unit is working normally.
Drum TBU drive unit Connector check (J651, J656)
Drum TBU motor Connector check (CN327, J651)
Drum cleaner unit Check if the drum is overloaded.
Transfer belt cleaning unit Check that there is no abnormality in the cleaning blade.
Check if the waste toner auger is overloaded.
LGC board Connector check (CN327)
Transfer belt Check if it’s normal.
1st transfer roller status detection Sensor check
sensor (S12)
1st transfer contact/release clutch Clutch check
(CLT2)

Parts to be replaced Remark 8

Drum TBU motor
LGC board
1st transfer roller status detection
sensor (S12)
1st transfer contact/release clutch
(CLT2)

[C380] Auto-toner sensor-K abnormality (upper limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
• Check if the developer material is too
1 light visually.
• Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J635, J636).
2
• Remove any foreign matter such as
toner in the connector of the auto toner
sensor.
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 263
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material
High-voltage transformer

[C381] Auto-toner sensor-K abnormality (lower limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
1 • Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J635, J636).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 264
[C390] Auto-toner sensor-C abnormality (upper limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
• Check if the developer material is too
1 light visually.
• Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
8
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J633, J634).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material
High-voltage transformer

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 265
[C391] Auto-toner sensor-C abnormality (lower limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
1 • Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J633, J634).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material

[C3A0] Auto-toner sensor-M abnormality (upper limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
• Check if the developer material is too
1 light visually.
• Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 266
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J631, J632).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material
High-voltage transformer

[C3A1] Auto-toner sensor-M abnormality (lower limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

8
Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
1 • Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J631, J632).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 267
[C3B0] Auto-toner sensor-Y abnormality (upper limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
• Check if the developer material is too
1 light visually.
• Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and
LGC board (CN313, J629, J630).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material
High-voltage transformer

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 268
[C3B1] Auto-toner sensor-Y abnormality (lower limit)

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call An output of the auto-toner sensor cannot be detected correctly.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Developer unit • Check if the developer unit is installed
properly.
• Check that the developer unit and
coupling on the equipment side are
properly engaged.
• Check that the mixer of the developer
unit is rotated.
1 • Check if the amount of the developer
material is too large or too small.
• Remove any toner or dust on the auto-
toner sensor connector and the drawer
connector of the process cover.
• Remove any toner or dust on the EPU
sensor connector and the drawer
connector on the equipment side.
Auto toner sensor • Check the connectors and harnesses
LGC board between the auto toner sensor and 8
LGC board (CN313, J629, J630).
2 • Check if there is any foreign matter
such as toner in the connector of the
auto toner sensor. Remove if there is
and reconnect it.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Auto toner sensor
Harness
LGC board
Developer material

[C3E1] Drum / cleaner / charger unit replacement (old-new) detection abnormality

Classification Contents
Copy process related service call Drum / cleaner / charger unit replacement (old-new) detection
abnormality.

Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check if the old/new detection pusher Yes 4
1 of the drum cleaner unit is being No 2
ejected.
Check if the harness of the drum old/ Yes 3
2 new detection switch in the drum No Replace the harness.
cleaner unit is open circuited.
Is the drum old/new detection switch of Yes 4
3 the drum cleaner unit normal? No Replace the drum old/new detection
switch.
Check if the drum old/new detection Yes 3
pusher is moved to the escape No Correct the drum old/new detection pusher
position while the coupling of the drum so that it is moved to the escape position.
4
cleaner unit is rotated by hand.
(Is a driving in the old/new detection
pusher section transmitted?)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 269
 Next
Step Check Item Result Measures
Step
Check that the coupling of the drum Yes Correct the engagement of the couplings in 9
TBU drive unit is driven properly. the drum TBU drive unit and the drum
5 cleaner unit.
No 6
Check that the drum TBU drive motor Yes 9
6 rotates properly. (Output check: FS- No 7
03-101/151)
Check that the connector of the drum Yes 9
7 TBU drive motor is connected properly. No 8
(CN327, J651)
Check if the harness of the drum TBU Yes 9
8 drive motor is open circuited. No Replace the drum TBU drive motor.
Check that the connector of the LGC Yes 11
9 board (CN313, CN327) is connected No Reconnect the connector.
properly.
Is the harness of the LGC board Yes 11
10 normal? No Replace the harness.
11 Is the LGC board normal? Replace the LGC board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Drum old/new detection switches
Drum TBU motor
LGC board
Harness

[C970] High-voltage transformer abnormality

Classification Contents
Copy Process related service call Leakage of the main charger is detected.

Check Item Measures

EPU Has the developer unit (Y, M, C, K) been installed securely?
Press the slanted line portion of the developer unit until a click sound is
heard.

Main charger Check if the main charger is installed securely.

Spring of high-voltage supply contact Check if the spring of high-voltage supply contact point is deformed.
point
Needle electrode • Check if the needle electrode is broken or the main charger grid is
deformed.
• Check if any foreign matter is on the needle electrode or main
charger grid.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 270
[CD40] Waste toner box full error

Classification Contents
Copy Process related service call Waste toner box full is detected.

Check Item Measures

Waste toner box 1. Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON.
Clear the counter 1. Set the value of FS-08-4541 to “0”.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON.

Parts to be replaced Remark

Waste toner box

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 271
8.3.24 Other service call
[F100_0] HDD format error (Operation failure of key data)

Classification Contents
Other service call Operation of HDD key data fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment.
If it cannot be recovered, reinstall the software in the following
procedure.
1. Install the system firmware.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
SRAM Replace the SRAM.
SYS board Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F100_1] HDD format error (HDD encryption key data damaged - one board)

Classification Contents
Other service call Encryption key data of either the SYS board or the SRAM are
damaged.

Check item Measures

Encryption key status Check the displayed message. (HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key
Backup/Restore)
Take appropriate countermeasures shown in the table below according to the messages displayed in
“SRAM” and “FROM”.
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware and system software is needed.
(HS-49 Firmware Update mode)
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”

SRAM FROM Measures

OK AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
OK KeyNull Recover the encryption key on the SYS board.
KeyBroken  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”)
AccessFailed OK Replace the SRAM. (USB backup data are not used)
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
KeyNull OK Recover the encryption key on the SRAM.
KeyBroken  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-37 “[H] Backup encryption key (FROM > SRAM)”)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 272
 SRAM FROM Measures
Keymismatch Keymismatch <The error occurs when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the encryption key on the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”)
<The error occurs except when the SYS board is replaced>
Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(all steps)

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F100_2] HDD format error (HDD encryption key data damaged - both boards)

Classification Contents
Other service call Encryption key data of both the SYS board and the SRAM are
damaged.

Check item Measures 8

Encryption key status Check the displayed message. (HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key
Backup/Restore)
Take appropriate countermeasures shown in the table below according to the messages displayed in
“SRAM” and “FROM”.
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware / system software and application
is needed. (HS-49 Firmware Update mode)

SRAM FROM Measures

* AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM Data Cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
AccessFailed * Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(for the SYS board, all steps)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 273
 SRAM FROM Measures
KeyNull/ KeyNull/ <No USB backup data>
KeyBroken KeyBroken 1. Reinstall the system software.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM Data Cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
* AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F100_3] Serial number value error

Classification Contents
Other service call Only the first two characters of the serial number are entered. (The
serial number is not completely entered.)

Check item Measures

Serial number Enter the serial number with [FS-08-9601].
If an F100_3 error occurs at the FS Menu startup, select HS-76 SRAM
clear mode > Set Serial Number and enter the serial number.

[F100_4] Hash check error of encryption partition key

Classification Contents
Other service call Hash check error of encryption partition key.

Check item Measures

SYS board Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 274
[F101_0] HDD connection error (HDD connection cannot be detected)
[F101_1] Root partition mount error (HDD formatting fails)
[F101_2][F101_3] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 0: HDD connection error (HDD connection cannot be
detected).Sub-code 1: The HDD cannot be connected (mounted)
caused by damage to the areas in which the program is mainly stored.
Sub-code 2, 3: The areas other than those described in the F101_1
and F101_4 to F101_10 errors are damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error still persists after step 2, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and 8
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by HS-73 Firmware
Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If F101_1 occurs with secure HDD or the error persists
after performing step 3, perform step 3 after performing the
following.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
4. If the error persists even after step 3, replace the HDD
harness.
5. If the error persists even after step 4, replace the HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 275
[F101_4] Partition mount error
[F101_12] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 4: The “/work” partition is damaged.
Sub-code 12: File link error in the “/work” partition.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /work, and then restart the
equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /work, and then restart the
equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 276
[F101_5] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 5: The “/registration” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /registration, and then
restart the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /registration, and then
restart the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49 8
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 277
[F101_6] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 6: The “/backup” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup /
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /backup, and then restart
the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /backup, and then restart
the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 278
[F101_7] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 7: The “/imagedata” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /imagedata, and then restart
the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD> /imagedata, and then restart
the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49 8
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 279
[F101_8] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 8: The “/storage” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /storage, and then restart
the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /storage, and then restart
the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 280
[F101_9] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 9: The “/encryption” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /encryption, and then restart
the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /encryption, and then restart
the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49 8
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 281
[F101_10] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 10: The “/application” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error still occurs after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Key Backup/
Restore and check that each Key Status is “OK”.
- If not, recover the key (press [Key] and select the menu,
and then press [Execute]).
3. If the error persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Recovery F/S > /application, and then
restart the equipment.
4. If the error persists after step 3, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > /application, and then
restart the equipment.
5. If the error still persists after step 4, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
If the error still persists even after step 5, perform the
following and then reattempt step 5.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD
harness.
7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the HDD.
8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 282
[F101_11] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be detected.
Sub-code 11: A file in the “/platform” partition is damaged.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if HDD for other equipment is not installed.
- Check if SRAM for other equipment is not installed.
2. If the error persists after step 1, perform the following.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
3. If the error persists even after step 2, perform the following and 8
then reattempt step 2.
- HS-74 HDD Assist mode > Revert Factory Initial Status
HDD.
4. If the error persists even after step 3, replace the HDD
harness.
5. If the error persists even after step 4, replace the HDD.
6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 283
[F101_13] Error due to damage to file

Classification Contents
Other service call HDD not mounted - The detection of the HDD has failed.
Sub-code 13: The files under the “/imagedata” are corrupted.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Check the connectors and harnesses.
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if an HDD for other equipment is installed.
- Check if a SRAM for other equipment is installed.
2. If the error still persists after step 1, perform the following
items.
- Perform HS-75 File System Recovery mode >
Recovery F/S > /imagedata and reboot the equipment.
3. If the error still persists after step 2, perform the following
items.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > [Format HDD],
and then reinstall “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > [Format HDD].
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
4. If the error still persists even after step 3, perform the following
and then reattempt step 3.
- HS-74 > [Revert Factory Initial Status HDD]
5. If the error still persists even after step 4, replace the HDD
harness.
6. If the error still persists even after step 5, replace the HDD.
7. If the error still persists even after step 6, replace the SYS
board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 284
[F101_14] Partition mount error

Classification Contents
Other service call Sub-code 14: HDD cannot be connected (mounted) due to damage to
the “/rollback” partition.

Check item Measures

HDD, SYS board, Setting 1. Reboot the equipment. If the error still persists, perform the
following steps.
2. Turn the power of the equipment OFF and check the
connection of the HDD.
- Connector and harness check
- Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
- Check if an HDD for other equipment is installed.
- Check if a SRAM for other equipment is installed.
3. If the error still persists after step 2, perform the following
items.
- Perform HS-73 Firmware Assist mode > [Format HDD],
and then install “System Software (HD data)” with HS-49
Firmware Update mode.
Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Firmware Assist mode > [Format HDD].
• Message Log
• Job Log 8
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
4. If the error still persists even after step 3, perform the following
and then reattempt step 3.
- HS-74 > [Revert Factory Initial Status HDD]
5. If the error still persists even after step 4, replace the HDD
harness.
6. If the error still persists even after step 5, replace the HDD.
7. If the error still persists even after step 6, replace the SYS
board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 285
[F102] HDD start error
[F103] HDD transfer time-out
[F104] HDD data error
[F105] HDD other error

Classification Contents
Other service call [F102] HDD cannot become “Ready” state.
[F103] Reading / writing cannot be performed in the specified period of
time.
[F104] Abnormality is detected in the data of HDD.
[F105] HDD other error.

Check item Measures

HDD • Connector and harness check
• Check if the connector pins of the HDD are bent.
• Perform the bad sector check (FS-08-9072). If the check result
is OK, recover the data in the HDD. If the check result is failed,
replace the HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_0] HDD error (Illegal disk replacement detected)

Classification Error item

Other service call The Secure HDD has been replaced illegally to Normal HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the HDD has been replaced with a Normal HDD.
1. Start the equipment in the 4C mode: Perform HS-74 HDD
assist mode.
2. Check the type of the HDD shown on the top left of the control
panel display “Current HDD type”.
• In case of Normal HDD, replace it with the original Secure
HDD or a new Secure HDD.
Notes:
To replace with the original Secure HDD, start the
equipment in the normal mode and then reinstall system
software only if any abnormality occurs.
• In case of “Secure HDD”
Check each item in the Measures field for the HDD below.
If the error still occurs, reinstall the system software.
HDD • Connector check
• Harness check
Follow the procedure below if no abnormality is found in the check
items above.
1. Perform HS-74 HDD assist mode. > Revert Factory Initial
Status HDD
2. Reinstall the system software.
If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD. If the
equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the HDD.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 286
 Parts to be replaced Remark
HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_1] HDD error (HDD type detection error)

Classification Error item

Other service call HDD type detection fails.

Check item Measures

Setting • If the error is not recovered after rebooting the equipment or
no abnormality is found on any check items for the HDD,
reinstall the system software.
HDD • Connector check
• Harness check
• Perform HS-75 File system recovery mode.
Check the file system and recover it if necessary.
If the recovery fails, replace the HDD. 8
If the equipment does not start in the HS-75 File system
recovery mode, also replace the HDD.
• Check that either the Secure HDD or Normal HDD is mounted.
1. Perform HS-74 HDD assist mode.
2. Check the type of the HDD shown on the control panel display
“Current HDD type”.
Normal status: Secure HDD or Normal HDD
Abnormal status: Unknown HDD
If “Unknown HDD” is displayed, reinstall the system software.
If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the above step cannot be performed, replace the HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_2] HDD error (Secure HDD encryption key download operation error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Downloading of or consistency check for Secure HDD encryption key
fails.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 287
 Check item Measures
Setting Checking of Secure HDD encryption key status
1. Perform HS-73 Assist mode.
2. Perform “Key Backup / Restore”.
3. Check the status of the Secure HDD encryption key on the
Key Backup / Restore menu.
4. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment.
• In case both the ADIKey SRAM/FROM status are OK
Reinstall the system firmware.
• In case either the ADIKey SRAM/FROM status is other than
OK
Restore the Secure HDD encryption key.
• In case both of the ADIKey SRAM/FROM status are other than
OK
Reinstall the system software.
HDD If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the
HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_3] HDD error (Secure HDD authentication Admin Password generation error)

Classification Error item

Other service call The generation of Secure HDD authentication Admin Password fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and then install the
system software by performing HS-49 Firmware update mode >
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data).

Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
HDD If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the
HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 288
[F106_4] HDD error (Authentication random number generation error)

Classification Error item

Other service call The generation of a random number for authentication data fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and then install the
system software by performing HS-49 Firmware update mode >
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data).

Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
HDD If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the
HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board. 8
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_5] HDD error (Authentication data transmission error)

Classification Error item

Other service call The transmission of authentication data fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and then install the
system software by performing HS-49 Firmware update mode >
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data).

Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
• In case this error occurred after returning SRAM data for
SRAM cloning:
Copy the Secure HDD key from FROM to SRAM.
1. Perform HS-73 Assist mode.
2. Select “Key Backup / Restore”.
3. Check the status of the Secure HDD key on the Key/Backup
Restore menu.
4. Select [ADIkey] twice.
5. Check that copying of the Secure HDD key from the FROM to
SRAM is selected.
6. Press [Execute].
7. When the restoring of the encryption key is completed,
“Success” appears to the right-hand side of [ADIKey] FROM.
8. After the operation has been completed, shut down the
equipment.
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 289
 Check item Measures
HDD If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the
HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_6] [F106_7] [F106_8] [F106_10] [F106_UNDEF] HDD error (Error caused by reason other
than F106_0 to 5 errors)

Classification Error item

Other service call Error caused by reason other than F106_0 to 5 errors.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and then install the
system software by performing HS-49 Firmware update mode >
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data).

Notes:
The following items will be deleted by performing HS-73
Assist mode > Format HDD.
• Message Log
• Job Log
• Spool Data (Print, Email reception)
• Template
HDD If the error persists even after above step, replace the HDD.
If the equipment operation disabled after above step, replace the
HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD
and SYS board.

[F106_11] License damaged (HDD and SRAM)

Classification Error content

License management Both licenses registered in the HDD and SRAM are damaged.

Check item Measures

Backup data Restore the backup data in which all the activated licenses with the latest
status are stored.
Remarks:
Applications with the trial license cannot be recovered from the
backup data. If necessary, reinstall the applications.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 290
 Check item Measures
License • If there are no backup data as above, reactivate all the licenses which
have been activated in this equipment.
• If the functions have been activated by the export license file, import the
license exported from the host unit of the equipment.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD harness Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD,
SRAM and SYS board.
HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD,
SRAM and SYS board.
SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD,
SRAM and SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD harness, HDD,
SRAM and SYS board.

[F106_12] License damaged (SRAM)

Classification Error content

License management The license registered in the SRAM is damaged.

Check item Measures

8
- 1. Reboot the equipment.
2. If the problem still persists, perform FS-08-9053 and reboot the
equipment again.
3. If the problem still occurs after performing step 2, replace the SRAM.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_0] Key consistency error (Consistency check operation error)

Classification Contents
Other service call Key consistency check on each key data fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment.
If it cannot be recovered, reinstall the software in the following
procedure.
1. Install the system firmware.
2. If the error cannot be solved after installing the system
firmware, reinstall the system software and application
program.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
SRAM If the error is not cleared after the software reinstallation, replace
the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”
SYS board If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS
board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the
SYS board”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 291
 Parts to be replaced Remark
SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_1] Key consistency error (SRAM encryption AES key data damage)

Classification Contents
Other service call AES key data used for SRAM encryption are damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment.
If it cannot be recovered, reinstall the software in the following
procedure.
1. Install the system firmware.
2. If the error cannot be solved after installing the system
firmware, reinstall the system software and application
program.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
SRAM If the error is not cleared after the software reinstallation, replace
the SRAM.
SYS board If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS
board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_2] Key consistency error (Signature Check public key damage)

Classification Contents
Other service call Public key data used for Integrity Check are damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment.
If it cannot be recovered, reinstall the software in the following
procedure.
1. Install the system firmware.
2. If the error cannot be solved after installing the system
firmware, reinstall the system software and application
program.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
SRAM If the error is not cleared after the software reinstallation, replace
the SRAM.
SYS board If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS
board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 292
[F109_3] Key consistency error (HDD encryption parameter damage)

Classification Contents
Other service call Parameter used for HDD partition encryption are damaged.

Check item Measures

Encryption key status confirmation Check the message displayed by HS-73 Assist mode > Key
Backup / Restore.
Take measures given in the following table according to the messages displayed in the SRAM and
FROM fields.
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, it is required to reinstall the system firmware and system software. (HS-
49 Firmware update mode)

SRAM FROM Measures

* AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore 8
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
AccessFailed * Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(for the SYS board, all steps)
OK KeyNull/ Recover the encryption key on the SYS board.
KeyBroken  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”)
AccessFailed OK Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(all steps)
KeyNull/ OK Recover the encryption key on the SRAM.
KeyBroken  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-37 “[H] Backup encryption key (FROM > SRAM)”)
KeyNull/ KeyNull/ <No USB backup data>
KeyBroken KeyBroken 1. Reinstall the system software.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
* AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 293
 Parts to be replaced Remark
SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_4] Key consistency error (license data damage)

Classification Contents
Other service call The license data are damaged.

Check item Measures

Encryption key status confirmation Check the message displayed by HS-73 Assist mode > Key Backup /
Restore.
Take appropriate countermeasures shown in the table below according to the messages displayed in
the SRAM and FROM fields of LICENCE [F109_4].
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware and system software is needed.
(HS-49 Firmware update mode)

SRAM License FROM License

Measures
Status Status
* AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the board.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
AccessFailed * Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(all steps)
KeyMismatch KeyMismatch <The error occurs when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the license on the SYS board. (Transfer the license from
SRAM to FROM.)
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”)
<The error occurs except when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the license on the SRAM. (Transfer the license from FROM to
SRAM.)
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-37 “[I] Backup license (FROM > SRAM)”)
* AccessFailed or KeyMismatch

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 294
[F109_5] Key consistency error (encryption key for HDD is damaged)

Classification Contents
Other service call Encryption key for HDD is damaged.

Check item Measures

Encryption key status confirmation Check the message displayed by HS-73 Assist mode > Key Backup
Restore.
Take appropriate countermeasures shown in the table below according to the messages displayed in
the SRAM and FROM fields of AGLENCKEY [F109_5] / AGLDECKEY [F109_5].
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware and system software is needed.
(HS-49 Firmware update mode)

SRAM FROM Measures

* AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.) 8
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
AccessFailed * Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(all steps)
OK KeyNull/ Recover the ADI key on the SYS board.
KeyBroken  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”)
KeyNull/ OK Recover the ADI key on the SRAM.
KeyBroken  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-36 “[G] Backup ADI key (FROM > SRAM)”)
KeyNull/ KeyNull/ <No USB backup data>
KeyBroken KeyBroken 1. Create the partition in the HDD, and reinstall the system software.
 P. 9-25 “9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the
HDD”(Perform step 3 or later in “[E]Replace / Format HDD”)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 295
 SRAM FROM Measures
KeyMismatch KeyMismatch <The error occurs when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the ADI key on the SYS board. (Transfer the ADI key from
SRAM to FROM.)
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”)
<The error occurs except when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the ADI key on the SRAM. (Transfer the ADI key from FROM
to SRAM.)
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-36 “[G] Backup ADI key (FROM > SRAM)”)
* AccessFailed or KeyMismatch

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_6] Key consistency error (administrator password error for HDD authentication)

Classification Contents
Other service call Administrator password error for HDD authentication.

Check item Measures

Encryption key status confirmation Check the message displayed by HS-73 Assist mode > Key Backup
Restore.
Take appropriate countermeasures shown in the table below according to the messages displayed in
the SRAM and FROM fields of AdminPassword [F109_6].
Remarks:
If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware and system software is needed.
(HS-49 Firmware update mode)

SRAM FROM Measures

* AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”(all steps)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
AccessFailed * Replace the SRAM.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”(all steps)
OK KeyNull/ Recover the ADI key on the SYS board.
KeyBroken  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”)
KeyNull/ OK Recover the ADI key on the SRAM.
KeyBroken  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-36 “[G] Backup ADI key (FROM > SRAM)”)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 296
 SRAM FROM Measures
KeyNull/ KeyNull/ <No USB backup data>
KeyBroken KeyBroken 1. Create the partition in the HDD, and reinstall the system software.
9.2.3Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD(Perform
step 3 or later in “[E]Replace / Format HDD”)
<With USB backup data: All key data recovery>
1. Recover all the data on the SRAM.
HS-59 SRAM data cloning mode > Restore SRAM Data from USB
(For details, see  P. 12-2 “12.1.4 Cloning procedure”[B]Restore
procedure.)
2. Recover the encryption key/license on the SYS board.
Follow the procedures below noted in  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions
and procedures when replacing the SYS board”.
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”(only when Secure HDD is
installed)
 P. 9-32 “[D] Restore encryption key”
 P. 9-32 “[E] Restore license”
KeyMismatch KeyMismatch <The error occurs when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the ADI Key on the SYS board. (Transfer the ADI Key from
SRAM to FROM.)
 P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS
board”( P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”)
<The error occurs except when the SYS board is replaced>
Recover the ADI key on the SRAM. (Transfer the ADI Key from FROM
to SRAM.)
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the
SRAM”( P. 9-36 “[G] Backup ADI key (FROM > SRAM)”) 8
* AccessFailed or KeyMismatch

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

[F109_7] Hash check error of ADI-HDD authentication key

Classification Contents
Other service call Hash check error of ADI-HDD authentication key.

Check item Measures

Setting Install the system software in the following procedure: HS-73 Assist
mode > Format HDD > HS-49 Firmware update mode > SYSTEM
SOFTWARE (HD Data)
Notes:
Once HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD has been carried out,
the user data are deleted.
SRAM If the error is not cleared after the software reinstallation, replace the
SRAM.
SYS board If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 297
[F110] Communication error between the system-CPU and the scanner-CPU
[F111] Communication error between the system-CPU and the scanner-CPU

Classification Error content

Communication related service call [F110] Communication error between the system-CPU and the
scanner-CPU.
[F111] Communication error between the system-CPU and the
scanner-CPU.

Check item Measures

Reproducibility Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power switch.
Setting • Check if the value of 08-9000 (Destination setting of the
equipment) is set correctly.
• Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner” (FS-05-
3203)
• Update the scanner firmware.
SYS board • Check if the conductor pattern on the SYS board is short circuited
or open circuited.
• Connector check (CN122)
• Harness check (CN122)

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board Refer to the following sections:
•  P. 9-3 “9.1.4 SYS board”
•  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the
SYS board”

[F119] Scanner abnormality detection

Classification Error item

Scanning system related service call Connection error between scanner CPU and system CPU.

Check item Measures

SYS board • Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of parts
mounted on the SYS board.
• Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 298
[F120] Database abnormality

Classification Error item

Other service call Database is not operating normally.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Check that no jobs remain and rebuild the databases.
- HS-75 File system recovery mode > Initialize database >
LDAP DB and Log DB (Job,Msg).
2. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)
Notes:
• If you rebuild the databases with a job remaining, delete it
after finishing.
• When “Rebuilding all databases” is performed, all data
including log/user/role/group/department information and
address book data are deleted. If you back up the data in
advance, they will be recovered by restoring them after
rebuilding the database.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

8
[F121] Database abnormality (user information management database error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Login after the startup fails in any starting mode because user
management database is corrupted.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Check that no jobs remain and rebuild the databases.
2. Delete the data in the following procedure:
- HS-75 File system recovery mode > Initialize database >
LDAP database (Note that all user, role, group and
accounting data will be deleted.)
3. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)
Notes:
• If you rebuild the databases with a job remaining, delete it
after finishing.
• When “Rebuilding all databases” is performed, all data
including log/user/role/group/department information and
address book data are deleted. If you back up the data in
advance, they will be recovered by restoring them after
rebuilding the database.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 299
[F122] Database abnormality (message / job log management database error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Login after the startup fails in any starting mode because log
management database is corrupted.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Check that no jobs remain and rebuild the databases.
2. Delete the data in the following procedure:
- HS-75 File system recovery mode > Initialize database > Log
database (jobs and messages) (Note that all job and
message logs will be deleted.)
3. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)
Notes:
• If you rebuild the databases with a job remaining, delete it
after finishing.
• When “Rebuilding all databases” is performed, all data
including log/user/role/group/department information and
address book data are deleted. If you back up the data in
advance, they will be recovered by restoring them after
rebuilding the database.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

[F124] Database abnormality (application management database damage error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Application management database is damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Delete the journal file by the following procedure.
- HS-75 File System recovery mode > Initialize DB > AppMgmt
DB
Notes:
All of the application information will be deleted.
2. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

[F125] Database abnormality (Home screen database damage error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Home screen database is damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Delete the journal file by the following procedure.
- HS-75 File System recovery mode > Initialize DB >
HomeScreen DB
2. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 300
 Parts to be replaced Remark
HDD

[F126] Database abnormality (Job history database damage error)

Classification Error item

Other service call Job history database is damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Delete the journal file by the following procedure.
- HS-75 File System recovery mode > Initialize DB >
JobHistory DB
2. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

[F127] Database abnormality (application license management database damage error)

8
Classification Error item
Other service call Application license management database is damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Delete the journal file by the following procedure.
- HS-75 File System recovery mode > Initialize DB >
AppLicense DB
2. If the error is not recovered, reinstall the system software.
- HS-49 Firmware update mode > System Software(HD data)

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

[F128] License management database damage

Classification Error content

License management The license management database stored in the HDD has been damaged.

Check item Measures

- Reboot the equipment.
When a 71E0 error has appeared, perform its troubleshooting.
If an F128 error has appeared again, perform the following procedure.
(1) Open HS-[75 File System Recovery]-[Initialize DB].
(2) Select [ULM DB] only and press [OK].
(3) Reboot the equipment. When a 71E0 error has appeared, perform
its troubleshooting.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD and SRAM.
SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the HDD and SRAM.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 301
[F130] Invalid MAC address

Classification Contents
Other service call This error occurs when the top 3 bytes of the MAC address is not
“00”, “80”, “91”.

Check item Measures

Setting This error occurs when the top 3 bytes of the MAC address is not
“00”, “80”, “91”.
SYS board Replace the SYS board

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

[F131] Filtering setting file damage error

Classification Contents
Other service call The filtering function is not working properly due to the damage to the
file for the filtering setting.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Check the bad sector of the HDD (FS-08-9072). If the result is
“NG”, replace the HDD.
Notes:
It may take more than 30 minutes to finish the checking.
2. Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and then reinstall
the HDD software.
Notes:
User data will be deleted when HS-73 Assist mode >
Format HDD is performed.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

HDD

[F140] ASIC format abnormality

Classification Contents
Other service call ASIC format abnormality.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 302
 Check item Measures
SYS board • Connector check (CN129)
Check if the connector is disconnected, the terminals are folded or
there is any foreign matter. (When the DSDF I/F board installed,
take it off to perform the check.)
• Board check
Check both front and back side of the board if there is an
abnormality such as staining, foreign matter or scratches around
IC29 (indicated in the figure below).

CN129
IC29

8
Fig.8-27

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board

[F150] Power failure during the manufacturing mode

Classification Contents
Other service call When a power failure occurred during the manufacturing mode, this
error code appears at the next startup.

Check item Measures

Power supply • Turn the power OFF and then back ON.
• Set the value of FS-08-9010 to “0”.
• If it changes to another error code, follow the procedure for the
changed error code.

[F200] Data Overwrite option (GP-1070) disabled

Classification Contents
Other service call Data Overwrite option (GP-1070) disabled.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform FS-08-3840 to install the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 303
[F400] SYS board cooling fan abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call SYS board cooling fan abnormality.

Check item Measures

SYS cooling fan Check if the fan is rotating properly. If not, check if any foreign object is
adhered.
SYS board Check the connector (CN117) and relay connector.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS cooling fan Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SYS cooling fan and
SYS board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SYS cooling fan and
SYS board.

[F410] Power abnormality

Classification Contents
Circuit related service call This error occurs when the status of the LSI mounted on the SYS
board has become an error due to a power abnormality. The
equipment will be automatically rebooted at the first-time occurrence;
however, the error history will not remain when rebooting is done
automatically. This error code appears if an error has occurred
continuously.

Check item Measures

Power cable Check that the power cable is inserted securely or it is not damaged.
User’s site • Do not plug any cables for other devices in the outlet to which that
for the equipment is connected.
• The power cable co-packed with the equipment must be used
without employing any extension cables.
• Be sure to use an outlet which is far from the one to which a device,
such as an air conditioner or a printer, which uses a large amount
of power is connected.
Board 1. Power supply unit
2. SYS board

Parts to be replaced Remark

1. Power supply unit Be sure to exchange the power supply unit and the SYS board in the
2. SYS board order described on the left-hand side.

[F510] Application start error

Classification Error item

Other service call The application fails to start.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Reboot.
2. If it has still not recovered, reinstall the system software.
3. If it still persists after step 2, perform HS-73 Assist mode >
Format HDD, and then reinstall the system software.
Notes:
User data will be deleted when HS-73 Assist mode > Format
HDD is performed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 304
[F520] Operating system start error

Classification Error item

Other service call The operating system fails to start.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Reboot.
2. If it has still not recovered, reinstall the system software.
3. If it still persists after step 2, perform HS-75 File System
Recovery > Check F/S. If there is a partition in error, recover it in
Recovery F/S. If the partition is not recovered, format it by
Initialize HDD.
4. Reboot the equipment. Confirm that the equipment has started
normally. If not, perform HS-73 Assist mode > Format HDD, and
then reinstall the system software.
Notes:
• User data will be deleted when HS-73 Assist mode > Format
HDD is performed.
• User data will be deleted when HS-73 Assist mode > Format
HDD is performed.

[F521] Integrity check error

8
Classification Error item
Other service call The program data fails to be authenticated.

Check item Measures

Setting Restart the equipment.
If the error is not recovered after restarting the equipment, reinstall
software following.
• System software, application program, Engine firmware,
Scanner firmware, FAX firmware (GD-1370)

[F523] Security check error at the startup

Classification Error item

Other service call An abnormality has been detected during the security condition
check at the startup.

Check item Measures

Setting Restart the equipment.
If the error is not recovered after restarting the equipment, reinstall
software following.
• System software, application program, Engine firmware,
Scanner firmware, FAX firmware (GD-1370)

[F550] Encryption partition error

Classification Error item

Other service call The encryption partition fails to be read and written.

Check item Measures

Setting • Recover the encryption key with HS-73 Assist mode > Key
Backup/Restore.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 305
[F600] Firmware update error

Classification Error item

Other service call The firmware fails to be updated.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Clear Error Flag in Software
Installation.
2. Reinstall the firmware in error displayed on the F600 error
screen.

[F700] Overwrite error

Classification Error item

Other service call Overwriting fails.

Check item Measures

Setting • If a service call occurs again after the reboot, replace the HDD.

Parts to be replaced Remark

HDD

[F800] Date error

Classification Error item

Other service call The year 2038 problem.

Check item Measures

Setting Reset the date, and request the administrator to set the date and
time.
1. Perform HS-76 SRAM clear mode > Reset Date and Time.
2. Request the administrator to set the date and time.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 306
[F900] Model information alignment error

Classification Error item

Other service call The model information is damaged.

Check item Measures

Setting Recover the machine information by means of the following
procedure.
<Machine information recovery>
1. Perform HS-76 SRAM clear mode > SRAM Re-Initialize.
2. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment.
* If it is not recovered, perform the following procedure.
3. Perform HS-73 Assist mode > Key Backup/Restore.
4. Press [Key] twice.
5. Check that copying of the key from the FROM to SRAM is
selected.
6. Press [Execute].
7. When the restoring of the key is completed, “Success” appears
to the right-hand side of [Key] FROM.
8. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment.

[F902_1] System firmware / system software model information consistency error

Classification Error item 8

Other service call Invalid system firmware / system software is installed.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Confirm the model of the equipment.
2. Install the system firmware corresponding to the model.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”
3. Install the system software corresponding to the model.
 P. 11-6 “11.2.4 Update procedure”
SYS board Replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

[F902_2] A model-unmatched SYS board is installed or the SRAM is cleared

Classification Error item

Other service call • The SYS board for e-STUDIO2010AC/2510AC is installed in 25/
30/35/45/50 ppm. Or the opposite combination.
• The SRAM is cleared.

Check item Measures

SYS board • Check if the model of the equipment matches the part number of
the SYS board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 307
 Check item Measures
Setting Perform the following procedure if an error occurs when the SRAM is
cleared.
1. Perform FS-08 SETTING MODE.
2. When “SRAM REQUIRES INITIALIZATION” is displayed on the
display, check the destination and then press the [START]
button. If the destination is not correct, key in the correct one and
then press the [START] button.
3. After the confirmation message is displayed, press the [Initialize]
button. (SRAM is initialized.)
4. Enter the serial number (FS-08-9601). Match it with the serial
number on the label attached to the rear cover of the equipment.
5. Initialize the NIC information (FS-08-9083).
6. Perform 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE.
7. Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner” (FS-
05-3203, FS-05-3240).
8. Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (FS-05-7869).
9. Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PRT> (FS-05-8008,
FS-05-8009).
10. Turn the power OFF and then back ON.

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

[F902_3] SRAM abnormality on the SYS board

Classification Contents
Other service call SRAM abnormality on the SYS board.

Check Item Measures

SRAM 1. Check that the SRAM is installed properly.
2. Shut down the equipment.
3. Perform [FS-08].
4. Press [CLASSIC].
5. When “SRAM REQUIRES INITIALIZATION” appears on the LCD
screen, confirm the destination and press the [START] button. If the
destination is incorrect, enter the number for the correct one and
press the [START] button.
6. When the confirmation message appears on the LCD screen,
press [INITIALIZE]. (SRAM initialization starts.)
7. Enter the serial number of the equipment correctly. (FS-08-9601)
8. Initialize the NIC information. (FS-08-9083)
9. Shut down the equipment.
10. Perform [FS-05].
11. Press [CLASSIC].
12. Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner”. (FS-05-
3203, FS-05-3240)
13. By using the [4] [TEST PRINT] test pattern, perform “Automatic
gamma adjustment” <PPC>. (FS-05-7869)
14. By using the [70] [TEST PRINT] test pattern, perform “Automatic
gamma adjustment” <PRT>. (FS-05-8008, FS-05-8009)
15. Reboot the equipment.
16. If the error still occurs, replace the SRAM.
SYS board Board check

Parts to be replaced Remark

SRAM Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.
SYS board Be sure to exchange the parts in the order of the SRAM and SYS
board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 308
[F902_4] SYS board model information consistency error

Classification Error item

Other service call Invalid SYS board is installed to the equipment.

Check item Measures

SYS board Check if the model of the equipment matches the color of the label
on the SYS board.
 P. 9-3 “9.1.4 SYS board”
Setting 1. Install the system firmware.
2. If the error cannot be solved after installing the system firmware,
reinstall the system software and application program.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”

Parts to be replaced Remark

SYS board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 309
8.3.25 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning function
Notes:
When formatting the HDD (HS-75 > Initialize HDD > Clear Error Flag in Software Installation), all
data in the shared folder, Electronic Filing, Address Book, template, etc. are erased. Back up
these data before the initialization. Note that some of data cannot be backed up.
 P. 9-25 “9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD”

[ 1 ] Internet FAX related error

[1C10] System access abnormality

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error System access abnormality.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still persists, check if the settings of SSL/TLS and the
authentication are specified properly in the SMTP client setting.
• If the error nevertheless continues to persist, check if there are
no jobs existing and then perform HDD formatting.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C32] File deletion failure

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error File deletion failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing
and then perform the HDD formatting (HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > ALL).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C11] Insufficient memory

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Insufficient memory.

Check item Measures

Setting • When there are running jobs, perform the job in error again after
the completion of the running jobs.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 310
[1C12] Message reception error
[1C13] Message transmission error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error [1C12] Message reception error.
[1C13] Message transmission error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C14] Invalid parameter

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Invalid parameter.

Check item Measures

Setting • When a template is used, form the template again. 8
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C15] Exceeding file capacity

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Exceeding file capacity.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset and extend the “Maximum send to E-mail/iFAX size” or
reduce the number of pages and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C30] Directory creation failure

[1C31] File creation failure
[1C33] File access failure

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error [1C30] Directory creation failure.
[1C31] File creation failure.
[1C33] File access failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the access privilege to the storage directory is writable.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 311
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C40] Image conversion abnormality

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Image conversion abnormality.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Replace the main memory and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Main memory

[1C60] HDD full failure during processing

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error HDD full failure during processing.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete the job in progress or being set or in the HOLD/PRIVATE/
PROOF/INVALID, and perform it again.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C61] AddressBook reading failure

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error AddressBook reading failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Reset the data in the AddressBook and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 312
[1C63] Terminal IP address unset

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Terminal IP address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the Terminal IP address.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C64] Terminal mail address unset

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Terminal mail address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the Terminal mail address. 8
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C65] SMTP mail address unset

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error SMTP mail address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the SMTP address and perform the job.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C66] Server time-out error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Server time-out error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the SMTP server is operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 313
[1C69] SMTP server connection error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error SMTP server connection error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the login name or password of SMTP server and perform
the job again.
• Check if the SMTP server is operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C6B] Terminal mail address error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Terminal mail address error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check the SMTP Authentication method.
• Check if there is an illegal character in the Terminal mail address.
• Set the correct SMTP Authentication method or delete the illegal
character and reset the appropriate Terminal mail address, then
perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C6C] Destination mail address error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Destination mail address error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if there is an illegal character in the Destination mail
address.
• Delete the illegal character and reset the appropriate Destination
mail address, then perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C6D] System error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error System error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, replace the SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 314
 Parts to be replaced Remarks
SYS board

[1C70] SMTP client OFF

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error SMTP client OFF.

Check item Measures

Setting • Set the SMTP valid and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C71] SMTP authentication error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error SMTP authentication error.

8
Check item Measures
Setting • Check that SMTP authentication method, login name and
password are correct, then perform authentication again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1C72] POP before SMTP error

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error POP before SMTP error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check that both the POP Before SMTP setting and POP3 setting
are correct, then perform authentication again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[1CC1] Power failure

Classification Error item

Internet FAX related error Power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted
securely.
• Check if the power voltage is unstable.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 315
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[ 2 ] RFC related error

[2500] HOST NAME error (RFC: 500) / Destination mail address error (RFC: 500) / Terminal mail
address error (RFC: 500)
[2501] HOST NAME error (RFC: 501) / Destination mail address error (RFC: 501) / Terminal mail
address error (RFC: 501)

Classification Error item

RFC related error [2500] HOST NAME error (RFC: 500) / Destination mail address
error (RFC: 500) / Terminal mail address error (RFC: 500)
[2501] HOST NAME error (RFC: 501) / Destination mail address
error (RFC: 501) / Terminal mail address error (RFC: 501)

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the Terminal mail address and Destination mail address
are correct.
• Check if the mail server is operating properly.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2503] Destination mail address error (RFC: 503)

[2504] HOST NAME error (RFC: 504)
[2551] Destination mail address error (RFC: 551)

Classification Error item

RFC related error [2503] Destination mail address error (RFC: 503)
[2504] HOST NAME error (RFC: 504)
[2551] Destination mail address error (RFC: 551)

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the mail server is operating properly.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2550] Destination mail address error (RFC: 550)

Classification Error item

RFC related error Destination mail address error (RFC: 550)

Check item Measures

Setting • Check the state of the mail box in the mail server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 316
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2552] Terminal / Destination mail address error (RFC: 552)

Classification Error item

RFC related error Terminal / Destination mail address error (RFC: 552)

Check item Measures

Setting • Confirm the size on the mail server.
• Transmit again in text mode or with lower resolution or divide the
document and transmit again.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON.
Perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2553] Destination mail address error (RFC: 553)

8
Classification Error item
RFC related error Destination mail address error (RFC: 553)

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if there is an illegal character in the mail box in the mail
server.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[ 3 ] Remote scanning related error

[2A20] System management module resource acquiring failure

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error System management module resource acquiring failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Retry the job in error.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
then retry the job in error.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A31] WS Scan disabled

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error A job is performed while WS Scan function is disabled.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 317
 Check item Measures
Setting • Check if WS Scan (Web Scanning Services) function is disabled
on the TopAccess screen. If it is disabled, enable it.
• Or, check if the forcible encryption setting of the secure PDF is
enabled.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A40] System error

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error System error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON, then retry the job in
error.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A51] Power failure

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error Power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the power cable is properly connected.
• Check if the power supply voltage is inconstant.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A60] WS Scan user authentication failure

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error WS Scan for job authentication failed.

Check item Measures

Setting • When “1” (TTEC’s WIA driver) is set for FS-08-9749 and also
Windows Fax&Scan is used Check if the user name that you
used to log in Windows is a name registered as a user.
• When MFP panel or EWB Scan is used Check if the login user
name is a name registered as a user.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 318
[2A70] Remote Scan privilege check error

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error A job is performed by a user without Remote Scan privilege.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A71] WS Scan privilege check error

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error A job is performed by a user without WS Scan privilege.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user.

8
Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A72] e-Filing box data access privilege check error (Scan Utility)

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error A user without e-Filing box data access privilege tried to use Scan
utility.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2A73] Error in the AddressBook operation privilege check

Classification Error item

Remote scanning related error Error in the AddressBook operation privilege check.

Check item Measures

Setting A user, who does not have the Address book Remote Access
privilege, has performed export/import of the address book.
Check if the correct privilege is given to a user.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 319
[ 4 ] e-Filing box related error
[2B11] Job status abnormality
[2B20] File library function error
[2B30] Insufficient disk space in BOX partition
[2BC0] Fatal failure occurred

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error [2B11] Job status abnormality.
[2B20] File library function error.
[2B30] Insufficient disk space in BOX partition.
[2BC0] Fatal failure occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting • Erase some data in the Electronic Filing or the shared folder and
perform the job in error again (in case of [2B30]). Ask the
administrator if e-Filing has been disabled.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Check if there are no other running jobs and perform the HDD
formatting (HS-75 File System Recovery mode > Initialize HDD >
ALL).
• If the recovery is still not completed, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board

[2B31] Status of the specified e-Filing box or folder is undefined or being created / deleted

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Status of the specified e-Filing box or folder is undefined or being
created / deleted.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the specified Electronic Filing or folder exists. (If no, this
error would not occur.)
• Delete the specified Electronic Filing or folder.
• Change the name of folder to be created.
• Perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2B50] Image library error

[2B90] Insufficient memory capacity

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error [2B50] Image library error.
[2B90] Insufficient memory capacity.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, replace the main memory.
• Delete the job in progress or being set or in the HOLD/PRIVATE/
PROOF/INVALID, and retry the job in error.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 320
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2B51] List library error

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error List library error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the Function list can be printed.
• If it can be printed, retry the job which was in error.
• If it cannot be printed, replace the main memory.
• If it still cannot be printed, initialize the HDD (HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > ALL).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2BA0] Invalid Box password

8
Classification Error item
e-Filing box related error Invalid Box password.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the password is correct.
• Reset the password.
• When this error occurs when printing the data in the Electronic
Filing, perform the printing with the administrator's password.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2BA1] The specified paper size, color mode or resolution is not available

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Invalid paper size / color mode / resolution.

Check item Measures

Setting • The specified paper size, color mode or resolution cannot be
used. Check the setting.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 321
[2BB1] Power failure
[2BD0] Power failure during restoring of e-Filing box

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error [2BB1] Power failure.
[2BD0] Power failure during restoring of e-Filing box.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted
securely.
• Check if the power voltage is unstable.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2BE0] Machine parameter reading error

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Machine parameter reading error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2BF0] Exceeding the maximum number of pages

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Exceeding the maximum number of pages.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reduce the number of inserting pages and perform the job
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2BF1] Exceeding the maximum number of documents

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Exceeding the maximum number of documents.

Check item Measures

Setting • Backup the documents in the box or folder to PC or delete them.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 322
[2BF2] Exceeding the maximum number of folders

Classification Error item

e-Filing box related error Exceeding the maximum number of folders.

Check item Measures

Setting • Backup the folders in the box or folder to PC or delete them.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[ 5 ] E-mail related error

[2C10] System access abnormality

Classification Error item

E-mail related error System access abnormality.

Check item Measures

8
Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still persists, check if the settings of SSL/TLS and the
authentication are specified properly in the SMTP client setting.
• If the error nevertheless continues to persist, check if there are
no jobs existing and then perform HDD formatting.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C32] File deletion failure

Classification Error item

E-mail related error File deletion failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing
and then perform the HDD formatting (HS-75 File System
Recovery mode > Initialize HDD > ALL).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C11] Insufficient memory

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Insufficient memory.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 323
 Check item Measures
Setting • When there are running jobs, perform the job in error again after
the completion of the running jobs.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C12] Message reception error

[2C13] Message transmission error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error [2C12] Message reception error.
[2C13] Message transmission error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C14] Invalid parameter

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Invalid parameter.

Check item Measures

Setting • When a template is used, form the template again.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C15] Exceeding file capacity

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Exceeding file capacity.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset and extend the “Maximum send to E-mail/iFAX size” or
reduce the number of pages and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 324
[2C20] System management module access abnormality
[2C21] Job control module access abnormality
[2C22] Job control module access abnormality

Classification Error item

E-mail related error [2C20] System management module access abnormality.
[2C21], [2C22] Job control module access abnormality.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Check if there are no other running jobs and perform the HDD
formatting (HS-75 File System Recovery mode > Initialize HDD >
ALL).
• If the recovery is still not completed, replace the SYS board.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C30] Directory creation failure

[2C31] File creation failure
[2C33] File access failure
8

Classification Error item

E-mail related error [2C30] Directory creation failure.
[2C31] File creation failure.
[2C33] File access failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the access privilege to the storage directory is writable.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C40] Image conversion abnormality

[2C62] Memory acquiring failure

Classification Error item

E-mail related error [2C40] Image conversion abnormality.
[2C62] Memory acquiring failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Replace the main memory and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Main memory

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 325
[2C43] Encryption error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Encryption error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C44] Encryption PDF enforced mode error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Encryption PDF enforced mode error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the encryption and perform the job in error again.
• If an image file not encrypted is created, consult your
administrators.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C45] Meta data creation error (Scan to Email)

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Creation of meta data failed when a user tried to perform meta scan
for Scan to Email.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the template settings. Perform the job in error again. If the
error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and then
perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C50] Authentication failure at job execution

Classification Error item

E-mail related error A Scan To File job is carried out while user authentication or
department authentication has not been done.

Check item Measures

Setting Retry the job after user authentication or department authentication
has been done.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 326
[2C60] HDD full failure during processing

Classification Error item

E-mail related error HDD full failure during processing.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete the job in progress or being set or in the HOLD/PRIVATE/
PROOF/INVALID, and perform it again.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.
• Check that there is enough space in the server or local disk.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C61] AddressBook reading failure

Classification Error item

E-mail related error AddressBook reading failure.

8
Check item Measures
Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Reset the data in the Address Book and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C63] Terminal IP address unset

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Terminal IP address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the Terminal IP address.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C64] Terminal mail address unset

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Terminal mail address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the Terminal mail address.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 327
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C65] SMTP address unset

Classification Error item

E-mail related error SMTP address unset.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the SMTP address and perform the job.
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C66] Server time-out error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Server time-out error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the SMTP server is operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C69] SMTP server connection error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error SMTP server connection error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the login name and password of SMTP server and perform
the job again.
• Check if the SMTP server is operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C6A] HOST NAME error (No RFC error)

Classification Error item

E-mail related error HOST NAME error (No RFC error).

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if there is an illegal character in the device name.
• Delete the illegal character and reset the appropriate device
name.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 328
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C6B] Terminal mail address error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Terminal mail address error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check the SMTP Authentication method.
• Check if there is an illegal character in the Terminal mail address.
• Set the correct SMTP Authentication method or delete the illegal
character and reset the appropriate Terminal mail address, then
perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C6C] Destination mail address error (No RFC error)

8
Classification Error item
E-mail related error Destination mail address error (No RFC error).

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if there is an illegal character in the Destination mail
address.
• Delete the illegal character and reset the appropriate Destination
mail address, then perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C70] SMTP client OFF

Classification Error item

E-mail related error SMTP client OFF.

Check item Measures

Setting • Set the SMTP valid and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C71] SMTP authentication error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error SMTP authentication error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check that SMTP authentication method, login name and
password are correct, then perform authentication again.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 329
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2C72] POP before SMTP error

Classification Error item

E-mail related error POP before SMTP error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check that both the POP Before SMTP setting and POP3 setting
are correct, then perform authentication again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2CC1] Power failure

Classification Error item

E-mail related error Power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted
securely.
• Check if the power voltage is unstable.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[ 6 ] File sharing related error

[2D10] System access abnormality
[2D32] File deletion failure
[2DA6] File deletion failure
[2DA7] Resource acquiring failure

Classification Error item

File sharing related error [2D10] System access abnormality.
[2D32] [2DA6] File deletion failure.
[2DA7] Resource acquiring failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete some files in the shared folder by using Explorer because
of automatic/manual file deletion failure (in case of [2DA6])
• Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing
and then perform HDD formatting (HS-75 File System Recovery
mode > Initialize HDD > ALL).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 330
[2D11] Insufficient memory

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Insufficient memory.

Check item Measures

Setting • When there are running jobs, perform the job in error again after
the completion of the running jobs.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D12] Message reception error

[2D13] Message transmission error

Classification Error item

File sharing related error [2D12] Message reception error.
[2D13] Message transmission error.

8
Check item Measures
Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D14] Invalid parameter

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Invalid parameter.

Check item Measures

Setting • When a template is used, form the template again.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D15] Exceeding the maximum size for file sharing

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Exceeding the maximum size for file sharing.

Check item Measures

Setting • Divide the file in error into several files and retry. Or retry the job
in a single-page format.
• Delete the documents in the folder, and reattempt the job in error.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 331
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D30] Directory creation failure

[2D31] File creation failure
[2D33] File access failure

Classification Error item

File sharing related error [2D30] Directory creation failure.
[2D31] File creation failure.
[2D33] File access failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the access privilege to the storage directory is writable.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D40] Image conversion abnormality

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Image conversion abnormality.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
• Replace the main memory and perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D43] Encryption error

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Encryption error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 332
[2D44] Encryption PDF enforced mode error

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Encryption PDF enforced mode error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the encryption and perform the job in error again.
• If an image file not encrypted is created, consult your
administrators.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D45] Meta data creation error (Scan to File)

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of meta data failed when a user tried to perform meta scan
for Scan to File.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the template settings. Perform the job in error again. If the 8
error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and then
perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D50] Authentication failure at job execution

Classification Error item

File sharing related error A Scan To File job is carried out while user authentication or
department authentication has not been done.

Check item Measures

Setting Retry the job after user authentication or department authentication
has been done.

[2D62] File server connection failure

Classification Error item

File sharing related error File server connection failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check the IP address or path of the server.
• Check if the server is operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 333
[2D63] Invalid network path

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Invalid network path.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check the network path.
• If the path is correct, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and
perform the job again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D64] Login failure

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Login failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reset the login name and password. Perform the job.
• Check if the account of the server is properly set up.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D65] New document creation failure caused by an excess of documents in a folder

Classification Error item

File sharing related error New document creation failure caused by an excess of documents
in a folder.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete some documents in the folder.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D66] Storage capacity full failure during processing

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Storage capacity full failure during processing.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete the job in progress or being set or in the HOLD/PRIVATE/
PROOF/INVALID, and perform it again.
• Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.
• Check that there is enough space in the server or local disk.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 334
[2D67] FTP service not available

Classification Error item

File sharing related error FTP service not available.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the setting of FTP service is valid.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D68] File sharing service not available

Classification Error item

File sharing related error File sharing service not available.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the setting of SMB is valid.

8
Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2D69] NetWare service not available

Classification Error item

File sharing related error When a user tried to perform Scan to File with NetWare protocol
even though the NetWare setting is disabled, a message notifies the
user that NetWare service is disabled.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the Netware setting is enabled.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2DC1] Power failure

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted
securely.
• Check if the power voltage is unstable.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 335
[2E10] System access abnormality in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Job status is invalid.

Check item Measures

Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing and
then perform HDD formatting (HS-75 File System Recovery mode >
Initialize HDD > ALL).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E11] Insufficient memory capacity for USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Insufficient memory capacity for USB storage.

Check item Measures

Setting If there is a job in progress, perform the job in error again after the
job in progress is finished. If the error still occurs, turn the power
OFF and then back ON, and then perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E12] Message reception error in USB storage

[2E13] Message transmission error in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Job status is invalid.

Check item Measures

Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E14] Invalid parameter for USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error The specified parameter is invalid.

Check item Measures

Setting If a template is being used, recreate the template. If the error still
occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in
error again.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 336
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E15] Exceeding the maximum size for file sharing

Classification Error item

File sharing related error There are too many files in the folder. Creation of a document failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete some files in the folder. Perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E30] Directory creation failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of a directory failed.

8
Check item Measures
Setting Check if access privilege to the storage directory is writable. Check if
the server or local disk has sufficient space in its disk capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E31] File creation failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of a file failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if access privilege to the storage directory is writable. Check if
the server or local disk has sufficient space in its disk capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E32] File deletion failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Deletion of a file failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.
If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing and
then perform HDD formatting (HS-75 > Initialize HDD > Clear Error
Flag in Software Installation).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 337
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 338
[2E33] File access failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Access to a file failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if access privilege to the storage directory is writable. Check if
the server or local disk has sufficient space in its disk capacity.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E40] Image conversion abnormality in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Conversion of image file format failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again. Replace the main memory and then perform the job in error
again. 8

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E43] Encryption failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of a file failed due to PDF encryption error.

Check item Measures

Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error
again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E44] Encryption PDF enforced mode error in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of an image file is not permitted.

Check item Measures

Setting Reset the encryption and perform the job in error again. To create an
image file not encrypted, consult your administrator.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 339
[2E45] Meta data creation error in USB storage (Scan to File)

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of meta data failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the template settings. Perform the job in error again. If the
error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and then
perform the job in error again.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E50] Authentication failure at job execution

Classification Error item

File sharing related error A Scan To USB job is carried out while user authentication or
department authentication has not been done.

Check item Measures

Setting A Scan To USB job is carried out while user authentication or
department authentication has not been done.Retry the job after
user authentication or department authentication has been done.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E65] File creation error due to insufficient USB folder capacity

Classification Error item

File sharing related error Creation of a new file failed because there were too many files in the
USB folder.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete unnecessary files in the folder.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2E66] HDD full failure during USB storage process

Classification Error item

File sharing related error HDD became full while storing data in HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete the job in progress or being set or in the HOLD/PRIVATE/
PROOF/INVALID, and perform it again.
Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk
capacity.
Check that there is enough space in the USB memory.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 340
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[2EC1] Power failure in USB storage

Classification Error item

File sharing related error A job was interrupted due to a power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the power cable is connected properly and inserted
securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 341
[ 7 ] E-mail reception related error
[3A10] E-mail MIME error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error E-mail MIME error.

Check item Measures

Setting • The format of the mail is not corresponding to MIME 1.0.
• Request the sender to retransmit the mail in the format
corresponding to MIME 1.0.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A20] E-mail analysis error

[3B10] E-mail format error
[3B40] E-mail decode error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error [3A20] E-mail analysis error.
[3B10] E-mail format error.
[3B40] E-mail decode error.

Check item Measures

Setting • These errors occur when the mail data is damaged from the
transmission to the reception of the mail.
• Request the sender to retransmit the mail.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A30] Partial mail time-out error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Partial mail time-out error.

Check item Measures

Setting • The partial mail is not received in a specified period of time.
• Request the sender to retransmit the partial mail, or set the time-
out period of the partial mail longer.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A40] Partial mail related error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Partial mail related error.

Check item Measures

Setting • The format of the partial mail is not compatible to this equipment.
• Request the sender to remake and retransmit the partial mail in
RFC2046 format.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 342
 Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A50] Insufficient HDD capacity error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Insufficient HDD capacity error.

Check item Measures

Setting • This error occurs when the HDD capacity is not sufficient for a
temporary concentration of the jobs, etc.
• Request the sender to retransmit after a certain period of time, or
divide the mail into more than one.
• Insufficient HDD capacity error also occurs when printing cannot
be performed for reasons such as lack of printing paper.
• In this case, supply the printing paper.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A70] Error of partial mail interruption 8

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Error of partial mail interruption.

Check item Measures

Setting • This error occurs when the partial mail reception setting
becomes OFF during the partial mail reception.
• Reset the partial mail reception setting ON and then request the
sender to retransmit the mail.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3A80] Partial mail reception setting OFF

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Partial mail reception setting OFF.

Check item Measures

Setting Reset the partial mail reception setting ON and then request the
sender to retransmit the mail.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3B20] Content-Type error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Content-Type error.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 343
 Check item Measures
Setting The file format attached to the e-mail is not supported by this
equipment (TIFF-FX/PDF/JPEG/XPS). Or the combination of the file
formats attached to the e-mail is not available to be received
together by this equipment. (The file format TIFF-FX cannot be
received together PDF, JPEG and XPS ones.)
Request the sender to retransmit the file by modifying the file format
which is supported by this equipment. Or request the sender to
retransmit the e-mail by attaching only TIFF-FX format files or by
attaching PDF, JPEG and XPS format files (a mixture of the formats
is available).

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3B50] Received mail data deletion

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Received mail data deletion.

Check item Measures

Setting • Mail data received have been deleted from a server as their
reception process could not be carried out since they were
broken.
• Check that the address of the mail sent immediately before the
error was correct.
• Request the transmitter of the deleted mail to reattempt the
transmission.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C10] TIFF analysis error

[3C13] TIFF analysis error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error TIFF analysis error.

Check item Measures

Setting • These errors occur when the mail data is damaged from the
transmission to the reception of the mail, or when the format of
the attached file is not supported by this equipment (TIFF-FX).
• Request the sender to retransmit the mail.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 344
[3C20] TIFF compression error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error TIFF compression error.

Check item Measures

Setting • The compression method of the TIFF file is not acceptable for
this equipment. (Acceptable: MH/MR/MMR/JBIG)
• Request the sender to retransmit the file in the acceptable
compression method.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C30] TIFF resolution error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error TIFF resolution error.

Check item Measures 8

Setting • The resolution of the TIFF file is not acceptable for this
equipment. (Acceptable: 200 x 100, 200 x 200, 200 x 400, 400 x
400, 300 x 300 or equivalent)
• Request the sender to retransmit the file in the acceptable
resolution.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C40] TIFF paper size error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error TIFF paper size error.

Check item Measures

Setting • The paper size of the TIFF file is not acceptable for this
equipment. (Acceptable: A4, B4, A3, B5, LT, LG, LD or ST)
• Request the sender to retransmit the file in the acceptable paper
size.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C50] Offramp destination error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Offramp destination error.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 345
 Check item Measures
Setting • These errors occur when the FAX number of the offramp
destination is incorrect.
• Request the sender to correct the FAX number of offramp
destination and then retransmit the mail.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C60] Offramp security error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Offramp security error.

Check item Measures

Setting • These errors occur when the FAX number of the offramp
destination is not on the Address Book.
• Check if the FAX number of the offramp destination is correctly
entered or the number has not been changed.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C70] Power failure error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Power failure error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if the mail is recovered after turning ON the power again.
• Request the sender to retransmit the mail if it is not recovered.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3C90] Offramp Fax transmission disable error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Offramp Fax transmission disable error.

Check item Measures

Setting This error is displayed when a Fax/Internet Fax transmission
limitation error has occurred during OffRamp gateway function.
Confirm if the Fax Send Function of MFP setting is disable or not.

[3D10] Destination address error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Destination address error.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 346
 Check item Measures
Setting • Check if the setting of the server or DNS is correct. Correct if any
of the setting is incorrect.
• When the content of the setting is correct, confirm the sender if
the destination is correct.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3D20] Offramp destination limitation error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error Offramp destination limitation error.

Check item Measures

Setting Inform the sender that the transfer of the FAX data over 40 is not
supported.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3D30] FAX Unit error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error FAX Unit error.

Check item Measures

Setting • This error occurs when the FAX board is not installed or the FAX
board has an abnormality.
• Check if the FAX board is correctly connected.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3E10] POP3 server connection error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error POP3 server connection error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the IP address or domain name of the POP3 server set for
this equipment is correct, or check if POP3 server to be connected is
operating properly.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 347
[3E20] POP3 server connection time-out error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error POP3 server connection time-out error.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check if POP3 server to be connected is operating properly.
• Check if the LAN cable is correctly connected.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3E30] POP3 login error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error POP3 login error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the POP3 server login name and password set for this
equipment are correct.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3E40] POP3 login type error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error POP3 login type error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the login type (Auto, POP3 or APOP) to the POP3 server
is correct.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

[3F10] File I/O error

[3F20] File I/O error

Classification Error item

E-mail reception related error File I/O error.

Check item Measures

Setting • These errors occur when the mail data is not transferred properly
to the HDD.
• Request the sender to retransmit the mail.
• Replace the HDD if the error still occurs after retransmission.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 348
8.3.26 Printer function error
[4011] Print job cancellation

Classification Error item

Printer function error A print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from the print job
screen.

Check item Measures

Setting This message appears when deleting the job on the screen.

[4021] Print job power failure

Classification Error item

Printer function error The power of the equipment is turned OFF during a print job (copy,
list print, network print) process.

Check item Measures

Setting • When there are running jobs, perform the job in error again after
the completion of the running jobs.
• If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON,
and perform the job again.
8
[4031] HDD full during print

Classification Error item

Printer function error A large amount of image data is saved in an HDD at private print or
invalid network print.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete unnecessary private print jobs and invalid department print
jobs.
Check if the server or local disk has sufficient space in its disk
capacity.

[4032] Exceeding the upper limit of the registration number for the sharing jobs

Classification Error item

Printer function error No more sharing jobs can be registered because its registration
number as a personal or functional has reached the upper limit. (A
specific error for the Serverless Location Free Print function)

Check item Measures

Setting Check that no unnecessary shared jobs yet to be printed are
remaining. If there are such jobs, delete them.

[4033] Network setting error

Classification Error item

Printer function error A sharing job cannot be registered since the applicable address has
not been found from the list used for the Serverless Location Free
Print function. (A specific error for the Serverless Location Free Print
function)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 349
 Check item Measures
Setting The address applicable to this equipment has not been registered in
the cooperating machine list.
Add the address applicable to this equipment.

[4041] User authentication error

Classification Error item

Printer function error The user who intended to print a document is not registered as a
user.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform the authentication or register as a user, and then perform
the printing again.

[4042] Department authentication error

Classification Error item

Printer function error The department whose code is specified for a print job is not
registered.

Check item Measures

Setting Check department information registered in this equipment.

[4043] Project authentication error

Classification Error item

Printer function error The project whose code is specified for a print job is not registered.

Check item Measures

Setting Check project information registered in this equipment.

[4045] Problem in LDAP server connection or LDAP server authorization settings

Classification Error item

Printer function error Problem in LDAP server connection or LDAP server authorization
settings.

Check item Measures

Setting Confirm the administrator for the LDAP server connection or LDAP
server authorization settings.

[4111] Quota over error (no quota in a department and user)

Classification Error item

Printer function error The number of the assigned pages set by the department and user
management has reached 0.

Check item Measures

Setting The number of the assigned pages set by the department and the
number of those assigned by user management have both reached
0. Assign the number of the pages again or perform initialization.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 350
[4112] Quota over error (no quota in a user)

Classification Error item

Printer function error The number of the assigned pages set by the user management has
reached 0.

Check item Measures

Setting The number of the assigned pages set by the user management has
reached 0. Assign the number of the pages again or perform
initialization.

[4113] Quota over error (no quota in a department)

Classification Error item

Printer function error The number of the assigned pages set by the department
management has reached 0.

Check item Measures

Setting The number of the assigned pages set by the department
management has reached 0. Assign the number of the pages again
or perform initialization. 8

[4121] Job canceling due to external counter error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Job canceling due to external counter error.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Drop a coin in. Perform the print job in error again.
2. Insert a key card and then perform the print job in error again, or
consult your administrator.
3. Insert a key copy counter and then perform the print job in error
again.
4. Reset the scheduled print job and then perform the print job in
error again.

[4211] Printing data storing limitation error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Printing with its data being stored to the HDD temporarily (Proof
print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) has been performed.

Check item Measures

Setting Select “Normal Print”, and then perform the printing again.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 351
[4212] e-Filing box storing limitation error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Printing with its data being stored to the HDD (print and e-Filing, print
to e-Filing, etc.) has been performed.

Check item Measures

Setting Select “Normal Print”, and then perform the printing again.

[4213] File storing limitation error

Classification Error item

Printer function error The file storing function is set to “disabled”.

Check item Measures

Setting The file storing function is set to “disabled”. Check the settings of the
equipment.

[4214] Fax / Internet Fax transmission limitation error

Classification Error item

Printer function error The Fax / Internet Fax transmission function or the Network Fax /
Internet Fax function is set to “disabled”.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the settings of this equipment.

[4221] Private-print-only error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Jobs other than Private print ones have been performed.

Check item Measures

Setting Select “Private print”, and then perform the printing again.

[4222] Hold-print-only error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Hold-print-only error.

Check item Measures

Setting Email direct printing cannot be performed since Hold printing is not
selectable for it.

[4223] Private-print-only / Hold-print-only error

Classification Error item

Printer function error Private-print-only / Hold-print-only error.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 352
 Check item Measures
Setting Email direct printing cannot be performed since Private printing and
Hold printing are not selectable for it.

[4231] Hardcopy security printing error

Classification Error item

Printer function error A hardcopy security printing job has been performed when the
function is restricted.

Check item Measures

Setting Hardcopy security printing cannot be performed because the
function is restricted in the self-diagnosis mode. Check the settings
of the equipment.

[4243] Sharing job - An error caused by not having a license

Classification Error item

Printer function error Sharing job - An error caused by not having a license.

8
Check item Measures
Setting Check that the license of the multi station print option is installed. If it
is not, install it.

[4244] Sharing job - An error caused by function disabled

Classification Error item

Printer function error Sharing job - An error caused by function disabled.

Check item Measures

Setting Check from TopAccess whether the function of the multi station print
option is disabled. If it is disabled, enable it.

[4245] OCR functions not available

Classification Error item

Printer function error OCR functions not available.

Check item Measures

Setting Check whether the OCR license or an extended memory is installed.

[4311] No privilege to perform a job

Classification Error item

Printer function error No privilege to perform a job.

Check item Measures

Setting Confirm the administrator for the JOB authorization.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 353
[4312] Not authorized to store a file

Classification Error item

Printer function error Not authorized to store a file.

Check item Measures

Setting The user has not been authorized to perform this operation. Ask
your administrator.

[4313] No privilege for e-Filing box storage

[4314] No privilege for Fax / Internet Fax transmission
[4321] No privilege for the print settings

Classification Error item

Printer function error [4313] No privilege to store e-Filing box data is given. (e-Filing box
storage permission)
[4314] No privilege to send a Fax or Internet Fax jobs is given. (Fax /
Internet Fax transmission permission)
[4321] No privilege to the print with the specified settings is given.
(Print setting permission)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the privilege given, or request the administrator to add the
necessary privilege.

[4411] Image data creation failure

Classification Error item

Printer function error Image data creation failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the file to be printed is broken. Perform printing again or use
another printer driver.
• Network print: Perform the print job in error again, or use another
printer driver (e.g.; PS3, Universal).
• Direct print: Check if the file is corrupted (e.g. checking if the file
is displayed on your PC monitor), or check if the file format is
supported by this equipment.

[4412] Double-sign encoding error

Classification Error item

Printer function error A double-sign encoding error has occurred because the PDF file is
encrypted in a forbidden language or in a language not supported.

Check item Measures

Setting Printing using this function cannot be performed due to a decoding
process error which occurs because the PDF file is encrypted
incorrectly or encrypted in a language not supported.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 354
[4511] Connection timeout

Classification Error item

Printer function error In the case the print data is not sent from the client PC during
printing and print ends in error, or connection is not disconnected
from the PC, timeout error is detected.

Check item Measures

Setting • Check that the Ethernet setting of the MFP is the same as that
for the hub to which the MFP is being connected.
• Check that the Ethernet cable is connected properly.

[4521] Reaching the maximum number of connections

Classification Error item

Printer function error In the case the MFP reaches the max. number of connections and
cannot receive a job.

Check item Measures

Setting • Perform printing again after a certain period of time.
• If this frequently occurs due to the network environment or the 8
number of the client PCs, change the setting of the following self-
diagnostic codes.
FS-08-3727, FS-08-3731, FS-08-3732, FS-08-3765, FS-08-9561

[4522] Exceeding the upper limit of the registration number of jobs during data reception

Classification Error item

Printer function error Since the MFP nears the Workflow Full, reception of the jobs is
limited.

Check item Measures

Setting • Wait until the printing of the jobs which are being processed or
are waiting is completed and then perform printing again.
• Delete unnecessary private print jobs and invalid department
print jobs and then perform printing again.

[4523] HDD full during data reception

Classification Error item

Printer function error Since the MFP nears the HDD Full, reception of the jobs is limited.

Check item Measures

Setting • Delete unnecessary private print jobs and invalid department
print jobs and then perform printing again.
• Check if the server or local disk has sufficient space in its disk
capacity.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 355
[4611] Font download failure (exceeding the maximum number of registrations)
[4612] Font download failure (HDD full)

Classification Error item

Printer function error [4611] A new font cannot be registered because the number of fonts
registered in this equipment has already reached the limit.
[4612] A new font cannot be registered because there is insufficient
space in the font storage area of this equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete one or more fonts already registered.

[4613] Font download failure (others)

Classification Error item

Printer function error A new font cannot be registered due to other abnormalities.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the downloading. Recreate font data and reattempt the
downloading.

[4621] Downloaded font deletion failure

Classification Error item

Printer function error The specified font cannot be deleted because it does not exist, it is
undeletable or any another abnormality has occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the font to be deleted is registered (or pre-registered) in this
equipment.

[4721] Connection Error of Multi Station Print (Unexpected combination of ROM version)

Classification Error item

Printer function error Connection failure of Multi Station Print because of an unexpected
ROM version combination.

Check item Measures

Check the version of the connected Check the version of the equipment to connect and then update the
equipment. version of the unconnectable equipment to become the same as that
for the connected one.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 356
[4F10] System abnormality

Classification Error item

Printer function error Printing was not performed successfully due to other abnormalities.

Check item Measures

Setting 1. Perform the job in error again. If the error still occurs, turn the
power OFF and then back ON, and perform the job again.
2. Collect the debug log with USB device.
 P. 8-3 “8.1.2 Collection of debug logs with a USB device”
3. Initialize HDD.
Refer to step 3 and later in *** 'Replace / Format HDD' on page
27 ***in  P. 9-25 “9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when
replacing the HDD”.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 357
8.3.27 TopAccess related error/Communication error with external
application
[5012] Authentication error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external A temporary password entered in this equipment by downloading
application from e-Bridge is invalid, or the permanent password set in e-Bridge
is invalid.

Check item Measures

Setting Confirm the user name and temporary password.

[5013] Communication error between eBR

Classification Error item

Communication error with external Communication is attempted while the eBR is enabled for some
application reason such as version upgrade.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the MFP is connected to the eBR2 server.

[5014] No SSL certificate

Classification Error item

Communication error with external There is no SSL certificate or the certificate is not in a correct file
application format.

Check item Measures

Setting Install the correct SSL certificate.

[5015] Invalid SSL certificate error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The SSL certificate is incorrect.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Install the correct SSL certificate.

[5016] Expired SSL certificate error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The SSL certificate is expired.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Set the correct time.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 358
[5017] Other SSL certificate related error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The SSL certificate is invalid.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Install the correct SSL certificate.

[5018] Invalid DNS error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The DNS address is incorrect.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Set the correct DNS address.
If any setting is needed in DNS, consult your administrators.

[5019] Connection error

8
Classification Error item
Communication error with external Settings for the initial URL and proxy are incorrect.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Perform the correct settings for initial URL and proxy.

[501A] Proxy error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external Settings for the IP address or port are incorrect.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Set the correct IP address or port for the proxy setting.
If any setting is needed in proxy, consult your administrators.

[501B] No URL (host / port) or invalid path

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The initial URL is incorrect.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Set the correct initial URL.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 359
[5030] An error has occurred in the HTTP communication

Classification Error item

Communication error with external An error in the HTTP communication.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Check the URL for communication.
Check that the valid IP address is assigned to connect to the server.

[50FF] eBR2 internal error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external A fatal error occurred in the MFP.
application

Check item Measures

Setting Restart the MFP, and then try again.

[5110] Toner cartridge detection error

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error Toner cartridge detection error.

Check item Measures

Toner cartridge • Refer to the troubleshooting for C911/C912/C913/C914 error.
 P. 8-217 “ [C911] Toner cartridge PC board access
abnormality (K)”

[5212] Time for cleaning of the main charger

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error Appears when the time for main charger cleaning comes (at the
output of approx. every 10,000 sheets).

Check item Measures

Main charger • Clean the main charger.
• If the message is not cleared after the cleaning, check if there is
any detection error, breakage or poor connection of the needle
electrode cleaner detection sensor.

[5310] Toner-K empty

[5311] Toner-Y empty
[5312] Toner-M empty
[5313] Toner-C empty

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error The toner cartridge has become empty.

Check item Measures

Toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridges corresponding to the errors. If the
errors still persist after replacement, check that the toner cartridge
interface board (CTIF board) or the toner cartridge board (CTRG
board) is connected properly.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 360
[5410] MFP registration error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The serial number of the equipment is not registered in the Remote
application maintenance service.
The registration processing from the equipment to the Remote
maintenance service has failed.

Check item Measures

Remote maintenance service setting Contact the administrator of the Remote maintenance service to
confirm that the serial number and model name of the equipment
have been correctly imported to the Remote maintenance server.
(Be sure the serial number of the equipment is CAPITALIZED.)

[5411] MFP registration lock error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external Data to send to the Remote maintenance server from the equipment
application have been damaged or incorrect authentication data have been
sent.

Check item Measures 8

Setting of a remote maintenance service Check that the local date and time are correctly set in the equipment.
If not, enter the correct ones.
If an error continues to be recorded for several days even though the
date and time have been correctly set, contact the administrator of
the Remote Maintenance service.

[5412] Server busy error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The Remote maintenance service cannot handle the periodic
application communication from the equipment due to overloading in the
Remote maintenance service.

Check item Measures

None The equipment performs the periodic communication automatically.
Therefore, check that no error will occur at the next periodic
communication.
If an error continues to be recorded for several days, contact the
administrator of the Remote Maintenance service.

[5413] Server error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The server of the Remote maintenance service cannot make
application response to the equipment.
A temporary power failure has occurred.

Check item Measures

Remote maintenance service setting Contact the administrator of the Remote maintenance service to
confirm that the serial number and model name of the equipment
have been correctly imported to the Remote maintenance server.
(Be sure the serial number of the equipment is CAPITALIZED.)
If an error continues to be recorded for several days, contact the
administrator of the Remote Maintenance service.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 361
[5414] Invalid device file error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external A device file to sent to the Remote maintenance service from the
application equipment has been damaged.

Check item Measures

Communication environment The equipment performs the periodic communication automatically.
Therefore, check that no error will occur at the next periodic
communication.
If an error continues to be recorded for several days, contact the
administrator of the Remote Maintenance service.

[5415] Communication error

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The equipment cannot communicate the Remote maintenance
application service.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that there is no problem in the wiring connection between the
equipment and the Remote maintenance service as well as in the
connection and setting of network devices.

[5416] Update failure of system software / setting files of the equipment

Classification Error item

Communication error with external The setting files and the system software of the equipment cannot
application be updated because there is an ongoing job.
There are too many printing and fax jobs which are ongoing.

Check item Measures

Communication environment Have the customer clear pending jobs in the equipment job queues
and retry the update by the Remote maintenance service.

[5417] Invalid setting files of the equipment or system software

Classification Error item

Communication error with external Upgrading has failed since the setting files of the equipment or the
application system software that has been downloaded from the Remote
maintenance server has been incorrect or has been damaged.

Check item Measures

Communication environment Contact the administrator of the Remote maintenance service to
check that the setting files of the equipment or the system software
that has been downloaded is applicable to the model.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 362
[5BD0] Power failure during restoration

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error Power supply has been cut off during the restoration of the database
sent from TopAccess.

Check item Measures

Power • Check if the power cable is connected properly and is inserted
securely.
• Check if the power voltage is unstable.
• Reattempt the restoration of the database (Address Book,
templates, F-code (Mailbox) or user information).

[5C10] FAX Unit attachment error

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error Network Fax is disabled because no FAX Unit is installed.

Check item Measures

FAX unit • Check if the FAX Unit is attached.
• Check if there is any damage or abnormality on the FAX Unit.
• Check if the connector on the FAX Unit is connected properly.
8
[5C11] Network Fax transmission error

Classification Error item

TopAccess related error A Network Fax job has failed because the specified address is not
registered in the AddressBook.

Check item Measures

Setting The address specified for the Network Fax is not registered on
the AddressBook. Register it.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 363
8.3.28 MFP access error
[6007] Unsuccessful User Login to MFP

Classification Error item

MFP access error User authentication cannot be done because connection to the
authentication server has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the operating status of the server and connection from an
MFP have been confirmed.

[6008] Connection failure to an external Role Base Access Control (LDAP) server

Classification Error item

MFP access error User authentication cannot be done because connection to an
external RBAC server has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the operating status of the server and connection from the
MFP have been confirmed.

[6009] User login failure to an MFP (during NIC initialization)

Classification Error item

MFP access error Connection to an authentication server failed since NIC initialization
is being performed.

Check item Measures

Setting Perform the user log-in after NIC initialization has been completed.

[600A] Department code not assigned to a user

Classification Error item

MFP access error Authentication failed since the department code has not been
assigned to the user.

Check item Measures

Setting Assign the department code to the user.

[6011] User automatic registration failure (due to an upper limit of the user registration number)

Classification Error item

MFP access error User automatic registration failed since the user registration number
has reached the upper limit.

Check item Measures

Setting Delete unnecessary registered users.

[6013] Connection failure to the authentication server

Classification Error item

MFP access error Failed to connect to the authentication server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 364
 Check item Measures
Setting Check that the server setting is proper by accessing [TopAccess] >
[Administration] > [Maintenance] > [Directory Service].
When “Auto” is selected as the authentication method, this error may
output to the log depending on the environment.

[6014] Inaccessible authentication server detection

Classification Error item

MFP access error The authentication server that cannot be accessed is detected.

Check item Measures

Setting There is an inaccessible authentication server. Make sure no
authentication server is down. Access to the inaccessible server will
be attempted again when the time set in FS-08-8788 has passed
since the inaccessibility detection or when the equipment is turned
off and on.

[6031] Invalid setting: Invalid CL code

Classification Error item

8
MFP access error A card is not usable as its CL code does not match.

Check item Measures

Setting Use an available card.

[6032] Card related error: Expired card

Classification Error item

MFP access error The card cannot be used because it has expired.

Check item Measures

Setting Use a card with a valid expiration.

[6033] Card related error: Invalid flag data (no room-entry data)

Classification Error item

MFP access error The card cannot be used because no room-entry data are recorded
in it.

Check item Measures

Setting Use a correct card that has been used for entering the room.

[6034] Card related error: Invalid flag data (invalid card data)

Classification Error item

MFP access error The card cannot be used because the data required for the use of
the card are not correctly set.

Check item Measures

Setting Use a valid card.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 365
[6035] Invalid setting: Invalid flag information (not set in an MFP)

Classification Error item

MFP access error The necessary information in order to use a card is not set in the
equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Use an available card or ask the administrator to register the
information.

[6036] Invalid setting: Invalid flag information (Information between an MFP and card does not
match)

Classification Error item

MFP access error A card is not usable since its information and the value set in the
equipment do not match.

Check item Measures

Setting Use an available card or ask the administrator to register the
information.

[6037] Permission flag for use not available

Classification Error item

MFP access error A card is not usable since the privilege to use the device or
equipment is not applied.

Check item Measures

Setting Use an available card or request the administrator to give the
privilege.

[6040] Card authentication: Read error

Classification Error item

MFP access error Card information could not be obtained correctly.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt card scanning. If the error persists even though the card
scanning is attempted several times, the card information may be
broken or the card reader may be damaged.

[6041] Card authentication: Card related error

Classification Error item

MFP access error Card data cannot be obtained correctly.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt scanning. If the error still occurs after reattempting
scanning several times, card data may be corrupted or the card
reader may be out of order.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 366
[6042] Card authentication: Card setting error

Classification Error item

MFP access error The self-diagnostic code required for card authentication is not set in
this equipment correctly.

Check item Measures

Setting Set the correct self-diagnostic code.

[6052] Connection failure to an external Role Base Access Control (LDAP) server

Classification Error item

MFP access error User authentication for print job cannot be done because connection
to an external RBAC server has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the operating status of the server and connection from the
MFP have been confirmed.

[6101] e-Filing box locking out 8

Classification Error item
MFP access error An e-Filing box becomes unusable since the entry of a password
has failed for a specified number of times.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt to access the e-Filing box after a while. Contact the
administrator to check this.

[6102] User account being locking out

Classification Error item

MFP access error Failed to login because the user account had been locked out.

Check item Measures

Setting Log into TopAccess as an administrator, and release the locked user
account.

[6103] e-Filing box being locking out

Classification Error item

MFP access error The e-Filing box became inaccessible because an incorrect
password has been entered for the specified number of times.

Check item Measures

Setting Retry access after a few minutes. For the locking period, ask your
administrator.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 367
[6121] Automatic secure erase failure

Classification Error item

MFP access error The automatic secure erase fails.

Check item Measures

Setting Data overwriting failed for some reason. If the error still occurs after
rebooting the equipment, start up using the following procedure: HS-
73 Assist mode > Format HDD > Reinstallation of software or HDD
replacement

[6131] MFP fail to verify clock with time server

Classification Error item

MFP access error The MFP is not synchronized with the SNTP server.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the SNTP server is operating correctly.
Check that the path to the SNTP server is operating correctly.Check
that the settings are correct in TopAccess > [Administrator] > [Setup]
> [General] > [SNTP Service].

[61B0] Image log saving failure to an MFP local storage

Classification Error item

MFP access error Saving of an image log failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Confirm that a local folder has a sufficient space in the disk capacity.
If not, delete image logs, data in the e-Filing box and shared files.

[6263] New build-in user and role update failure

Classification Error item

MFP access error Updating of new built-in user and role failed.

Check item Measures

Setting When updating is performed, Remote-access-service and Remote-
service-technician are added. However, updating failed since a user
or role with the same names already existed. Change the name of
the user or the role and reboot the equipment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 368
8.3.29 Maintenance error
[711D] License key returning failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error The one-time dongle license fails to be returned to USB storage.

Check item Measures

Setting Return the license to the USB device used for installing the license.
Check that the USB device is correctly installed.
Notes:
The GP-1080 IPsec Enabler cannot return to the USB device
due to license problem.
The GP-1070 Overwrite Enabler cannot return to the USB
device in the high security (08-8911: 3).

[711F] License key installation failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error The one-time dongle license fails to be installed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the USB device is correctly installed.
8

[71B0] Software package file decryption failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error Software package file decryption failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Software package file may have a problem or may be corrupted.
Check the software package file and then reattempt the installation.

[71B5] Finisher firmware installation failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error Finisher firmware installation failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Finisher firmware installation failed. Reinstall the firmware.

[71B7] Saddle firmware installation failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error Saddle firmware installation failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Saddle firmware installation failed. Reinstall the firmware.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 369
[71B9] Punch firmware installation failure

Classification Error item

Maintenance error Punch firmware installation failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Punch firmware installation failed. Reinstall the firmware.

[71E0] License abnormality due to damage on the license manager database

Classification Error content

License management A message which notifies that the license manager database has been
restored and the recovery of the license has become possible.

Check item Measures

Backup data Restore the backup data with the latest status, including all the activated
licenses, are stored.
Remarks:
Applications with the trial license cannot be recovered from the
backup data. If necessary, reinstall the applications.
License • If there are no backup data as above, reactivate all the licenses which
have been activated in this equipment.
• If the functions have been activated by the export license file, import the
license exported from the host unit of the equipment.

[7301] Failed to install application

Classification Error content

Maintenance error Failed to install application

Check item Measures

When you install the application, • Updating System firmware.
you will see the “The version of • After updating the system firmware, reinstall the application.
framework is old.” Did you see the
message?

[7402] License activation failure (Online)

Classification Error content

License management License activation by means of “Online” has failed.

Check item Measures

License Ask the license provider whether the license is correct or not. If the license
is not correct, ask the license provider to issue the correct license
authentication ID.

[7403] License activation failure (network timeout)

[7404] License activation failure (network error)

Classification Error content

License management License activation by means of “Online” has failed due to a network
problem.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 370
 Check item Measures
Network setting • Check that the URL for the license server has not been changed.
If the URL for the license server has been changed, enter the post-
change URL into FS-08-3634 and then reattempt the activation.
• Ask a user (a network administrator) to check that the value entered in
the following code is correct.
FS-08-8693~8696
Network environment Ask a user (a network administrator) to check whether the following settings
are correct.
• The proxy is not filtered.
• The firewall is set properly.
License server Ask the license provider that both servers are working.
If they are not working, reattempt the activation after recovering.

[7412] License deactivation failure (Online)

Classification Error content

License management License deactivation by means of “Online” has failed.

Check item Measures

License server Ask the license provider whether the license information exists in the
server.
8
[7423] License deactivation failure (network timeout)
[7424] License deactivation failure (network error)

Classification Error content

License management License deactivation by means of “Online” has failed due to a network
problem.

Check item Measures

Network setting • Check that the URL for the license server has not been changed.
If the URL for the license server has been changed, enter the post-
change URL into FS-08-3634 and then reattempt the activation.
• Ask a user (a network administrator) to check that the value entered in
the following code is correct.
FS-08-8693~8696
Network environment Ask a user (a network administrator) to check whether the following settings
are correct.
• The proxy is not filtered.
• The firewall is set properly.
License server Ask the license provider that both servers are working.
If they are not working, reattempt the deactivation after recovering.

[7430] Serial number mismatching

Classification Error content

License management The serial number registered in the license does not match that for the
activated equipment while the license has been activated by means of
“Offline”.

Check item Measures

Serial number Check whether the serial number for the equipment matches the one
included in the file name of the license file.
If the serial number does not match, perform the activation in the
equipment which has a serial number which is included in the file name of
the license file.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 371
[7431] Subnet mismatching

Classification Error content

License management The values of the 1st to 3rd octet registered in the license do not match
those for the IP address of the equipment in which activation is being
performed while the license has been activated by means of “Offline”.

Check item Measures

IP address If this error has occurred during the activation in the host unit of the
equipment, ask the license provider to rerelease the license with the correct
information.
If this error has occurred during the activation by means of the export
license file, check that the values of the 1st to 3rd octet for the IP address of
the equipment in which activation is being performed match those for the
host unit.

[7432] Domain mismatching

Classification Error content

License management The domain registered in the license does not match that for the equipment
while the license has been activated by means of “Offline”.

Check item Measures

IP address If this error has occurred during the activation in the host unit of the
equipment, ask the license provider to rerelease the license with the correct
domain.
If this error has occurred during the activation by means of the export
license file, check that the domain of the equipment in which activation is
being performed matches that for the host unit.

[7433] License certificate ID invalid

Classification Error content

License management The license certificate ID format does not match.

Check item Measures

License • If the certificate ID was manually entered, check it. If it is incorrect, enter
the correct one.
• If the certificate ID was selected from the file, check which is correct, the
file or the certificate ID. If the file or the certificate file is incorrect, enter
the correct one.

[7434] License duplicating installation

Classification Error content

License management The license to be installed has already been installed.

Check item Measures

License • Check that the license to be installed is correct. If not, install the correct
one.
• Check that the equipment in which the license is installed is correct.
Check if the equipment is the one in which the license has already been
installed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 372
[7435] Unsupported license activation

Classification Error content

License management The license cannot be installed since it is not supported for the equipment.

Check item Measures

License Check that the equipment in which the license is installed is correct. Check
if the equipment is supported.

[7440] Signature mismatching

Classification Error content

License management The license file is broken.

Check item Measures

License server Ask the license provider to rerelease the license.

[7443] License use period expired

Classification Error content

License management More than 30 days have passed after the license file or the export license 8
file was created.

Check item Measures

License created date If this error has occurred in the host unit of the equipment of the node
license or the subnet/domain license, ask the license provider to release
the reusable license.
If this error has occurred in the export license file, export the license from
the host unit again.
* The license created date can be checked by the time stamp on the license
file.

[7444] No license exists

Classification Error content

License management License not found.

Check item Measures

License status Wait for a while and then reattempt the same operation.
If this error has occurred repeatedly and the license is used continuously,
deactivate or delete the license and then perform reactivation with the
reusable license.

[7445] Full of the license

Classification Error content

License management Since the number of the licenses registered in this equipment has reached
the maximum, new ones cannot be activated.

Check item Measures

License Deactivate or delete the licenses which are not being used.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 373
8.3.30 Network error
[8000] IPv4 address conflict

Classification Error item

Network error IPv4 address conflict.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by another machine.

[8011] IPv6 link local address conflict

Classification Error item

Network error IPv6 link local address conflict.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine.

[8012] IPv6 manual address conflict

Classification Error item

Network error IPv6 manual address conflict.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine.

[8013] IPv6 stateless address conflict

Classification Error item

Network error IPv6 stateless address conflict.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine.

[8014] IPv6 stateful address conflict

Classification Error item

Network error IPv6 stateful address conflict.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine.

[8022] 802.1X authentication failure

Classification Error item

Network error Failed in 802.1X authentication.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the user credential.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 374
[8023] Connection failure to an authentication server and a switch

Classification Error item

Network error Failed in connection to authentication server and switch.

Check item Measures

Setting Check connectivity to switch or server.

[8024] Failure in verification of certification

Classification Error item

Network error Failed in verification of certificate.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if a valid certificate is installed.

[8031] IPsec error for IKEv1 certification failure

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 certification failed. 8

Check item Measures

Setting Check
1. CA and user certificate in both MFP and remote peer - certificate
timestamp and IPsec Certificate template should be valid.
2. CRL DP server name is mapped in MFP’s host table or DNS
entry.
3. Certificate against CRL.

[8032] IPsec error for wrong proposal selection

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 wrong proposal chosen.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the IKEv1 IPsec proposal parameters (like encryption/
authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in the
MFP and peer machine.

[8033] IPsec error for shared key authentication failure

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 shared key authentication failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Mismatch in IKEv1 Pre Shared Key. Check the PSK in MFP and
remote machine.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 375
[8034] IPsec error for invalid certificate upload

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 invalid certificate.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the CA and User certificate in MFP and peer machine.

[8035] IPsec error for non-supported certification

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 certificate not supported.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the User certificate type.

[8036] IPsec error for invalid certification of authentication

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 invalid certificate authentication.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the CA certificate in MFP and Peer machine.

[8037] IPsec error for certification disable

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 certificate unavailable.

Check item Measures

Setting Certificate has been deleted from Certificate store.
Re-upload the corresponding certificates.

[8038] IPsec error for SA is not present

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 no SA established.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the IKEv1/IPsec proposal parameters (like encryption/
authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in
MFP and peer machine.
Check
1. CA and user certificate in both MFP and remote peer - certificate
timestamp and IPsec Certificate template should be valid.
2. CRL DP server name is mapped in MFP’s host table or DNS
entry.
3. Certificate against CRL.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 376
[8039] IPsec error for invalid signature for certification

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv1 invalid signature.

Check item Measures

Setting Mismatch in Signature payload (MAC or IV).
Check the CA and user certificate in MFP and peer machine.

[803A] IPsec error for wrong selection of proposal

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 wrong proposal chosen.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the IKEv2/IPsec proposal parameters (encryption/
authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in
MFP and peer machine.

[803B] IPsec error for IKEv2 certification failure 8

Classification Error item
Network error IKEv2 Certificate failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check
1. CA and user certificate in both MFP and remote peer - certificate
timestamp and IPsec Certificate template should be valid.
2. CRL DP server name is mapped in MFP’s host table or DNS
entry.
3. Certificate against CRL.

[803C] IKEv2 error for IKEv2 if secret key authentication failed

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 secret key authentication failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Mismatch in IKEv2 Pre Shared Key. Check the PSK in MFP and
peer machine.

[803D] IPsec error if peer does not support IKEv2 and falling back to IKEv1

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 falling back to IKEv1.

Check item Measures

Setting Remote machine does not support IKEv2. Downgrade and use
IKEv1.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 377
[803E] IPsec error if ISAKMP SA is uncreated or destroyed due to some uncertain conditions

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 ISAKMP SA unavailable.

Check item Measures

Setting Restart IPsec service on Peer and retry.

[803F] IPsec error for IKEv2 if crypto operation failed

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 cryptographic operation failed.

Check item Measures

Setting If Certificates are being used, re-upload the corresponding
certificates using Security Services. Restart IPsec Service on MFP.

[8040] IPsec error for IKEv2 if key info is invalid

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 invalid key information.

Check item Measures

Setting Check IKE settings in MFP and peer.

[8041] IPsec error for IKEv2 if CA is not trusted

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 CA not trusted.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the CA certificate in MFP and peer machine.
Check the CA certificate timestamp.

[8042] IPsec error for authentication method inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IKEv2 Authentication method mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Mismatch in IKE authentication type.
Check the Authentication type in MFP and peer.

[8043] IPsec error for version inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec IKE version mismatch.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 378
 Check item Measures
Setting Mismatch in IKE version.
Check the IKE version in MFP and peer.

[8044] IPsec error for encapsulation inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec encapsulation mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the IPsec mode (Transport/Tunnel) in MFP and peer.

[8045] IPsec error for peer IP inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec peer IP mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Remote Traffic selector mismatch.
Check the destination address/port in IPsec filter. 8

[8046] IPsec error for local IP inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec local IP mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Local traffic selector mismatch.
Check the source address/port in IPsec filter.

[8047] IPsec error for local ID inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec local ID mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the user certificate in MFP

[8048] IPsec error for remote ID inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec remote ID mismatch.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the user certificate in peer machine.

[8049] IPsec error for remote IP inconsistency

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec remote IP mismatch.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 379
 Check item Measures
Setting Remote traffic selector mismatch.
Check the source address/port in IPsec filter.

[804A] IPsec error for IKEv2 timeout

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec IKEv1 / IKEv2 timeout.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the network connectivity between MFP and peer machine.
Select the Flush Connections Option and retry.

[804B] IPsec error for invalid of ID manual key

Classification Error item

Network error IPsec invalid manual key.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the Inbound and Outbound (ESP Encryption/Authentication
and AH Authentication) keys in MFP and Remote PC.

[8061] Update error for secure primary DDNS

[8062] Update error for secure secondary DDNS
[8063] Update error for IPv6 secure primary DDNS
[8064] Update error for IPv6 secure secondary DDNS
[8065] Update error for IPv6 primary DDNS
[8066] Update error for IPv6 secondary DDNS
[8067] Update error for IPv4 primary DDNS
[8068] Update error for IPv4 secondary DDNS

Classification Error item

Network error [8061] Secure update to primary IPv4 server failed.
[8062] Secure update to secondary IPv4 server failed.
[8063] Secure update to primary IPv6 server failed.
[8064] Secure update to secondary IPv6 server failed.
[8065] IPv6 primary DDNS update error.
[8066] IPv6 secondary DDNS update error.
[8067] IPv4 primary DDNS update error.
[8068] IPv4 secondary DDNS update error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if there is any problem with DNS or DDNS settings.

[8069] This message is displayed when the key file for SIG(0) or TSIG is invalid

Classification Error item

Network error This message is displayed when the key file for SIG(0) or TSIG is
invalid.

Check item Measures

Setting Verify the TSIG/SIG(0) key files used.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 380
[80B1] Bluetooth connection failure

Classification Error item

Network error Bluetooth connection failure.

Check item Measures

Wireless LAN/Bluetooth module Check the connection of the wireless LAN/Bluetooth module.
connection status

[80C0] TLS session establishment failure (invalid message)

Classification Error item

Network error An inappropriate message has been received.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C1] TLS session establishment failure (invalid MAC data)

8
Classification Error item
Network error Invalid MAC data have been received.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C2] TLS session establishment failure (decoding failure)

Classification Error item

Network error TLSCiphertext data structure has been encoded by an invalid
method.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C3] TLS session establishment failure (recording length abnormality)

Classification Error item

Network error A TLSCiphertext record whose size is 2^14+2048 bytes or more has
been received. Or, decoding to a TLSCompressed record whose
size is 2^14+2048 bytes or more has been carried out.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 381
[80C4] TLS session establishment failure (data decompression failure)

Classification Error item

Network error Data (output) with an invalid expansion function have been received.
(E.g.: Data with length exceeded)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C5] TLS session establishment failure (handshake failure)

Classification Error item

Network error A handshake_failure alert message has been received.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C6] TLS session establishment failure (certificate abnormality)

Classification Error item

Network error A certificate has been broken. Or, a signature which cannot be
verified properly has been included.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C7] TLS session establishment failure (non-support certificate)

Classification Error item

Network error The type of the certificate has not been supported.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C8] TLS session establishment failure (invalid certificate)

Classification Error item

Network error The certificate has been disabled by its signer.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80C9] TLS session establishment failure (certificate with validity date expired)

Classification Error item

Network error The validity date of the certificate has expired.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 382
 Check item Measures
Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80CA] TLS session establishment failure (certificate process error)

Classification Error item

Network error Since a non-specified problem has occurred, the certification
process has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80CB] TLS session establishment failure (invalid parameter)

Classification Error item

Network error The acceptable range of the field for handshake has been
exceeded. Or, an inconsistency between another field has occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server. 8
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80CC] TLS session establishment failure (unknown CA certificate)

Classification Error item

Network error A valid certificate chain or a part of the chain has been received;
however, there is no CA certificate. Or, a certificate could not be
received since it does not match the already-known relied CA.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80CD] TLS session establishment failure (access rejection)

Classification Error item

Network error Although a valid certificate has been received, a connect-to server
has rejected the access when access control was applied.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.

[80CE] TLS session establishment failure (decoding error)

Classification Error item

Network error A value in the field is outside of the range. Or, a message could be
decoded since its length was inappropriate.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 383
[80CF] TLS session establishment failure (decoding error)

Classification Error item

Network error A handshake encryption process has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80D0] TLS session establishment failure (export restrictions)

Classification Error item

Network error A negotiation which does not comply with the export restrictions of
the regulation has been detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80D1] TLS session establishment failure (non-support protocol version)

Classification Error item

Network error Unsupported versions of the TLS protocol have been recognized.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the communication with a client, server or external
applications is made using the supported TLS protocol (only TLS1.2
available as of 2020) in the SSL/TLS settings.
Check the SSL/TLS certificate installed in the equipment.

[80D2] TLS session establishment failure (internal error)

Classification Error item

Network error A process cannot be continued due to an internal error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.
Check the SSL certificate installed in the equipment.

[80D3] TLS session establishment failure (cancellation by a user)

Classification Error item

Network error A handshake has been canceled for a reason other than a protocol
error.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.Check the SSL
certificate installed in the equipment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 384
[80D4] TLS session establishment failure (invalid renegotiation)

Classification Error item

Network error The following items are improper.
- A client response to a HelloRequest message.
- A server response to a ClientHello message received after the first
handshake.
- Renegotiation performed later.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the SSL/TLS settings of a connect-to server.Check the SSL
certificate installed in the equipment.

[8101] Wireless connection in the Access point failure

Classification Error item

Network error Wireless connection in the Access point failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Verify the credentials used for association with Access point.
8
[8102] Connection of MFP to the Access point with a specified SSID failure

Classification Error item

Network error Connection of MFP to the Access point with a specified SSID failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Verify the access point name setting and mechanism used for
association same as Access Point setting.

[8103] Wireless certificate verification failure

Classification Error item

Network error Wireless certificate verification failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Verify the certificate settings used for association.

[8104] Wireless LAN / Bluetooth module hardware error

Classification Error item

Network error Wireless LAN / Bluetooth module hardware error.

Check item Measures

Wireless LAN/Bluetooth module Check the connection of the wireless LAN/Bluetooth module.
Replace the wireless LAN/Bluetooth module.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 385
[8121] Domain: Authentication failure

Classification Error item

Network error An unknown domain authentication error occurs when connecting to
the domain controller.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the network settings of the equipment, and retry connecting
to the domain controller.

[8122] Domain: Invalid user name or password

Classification Error item

Network error The user name or password of the domain authentication is not valid
and the user cannot log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the user name or password is correctly entered. Enter them
by specifying the upper and lower case letters correctly.

[8123] Domain: Invalid server

Classification Error item

Network error The server cannot be detected at domain authentication.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the server fails. Check the network settings of the
equipment. If name resolution is used, check the settings of the DNS
and DDNS.

[8124] Domain: Invalid user account

Classification Error item

Network error The user account is invalid at domain authentication and it cannot be
used to log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the setting of the user account in “Active Directory User and
Computer” is disabled.

[8125] Domain: Expired user account (cannot be used for logon)

Classification Error item

Network error The user account has expired at domain authentication and it cannot
be used to log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the setting of the user account in “Active Directory User and
Computer” has expired.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 386
[8126] Domain: Locked user account (cannot be used for logon)

Classification Error item

Network error The user account is locked at domain authentication and it cannot
be used to log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the account lock-out on the server.

[8127] Domain: Invalid logon time

Classification Error item

Network error The user logon time is invalid at domain authentication and the user
cannot logon.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the log-on time setting of the user account in “Active Directory
User and Computer”.

8
[8128] Active directory domain: Clock skew error (due to difference in time between the server
and the MFP)

Classification Error item

Network error The difference between the time set in the equipment and that set in
the server is more than five minutes at domain authentication of the
Active Directory and the user cannot log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Match the time of the equipment and domain controller, or if an
SNTP server is in the network, recommend the use of SNTP.

[8129] Active directory domain: Expired Kerberos ticket (cannot be used for authentication)

Classification Error item

Network error A Kerberos ticket has expired at the domain authentication of the
Active Directory and the user cannot log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the Kerberos ticket on the Kerberos server has expired.

[812A] Active directory domain: Kerberos ticket authentication failure

Classification Error item

Network error A Kerberos ticket authentication error of the Active Directory domain
authentication occurs and the user cannot log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the user name or password is correctly entered. If this
problem still persists, contact your Window server administrator.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 387
[812B] Active directory domain: Invalid realm name

Classification Error item

Network error The realm name for the domain authentication of the Active
Directory is invalid and the user cannot log on.

Check item Measures

Setting Check if the Realm name of the Active Directory server of the
equipment is wrong. If this problem still persists, contact your
Window server administrator.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 388
8.3.31 FAX error
[0012] Original jam

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since an original was misfed in the
DF while a Fax job was being sent.

Check item Measures

Setting Remove the misfed original and reattempt the Fax transmission.

[0013] Cover is open

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since the cover of the equipment or
options that process paper was opened.

Check item Measures

Setting Close the cover and reattempt the Fax transmission.

[0020] Power failure

Transmission 8
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed due to a power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed due to a power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to a power failure.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 389
[0030] Recording paper jam

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has been stopped due to the following reason.
• Paper misfeeding occurred with another job.
• A Fax job was canceled.

Check item Measures

Setting In the case of paper misfeeding, remove it and reattempt the Fax
transmission.

[0033] Polling error

Classification Error item

Fax The polling reception has failed due to the following reason.
• A polling original was not set on the other side’s device.
• The security setting between this equipment and the other side’s
device did not match.

Check item Measures

Setting Take the following action and reattempt the polling reception.
• Ask to set the polling original on the other side’s device.
• Make the security setting matched between this equipment and
the other side’s device.

[0040] Modem communication error

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since the modem could not send the
signal properly.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since the modem could not receive the
signal properly.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 390
[0042] Memory full

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has been canceled since the capacity shortage or
an abnormality occurred in the storage while a Fax job was being
received. (Pages which are received successfully will be printed
out.)

Check item Measures

Setting Take the following action and reattempt the Fax reception.
• In the case of a capacity shortage, free up the memory space.
• In the case of an abnormality, replace the storage.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax reception has been canceled since the capacity shortage
or an abnormality occurred in the storage while an IP Fax job was
being received. (Pages which are received successfully will be
printed out.)

Check item Measures

Setting Take the following action and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• In the case of a capacity shortage, free up the memory space. 8
• In the case of an abnormality, replace the storage.

[0050] Line is busy

Classification Error item

Fax Since the line of the other side’s device was busy, the Fax
transmission has failed even though the redialing was carried out by
the maximum number of specified times.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. Increase the number of redialing
times if required.

[0051] No cable connected for Fax line

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since no cable for the Fax line was
connected.

Check item Measures

Setting Connect a cable for the Fax line and reattempt the Fax transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 391
[0052] T1 time-out

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since NSF / DIS could not be
detected. (Memory transmission)

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the other side’s device is answering in the Fax mode and
reattempt the Fax transmission.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since NSF / DIS could not be
detected. (Memory transmission)

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the other side’s device is answering in the Fax mode and
reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[00B0] Initial signal not detected

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since NSF / DIS could not be
detected. (Direct transmission)

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the other side’s device is answering in the Fax mode and
reattempt the Fax transmission.

[00B1] Terminal constants not compatible

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since the other side’s device did not
have the capability which was transferred by NSF / DIS on this
equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the capability of the other side’s device and reattempt the Fax
transmission by using a receivable mode for it.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since NSS / DCS, which was a
capability other than the ones transferred by NSF / DIS on this
equipment, was received.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the capability of this equipment and reattempt the Fax
reception by using a receivable mode for it.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since the other side’s device did
not have the capability which was transferred by NSF / DIS on this
equipment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 392
 Check item Measures
Setting Check the capability of the other side’s device and reattempt the IP
Fax transmission by using a receivable mode for it.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax job reception has failed since NSS / DCS, which was a
capability other than the ones transferred by NSF / DIS on this
equipment, was received.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the capability of this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax
reception by using a receivable mode for it.

[00B2] Reception of DCN (Phase B)

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since DCN was sent in Phase B.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. 8

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since DCN was received in Phase B.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since DCN was sent in Phase B.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since DCN was received in Phase B.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 393
[00B3] DCS / DTC not detected

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since DCS / DTC could not be
detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since DCS / DTC could not be
detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since DCS / DTC could not be
detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00B4] Training error

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax This equipment has performed fall-back but the Fax transmission
has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since after receiving FTT, the receiver
has received a timeout or DCN.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax This equipment has performed fall-back but the IP Fax transmission
has failed.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 394
 Check item Measures
Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• This equipment and the other side’s device are connected to a
network properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since after receiving FTT, the
receiver has received a timeout or DCN.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• This equipment and the other side’s device are connected to a
network properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00B5] CFR not detected

Classification Error item

8
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since a training signal has been
sent out but CFR could not be detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax transmission.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since a training signal has been
sent out but CFR could not be detected.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment is functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00B6] No response made to CTC

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to
CTC.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax transmission.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to
CTC.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 395
 Check item Measures
Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment is functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since DCN was received during
ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• The network of this equipment is functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00B7] Phase B cannot be completed

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since a modem error or a sequence
error in the FAX Unit occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. If the error persists, replace the
FAX Unit.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since a modem error or a sequence
error in the FAX Unit occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception. If the error persists, replace the FAX
Unit.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since an error occurred in the
system.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since an error occurred in the
system.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax reception.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 396
[00C0] Image signal carrier not detected

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since this equipment has failed to
detect a carrier.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax reception.

[00C1] High-speed signal not detected

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since this equipment has failed to
detect a high-speed signal.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and the
other side’s device and reattempt the Fax reception.

8
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since this equipment has failed to
detect a high-speed signal.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• The network of this equipment and the other side’s device is
functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00C2] Image signal carrier disconnected

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since a carrier disconnection was
detected after the image signal was picked up by the other side’s
device.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since a carrier disconnection was
detected after the image signal was picked up by this equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 397
 Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since a carrier disconnection was
detected after the image signal was picked up by this equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00C4] EOL time-out

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since this equipment could not detect
EOL or not decode with MMR.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

[00C5] Excess length of data received

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed due to the disconnection of the
communication since the length of the received original exceeded 2
m.

Check item Measures

Setting Ask to make the length of the original 2 m or less and reattempt the
Fax reception.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to the disconnection of the
communication since the length of the received original exceeded 2
m.

Check item Measures

Setting Ask to make the length of the original 2 m or less and reattempt the
IP Fax reception.

[00C6] Image code conversion error

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since the conversion of the received
image went wrong.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since the conversion of the received
image went wrong.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 398
[00C7] Phase C cannot be completed
Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since a modem error or a sequence
error in the FAX Unit occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. If the error persists, replace the
FAX Unit.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since a modem error or a sequence
error in the FAX Unit occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception. If the error persists, replace the FAX
Unit.

Transmission
Classification Error item 8
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since a system error or a
sequence error occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since a system error or a sequence
error occurred.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00C8] Transmitted image was not made in time

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to the disconnection of the
communication from the other side’s device since the notification of
the transmitted image was not made in time.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 399
[00D0] Post message not detected
Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since this equipment could not
detect an MCF, RTP, RTN, PIN or PIP or the other side’s device
could not detect MPS, EOM or EOP.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since the other side’s device could not
detect an MCF, RTP, RTN, PIN or PIP or this equipment could not
detect MPS, EOM or EOP.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since this equipment could not
detect an MCF, RTP, RTN, PIN or PIP or the other side’s device
could not detect MPS, EOM or EOP.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since the other side’s device could
not detect an MCF, RTP, RTN, PIN or PIP or this equipment could
not detect MPS, EOM or EOP.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00D1] Reception of DCN

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since DCN was received.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since DCN was received.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 400
Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since DCN was received.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00D2] Poor image quality

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since the quality of the received
image was poor in the other side’s device.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed since the quality of the received image
was poor.

8
Check item Measures
Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since the quality of the received
image was poor in the other side’s device.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment and the other side’s device is
functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since the quality of the received
image was poor.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• The network of this equipment and the other side’s device is
functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 401
[00D3] No response made to EOR

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to
EOR or DCN was received during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Ask to adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of the other side’s
device and reattempt the Fax transmission.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to
EOR or DCN was received during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment device is functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00D4] No response made to RR

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to RR
or DCN was received during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Ask to adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of the other side’s
device and reattempt the Fax transmission.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since no response was made to
RR or DCN was received during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment device is functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
• If the other side’s device is in the Fax mode, its attenuator and
link equalizer are adjusted properly.

[00D5] T5 time-out

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax transmission has failed since RNR-RR was repeated and
the line was disconnected due to timeout during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. If the error persists, check whether
the other side’s device can output MCF or not.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 402
[00D6] ERR returned to EOR

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed due to the bad condition of the
communication.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to the bad condition of the
communication.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax reception.
• The network of this equipment and the other side’s device is
functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.

[00D7] Line disconnected by transmission of EOR

8
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed since the line was disconnected
after EOR was sent by this equipment during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Adjust the attenuator and link equalizer of this equipment and
reattempt the Fax transmission.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed since the line was disconnected
after EOR was sent by this equipment during ECM transmission.

Check item Measures

Setting Check the following items and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.
• The network of this equipment and the other side’s device is
functioning properly.
• The IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.

[00D8] Time-out between FCD frame

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since a time-out occurred between the
FCD frames.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 403
[00DA] MCF not returned

Classification Error item

Fax The Fax reception has failed since MCF could not be returned from
this equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception.

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed since MCF could not be returned
from this equipment.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00E8] HDD error

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed due to a defective HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax transmission. If the error persists, replace the
HDD.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed due to a defective HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the Fax reception. If the error persists, replace the HDD.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a defective HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission. If the error persists, replace the
HDD.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to a defective HDD.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception. If the error persists, replace the
HDD.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 404
[00F0] Software trouble
Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures

Setting Reinstall the Fax firmware. If the error persists, replace the Fax unit.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures

Setting Reinstall the Fax firmware. If the error persists, replace the Fax unit.

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures 8

Setting Check that the IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the IP Fax function of this equipment is set properly.
Reboot this equipment and reattempt the IP Fax reception.

[00F1] Hardware noise

Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed due to defective hardware.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reboot this equipment and reattempt the Fax transmission.
• Reinstall the Fax firmware.
• If the error persists, replace the Fax unit.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed due to defective hardware.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reboot this equipment and reattempt the Fax reception.
• Reinstall the Fax firmware.
• If the error persists, replace the Fax unit.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 405
[00F4] Software trouble (FAX Unit)
Transmission
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax transmission has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reboot this equipment and reattempt the Fax transmission.
• Reinstall the Fax firmware.
• If the error persists, replace the FAX Unit.

Reception
Classification Error item
Fax The Fax reception has failed due to defective software.

Check item Measures

Setting • Reboot this equipment and reattempt the Fax reception.
• Reinstall the Fax firmware.
• If the error persists, replace the Fax unit.

[0101] Response TimeOut (Registration)

Classification Error item

IP Fax A time-out has occurred since there was no response from an SIP
server.
(Register)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0102] Response TimeOut (Invite)

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a time-out since there was
no response from an SIP server.
(Invite)

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission. If the error persists, check the
network or the server setting and recipient information.

[0103] “Multiple Choices” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Multiple Choices)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 406
[0104] “Moved Permanently” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Moved Permanently)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0105] “Moved Temporarily” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Moved Temporarily)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0106] “Use Proxy” Received

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Use Proxy)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0107] “Alternative Service” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Alternative Service)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0109] “Bad Request” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Bad Request)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 407
[010A] “Unauthorized” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Unauthorized)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[010B] “Payment Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Payment Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[010C] “Forbidden” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Forbidden)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[010D] “Not Found” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Not Found)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[010E] “Method Not Allowed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Method Not Allowed)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 408
[010F] “Not Acceptable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Not Acceptable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0110] “Proxy Authentication Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Proxy Authentication Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0111] “Request Timeout” Received

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request Timeout)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0113] “Gone” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Gone)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0115] “Precondition Failed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Precondition Failed)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 409
[0116] “Request Entity Too Large” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request Entity Too Large)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0117] “Request-URI Too Long” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request-URI Too Long)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0118] “Unsupported Media Type” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Unsupported Media Type)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0119] “Unsupported URI Scheme” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Unsupported URI Scheme)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[011A] “Unknown Resource-Priority” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Unknown Resource-Priority)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 410
[011B] “Bad Extension” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Bad Extension)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[011C] “Extension Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Extension Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[011D] “Session Timer Too Small” Received

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Session Timer Too Small)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[011E] “Interval Too Brief” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Interval Too Brief)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[011F] “Anonymity disallowed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Anonymity disallowed)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 411
[0120] “Temporarily Unavailable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Temporarily Unavailable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0121] “Call/Transaction Does Not Exist” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Call/Transaction Does Not Exist)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0122] “Loop Detected” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Loop Detected)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0123] “Too Many Hops” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Too Many Hops)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0124] “Address Incomplete” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Address Incomplete)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 412
[0125] “Ambiguous” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Ambiguous)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0126] “Busy Here” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Busy Here)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0127] “Request Terminated” Received

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request Terminated)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0128] “Not acceptable here” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Not acceptable here)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0129] “Bad Event” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Bad Event)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 413
[012A] “Request Updated” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request Updated)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[012B] “Request Pending” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Request Pending)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[012C] “Undecipherable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Undecipherable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[012D] “Security Agreement Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Security Agreement Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[012E] “Internal Server Error” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Internal Server Error)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 414
[012F] “Not Implemented” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Not Implemented)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0130] “Bad Gateway” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Bad Gateway)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0131] “Service Unavailable” Received

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission took time since the IP line was busy.

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission. If this
still persists, check the setting of the SIP server.

[0132] “Gateway Time-out” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Gateway Time-out)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0133] “Version Not Supported” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Version Not Supported)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 415
[0134] “Message Too Large” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Message Too Large)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0135] “Precondition Failure” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Precondition Failure)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0136] “Busy Everywhere” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Busy Everywhere)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0137] “Decline” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Decline)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0138] “Does Not Exist Anywhere” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Does Not Exist Anywhere)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 416
[0139] “Not Acceptable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Not Acceptable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[013D] Registration failed

Classification Error item

IP Fax The registration to an SIP server has failed due to an error.
(Other errors)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[013E] Invite failed

Classification Error item 8

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Other errors)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0140] Failed to start

Classification Error item

IP Fax The starting of the IP Fax function has failed.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment.

[0141] Job interruption due to setting change occurred

Classification Error item

IP Fax The implementation of an IP Fax job has been stopped since the
settings were changed.

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax transmission / reception.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 417
[0142] Irregal address

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a communication error.
(Recipient entry error)

Check item Measures

Setting Correct the recipient and reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0143] SIP server is unavailable

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(SIP server unusable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0144] Under congestion

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a communication error.
(Under congestion)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0150] Disconnected by communication partner

Transmission
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission has failed due to a communication error.
(Communication disconnection from the other side’s device)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

Reception
Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax reception has failed due to a communication error.
(Communication disconnection from the other side’s device)

Check item Measures

Setting Reattempt the IP Fax reception.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 418
[0300] “Multiple Choices” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Multiple Choices)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0301] “Moved Permanently” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Moved Permanently)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0302] “Moved Temporarily” Received 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Moved Temporarily)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0305] “Use Proxy” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Use Proxy)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0380] “Alternative Service” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Alternative Service)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 419
[0400] “Bad Request” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Bad Request)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0401] “Unauthorized” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Unauthorized)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0402] “Payment Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Payment Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0403] “Forbidden” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Forbidden)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0404] “Not Found” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Not Found)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 420
[0405] “Method Not Allowed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Method Not Allowed)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0406] “Not Acceptable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Not Acceptable)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0407] “Proxy Authentication Required” Received 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Proxy Authentication Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0408] “Request Timeout” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request Timeout)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0410] “Gone” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Gone)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 421
[0412] “Precondition Failed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Precondition Failed)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0413] “Request Entity Too Large” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request Entity Too Large)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0414] “Request-URI Too Long” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request-URI Too Long)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0415] “Unsupported Media Type” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Unsupported Media Type)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0416] “Unsupported URI Scheme” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Unsupported URI Scheme)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 422
[0417] “Unknown Resource-Priority” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Unknown Resource-Priority)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0420] “Bad Extension” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Bad Extension)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0421] “Extension Required” Received 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Extension Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0422] “Session Timer Too Small” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Session Timer Too Small)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0423] “Interval Too Brief” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Interval Too Brief)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 423
[0433] “Anonymity disallowed” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Anonymity disallowed)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0480] “Temporarily Unavailable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Temporarily Unavailable)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0481] “Call/Transaction Does Not Exist” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Call/Transaction Does Not Exist)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0482] “Loop Detected” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Loop Detected)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0483] “Too Many Hops” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Too Many Hops)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 424
[0484] “Address Incomplete” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Address Incomplete)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0485] “Ambiguous” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Ambiguous)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0486] “Busy Here” Received 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Busy Here)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0487] “Request Terminated” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request Terminated)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0488] “Not acceptable here” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Not acceptable here)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 425
[0489] “Bad Event” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Bad Event)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0490] “Request Updated” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request Updated)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0491] “Request Pending” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Request Pending)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0493] “Undecipherable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Undecipherable)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0494] “Security Agreement Required” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Security Agreement Required)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 426
[0500] “Internal Server Error” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Internal Server Error)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0501] “Not Implemented” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Not Implemented)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0502] “Bad Gateway” Received 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Bad Gateway)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0503] “Service Unavailable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Service Unavailable)

Check item Measures

Setting Wait for a while and then reattempt the IP Fax transmission.

[0504] “Gateway Time-out” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Gateway Time-out)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 427
[0505] “Version Not Supported” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Version Not Supported)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0513] “Message Too Large” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Message Too Large)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0580] “Precondition Failure” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Precondition Failure)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the SIP server.

[0600] “Busy Everywhere” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Busy Everywhere)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0603] “Decline” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Decline)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 428
[0604] “Does Not Exist Anywhere” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Does Not Exist Anywhere)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[0606] “Not Acceptable” Received

Classification Error item

IP Fax The IP Fax transmission / reception has failed due to a
communication error.
(Not Acceptable)

Check item Measures

Setting Check the setting of the network or the SIP server.

[4246] IP Fax license is not installed 8

Classification Error item
IP Fax The license of the IP Fax has not been installed.

Check item Measures

Setting Check that the license of the IP Fax has been installed.

[DA01] The FAX Unit of line 1 has been damaged

Classification Error item

Fax The FAX Unit of line 1 has been damaged or an abnormality has
occurred in the interface between the systems.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment. If the error still persists, replace the FAX Unit
of line 1.

[DA02] The FAX Unit of line 2 has been damaged

Classification Error item

Fax The FAX Unit of line 2 has been damaged or an abnormality has
occurred in the interface between the systems.

Check item Measures

Setting Reboot the equipment. If the error still persists, replace the FAX Unit
of line 2.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 429
8.4 Other Errors

8.4.1 Equipment operation disabled after the installation of option(s)

Check if the optional board is installed properly.

8.4.2 Wireless LAN connection disabled

The connection state and settings of the Wireless LAN can be checked with [USER FUNCTIONS]→
[ADMIN]→ [WIRELESS LAN] →[SETTING CHECK].
Confirm the settings with the administrator.
• “NIC INITIALIZING” does not disappear at the time of the power being turned ON and it disappears
after 6 minutes with the NIC initializing time-out. In this case, the connection to the Wireless LAN
does not succeed even though “NIC INITIALIZING” disappears.
• The connection to the Wireless LAN cannot be made if the Access Point to be connected is not
found or security settings are not correct.

8.4.3 “Invalid Department Code” is displayed

Log in to TopAccess as an administrator, select [Authentication] on the [User Management] tab, and
then check whether Department Setting is enabled or disabled.

Department Setting is enabled:

• Log in to TopAccess as an administrator, select [Authentication] on the [User Management] tab, and
then check User Management Setting.
• Confirm the settings of FS-08-3805 in the setting mode.

Department Setting is disabled:

• Log in to TopAccess as an administrator, select [Authentication] on the [User Management] tab, and
then check User Management Setting.

8.4.4 Paper folded on the leading edge

If the leading edge of B4, B5 or B5-R paper is folded when it exits, check the following items.

• Check if the rear and side guides of the drawer or the side guide of the bypass tray correspond to
the paper size.

8.4.5 Toner cartridge unrecognized

If the toner cartridge is not recognized, check the following.

• Check that there is no access abnormality to the toner cartridge IC chip.

• Check the setting of FS-08-4689 in the setting mode. If the value is “1” to “5”, perform the C911/
C912/C913/C914 troubleshooting.
 P. 8-217 “ [C911] Toner cartridge PC board access abnormality (K)”

8.4.6 Ethernet disabled in half-duplex communication

The Ethernet of this equipment does not support half-duplex communication.
When the port setting of the switch is fixed at half-duplex communication, use any of 10/100/1000
Mbps, full-duplex fixed communication mode or auto-negotiation function.
In addition, select the setting of the equipment corresponding to that of the switch.
([ADMIN] > [NETWORK] > [ETHERNET])
Check the set communication speed as follows if required:
[ADMIN] > [NETWORK] > [ETHERNET]

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 430
8.4.7 The equipment does not start after the power has been turned
ON.

[ 1 ] The LCD screen does not display after the power has been turned ON.
1. General description
When the lamps on the control panel do not light or error codes are not displayed on the LCD screen
after the power has been turned ON, perform this troubleshooting.

2. Status LED / Power LED

After the power is turned ON, the status of the equipment from the startup until the end of system
device initialization (the LCD screen works) is displayed by the status LED (8-bit) on the SYS board.
When the equipment does not start or the LCD screen does not display after the power is turned
ON, check this status LED on the SYS board in order to judge the corresponding troubleshooting. In
addition to this, the power LED is lit when 12 VA power is being supplied to the SYS board.

[1] Status LED

[2] 12VA Power LED

8

Fig.8-28

3. Measures
When an error code is displayed, perform its troubleshooting.
If the LCD screen is turned OFF and an error code cannot be confirmed as a result, check the
lighting condition of each LED and perform the troubleshooting according to the status below.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 431
 Main Power LED / Energy Saver LED (on Control panel)

LED Lighting condition SYS power LED Troubleshooting

Main Power LED ON ON The control panel does not operate normally.
• Check the connection of the harness
(41-pin) of the control panel. Check if
there is no abnormality in the harness.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
parts of the control panel.
• Download the system software again.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
SYS board.
• Replace the main memory (DIMM).
• Replace the control panel.
• Replace the SYS board.
OFF The 12 VA power is not supplied to the SYS
board.
• Check the connection of the power
harness of the SYS board. Check if there
is no abnormality in the harness.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
switching regulator.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
SYS board.
• Replace the power harness of the SYS
board.
• Replace the switching regulator.
• Replace the SYS board.

The 12 VA power supply is stopped due to

an overcurrent.
• Turn OFF the main power switch and
open the front cover. While keeping this
status, press the main power switch to
check that the SYS power LED is turned
ON.

[If the SYS power LED is turned ON]

• Check if there is no abnormality in all
harnesses with the 24 V power supplied.
• Check if there is no abnormality in all
boards with the 24 V power supplied.
• Replace all boards with the 24 V power
supplied.

[If the SYS power LED is not turned ON]

• Check if there is no abnormality in all
harnesses with the 12 VA power
supplied.
• Check if there is no abnormality in all
boards with the 12 VA power supplied.
• Replace all boards with the 12 VA power
supplied.
OFF ON The 5 VS power is not supplied to the
control panel.
• Check the connection of the harness of
the control panel.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
parts of the control panel.
OFF The power is not supplied to the SYS board.
• Check the connection of the power
harness of the SYS board.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
switching regulator.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
SYS board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 432
 LED Lighting condition SYS power LED Troubleshooting
Energy Saver LED ON - -
Blinking - When the Energy Saver LED is turned OFF
after a certain time has passed:
Initialization between the control panel and
the SYS board is not completed.
• Check the connection of the harness of
the control panel.
• SYS board abnormality (Check the
lighting condition of the SYS power LED
and the SYS status LED, and perform
the measures described in the next
table.)
- When the Energy Saver LED blinks even if
some times have passed:
The LCD is not turned ON after initialization
between the control panel and the SYS
board is completed.
• Check the connection of the harness of
the control panel.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
parts of the control panel.
• SYS board abnormality (Check the
lighting condition of the SYS power LED
and the SYS status LED, and perform
the measures described in the next
table.) 8
OFF ON The 12 VA power is not supplied to the
control panel.
• Check the connection of the harness of
the control panel.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
parts of the control panel.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 433
 Power LED / Status LED (on SYS board)

Lighting
LED SYS board status Troubleshooting
condition
Power LED OFF Waiting for the power Check the connection of the switching
supply regulator harness and the power supply
harness.
 P. 8-435 “[ 2 ] The equipment does not
start after the power has been turned ON.”
Status LED Bit7 ON Main memory • Check the installation status of the main
abnormality memory, and reinstall it if necessary.
• Perform calibration of the main memory
at the startup.
• Replace the main memory or the SYS
board.
Bit4 ON Network IC Replace the SYS board.
communication error
Bit3 ON ASIC detection error Replace the SYS board.
Bit2 ON HDD/SSD detection • When the error code is from F100 to
error F109, perform the HDD/SSD fault
diagnosis by following each
troubleshooting.
• If the LCD screen does not display,
check the connection of the HDD
harness.
Bit1 ON Control panel • Check the connection of the harness of
communication error the control panel.
• Check if there is no abnormality in the
parts of the control panel.
Bit0 ON Errors other than the Replace the SYS board.
above
Remarks:
• When Bit1 or Bit7 of the status LED is ON and an error code is displayed on the LCD screen, perform
the troubleshooting for each error code.
• The lighting condition of the status LED is determined while Bit0 is turned OFF. Due to this, be sure to
check the condition from Bit1 to Bit7 while Bit0 is turned OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 434
[ 2 ] The equipment does not start after the power has been turned ON.

Check the following items when the equipment does not start due to an abnormality in the power supply
side even if the power has been turned ON.

CN511
F204

F203 F205
F202 F201

[3]

[2]
[1]
F101
L
8
G
CN503 N
F102
FG
LVPS

[5]
[4]

Fig.8-29

1. When the [Power] LED on the control panel does not light. / When the fan on the SYS board does
not work. / The LCD screen does not display.

Check item Measures

Power voltage Is the power voltage within +/- 10% of the rated voltage?
Power cable Check if the harnesses are open circuited or if contact failure occurs in the
connector.
Inlet [1][2] Check if the inlet [1] and its harness [2] are open circuited or disconnected.
Main power switch [4] Check if the main power switch [4] and its harness [5] are open circuited or
disconnected.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 435
 Check item Measures
Switching regulator (LVPS) [3] Check if the harness [2] is inserted into the connectors (CN501, CN502) of
the switching regulator [3] properly.
Check if the harness [5] is inserted into the connector (CN503) of the
switching regulator [3] properly.
Check if the fuse (F101) has melted.
• If the fuse (F101) cannot be blown out even when it has been replaced
and the damp heater switch has been turned OFF (in the equipment
with the damp heater installed) and then the main power switch is
turned ON, exchange the damp heater in question.
Remarks:
If the resistance value of the damp heater is as below, there will be
an abnormality in the damp heater in question.
- Scanner damp heater: 714Ω -10% or below
- Drum damp heater (right): 830Ω -10% or below
- Drum damp heater (left): 830Ω -10% or below
- Drawer damp heater: 2KΩ -10% or below
• If the fuse (F101) cannot be blown out even when it has been replaced
and the fuser unit has been taken off and then the main power switch is
turned ON, exchange the fuser unit.
• If the IH board cooling fan does not work after the fuse (F101) has been
replaced, exchange the IH board.
• If the problem still persists even though the above steps have been
carried out, replace the switching regulator [3].
Check if the fuse (F102) has melted.
• Replace the switching regulator [3].
Check if the CN511 5-pin and 6-pin of the switching regulator output 5V +/-
5%.
• Output when the connectors of the control panel are disconnected:
Replace the control panel.
• Output when all of the connectors of the SYS board are disconnected:
Replace the SYS board.
• Output when all of the connectors of the LGC board are disconnected:
Replace the LGC board.
• If the problem still persists even though the above steps have been
carried out, replace the switching regulator [3].
IH board If the problem still persists even though all the above steps have been
checked, replace the IH board.

2. When the [Power] LED on the control panel lights. / When the fan on the SYS board does not work.
/ The LCD screen does not display.

Check item Measures

Options Check if this problem can be resolved when the connectors of the paper
handling options are disconnected and then the power is turned OFF and
then back ON. (Does the LCD screen display?)
• Check if there is abnormality such as catching in the harnesses of the
applicable options.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 436
 Check item Measures
LGC board Check if this problem can be resolved when the ADU is opened. (Does the
LCD screen display?)
If the problem is resolved (the LCD screen displays), close all covers and
check the following items.
• The LCD screen displays when CN301 is disconnected: Check or
replace the reverse gate solenoid and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN301 is disconnected: Check or
replace the paper feeding/developer unit drive motor and the harness.
Check or replace the drum/TBU motor and the harness. Check or
replace the 1st transfer contact/release clutch and the harness.
(25ppm/30ppm/35ppm)
• The LCD screen displays when CN327 is disconnected: Check or
replace the paper feeding/developer unit drive motor and the harness.
Check or replace the drum/TBU motor and the harness. Check or
replace the 1st transfer contact/release clutch and the harness.
(45ppm/50ppm)
• The LCD screen displays when CN302 is disconnected: Check or
replace the IH board cooling fan and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN305 is disconnected: Check or
replace the fuser motor and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN309 is disconnected: Check or
replace the sensor shutter solenoid and the harness
• The LCD screen displays when CN311 is disconnected: Check or
replace the suctioning fan and the harness. Check or replace the exit
section cooling fan and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN312 is disconnected: Check or
replace the discharge LED (Y, M, C and K) and the harness. 8
• The LCD screen displays when CN320 and CN321 are disconnected:
Check or replace the high-voltage transformer and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN322 is disconnected: Check or
replace the laser optical unit and the harness.
• If the problem still persists even though the above items have been
done, replace the LGC board.
PFC board • The LCD screen displays when CN450 is disconnected: Check or
replace the ADU board and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN451 is disconnected: Check or
replace the bypass feed clutch and the harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN461 is disconnected: Check or
replace the 1st drawer feed clutch, 2nd drawer feed clutch, transport
clutch (L), transport clutch (H) and harness.
• The LCD screen displays when CN462 is disconnected: Check or
replace the ozone exhaust fan and the harness. Check or replace the
developer unit cooling fan and the harness.
SYS board The LCD screen displays when CN125 is disconnected: Replace the SYS
board.
Switching regulator (LVPS) [3] When the problem is not resolved (the LCD screen does not display) even if
the front cover or the side cover is opened, replace the switching regulator.
Power supply unit cooling fan Check if the power supply unit cooling fan rotates.
• Check the connector of the power supply unit cooling fan.
• Replace the LGC board.
• Replace the switching regulator.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 437
8.4.8 Countermeasure to sudden power failure

Phenomenon Check item Measures

1 The [ENERGY SAVER] • The mode is at the Sleep mode. Turn off the Sleep mode setting.
button is lit. The power Or change the setting.
supply is recovered by
pressing the [ENERGY
SAVER] button.
2 The power supply is • The weekly timer has run. • Turn off the setting of the
recovered by pressing the weekly timer. Or change the
[ON/OFF] button. setting.
• Check if the time is set
correctly.
3 The power supply is not The harnesses of 12V or 24V are short • Replace the harness.
recovered even if the [ON/ circuited. • Replace the switching
OFF] button is pressed. • Check if there is any abnormality, regulator.
such as scratches or being caught on
the harnesses of each board, and
damage on the connector pins.
4 The LED of the main power • Check if there is any abnormality in • Replace the power cable.
is not lit. the power cable. • Replace the harnesses for the
• Check if there is any abnormality inlet, the main power switch
such as scratches or being caught on and the switching regulator.
the harnesses for the inlet or the • Replace the switching
main power switch. regulator.
• Check if the fuses (F101/102) for the
main power switch are cut.
• Check if the harness for the switching
regulator is properly connected.
5 The LED of the main power Check the voltage of the power • Replace the switching
is lit. connector (CN105) on the SYS board. regulator.
• The voltage of 5-pin is lower than
4.8V.
• The voltage of 9-pin is lower than
10.8V.
• The voltage of 5-pin is 4.8V or more,
that for 9-pin is 0V and that for 1-pin
is 0V.
Check the voltage of the power • Replace the SYS board.
connector (CN105) on the SYS board.
• The voltage of 5-pin is 4.8V or more,
that for 9-pin is 0V and that for 1-pin
is 4.8V or more.
6 Power supply failed at Check if there is any abnormality in the • Repair the defective portions
warming up. (The LED of the fuser unit. of the fuser unit.
main power is lit.) • Check if there is any abnormality in • Replace the fuser unit.
the terminal of the connector.
• Check if there is any abnormality in
the installation of the thermistor and
no dust on it.
Check if there is any abnormality in the • Replace the harness.
LGC board. • Replace the LGC board.
• Check if the connectors of LGC
board are disconnected, installed
properly or their pins are damaged.
• Check if there is any abnormality in • Replace the switching
the switching regulator. regulator.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 438
 Phenomenon Check item Measures
7 Power supply failed when Check if there is any abnormality in the • Release the problems or
the motor rotates. motor. replace the motor and
Power supply failed when • Check if there is any abnormality harness.
the cover is closed. which makes the motor disable to
rotate.
• Check if there is any abnormality
such as scratches or being caught on
the harness of the motor.
Check if there is any abnormality in the • Check if there is any
options. abnormality in the
• Check if the problem is released disconnected option and
when disconnecting the option. release the problems.
8 Power supply failed when • Check if there is any abnormality • Replace the harness.
the ADU is opened and such as scratches or being caught on
closed. the harness for the ADU hinge.
9 Power supply failed when • Check if there is any abnormality • Replace the harness.
the DF is opened and such as scratches or being caught on
closed. the harness for the DF and the
scanner.
• Check if there is any abnormality
such as scratches or being caught on
the harness between the SYS board
and the scanner. Check if there is
any abnormality on the connector
pins.
8
10 The equipment is rebooted. • An error occurred. (Depending on the • Check the error code and
error, the equipment will reboot at its solve the problem.
first time and then a service call will • Check the installation status
happen at its second time.) of the main memory, and
reinstall it if necessary.
• Replace the main memory.

Parts to be replaced Remarks

Power cable
Switching regulator
Fuser unit
SYS board
LGC board
Harnesses in question
Main memory

8.4.9 “Authentication Failed” is displayed

• Reset the service password
Reset the service password by accessing [USER FUNCTIONS] > [ADMIN] > [GENERAL] >
[PASSWORD SETUP] > [RESET SERVICE PASSWORD].

• Initialize the SRAM

Refer to  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM”, and perform “[D]
Initialize SRAM system storage area” and following steps.

• Replace the SRAM

Refer to  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM”, and replace the
SRAM board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 439
8.4.10 Error code “M00” is displayed while updating firmware

Check item Measures

SYS board • Connector check (CN133, CN132)
• Harness check
• Short circuited or open circuited check
LGC board • Connector check (CN330, CN329, CN314)
• Harness check
• Short circuited or open circuited check
LVPS board • Connector check (CN512)

Parts to be replaced Remarks

SYS board
LGC board
LVPS board
Harness

8.4.11 “Fax line1 is out of order.” or “Fax line2 is out of order.” is

displayed
1. Turn the power OFF and then back ON.
2. Replace the fax board.

8.4.12 “Close the cover on the right” is repeatedly displayed at intervals

of a few seconds

Check item Measures

EPU (C, K) Has the developer unit (C, K) been installed securely?
Press the slanted line portion of the developer unit until a click sound is
heard.

Switching regulator (PS) Replace the switching regulator.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 440
8.4.13 “Latch the developer unit (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black)”
remains displayed
After the power is turned ON, “Latch the developer unit (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black)” is displayed on
the panel. This display is not changed even if the developer unit is removed and then installed.

Step Check item Measures

1 • Installation state of the developer unit • Remove and install the developer unit. Close the front
(Y, M, C, K) cover.
• Make sure the drawer connector is connected securely
and there is no deformed connector pins.
• If the display for all colors is not changed even if step 1 has
been carried out, perform steps 2 to 5. If the display for any
of the colors is changed, perform steps 6 and 7.
2 Change in the display • Check if the display is changed when the power is turned
OFF and then back ON. If an error indication is displayed,
perform its troubleshooting in accordance with its
procedure.
3 SYS board • Connector check (CN132)
• Harness check
• Short circuited or open circuited check
4 LGC board • Connector check (CN329)
• Harness check
• Short circuited or open circuited check
5 Flat cable • Check if there is any abnormality in the terminal of the flat 8
cable between the SYS and LGC boards. Check if the flat
cable is open circuited.
6 Harness • Check if there is a short circuit or open circuit in the
harness (CN313) for connecting the LGC board and the
developer unit whose display is not changed.
7 LGC board • Connector check (CN313)
• Harness check
• Short circuited or open circuited check

Parts to be replaced Remark

Flat cable
SYS board
LGC board
Developer unit

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 441
8.5 Troubleshooting for the Image

8.5.1 Color deviation

1) Color deviation
<Symptoms>

Original mode Location Phenomena

All modes Color blurred in outline of white text or Color
illustration on a colored background deviation

Fig.8-30
Text Mode Outline in black text on a colored White void
Text/Photo background
Mode

Fig.8-31
Photo Mode Color blurred in outline of line or text Color
Map Mode deviation

Fig.8-32

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures Remark

1 Perform the Forced performing of Has it ended normally?
color registration control adjustment When CA00 occurs:
(FS-05-4719). → Proceed to [CA00]
troubleshooting.
2 Test printing (A3/LD) Output the built-in grid pattern For the
following
checks
Drum rotation 3 Check the drum motor operation in Replace the drum TBU motor.
abnormality the test mode (FS-03 TEST MODE)
to see if there is any rotation
abnormality of the drum.
4 Check the drum TBU motor Reconnect the connectors.
operation in the test mode (FS-03 Replace the harnesses.
TEST MODE) to see if there is any Replace the LGC board.
rotation abnormality of the drum.
Inadequate 5 Check the value set for drum TBU Reset drum TBU motor speed to
drum TBU motor rotation speed. (Is the value 128.
motor rotation significantly different from the
speed default value?)
Drum coupling 6 Loose coupling, damage, Check if they are installed
and coupling on deformation properly or replace the couplings.
the equipment
side

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 442
 Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures Remark
Transfer belt 7 Deformation or damage of the Clean or replace the transfer belt.
transfer belt or stains on the transfer
belt.
8 Are the gears on the transfer belt Tighten the screws if they loosen,
side loosen, damaged or deformed? or replace the gears.
9 Stain or damage of the drive roller Clean or replace the drive roller.
10 Does the rib of the transfer belt Adjust the position of the transfer
overlap the collar on both edge of belt.
the drive roller?
11 Is the belt edge damaged or Clean or replace the transfer belt.
stained?
12 Peeling of the cleaning blade Replace the cleaning blade.
(Large driving load)
13 Is the transfer belt unit installed Check and correct the installing.
normally?
(Is the unit properly grounded?)
High-voltage 14 Check the connection of the high- Correct or replace the terminal if it
transformer voltage supply terminal of the 1st or is loosened or damaged.
2nd transfer rollers.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 443
8.5.2 Uneven pitch and jitter image
<Symptoms>

Original mode Location Phenomena

All modes Occurs cyclically at right Uneven pitch
angles to paper feeding
Feeding
direction
direction

Fig.8-33

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures Remark

1 Test printing (A3/LD) Output the built-in halftone For the following
and grid patterns. checks
Drum 2 Are there uneven pitches of Replace the drum.
approx. 94 mm?
3 Is there any damage on the drum Clean or replace the drum.
surface?
Drum drive 4 Is there any dent, damage or Replace the gears of the
deformation on the gears of the drum drive unit.
drum drive unit?
Drum rotation 5 Check the drum TBU motor Reconnect the connectors.
abnormality operation in the test mode (FS-03 Replace the harnesses.
TEST MODE) to see if there is Replace the LGC board.
any rotation abnormality of the Replace the drum TBU
drum. motor.
Developer 6 Are there uneven pitches of Replace the developer
sleeve approx. 28 mm? sleeve.
Inadequate 7 Check the value set for drum TBU Reset drum TBU motor
drum TBU motor rotation speed. (Is the value speed to 128.
motor rotation significantly different from the
speed default value?)
Drum coupling 8 Loose coupling, damage, Replace the couplings.
deformation
Transfer belt 9 Deformation or damage of the Replace the transfer belt. Check the
transfer belt halftone pattern.
(Uneven pitch:
approx. 56 mm)
10 Stain or damage of the drive roller Clean or replace the drive Check the
roller. halftone pattern.
(Uneven pitch:
approx. 56 mm)
11 Large driving load due to the Replace the cleaning
peeling of the cleaning blade blade.
Transfer belt 12 Are there uneven pitches of 0.63 Replace the TBU gears.
drive mm?
Feeding drive 13 Are there uneven pitches of Replace the gears of the
approx 2.0 mm or 0.79 mm, 1.25 feed/transport gear unit
mm? and the first drawer
14 Is there any dent, damage or transport clutches.
deformation on the gear of the
feed/transport gear unit and the
first drawer transport clutch (CLT5
or CLT6)?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 444
 Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures Remark
Fusing drive 15 Are there uneven pitches of Perform “Fine adjustment
approx. 94 mm? of fuser belt rotational
speed” (FS-05-4529-0, 3,
4, 7).
16 Is the fuser unit properly installed Check if the fuser unit is
in the equipment? installed correctly.
17 Is there any dent, damage or Replace the drive gear of
deformation on the drive gears of the pressure roller.
the pressure roller?
EPU drive 18 Are there uneven pitches of Replace the developer
approx. 0.78 mm? drive unit, developer sleeve
19 Is there any dent, damage or and drive gears of the
deformation on the developer mixer.
drive unit, developer sleeve and
drive gears of the mixer?
2nd transfer 20 Are there uneven pitches of Replace the 2nd transfer This problem may
roller approx. 75 mm? roller. occur on thick
Is there any deformation to the paper or the
2nd transfer roller? image on the back
Since the 2nd transfer roller is side of the paper
always in contact with the transfer in duplex printing.
belt, the roller may creep if the
power has not been turned on and
the equipment left unused for a
long time (1 month or more), 8
causing an uneven pitch.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 445
8.5.3 Poor image density, color reproduction and gray balance
Check gray balance. Check image density.

Check color reproduction. Check color reproduction.

Fig.8-34

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Density / Color 1 Check the image density / color Perform FS-05-2742 (Enforced
reproduction / reproduction / gray balance. performing of image quality
Gray balance control (closed-loop)) and then
automatic gamma adjustment.
Printer density 2 Check the density of printed Repeatedly perform CC219/ If the
images. CC220 outputs and FS-05-2742 density and
(Enforced performing of image color
quality control (closed-loop)) for 2 reproduction
or 3 times. vary, go to
step 6.
3 Check the density of printer output Output the test patterns and Go to step 7
image. check them. if defect
Using FS-04-36 for each color occurs.
Scanner 4 Check if the original glass, mirrors Clean it.
or lens is dirty.
Parameter 5 Check the image processing Adjust the color balance (color).
adjustment parameters. Adjust the image density.
value

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 446
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks
Image quality 6 Check if the connector of the Reconnect the connector properly.
control Image position aligning sensor
abnormality (Center) / Image quality sensor is
connected properly.
Check if the harness of the Image Replace the harness.
position aligning sensor (Center) /
Image quality sensor is open
circuited.
Does the sensor shutter operate Correct the installation of the
properly? shutter or replace it.
Image position aligning sensor Replace the image position
(Center) / Image quality sensor aligning sensor (Center) / Image
quality sensor.
Printed images 7 Is there any faded image (low Perform the troubleshooting
abnormality density)? procedures against the faded
image.
Is there any fog in the Perform the troubleshooting
background? procedures against the
background fogging.
Is there any blotch image? Perform the troubleshooting
procedures against the blotch
image.
Is the transfer belt slackened? Correct the installation of the parts
around the transfer belt unit. 8
Replace the transfer belt unit.
Is the frame of the transfer belt unit Check if the grounding leaf spring
conducted to the equipment? contacts securely. Replace the
grounding leaf spring.
Is there any poor transfer? Perform the troubleshooting
procedures against the poor
transfer.
Is there any poor cleaning of the Correct the transfer belt area.
transfer belt? (Check inside the
equipment.)

* If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter
adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop
control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 447
8.5.4 Background fogging 1

Fig.8-35

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Adjustment 1 Perform the shading correction. Perform FS-05-3218.If an error
occurs, retry it. If the error still
persists, clean the original glass
covering the shading correction
plate and perform FS-05-3218
again.
Density 2 Check the gradation reproduction. Perform the forced performing of
reproduction image quality closed-loop control
(FS-05-2742) and then automatic
gamma adjustment.
Printer section 3 Check the printer output image. Output the test patterns and check See step
them. 7 if
Using FS-04-36 for each color defects
occur.
Scanner 4 Check if the original glass, DF Clean it.
original glass, mirrors or lens is
dirty.
Parameter 5 Check the image processing Check the value of offsetting
adjustment parameters. adjustment for background
value adjustment.
6 Adjust the image processing While checking the above encircled
parameters. image, adjust the reproduction level
by the offsetting adjustment for
background adjustment.
Cover 7 Is the cover installed properly? Correct it.
(Is the drum exposed to the
external light?)
Auto-toner 8 Is the auto-toner sensor normal? Check the operation of auto-toner
sensor and readjust.
9 Is the toner supply operating Check the motor and circuits.
constantly?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 448
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks
High-voltage 10 Is the harness between the LGC Reconnect the connectors securely.
transformer board (CN320, CN321) and the Replace the harness.
(main charger high-voltage transformer (CN530,
unit output, CN531) open circuited?
developer unit Are the connectors connected
bias) securely?
11 Do the springs for supplying Make the springs for supplying
power contact the high-voltage power contact the high-voltage
transformer output portions (OUT- transformer output portions securely.
1 to OUT-3)?
12 Does the high-voltage transformer Replace the high-
work properly? voltagetransformer.
Developer unit 13 Is the contact between the drum • Check the pole position.
and developer material proper? • Confirm that they are aligned
properly through the doctor
blade and the bearing. If there is
any abnormality, replace the
developer unit.
Developer 14 Using the specified developer Use the specified developer
material/Toner/ material, toner and drum? material, toner and drum.
Drum 15 Have the developer material and Replace the developer material and
drum reached their PM life? drum.
16 Is the storage environment of the Use the toner cartridge stored in the
toner cartridge 35°C or less environment within specification.
without dew?
8
Drum cleaning 17 Is the drum cleaned properly? Check the drum cleaning blade
blade pressure.
Transfer belt 18 Is the transfer belt cleaning blade Take off the transfer belt and check if
cleaning blade in proper contact with the transfer the transfer belt cleaning blade
belt? pressure spring and pressure hook
are installed properly.
Toner dusting 19 Is the toner accumulated on the Remove the toner and clean the
seals of the developer unit? seals.

* If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter
adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop
control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 449
8.5.5 Background fogging 2 (1200 dpi printing)
<Symptoms>
The stripe pattern is printed on the whole area of paper at 1200 dpi printing, it looks like background
fogging.

Fig.8-36

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Connectors 1 Check if there is foreign matter or Remove the foreign matter or clean
which connect dust on the terminals of the connectors if there is dust.
the LGC board connectors (CN133, CN330).
and SYS board 2 Check if the harness and Insert the harness properly.
connectors (CN133, CN330) are
inserted at an angle.
LGC board and 3 Check if the board is short Replace the LGC board or SYS
SYS board circuited or open circuited. board.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 450
8.5.6 Moire /lack of sharpness
B

A
Fig.8-37

Moire

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Density 1 Check the gradation Perform the forced performing of
reproduction reproduction. image quality closed-loop control
(FS-05-2742) and then automatic
gamma adjustment.
Parameter 2 Check the image Check the sharpness adjustment
adjustment processing parameters. value.
value 3 Adjust the image While checking the above
processing parameters. encircled images A and B,
decrease moire by sharpness
adjustment.
Printer section 4 Check the printer output Output the test patterns and When defects occur,
image. check them. perform the
Using FS-04-36 for each color corresponding
troubleshooting
procedures.
Lack of sharpness

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Density 1 Check the gradation Perform the forced performing of
reproduction reproduction. image quality closed-loop control
(FS-05-2742) and then automatic
gamma adjustment.
Parameter 2 Check the image Check the sharpness adjustment
adjustment processing parameters. value.
value 3 Adjust the image While checking the above
processing parameters. encircled image A, increase
sharpness by sharpness
adjustment.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 451
* If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter
adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop
control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 452
8.5.7 Toner offset

Black solid
Feeding direction

Approx.
94 mm

Shadow image

Fig.8-38
8

Toner offset (Shadow image appears approx. 94 mm behind the high density image.)

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Fuser unit 1 Is the pressure between the Check the pressure removal
fuser belt and pressure roller parts and pressure mechanism.
proper?
2 Is there scratch on the fuser belt Replace the fuser belt or the
or pressure roller surface? pressure roller.
3 Has the fuser belt or pressure Replace the fuser belt or the
roller reached its PM life? pressure roller.
4 Is the fuser belt temperature Check and correct the control
proper? circuit.
5 • Is there any deformation to Replace the thermistor.
the thermistors?
• Are the thermistors
contacted with the fuser
belt?
(Take out the thermistors
from the fuser belt, and then
check that there is recoil by
spring force.)
Paper 6 Is the paper type corresponding Use the proper type of paper or
to its mode? select the proper mode.
7 Using recommended paper? Use the recommended paper.
Developer 8 Is the specified developer Use the specified developer
material used? and toner.
Scanner 9 Are the mirrors, original glass or Clean them.
lens dirty?
Image quality 10 Is the control activated? Check the image quality control
control related codes.
Density 11 Is the density too high? Perform the forced performing
of image quality closed-loop
control (FS-05-2742) and then
automatic gamma adjustment.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 453
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks
Printer density 12 Check the density of printer Output the test patterns and When defects
output image. check them using FS-04-36 for occur, perform
each color the
corresponding
troubleshooting
procedures.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 454
8.5.8 Toner offset (shadow image) at the edges

Shadow image
Approx. 94mm

Feeding direction

Feeding direction
8
Fig.8-39

Toner offset (shadow image) sometimes appears at both edges of the paper when a wide-size sheet is
printed following the continuous printing of narrow-size ones or rotate sort-printing.
In such a case, change the setting of Wait between the printings of narrow-size and wide-size paper.
Notes:
• When the setting is changed, toner offset can be reduced; however, the performance (printing speed)
will also be lowered accordingly. Therefore, the setting should only be changed depending on the
occurrence frequency or corresponding to users' requests.
• The values below are the recommended ones. Therefore, adjust the values according to the situation.
• Set the number of the sheets for FS-08-5455 so that the value is within the below ones.
08-5455-0 < 08-5455-1 < 08-5455-2
• Set the number of the sheets for FS-08-5355 so that the value is within the below ones.
08-5355-0 < 08-5355-4 < 08-5355-8, 08-5355-1 < 08-5355-5 < 08-5355-9,
08-5355-2 < 08-5355-6 < 08-5355-10, 08-5355-3 < 08-5355-7 < 08-5355-11

1. Combined job

Code Recommended setting value Remarks

25/30/35 ppm 45/50 ppm
FS-08-5455-0 Default value 12 Wait is carried out with a small number of
FS-08-5455-1 Default value 14 sheets.
FS-08-5455-2 Default value 0
FS-08-5456-0 1 3 The Wait period is extended.
FS-08-5456-1 Default value 7
FS-08-5456-2 7 11
FS-08-5457-0 1 Default value
FS-08-5457-1 1 Default value

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 455
2. When Ready is inserted between jobs

Code Recommended setting value Remarks

25/30/35 ppm 45/50 ppm
FS-08-5354-0 0 Default value
FS-08-5354-1 0 Default value
FS-08-5354-2 0 Default value
FS-08-5354-3 0 Default value
FS-08-5355-0 Default value 22 Wait is carried out with a small number of
FS-08-5355-1 Default value 22 sheets.
FS-08-5355-2 Default value 22
FS-08-5355-3 Default value 22
FS-08-5355-4 Default value 0
FS-08-5355-5 Default value 0
FS-08-5355-6 Default value 0
FS-08-5355-7 Default value 0
FS-08-5355-8 Default value 1
FS-08-5355-9 Default value 1
FS-08-5355-10 Default value 1
FS-08-5355-11 Default value 1
FS-08-5357-0 1 3 The Wait period is extended.
FS-08-5357-1 1 3
FS-08-5357-2 1 3
FS-08-5357-3 1 3
FS-08-5357-4 Default value 7
FS-08-5357-5 Default value 7
FS-08-5357-6 Default value 7
FS-08-5357-7 Default value 7
FS-08-5357-8 7 11
FS-08-5357-9 7 11
FS-08-5357-10 7 11
FS-08-5357-11 7 11
FS-08-5358-0 Default value 12 A paper size which is judged as narrow-size is
FS-08-5358-1 Default value 12 selected.
FS-08-5358-2 Default value 12
FS-08-5358-3 Default value 12

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 456
8.5.9 Blurred image

Feeding direction

Fig.8-40 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Scanner 1 Is the scanner bedewed? Clean it.
Drum 2 Is the drum bedewed or dirty? Wipe the drum with dry cloth.
* Be sure not to use alcohol or other
organic solvents because they have
bad effect on the drum.
Ozone exhaust 3 Is the ozone exhaust fan operating Check the connection of the connector.
properly? Replace the fan.
4 Is the ozone filter stained or damaged? Replace it.
Laser optical 5 Is the slit glass of the laser optical unit Clean the slit glass of the laser optical
unit (LSU) (LSU) dirty? unit (LSU).
Main charger 6 Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid.
Main charger 7 Is there foreign matter on the charger Remove foreign matter.
grid? Clean or replace the charger grid.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 457
8.5.10 Poor fusing

Feeding direction

Fig.8-41

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Electric power/ 1 Is the connector in proper contact with Correct it.
control the equipment?
abnormal 2 Is the IH drive circuit (switching power Replace the switching power supply.
supply) working properly?
3 Are the connectors on the LGC board Reconnect them.
and joint connectors connected
properly?
4 Is the LGC board normal? Replace the LGC board.
5 Is the harness connected with the LGC Replace the harness.
board short circuited or open circuited?
6 • Is there any deformation to the Replace the thermistor.
thermistors?
• Are the thermistors contacted with
the fuser belt?
(Take out the thermistors from the
fuser belt, and then check that there
is recoil by spring force.)
Insufficient 7 Is the pressure between the fuser belt Check the pressure removal parts and
pressure and pressure roller proper? pressure mechanism.
between fuser
belt and
pressure roller
Fuser belt 8 Is the temperature of fuser belt too low? Check/correct the setting value of fuser
temperature belt temperature.
Clean or replace the thermistor.
Check/correct the related circuit.
Developer 9 Using the specified developer material Use the specified developer material and
material and and toner? toner.
toner

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 458
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Paper 10 Is the paper damp? Change the paper.
11 Is the paper type corresponding to its Use the proper type of paper or select
mode? the proper mode.
12 Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 459
8.5.11 Blank print

Feeding direction

Fig.8-42

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

High-voltage 1 Is the harness between the LGC board Reconnect the connectors securely.
transformer (CN320, CN321) and the high-voltage Replace the harness.
(main charger transformer (CN530, CN531) open
unit output, 1st circuited?
and 2nd Are the connectors connected securely?
transferrollers, 2 Do the springs for supplying power Make the springs for supplying power
developer unit, contact the high-voltage transformer contact the high-voltage transformer
and main output portions (OUT-1 to OUT-5)? output portions securely.
charger grid
bias) 3 Does the high-voltage transformer work Replace the high-voltage transformer.
properly?
Developer unit 4 Is the developer unit installed securely?Check/correct the developer sleeve
coupling engaging.
5 Do the developer sleeve and mixer Check/correct the developer drive
rotate? system.
6 Is the developer unit filled up with the Check that the charger grid is not dirty.
developer material? (The developer material may be reduced
due to the carrier offset.)
7 Is the developer material properly Remove foreign matter from the
transported? developer material, if any.
8 Is there any magnetic brush phase error? Check the developer pole position.
9 Is the doctor sleeve gap incorrect? Check that the doctor blade firmly
contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer unit.
Drum 10 Is the drum rotating? Check/correct the drum coupling
engaging.
Check the drum drive system.
11 Is the drum grounded? Check the contact of the grounding plate.
Transfer unit 12 Is the transfer belt in proper contact with Check if the contact releasing lever is at
the drum? releasing position. Check the installation
of the transfer belt.
13 Is the transport of the transfer belt Check the installation of the transfer belt
normal? or transport mechanism.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 460
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Harnesses for 14 Are the connectors securely connected? Reconnect the connectors securely.
CCD, SYS and Is any harness between the boards open Replace the harness.
LGC boards circuited?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 461
8.5.12 Solid print

Feeding direction

Fig.8-43

When there is a void on the solid image

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Exposure lamp 1 Does the exposure lamp light? If the lamp does not work, replace it.
Harnesses for 2 Are the connectors securely connected? Reconnect the connectors securely.
CCD, SYS and Is any harness between the boards open Replace the harness.
LGC boards circuited?
Is the harness between the SYS and
LGC boards not disconnected?
Scanner 3 Is there foreign matter in the optical Remove it.
path?
Bedewing of 4 Is the scanner bedewed? Clean the mirrors and lens.
scanner Keep the power cord plugged so that the
damp heater can work.

When there is no void on the solid image

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Main charger 1 Is the main charger securely installed? Reinstall it securely.
2 Does the needle electrode not come off? Reinstall it securely.
High-voltage 3 Is the harness between the LGC board Reconnect the connectors
transformer (CN320, CN321) and the high-voltage securely.Replace the harness.
(main charger transformer (CN530, CN531) open
unit output, circuited?
main charger Are the connectors connected securely?
grid bias) 4 Do the springs for supplying power Make the springs for supplying power
contact the high-voltage transformer contact the high-voltage transformer
output portions (OUT-1 to OUT-2)? output portions securely.
5 Does the high-voltage transformer work Replace the high-voltage transformer.
properly?
Bedewing of 6 Is the drum bedewed? Clean the drum.
drum Keep the power cord plugged so that the
damp heater can work.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 462
8.5.13 White banding (in feeding direction)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-44 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Phenomenon

- 0 Check whether this Perform the measures by One Four
phenomenon occurs in the referring to “Y” described in the color colors
same place of the paper in all Phenomenon column,
four colors (Y, M, C and K) or a depending on the occurrence
particular one. state of each color.
Laser optical unit 1 Is the slit glass of the laser Clean the slit glass of the laser Y -
(LSU) optical unit (LSU) dirty? optical unit (LSU).
Main charger grid 2 Is there foreign matter on the Remove foreign matter. Y -
charger grid?
Developer unit 3 Is there foreign matter inside the Remove foreign matter. Y -
doctor blade?
4 Is there foreign matter on the Remove foreign matter. Y -
drum seal?
5 Do any paper fibers or dirt Remove the paper fibers or dirt. Y -
adhere to the developer unit
and contact with the drum?
6 Check if the developer material Clean the doctor blade. Y -
layer on the developer sleeve See “1. Cleaning” in  P. 7-19
corresponding to the white “7.6.8 Developer unit (K, Y, M,
banding is thin. and C)”.
Drum 7 Is there scratch or foreign Replace the drum. Y -
matter on the drum surface?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 463
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Phenomenon
Transfer unit 8 Is there scratch or foreign Replace the transfer belt. - Y
matter on the transfer belt
surface?
9 Are the harness or foreign Correct or remove them. - Y
matters in contact with the
transfer belt surface?
10 Is there any scratch or hole on Replace the 1st transfer roller. Y -
the 1st transfer roller?
11 Is there any scratch or hole on Replace the 2nd transfer roller. - Y
the 2nd transfer roller?
12 Is there any foreign matter on Remove foreign matter or clean - Y
the TBU drive roller? the roller.
Transport path 13 Does the toner image touch Remove foreign matter. - Y
foreign matter after transfer,
before entering the fuser unit?
Discharge LED 14 Has any LED of discharge LED Replace the discharge LED. Y -
gone out?
Scanner 15 Is there foreign matter or dust in Clean the lens and mirrors. - Y
the optical path?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 464
8.5.14 White banding (at right angles to feeding direction)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-45 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Main charger 1 Is the terminal contact poor? Clean or adjust the terminals.
Drum 2 Is there any abnormalities on the drum Replace the drum.
surface?
3 Is the drum grounded? Check the contact of the grounding plate.
Discharge LED 4 Is the discharge LED lighting properly? Replace the discharge LED or clean
terminals.
Developer unit 5 Is the developer sleeve rotating Check the developer drive system, or
correctly? clean the sleeve surface.
Is there any abnormalities on the sleeve
surface?
6 Is the connection of developer bias Correct it.
supply terminal normal?
Drive systems 7 Is the drum, scanner or transfer belt Check each drive system.
jittery?
High-voltage 8 Is the high-voltage transformer output Check/correct any electric leakage and
transformer defective? related circuits.
(main charger If the high-voltage transformer does not
needle work, replace it.
electrode/grid,
1st/2nd transfer
roller and
developer bias)
Main charger 9 Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid.
Main charger 10 Is there foreign matter on the charger Remove foreign matter.
grid? Clean or replace the charger grid.
Fuser unit 11 Is white banding intermittent and does Perform “Fine adjustment of fuser belt
appear by approx. 10 mm from the rotational speed” (FS- 05-4529-0, 3, 4,
trailing edge of paper? 7).
Guide for the adjustment: Increase by 5
to 10 from the current value. If the value
is increased too much, the margin at the
trailing edge of the paper will be deleted.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 465
8.5.15 Skew (slantwise copying)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-46

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Drawer/LCF 1 Is the drawer or LCF properly installed? Reinstall the drawer or LCF properly.
2 Is too much paper loaded in the drawer Reload paper within the acceptable
or LCF? range of paper weight.
<Acceptable paper weight>
1st/2nd drawer: 60.5 mm
PFP upper/lower drawer: 60.5 mm
LCF: 137.8 mm x 2 places
3 Is the paper corner folded? Change the paper direction and reinsert
it.
4 Are the drawer or LCF side guides Adjust the side guides.
properly set?
Paper feed 5 Is the surface of paper feed roller dirty? Clean the roller surface with alcohol, or
roller replace the roller.
Rollers 6 Is each roller improperly fixed to the Check E-rings, pins and clips.
shaft?
2nd transfer 7 Install the roller by reversing its back and Output with the rollers exchanged and
roller front sides. check the printed image.
Aligning amount 8 Is the aligning amount proper? Increase or decrease the aligning
amount.
Registration 9 Is the registration roller spring removed? Mount the spring correctly. Clean the
roller roller if it is dirty.
Registration 10 Is the registration guide improperly Correct it.
guide installed?
2nd transfer 11 Is the 2nd transfer front guide installed Correct it.
front guide properly?
RADF/DSDF 12 Is the RADF/DSDF installed and Reinstall and readjust it.
adjusted properly?
Transfer unit 13 Is the transfer belt unit installed properly? Correct it.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 466
8.5.16 Color banding (in feeding direction)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-47 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Scanner 1 Is there foreign matter in the optical Clean the slit, lens and mirrors.
path?
2 Is there dust or stain on the shading Clean it.
correction plate or ADF original glass?
3 Disconnect the harness from the Clean the terminals of the connector and
connector at the CCD board to confirm the harness with an air blower or brush.
that no foreign matter is adhering to the
connector and the terminal of the
harness.
Main charger 4 Is there foreign matter on the charger Remove foreign matter.
grid?
5 Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid.
6 Is there foreign matter on the main Remove foreign matter.
charger?
7 Is the needle electrode dirty or Clean or replace the needle electrode.
deformed?
8 Is there foreign matter inside the charger Remove foreign matter.
case?
9 Is the inner surface of charger case Clean inside.
dirty?
Drum cleaner 10 Is there any foreign matter on the edge of Clean the drum cleaning blade.
the drum cleaning blade?
11 Are there any scratches on the edge of Replace the drum cleaning blade.
the drum cleaning blade?
12 Is there any foreign matter on the drum? Clean or replace the drum.
13 Are there any scratches on the drum? Replace the drum.
14 Is toner recovery defective? Clean the toner recovery auger section.
15 Are there any scratches on the front Replace the front holder.
holder?
16 Are there any scratches on the rear Replace the rear bushing.
bushing?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 467
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Developer unit 17 Does the developer material continue to If yes, replace the developer material.
be used even though its 1-PM cycle has
already exceeded?
18 Is the doctor blade installed properly? If not, reisntall the doctor blade properly.
19 Is there foreign matter or stain on the Clean or replace the doctor blade and
doctor blade and the developer sleeve? the developer sleeve.
20 Are there any dents or scratches on the Replace the developer sleeve.
developer sleeve?
Transfer unit 21 Are the harness or foreign matters in Correct or remove them.
contact with the transfer belt surface?
22 Is there any foreign matter (such as Clean or replace the transfer belt
paper dust or the adhesive paste of a cleaning blade.
sticker label) on the edge of the transfer
belt cleaning blade?
23 Are there any scratches on the edge of Replace the transfer belt cleaning blade.
the transfer belt cleaning blade?
24 Is there any foreign matter (such as the Clean or replace the transfer belt.
adhesive paste of a sticker label) on the
transfer belt?
25 Are there any scratches on the transfer Replace the transfer belt.
belt?
26 Check the feeding retry counter to If a feeding retry has frequently occurred,
confirm whether a feeding retry has clean the transfer belt cleaning blade and
frequently occurred or not. then set “1” (Enabled) to FS-08-2374.
FS-08-6230: 1st drawer
FS-08-6231: 2nd drawer
FS-08-6232: PFP upper drawer
FS-08-6233: PFP lower drawer
FS-08-6234: Bypass feed
FS-08-6235: LCF
Fuser unit 27 a. Is there dirt or scratches on the fuser a. Clean or replace them.b. Correct the
belt and pressure roller surface? gap.
b. Is the gap between the separation
guide and fuser belt proper?
Laser optical 28 Is the slit glass of the laser optical unit Clean the slit glass of the laser optical
unit (LSU) (LSU) dirty? unit (LSU).
SYS board 29 Disconnect the harness (between the Clean the terminals of the connector and
CCD and the SYS board) from the the harness with an air blower or brush.
connector at the SYS board to confirm
that no foreign matter is adhering to the
connector and the terminal of the
harness.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 468
8.5.17 Color banding (at right angles to feeding direction)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-48 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Main charger 1 Is the needle electrode dirty or Clean or replace the needle electrode.
deformed?
Fuser unit 2 Is the fuser belt or pressure roller dirty? Clean them.
High-voltage 3 Is the high-voltage transformer output Check the circuit and replace the high-
transformer defective? voltage transformer if not working.
(main charger 4 Is each joint of high-voltage output Reconnect each joint.
needle loosened? (Check if any electric leakage
electrode/grid is causing noise.)
and transfer
roller bias)
Drum 5 Is there deep scratch on the drum Replace the drum, especially if the
surface? scratch has reached the aluminum base.
6 Are there fine scratches on the drum Check and correct the contact of
surface (drum pitting)? cleaning blade and recovery blade.
7 Is the drum grounded? Check the contact of the grounding plate.
2nd transfer 8 Is the 2nd transfer roller rotating Clean the roller area or replace the roller.
roller normally?
Scanner 9 Is there foreign matter on the carriage Remove foreign matter.
rail?
Main charger 10 Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid.
Main charger 11 Is there foreign matter on the charger Remove foreign matter.
grid? Clean or replace the charger grid.
Fuser unit 12 Is color banding intermittent and does Perform “Fine adjustment of fuser belt
appear by approx. 10 mm from the rotational speed” (FS- 05-4529-0, 3, 4,
trailing edge of paper? 7).
Guide for the adjustment: Increase by 5
to 10 from the current value. If the value
is increased too much, the margin at the
trailing edge of the paper will be deleted.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 469
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Transfer unit 13 Check the feeding retry counter to If a feeding retry has frequently occurred,
confirm whether a feeding retry has clean the transfer belt cleaning blade and
frequently occurred or not. then set “1” (Enabled) to FS-08-2374.
FS-08-6230: 1st drawer
FS-08-6231: 2nd drawer
FS-08-6232: PFP upper drawer
FS-08-6233: PFP lower drawer
FS-08-6234: Bypass feed
FS-08-6235: LCF

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 470
8.5.18 White spots

Feeding direction

Fig.8-49 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Developer unit/ 1 Is the toner density of developer material Check and correct the auto-toner sensor
Toner cartridge proper? and toner supply operation.
Check if the amount of toner is sufficient
in the toner cartridge.
2 Is the doctor-sleeve gap proper? Check that the doctor blade firmly
contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer unit.
Developer 3 Using the specified developer material, Use the specified developer material,
material/Toner/ toner and drum? toner and drum.
Drum 4 Have the developer material and drum Replace the developer material and
reached their PM life? drum.
5 Is the storage environment of the toner Use the toner cartridge stored in the
cartridge 35°C or less without dew? environment within specification.
6 Is there any dent on the surface of the Replace the drum.
drum?
7 Is there any film forming on the drum? Clean or replace the drum.
8 Is the drum bedewed? Wipe the drum surface with a piece of
dry cloth.
Transfer unit 9 Is there foreign matter on the transfer Remove foreign matter.
belt surface?
10 Is there foreign matter on the transfer Clean the transfer belt unit.
belt TBU drive roller?
Main charger 11 Is there foreign matter on the charger? Remove it.
12 Is the needle electrode dirty or Clean or replace the needle electrode.
deformed?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 471
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
High-voltage 13 Is the high-voltage transformer output Adjust the output.
transformer defective?
(main charger
needle
electrode/grid,
developer 1st/
2nd transfer
roller bias)
Paper 14 Is the paper type corresponding to its Use the proper type of paper or select
mode? the proper mode.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 472
8.5.19 Poor transfer

Feeding direction

Fig.8-50 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Transfer unit 1 Is the transfer belt or 1st/2nd transfer Clean it.
rollers dirty?
2 Is the transfer belt in proper contact with Correct it.
the drum?
3 Is the 2nd transfer roller in proper contact Correct it.
with the transfer belt?
4 Is there any deformation or abnormalities Replace the belt.
on the transfer belt?
5 Is the TBU drive roller dirty? Clean the roller and replace the cleaning
pad.
Paper 6 Is the high-voltage fed to the 2nd transfer If any contact failure occurs in the
roller correctly? feeding area (e.g. the conductive
bushing and spring come off), correct it.
7 Is paper in the drawer or LCF curled? Reinsert paper with reverse side up or
change paper.
8 Is paper in the drawer or LCF damp? Change paper.
* Avoid storing paper in damp place.
Registration 9 Is the registration roller malfunctioning? Clean the roller, remount the spring, or
roller replace defective motor-related parts.
Aligning amount 10 Is the aligning amount proper? Decrease the aligning amount
High-voltage 11 Is the harness between the LGC board Reconnect the connectors
transformer (CN320, CN321) and the high-voltage securely.Replace the harness.
(1st/2nd transformer (CN530, CN531) open
transfer roller circuited?
bias) Are the connectors connected securely?
12 Do the springs for supplying power Make the springs for supplying power
contact the high-voltage transformer contact the high-voltage transformer
output portions (OUT-4 to OUT-5)? output portions securely.
13 Does the high-voltage transformer work Replace the high-voltage transformer.
properly?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 473
8.5.20 Uneven image density 1 (in feeding direction)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-51

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Main charger 1 Is the main charger dirty? Clean it or replace the needle electrode.
2 Is the main charger grid color tarnish Replace the main charger grid.
(black, red or green etc.)?
Transfer unit 3 Is the transfer belt or 1st/2nd transfer Clean the belt.
rollers dirty?
4 Is the transfer belt in proper contact with Correct it.
the drum?
5 Is 2nd transfer roller in proper contact Open and close the jam access cover.
with the transfer belt? (Is the roller Check if there is any abnormality in the
tilted?) movement of the 2nd transfer roller
pressure mechanism.
6 Is there any abnormalities or deformation Replace the transfer belt.
on the transfer belt?
Laser optical 7 Is the slit glass of the laser optical unit Clean the slit glass of the laser optical
unit (LSU) (LSU) dirty? unit (LSU).
Discharge LED 8 Is the discharge LED dirty? Clean it.
9 Has any LED of discharge LED gone Replace it.
out?
Developer unit 10 Is the magnetic brush in proper contact Check that the doctor blade firmly
with the drum? contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer unit.
11 Is the developer unit pressure spring Check the pressure spring.
applying properly?
12 Is the transport of developer material Remove foreign matter if any.
poor?
13 Is Kapton tape peeled off or deformed? Attach new Kapton tape.
Scanner section 14 a. Is the platen cover or RADF/DSDF a. Close the platen cover or RADF/
open? DSDF.
b. Is the original glass, mirrors, or lens b. Clean them.
dirty?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 474
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Drum cleaner 15 Is there any abnormalities or deformation Replace the gap spacer.
unit on the gap spacer?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 475
8.5.21 Uneven image density 1 (at right angles to feeding direction)

Feeding direction
Fig.8-52

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Developer unit 1 Is the magnetic brush in proper contact Check that the doctor blade firmly
with the drum? contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer unit.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 476
8.5.22 Uneven image density 2


Feeding direction
Fig.8-53 8


Feeding direction
Fig.8-54

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 477
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Developer unit 1 Is the layer of the developer material on • Remove the foreign matter in the
the developer sleeve where the density is developer unit. See “2. Removal of
uneven thin or lacking? foreign matter in the developer unit” in
 P. 7-19 “7.6.8 Developer unit (K, Y,
M, and C)”.
• Clean the developer unit. See “1.
Cleaning” in  P. 7-19 “7.6.8
Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C)”.
2 If there is no uneven thickness in the Clean the doctor blade.
developer material layer confirmed in step See “1. Cleaning” in  P. 7-19 “7.6.8
1 Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C)”.
3 Does uneven image density occur again? See work flow diagram in  P. 7-12 “7.5
Work Flow of Parts Replacement”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 478
8.5.23 Faded image (low density, roughness)

Feeding direction

Fig.8-55 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Toner empty 1 Is the “ADD TONER” symbol blinking? Replace the toner cartridge.
Auto-toner 2 Is there enough toner in the cartridge? Check the auto-toner circuit function.
circuit
3 Is the toner density of developer material
too low?
Toner motor 4 Is the toner motor malfunctioning? Check the motor drive circuit.
Toner cartridge 5 Are there any abnormalities in the toner Replace the toner cartridge.
cartridge?
Developer 6 Has the developer material reached its Replace developer material.
material PM life?
Developer unit 7 Is the magnetic brush in proper contact • Check the developer unit installation.
with the drum? • Check the pole position.
• Check that the doctor blade firmly
contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer
unit.
Main charger 8 Is the main charger dirty? Clean it or replace the needle electrode.
Drum 9 Is there film forming on the drum Clean or replace the drum.
surface?
10 Has the drum reached its PM life? Replace the drum.
Transfer unit 11 Has the transfer belt, 1st or 2nd transfer Replace the transfer belt, 1st or 2nd
roller reached its PM life? transfer roller.
High-voltage 12 Is the harness between the LGC board Reconnect the connectors
transformer (CN320, CN321) and the high-voltage securely.Replace the harness.
(main charger transformer (CN530, CN531) open
unit output, circuited?
developer unit Are the connectors connected securely?
and main 13 Do the springs for supplying power Make the springs for supplying power
charger grid contact the high-voltage transformer contact the high-voltage transformer
bias) output portions (OUT-1 to OUT-3)? output portions securely.
14 Does the high-voltage transformer work Replace the high-voltage transformer.
properly?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 479
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
2nd transfer 15 Is the recommended paper used? If not, change the values of FS-05-2934
to FS-05-2937 to adjust the 2nd transfer
bias offset.
Check the mode (color or monochrome)
and the side (front or back). Set the value
for each paper type so that the density of
the image quality becomes the darkest.
Notes:
• After the setting has been
changed, perform automatic
gamma adjustment.
• When the value is increased
close to 10, white spots may
occur. To avoid this, perform
the adjustment while checking
the image.
• When the value is reduced
close to 0, poor transfer may
occur. To avoid this, perform
the adjustment while checking
the image.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 480
8.5.24 Image dislocation in leading edge

Feeding direction

Fig.8-56 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Adjustment 1 Is the same dislocation on every copy? Adjust the scanner/printer using the
error of scanner Adjustment Mode.
or printer
section
Registration 2 Is the registration roller dirty, or is the Clean the roller with alcohol.
roller spring removed? Reinstall the spring.
3 Is the registration motor malfunctioning? Adjust or replace the gears, etc. if they
are not engaged properly.
4 Is the registration motor operating Replace the registration motor.
normally? (Is the timing of operation
delaying?)
Paper feed 5 Is the paper feed clutch malfunctioning? Check the circuit or the clutch and
clutch replace them if necessary.
Aligning amount 6 Is the aligning amount proper? Increase or decrease the aligning
amount.
Paper pushing 7 Is the paper pushing amount proper? Increase or decrease the paper pushing
amount amount.
Each roller 8 Are the roller and shaft not fixed Check the E-ring, pin and clip.
securely?
9 Is the roller surface dirty? Clean the roller surface with alcohol or
replace it.
Registration 10 Is the registration guide improperly Reinstall the guide.
guide installed?

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 481
8.5.25 Image jittering

Feeding direction

Fig.8-57

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

- 1 Is the toner image on the drum proper? If proper, perform steps 1 to 3; otherwise
perform step 4 and after.
Registration 2 Is the registration roller rotating Check the registration roller section and
roller normally? its springs.
Transfer unit 3 Is the transfer belt or 2nd transfer roller Check the drive system and replace the
operating normally? transfer belt or 2nd transfer roller if
necessary.
Fuser unit 4 Are the fuser belt and pressure roller Check the drive system.
rotation proper? Replace the fuser belt and pressure
Is the fuser belt transportation proper? roller if necessary.
Drum 5 Is there large scratch on the drum? Replace the drum.
Scanner 6 Are there any abnormalities on the Replace the feet.
carriage feet?
7 Is the tension of timing belt Correct the tension.
inappropriate?
8 Is the carriage drive system Check the carriage drive system.
malfunctioning?
9 Are any mirrors loosely installed? Install them properly.
Drum drive 10 Is the drum drive system malfunctioning? Check the drum drive system.
system Clean or replace the belts, pulleys,
bushings if they have dirt or scratches.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 482
8.5.26 Poor cleaning
Notes:
Poor cleaning may occur in feeding direction.

Feeding direction

Fig.8-58

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Developer 1 Is the specified developer material used? Use the specified developer material and
material toner.
Drum cleaner 2 Is there dust on the drum cleaning blade Clean or replace it.
edge?
3 Is the drum cleaning blade peeled? Replace the blade.
Transfer belt 4 Is there paper dust on the edge of Clean or replace it.
cleaner transfer belt cleaning blade?
5 Is the transfer belt cleaning blade Replace the blade.
peeled?
6 Is the transfer belt cleaning blade in • Check if the transfer belt cleaning
proper contact with the transfer belt? blade is installed in the transfer belt
cleaning unit properly.
• Check if the transfer belt cleaning
unit is installed in the transfer belt unit
properly.
Toner recovery 7 Is the toner recovery defective? Clean the toner recovery auger.
auger Check the cleaning blade pressure.
Fuser unit 8 Is there any bubble-like defect on the Replace the fuser belt. Check and modify
fuser belt (approx. 94 mm pitch on the the IH drive circuit.
image)?
9 Have the fuser belt and pressure roller Replace them.
reached their PM life?
10 Is the pressure between the fuser belt Check and adjust the pressure
and pressure roller proper? mechanism.
11 Is the temperature of fuser belt proper? Check/correct the setting value of fuser
belt temperature.
Clean or replace the thermistors.
Check and correct the circuit.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 483
 Remarks:
Depending on the paper to be used, image staining tends to occur due to the poor cleaning of the
transfer belt.

Conditions in which poor cleaning of the transfer belt caused by the paper easily occurs:
• Paper generating a lot of paper dust is used.
• Labels, coating paper or ink-jet paper is frequently used.
• The number of the continuous paper feeding times is large.
• Paper whose width is narrow, such as A4-R, LT-R or B5, is frequently used.

Sample of image staining due to poor cleaning caused by the paper:

• Streak-like image staining, which is parallel to the paper feeding direction, occurs in the both areas
approx. 90 mm or more outside from the center of the paper.
• If the width of the paper is 180 mm or less, streak-like image staining may occur around both its
edges.

C C
B

90mm

90mm

B C
C

Fig.8-59

A: Paper feeding direction

B: Areas where the poor cleaning (image staining) frequently occurs
C: Image staining

Countermeasure:
1. Change the setting of FS-08-9199 (Automatic interruption page number setting for printing).
(Recommended value: 80)
2. Recommend the users to feed the paper in the A4 or LT direction if they frequently use paper of a
narrow width, such as A4-R, LT-R or B5
Notes:
When a smaller value is set in FS-08-9199 (Automatic interruption page number setting for
printing), a better cleaning effect can be obtained. However, the performance ability will be
reduced since the number of the printing interruption times is increased. The interruption time of
the printing is approx. 3 to 4 seconds per one time. However, this will vary depending on the
models, environment and use status.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 484
8.5.27 Uneven light distribution

Feeding direction

Fig.8-60 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Original glass 1 Is the original glass dirty? Clean the glass.
Main charger 2 Are the needle electrode, grid and case Clean or replace them.
dirty?
Discharge LED 3 Is the discharge LED dirty? Clean it.
Scanner 4 Are the reflector, exposure lamp, mirrors, Clean them.
exposure lamp lens, etc. dirty?
5 Is the exposure lamp tilted? Adjust the installed position of the lamp.
6 Is the lamp discolored or degraded? Replace it.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 485
8.5.28 Blotched image

Feeding direction

Fig.8-61

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Paper 1 Is the paper type corresponding to its Check the paper type and mode.
mode?
2 Is paper too dry? Change paper.
Transfer unit 3 Is the transfer belt in proper contact with Contact and release the transfer belt unit
the drum? several times with the TBU release lever.
Check that the 1st transfer roller is
rotated smoothly upward and downward.
4 Is the 2nd transfer roller in proper contact Open and close the jam access cover.
with the transfer belt? Check if there is any abnormality in the
movement of the 2nd transfer roller
pressure mechanism.
5 Are there any abnormalities on the Clean or replace the transfer belt.
transfer belt?
High-voltage 6 Is the harness between the LGC board Reconnect the connectors
transformer (1st (CN320, CN321) and the high-voltage securely.Replace the harness.
and 2nd transfer transformer (CN530, CN531) open
rollers bias) circuited?
Are the connectors connected securely?
7 Do the springs for supplying power Make the springs for supplying power
contact the high-voltage transformer contact the high-voltage transformer
output portions (OUT-4 to OUT-5)? output portions securely.
8 Does the high-voltage transformer work Replace the high-voltage transformer.
properly?

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 486
8.5.29 Stain on the paper back side

Feeding direction

Printing side of 1st page

The edge of image 8
cut off.
Feeding direction

Back side of 2nd page

Fig.8-62

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 487
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Image 1 Is the margin adjustment of image Adjust the margin.
adjustment/ correct?
setting 2 Is the margin adjustment of image Adjust the margin.
correct when the paper size is not
selected in bypass feeding?
3 Is the margin adjustment of image at Adjust the margin. (FS-05-4064-0 to 5)
duplexing correct?
4 Is the image location in primary/ Adjust the location.
secondary scanning direction correct?
5 Is the reproduction ratio of image in Adjust the reproduction ratio.
primary/secondary scanning direction
correct?
6 Is the tab setting correct? Correct the setting.
Paper feeding / 7 Does the size of paper in the drawer or Use the appropriate paper size or correct
Transport area LCF correspond to the setting? the size setting.
8 Is the width between the slides in the Correct the position of the slides.
drawer correct (too wide)?
9 Is the width between the slides of the Correct the width.
bypass tray correct (too wide)?
10 Is the paper aligning amount sufficient? Adjust the aligning amount.
11 Are the feed roller and transport roller Clean or replace the rollers.
dirty or worn out?
12 Does the paper mode correspond to the Use the appropriate paper type or paper
paper type? mode.
13 Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper.
Transfer unit 14 Is there any stain caused by a poor Clean the transfer belt.
cleaning, etc. on the transfer belt?
15 Is the transfer belt cleaning blade in Take off the transfer belt and check if the
proper contact with the transfer belt? transfer belt cleaning blade pressure
spring and the pressure hook are
installed properly.
16 Is the 2nd transfer roller rotating Clean the area around the roller.
properly? Otherwise replace the roller.
17 Is there any foreign matter or stain on the Clean or replace the roller.
2nd transfer roller?
18 Has the 2nd transfer roller reached to its Replace the 2nd transfer roller.
PM life?
Fuser unit 19 Are the fuser belt and pressure roller Clean the fuser belt and pressure roller.
dirty?
20 Is the back side of the paper stained? Clean the fuser belt and pressure roller.
21 Is the separation finger dirty? Clean the separation finger.
22 Is the rib of transport guide dirty? Clean the rib.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 488
8.5.30 White void in the halftone

Feeding direction 8
Fig.8-63

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 489
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
Fuser unit 1 Installed position of the fuser unit Loosen the 1 screw [1] on the fuser unit
guide rail (front). Remove 1 screw [2].
Change its position to the adjustment
hole [3] and move the fuser unit guide rail
(front) up or down (one step). (Fig.8-64)
* There is a 1-mm scale [4].
2 The installation position of the fuser unit Following are the adjustment procedure
paper entrance guide of the fuser unit paper inlet guide. (Fig.8-
65 )
Notes:
• Confirm the positions of the
screws before removing the inlet
guide.
• Check if the inlet guide is
attached horizontally by checking
the scales for the inlet guide.
(1) Take off the fuser unit.
(2) Remove the 2 screws of the
paper entrance guide [1], and
then secure them to the holes
next to the original ones.
(3) Vertically move the paper
entrance guide to the upper
direction of the figure so that it is
separated by approx. 0.5 mm
from the fuser belt.
(4) In the condition of step (3), check
whether white void occurs or not.
(5) If white void still persists, move
the paper entrance guide by 0.1
to 0.2 mm upward or downward.
Notes:
1. Be careful not to move the
paper entrance guide too
much, since this could cause
paper wrinkling.
2. If paper wrinkling does occur,
return the paper entrance
guide to the position
described in step (3).

[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]

Fig.8-64

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 490
Fig.8-65

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 491
8.5.31 Paper wrinkle
There are 2 locations where the paper wrinkle occurs: before the fusing stage and in the fuser unit.
See below to determine the case.
Smooth out the wrinkled paper. When there is no image in the wrinkled area
→See (1) “Paper wrinkle before fusing”.
Smooth out the wrinkled paper. When there is a copied image in the wrinkled area
→See (2) “Paper wrinkle in the fuser unit”.

(1) Paper wrinkle before fusing

Is paper properly set?

| NO → Set paper properly.
↓
YES
Is there any abnormality such as scratch or wear on the transport roller?
| YES → Replace the transport roller.
↓
NO
Is flexible paper such as recycled paper used?
| YES → Switch to the recycled paper mode.
| (Select “RECYCLED PAPER” in MEDIA TYPE.)
↓ If the paper wrinkle still appears, proceed to NO.
NO
Decrease the adjustment value for the paper alignment.
( P. 6-8 “6.1.6 Paper alignment at the registration roller”)
If the paper wrinkle still appears, proceed to next.
|
↓
1. Increase the adjustment value for the paper alignment.
( P. 6-8 “6.1.6 Paper alignment at the registration roller”)
2. Increase the transport motor speed. (Adjust it at the code FS-05-4532-0, 3, 4, 7.)

(2) Paper wrinkle in the fuser unit

Is the paper properly set?

| NO → Set the paper properly.
↓
YES
Has the paper absorbed moisture?
| YES → Use paper that has not absorbed moisture.
↓
NO
Is flexible paper such as recycled paper used?
| YES → Switch to the recycled paper mode.
| (Select “RECYCLED PAPER” in MEDIA TYPE.)
↓ If the paper wrinkle still appears, proceed to NO.
NO
1. Adjust the installed position of the fuser unit up or down
and check if the paper wrinkle disappears. ( P. 8-489 “8.5.30 White void in the halftone”)
2. Adjust the inlet guide[1] of the fuser unit and check if the paper wrinkle disappears. (Fig.8-66)
Notes:
• Confirm the positions of the screws before removing the inlet guide.
• Check if the inlet guide is attached horizontally by checking the scales for the inlet guide.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 492
Fig.8-66

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 493
8.5.32 Staining at the leading/trailing edge
Staining may occur at the leading/trailing edge of the paper.
If a large amount of printing is carried out, staining may be seen as streaks as shown below.

Example: Leading edge of paper

Feeding direction Streaks

Fig.8-67

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

2nd transfer unit 1 Is there any toner adhering to the ribs of Clean the ribs of the transfer guide [1].
the transfer guide [1]?
Image quality 2 Is there any toner adhering to the ribs of Clean the ribs of the transfer guide [1].
control unit the transfer guide [1]?
Fuser unit 3 Is there any toner adhering to the fuser Clean the fuser unit lower stay [2] with
unit lower stay [2]? alcohol.
4 Is there any toner adhering to the ribs of Clean the ribs of the transfer guide.
the transfer guide?
5 Is there any toner adhering to the frame Clean the frame or shaft of the fuser unit
or shaft of the fuser unit entrance side? entrance side with alcohol.
Paper exit unit 6 Is there any toner adhering to the ribs of Clean the ribs of the paper exit guide.
the paper exit guide?
Finisher 7 The coating material is applied to the Apply an adequate amount of coating
grate-shaped guide? material (SANKOL CFD-409M) to the
grate-shaped guide.

Fig.8-68

Notes:
Clean them with a soft pad, cloth or electric vacuum cleaner.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 494
8.5.33 Faint image

Feeding direction

Density is extremely low or there is a white void. 8

Fig.8-69

* Checking is easier with a halftone (Y) test chart.

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Transfer belt 1 Are the drum and the transfer belt Contact and release the transfer belt unit
unit (TBU) contacted? several times with the TBU release lever.
Check that the 1st transfer roller is
rotated smoothly upward and downward.
Process unit 2 Is the contact between the drum and • Check the pole position.
(EPU) developer material proper? • Check that the doctor blade firmly
contacts the bearing. If there is any
abnormality, replace the developer
unit.
Laser optical 3 Is the slit glass of the laser optical unit Clean the slit glass of the laser optical
unit (LSU) (LSU) dirty? unit (LSU).
4 Is the problem resolved if you replace the Replace the laser optical unit (LSU).
laser optical unit (LSU) ?
Transfer unit 5 Is 2nd transfer roller in proper contact Open and close the jam access cover.
(TRU) with the transfer belt? (Is the roller Check if there is any abnormality in the
tilted?) movement of the 2nd transfer roller
pressure mechanism.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 495
8.5.34 Toner scattering

Feeding direction

Fig.8-70

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures

Paper 1 Check if the paper type is set properly. Set the paper type to be used properly.
Drawer / bypass 2 Is toner scattered when printing is When printing on the back side is
tray performed on the back side of which performed, place the paper on the
front side has been printed? bypass tray and select the paper type
and [Printed] in “Back Printed”.
2nd transfer 3 Is the recommended paper used? If not, change the values of FS-05-2934
to FS-05-2937 to adjust the 2nd transfer
bias offset.
Check the mode (color or monochrome)
and the side (front or back). Set the
value for each paper type so that the
density of the image quality becomes the
darkest.
Notes:
• After the setting has been
changed, perform automatic
gamma adjustment.
• When the value is increased
close to 10, white spots may
occur. To avoid this, perform
the adjustment while checking
the image.
• When the value is reduced
close to 0, poor transfer may
occur. To avoid this, perform
the adjustment while checking
the image.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 496
8.5.35 Feathered image

Feeding direction 8
Fig.8-71

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures

Developer unit 1 Pole position adjustment plate Adjust the pole position adjustment plate.
(Fig.8-72)
1. Record or mark the scale position [2]
indicated by the pole position
adjustment plate [1].
2. Loosen 1 screw [3] and move the pole
position adjustment plate [1].
3. Turn the pole position adjustment plate
[1] counterclockwise (in the direction of
the black arrow) by 3 scales.

[3]
[2]

CCW

CC
[1]
[1]

Fig.8-72

Notes:
Check the image after the pole position is adjusted.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 497
8.5.36 Image skewing on paper trailing edge
When a grid pattern is output, follow the procedure below if the image on the paper trailing edge is
skewed by 1.0 mm or more.

[A] The rear side in the secondary scanning direction is longer than the front side. (Front < Rear)

R
Feeding direction

Fig.8-73

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures

Fuser unit 1 Fuser unit guide rail Adjust the fuser unit guide rail (Fig.8-74)
1. Take off the fuser unit.
2. Loosen the 1 screw [1] of the front
guide rail in the fuser unit.
3. Remove 1 screw [2] and attach it to the
screw hole for adjustment [3].
4. Move the guide rail upward by 1 mm.
- Moving it by 1 mm changes the
screw in the trailing edge by 0.65
mm.
- There is a 0.5-mm scale on the part
marked with [4].
5. Tighten the 1 screw [1] of the front
guide rail in the fuser unit.
6. Install the fuser unit.
- Check that the image on the paper
trailing edge is skewed by 1 mm or
less after the adjustment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 498
 [4]
[3]
[2]
[1]

Fig.8-74

Notes:
Adjust the fuser unit installation position within the range “A” as shown in the figure below.
• Upper limit: The first line from the center
• Lower limit: The second line from the center

8
A

Fig.8-75

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 499
[B] The front side in the secondary scanning direction is longer than the rear side. (Front > Rear)

R
Feeding direction

Fig.8-76

Cause/Section Step Check Item Measures

Fuser unit 1 Fuser unit guide rail Adjust the fuser unit guide rail (Fig.8-77)
1. Take off the fuser unit.
2. Loosen the 1 screw [1] of the front
guide rail in the fuser unit.
3. Remove 1 screw [2] and attach it to the
screw hole for adjustment [3].
4. Move the guide rail downward by 1 mm.
- Moving it by 1 mm changes the
screw in the trailing edge by 0.65
mm.
- There is a 0.5-mm scale on the part
marked with [4].
5. Tighten the 1 screw [1] of the front
guide rail in the fuser unit.
6. Install the fuser unit.
- Check that the image on the paper
trailing edge is skewed by 1 mm or
less after the adjustment.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 500
 [4]
[3]
[2]
[1]

Fig.8-77

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 501
8.5.37 Staining on both edges of paper
The streaks may appear on both sides of paper when printing the wide-sized paper (SRA3/320 x 450
mm, 320 x 460 mm).

Feeding direction

Fig.8-78

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Transfer belt 1 Are there any stains on both sides of the Clean both sides of the transfer belt with
unit transfer belt? alcohol. (Approx. 10 mm from the edge)
2 Replace the blade seals of the transfer
belt cleaning unit.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 502
8.5.38 Roller trace

Fig.8-79 8

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Lower exit roller 1 Is the surface of the lower exit roller and Clean the lower exit roller and idling
(idling roller) idling roller stained? roller surface with alcohol, or replace the
roller.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 503
8.5.39 Staining at the leading edge

Fig.8-80

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Exit sensor 1 Is the actuator of the exit sensor stained? Clean the actuator with alcohol, or
replace the actuator.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 504
8.5.40 Image distortion (dogleg image)

Feeding direction
8
Fig.8-81

Feeding direction
Fig.8-82

The image distortion (dogleg image) shown upper occur on the leading or trailing edge at the back side
of the copied or scanned paper while the DSDF was used.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 505
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
DSDF 1 Adjustment of position / Adjustment of Check the installation condition of the
height DSDF and confirm that there are no
abnormalities in the adjustment for its
position and height.
 P. 6-106 “6.14.1 Adjustment of
position”
 P. 6-111 “6.14.2 Adjustment of height”
2 Adjustment of skew Perform the adjustment of image tilting at
the back side.
 P. 6-113 “6.14.3 Adjustment of skew”
Remarks:
The phenomenon tends to be
reduced if the CCD module is
moved in the “+” direction.
Perform the adjustment of image tilting at
the front side corresponding to the tilted
amount of the back side.
Notes:
• When this adjustment is
performed, the entire image
may be tilted.
• Even if this adjustment is
performed, a dogleg image
will not be resolved
completely.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 506
8.5.41 Low density level in halftone around a text or line

ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ...

ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ...
ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ...
ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ...
ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ...
ABCDEFG ...
...

ABC
Feeding direction 8
Fig.8-83

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Laser optical 1 Image quality closed-loop control Perform the enforced performing of
unit image quality closed-loop control (FS-
05-2742).
Main charger / 2 Are the needle electrode, grid and case Clean or replace it.
Charger grid dirty?
Discharger LED 3 Is the discharger LED dirty? Clean it.
Screen 4 - Change the setting of the screen to the
low screen ruling value by the following
codes.
• Color: Set “1” (Low screen ruling
value) in FS-08-8110.
• Color: Set “0” (Low screen ruling to
reduce unevenness of the printed
image) in FS-08-8111.
• Black: Set “1” (Low screen ruling
value) in FS-08-7310.
Notes:
• After the setting value has
been changed, be sure to
perform automatic gamma
adjustment.
• When the low screen ruling
value is set, jaggies may
become more conspicuous in
diagonal lines depending on
the original. Set this setting
while checking the image.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 507
8.5.42 Shadow in copied/scanned images when using the DSDF

Feeding direction

Fig.8-84

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks

Prior 1 Check that the image If the adjustment is insufficient, If there is no
confirmation dimensional adjustment of the perform the following items. problem in the
(MFP/DSDF MFP is performed properly. 1. Image dimensional adjustment
adjustment adjustment at the printing condition, start
condition section the adjustment
check) 2. Image dimensional from step 3.
adjustment at the scanning
section
2 Check that the image related If the adjustment is insufficient,
adjustment of the DSDF is perform the following items.
performed properly. 1. Adjustment of the leading
edge position
2. Adjustment of the horizontal
position
3. Adjustment of the copy ratio

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 508
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Remarks
Image related 3 Perform scanning from the DSDF If any defects occur, perform the
adjustment of and check whether a shadow or following items.
the MFP/DSDF an image void has appeared at 1. Image dimensional
the leading or trailing edge in the adjustment at the printing
feeding direction. section (Secondary scanning
data writing start position
adjustment, Reproduction
ratio of the secondary
scanning direction
adjustment)
2. Image dimensional
adjustment at the scanning
section (Secondary scanning
data writing start position
adjustment)
3. Image related adjustment of
the DSDF (Adjustment of the
leading edge position,
Adjustment of the copy ratio)
4 Perform scanning from the DSDF If any defects occur, perform the
and check whether a shadow or following items.
an image void has appeared at 1. Image dimensional
the left or right edge in the adjustment at the printing
feeding and vertical direction. section (Primary scanning
data writing start position
adjustment) 8
2. Image dimensional
adjustment at the scanning
section (Primary scanning
data writing start position
adjustment)
3. Image related adjustment of
the DSDF (Adjustment of the
horizontal position)
Copying 5 • Check whether a trailing edge If any defects occur, perform the This adjustment
shadow of an original has following items. is available only
appeared at copying only. 1. Change the value of FS-08- for the copying
• Check whether a trailing edge 3075 (Allowing of trailing edge function. (This
shadow of an original has adjustment of scanning) to “1” adjustment
appeared when copying is (Allowed). cannot be
made by selecting a larger 2. Decrease the value of FS-05- performed in the
size of paper than that for an 3350 (Scan trailing edge scanning
original or by reducing the adjustment for the front side) function.)
size. and FS-05-3351 (Scan trailing
edge adjustment for the back
side) from 50 until the trailing
edge shadow of an original
has disappeared.
Remarks:
When the value is
decreased by “1”, the
image will be cut (become
shorter) by 0.3 mm.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 509
8.5.43 The exit paper surface feels rough like sand is adhering to it
(carrier offset)

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Developer 1 Has the developer material and the drum Replace the developer material and the
material / Drum reached their PM life? drum.
Main charger 2 Is there foreign matter on the main Clean or replace the main charger.
charger?
Developer unit 3 • Are the connectors of the auto-toner • Connect the connectors and perform
sensor connected properly? (CN313A, auto-toner sensor adjustment.
CN313B, J629, J631, J633, J635, • Install the auto-toner sensor correctly
J630, J632, J634, J636) and perform auto-toner sensor
• Is the auto-toner sensor installed adjustment.
correctly?
Discharge LED 4 Are the discharge LEDs lit? • If discharge LEDs are not lit, check that
Check this by the following steps. the connectors are connected
1. Start the equipment with [03 TEST securely. (CN312, J637, J639, J640,
MODE]. J642, J641)
2. Open the front cover and install the • Replace the discharge LED.
door-switch jig.
3. Remove the waste toner box.
4. Perform 03-235 and 03-236 to check
that the discharge LEDs for each color
are lit.
Notes:
Be sure to perform this in a short
time.
Toner motor 5 Are the toner motors working properly? • Check that the connectors for each
Perform 03-410, 03-411, 03-412 and 03- toner motor are connected securely.
413 to check that the toner motors for (CN315, CN440, CN441, CN442,
each color are working properly. CN443, CN444)
• If the harness of the toner motor is
broken, replace the harness.
• Replace the toner motor.
• Replace the CTIF board.
• Replace the LGC board.
High-voltage 6 • Check that the connectors of the high- • Connect the connectors securely.
transformer voltage transformer are connected • If the harness is broken, replace it.
securely. (CN530, CN531 and each • Replace the high-voltage transformer.
Faston terminal)
• Is the harness of the high-voltage
transformer broken?
• Is there any abnormality in the high-
voltage transformer?
LGC board 7 • Are the connectors of the LGC board • Connect the connectors securely.
connected securely? • If the harness is broken, replace it.
• Is the harness of the LGC board • Replace the LGC board.
broken?
• Is there any abnormality in the LGC
board?
Process unit 8 Is there any abnormality in the process Replace all the process units (EPU) for
(EPU) units (EPU)? YMCK and perform auto-toner sensor
adjustment.
Notes:
The carrier may be adhering to each transport guide, each transfer roller and the fuser belt.
Therefore, perform cleaning after this troubleshooting has been carried out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 510
 Parts to be replaced Remark
Developer material
Drum
Main charger
Discharge LED
Toner motor
Process unit (EPU) Developer unit, Cleaner
High-voltage transformer
LGC board

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 511
8.5.44 Scanned image abnormality

When the following abnormality has appeared on images in the scanning and copying functions even if
there is no abnormality in the output images in the printing function, there will be an abnormality in the
scanner. In such a case, perform this countermeasure.

Example of abnormal images

(1) The entire image has become lighter or darker.
(2) The entire image has been colored.
(3) The color of the image does not match that of the original.

(1) (2)

(3)

Fig.8-85

• Abnormality in the scanner of the equipment

- When an abnormality in the images has occurred in scanning using the original glass
- When an abnormality in the images has occurred in scanning using the RADF
- When an abnormality in the images only on the front side has occurred in scanning using the
DSDF

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Connector 1 Are the connectors • Reconnect the connector (CN120) of the SYS board and
securely connected? then check the image.
• Reconnect the connector (CN001) of the CCD board and
then check the image.
SYS board 2 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 1 was
abnormality in the SYS performed, replace the SYS board and then check the
board? image. Do not perform 05-3203 (Data transfer of
characteristic value) at this time.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting without carrying out 05-3203. (It is not
necessary to continue to perform the subsequent steps.)
CCD board 3 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 2 was
abnormality in the performed, replace the CCD board. Do not perform 05-
CCD board? 3209 (Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner: SYS
board > CCD board) at this time. After replacing, check the
image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting without carrying out 05-3209. (It is not
necessary to continue to perform the subsequent steps.)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 512
 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures
SRAM 4 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 3 was
abnormality in the performed, return the CCD board to an removed one.
SRAM data? Perform 05-3203 (Data transfer of characteristic value) and
check the image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting.
CCD board / 5 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 4 was
SRAM abnormality in both the performed, replace the CCD board with the one used in
CCD board and the step 3. Perform 05-3203 (Data transfer of characteristic
SRAM? value) and check the image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting.

• Abnormality in the scanner (DSDF-CCD module) of the DSDF

- When an abnormality in the images only on the back side has occurred in scanning using the
DSDF

Cause/Section Step Check item Measures

Connector 1 Are the connectors • Reinstall the DSDF-I/F board and check the image.
securely connected? • If this problem still persists even after step 1 was
performed, replace the DSDF-I/F board and then check the
image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this 8
troubleshooting.
DSDF-I/F 2 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 1 was
board abnormality in the performed, replace the DSDF-I/F board and then check the
DSDF-I/F board? image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting.
SYS board 3 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 2 was
abnormality in the SYS performed, replace the SYS board and then check the
board? image. Do not perform 05-3203 (Data transfer of
characteristic value) at this time.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting without carrying out 05-3203. (It is not
necessary to continue to perform the subsequent steps.)
CCD module 4 Is there any • If this problem still persists even after step 3 was
abnormality in the performed, replace the DSDF-CCD module. Perform 05-
DSDF-CCD module? 3240 (Data transfer of characteristic value of the scanner)
and check the image.
• If the image condition has become better, finish this
troubleshooting.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 513
8.5.45 If an image-related problem continues after performing all
troubleshooting
If an image-related problem continues even after performing all the troubleshooting, an abnormal value
may have been entered in the self-diagnostic code. In such a case, attempt the initialization of the self-
diagnostic code in accordance with the table below.

Notes:
• Perform the list print before the initialization.
• Initialization should be performed only for the function in which the image-related problem has occurred.
• The self-diagnostic code which will be initialized is related to the image adjustment. Therefore, only
problems which have occurred during the image processing can be solved. If a cause of the problem is
related to the hardware or other system issues, it will not be able to be solved even if the initialization of the
self-diagnostic code is performed.

Self-diagnostic code to be
Function Precautions
initialized
Copying FS-08-7000 After the initialization has been carried out, perform
automatic gamma adjustment.
Printing FS-08-7300 After the initialization has been carried out, perform
automatic gamma adjustment (600 dpi and 1200 dpi).
Scanning FS-08-7400 None
Fax FS-08-7500 None

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - 514
9. REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD

9.1 Removal and Installation of PC Boards/HDD

Notes:
When the PC board/HDD is replaced, refer to the respective Notes and Cautions of
“Replacement of PC boards and HDD” in  P. 9-22 “9.2 Precautions, Procedures and Settings
for Replacing PC Boards and HDD”.

9.1.1 SYS board cover

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove 1 screw and take off the SYS board cover [1] by sliding it toward the right side.

[1]

Fig. 9-1

9.1.2 SYS board cooling fan (F1)

(1) Remove the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(2) Disconnect the 1 connector [1].
(3) Lift the 2 latches up, and remove the SYS board cooling fan [2] by sliding it toward you.

Fig. 9-2

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-1
9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD)
(1) Take off the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(2) Remove 4 screws and disconnect 2 connectors [1], and then take off the HDD unit [2].

Fig. 9-3

(3) Loosen 4 screws.

Fig. 9-4

(4) Remove 2 screws and disconnect the ground cable [3]. Take off the hard disk [4] from the
bracket.

Fig. 9-5

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-2
9.1.4 SYS board
Notes:
When the SYS board or main memory has been replaced, be sure to perform the calibration of
memory.
When performing the calibration of memory, turn the power ON while pressing the [ENERGY
SAVER] button.
When the equipment is started up normally, the calibration has been completed.
If the calibration is not performed, the equipment may be not started up normally.
(1) Remove the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(2) If the DSDF is installed, remove the DSDF I/F board.
 P. 9-21 “9.1.16 DSDF I/F board”
(3) Remove the SYS board cooling fan.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.2 SYS board cooling fan (F1)”
(4) Remove the HDD unit.
 P. 9-2 “9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD)”
(5) Disconnect 11 connectors that connected to the SYS board. Release the lock by raising the flap
and remove 2 flat cables [1].

9
[1]

Fig. 9-6

Notes:
When installing the harnesses, be sure to connect each USB harness correctly.
CN112: Gray USB connector
(The harness of the control panel)
CN113: Black USB connector
(The harness of the USB Hub board)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-3
 Notes:
When removing the flat cable [1], release the lock by raising the flap [2] and pull out the cable.
When installing the flat cable [1], attach the cable to the connector and lock the cable by tilting
the flap [2].
When installing the flat cable [1], do not push it in strongly.
When installing the flat cable [1], be careful not to insert it at an angle.
Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable [1].

[2]
[1]

[2]

[1]

Fig. 9-7

(6) Remove 6 screws and take off the SYS board [3].

[3]

[4]

Fig. 9-8

Notes:
• When installing the SYS board, fasten the screw [4] at first.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-4
 • The SYS board to be installed differs depending on the models. Due to this, before replacing,
be sure to check the color of the identification label on the SYS board to install the
corresponding one in the equipment.
Label color: Yellow

Label

Fig. 9-9

9.1.5 SYS board case

(1) Remove the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(2) Disconnect 11 connectors from the SYS board. Release the lock by raising the flap and remove 2
flat cables [1].
9
[2]

[2]
[1]

Fig. 9-10

Notes:
• Do not disconnect 3 connectors [2] connected to the HDD and SYS board cooling fan.
When installing the harnesses, be sure to connect each USB harness correctly.
CN112: Gray USB connector (The harness of the control panel)
CN113: Black USB connector (The harness of the USB Hub board)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-5
 • When removing the flat cable [1], release the lock by raising the flap [2] and pull out the cable.
When installing the flat cable [1], attach the cable to the connector and lock the cable by tilting
the flap [2].
When installing the flat cable [1], do not push it in strongly.
When installing the flat cable [1], be careful not to insert it at an angle.
Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable [1].

[2]
[1]

[2]

[1]

Fig. 9-11

(3) Remove 6 screws and release the harness from the harness clamps [4]. Remove 6 screws and
take off the SYS board case [5].

[4]

[5]

Fig. 9-12

Notes:
Hold the SYS board case to remove it.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-6
9.1.6 LGC board
(1) Disconnect 22 connectors connected to the LGC board.

Fig. 9-13

Notes:
Disconnect 26 connectors for the 45/50ppm models.

(2) Release the lock of the flap and then remove 2 flat cables [1].

Fig. 9-14

Notes:
• When removing the flat cable [1], release the lock by raising the flap [2] and pull out the cable.
When installing the flat cable [1], attach the cable to the connector and lock the cable by tilting
the flap [2].

[2]
[1]

[2]

[1]

Fig. 9-15

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-7
 • When installing the flat cable [1], do not push it in strongly.
When installing the flat cable [1], be careful not to insert it at an angle.
Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable [1].

Fig. 9-16

(3) Remove 3 flat cables [2].

Fig. 9-17

Notes:
• When installing/removing, be careful not to damage the connection part of the flat cables [2].
When installing, be careful not to connect the flat cables [2] to the wrong connectors.
Do not use the flat cables [2] which connection parts are peeled off or damaged.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-8
 • When installing, straightly insert the flat cables [2] to the innermost of the connectors (until the
lines marked on the flat cables are concealed inside the connectors) securely.
When installing, make sure that the line marked on the flat cables [2] and connectors are
parallel to each other. Be careful not to insert them at an angle.

Fig. 9-18

Fig. 9-19

(4) Remove 4 screws and take off the LGC board [4].

Fig. 9-20

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9-9
 Notes:
The LGC board to be installed differs depending on the models. Due to this, before replacing, be
sure to check the color of the identification label on the LGC board to install the corresponding
one in the equipment.
• 25ppm: Brown
• 30ppm: White / Red
• 35ppm: Yellow
• 45ppm: Pink
• 50ppm: Blue / Red

Label

Fig. 9-21

9.1.7 IH board
Notes:
Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.

(1) Remove the SYS board case.

 P. 9-5 “9.1.5 SYS board case”
(2) Remove 3 screws and take off the IH board cover [1] by sliding it downward.

Fig. 9-22

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 10
 (3) Disconnect the 3 connectors [2].
(4) Remove 1 screw for each, and take off 2 IH feed terminals [3].

Fig. 9-23

Notes:
• When connecting connectors, be careful not to confuse the white connector location with the
black connector location.
When installing, securely tighten the fixing screw of the IH feed terminal [3] so that it does not
become loose.
• Wire the IH harness as shown in the figure and secure the terminals horizontally.

Fig. 9-24

• When assembling, wire the IH harness pulled out from the rear frame by aligning it to the
inside of the harness holder as shown in the figure so that there is no warp.

Fig. 9-25

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 11
 (5) Remove 4 screws and take off the IH board [4].

Fig. 9-26

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 12
9.1.8 Switching regulator
Notes:
• Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.
• Electric charge may remain in the capacitors on the switching regulator even if the main
power is turned off and the plug is disconnected.
• Since there is a risk of an electric shock, pay full attention not to touch the board and mounted
parts while handling the switching regulator.

(1) Remove the rear cover.

 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove 2 screws [2] and take off the power supply cover [1].

[1]

[2]

[2]

Fig. 9-27 9

(3) Disconnect 12 connectors from the switching regulator.

Fig. 9-28

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 13
 (4) Remove 4 screws and take off the switching regulator [1].

[1]

Fig. 9-29

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 14
9.1.9 High-voltage transformer (HVT)
Notes:
Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.

(1) Remove the developer unit cooling exhaust duct.

 P. 4-164 “4.6.35 Developer unit cooling exhaust duct”
(2) Disconnect 10 connectors from the switching regulator.
(3) Release 6 clamps.

Fig. 9-30

(4) Remove 4 screws and take off the switching regulator [1].

[1]

Fig. 9-31

(5) Unlock 2 locking supports and remove the film [2].

[2]

Fig. 9-32

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 15
 (6) Remove 5 screws and release 4 locking supports [3].

[3] [3]

[4] [4]

Fig. 9-33

Notes:
When installing, match the frame with the concave portion [4] of the high-voltage transformer,
and then push it until the supports [3] are locked.

(7) Disconnect 2 connectors and take off the high-voltage transformer [3].

Fig. 9-34

Notes:
When installing the high-voltage transformer, make sure the feed springs contact the plastic
(locator) pins as shown in the figure.

Fig. 9-35

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 16
9.1.10 SRAM
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Take off the HDD unit.
 P. 9-2 “9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD)”
(3) Remove the SRAM [1] from the SYS board.

Fig. 9-36

Notes:
Be careful not to damage the SRAM when removing the SRAM from the SYS board.
When installing the SRAM, pay attention to the orientation. Install the SRAM with its concave
portion up. 9

9.1.11 Main memory (DIMM)

Notes:
When the SYS board or main memory has been replaced, be sure to perform the calibration of
memory.
When performing the calibration of memory, turn the power ON while pressing the [ENERGY
SAVER] button.
When the equipment is started up normally, the calibration has been completed.
If the calibration is not performed, the equipment may be not started up normally.

(1) Remove the SYS board cooling fan.

 P. 9-1 “9.1.2 SYS board cooling fan (F1)”
(2) Take off the HDD unit.
 P. 9-2 “9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD)”
(3) Release 2 latches and remove the main memory [1].

Fig. 9-37

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 17
9.1.12 EEPROM
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove the EEPROM [1] from the LGC board.

Fig. 9-38

Notes:
Be careful not to damage the EEPROM when removing it from the LGC board.
When installing the EEPROM, pay attention to the orientation. Install the EEPROM with its
concave portion left.

9.1.13 PFC board

(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Disconnect 13 connectors from the PFC board.

Fig. 9-39

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 18
 (3) Remove 4 screws and take off the PFC board [1].

[1]

Fig. 9-40

9.1.14 DAMP board

Notes:
Be sure to unplug the power cable before starting this work.
If the DAMP board is not installed appropriately, a serious accident such as an electric shock
may occur. Therefore, to avoid this, be sure to perform correct handling and installation.

(1) Remove the rear cover.

 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover” 9
(2) Disconnect 3 connectors from the DAMP board.

Fig. 9-41

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 19
 (3) Release 4 locking supports and remove the DAMP board [1].

Fig. 9-42

9.1.15 CTIF board

(1) Remove the toner motor assembly.
 P. 4-148 “4.6.26 Toner motor assembly”
(2) Disconnect 4 connectors [1], release 4 latches and then remove the CTIF board [2].

Fig. 9-43

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 20
9.1.16 DSDF I/F board
(1) Remove the rear cover.
 P. 4-10 “4.1.17 Rear cover”
(2) Remove the SYS board cover.
 P. 9-1 “9.1.1 SYS board cover”
(3) Disconnect 1 connector.

Fig. 9-44

(4) Remove 2 screws and take off the DSDF I/F board.

Fig. 9-45

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 21
9.2 Precautions, Procedures and Settings for Replacing PC
Boards and HDD

9.2.1 Precautions when replacing PC boards

• The ID for each equipment is registered on the LGC board, the SYS board and Lens unit. So, if their
replacement is required, be sure to replace only one board at a time. Do not replace the SYS board
and the SRAM together.

• If both the LGC board and SYS board require replacement, replace them in the following procedure.
1. First, replace one of the board to be replaced.
2. Turn the power ON and confirm that “READY” is displayed.
3. Turn the power OFF.
4. Replace another board that requires replacement.

• When replacing the LGC board, remove the EEPROM on the old board, and then attach it to the
new board.

• When the HDD requires replacement, see  P. 9-25 “9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when
replacing the HDD”.

• When the SYS board requires replacement, see  P. 9-30 “9.2.4 Precautions and procedures
when replacing the SYS board”.

• When the Lens unit requires replacement, see  P. 9-44 “9.2.8 Procedures and settings when
replacing the lens unit”.

• When SRAM requires replacement, see  P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when
replacing the SRAM”.

• When the DSP board requires replacement, see  P. 6-103 “6.13 Control Panel Calibration”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 22
9.2.2 HDD fault diagnosis
This code displays the HDD operation history, which is recorded in the HDD, on the control panel. HDD
failure can be diagnosed or predicted with the information displayed.

1. Display
The following screen is displayed with setting code FS-08-9065. You can also refer to the same
information by perform HS-75 > [SMART Info]

HDD manufacturer Model name HDD serial number

Fig. 9-46

- Items supported differ depending on the HDD manufacturer.

- “---” is displayed on the VALUE, NAV and Worst columns if items are not supported.

2. Usage
The combination of the values of ID=05 and c5 is used to diagnose whether or not the HDD has a
physical failure when HDD failure is suspected (service call F100 to F109 or F120 to F122 or F124
occurred).

Result
Description Diagnosis
ID VALUE
05 0 Low possibility of physical failure HDD replacement
c5 0 is not required.
05 From 1 to 999 Defective sector has been reassigned and HDD is HDD replacement
c5 0 recovered. is not required.
05 Any value High possibility of defective sector existence. (There HDD replacement
c5 1 or more will be a possibility of physical failure depending on the is recommended.
use of HDD.)
05 Either one is at least High possibility of physical failure HDD replacement
c5 1000. is recommended.
05 All values are High possibility of physical failure (A HDD connector, HDD replacement
c5 displayed as “-------”. harness or SYS board may be one of the causes.) is recommended.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 23
3. ID=05 and c5

ID Name Description Remarks

05 Re-allocated Sector The number of sectors reassigned This value tends
Count to increase at
HDD failure.
c5 Current Pending The number of candidate sectors to be reassigned This value tends
Sector Count to increase at
HDD failure.

4. Description of each ID

ID Name Meaning
01 Read Error Rate This attribute is a measure of the read error rate.
02 Throughput Performance This attribute is a measure of the throughput performance.
03 Spin Up Time This attribute is a measure of how quickly the drive is able
to spin up from a spun down condition.
04 Spin Start/Stop Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of spin ups
from a spun down condition.
05 Re-allocated Sector Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of
reallocated sectors.
07 Seek Error Rate This is a measure of the seek error rate.
08 Seek Time Performance This attribute is a measure of a drive's seek performance
during normal online operations.
09 Power-On Hours This attribute is a measure of the total time (hours or
minutes depending on disk manufacturer) the drive has
been on.
0a Spin Retry Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of spin
retries.
0c Power Cycle Count This attribute is a measure of the number of times the drive
has been turned on.
c0 Power off Retract Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of
emergency unloads.
c1 Load Cycle Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of load/
unloads.
c2 Temperature This attribute is a measure of the temperature in the HDD.
c3 ECC On the Fly Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of the ECC
On the Fly.
c4 Reallocation Event Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of the
reallocation events.
c5 Current Pending Sector Count This attribute is a measure of the total number of candidate
sectors to be reallocated.
c6 Off-Line Scan Uncorrectable Sector This attribute is a measure of the total number of
Count uncorrectable sectors found during the off-line scan.
c7 Ultra DMA CRC Error Count (Rate) This attribute is a measure of the total number of errors
found in data transfer in the Ultra-DMA mode.
c8 Write Error Rate This attribute is a measure of the write error rate.
Notes:
“Over-range” is displayed if the number of digits acquired from the HDD exceeds the maximum
digits which can be displayed on the control panel; however, this does not indicate an error.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 24
9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD
Notes:
When the HDD is replaced, it is necessary to back up the data in the HDD before replacing and
to recover them after replacing.
To maintain the security, ask users to perform the backup/restore for users’ data/information in
the HDD. The service technician can perform them only when users permit it.
Some data in the HDD cannot be backed up and can be kept only on the paper.
Do not replace the HDD and the SRAM together.
When the HDD is replaced, do not perform SRAM data formatting (Clear SRAM) before the
normal start-up.
When the HDD is replaced, do not restore the back-up file before the normal start-up.

A procedure for replacing the HDD is shown below.

Start

[A] Back up data in HDD

[B] Print out "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE"

[C] Print out "FUNCTION" list

9
[D] Erase HDD

[E] Replace/Format HDD

[F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information

[G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE"

[H] Reset "FUNCTION" list

[I] Adjust image quality

Setting completed

Fig. 9-47

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 25
[A] Back up in HDD
Ask the user (machine administrator) to back up the data in the HDD. Refer to the table below for the
type of data, availability and method of backup.

Type of data in HDD Availability Backup method

Archive them in the “e-Filing” of
TopAccess. As for the backup in Box
Image data in the e-Filing Available data, all data (selectable by the box) can
be backed up / restored in one go by
using “e-Filing Backup/Restore Utility”.
F-code information, Template registration Export them in the [Administration] tab -
Available
information, Address book data [Maintenance] - [Export] of TopAccess.
User information, Combined information
(User information + Role + Group), LDAP Export them in the [Administration] tab -
Available
Role, Department information, Project [Export/Import] - [Export] of TopAccess.
code
Export them in the “Administrator” menu
Log data (Print, Scan, FAX
Available of TopAccess. (Import cannot be
(Transmission/Reception)
performed.)
Copy them to the client computer via the
Data in the shared folder (Scanned data, network. (The data which have been
Available
Saved data of copy / FAX transmission) copied to the client computer cannot be
copied to the shared folder.)
Print waiting data (Copying data and FAX
Finish printing them after supplying paper
reception data that are waiting to be
Not available or releasing the jam, etc. (The data
printed due to
cannot be left.)
the paper run-out and jam, etc.)
Print job (Private print data, Schedule If any jobs are left, print them. (The data
Not available
print data) cannot be backed up.)
FAX saved data (Confidential / Bulletin Print them. (The data cannot be backed
Not available
board data) up.)
Registration data for FAX transmission
(Delayed transmission / Recovery Not available The data cannot be backed up.
transmission)

[B] Print out “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”

(1) Perform FS-12 (12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE).

(2) Select “Function list for Maintenance” and then press [PRINT].

[C] Print out “FUNCTION” list

(1) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the [HOME] screen.

(2) Enter the password in [Administrator] tab and press [OK].

Notes:
Explain the procedure to the user (machine administrator) and ask him/her to enter his/her
password.

(3) Press [LIST/REPORT] and then [LIST].

(4) Press [FUNCTION]. The “FUNCTION LIST” is printed out.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 26
[D] Erase HDD
In case of the Secure HDD:
(1) Perform HS-74 > [Revert Factory Initial Status HDD] and then press [OK].

(2) Turn the power OFF.

In case of Normal HDD:

(1) Perform HS-73 > [Erase HDD Security] and then press [OK].

(2) Select any of “LOW”, “MEDIUM”, “HIGH” or “SIMPLE” and then press [OK].

(3) Turn the power OFF.

[E] Replace / Format HDD

(1) Confirm that the power is turned OFF.

(2) Replace the HDD.

(Refer to  P. 9-2 “9.1.3 Hard disk (HDD)”.)

(3) Create the partitions on the HDD.

1. Perform HS-73 > [Format HDD] and then press [OK].
2. When “Operation Complete” is displayed on the LCD, creating of the partitions is completed.

Remarks:
When HS-[73 Firmware Assist]-[HDD Data Restore] is carried out instead of step (3), perform
[HDD Data Restore] and then the following steps in [E]. 9
(4) > (5) > (6) > (9) > (10) > (11) > (12)
In addition, skip [F] and perform the procedure from [G].

(4) Turn the power OFF.

(5) Format the service password.

1. Perform HS-73 > [Clear Service Tech Password] and then press [OK].
2. When “Reset Complete” is displayed on the LCD, formatting of the service tech password is
completed.

(6) Turn the power OFF.

(7) Update the system software using the USB device.

See “ P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”” for details.

(8) Turn the power OFF.

(9) When the Fax Board (GD-1370) is installed, perform [CUSTOM INITIALIZE] > [INIT
MEMORY(FAX)] and [CLEAR DATA] in the FS-11 FAX CLEAR MODE. Then turn the power OFF.

(10) Check the system software version (08-8952).

Confirm the version displayed on the LCD, and then press [OK].

(11) Initialization of NIC information (08-9083).

(12) Turn the power OFF.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 27
[F] Reset user’s setting items and restore data/information
Ask the user (machine administrator) to reset the user’s setting items and to restore data or information.
Refer to the following for the reset and restore:

Items to reset/restore Method

Printer driver Upload them in the “Administrator” menu of TopAccess.
F-code information, Template Import them in the [Administration] tab - [Maintenance] - [Import] of
registering information, Address book TopAccess.
data
User information, Combined Import them in the [Administration] tab - [Export/Import] - [Import] of
information (User information + Role + TopAccess.
Group), LDAP Role, Department
information, Project code
Image data in the e-Filing Upload them in the “e-Filing” of TopAccess.
Notes:
• When the SSL is enabled, perform the setting of the following items again with “Self-signed
certificate” of TopAccess.
- Country/Region Name
- State or Province Name
- Locality Name
- Organization Name
- Organizational Unit Name
- Common Name
- Email Address
• When the wireless LAN is used, recreate its setting. (only when security with a certificate is used)
Also, upload the following certificate file with “Install Certificate for Wireless LAN” of TopAccess.
- CA certificate (PEM)
- CA certificate (DER)

[G] Reset “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”

(1) Print out the “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” list before formatting the HDD. For how to
print it out, refer to [B]Print out “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”.

(2) Perform FS-13 (13 FAX FUNCTION MODE).

(3) Compare the lists which were printed before and after the formatting to check the setting items
having the different setting values. Set the value which was set before the formatting.

(4) Turn the power OFF.

[H] Reset “FUNCTION” list

Reset the fax function by referring to the “function list” that was printed out in [C]Print out “FUNCTION”
list.
(1) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the [HOME] screen.

(2) Press [ADMIN], enter the password, and then press [OK].
Notes:
Explain the user (machine administrator) about the next operation and ask him/her to enter his/
her password.

(3) Press [FAX] and then [TERMINAL ID] to set each item.

(4) Press [INITIAL SETUP] to set each item.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 28
[I] Adjust image quality
(1) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment (PPC)” (FS-05-7869).
 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

(2) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment (PRT)” (FS-05-8008, 8009).

 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

(3) Turn the power OFF.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 29
9.2.4 Precautions and procedures when replacing the SYS board
A procedure for SYS board replacement is shown below.

Start

[A] Return License

[B] Replace the SYS board

[C] Restore ADI key

[D] Restore encryption key

[E] Restore license

[F] Update firmware version

[G] Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner

[H] Reinstall license

[I] Check firmware versions

Setting completed

Fig. 9-48

Notes:
• [C] is required only for the equipment in which the Secure HDD has been installed.
• It is required to perform HDD formatting in equipment with the High Security Mode enabled.
Therefore, perform the following items which are carried out at the HDD replacement in
advance.
 P. 9-26 “[A] Back up in HDD”
 P. 9-26 “[B] Print out “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE””
 P. 9-26 “[C] Print out “FUNCTION” list”
• Do not perform the following steps in [C] in the equipment with the High Security Mode
enabled.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 30
[A] Return License
Notes:
• If the 08 Setting Mode is not started up, “[A]Return License” can be omitted. In that case,
reinstall the license with “[ 1 ]Re-registration when the board is replaced” if it is cleared since
“[H] Reinstallation of License” cannot be performed.
• When installing the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) and security mode is setting High
Security, set the security mode level to “1” (Low level). Then restart the equipment.

(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Select the license to be returned, and then press [REMOVE].

(3) Install the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, in the equipment,
and then press [OK].

(4) The Remove screen is displayed, then press [YES]. If this screen is not displayed, check
whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly.

(5) After 10 to 40 seconds passes, the screen for notifying the success of performance is displayed.
Then press [OK]. If this screen is not displayed or the screen for notifying the failure of
performance is displayed, quit this operation by pressing [NO]/[CLOSE]. Then, check whether
the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, is installed in the
equipment.

(6) Check that the returned license is not displayed on the screen.
Remarks: 9
If there are any other licenses to be returned, repeat from step (2).
If there is no more licenses to be returned, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

[B] Replace the SYS board

Notes:
Before replacing the SYS board, perform the following procedure.
 P. 9-22 “9.2.1 Precautions when replacing PC boards”

(1) Confirm that the power is turned OFF.

(2) Replace the SYS board.

(3) Install main memory (DIMM) to the new SYS board (from the old SYS board).

(4) Install SRAM to the new SYS board (from the old SYS board).
Notes:
When the combination of the main memory and the SYS board has been changed by replacing
either of them, it is necessary to perform the calibration of the main memory at the next startup.
To perform the calibration of the main memory, start up the equipment while pressing the
[ENERGY SAVER] button.
E.g.:
To start up HS Menu, turn the power ON by pressing the [ON/OFF] button while pushing the
[HOME], [START] and [ENERGY SAVER] buttons simultaneously.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 31
[C] Restore ADI key
If the Secure HDD is installed, follow the steps below. To confirm the type of device, start up the
equipment in the HS-74.
Notes:
Do not perform the following steps in  P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key” in the equipment with the
High Security Mode enabled.

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [ADIKey], and then press [Execute].

(4) Wait until the restoring of the ADI key is completed. “Success” is displayed.

(5) Turn the power OFF.

[D] Restore encryption key

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [Key], and then press [Execute].

(4) Wait until the restoring of the encryption key is completed. “Success” is displayed.

(5) Restart the equipment after the restoring is completed. If you want to perform the restoring of the
license, do not restart the equipment but perform from (2) in “[E] Restore license”.

[E] Restore license

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [License] and then [Execute].

(4) Wait until the restoring of the license is completed. “Success” is displayed.
* Confirm that “OK” is indicated in all of the FROM column and then reboot the equipment.
Notes:
For equipment with the High Security Mode enabled, continue by performing the following steps.
1. Create the partitions on the HDD.
1. Perform HS-73 > [Format HDD] and then press [OK].
2. When “Operation Complete” is displayed on the LCD, creating of the partitions is
completed.
2. Turn the power OFF.
3. Format the service password.
1. Perform HS-73 > [Clear Service Tech Password] and then press [OK].
2. When “Reset Complete” is displayed on the LCD, formatting of the service tech password
is completed.
4. Turn the power OFF.
5. Update the system software using a USB device.
6. Turn the power
7. When the Fax Board (GD-1370) is installed, perform [CUSTOM INITIALIZE] > [INIT
MEMORY(FAX)] and [CLEAR DATA] in the FS-11 FAX CLEAR MODE. Then turn the power
OFF.
8. Check the system software version (FS-08-8952).
Confirm the version displayed on the LCD and then press [OK].
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 32
 9. Format the NIC information (FS-08-9083).
10.Turn the power OFF.
11. Perform the procedure in “12.4.3 Procedure for entering the High Security Mode”.

[F] Update firmware version

(1) Update the version of system firmware using the USB device.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”

(2) Update the version of scanner firmware with the USB device.
 P. 11-2 “11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device”

[G] Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner

(1) Perform FS-05-3203.

(2) Turn the power OFF.

[H] Reinstall license

If the license was returned “[A]Return License”, reinstall it with the following procedure.
(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Press [INSTALL].

(3) Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for returning the selected
license before replacing the equipment). Then press [OK].

(4) Select the license to be installed, and then press [INSTALL]. 9

(5) The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press [YES].

(6) After 10 to 40 seconds have passed, the screen for notifying the success of the performance is
displayed. Then press [OK]. If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed,
quit this operation by pressing [NO]. Then check that the one-time dongle is installed properly in
the equipment.

(7) Check that the installed license is displayed on the license list.
Remarks:
If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (2). If there are no other licenses
to be installed, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

[I] Check firmware versions

• System firmware version (FS-08-9930)
• Scanner firmware version (FS-08-9902)
Notes:
If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step “[A] Return
License”, set the value of FS-08-8911 to “3” (High Security).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 33
9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM
Notes:
Do not replace the HDD and the SRAM together.
Be careful not to damage the board when replacing the SRAM.
When the SRAM is replaced, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD) before the
normal start-up.
A procedure for replacing the SRAM is shown below.
When disposing of the SRAM, perform the items in  P. 9-47 “9.3.4 Precautions when disposing of the
SRAM”.

Start

Backing up SRAM No
possible?

Yes
SRAM backup No
data exists?

Yes
[A] Backup SRAM Possibility of FROM No
data loss?

Yes
(*1)
[B] Return License

[C] Replace SRAM [C] Replace SRAM [C] Replace SRAM

[D] Clear SRAM system [D] Clear SRAM system [D] Clear SRAM system
strage area strage area strage area

[E] Restore SRAM [F] Clear SRAM update Error flags [F] Clear SRAM update Error flags

[G] Backup ADI key [G] Backup ADI key

[H] Backup encryption key [H] Backup encryption key

[I] Backup license [I] Backup license

[J] Initialize SRAM [J] Initialize SRAM

[K] Reinstall license

[L] Enable HDD encryption

[M] Adjust image quality

[N] Initialize settings when Fax

Board is installed

[O] Set date and time

Setting completed

Fig. 9-49

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 34
 Notes:
• [G], [H] and [I] are required only for the equipment in which the Secure HDD has been installed.
• [H] and [I] are required only for the equipment in which a Normal HDD has been installed.
• Use the flow (*1) when securely returning and reinstalling the license. Returning and reinstalling
the license is required when it has been lost. The examples are as below.
- E.g. 1: When SRAM data are overwritten on the FROM mistakenly due to an incorrect
operation during the backup of the license
- E.g. 2: When the SYS board (SRAM) is damaged or the license data in the FROM are broken

[A] Backup SRAM

Perform a backup before replacing the SRAM.
 P. 12-2 “[A] Backup procedure”
Notes:
If “[A]Backup SRAM” fails, proceed to “[B]Return License”.
If “[A]Backup SRAM” succeeds, proceed to “[C]Replace SRAM”.

[B] Return License

Notes:
When installing the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) and the security mode is set to High
Security, set the security mode level to “1” (Low level). Then restart the equipment.

(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Select the license to be returned, and then press [REMOVE].

(3) Install the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, in the equipment,
9
and then press [OK].

(4) The Remove screen is displayed, then press [YES]. If this screen is not displayed, check
whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly.

(5) After 10 to 40 seconds passes, the screen for notifying the success of performance is displayed.
Then press [OK]. If this screen is not displayed or the screen for notifying the failure of
performance is displayed, quit this operation by pressing [NO]/[CLOSE]. Then, check whether
the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, is installed in the
equipment.

(6) Check that the returned license is not displayed on the screen.
Remarks:
If there are any other licenses to be returned, repeat from step (2).
If there is no more licenses to be returned, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

[C] Replace SRAM

(1) Confirm that the power is turned OFF.

(2) Take off the Fax Board (GD-1370) if it is installed.

(3) Replace the SRAM.

 P. 9-17 “9.1.10 SRAM”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 35
[D] Clear SRAM system storage area
(1) Perform HS-76.
The authentication screen appears. Press [OK]. (Entry of a password is unnecessary.)

(2) When “SRAM Clear Mode” appears on the LCD, press the [Clear SRAM].

(3) When “SRAM Format Completed” is displayed on the LCD, initializing is completed.

(4) Turn the power OFF.

[E] Restore SRAM

(1) Perform HS-76.

(2) When “SRAM Clear Mode” appears on the LCD screen, press [Set Serial Number].

(3) Key in the serial number printed on the label attached to the rear cover of the equipment and
then press [OK].

(4) “Set Serial Number was completed.” is displayed.

(5) Turn the power OFF.

(6) If there are SRAM backup data, perform restoring.

 P. 12-3 “[B] Restore procedure”

(7) Turn the power OFF after the restoring of SRAM is completed.
Remarks:
When the restoration is completed successfully, proceed to “ P. 9-39 “[N] Initialize settings
when FAX Board (GD-1370) is installed””.

[F] Clear Software Update Error Flag

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Clear Software Update Error Flag].

(3) When “Operation Complete” is displayed on the LCD, clearing the flag is completed.

(4) Turn the power OFF.

[G] Backup ADI key (FROM > SRAM)

If the Secure HDD is installed, follow the steps below.

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [ADIKey] twice and then [Execute].

(4) Wait until the backup of the ADI key is completed. “Success” is displayed.

(5) Restart the equipment after the backup is completed.

If you want to perform the backup of the encryption key, do not restart the equipment but perform
from (2) in “ P. 9-37 “[H] Backup encryption key (FROM > SRAM)””.

(6) Turn the power OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 36
[H] Backup encryption key (FROM > SRAM)
(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [Key] twice and then [Execute].

(4) Wait until the backup of the encryption key is completed. “Success” is displayed.

(5) Restart the equipment after the backup is completed. If you want to perform the backup of the
license, do not restart the equipment but perform from (3) in  P. 9-37 “[I] Backup license
(FROM > SRAM)”.

(6) Turn the power OFF.

[I] Backup license (FROM > SRAM)

Notes:
If “License SRAM to FROM” is performed by mistake, carry out the following procedure.
 P. 9-45 “[ 1 ] Re-registration when the board is replaced”

(1) Perform HS-73.

(2) Press [Key Backup/Restore].

(3) Press [License] twice and then [Execute].

9
(4) Wait until the backup of the license is completed. “Success” is displayed.

(5) Restart the equipment after the backup is completed.

(6) Turn the power OFF.

* After the restoring is completed, check that “OK” is indicated in SRAM column. Then, restart the
equipment.

[J] Initialize SRAM

(1) Perform FS-08.

(2) Initialize the SRAM.

1. When “SRAM REQUIRES INITIALIZATION” is displayed on the LCD, check the destination
and then press the [START] button.
If the destination is not correct, key in the correct one and then press the [START] button.
2. After the confirmation message is displayed, press [OK].

(3) Perform the initialization at the software version upgrade (FS-08-9030).

(4) Initialize the NIC information (FS-08-9083).

(5) Enter the serial number (FS-08-9601).

Key in the serial number on the label attached to the rear cover of the equipment, and then press
[OK].

(6) Turn the power off.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 37
[K] Reinstall license
If the license was returned in “[B]Return License”, reinstall it with the following procedure.

(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Press [INSTALL].

(3) Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for returning the selected
license before replacing the equipment). Then press [OK].

(4) Select the license to be installed, and then press [INSTALL].

(5) The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press [YES].

(6) After 10 to 40 seconds have passed, the screen for notifying the success of the performance is
displayed. Then press [OK]. If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed,
quit this operation by pressing [NO]. Then check that the one-time dongle is installed properly in
the equipment.

(7) Check that the installed license is displayed on the license list.
Remarks:
• If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (2).
• If there are no other licenses to be installed, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

[L] Enable HDD encryption

If the HDD encryption function is used, follow the procedure below.
Notes:
When the installation of the license of the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) is required, be sure
to do this before HDD encryption is performed. However, it is not necessary to do so for the
models (NAD) in which the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) is installed as a standard.

(1) Perform FS-08-8911.

(2) Enable the encryption function.

• For enabling HDD encryption only

Set the value of FS-08-8911 to “1”, and then set the value of FS-08-9379 to “1” (Security
priority) or “2” (Performance priority).

• For high security mode

Set the value of FS-08-8911 to “3”.

(3) Turn the power OFF.

[M] Adjust image quality

(1) Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner” (FS-05-3203).

(2) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (FS-05-7869).

 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

(3) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PRT> (FS-05-8008/8009).

 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

(4) Turn the power OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 38
[N] Initialize settings when FAX Board (GD-1370) is installed
(1) Reinstall the FAX Board (GD-1370).

(2) Set the destination of FAX (FS-08-9001).

(3) Turn the power OFF.

(4) Perform FS-11 > CUSTOM INITIALIZE > INIT MEMORY(FAX).

(5) Turn the power OFF and then back ON.

(6) Set the dial type according to these buttons: [HOME] > [USER FUNCTIONS] > [ADMIN] > [FAX]
> [INITIAL SETUP]

[O] Set date and time

Set the date and time according to these buttons.
[HOME] > [USER FUNCTIONS] > [ADMIN] > [GENERAL] > [CLOCK] > [DATE/TIME]

9.2.6 Procedures when replacing the LGC board

Be sure to follow the procedure below when replacing the LGC board.

(1) Turn the power OFF.

(2) Remove the LGC board.

 P. 9-7 “9.1.6 LGC board” 9
(3) Install the removed LGC board's EEPROM into the new LGC board.

(4) Attach the new LGC board.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 39
9.2.7 Procedures and settings when replacing EEPROM (for LGC
board)
Notes:
Be careful not to damage the EEPROM when replacing the EEPROM.

A procedure for replacing the EEPROM is shown below.

Start

[A] Replace EEPROM

[B] Initialize LGC board

[C] Adjust image quality

[D] Set line adjustment mode

Setting completed

Fig. 9-50

[A] Replace SRAM

(1) Confirm that the power is turned OFF.

(2) Replace the EEPROM.

 P. 9-18 “9.1.12 EEPROM”

[B] Initialize LGC board

(1) Open the front cover, and check the destination printed on the white tape stuck on the
equipment.

(2) Perform “Destination display at SRAM initialization” (FS-08-9060).

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 40
 (3) Check whether the displayed destination (see the below figure) of the SRAM is the same as the
one in step (1).

Fig. 9-51
9
Remarks:
If the destinations are different, initialize the SRAM with reference to the following procedure.
 P. 9-34 “9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM”

(4) Perform “Printer all clear” (FS-08-9090).

Notes:
Perform FS-08-9090 only when the EEPROM on the LGC board is replaced. Do not perform this
code in other cases.

(5) Press [INITIALIZE] to perform the initialization of the EEPROM.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 41
Fig. 9-52

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 42
 (6) Perform “Destination display at SRAM initialization” (FS-08-9060), and check whether the same
destinations are displayed for the SRAM and the LGC board.

Fig. 9-53

Remarks: 9
If an error occurs during the initialization of the LGC board and the initialization fails, error
messages are displayed on the touch panel. The error messages and the corresponding
troubleshooting methods are shown below.

Error message Troubleshooting

UNDEFINED MODEL Since the LGC board probably has a problem, replace it with a new
one by following the procedure below.
 P. 9-7 “9.1.6 LGC board”
UNDEFINED VERSION Recheck the destination of the SRAM. Since the SRAM probably
has a problem, replace it with a new one by following the procedure
below.
 P. 9-17 “9.1.10 SRAM”
VERIFY ERROR Check whether the EEPROM (for the LGC board) is connected
properly.

[C] Adjust image quality

(1) Write down the adjustment values of the following code attached to the rear side of the front
cover.

L (0) H (1)
FS-05-2627
FS-05-2628
FS-05-2629
FS-05-2630

(2) Perform FS-05-2627 ~ 2630 and then enter all the adjustment values written down in step (1).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 43
 (3) Reset the auto toner sensor.
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. Replace the developer materials for four colors (YMCK).
3. Perform automatic adjustment of auto-toner sensor (FS-05-2400).
Notes:
• You can reset the auto-toner sensor by directly entering the adjustment values for FS-05-
2405-0 to 3 with the Adjustment mode data list, which has been printed during normal
operation of equipment such as when it is setup, when preventive maintenance (PM) is
performed or when developer material is replaced, etc.
• If you perform automatic adjustment (FS-05-2400) of the auto-toner sensor without replacing
the developer materials for four colors (YMCK), image quality is not guaranteed.

(4) Perform the “Forced performing of image quality closed-loop control (FS-05-2742)”.

(5) Perform the enforced position adjustment (FS-05-4719).

(6) Perform printer related adjustment and scanner related adjustment.

 P. 6-12 “6.1.7 Image dimensional adjustment at the printing section”
 P. 6-20 “6.1.8 Image dimensional adjustment at the scanning section”

(7) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (FS-05-7869).

 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

(8) Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PRT> (FS-05-8008/8009).

 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”
Notes:
Usually, it is only necessary to perform automatic gamma adjustment for [Plain paper]; however if
other paper is used, perform automatic gamma adjustment per paper type.

[D] Set line adjustment mode

(1) Turn the power OFF.

(2) Perform FS-08-9010.

(3) Set “Line adjustment mode” to “0: For factory shipment”.

Notes:
Since “1: For line” is set for “Line adjustment mode” in [B] Initialize LGC board in EEPROM (for
LGC board) supplied as a service part, number of prints is not counted unless it is changed.

9.2.8 Procedures and settings when replacing the lens unit

When replacing the lens unit, follow the procedure below.

(1) Confirm that the power is turned OFF.

(2) Replace the lens unit.

 P. 4-29 “4.3.5 Lens unit/CCD driving PC board”

(3) Perform “Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner / SYS board > Lens unit (FS-05-3209)”.

(4) Perform “Shading correction plate Automatic dust detection adjustment (FS-05-3218)”.

(5) Turn the power OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 44
9.2.9 Firmware confirmation after the PC board/HDD replacement
After replacing the PC board/HDD, check the firmware version in the 08 Setting Mode and confirm if the
firmware combination is correct.

Firmware Code
System software 9900
System firmware 9930
Engine firmware 9901
Scanner firmware 9902
NIC firmware 9990
DF firmware 9903
Finisher firmware 9904
Hole punch firmware 9944
FAX board firmware(Line1) 9905
FAX board firmware(Line2) 9969
The installed ROM versions and the registered optional Electronic License Keys can be confirmed in
the list print mode following the procedure below.

(1) Perform [FS-30-111] to print out VERSION LIST.

* It is recommended to keep this list for future reinstallation such as the replacement of the SYS
board.

(2) Shut down the equipment.

9
9.2.10 License re-registration using the one-time dongle

[ 1 ] Re-registration when the board is replaced

The license registered using the one-time dongle can be re-registered only in the same equipment.
When the SYS board or SRAM is replaced, follow the procedures for re-registration given below.

(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Press [INSTALL].

(3) Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for registering the selected
license), and then press [OK].

(4) Select the license to be installed, and then press [INSTALL].

(5) The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press [YES].

(6) After 10 to 40 seconds have passed, the screen for notifying the success of the performance is
displayed. Then press [OK]. If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed,
quit this operation by pressing [NO]. Then check that the one-time dongle, which you used for
uploading the selected license, is installed in the equipment.

(7) Check that the installed license is displayed on the license list.
Remarks:
If there are any other licenses to be returned, repeat from step (2). If there are no other licenses
to be returned, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.
Notes:
This procedure is available only with the one-time dongle used for the previous registration, since
the model information registered in it is utilized. Use the same one-time dongle and the
equipment when registering the license.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 45
[ 2 ] Re-registration when the equipment is replaced due to malfunction
When the equipment has to be replaced due to a malfunction, return the license registered in the
equipment to the one-time dongle and register it to the new equipment following the procedure below.
Notes:
It is not possible to re-register the license for the IPsec Enabler (GP-1080) into other equipment.

(1) Perform FS-08-3840.

(2) Select the license to be returned, and then press [REMOVE].

(3) Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for uploading the selected
license), and then press [OK].

(4) The Remove screen is displayed. Then press [YES].

If this screen is not displayed, check that the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment
properly.

(5) After 10 to 40 seconds have passed, the screen for notifying the success of the performance is
displayed. Then press [OK].
If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed, quit this operation by pressing
[NO]. Then check that the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, is
installed in the equipment.

(6) Check that the returned license is not displayed on the screen.
Remarks:
If there are any other licenses to be returned, repeat from step (2).
If there are no other licenses to be returned, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

(7) Replace the equipment.

(8) Perform FS-08-3840.

(9) Press [INSTALL].

(10) Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for returning the selected
license before replacing the equipment). Then press [OK].

(11) Select the license to be installed, and then press [INSTALL].

(12) The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press [YES].

(13) After 10 to 40 seconds have passed, the screen for notifying the success of the performance is
displayed. Then press [OK]. If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed,
quit this operation by pressing [NO]. Then check that the one-time dongle is installed properly in
the equipment.

(14) Check that the installed license is displayed on the license list.
Remarks:
If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (9). If there are no other licenses
to be installed, press [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 46
9.3 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070 and Disposal of HDD/
Board

9.3.1 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070

When installing the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070), perform the following setting:

HS-73> Erase HDD Securely]: HDD securely erasing

This setting is the overwriting method complying with DoD 5220.22-M.

1. LOW: This is the normal overwriting method. (This setting is used normally.)
“00-FF-Random-Verify” Once
2. MEDIUM: This overwriting method is more secure than LOW. The erasing time is between LOW
and HIGH.
“00-FF-Random” three times repeatedly -Verify
3. HIGH: This is the most secure overwriting method. It takes the longest time to erase data
“00-FF-Random” five times repeatedly -Verify
4. SIMPLE: This is the simple overwriting method. It takes the shortest time to erase data.
Overwrite the Random data once

9.3.2 Precautions when disposing of HDD

[ 1 ] When disposing of Secure HDD

When disposing of Secure HDD, perform the following setting:
9
HS-74 > Revert factory initial status HDD]

[ 2 ] When disposing of Normal HDD

When disposing of Normal HDD, perform the following setting:

HS-73 > [Erase HDD Securely]: HDD securely erasing

This setting is the overwriting method complying with DoD 5220.22-M.

1. LOW: This is the normal overwriting method. (This setting is used normally.)
“00-FF-Random-Verify” Once
2. MEDIUM: This overwriting method is more secure than LOW. The erasing time is between LOW
and HIGH.
“00-FF-Random” three times repeatedly -Verify
3. HIGH: This is the most secure overwriting method. It takes the longest time to erase data
“00-FF-Random” five times repeatedly -Verify
4. SIMPLE: This is the simple overwriting method. It takes the shortest time to erase data.
Overwrite the Random data once

9.3.3 Precautions when disposing of the SYS board

When disposing of the SYS board, data clearing is not required since important data, such as user
information, etc. are stored in the SRAM.

9.3.4 Precautions when disposing of the SRAM

When disposing of the SRAM, perform HS-73Erase SRAM Securely (SRAM securely erasing) for
security reasons.
Notes:
If this is performed, the equipment cannot be started up.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 47
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD
9 - 48
10. REMOTE SERVICE
There are following functions as Remote Service.
1. Auto Supply Order
Automatically orders the toner and used waste toner box by FAX or E-mail.
2. Service Notification
Notifies the status of the equipment to the service technician by FAX or E-mail.

10.1 Auto Supply Order

10.1.1 Outline
Automatically orders the toner and used waste toner box.
(1) Placing an Order
There are two ways to place an order.

• FAX
Installation of the FAX board is required.
If the FAX board has not been installed, it is regarded as OFF setting.
• E-mail (E-mail body + TIFF image)

(2) Order Intervals

The Auto Supply Order is sent as indicated in the following steps.
• Toner cartridge
1. Toner empty occurs.
2. The toner cartridge is replaced.
3. The toner empty counter is incremented when the total number of prints or the pixel
counter value exceeds the threshold set in the following self-diagnostic code. 10
Items Code Contents
Toner empty determination counter FS-08-6506 Selects the counter to determine toner empty.
0: Output pages
1:Pixel counter
Threshold setting for toner empty FS-08-6507 Sets the number of output pages to determine
determination (output pages) toner empty. This setting is valid when “0” is set
at FS-08-6506.
Threshold setting for toner empty FS-08-6508 Sets the number of the pixel counter value to
determination (pixel counter) determine toner empty. This setting is valid
when “1” is set at FS-08-6506.
e.g.) When “0” is set for FS-08-6506 and “50” is set for FS-08-6507
The toner empty counter is incremented when 50 sheets are printed after the toner
cartridge has been replaced.
4. When the accumulated number of toner empty times reaches the set condition, an order is
placed automatically.

• Waste toner box

When the number of the waste toner full detection times reaches the set condition, an order is
placed automatically.
The order condition for the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be set individually.

(3) If Order Failure Occurs

If some problems occur and the order cannot be placed after registering an order as a job, refer
to the standard countermeasure for the FAX/E-mail transmission failure.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 1
10.1.2 Setting item
To enable Auto Supply Order, the following settings are required.
Notes:
When selecting E-mail to place an order, it is required that sending and receiving E-mails are
available. Confirm the details to the administrator.

(1) Self-diagnosis (08 Setting Mode)

As the default setting, the Auto Supply Order setting screen is not displayed on the touch panel.
To display it, switching the Valid/Invalid setting (FS-08-9783) is required.
0: Valid (FAX/Internet FAX)
1: Valid (FAX/Internet FAX/HTTP)*
2: Invalid (Default)
When changing the setting value from “2” (default) to “0”, the Auto Supply Order setting screen is
displayed. (* HTTP has not been supported yet.)

(2) Touch Panel Setting

Each item is set from the Auto Supply Order screen on the touch panel.

Entering the password and customer information is required because the setting is made from
the ADMIN screen. Setting it with the administrator is a must.

• Basic setting
[ADMIN] > [SERVICE] > [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] > [ORDER INFORMATION]

AUTO SUPPLY ORDER Ordered by: [FAX], [MAIL], [HTTP] (*1)

FAX NUMBER FAX number of supplier (*2)
E-MAIL E-mail address of supplier (*3)
CUSTOMER Customer information
NAME
TEL NUMBER
E-MAIL
ADDRESS
SUPPLIER Supplier information
NAME
ADDRESS
SERVICE TECHNICIAN Service technician information
NUMBER
NAME
TEL NUMBER
E-MAIL
*1 HTTP has not been supported yet.
*2 The fax number of the supplier must be entered when an order is made by means of a fax.
*3 The e-mail address of the supplier must be entered when an order is made by means of
an e-mail.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 2
 • Detailed setting for the order
[ADMIN] > [SERVICE] > [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] > [TONER ORDERING]

***** TONER ORDER Order information (TONER /USED TONER

CONTAINER)
PART NUMBER Part number to be ordered
CONDITIOIN The number of conditions (*)
QUANTITY The quantity to be ordered
AUTO ORDER ON/OFF setting of order for each part
* The order is placed when the number of replacement reaches the number specified for the
CONDITION.
• FAX number of this equipment (common information)
[ADMIN] > [FAX] > [TERMINAL ID]

ID NAME ID name of this equipment

FAX NUMBER FAX number of this equipment

• E-mail information of this equipment (common information)

[ADMIN] > [E-MAIL]

FROM ADDRESS E-mail address of this equipment (*)

FROM NAME E-mail username of this equipment
* When sending an E-mail, validity of the address is checked. If the address is invalid, it is
not sent.

(3) Output of setting list of the Auto Supply Order.

1. Perform FS-12 (12 FAX LIST PRINT MODE). 10

2. Select “SUPPLY ORDER LIST” and then press [PRINT].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 3
10.1.3 Setting procedure
(1) Perform FS-08-9783 and set the setting value to “0”.

(2) Turn the power OFF and then back ON.

(3) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the HOME screen.

(4) Press the [ADMIN] tab.

When the Administrator Password has been set, the ADMINISTRATOR PASSWORD screen is
displayed.

Fig.10-1

(5) The keyboard appears upon your touching the entry box for a password. Enter the administrator
password and then press [OK] or [CLOSE].
* Confirm the password to the administrator.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 4
 (6) Press [SERVICE] in the ADMIN screen.

Fig.10-2

(7) The SERVICE screen is displayed.

10
(8) Press [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP].

Fig.10-3

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 5
 (9) Press [ORDER INFORMATION].

Fig.10-4

(10) The ORDER INFORMATION screen is displayed.

Fig.10-5

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 6
 (11) Press the buttons on the screen of ORDER INFORMATION to set the required item.

[FAX]/[MAIL]/ Select [FAX] or [MAIL] for the transmitting way of order.

[OFF] (HTTP has not been supported yet.)
[OFF]: Turn off the AUTO SUPPLY ORDER function.
[FAX NUMBER] Input the FAX number of supplier.
(This must be entered when an order is transmitted by means of a fax.)
[E-MAIL] Input the E-mail address of supplier.
(This must be entered when an order is transmitted by means of an e-
mail.)

(12) Press the scroll button.

(13) The SUPPLIER screen is displayed.

10

Fig.10-6

(14) Press the buttons of the screen of SUPPLIER to set the required item.

[NAME] Input the name of supplier.

[ADDRESS] Input the address of supplier.
[DESCRIPTION] Input the remarks if necessary.

(15) Press [OK].

Press [OK] to register the entered information and then the screen returns to the (7) SERVICE
screen.
Press [CANCEL] to cancel the entered information and then the screen returns to the (7)
SERVICE screen.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 7
 (16) The SERVICE screen is displayed.

Fig.10-7

(17) Press [SERVICE INFORMATION].

(18) The SERVICE INFORMATION screen is displayed.

Fig.10-8

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 8
 (19) Press the buttons of the screen of SERVICE INFORMATION to set the required item.
CUSTOMER

[NAME] Input the name of customer.

[TEL NUMBER] Input the telephone number of customer.
[E-MAIL] Input the E-mail address of customer.
[ADDRESS] Input the address of customer.

SERVICE TECHNICIAN

[NUMBER] Input the number of SERVICE TECHNICIAN.

[NAME] Input the name of SERVICE TECHNICIAN.
[TEL NUMBER] Input the telephone number of SERVICE
TECHNICIAN.
[E-MAIL] Input the E-mail address of SERVICE TECHNICIAN.

(20) Press [OK] to register and complete the order information setting.

(21) The SERVICE screen is returned.

(22) Press [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP].

10

Fig.10-9

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 9
 (23) Press [TONER ORDERING].

Fig.10-10

(24) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed.

(25) Select the part to be ordered. (Press [YELLOW])

Fig.10-11

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 10
 (26) Input the order information of TONER.

Fig.10-12

[PART NUMBER] Toner number

[CONDITION] The order is placed when the accumulated number of toner empty times
reaches the value set in here. 10
[QUANTITY] Quantity to be ordered

AUTO ORDER

[ON]/[OFF] Allows you to select whether each part is ordered automatically or not.

(27) Press [OK] to register the setting of toner order.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 11
 (28) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed.

Fig.10-13

(29) Press [MAGENTA] / [CYAN] / [BLACK] / [USED TONER CONTAINER], and then input the order
information in the same way.

Fig.10-14

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 12
 (30) Press [OK] to register the order information.

Notes:
Auto Supply Order setting is also available from the following 08 Setting Mode.

Items Code Contents

The transmitting way of order FS-08-9750 0: Ordered by FAX
[FAX]/[MAIL] /[OFF] 1: Ordered by E-mail
2: Ordered by HTTP
3: OFF
SUPPLIER FS-08-9751 Maximum 32 digits
[FAX NUMBER]
SUPPLIER FS-08-9752 Maximum 192 letters
[E-MAIL]
CUSTOMER FS-08-9756 Maximum 50 letters
[NAME]
CUSTOMER FS-08-9757 Maximum 32 digits
[TEL NUMBER]
CUSTOMER FS-08-9758 Maximum 192 letters
[E-MAIL]
CUSTOMER FS-08-9759 Maximum 100 letters
[ADDRESS]
SUPPLIER FS-08-9764 Maximum 50 letters
[NAME]
SUPPLIER FS-08-9765 Maximum 100 letters
[ADDRESS]
SERVICE TECHNICIAN FS-08-9760 Maximum 5 digits
[NUMBER]
SERVICE TECHNICIAN FS-08-9761 Maximum 50 letters
[NAME]
10
SERVICE TECHNICIAN FS-08-9762 Maximum 32 digits
[TEL NUMBER]
SERVICE TECHNICIAN FS-08-9763 Maximum 192 letters
[E-MAIL]
Remarks FS-08-9766 Maximum 128 letters
[DESCRIPTION]
YELLOW(Y) TONER FS-08-9773 Maximum 20 digits
[PART NUMBER]
YELLOW(Y) TONER FS-08-9775 1-99
[CONDITION]
YELLOW(Y) TONER FS-08-9774 1-99
[QUANTITY]
MAGENTA(M) TONER FS-08-9770 Maximum 20 digits
[PART NUMBER]
MAGENTA(M) TONER FS-08-9772 1-99
[CONDITION]
MAGENTA(M) TONER FS-08-9771 1-99
[QUANTITY]
CYAN(C) TONER FS-08-9767 Maximum 20 digits
[PART NUMBER]
CYAN(C) TONER FS-08-9769 1-99
[CONDITION]
CYAN(C) TONER FS-08-9768 1-99
[QUANTITY]
BLACK(K) TONER FS-08-9776 Maximum 20 digits
[PART NUMBER]
BLACK(K) TONER FS-08-9778 1-99
[CONDITION]

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 13
 Items Code Contents
BLACK(K) TONER FS-08-9777 1-99
[QUANTITY]
USED TONER CONTAINER FS-08-9779 Maximum 20 digits
[PART NUMBER]
USED TONER CONTAINER FS-08-9781 1-99
[CONDITION]
USED TONER CONTAINER FS-08-9780 1-99
[QUANTITY]

(31) The SERVICE screen is returned.

(32) Press [SERVICE NOTIFICATION (DEVICE INFO)].

Fig.10-15

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 14
 (33) Press [ON] or [OFF] in SERVICE NOTIFICATION (DEVICE INFO).
When [OFF] is pressed, all functions related SERVICE NOTIFICATION (DEVICE INFO) become
ineffective.

Fig.10-16

(34) When SERVICE NOTIFICATION (DEVICE INFO) is set to ON, the screen to set the notification
date is displayed.
Then set the notification date with the following procedure. 10

Fig.10-17

Set the date and time of the “DEVICE INFORMATION DETAILS”.

The following 3 items can be specified for the date setting, and more than one day of the week
also can be selected.
• Day of the week (More than one day can be selected.)
• Notify Date 1
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 15
 • Notify Date 2

• Day of the week ([SUN] to [SAT])

Pressing [SUN] to [SAT] of the desired day makes transmission on every specified day. More
than one day can be selected.
* This does not affect the settings of “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”.

• Notify Date 1 and Notify Date 2 ([DATE])

Pressing [DATE] sets up to 2 dates on which you want to send data.
* This is not affected by the specified day of the week.

Fig.10-18

Key in the date (acceptable values: 0-31) in “Notify Date 1” or “Notify Date 2” and press [OK].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 16
 • Time setting ([CHANGE])
Pressing [CHANGE] sets the time at which you want to send data.
This is the time when data are sent with “Day of the week”, “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”.

Fig.10-19

Key in the time (acceptable values: 00:00-23:59) in “Time”.

Key in the time in the hour column of “Time”, press the scroll button, key in the time in the minute
column of “Time”. 10
After all the settings are completed, press [OK].

(35) Press [CLOSE]. The setting completes.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 17
10.1.4 Order sheet format
The sample of order sheet is as follows.
(1) FAX (This format is the same as that of TIFF image attached E-mail.)
*1 Part not to be ordered is not output. (Less space between the lines)

DATE & TIME :99-99-'99 99:99

CUSTOMER NUMBER :XXX
CUSTOMER NAME :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER NAME :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

PART NUMBER QUANTITY

TONER CARTRIDGE
CYAN : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
MAGENTA : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
YELLOW : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99 (*1)
BLACK : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
USED TONER CONTAINER : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99

DESCRIPTION AREA ..............................................

.................................................................

DEVICE DESCRIPTION :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

SERIAL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DEVICE FAX NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

TOTAL BLACK TWIN COLOR FULL COLOR

PRINT COUNTER 999999999 999999999 999999999 999999999
SCAN COUNTER 999999999 999999999 999999999 999999999

TONER INFORMATION
YELLOW REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000059
MAGENTA REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000060
CYAN REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000061
BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000062

Fig.10-20

DESCRIPTION AREA: Remarks

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Model name
SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number
DEVICE FAX NUMBER: Fax number
DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS: E-mail address

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 18
 (2) E-MAIL (TIFF image attached with the E-mail is the same format with that of the FAX order
sheet.)
SUBJECT: SUPPLY ORDER REQUEST
*1 Part not to be ordered is not output. (Less space between the lines)

Date&Time: '12-04-14 00:17

Customer Number: a1 MachineName: TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
SerialNumber: 1234567890
Device FAX Number: 456
Device Email: [email protected]
OrderInformation:
CYAN PartNumber: CYAN-01 Quantity: 15
MAGENTA PartNumber: MAGENTA-02 Quantity: 16 (*1)
BLACK PartNumber: BLACK-04 Quantity: 18
CounterInformation:
PrintCounter(Small) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 150
PrintCounter(Large) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 0
ScanCounter FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 7

Fig.10-21

Date&Time: Order date and time

Customer Number: Customer number
MachineName: Model name (MFP model name)
SerialNumber: Serial number
Device FAX Number: Fax number
Device Email: E-mail address
10
OrderInformation: Order information
CYAN PartNumber: Cyan toner cartridge part number
MAGENTA PartNumber: Magenta toner cartridge part number
BLACK PartNumber: Black toner cartridge part number
Quantity: Order quantity
CounterInformation: Counter information
PrintCounter (Small) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black:
Print count (Small size) for Full color, Twin color and Black
PrintCounter (Large) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black:
Print count (Large size) for Full color, Twin color and Black
ScanCounter FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: Scan count
Scan count for Full color, Twin color and Black

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 19
 (3) Result list
*1 Part not to be ordered is not output. (Less space between the lines)

ORDER XXXXXXXXX
DATE & TIME :99-99-'99 99:99
CUSTOMER NUMBER :XXX
CUSTOMER NAME :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN
TEL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER NAME :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

PART NUMBER QUANTITY

TONER CARTRIDGE
CYAN : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
MAGENTA : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
YELLOW : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99 (*1)
BLACK : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99
USED TONER CONTAINER : XXXXXXXXXXXX 99

DESCRIPTION AREA ..............................................

.................................................................

DEVICE DESCRIPTION :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

SERIAL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DEVICE FAX NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

TOTAL BLACK TWIN COLOR FULL COLOR

PRINT COUNTER 999999999 999999999 999999999 999999999
SCAN COUNTER 999999999 999999999 999999999 999999999

TONER INFORMATION

YELLOW REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059

MAGENTA REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059
CYAN REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059
BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059

Fig.10-22

ORDER SUCCESSFUL/FAILURE: Automatic supply ordering: transmission success or

failure
DATE & TIME: Order date and time
CUSTOMER NUMBER: Customer number
CUSTOMER NAME: Customer name
CUSTOMER ADDRESS: Customer address
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER: Customer telephone number
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS: Customer E-mail address
SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER: Service technician telephone number
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL: Service technician E-mail address
SUPPLIER NAME: Supplier name
SUPPLIER ADDRESS: Supplier address
PART NUMBER: Order part number

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 20
 QUANTITY: Order quantity
TONER CARTRIDGE: Toner cartridge
CYAN: Cyan
MAGENTA: Magenta
YELLOW: Yellow
BLACK: Black
USED TONER CONTAINER: Used toner container (waste toner box)
DESCRIPTION AREA: Remarks
DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Model name (MFP model name)
SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number
DEVICE FAX NUMBER: Fax number
DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS: E-mail address
PRINT COUNTER: Print count
SCAN COUNTER: Scan count
TOTAL: Total
BLACK: Black
TWIN COLOR: Twin color
FULL COLOR: Full color
TONER INFORMATION: Toner information
YELLOW REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
MAGENTA REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
CYAN REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Black)
10

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 21
10.2 Service Notification

10.2.1 Outline
This function automatically notifies the status of the equipment to the service technician by E-mail or
FAX. The following 6 are the items to be notified.

• Total counter transmit

When this function is effective, it notifies each counter information periodically (on the set date and
time every month).

• Service call transmit (E-mail only)

When this function is effective, it notifies the corresponding error code and such at a service call
error.

• PM counter transmit
When this function is effective, it notifies that the PM timing has come when the present PM count
has reached to its setting value, or the present PM driving count has reached to its setting value.

• Toner near empty transmit

When this function is effective, it notifies each counter information and toner cartridge information if
toner near empty occurs.

• Waste toner near full transmit

When this function is effective, it notifies each counter information and toner cartridge information if
toner near empty occurs.

• HDD alert notification

When this function is effective, it notifies an alert for backing up or replacing the HDD.

10.2.2 Setting
Notes:
When using this function, it is required that sending and receiving E-mails or FAXes are
available. Confirm the details to the administrator.

[ 1 ] Preparation
If the menu display of this function is disabled (not displayed), set it to be enabled (displayed) with the
following code.

FS-08-9604 Display set of the [Service Notification] button

0: Not displayed
1: Displayed

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 22
[ 2 ] Setting procedure
(1) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the HOME screen and select the [ADMIN] tab. Then, enter the
password and press [OK].
Confirm the password to the administrator.

Fig.10-23

(2) Press [SERVICE].

10

Fig.10-24

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 23
 (3) Press [SERVICE NOTIFICATION].

Fig.10-25

(4) Press [E-MAIL] or [FAX].

When [OFF] is pressed, all functions related Service Notification become ineffective.

Fig.10-26

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 24
 (5) Enter the e-mail address or fax number of the destination and press [OK]. A maximum of 3
addresses can be set. (The keyboard appears upon your touching the entry box for an e-mail
address.)

Fig.10-27

Press [FAX NUMBER], key in the FAX number and then press [OK].
10

Fig.10-28

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 25
 (6) Press [ON] to notify or [OFF] not to notify each item for E-mail and FAX.
When Total Count Transmit is set to ON, the screen to set the notification date is displayed.
Then set the notification date with the following procedure.

Fig.10-29

Set the date and time of the Total Counter.

The following 3 items can be specified for the date setting, and more than one day of the week
also can be selected.
• Day of the week (More than one day can be selected.)
• Notify Date 1
• Notify Date 2

You can send the Total Counter immediately without the above settings by pressing [SEND
NOW].
• Day of the week ([SUN] to [SAT])
Pressing [SUN] to [SAT] of the desired day makes transmission on every specified day. More
than one day can be selected.
* This does not affect the settings of “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 26
 • Notify Date 1 and Notify Date 2 ([DATE])
Pressing [DATE] sets up to 2 dates on which you want to send data.
* This is not affected by the specified day of the week.

Fig.10-30

Key in the date (acceptable values: 0-31) in “Notify Date 1” or “Notify Date 2” and press [OK].

• Time setting ([CHANGE]) 10

Pressing [CHANGE] sets the time at which you want to send data.
This is the time when data are sent with “Day of the week”, “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”.

Fig.10-31

Key in the time (acceptable values: 00:00-23:59) in “Time”.

Key in the time in the hour column of “Time”, press the scroll button, key in the time in the minute
column of “Time”.
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 27
 After all the settings are completed, press [CLOSE].

(7) Press [OK]. The setting completes.

Notes:
Service Notification setting is also available from the following 08 Setting Mode.
Set the service notification setting (FS-08-9793) to “1” or “2”. Then sets the items (self-diagnostic
code) which you want to transmit to ON.

Items Code Contents

Service Notification setting FS-08-9793 0: Invalid 1: Valid (E-mail) 2: Valid (Fax)
E-mail address 1 FS-08-9794 Maximum 192 letters
E-mail address 2 FS-08-9607 Maximum 192 letters
E-mail address 3 FS-08-9608 Maximum 192 letters
FAX number FS-08-9784 Maximum 32 digits
Total Counter Transmit setting FS-08-9795 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid)
Total counter transmission date setting FS-08-9796 0 to 31
Total counter transmission date FS-08-9880 0 to 31
setting(2)
Day of total counter data transmission FS-08-9881 1 byte
00000000(0)-01111111(127)
From the 2nd bit - Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
Total counter transmission interval FS-08-9606 00:00-23:59 (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
setting
(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
Service Call Transmit setting FS-08-9605 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid)
PM Counter Transmit setting FS-08-9797 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid)
Toner near empty Transmit setting FS-08-8538 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid)
Waste toner near full Transmit setting FS-08-3699 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 28
10.2.3 Items to be notified
The items to be notified are shown below.

[ 1 ] Total Counter Transmit / PM Counter Transmit by E-mail

Subject: COUNTER NOTIFICATION
(In case of the PM Counter Transmit, it is shown as “PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE
NOTIFICATION”.)

1 Date : 04/26/2012 12:34

2 Machine Model : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
3 SerialNumber : 1234567890
4 Total Counter : 00004787
5 Supplier:
Name : SUPPLIER_NAME
Tel Number : 1122334455
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS
6 Customer:
Name : CUSTOMER_NAME
Tel Number : 1234567890
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : CUSTOMER_ADDRESS
7 Service Technician:
Number : svc12
Name : SERVICE_TECHNICIAN_NAME
Tel Number : 0987654321
E-Mail : [email protected]
ChargeCounterFormat:
8 LargeSizeChargeCount 1
9 LargeSizeChargePaperDefinition 1
PMCounterFormat:
10 LargeSizePMCount 1
11 LargeSizePMPaperDefinition 0
Charge Counter:
Large Small
<Print Counter>
Full Color -------------------------------------
Copy 00000000 00000000
10
12
13 Print 00000000 00000000
Twin Color ------------------------------------
14 Copy 00000000 00000000
Black ------------------------------------------
15 Copy 00000000 00000000
16 Print 00000000 00000000
17 List 00000000 00000000
18 FAX 00000000 00000000
<Scan Counter>
Full Color -------------------------------------
19 Copy Scan 00000000 00000000
20 Net Scan 00000000 00000000
Twin Color ------------------------------------
21 Copy Scan 00000000 00000000
Black ------------------------------------------
22 Copy Scan 00000000 00000000
23 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000
24 Net Scan 00000000 00000000
<FAX Counter>
25 Transmit 00000000 00000000
26 Receive 00000000 00000000

Fig.10-32

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 29
 Periodical Maintenance Counter:

Pages Drive Counts

------------------------------------------------------------------
K-EPU
27 Setting 00000000 00000000
28 Current 00000000 00000000
Y-EPU
29 Setting 00000000 00000000
30 Current 00000000 00000000
M-EPU
31 Setting 00000000 00000000
32 Current 00000000 00000000
C-EPU
33 Setting 00000000 00000000
34 Current 00000000 00000000
------------------------------------------------------------------
K-Dev
35 Setting 00000000 00000000
36 Current 00000000 00000000
Y-Dev
37 Setting 00000000 00000000
38 Current 00000000 00000000
M-Dev
39 Setting 00000000 00000000
40 Current 00000000 00000000
C-Dev
41 Setting 00000000 00000000
42 Current 00000000 00000000
------------------------------------------------------------------
Others
43 Setting 00000000 00000000
44 Current 00000000 00000000

45 Printer Error History:

Date Time ErrorCode Counter
------------------------------------------------------------------
04/13/2008 16:44 F110 00000000
04/12/2008 22:28 F110 00000000
04/12/2008 22:23 F110 00000000 (*1)
03/15/2008 22:23 F110 00000000
02/25/2008 11:12 F110 00000000
Toner Information
Toner Remaining Quantity (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------
46 Yellow 00000000
47 Magenta 00000000
48 Cyam 00000000
49 Black 00000000

Fig.10-33

1. Date
2. Machine model name
3. Serial number
4. Total counter value
5. Supplier information
6. Customer information
7. Service technician information
8. Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
9. Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
10.Count setting of large-sized paper (PM)
11. Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM)
12.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (FULL COLOR)
13.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (FULL COLOR)
14.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (TWIN COLOR)
15.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
16.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK)
17.Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK)
18.Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
19.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (FULL COLOR)
20.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (FULL COLOR)
21.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (TWIN COLOR)
22.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
23.Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
24.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 30
 25.Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
26.Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
27.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)]
28.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [EPU (K)]
29.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (Y)]
30.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [EPU (Y)]
31.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (M)]
32.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [EPU (M)]
33.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (C)]
34.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [EPU (C)]
35.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Developer material (K)]
36.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Developer material (K)]
37.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Developer material (Y)]
38.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Developer material (Y)]
39.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Developer material (M)]
40.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Developer material (M)]
41.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Developer material (C)]
42.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Developer material (C)]
43.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Other parts]
44.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Other parts]
45.History error
*1 The latest 20 errors are displayed.
46.Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
47.Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
48.Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
49.Toner remaining quantity (Black)

10

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 31
[ 2 ] Total Counter Transmit / PM Counter Transmit by FAX
*1 In case of the PM Counter Transmit, the title is replaced to “PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE
NOTIFICATION”.

Sheet 1
COUNTER NOTIFICATION (*1)

1 DATE : 12/04/14 13:47

2 MACHINE MODEL : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
3 SERIAL NUMBER : 1234567890
4 TOTAL COUNTER : 00004787

CUSTOMER NAME : CUSTOMER_NAME

CUSTOMER ADDRESS : CUSTOMER_ADDRESS
5
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER : 1234567890
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS : [email protected]
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NUMBER : svc12
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NAME : SERVICE_TECHNICIAN_NAME
6
SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER : 0987654321
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : [email protected]
SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME
SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS
7
SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211
SUPPLIER E-MAIL : [email protected]

Fig.10-34

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 32
 Sheet 2
COUNTER NOTIFICATION (*1)

CHARGE COUNTER FORMAT PM COUNTER FORMAT

8 LARGE SIZE CHARGE COUNT :1 LARGE SIZE PM COUNT :1

9 LARGE SIZE CHARGE PAPER DEFINITION :1 LARGE SIZE PM PAPER DEFINITION :0

CHARGE COUNTER 10 11

PRINT COUNTER SCAN COUNTER

FULL COLOR LARGE SMALL FULL COLOR LARGE SMALL
12 COPY 00000000 00000000 20 COPY SCAN 00000000 00000000
13 PRINT 00000000 00000000 21 NET SCAN 00000000 00000000
TWIN COLOR LARGE SMALL TWIN COLOR LARGE SMALL
14 COPY 00000000 00000000 22 COPY SCAN 00000000 00000000
15 PRINT 00000000 00000000
BLACK LARGE SMALL BLACK LARGE SMALL
16 COPY 00000000 00000000 23 COPY SCAN 00000000 00000000
17 PRINT 00000000 00000000 24 FAX SCAN 00000000 00000000
18 LIST 00000000 00000000 25 NET SCAN 00000000 00000000
19 FAX 00000000 00000000

FAX COUNTER
LARGE SMALL
26 TRANSMIT 00000000 00000000
27 RECEIVE 00000000 00000000

PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE COUNTER

28 SETTING VALUE (K-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (K-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 46
29 CURRENT VALUE (K-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (K-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 47
30 SETTING VALUE (K-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (Y-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 48
31 CURRENT VALUE (K-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (Y-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 49
32 SETTING VALUE (Y-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (Y-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 50
33
34
CURRENT VALUE
SETTING VALUE
(Y-EPU PAGES)
(Y-EPU DRIVE COUNTS)
:
:
00000000
00000000
CURRENT VALUE
SETTING VALUE
(Y-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) :
(M-DEV PAGES) :
00000000
00000000
51
52
10
35 CURRENT VALUE (Y-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (M-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 53
36 SETTING VALUE (M-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (M-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 54
37 CURRENT VALUE (M-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (M-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 55
38 SETTING VALUE (M-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (C-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 56
39 CURRENT VALUE (M-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (C-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 57
40 SETTING VALUE (C-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (C-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 58
41 CURRENT VALUE (C-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (C-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 59
42 SETTING VALUE (C-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (OTHERS PAGES) : 00000000 60
43 CURRENT VALUE (C-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (OTHERS PAGES) : 00000000 61
44 SETTING VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 62
45 CURRENT VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 63

Fig.10-35

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 33
 Sheet 3
COUNTER NOTIFICATION (*1)

64 PRINTER ERROR HISTORY

DATE TIME ERROR CODE COUNTER DATE TIME ERROR CODE COUNTER
08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/04/12 22:28 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/04/12 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 (*2)
08/03/15 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/02/25 11:12 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000

TONER INFORMATION

65 YELLOW REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059

66 MAGENTA REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059
67 CYAN REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059
68 BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059

Fig.10-36

1. Date
2. Machine model name
3. Serial number
4. Total counter value
5. Customer information
6. Service technician information
7. Supplier information
8. Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
9. Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
10.Count setting of large-sized paper (PM)
11. Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM)
12.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (FULL COLOR)
13.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (FULL COLOR)
14.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (TWIN COLOR)
15.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (TWIN COLOR)
16.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
17.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK)
18.Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK)
19.Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
20.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (FULL COLOR)
21.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (FULL COLOR)
22.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (TWIN COLOR)
23.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
24.Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
25.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK)
26.Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
27.Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
28.PM count setting value [EPU (K)]
29.PM count present value [EPU (K)]
30.PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)]
31.PM driving count present value [EPU (K)]
32.PM count setting value [EPU (Y)]
33.PM count present value [EPU (Y)]
34.PM driving count setting value [EPU (Y)]
35.PM driving count present value [EPU (Y)]

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 34
 36.PM count setting value [EPU (M)]
37.PM count present value [EPU (M)]
38.PM driving count setting value [EPU (M)]
39.PM driving count present value [EPU (M)]
40.PM count setting value [EPU (C)]
41.PM count present value [EPU (C)]
42.PM driving count setting value [EPU (C)]
43.PM driving count present value [EPU (C)]
44.PM count setting value [Developer material (K)]
45.PM count present value [Developer material (K)]
46.PM driving count setting value [Developer material (K)]
47.PM driving count present value [Developer material (K)]
48.PM count setting value [Developer material (Y)]
49.PM count present value [Developer material (Y)]
50.PM driving count setting value [Developer material (Y)]
51.PM driving count present value [Developer material (Y)]
52.PM count setting value [Developer material (M)]
53.PM driving count present value [Developer material (M)]
54.PM driving count setting value [Developer material (M)]
55.PM driving count present value [Developer material (M)]
56.PM count setting value [Developer material (C)]
57.PM count present value [Developer material (C)]
58.PM driving count setting value [Developer material (C)]
59.PM driving count present value [Developer material (C)]
60.PM count setting value (Other parts)
61.PM count present value (Other parts)
62.PM driving count setting value (Other parts)
63.PM driving count present value (Other parts)
64.History of error 10
*2 The latest 20 errors are displayed.
65.Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
66.Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
67.Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
68.Toner remaining quantity (Black)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 35
[ 3 ] Toner near-empty notification by e-mail
Subject: Toner Near-Empty Notification

1 Date : 04/26/2012 12:34

2 Machine Model : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
3 SerialNumber : 1234567890
4 Total Counter : 00004787
5 Supplier:
Name : SUPPLIER_NAME
Fax Number : 1122334455
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS
6 Customer:
Name : CUSTOMER_NAME
Tel Number : 1234567890
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : CUSTOMER_ADDRESS
7 Service Technician:
Number : svc12
Name : SERVICE_TECHNICIAN_NAME
Tel Number : 0987654321
E-Mail : [email protected]
ChargeCounterFormat:
8 LargeSizeChargeCount 1
9 LargeSizeChargePaperDefinition 1
PMCounterFormat:
10 LargeSizePMCount 1
11 LargeSizePMPaperDefinition 0
Charge Counter:
Large Small
<Print Counter>
Black ------------------------------------------
12 Copy 00000000 00000000
13 Print 00000000 00000000
14 List 00000000 00000000
15 FAX 00000000 00000000
<Scan Counter>
Full Color -------------------------------------
16 Net Scan 00000000 00000000
Black ------------------------------------------
17 Copy Scan 00000000 00000000
18 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000
19 Net Scan 00000000 00000000
<FAX Counter>
20 Transmit 00000000 00000000
21 Receive 00000000 00000000

Fig.10-37

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 36
 Periodical Maintenance Counter:

Pages Drive Counts

------------------------------------------------------------------
K-EPU
22 Setting 00000000 00000000
23 Current 00000000 00000000
------------------------------------------------------------------
K-EPU
24 Setting 00000000 00000000
25 Current 00000000 00000000
------------------------------------------------------------------
Others
26 Setting 00000000 00000000
27 Current 00000000 00000000

28 Printer Error History:

Date Time ErrorCode Counter
------------------------------------------------------------------
04/13/2008 16:44 F110 00000000
04/12/2008 22:28 F110 00000000
04/12/2008 22:23 F110 00000000 (*1)
03/15/2008 22:23 F110 00000000
02/25/2008 11:12 F110 00000000

Toner Information: 
Toner
-------------------------------------------------------------------
29 Yellow 00000000
30 Magenta 00000000
31 Cyan 00000000
32 Black 00000000

10
Fig.10-38

1. Date
2. Machine model name
3. Serial number
4. Total counter value
5. Supplier information
6. Customer information
7. Service technician information
8. Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
9. Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
10.Count setting of large-sized paper (PM)
11. Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM)
12.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
13.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK)
14.Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK)
15.Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
16.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (Full color)
17.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
18.Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
19.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK)
20.Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
21.Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
22.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)]
23.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [EPU (K)]
24.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Developer material (K)]
25.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Developer material (K)]
26.PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Other parts]
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 37
 27.PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Other parts]
28.History error
29.Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
30.Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
31.Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
32.Toner remaining quantity (Black)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 38
[ 4 ] Toner near-empty notification by FAX

Sheet 1

TONER NEAR-EMPTY NOTIFICATION (*1)

1 DATE : 12/04/14 13:47

2 MACHINE MODEL : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
3 SERIAL NUMBER : 1234567890
4 TOTAL COUNTER : 00004787

CUSTOMER NAME : CUSTOMER_NAME

CUSTOMER ADDRESS : CUSTOMER_ADDRESS
5
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER : 1234567890
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS : [email protected]
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NUMBER : svc12
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NAME : SERVICE_TECHNICIAN_NAME
6
SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER : 0987654321
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : [email protected]
SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME
SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS
7
SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211
SUPPLIER E-MAIL : [email protected]

Fig.10-39

10

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 39
Sheet 2

COUNTER NOTIFICATION (*1)

CHARGE COUNTER FORMAT PM COUNTER FORMAT

8 LARGE SIZE CHARGE COUNT :1 LARGE SIZE PM COUNT :1

9 LARGE SIZE CHARGE PAPER DEFINITION :1 LARGE SIZE PM PAPER DEFINITION :0

CHARGE COUNTER 10 11

PRINT COUNTER SCAN COUNTER

BLACK LARGE SMALL FULL COLOR LARGE SMALL
12 COPY 00000000 00000000 16 NET SCAN 00000000 00000000
13 PRINT 00000000 00000000 BLACK LARGE SMALL
14 LIST 00000000 00000000 17 COPY SCAN 00000000 00000000
15 FAX 00000000 00000000 18 FAX SCAN 00000000 00000000
19 NET SCAN 00000000 00000000
FAX COUNTER
LARGE SMALL
20 TRANSMIT 00000000 00000000
21 RECEIVE 00000000 00000000

PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE COUNTER

22 SETTING VALUE (K-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (K-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 28
23 CURRENT VALUE (K-EPU PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (K-DEV DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 29
24 SETTING VALUE (K-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (OTHERS PAGES) : 00000000 30
25 CURRENT VALUE (K-EPU DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (OTHERS PAGES) : 00000000 31
26 SETTING VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 32
27 CURRENT VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 33

34 PRINTER ERROR HISTORY

DATE TIME ERROR CODE COUNTER DATE TIME ERROR CODE COUNTER
08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/04/12 22:28 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
(*2)
08/04/12 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/03/15 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000
08/02/25 11:12 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000

Fig.10-40

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 40
Sheet 3

COUNTER NOTIFICATION (*1)

35 Toner Cartridge Information:

36 Toner Near-Empty Counter

37 Setting 00000000
38 Current 00000000
39 Color code 1

40 Toner Near-Empty Sensed 1

41 Point Of Destination 0
Used History
Developer Counter 00000056
Developer Driving Time 00000057
Drum Driving Time 00000058

Toner Information

42 Yellow Remaining Quantity (%) : 00000059

43 Magenta Remaining Quantity (%) : 00000060
44 Cyan Remaining Quantity (%) : 00000061
45 Black Remaining Quantity (%) : 00000062

Fig.10-41

1. Date
2. Machine model name
3. Serial number
4. Total counter value 10
5. Customer information
6. Service technician information
7. Supplier information
8. Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
9. Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter)
10.Count setting of large-sized paper (PM)
11. Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM)
12.Number of output pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
13.Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK)
14.Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK)
15.Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
16.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (Full color)
17.Number of scanning pages in the Copier Function (BLACK)
18.Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
19.Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK)
20.Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
21.Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK)
22.PM count setting value [EPU (K)]
23.PM count present value [EPU (K)]
24.PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)]
25.PM driving count present value [EPU (K)]
26.PM count setting value [Developer material (K)]
27.PM driving count present value [Developer material (K)]
28.PM driving count setting value [Developer material (K)]
29.PM driving count present value [Developer material (K)]
30.PM count setting value (Other parts)
31.PM driving count present value (Other parts)
32.PM driving count setting value (Other parts)
33.PM driving count present value (Other parts)
© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 41
 34.History of error
35.Toner cartridge information
36.Toner near-empty counter
37.Setting value of toner cartridge rotation time counter
38.Current value of toner cartridge rotation time counter
39.Color of toner cartridge
1: Black
2: Yellow
3: Magenta
4: Cyan
40.Value of “toner near empty threshold setting (FS-08-5155)”
41.Destination setting of toner cartridge
*2 The latest 20 errors are displayed.
42.Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
43.Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
44.Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
45.Toner remaining quantity (Black)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 42
[ 5 ] Service Call Transmit
Subject: Service Call Notification

1 Date: 04/14/2012 13:47

Machine Name: e-STUDIOxxxx SerialNumber:1234567890
2 3
4 Function: Printer
5 Severity: Error
6 ErrorCode: XXXX
7 Message:
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

8 Supplier:
Name : SUPPLIER_NAME
Tel Number : 1122334455
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS

9 Customer:
Name : CUSTOMER_NAME
Tel Number : 1234567890
E-Mail : [email protected]
Address : CUSTOMER_ADDRESS

10 Service Technician:
Number : svc12
Name : SERVICE_TECHNICIAN_NAME
Tel Number : 0987654321
E-Mail : [email protected]

10
11 Printer Error History:

Date Time ErrorCode Counter

-------------------------------------------------------------------
04/13/2012 16:44 F110
04/12/2012 22:28 F110
(*1)
04/12/2012 22:23 F110
03/15/2012 22:23 F110
02/25/2012 11:12 F110

Toner Information

Toner Remaining Quantity(%)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Yellow 00000000
13 Magenta 00000000
14 Cyan 00000000
15 Black 00000000

Fig.10-42

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 43
 1. Date (When an error occurs)
2. Machine model name
3. Serial number
4. Function: Fixed at “Printer”
5. Severity: Fixed at “Error”
6. Error code
7. Error message: The content of error is displayed.
8. Supplier information
9. Customer information
10.Service technician information
11. History of error
*1 The latest 20 errors are displayed.
12.Toner remaining quantity (Yellow)
13.Toner remaining quantity (Magenta)
14.Toner remaining quantity (Cyan)
15.Toner remaining quantity (Black)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 44
[ 6 ] HDD alert notification by E-mail
Subject: HDD ALERT NOTIFICATION

Date : 99-99-'99 99:99

Machine Model : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
Serial Number :1234567890
F/W Ver. : XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Total Counter : 00000000

Supplier:

Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Tel Number : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-Mail : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Address : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Customer:

Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Tel Number : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-Mail : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Address : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Service Technician:

Number : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Tel Number : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-Mail : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

HDD Model Number : TOSHIBAXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

HDD Serial Number : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

SMART Information
Start/Stop Count :0
Reallocated Sector Count :0
Power-On hours count :0
Drive Power Cycle Count :0
Shock Sense Count :0
Power-Off Retract Count :0
Load Cycle Count :0
Temperature(Minimum) :0
Temperature(Maximum) :0
Reallocated Sector Event :0
Current Pending Sector Count
CRC Error Count
:0
:0
10
Loaded Hours :0

HDD Check Result : Please make a backup of HDD data.

Fig.10-43

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 45
[ 7 ] HDD alert notification by Fax

Sheet 1

HDD ALERT NOTIFICATION

DATE : 99-99-'99 99:99

MACHINE MODEL : TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxxx
SERIAL NUMBER :1234567890
TOTAL COUNTER : 00000000
CUSTOMER NAME : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER ADDRESS : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER TEL NUMBER : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER E-MAIL ADDRESS : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NUMBER : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN NAME : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER NAME : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER ADDRESS : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
SUPPLIER E-MAIL ADDRESS : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Fig.10-44

Sheet 2

HDD ALERT NOTIFICATION

HDD MODEL NUMBER : TOSHIBAXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

HDD SERIAL NUMBER : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

SMART INFORMATION
START/STOP COUNT :0
REALLOCATED SECTOR COUNT :0
POWER-ON HOURS COUNT :0
DRIVE POWER CYCLE COUNT :0
SHOCK SENSE COUNT :0
POWER-OFF RETRACT COUNT :0
LOAD CYCLE COUNT :0
TEMPERATURE(MINIMUM) :0
TEMPERATURE(MAXIMUM) :0
REALLOCATED SECTOR EVENT :0
CURRENT PENDING SECTOR COUNT :0
CRC ERROR COUNT :0
LOADED HOURS :0

HDD CHECK RESLUT : PLEASE MAKE A BACKUP OF HDD DATA.

Fig.10-45

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 46
10.3 Remote Panel (VNC)

10.3.1 Outline
By using the Remote Panel (VNC: Virtual Network Computing) function, the control panel of equipment
(*) which is located in a remote place can be operated by a client computer or tablet.
* Equipment whose IP address can be confirmed from a client computer or tablet to be operated

Notes:
• The VNC function is available with the SYS version TC01HD0W1500 or later.
• Be sure to obtain permission from the user beforehand to enable and use this function.
• If the user’s permission can be obtained, ask that the equipment be operated with this
function enabled and not disabled.
• The VNC client software needs to be installed in a client computer or tablet in order for you to
perform the VNC connection with the equipment. (Recommended VNC client software:
“UltraVNC”)

The following items become operable in the VNC function.

• All the operations which are available on the control panel (operations of icons in the touch panel
and hard keys)
Notes:
The pinch operation on the touch panel, [ON/OFF] button operation, LED lamp performance and
Ten Key (option) operation are not supported.
• Shifting to the FS Menu from the normal mode
• Browsing and setting self-diagnostic codes in the FS Menu

10.3.2 Setting
10
[ 1 ] Setting the equipment
Set this function from TopAccess or [08 SETTING MODE].

[A] Setting from TopAccess

Access from TopAccess > [Administration] > [Setup] > [Network] and specify the items in VNC Setting
as below.

Item name Setting

Enable VNC Function Select [Enable].
Old Password Enter the old password for the VNC function.
New Password Enter a new password for the VNC function.
Retype Password Retype the new password for the VNC function.
Enable SSL/TLS Select [Enable] or [Disable].

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 47
[B] Setting from [08 SETTING MODE]

Code Description Setting

FS-08-8794 VNC connection of control Set “1” (Allowed to connect).
panel
FS-08-8559 Password at VNC Enter a password for the VNC function.
connection
FS-08-8699 SSL function setting Set “1” (Enabled) or “2” (Disabled).

Notes:
• “d9kvgn” has been given for the default password. Be sure to change this at the time of the
first setting.
• To use “UltraVNC” for the VNC client software, set [Disable] in the [Enable SSL/TLS] option.
To perform the VNC function by selecting [Enable] for the [Enable SSL/TLS] option, use a
VNC client software which supports SSL/TLS.
• Specify a password with six or more and eight or less alphanumeric letters.
• When the “Enable” is selected for Enable VNC Function (FS-08-8794: 1), the equipment
cannot shift to the Super Sleep mode.

[ 2 ] Setting a client computer or tablet

Install the VNC client software.

10.3.3 Operation

[ 1 ] VNC connection between the equipment and a client computer or tablet

(1) Start the VNC client software in the client computer or tablet.

(2) Enter the IP address of the equipment to connect in the VNC Server field and press [Connect].
Remarks:
Select “Auto” for Quick Options.

(3) Enter the password for the VNC connection and press [Log On].
The control panel of the connected equipment is displayed.
Notes:
Only one client computer or tablet can be connected to one equipment unit.

[ 2 ] Operation of the equipment on the remote panel

The equipment can be operated by mouse clicking the button or icon on the control panel displayed on
the client computer or tablet.
Notes:
• The pinch operation on the touch panel, [ON/OFF] button operation, LED lamp performance
and Ten Key (option) operation are not supported.
• Operation on the control panel of the equipment is possible even during the VNC connection.
• The equipment does not shift to the Energy Saving mode or Sleep mode during the VNC
connection.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 48
[ 3 ] Shifting to the FS Menu
(1) Press the [Gear] icon with the mouse for at least 3 seconds.

(2) Enter the service password on the login screen and press [OK].
Important:
Be sure to shift the equipment to the normal mode before quitting the VNC connection.

Notes:
• While the equipment is shifting to the FS Menu, jobs such as network printing, fax, internet fax
and remote scanning are not accepted.
• If the equipment is rebooted when it is returned from the FS menu to the normal mode, the
VNC connection is disconnected. To continue the operation, perform the VNC connection
again.

10.4 Remote Service

10.4.1 Outline
When the remote management of the equipment is performed by e-BRIDGE CloudConnect, carry out
the updating or setting change once a day or at the time of the rebooting of the equipment. Using the
Remote Service function can immediately reflect the updating or setting change to the equipment, and
thus the period to solve the problem can be shortened.

10.4.2 Setting
Set “1” (Enabled) for FS-08-3820 (e-BRIDGE CloudConnect function setting).
[Remote Service] is displayed in [User Functions -User-] > [Admin] > [General] on the touch panel.
10
10.4.3 Operation
After the setting, such as a policy, has been specified to the target equipment by means of e-BRIDGE
CloudConnect, ask your user to press [Remote Service] and then press [Yes] on the connection
confirmation screen.

Notes:
• During the connecting of the Remote Service function, an hourglass mark is displayed on the
screen and the operation of other functions becomes impossible.
• When the Remote Service function is finished, the equipment will reboot.
• When this operation has been completed successfully, “Communication success” is displayed
on the bottom left of the Home screen.
• If an error has occurred, check the message log of TopAccess and take an appropriate
measure.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 49
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
REMOTE SERVICE
10 - 50
11. FIRMWARE UPDATING

11.1 Overview
When you want to update the firmware to the latest one or the equipment becomes inoperable due to
some defect in the firmware, updating can be performed as follows.

Equipment

Firmware Updating method

System firmware
Engine firmware
Scanner firmware USB device
System software
NIC firmware

Options

Model name Firmware Updating method

Reversing Automatic Document RADF firmware
Feeder (RADF)
(MR-3031)
Dual Scan Document Feeder (DSDF) DSDF firmware
(MR-4000)
Finisher Finisher firmware
(MJ-1042)
Finisher Finisher firmware USB device
(MJ-1109)
Finisher Finisher firmware
(MJ-1110)
Hole Punch Unit Hole punch unit firmware
11
(MJ-6105)
FAX Board FAX board firmware (Line1)
(GD-1370) FAX board firmware (Line2)

Notes:
• Written firmware varies depending on the kinds of the boards provided as service parts. For
updating, only the minimum firmware is installed on the system control PC board, logic PC board,
scanning section control PC board and FAX board. The latest version of the firmware at the time
of delivery is written on the RADF control PC board and finisher control PC board.
When any of above boards is replaced with a new one in the field, check the other firmware
version used and then update with a corresponding suitable version.
• “Can’t fetch Ver” is displayed in the Installed Version field when the version of the installed
firmware cannot be acquired properly. For example, if [HS-49] is carried out without your
performing the normal startup after updating, this message will appear for some firmware.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 1
11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Device
The software and firmware can be updated by means of a USB device in which an update package is
stored. All necessary files for updating are stored in the package provided, so be sure to save all of
them in the model specific folder.
For the data file for each firmware, refer to the following tables.
Notes:
When performing the update, use the latest program.

11.2.1 Updating methods

There are three types of updating methods by means of a USB device. The table below explains the
differences.

Method File Explanation

Normal update Standard package Updating the file of a base version.
Differential items Differential items Updating the version by means of the package of only the files
update package which have been changed from the base. This method is applied
to the system firmware and the system software. Since only the
files which have been changed are packaged, the data size is
smaller than that for the standard package. This method cannot
be used for the equipment whose HDD has been formatted.
Patch update Patch Updating can be done in a shorter time than the standard one.
This method is applied to the system firmware and the system
software only.

11.2.2 Firmware type and data file for updating

[A] Normal update

Equipment

Firmware Stored Data file name Display

System firmware System control PC TC01SF0Wxxxx.tar SYSTEM FIRMWARE
board * xxxx is version. (OS DATA)
(SYS board)
System software HDD TC01HD0Wxxxx.tar SYSTEM SOFTWARE
* xxxx is version. (HDD DATA)
Engine firmware Logic PC board TK110MWW.xxx ENGINE FIRMWARE
(LGC board) * xxx is version.
Scanner firmware System control PC TK100SLGWW.xxx SCANNER FIRMWARE
board * xxx is version.
(SYS board)
NIC firmware System control PC T370NIC0Wxxxx.tar NIC FIRMWARE
board * xxxx is version.
(SYS board)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 2
Option

Firmware Stored Data file name Display

RADF firmware DLG board H617DFWW.0xxx RADF FIRMWARE
(MR-3031) * xxx is version.
DSDF firmware DLG board H616DFWW.xxx DSDF FIRMWARE
(MR-4000) * xxx is version.
Finisher firmware Finisher control PC FIN1042T.xxx FINISHER FIRMWARE
(MJ-1042) board * xxx is version.
Finisher firmware Finisher control PC FIN1109T.xxx FINISHER FIRMWARE
(MJ-1109) board * xxx is version.
Finisher firmware Finisher control PC FIN1110T.xxx FINISHER FIRMWARE
(MJ-1110) board * xxx is version.
Hole punch unit Punch control PC PUN6105T.xxx PUNCH FIRMWARE
firmware (MJ-6105) board * xxx is version.
FAX firmware System control PC FAXH625T.xxx FAX FIRMWARE1,
(GD-1370) board * xxx is version. FAX FIRMWARE2
(SYS board)

[B] Patch update

Firmware Stored Data file name Display

System firmware System control PC TC01SFPWxxxx.tar SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS
board * xxxx is version. DATA)
(SYS board)
System software HDD TC01HDPWxxxx.tar SYSTEM SOFTWARE
* xxxx is version. (HDD DATA)

[C] Differential items update

Firmware Stored Data file name Display

System firmware System control PC TC01SFdWxxxx.tar SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS 11
board * xxxx is version. DATA)
(SYS board)
System software HDD TC01HDdWxxxx.tar SYSTEM SOFTWARE
* xxxx is version. (HDD DATA)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 3
11.2.3 Folder configuration of a USB device

[A] Normal update

Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. This configuration is an example. The
number of files differs depending on the installed option.

Model specific folder name 2015AC_5015AC

USB device

2015AC_5015AC

TC01SF0Wxxxx.tar
TK110MWW.xx
TK100SLGWW.xxx
TC01HD0Wxxxx.tar
H616DFWW.xxx
H617DFWW.xxx
FAXH625Txxx
FIN1042T.xxx
FIN1109T.xxx
FIN1110T.xxx
PUN6105T.xxx
T370NIC0Wxxxx.tar
Signature_N_2015AC.sig
compatibility_list.txt
bzImage2015AC
bzImage2015AC.sig
initrd2015AC.gz
initrd2015AC.gz.sig
Version_N_2015AC

Fig.11-1

[B] Patch update

USB device

2015AC_5015AC

TC01SFPWxxxx.tar
TC01HDPWxxxx.tar
Version_P_2015AC
Signature_P_2015AC.sig
PatchVersionConfig.txt

Fig.11-2

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 4
[C] Differential items update

USB device

2015AC_5015AC

TC01SFdWxxxx.tar
TC01HDdWxxxx.tar
bzImage2015AC_d
bzImage2015AC_d.sig
initrd2015AC.gz_d
initrd2015AC.gz_d.sig
Version_D_2015ACS
Signature_D_2015AC.sig

Fig.11-3

Notes:
• Since the date and time set in the equipment are recorded in the firmware update log, make sure
that they are correct before updating the firmware.
• Never change the model specific folder name, since it is used for identifying the data file when
the data files used for updating multiple models are stored in the USB device.
Important:
• Only the USB devices which meet the following conditions should be used for updating. Be
careful since updating with any device other than the above is never guaranteed.
- A combination USB device with a flash memory (to be connected directly to the
USB port) and its capacity is 2GB or more.
- Operation of the USB device used for updating has been confirmed at the input
check of this equipment (03 Test mode). ( P. 5-9 “5.4.2 Input check”)
- USB devices which comply with the following standards regulated by USB-IF (USB
Implementers Forum) 11
Class number: 8 (=08h) (Mass-storage class)
Sub-class number: 6 (=06h) (SCSI transfer command set)
Protocol number: 80 (=50h) (Bulk-Only)
* Most common USB devices comply with the specification above and can be used for
updating. However, the operation in all the Multi Functional Digital Color Systems and
Multi Functional Digital Systems is not necessarily guaranteed since the most of these
devices are developed based on use in a PC environment (Windows or Macintosh).
Therefore, check thoroughly that the device is operational in the equipment for which
the updating will be performed when purchasing it.
• The USB devices complying with USB2.0 can be used for updating.
• Do not update the firmware by any storage device other than a flash memory (such as a USB
connection type memory card reader, CD/DVD drive or hard disk), since it is never guaranteed.
• It is possible to store the model specific update program and the data file for updating directly in
the root directory when you store the updating data file for one specific model in the USB device.
However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root
directory already exists, this will have priority.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 5
11.2.4 Update procedure
Important:
• The file system of a USB device should be formatted in the FAT16 or FAT32 format. USB devices
formatted in an NTFS or another format will not be able to be operated. The file system of a USB
device can be confirmed by opening its property using Windows Explorer or such.
• Never shut down the equipment during the update. Firmware data and the following option data
(if installed) could be damaged and may not be able to be operated properly.
- Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070)
- Meta Scan Enabler (GS-1010)
- External Interface Enabler (GS-1020)
- IPsec Enabler (GP-1080)
- Hardcopy Security kit (GP-1190A)
- OCR Enabler (GS-1080/1085)
- Multi Station Print Enabler (GS-1090/1095)

[ 1 ] Updating firmware
(1) Connect the USB device to the PC and write the model specific folder in which the data file is
stored.
Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder.

(2) Press the [ON/OFF] button to shut down the equipment.

(3) Connect the USB device [1] to the USB port [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig.11-4

(4) Start the HS Menu.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 6
 (5) Press [49 Firmware Update].

Fig.11-5

(6) Select the update type.

Normal Update
Patch Update
Diff Update

Notes:
The update file which is selected must be included in the model specific folder. There is no 11
problem if updated files of different types are mixed.

Fig.11-6

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 7
 The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed.
• Only the firmware which is included in the update file is displayed.
• The firmware whose version is later than the current one is being selected to be updated if
there is such in the update file.

Fig.11-7

Notes:
• The display of items on this screen varies depending on the types of data written on the USB
device. Each item is displayed only when each data file is written on the USB device in the
following conditions.

[A] Normal update

Item Condition (xxx is version)
SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS DATA) TC01SF0Wxxxx.tar is written.
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) TC01HD0Wxxxx.tar is written.
ENGINE FIRMWARE TK110MWW.xxx is written.
SCANNER FIRMWARE TK100SLGWW.xxx is written.
RADF FIRMWARE H617DFWW.0xxx is written.
(When MR-3031 is connected)
DSDF FIRMWARE H616DFWW.xxx is written.
(When MR-4000 is connected)
NIC FIRMWARE T370NIC0Wxxxx.tar is written.
FAX FIRMWARE FAXH625TZxx is written.
(When GD-1370 is connected.)
FINISHER FIRMWARE FIN1042T.xxx is written. (When MJ-1042 is connected.)
FIN1109T.xxx is written. (When MJ-1109 is connected.)
FIN1110T.xxx is written. (When MJ-1110 is connected.)
PUNCH FIRMWARE PUN6105T.xxx is written.
(When MJ-6105 is connected.)

[B] Patch update

Item Condition (xxx is version)
SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS DATA) TC01SFPWxxxx.tar is written.
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) TC01HDPWxxxx.tar is written.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 8
[C] Differential items update
Item Condition (xxx is version)
SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS DATA) TC01SFdWxxxx.tar is written.
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) TC01HDdWxxxx.tar is written.
• If the USB device is not recognized properly, “USB device Not detected” message is
displayed. In this case, disconnect the USB device and connect again within 3 minutes, or
shut down the equipment and connect the device properly. Then repeat the procedure from
(5).
• If any of the error messages below is displayed, confirm if the data file in the USB device is
correct. Then repeat the procedure from (5).

Error
Error message Cause
number
01 Model specific update program No update file of this equipment exists
XXXXXXXXXXXX is not stored. in the USB storage.

(7) Select the item.

The item selected is highlighted and a check is marked at its left side. If you press the item once
again, its selection is released.

Item Remarks
SYSTEM FIRMWARE(OS DATA) Updating System firmware
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) Updating System software
ENGINE FIRMWARE Updating Engine firmware
SCANNER FIRMWARE Updating Scanner firmware
RADF FIRMWARE Updating RADF firmware
DSDF FIRMWARE Updating DSDF firmware
NIC FIRMWARE Updating NIC firmware
FAX FIRMWARE Updating FAX firmware
FINISHER FIRMWARE Updating Finisher firmware 11
PUNCH FIRMWARE Updating Punch firmware

(8) Press [OK].

Updating starts and the processing status is displayed on the screen.

Status display during update Status display when update is completed

SYSTEM FIRMWARE(OS DATA) update in progress SYSTEM FIRMWARE(OS DATA) Completed
SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) update in progress SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HDD DATA) Completed
ENGINE FIRMWARE update in progress ENGINE FIRMWARE Completed
SCANNER FIRMWARE update in progress SCANNER FIRMWARE Completed
RADF FIRMWARE update in progress RADF FIRMWARE Completed
DSDF FIRMWARE update in progress DSDF FIRMWARE Completed
NIC FIRMWARE update in progress NIC FIRMWARE Completed
FAX FIRMWARE update in progress FAX FIRMWARE Completed
FINISHER FIRMWARE update in progress FINISHER FIRMWARE Completed
PUNCH FIRMWARE update in progress PUNCH FIRMWARE Completed

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 9
 (9) When updating is completed properly, the following message is displayed at the bottom of the
LCD screen.

Normal update: Update successfully completed Restart the MFP

Patch update: Patch Update Successfully Restart the MFP
Differential items update: Differential Update Successfully Restart the MFP
Notes: Troubleshooting when “Customized UI version is not compatible!” is displayed
In the equipment with the customized UI installed, when its version is not compatible with that for
the HDD DATA to be installed, “Customized UI version is not compatible!” is displayed and the
updating will fail. To continue the updating, perform FS-08-3512 (Customized UI uninstallation).
Notes: Troubleshooting when “Update Failed” is displayed
• Even though an update fails, do not turn the power OFF until other updates are finished.
• “Update Failed.” is displayed at the bottom of the screen when the updating is not completed
properly. “Failed” appears next to the failed item on the status display. If “Update Failed”
appears at the bottom of the screen, turn OFF the power and then check the following items.
After confirming and clearing the problems, restart updating from the beginning.
- Does the USB device meet the conditions to be used for updating?
- Is the data file written properly on the USB device?
- Is the USB device installed properly?
- Do the USB device and equipment operate properly?
- When H05 error occurs and it does not clear after a USB media check, replace the main
memory (DIMM).
• The integrity check system is automatically operated before firmware updating. During this
operation, “Verifying Signature...” and “Progress: **%” are displayed on the control panel.
When the check is completed properly, no message for notifying the success will appear and
the firmware updating will start. If it fails, “Invalid Signature” and “Copy Data with >valid
signature in USB” will be shown. In that case, firmware updating cannot be performed, so turn
the power OFF and disconnect the USB device. Check that there is no abnormality in the
firmware data, and reperform the update.
• When a system firmware (OS Data) update error or system software (HD Data) update error
occurs, “Update Failed” or “Failed” appears on the screen and the error number appears next
to the message.
For details of each error, refer to the following tables.

System firmware update Error

Error number Error content
O01 FROM writing failed
O02 FROM verification error
O03 File operation error
O04 SRAM flag set error
O05 Electronic key data backup error
O06 Device error
O07 Signature Check Failed error
O08 Signature not present error

System software update Error

Error number Error content
H01 File creation error
H02 File decompression error (Out of free disk space on the HDD at file extraction)
H03 Partition mount error
H04 Other errors
H05 Signature Check Failed error
H06 Signature not present error
H07 Hard Disk Full Error

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 10
 • When an Engine firmware update error, Scanner firmware update error, RADF/DSDF
firmware update error, Punch firmware update error, Finisher firmware update error or FAX
firmware update error occurs, “Update Failed” or “Failed” appears on the screen and the error
number and error message appear next to the message. For details of each error, refer to the
following tables.

Engine firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
Time out Communication timeout
M01
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Time out Communication timeout
M02
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Time out Communication timeout
M03
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception failed Downloading request was denied.
M04
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Deletion error Deletion error
M05
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Writing error Writing error
M06
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Checksum error Checksum error
M07
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
M08
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
M09
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
M10
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
M00 Other error Other error

Scanner firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
11
Time out Communication timeout
S01
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Time out Communication timeout
S02
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Time out Communication timeout
S03
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Deletion error Deletion error
S05
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Writing error Writing error
S06
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
S08
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
S09
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
S10
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
S00 Other error Other error

NIC firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
N01 Connection Failure Communication timeout
N02 No Update Files No Update Files
N03 Flash Write Error Writing error
N04 File decompression error File decompression error

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 11
 NIC firmware update Error
Error number Error message Error content
N05 Other Errors Other error

RADF/DSDF firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
Time out Communication timeout
R01
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Time out Communication timeout
R02
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Time out Communication timeout
R03
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Deletion error Deletion error
R05
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Writing error Writing error
R06
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
R08
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
R09
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
R10
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
R11 ADF not connected RADF/DSDF not installed
ADF download error Firmware for different model data
R12
connected
RADF/DSDF Mismatch error Firmware for different model data
R13
connected
R00 Other error Other error

Punch firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
Time out Communication timeout
U01
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Time out Communication timeout
U02
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Time out Communication timeout
U03
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception failed Downloading request was denied.
U04
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Deletion error Deletion error
U05
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Writing error Writing error
U06
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Checksum error Checksum error
U07
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
U08
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
U09
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
U10
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
U00 Other error Other error

Finisher firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
Time out Communication timeout
F01
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 12
 Finisher firmware update Error
Error number Error message Error content
Time out Communication timeout
F02
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Time out Communication timeout
F03
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception failed Downloading request was denied.
F04
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Deletion error Deletion error
F05
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Writing error Writing error
F06
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Checksum error Checksum error
F07
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
F08
(When the download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
F09
(When the download is written) (When the download is written)
Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality
F10
(When the download is finished) (When the download is finished)
F00 Other error Other error

FAX firmware update Error

Error number Error message Error content
Communication Timeout Communication timeout
FX01
(when download is requested) (When the download is requested)
Communication Timeout Communication timeout
FX02
(when data is downloaded) (When the download is finished)
Download request Failed Downloading request was denied.
FX03
(When the download is requested)
Received failure during download Reception Error
FX04 11
request (When the download is requested)
Received failure during data download Reception error
FX05
(During data download)
FX06 File decompression error File decompression error
FX07 Other Errors Other error

(10) Check that [Automatic Initialization] is displayed and then remove the USB device.

(11) Press [Automatic Initialization].

The equipment is rebooted and the initialization of the updating data is carried out.

[ 2 ] Confirmation of the updated data

After the updating is completed, check each data version in the 08 Setting Mode to confirm that the data
were overwritten properly.
 P. 11-14 “11.3 Confirmation of the updated data”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 13
[ 3 ] Adjustment
Perform the adjustment of the equipment.
• Performing Image Quality Control (FS-05-2742):
 P. 6-4 “6.1.3 Performing image quality control”
• Adjustment of Color Registration Control (FS-05-4719):
 P. 6-5 “6.1.4 Adjustment of color registration control”
• Automatic gamma adjustment <PPC> (FS-05-7869) (using FS-05-4 → [TEST PRINT] test pattern):
 P. 6-28 “6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”
• Automatic gamma adjustment <PRT> (FS-05-8008) (using FS-05-70 → [TEST PRINT] test pattern):
 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”
• Automatic gamma adjustment <PRT> (FS-05-8009) (using FS-05-230 → [TEST PRINT] test
pattern):
 P. 6-55 “6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment”

11.3 Confirmation of the updated data

After the updating is completed, check each data version in 08 Setting Mode to confirm that the data
were overwritten properly.

Firmware Code
System software 9900
System firmware 9930
Engine firmware 9901
Scanner firmware 9902
NIC firmware 9990
DF firmware 9903
Finisher firmware 9904
Hole punch firmware 9944
FAX board firmware(Line1) 9905
FAX board firmware(Line2) 9969

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

FIRMWARE UPDATING
11 - 14
12. BACKUP FUNCTION

12.1 Cloning (HS menu)

12.1.1 General description

Cloning (HS menu) is a function that backs up user data, setting data and SRAM data into a USB
storage device and also restores these data into the equipment.
This function backs up or restores the data of the same equipment (same serial number), and is
performed when the SRAM is replaced.
Notes:
The SYS board and SRAM should never be replaced together.

12.1.2 Precautions
• When the Security HDD is initialized or replaced, back up the SRAM data afterwards.
• It is assumed that cloning (HS menu) is to be performed when equipment is installed or options are
installed. If the address book has been registered, do not perform restoring. Otherwise, registered or
set data are lost.
• The USB storage device for the cloning (HS menu) must meet the following conditions. A cloning
(HS menu) operation with any devices other than the following will not be guaranteed.
- A combination USB storage device with a flash memory (to be connected directly to the USB
port) and its capacity is 1GB or more.
- A device compliant with the following specifications established by USB-IF (USB Implementers
Forum)
Class number: 8 (=08h) (Mass storage class)
Sub-Class number: 6 (=06h) (SCSI transfer command set)
Protocol number: 80 (=50h) (Bulk-only)
The USB storage device should be formatted in the FAT16 or FAT32. (Correct operation cannot
be guaranteed if it is formatted in NTFS/exFAT.)
- Most of the common USB storage device are compliant with the above specifications and are
therefore applicable to this cloning (HS menu). However, most of these devices were originally
developed to be used in an environment for PCs (e.g. Windows or Macintosh) and thus
operations exclusively with this equipment have not been fully guaranteed. Therefore, the user
12
must thoroughly check in advance whether there will be any problem in operating with this
equipment when one of these devices is adopted.
• The USB storage device compliant with both USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 can be used for this cloning (HS
menu).
• Cloning (HS menu) with any storage devices other than a flash memory (e.g. USB-connectable
memory card reader, CD/DVD drive, hard disk) will never be guaranteed. Therefore, never use them
for this operation.
• Be sure to unplug the LAN cable and Fax line before data are backed up / restored. Also, do not use
the RADF and open the cover, drawer, etc. during the cloning (HS menu).
• Data can be backed up / restored only for the same model and version. If the version is different,
update the firmware and back up / restore data in the same version.
• Restore data to equipment which has the same options as when the data are backed up.
• Delete the backed up data in the USB storage device after the cloning (HS menu).

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 1
12.1.3 Backup files
The following files are saved in the root directory of the USB storage device by backing up.

Filename Remark
E.g.: When backup was performed at 13:59 on October
Modelname_MFPSerialNo_yyyy-MM-dd_hh-mm 1st, 2016.
Txxx_CUK911379_2016-10-01_13-59

12.1.4 Cloning procedure

[A] Backup procedure

(1) Shut down the equipment.

(2) Connect the USB storage device [1] to the USB port [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig.12-1

(3) Perform HS-59→[Backup SRAM Data to USB].

Notes:
When “Operation Failed” is displayed, turn the power OFF and then reattempt the steps from (1).

(4) Enter the password and press [OK].

Remarks:
• Maximum 15 characters
• This password will be used when the backed-up clone data are restored in the equipment.

(5) “Backup successfully done” is displayed on the LCD when the backup has been properly
completed.

(6) Turn the power OFF.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 2
[B] Restore procedure
(1) Press the [ON/OFF] button to shut down the equipment.

(2) Connect the USB storage device [1] to the USB port [2].

[2]

[1]

Fig.12-2

(3) Perform HS-59→Restore SRAM Data from USB.

(4) Enter the password which has been set in (4) of “[A]Backup procedure”, and press [OK].

(5) Enter the serial number of the equipment and press [OK].
Notes:
Use the serial number given on the label attached to the rear cover for the entry.

(6) “Restore successfully done Restart the MFP” is displayed on the LCD when the restoring has
been properly completed.

(7) Then turn the power OFF.

Notes:
• When the back-up file is restored, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD) before
the normal start-up.
• When the backup data, which were created before the HDD has been initialized or replaced,
12
are restored, do so also for ADIKey. (Only for a secure HDD)
 P. 9-32 “[C] Restore ADI key”

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 3
[C] Confirmation of the error
“Operation Failed” is displayed on the lower left part of the LCD when the data have not been properly
backed up or restored.
Moreover, details of an error are displayed under the above message.
(The following is an example screen when “USB Memory not detected” is displayed.)

Fig.12-3

In this case, turn the power OFF and then check the following items. After confirming and solving the
problem, back up / restore the data again from the beginning.
• Does the USB storage device meet the conditions being used for this cloning?
• Is the updated program file written on the USB storage device properly?
• Is the USB storage device installed properly?
• Is the USB storage device or the equipment damaged?

Backup
Display content Error content
USB device not detected The USB storage device has not been installed.
SRAM Device Not Connected The SRAM has not been installed.
Backup not created Creation of the Backup file of data of the SRAM has failed.
Encryption Failed An encryption of the backup file has failed.
password Not Appended to Backup Addition of the encryption password has failed.
MFP Serial Number Not Set Acquisition of the MFP Serial No. has failed.

Restore
Display content Error content
USB device not detected The USB storage device has not been installed.
SRAM Device Not Connected The SRAM has not been installed.
Invalid Backup File The SYS board has not been recognized.
No Backup File Exists Backup file has not existed in the USB storage device.
Invalid password An incorrect password has been entered.
Decryption Failed Decoding of the backup file has failed.
Invalid MFP Serial Number: xxxxxxxxx An incorrect MFP Serial No. has been entered.
MFP Serial Number Not Set Acquisition of the MFP Serial No. has failed.
Backup File Corrupted A backup file has been damaged.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 4
12.2 Cloning (FS menu)

12.2.1 General description

By means of cloning (FS menu) can store the MFP setting data and user information as a clone file into
a USB storage device. In addition, the clone file created by another unit of the equipment can be
installed in this one, resulting in making of the same conditions.

12.2.2 Precautions
• A clone file created by the following MFPs can be installed in this equipment.
e-STUDIO2010AC/2510AC
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC
e-STUDIO2018A/2518A/3018A/3518A/4518A/5018A
e-STUDIO5518A/6518A/7518A/8518A
e-STUDIO2000AC/2500AC
e-STUDIO2505AC/3005AC/3505AC/4505AC/5005AC
e-STUDIO5506AC/6506AC/7506AC
e-STUDIO2008A/2508A/3008A/3508A/4508A/5008A
e-STUDIO5508A/6508A/7508A/8508A
e-STUDIO3508LP/4508LP/5008LP
e-STUDIO2050C/2550C
e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C
e-STUDIO2555CSE/3055CSE/3555CSE/4555CSE/5055CSE
e-STUDIO5560C/6560C/6570C
e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507
e-STUDIO557/657/757/857
e-STUDIO307LP
e-STUDIO287CS/347CS/407CS
e-STUDIO287CSL/347CSL
e-STUDIO477S/527S
e-STUDIO477SL
e-STUDIO2040C/2540C/3040C/3540C/4540C
e-STUDIO5540C/6540C/6550C 12
e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506
e-STUDIO256SE/306SE/356SE/456SE/506SE
e-STUDIO556/656/756/856
e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/856SE
e-STUDIO306LP

• When a clone file created by this equipment is installed in another one, confirm the installation ability
by referring to the Service Manual for the target model.
• When a clone file created by another unit of the equipment is installed in this one, settings and
information about the functions which are not supported by this equipment will be disregarded.
• When cloning of user information is carried out by means of this function, ask your users to change
the setting to [Enable] of [User Information Cloning] from [Administration] - [Setup] - [General
settings] - [Device Information] via TopAccess.
• When cloning of the administrator password is carried out by means of this function, ask your users
to change the setting to [Enable] of [Administrator’s Password Cloning] from [Administration] -
[Setup] - [General settings] - [Device Information] via TopAccess.
• Be sure to use a USB storage device which satisfies the conditions described in  P. 12-1 “12.1.2
Precautions”.
• Delete a clone file stored in the USB storage device after the cloning.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 5
• Notes for cloning
- Cloning of the service password is achieved when it is carried out with an administrator setting
from TopAccess or the control panel.
For example, the service password is set in blank when cloning is carried out using a clone file of
the equipment whose service password is blank.
- When cloning is carried out from the FS menu, its performance is changed as below by setting to
[Enable] or [Disable] in [Data Cloning Function] from [Administration] - [Setup] - [General Setting]
- [Device Information] via TopAccess.
[Disable] (default): Cloning of the service password is not achieved.
[Enable]: Cloning of the service password is achieved.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 6
12.2.3 Clone file creation procedure
(1) Press [36 CLONING] in the FS menu.

(2) Press [Create Clone File].

(3) Select the categories to be included in the clone file.

Notes:
• If the following categories cannot be selected, ask your users to change the setting to
[Enable] of [User Information Cloning] from [Administration] - [Setup] - [General settings] -
[Device Information] via TopAccess.
- User Management
- Address Book
- Address Book + Template + MailBoxes
• If Administrator’s Password cannot be selected, ask your users to change the setting to
[Enable] of [Administrator’s Password Cloning] from [Administration] - [Setup] - [General
settings] - [Device Information] via TopAccess.

(4) Press [Save].

(5) Enter a file name. Set a password if necessary.

Once a password has been set, its entry is required when this clone file is installed in the
equipment.

(6) Press [Save].

The clone file is stored by a file name with the extension “.enc” applied.
Notes:
Be sure to disconnect the USB storage device after the completion screen is displayed.

12.2.4 Clone file installation procedure

(1) Press [36 CLONING] in the FS menu.

(2) Press [Install Clone File].

12

(3) Connect the USB storage device with the store clone file and press [OK].

(4) Select the clone file to be installed.

Enter the password if one has been set.

(5) Press [Install].

Notes:
Be sure to disconnect the USB storage device after the completion screen is displayed.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 7
12.3 AES Data Encryption Function Setting

12.3.1 General description

Data encryption is a function that encrypts data in the HDD to enhance the security.
Note that this function may affect the equipment performance.

12.3.2 Precautions
When the data encryption function is set to be enabled, the data saved in the HDD before the
encryption has been performed cannot be retrieved. Therefore when data encryption function needs to
be enabled after the installation of the equipment, it is necessary to back up the data in the HDD before
setting this function and then recover them after the setting.

• To ensure security, ask the user (machine administrator) to back up or restore the user’s data
and information in the HDD. A service technician can back up or restore them only when the
user (machine administrator) permits it.
• Some data in the HDD cannot be backed up and can be left only on printouts.

When the data encryption function is enabled, FS-08-9113 (Screen setting for automatic energy saver/
automatic power OFF) is automatically set to “0: OFF”.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 8
12.3.3 Setting procedure
A procedure for setting the data encryption function is shown below.

Start

[A] Back up data in HDD

[B] Print out "FUNCTION FOR MAINTENANCE"

[C] Print out "FUNCTION" list

[D] Enable data encryption function

[E] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information

[F] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE"

[G] Reset "FUNCTION" list

[H] Check actuation of data encryption function setting

Setting completed

Fig.12-4

12

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 9
[A] Back up in HDD
Ask the user (machine administrator) to back up the data in the HDD. Refer to the table below for the
type of data, availability and method of backup.

Type of data in HDD Availability Backup method

Archive them in the “e-Filing” of
TopAccess. As for the backup in
Box data, all data (selectable by
Image data in the e-Filing Available
the box) can be backed up /
restored in one go by using “e-
Filing Backup/Restore Utility”.
F-code information, Template Export them up in the
registration information, Address book Available “Administrator” menu of
data TopAccess.
Export them in “Administrator”
Department management data Available
menu of TopAccess.
Log data (Print, Scan, FAX Export them in the “Log” menu of
(Transmission/Reception)) / Message Available TopAccess. (Import cannot be
Log performed.)
Copy them to the client computer
Data in the shared folder (Scanned via the network. (The data which
data, Saved data of copy / FAX Available have been copied to the client
transmission) computer cannot be copied to the
shared folder.)
Export role information on the
Role information Available TopAccess menus.
[User Management] tab >[Export]
Print waiting data (Copying data and
Finish printing them after the paper
FAX reception data that are waiting to
Not available supply and the jam release, etc.
be printed due to the paper run-out
(The data cannot be kept.)
and jam, etc.)
Print job (Private print data, Schedule If any jobs are left, print them. (The
Not available
print data) data cannot be backed up.)
FAX saved data (Confidential / Print them. (The data cannot be
Not available
Bulletin board data) backed up.)
Registration data for FAX
Print them. (The data cannot be
transmission (Delayed transmission / Not available
backed up.)
Recovery transmission)

[B] Print out “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”

(1) Select “FAX LIST PRINT MODE” and then press [NEXT].

(2) Select “Function list for Maintenance” and then press [PRINT].

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 10
[C] Print out “FUNCTION” list
(1) Press [USER FUNCTIONS] on the HOME screen.

(2) Press [ADMIN], enter the password, and then press [ENTER].

(3) Press [LIST/REPORT] and then [LIST].

(4) Press [FUNCTION]. The “FUNCTION” list is printed out.

Notes:
Explain the procedure to the user (machine administrator) and ask him/her to enter his/her
password.

[D] Enable data encryption function

Perform the setting of the data encryption function in the code FS-08-9379. The setting values are
shown below.
0: Encryption disabled
1: Encryption enabled (Security priority)
2: Encryption enabled (Performance priority)
Security priority: All user data are encrypted.
Performance priority: Encryption data are generated only in a copying or a printing process temporarily.
All user data except files which are deleted in a corresponding process are encrypted.

[E] Reset user’s setting items and restore data/information

Ask the user (machine administrator) to reset the user’s setting items and to restore data or information.
Refer to the following for the reset and restore:

Items to reset/restore Method

Printer driver Upload them in the “Administrator” menu of TopAccess.
F-code information, Template registering Restore them in the “Administrator” menu of TopAccess.
information, Address book data
Department management data Import them in the “Administrator” menu of TopAccess.
Image data in the e-Filing Restore them in the “e-Filing” of the TopAccess.
12
Role information Import role information on the TopAccess menus.
[User Management] tab > [User Confirm/Create/Modify] > [Role
Information]
Notes:
• When the SSL is enabled, perform the setting of the following items again with “Create self-
signed certificate” of TopAccess.

- Country/Region Name
- State or Province Name
- Locality Name
- Organization Name
- Organizational Unit Name
- Common Name
- Email Address

• When the wireless LAN is used, recreate its setting. (only when security with a certificate is used)
Also, upload the following certificate file with “Security” of TopAccess.

- CA certificate
- Device certificate

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 11
[F] Reset “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”
(1) Print out the “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” list before formatting the HDD.
For how to print it out, refer to [B] Print out “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE”.

(2) Perform FS→13 FAX FUNCTION MODE.

(3) Compare the lists which were printed before and after the formatting to check the setting items
having the different setting values. Set the value which was set before the formatting.

(4) Turn the power OFF.

[G] Reset “FUNCTION” list

Reset the fax function by referring to the “function list” that was printed out in  P. 12-11 “[C] Print out
“FUNCTION” list”.
(1) Press [USER FUNCTIONS].

(2) Press [ADMIN], enter the password, and then press [ENTER].

(3) Press [FAX] and then [TERMINAL ID] to set each item.

(4) Press [INITIAL SETUP] to set each item.

Notes:
Explain to the user (machine administrator) about the next operation and ask him/her to enter
his/her password.

[H] Check actuation of data encryption function setting

Check if the data encryption function is in operation.
Press [COUNTER] on the control panel. If a key-shaped icon is displayed at the top right of the screen,
the data encryption function is in operation.

Fig.12-5

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 12
12.3.4 Procedure for disabling data encryption function
The basic procedure is the same as the one for enabling this function. To disable it, set “0 (Invalid)” in
the code FS-08-9379 at step  P. 12-11 “[D] Enable data encryption function”.

12.3.5 Procedure for discarding HDD when data encryption function is

enabled
Set the data encryption function disabled following the procedure shown in  P. 12-13 “12.3.4
Procedure for disabling data encryption function”. Then perform the code HS-73→[Erase HDD
Securely] to completely erase the data in the HDD.

12

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 13
12.4 High Security Mode

12.4.1 General description

The High Security Mode is a security mode complying with CC certification which is suitable for HCD-
PP. To have the equipment enter this mode, follow the procedure and the precautions below.

12.4.2 Prior confirmation

• Confirm that the administrator for the equipment is authorized and ask him/her to observe the
installation.

• To have the equipment enter the High Security Mode complying with CC certification which is
suitable for HCD-PP, the Fax Unit (GD-1370) is required. Confirm that this unit is installed in
advance. Follow the Unpacking Instructions to install it. It is possible to have the equipment enter
the High Security Mode without installing the Fax Unit. However, in such a case, the equipment is
not judged as a digital MFP and thus it does not comply with the CC certification.

• To avoid physical security problems, such as hardware removal or inappropriate disassembly at the
installation site, take all necessary measures, such as checking who enters and leaves the site.

• Confirm that no received fax data or print jobs in progress exist. If there are any, be sure to print
them all out before entering the High Security Mode.

• The HDD is initialized in the High Security Mode. Be sure first to back up user data such as
documents, Address Book, templates or fax settings using the export function or the backup/restore
utility of the TopAccess. Refer to items noted in  P. 12-8 “12.3 AES Data Encryption Function
Setting”.

• Make a note of the settings on the Administration tab page of the TopAccess in advance.

• Compatibility of cloning data is lost between the High Security Mode and the normal mode;
therefore, cloning data cannot be imported.

Compatibility of
Downloaded from Downloaded to
cloning data
Normal mode Normal mode Yes
Normal mode High Security Mode No
High Security Mode Normal mode No
High Security Mode High Security Mode Yes

12.4.3 Procedure for entering the High Security Mode

(1) Set the value of the code FS-08-8911 (Security mode level setting) to “3” (High). Then restart the
equipment.

(2) A key-shaped icon appears at the bottom of the touch panel, indicating that it is now in the High
Security Mode.

(3) Press [COUNTER] button on the control panel. If a key-shaped icon, indicating that the HDD
data are being encrypted, a paper-shaped icon indicating that the Data Overwrite Enabler is
operating normally and the version name of the installed system ROM (SYS V1.0) are displayed
on the top right of the counter menu, this means the mode is operating normally.

(4) Reset the user data backed up in advance.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 14
12.4.4 Precautions
• In the High Security Mode, an integrity check system is operated at every restart. If F521 (integrity
check error) is displayed, take the necessary measures following the troubleshooting procedure.

• When a self-diagnostic mode is started in the High Security Mode, an authentication screen
appears. Enter the default user name and password as follows:
Default user name: service
Default password: #1048#

• If a password change screen appears, reset the password according to the rules below.
- It must not include the user name.
- It must be a combination of letters of the alphabet and numbers.
- It must be 6 characters or more. (Maximum 64 characters)
- The same character must not be repeated 4 times within the new password.
- The old and the new passwords must not be the same.

• When the equipment is shifted to the High Security Mode, the contents for some codes will be
changed as below.
- The default value is changed.
- The settings cannot be changed.
- Some setting values cannot be selected.
For details, refer to the “Self-diagnostic code list” (separate document).

• The HDD is initialized (and the saved user data are deleted) when the equipment returns to the
normal mode from the High Security Mode. Be sure to back up user data before having it do so.

• In the above case, the password is not reset. The password setting can be changed with the code
FS-08-8919.

• After the equipment enters the High Security Mode, ask the administrator for the equipment to select
[FULL] and perform the Integrity check manually.

12

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 15
12.5 Decommissioning

12.5.1 General description

Decommissioning is the function which performs automatic batch processing of the user data deletion
and settings formatting. This is used when the equipment is removed.

12.5.2 Functions
By performing decommissioning, automatic batch processing of the user data deletion and settings
formatting can be carried out.
There are two ways for decommissioning; one is performed from the control panel on the equipment
and the other is performed by remote operation using a remote maintenance service. In this manual,
the way used for decommissioning from the control panel on the equipment is explained.

12.5.3 Precautions
• Deleted data and formatted setting values subjected to decommissioning cannot be returned to the
original ones.
• The equipment cannot be operated while performing decommissioning.
Remarks:
• The firmware update log and the power ON/OFF log are not deleted.
• Installed licenses and applications are not deleted.
• The data of the NIC Config List and the Function List which a remote maintenance service
obtains are formatted.

12.5.4 Procedures of decommissioning

[ 1 ] Performing of decommissioning
(1) Confirm that no paper jams and errors have occurred and the equipment is not being operated.
(2) Perform FS-08-8615.
(3) Press [EXECUTION].

Fig.12-6

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 16
 The equipment is rebooted. After this has happened, the state is changed to the
decommissioning mode and the processing starts.
The equipment carries out the following items while performing decommissioning.
• Stopping the network function
• Prohibiting job reception and job execution
• Deleting pending jobs
• Returning the settings to the factory default ones
• Deleting users information, etc.
(4) When the processing is completed, “Success” or “Failed” is displayed.

Fig.12-7

Notes:
When “Failed” is displayed, manually delete or format the data.
(5) After the processing is completed, the equipment is kept in the decommissioning mode state. 12
Remarks:
• The equipment will keep retaining the decommissioning mode until it is canceled.
• While the decommissioning mode is retained, the processing result keeps being displayed
and receiving and executing of jobs are stopped. Only the [ON/OFF] button is operable.
(6) To cancel the decommissioning mode, perform the procedure of [2].

[ 2 ] Cancellation of decommissioning
(1) Perform FS-08-8616.
(2) Press [EXECUTION].
The equipment is rebooted. After this has happened, the state is changed to the normal mode.
Remarks:
If the decommissioning mode cannot be canceled even though the procedure of [2] has been
carried out, perform the following steps.
1. Perform FS-49.
2. Install the system software (HDD data).
3. The equipment is rebooted. Confirm that the state of the equipment is changed to the normal
mode.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 17
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
BACKUP FUNCTION
12 - 18
13. EXTERNAL COUNTERS

13.1 Outline
This chapter describes the interface between external counters, such as Coin Controller and Key copy
counter.

13.2 Signal

13.2.1 Connector
• Connector on the LGC board: CN303 (JST-made B20B-CZHK-B-1(LF)(SN)(V)) (Coin Controller)
• Connector on the SYS board: CN118 (JST-made B7B-PH-SM4) (Coin Controller)

13.2.2 Coin controller

[ 1 ] Settings
1. Set the value of FS-08-9016 to “1” or “5”.
2. Harness kit: GQ-1280

[ 2 ] Pin Layout
Notes:
Do not connect inductive loads to CTRON, such as a mechanical counter or a relay coil.

1. LGC Board

Pin No. I/O Signal name Function Voltage level Remarks

1-4 - - - - Not connect
5 Power +24V 24V line DC24V+10%, -5%
6 Out CTRON Total Counter On Signal Open Collector L: ON
IO (Max): 500mA
7 In CTRCNT Copy permission Signal 1 L=0V, H=DC3.3V L: Allowed *1
8 Out MCRUN Ready to Copy Signal Open Collector L: Operating
IO (Max): 40mA
9 Out EXTCTR Exit Sensor On Signal Open Collector L: ON
13
IO (Max): 40mA
10 GND PG Power ground 0V
11 - 18 - - - - Not connect
19 Power +5V (Sleep) 5V line DC5.1V At the sleep mode:
OFF
20 - - - - Not connect
*1 When the coin controller outputs the CTRCNT signal, the controller should be driven by means of
an open collector or open drain to prevent the inflow of current to the equipment.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 1
2. SYS board

Pin No. I/O Signal name Function Voltage level Remarks

1 Out LARGE / Paper size Signal Open Collector L: Large size
SMALL IO (Max): 20mA
2 Out FULL Full color mode Signal Open Collector L: Full color
COLOR IO (Max): 20mA
3 Out TWN/MON Twin color / Mono color Open Collector L: Twin colors
COLOR Mode Signal IO (Max): 20mA
4 Out B/W Black mode Signal Open Collector L: Black
IO (Max): 20mA
5 - - - - Not connect
6 GND GND Signal Ground 0V
7 - - - - Not connect

[ 3 ] Details of the signals

1. CTRON signal (output signal)
The CTRON signal is synchronized with an electronic counter of the equipment and it becomes
“Low” when one sheet of paper is counted up. This signal is output from the LGC board.

<CTRON>
OFF
ON
Fixed time

Fig.13-1

2. CTRCNT signal (input signal)

The CTRCNT signal enables to accept copies when the coin controller is connected, and copies can
be accepted with “Low”. In case of “High”, “Set Key Counter” appears and copies cannot be made.

3. MCRUN signal (output signal)

The MCRUN signal is changed to “Low” during copying. It becomes “Low” at 30 ms or more before
the CTRON signal is turned ON, and “High” at 50 ms or more after the EXTCTR signal goes OFF.
However, if copying is interrupted due to forced toner supply or similar, this signal is “High” until
copying is made possible again.

<MCRUN>
OFF
ON
Fixed time
<CTRON>
OFF
ON Fixed time
<EXTCTR>
OFF
ON

Fig.13-2

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 2
4. EXTCTR signal (output signal)
The EXTCTR signal is synchronized with “Exit sensor ON” and becomes “Low” (ON) for 200 ms.
The coin controller counts the number of times with this signal.
This is the signal only for the coin controller.

<PIS-EXIT: Paper exit sensor>

With paper
Without paper
(Paper length / Feeding speed)
<EXTCTR>
OFF
ON
Fixed time

Fig.13-3

5. LARGE/SMALL signal (output signal)

When large size paper (A3 / A3 wide / LD) is selected or paper size is not specified with the manual
feeding, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it outputs “High”. The setting change for large
size paper is performed with F/W.
This is the signal only for the coin controller.

6. FULL COLOR signal (output signal)

If the full color mode is selected, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it outputs “High”. By
default, it outputs “Low” since it is set as full color mode.
This is the signal only for the coin controller.

7. TWN / MON COLOR signal (output signal)

If the twin color or mono color mode is selected, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it
outputs “High”. This is the signal only for the coin controller.

8. B/W signal (output signal)

If the black mode is selected, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it outputs “High”. This is
the signal only for the coin controller.

13

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 3
[ 4 ] Harness (GQ-1280)

Board Connector Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Connector

SYS board Connector-2 1 LARGE / SMALL 7 Connector-3
(CN118) 2 FULL COLOR 8 (Coin controller)
3 TWN/MON COLOR 9
4 B/W 10
5 - -
6 SG 12
7 - -
LGC board Connector-1 1 - -
(CN303) 2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 +24V 1
6 CTRON 2
7 CTRCNT 3
8 MCRUN 4
9 EXTCTR 5
10 PG 6
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 +5VL 11
20 - -

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 4
13.2.3 Key copy counter

[ 1 ] Settings
1. Set the value of FS-08-9016 to “3”.
2. Harness kit: -

[ 2 ] Pin Layout
Notes:
Use 24V supplied from the equipment as power for the output signals (KCTRON) from the
transistor.

1. LGC Board

Pin No. I/O Signal name Function Voltage level Remarks

1 GND SG Signal Ground 0V
2 In CTRCNT Copy permission L=0V, H=DC3.3V L: Allowed
Signal 1 *1
3 Power +24V 24V line DC24V+10%, -5%
4 Out KCTRON Mechanical Counter On Open Collector L: ON
Signal IO (Max): 500mA
5 - 20 - - - - Not connect
*1 When the coin controller outputs the CTRCNT signal, the controller should be driven by means of
an open collector or open drain to prevent the inflow of current to the equipment.

2. SYS board
Do not connect to the SYS board.

[ 3 ] Details of the signals

1. CTRCNT signal (input signal)
The CTRCNT signal enables to accept copies when the coin controller is connected, and copies can
be accepted with “Low”. In case of “High”, “Set Key Counter” appears and copies cannot be made.

2. KCTRON signal (output signal)

These signals are synchronized with the electronic counter of the equipment and they become
“Low” when the counter is turned ON. They are the signals for driving a mechanical counter, and
output from the LGC board. 13
They can drive inductive loads, such as a solenoid, using 24V supplied from the equipment. The
interval between when they are turned ON and when this happens next must be at least 100 ms.
“Single count” or “Double count” can be switched according to the paper size by setting “1” or “2” for
FS-08-6010.

<KCTRON>
Single count OFF
ON
Fixed time

Double count OFF

ON
Fixed time Fixed time

Fig.13-4

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 5
13.3 Notices

13.3.1 Setting code

Each signal will be enabled by configuring the setting code “FS-08-9016” (Externally installed counter).

FS-08-9016
0: No external counter (Default)
1: Coin controller
2: Copy key card (For Japan only)
3: Key copy counter
5: Coin controller supporting ACS/mixed-size

13.3.2 Setting value change and restrictions when using the card
controller
1. Setting value
- FS-08-9016 (Externally installed counter): Set to “2” (Copy key card).
- FS-08-9017 (Setting for counter installed externally): It should be charged precisely according to
the usage.
Example: To charge only when copies are made, set to “1”.
- FS-08-6011 (Definition setting of large sized paper): Set to “0” if only A3 and LD are regarded as
large size. Set to “1” if B4, LG, FOLIO and COMP are done so as well.

13.3.3 Setting value change and restrictions when using the coin
controller
FS-08-9016 (Externally installed counter): Set to “1” (Coin controller) or “5” (Coin controller supporting
ACS/mixed-size).
Notes:
• A coin controller supporting ACS (Auto Color Selection) can be connected by setting to “5”
(Coin controller supporting ACS/mixed-size). However, operation is not guaranteed unless
the specification for the ACS timing is met.
• Mixed-size jobs will be supported by setting to “5”. The switching process of the size signal is
carried out for each page.
• Be sure to make the following charge settings appropriately according to the usage.
- FS-08-9017 (Setting for counter installed externally): To charge only when copies are
made, set to “1”.
- FS-08-6011 (Definition setting of large sized paper): Set to “0” if only A3 and LD are
regarded as large size. Set to “1” if B4, LG, FOLIO and COMP are to be so as well.

13.3.4 Installation of external counter

It is not allowed to install more than one external counter (Key copy counter and Coin Controller) at the
same time.

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 6
13.3.5 Setting value change and restrictions when using the key counter
The Key copy counter used for current models is not supported in this equipment, but the circuit for
driving the counter has been mounted. The mechanical counter can be used by setting as below,
however the harness for connecting it has not been provided as an option.
1. Setting value
- FS-08-9016 (Externally installed counter): Set to “3” (Key copy counter).
- FS-08-9017 (Setting for counter installed externally): It should be charged precisely according to
the usage.
Example: To charge only when copies are made, set to “1”.
- FS-08-6011 (Definition setting of large sized paper): Set to “0” if only A3 and LD are regarded as
large size. Set to “1” if B4, LG, FOLIO and COMP are done so as well.

13.3.6 Restrictions when using the external counter

The Job Skip function will be disabled when an external counter is installed (when a value other than
“0” is set for FS-08-9016).
Therefore, if printing is attempted while a counter or a coin controller is used, all jobs stored in the HDD
may be printed.

13

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 7
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
EXTERNAL COUNTERS
13 - 8
14. NOTES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A CARD READER
(1) The card reader to use in this equipment needs to satisfy all of the following conditions. However,
the operation cannot be guaranteed even if all of these conditions are satisfied.
1. Complying with the USB HID class and satisfying the following class codes
- Class code: 0x03
- Sub Class code: 0x00
- Protocol code: 0x01
2. An interface descriptor for the USB HID class needs to be single. (A card reader which
consists of multiple HID classes, such as card reader and keyboard functions, cannot be
used.)
3. The USB VID/PID of the card reader has been registered in this equipment. For details about
the registration of VID/PID, ask your service contact center.
(2) When any problems concerning to a card reader have occurred, ask your service contact center
to confirm whether the card reader satisfies the above conditions or not.

14

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

NOTES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A CARD READER
14 - 1
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
NOTES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A CARD READER
14 - 2
15. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION

15.1 AC Wire Harness

JPD only Option
DAMP PWA 2 2 LCF/PFP
5V
(DAMP) RLY 1 1 Damp Heater

J906
2 2
2nd CST
1 1
Damp Heater
2 2 2 J911
Fuse 5 4 4 HRNS-DH2-H373C

CN903
(THMO6)
4 3 3 HRNS-DAMP2-H373J 2 2 Scaner
1 1 Damp Heater
1 1 1
(DH1)
CN902 1 3 J907 J908
L N HRNS-DAMP1-H373C
HRNS-DAMP1-H373J HRNS-DAMP-THRMST-H373
2 2 Drum
2 2 Damp Heater Left
1 1
1 1 (DH2)
J909
J919 (THMO3)
Except for MJD, NAD Drum
2 2 2 2
1 1 Damp Heater Right
Damp 1 1
(DH3)
Heater
J910 J912
Switch
HRNS-DH3-H373

HRNS-LVPS-MAINSW-H373J MAIN Front cover Side cover

HRNS-LVPS-MAINSW-H373C Switch interlock switch interlock switch
(SW4) (SW2) *12V DC (SW3) *12V DC
1 3 4 2

FG
White
HRNS-LGC-FRONT-H373
Black

CN503 4 2 1 3 CN514

Fuse
CN501 Fuse F102 DC
L Black Filter AC-DC
1 F101
IH PWA Fuser unit
Inlet CN504 CN562 CN564
Filter RLY L Black L
1 1 Fuse
Filter
Filter IGBT IH COIL
CN502 CN505 CN563 CN565
N White N White N
1 1 1
HRNS-INLET-LVPS-H373 LVPS
(PS) J1101
2 2 Thermostat
1 1 (THMO1)
HRNS-LVPS-IH-H373
HRNS-FUS-212

Fig.15-1

Notes:
• Front cover interlock switch (SW2) and side cover interlock switch (SW3) are the interlock 15
switches with 12V DC.
• When the front cover interlock switch (SW2) or side cover interlock switch (SW3) is turned OFF,
24VD output will stop.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION
15 - 1
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PWA-H-LGC
HRNS-LGC-ATDRM-H373 HRNS-ATTNR-210
CN313 A J629
1 ATSCNTY 6 J630
1
2 YATSREF 5 2 4 ATTNR-SNR-Y
RADF Scanner Unit 3 +24V 4 3 3 (S4)
HRNS-OPT-PWR-K100 4 YATSN 3 4 2
HRNS-SCN-MOT-210
5 PG 2 5 1
CN122 6 SG 1 6
NC CN124 LSU
1 +A HRNS-LDR-LRLY-H373 J625
HRNS-SAPP2-SCIF-H617 NC 1 1 SCAN-MOT SG
2 NC 7 2 Y-DRUM-SW
DFLMPON HRNS-DSDF-SCIF-H616 2 (M1) DRMNEWY (SW9)
A 3 HRNS-SCN-ADF-373 -A 8 1 A
CN71 J12 SCSR2 DSDF 2 3
4 Control Panel Unit -B M CN201 CN208 J626
3 6 SG SG
2 SCN-START1 2 2 SCST1 5
CN122 J12 CN71 NC 9 2 M-DRUM-SW
SC-ACK 5 20 VCC 1 DRMNEWM
1 1 1 DFAK 6 RESET RST-SC +B 10 1 (SW10)
SC-TXD 1 11 11 11 4 4 19 2
3 3 3 DFRXD 7 NC VCC
SG 2 18 3 HRNS-ATTNR-210
4 4 4 SG 8 DFLMPON LMPON SG_SEL_Y
SC-RXD DFTXD 3 19 19 14 HRNS-SCN-SNSR-212(NAD) 17 4
5 5 5 9 SCST2 SCN-STRT2 VRCM_Y J631
SG SG 4 13 13 12 HRNS-SCN-SNSR-A-212(other) 16 5 ATSCNTM J632
6 6 6 10 SCN-START1 SKV_Y HRNS-LGC-LRL_YM-H373 11 6 1
DF-ACK 5 SCST1 2 2 2 15 6 MATSREF
7 7 7 DFRAK 11 SC-ACK ENABL_Y 12 5 2 4 ATTNR-SNR-M
DFRRQ 6 DFAK 1 1 1 CN121 J005 14 7 +24V
8 DF-REQ 8 8 12 SC-TXD SH1_Y 13 4 3 3 (S3)
DFRQ 7 DFRXD 3 3 3 +5V 13 8 CN205 CN317 MATSN
9 SC-RQ 9 9 13 SG 1 1 APS1 SH2_Y SG_SEL_Y 14 3 4 2
DF-CNT DFCNT 8 SG 4 4 4 APSR 12 9 28 1 PG
10 10 10 14 DFTXD SC-RXD 2 2 (S24) SG VRCM_Y 15 2 5 1
9 5 5 5 SG 11 10 SG
11 SG SG 3 3 DATA2_Y-1 27 2 16 1 6
10 6 6 6 10 11 LSUTH-1
DF-ACK DATA2_Y-0 26 3
11 DFRAK 7 7 7 9 12 ENABL_Y
NC NC DFRRQ DF-REQ J006 A4 series only SG 25 4
CN70

LDR-Y
11 11 12 8 8 8 +5V 8 13 SH2_Y
5V DFRQ SC-REQ 4 1 APS2 SG 24 5
2 13 13 13 9 9 9 J6 APSC 7 14 SH1_Y HRNS-LGC-ATDRM-H373 HRNS-ATTNR-210
SG SG DFCNT DF-CNT 5 2 (S25) DATA1_Y-1 23 6
1 12 12 15 14 10 10 10 6 SG

PWA-H-DLG-617
5V 5V 1 SG 15 7 CN313 B
3 14 14 16 6 3 DATA1_Y-0 22 DATA2_Y-1 J633
PG SG 2 5 16 8
4 15 15 17 SG 21 DATA2_Y-0 1 ATSCNTC 6 1 J634
PG SG 3 4 17 20 9
5 16 16 18 CN70 J002 VCC SG 2 CATSREF 5 2 4
24V 24V 4 SG 3 18 10 ATTNR-SNR-C
6 17 17 19 SG SG 7 3 HOME-SNR VCC 19 DATA1_Y-1 3 +24V 4 3 3
24V 24V 15 12 12 6 5 HOME 2 19 11 (S2)
7 18 18 20 5V 8 2 (S23) SG 18 DATA1_Y-0 4 CATSN 3 4 2
NC NC 16 14 14
5V 5
6 +3.3V 1 20 17 12
19 19 SG PG 9 1 SG 5 PG 2 5 1
17 15 15 4 7 16 13 6 SG
FG 20 20 FG SG PG J004 +3.3VD 1 6
18 16 16 3 8 SG 15 14 J627
24V 24V 10 3 PLTN-SNR HRNS-LDR-LRLM-H373 +3.3VD SG
19 17 17 2 9 PLTNON 14 15 7 2
24V 24V 11 2 (S22) C-DRUM-SW
20 18 18 1 10 SG_SEL_M DRMNEWC
+3.3V 13 16 8 1 (SW11)
12 1 VRCM_M
11 12 17 J628
FG 20 20 FG J003 CN201 CN209 LSUTHSG SG
12 SG SG 11 18 9 2 K-DRUM-SW
HRNS-CCDR-DLG-616 13 3 PLTN-SNR ENABL_M DRMNEWK
13 PLTNSL 20 VCC 1 10 19 10 1 (SW12)
14 2 (S21) 19 2 SH2_M
14 +3.3V VCC 9 20
HRNS-LGC-PFC-K110 CN129 15 1 18 3 SH1_M HRNS-ATTNR-210
CN89 CN91 CN88 15 NC SG_SEL_M 8 21
SG 15V 16 16 17 4 SG
1 1 1 24 VRCM_M 7 22 J635
PCIE2-TXP 15V HRNS-SCN-LED-370 16 5 DATA2_M-1 ATSCNTK
CN323 A CN452 A 2 2 2 23 17 SKV_M 6 23 11 6 1 J636
PCIE2-TXN NC 15 6 DATA2_M-0 KATSREF
B RGSTVREF RGSTVREF CN107 CN107 3 3 3 22 18 ENABL_M 5 24 12 5 2 4 B
A1 A10 SG 5V 19 CN123 CN010 14 7 SG +24V ATTNR-SNR-K
RGSTMCK RGSTMCK 4 4 4 21 SH1_M 4 25 13 4 3 3 (S1)
A2 PCIE2-RXP 5V 1 VLX- 5 13 8 DATA1_M-1 KATSN
A9 VREFDQ 1 103 /CK0 5 5 5 20 20 SH2_M 3 26 14 3 4 2
RGSTMEN RGSTMEN PCIE2-RXN VLX+ DATA1_M-0 PG
A3 A8 VSS 2 104 /CK1 6 6 21 2 4 12 9 2 27 15 2 5 1
STMTRST STMTRST SG 6 5V 19 NC SG SG SG
A4 VSS 3 105 VDD 7 7 22 3 3 LED 11 10 1 28 16 1 6
5.1VF 5.1VF A7 7 NC 18 VLX+ DATA2_M-1
A5 A6 PCIE2-CLKP SG 23 4 2 10 11
PFPSCN PFPSCN DQ4 4 106 VDD 8 8 8 17 DATA2_M-0
PCIE2-CLKN OHDEN 5 VLX- 1 9 12
A6 A5 DQ0 5 107 A10, AP 9 9 9 16 24 SG

LDR-M
RGSTSNS RGSTSNS SG
A7 A4 DQ5 6 108 BA1 10 10 TRG 25 8 13
24VD4CHK 24VD4CHK 10 15 SG HRNS-LGC-DLED-H373 HRNS-DLED-H373
A8 A3 SIO-I2C2-DATA SG 26 HRNS-SCN-SYS-K100A 7 14
SG SG DQ1 7 109 BA2 11 11 11 14 DATA1_M-1
A9 A2 SIO-I2C2-CLK RX0N 27 6 15
3.3VL 3.3VL VSS 8 110 /RAS 12 12 12 13 DATA1_M-0 CN312 J637 J639
A10 A1 SG 13 RX0P 28 CN120 CN001 5 16 DLEY DLEY-0C
VSS 9 111 VDD 13 13 12 SG 1 10 1 1 2 LP-ERS-Y
1.8VS SG 29 DATA+ 4 17 +24V +24V
CN323 B /DQS0 10 112 VDD 14 14 14 11 1 1 VCC 2 9 2 2 1 (ERS-Y)
CN452 B SG LOCKN GND 3 18
SPICLK SPICLK DM0 11 113 /WE 15 15 15 10 30 2 2 VCC J640
B1 B10 HORUS-PLLHW-RST HTPDN LCD 31 DATA- 2 19 DLEM DLEM-0C
FSS FSS DQS0 12 114 /S0 16 16 16 9 3 3 SG 3 8 3 1 2 LP-ERS-M
B2 B9 32 SIG0 1 20 +24V +24V
DO DO VSS 13 115 /CAS 17 HORUS2-PLLS-RST 17 17 SG 8 4 4 4 7 4 2 1 (ERS-M)
B3 B8 HORUS2-PCIE-RST# CCDCNT 33 SIG1
DI DI VSS 14 116 ODT0 18 18 18 7 5 5

LRL
B4 B7 HORUS2-LVTX-RST SIG2 J642
SDEN DLEK DLEK-0C

PWA-H-DLG-DSDF
PWA-F-DSDF-CCD
PFCBUREN PFCBUREN DQ2 15 117 VDD 19 19 19 6 34 6 6 HRNS-LDR-LRLC-H373 HRNS-LGC-LRL_CK-H373 5 6 5 1 2
B5 B6 HORUS2-ARST# SDCLK SIG3 LP-ERS-K
PFCRST PFCRST DQ6 16 118 VDD 20 20 7 7 +24V +24V
B5 GPIO25-HORUS2-EN# 20 5 SIG4 6 5 6 2 1 (ERS-K)
B6 21 21 SYSDTOUT J7
PFPCK PFPCK DQ3 17 119 A13 21 4 8 8 CN201 CN206 CN204 J641

PWA-H-SYS
B7 B4 SG AFEDTOUT SIG5 CN319 DLEC DLEC-0C
ADUVREF ADUVREF DQ7 18 120 ODT1 22 22 22 3 1 9 9 SG SG_SEL_C 7 4 7 1 2 LP-ERS-C
B8 B3 12VA SILSEL 20 1 28 1 +24 +24
ADUMCK ADUMCK VSS 19 121 /S1 23 23 23 2 2 10 SIG6 10 VCC VRCM_C 8 3 8 2 1 (ERS-C)
B9 B2 12VA RESET 19 VCC 2 27 2
24 24 3 11 SIG7 11

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
ADUMEN ADUMEN VSS 20 122 NC 24 1 LSUTH2-1 J638
B10 B1 18 SG_SEL_C 3 26 3 DRMTHS DRMTHS-1
DQ8 21 123 VDD 25 12VA 25 4 12 SIG8 12 ENABL_C 9 2 9 2 1
12VA 17 4 25 4 SG SG THMS-DRM-M
CN515 CN464 DQ12 22 124 VDD 26 26 5 13 SG 13 VRCM_C SH2_C 10 1 10
SG 16 5 1 2
24VD 24VD 27 27 6 14 SG 14 SKV_C 24 5

PWA-F-CCD
2 1 DQ9 23 125 TEST SG 15 6 SH1_C
PG PG 28 28 7 15 5V 15 ENABL_C 23 6
15.2.1 DC Wire Harness <25ppm/30ppm/35ppm>

1 2 DQ13 24 126 VREFCA SG 14 7 SG

5V SH1_C 22 7
VSS 25 127 VSS 29 29 CN84 8 16 16 DATA2_C-1 CN311 J615
SG 13 8 8
VSS 26 128 VSS 30 30 9 17 5V 17 SH2_C 21 DATA2_C-0 24V
15VCCD 1 12 9 1 1 1 SCT-FAN
27 129 DQ32 31 31 LAMP 10 18 15V 18 SG 20 9 OZNINFAN
/DQS1 SG 15V 11 10 SG 2 2 2 (F3) M
32 32 2 11 19 19 DATA2_C-1 19 DATA1_C-1 10
DM1 28 130 DQ36 CLKREQ 10 11 J614
HRNS-PFC-ADUSFB-H373 33 33 12 DATA2_C-0 18 11 24V
DQS1 29 131 DQ33 HORUS2CNT 9 12 DATA1_C-0 3 1 1 EXT-FAN
34 34 13 SG 17 12 PCLFANH
/RESET 30 132 DQ37 SG

LDR-C
SFB UNIT J696 J693 CN451 SG 8 13 16 13
4 2 2 (F7) M
+24V VSS 31 133 VSS 35 35 14 SG +3.3VD
SFB-FEED-CLT 3 +24V 7 14 15 14
SFBCLT 1 13 1 VSS 32 134 VSS 36 SLGEN 36 15 DATA1_C-1
(CLT3) 1 SFBCLT SCNWR 6 15 +3.3VD
C 2 12 2 37 37 16 DATA1_C-0 14 15 C
DQ10 33 135 /DQS4 SCNRD 5 16 SG_SEL_K
38 38 17 SG 13 16
DQ14 34 136 DM4 AFE-EN 4 17 VRCM_K
HRNS-SFB-SIZE-210 39 39 18 VCC 12 17
DQ11 35 137 DQS4 SG 3 18 LSUTH2SG
40 40 19 VCC 11 18
DQ15 36 138 VSS 2 ENABL_K

PWA-F-DSDF-IF
LVDSPWDN 19 10 19
CN410 J697 37 139 VSS 41 41 20 SG SH2_K
SG SG VSS SG 1 20 HRNS-LGC-FRONT-K110 HRNS-FRONTSW-H370
1 5 5 3 11 3 42 42 21 9 20
SFBSIZE0 SFBSIZE0 VSS 38 140 DQ38 SG SH1_K
PWA-H-SFB 2 4 4 4 10 4 43 43 22 HRNS-LDR-LRLK-H373 8 21
SFBSIZE1 SFBSIZE1 DQ16 39 141 DQ34 SAREGCS2-0 SG CN310 J613 J713
(S17) 3 3 3 5 9 5 44 44 23 7 22 SG SG
SFBSIZE2 SFBSIZE2 DQ20 40 142 DQ39 SAMEMCS2-0 DATA2_K-1 2 2 1 FRONT-COV-SW
4 2 2 6 8 6 45 45 24 6 23 1
SFBSIZE3 SFBSIZE3 DQ17 41 143 DQ35 CN201 CN207 DATA2_K-0 FRNTCO 1 FRNTCO
1 1 CCDSEL2-0 5 24 2 1 2 (SW1)
5 7 7 7 DQ21 42 144 VSS 46 46 25 SG SG 3.3V
STRINT2-0 20 1 4 25 3
J695 VSS 43 145 VSS 47 47 26 VCC DATA1_K-1
SG SG DEEPDIN-0 19 2 3 26
SFB-SNR 3 8 6 8 48 48 27 VCC DATA1_K-0
CST2SW SFBPE VSS 44 146 DQ44 DEEPCLK-1 18 3 2
(S16) 2 9 5 9 49 49 28 SG_SEL_K 27 HRNS-UTNR-210
3.3VL +3.3V /DQS2 45 147 DQ40 17 4 SG
1 10 4 10 50 DEEPDOUT-1 50 29 VRCM_K 1 28
DM2 46 148 DQ45 16 5 J617 J618
47 149 DQ41 51 DEEPCS-0 51 30 HRNS-LGC-SYS2-K110 SKV_K SG SG
DQS2 15 6 4 5 1 3
52 SILSEL2 52 31 ENABL_K PDLLOCK PDLLOCK-0 USD-TNR-PDL-SNR
VSS 48 150 VSS 14 7 5 4 2 2
HRNS-TRU-H370 53 DFLMPON-0 53 32 SH1_K 3.3V +3.3V (S9)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VSS 49 151 VSS CN131 CN330

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
13 8 6 3 3 1
54 DFRLYCNT-0 54 33 1 IMGLIFE-1J 1 SH2_K
DQ22 50 152 /DQS5 J619

CN78
J699 J698 55 SG 55 34 IHSYNC-0J 12 9 PDLMT PDLM-0C
SG SG SG DQ18 51 153 DM5 2 2 SG 2 4
3 1 3 SCNDT7 11 10 7 2 1 1 USD-TNR-MOT
CLNG-SNR 11 3 11 56 56 YIVSYNC-0J DATA2_K-1 PDLMTPOW +24V
TBUJAM-1 TBUJAM-1 TBUJAM DQ23 52 154 DQS5 SCNDT6 3 3 10 11 8 1 5 1 2 2 (M7) M
2 2 2 12 2 12 57 57 MIVSYNC-0J DATA2_K-0

PWA-PFC-372
(S18) +5V +5V +5V DQ19 53 155 VSS SCNDT5 J1 CN116 4 4 9 12
1 3 1 13 1 13 58 58 SG
LDR-K

VSS 54 156 VSS SCNDT4 J8 SHIELD 5 5 SG

59 59 1 1 YMLVDSDT4P-1 8 13
VSS 55 157 DQ42 SG 6 6 SG HRNS-LGC-FRONT-K110 HRNS-PSNR-K110

PWA-F-DSP
50 SCNDT3 50 1 2 2 YMLVDSDT4N-1 7 14
7 7 DATA1_K-1

DDR3 SO-DIMM
DQ28 56 158 DQ46 2 CP-CNT 6 15
61 SCNDT2 61 3 3 8 SG 8 DATA1_K-0 CN309 J620 J624
DQ24 57 159 DQ43 3 /CPPSW 5 16 5.1V
62 SCNDT1 62 4 4 YMLVDSCKP-1 SG 1 17 1 5V 4
DQ29 58 160 DQ47 TCP 4 /CPESSW 9 9 4 17 IMG-POS-SNR-F
63 SCNDT0 63 5 5 YMLVDSCKN-1 VCC RGFLVLS Vout (TNLVOS)
ADU UNIT HRNS-ADU-MOT-H373 HRNS-ADU-H373 HRNS-PFC-ADUSFB-H373 DQ25 59 161 VSS 5 LED-ON 10 10 3 18 2 16 2 3 (S7)
64 SG 64 6 6 VCC RGFREF TNLVREF
VSS 60 162 VSS SCNAD15 6 SG 11 SG 11 2 19 3 15 3 2
65 65 7 7 SG SG SG
J723 CN422 CN420 J689 CN450 VSS 61 163 DQ48 SCNAD14 7 5VS 12 YMLVDSDT3P-1 12 1 20 4 14 4 1
ADUMA SWBKSNS 66 66 8 8 YMLVDSDT3N-1
1 1 14 SWBKSNS 1 14 1 /DQS3 62 164 DQ52 SCNAD13 8 SG 13 13 J720
ADU-MOT ADUMAB 67 67 9 9 5.1V 5V

PWA-H-LGC

HRNS-DSDF-SYS-370
14 SG 14 5 13 5 4
PWA-H-LGC

5 2 13 ADUS2 2 13 ADUS2 2
DM3 63 165 DQ49 SCNAD12 12VA IMG-POS-SNR-C
(M12) ADUMBB ADUS1 68 68 10 10 YMLVDSDT2P-1 J721 CN222 TNLVLS Vout (TNLVLS)
6 3 12 ADUS1 3 12 3 DQS3 64 166 DQ53 SCNAD11 12VA 15 15 6 12 6 3 (S37)
ADUMB ADUMVREF ADUMVREF 69 69 11 11 YMLVDSDT2N-1 LSUTH-1 TDETREF TDETREF
M 11 4 11 4 VSS 65 167 VSS SCNAD10 12VA 16 16 1 1 1 7 11 7 2
2 4 ADURESET ADURESET 70 70 12 12 THMS-LSU/1 LSUTHSG SG SG
NC 10 5 10 5 66 168 SCNAD9 SG 17 SG 17 2 2 2 8 10 8 1
3 VSS VSS
D NC ADUMCK ADUMCK 71 71 J2 J2 13 13 18 YMLVDSDT1P-1 18
D
4 9 6 9 6 DQ26 67 169 /DQS6 SCNAD8 SG J623
ADUMMODE ADUMMODE 72 72 14 14 YMLVDSDT1N-1 J722 5.1V 5V

RX0P
SG
RX0N
RESET
SILSEL
AFEDTOUT
SYSDTOUT
SDCLK
SDEN
CCDCNT
HTPDN
LOCKN
TRG
OHDEN
5V
5V
5V
15V
15V
8 7 8 7 DQ30 68 170 DM6 SCNAD7 28 1 SG 19 19 LSUTH2-1 9 9 9 4
ADUEN ADUEN 73 73 15 15 SG RGRLVLS Vout (RGRVOS) IMG-POS-SNR-R
HRNS-ADU-H373 7 8 7 8 DQ27 69 171 DQS6 SCNAD6 27 2 RESET 20 20 3 3 3 10 8 10 3
THMS-LSU/2 LSUTH2SG (S8)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RGRREF RGRVREF

CN90
PG PG 74 74 16 16

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6 9 6 9 DQ31 70 172 VSS SCNAD5 26 3 NC 21 CKLVDSDT4P-1 21 4 4 4 11 7 11 2
PG PG 75 75 17 17 SG SG
J692 CN421 5 10 5 10 VSS 71 173 VSS SCNAD4 25 4 NC 22 CKLVDSDT4N-1 22 12 6 12 1
SG +24V +24V 76 76 18 18 SG
ADU-U-SNR 3 1 4 11 4 11 VSS 72 174 DQ54 SCNAD3 24 5 SG 23 23 J622
ADUS1 +24V +24V 77 77 19 19 TDSSOL TDSSOL
(S14) 2 2 3 12 3 12 CKE0 73 175 DQ50 SCNAD2 23 6 CP-TXD 24 CKLVDSCKP-1 24 13 5 13 2 2 SNR-SHUT-SOL
+3.3V SG SG 78 78 20 20 CKLVDSCKN-1 24V 24V

PWA-H-SYS
1 3 2 13 2 13 SCNAD1 22 7 CP-CTS 25 25 14 4 14 1 1 (SOL1)
+3.3V +3.3V CKE1 74 176 DQ55 79 79 21 21 SG
J693 1 14 1 14 VDD 75 177 DQ51 SCNAD0 21 8 SG 26 26 J621
SG 80 80 22 22 27 CKLVDSDT3P-1 27 SG SG
ADU-L-SNR 3 4 VDD 76 178 VSS 20 9 CP-RXD 15 3 13 3

PWA-H-ADU
ADUS2 FG FG 23 23 RGSTSN2 RGST2SNS RGST-PASS
(S15) 2 5 NC 77 179 VSS 19 10 CP-RTS 28 CKLVDSDT3N-1 28 16 2 14 2
+3.3V 24 24 SG 5.1V 5.1VLPSV (S6)
1 6 A15 78 180 DQ60 18 11 SG 29 29 17 1 17 1
25 25 NC
J703 BA2 79 181 DQ56 17 12 TX-3P 10 CKLVDSDT2P-1 10 18
SG 13 26 26 31 CKLVDSDT2N-1 31
REV-SNR 3 7 A14 80 182 DQ61 16 TX-3N
SWBKSNS 27 27 SG
(S26) 2 8 VDD 81 183 DQ57 15 14 SG 32 32
+3.3V 15 28 28 33 CKLVDSDT1P-1 33
1 9 VDD 82 184 VSS 14 TXCLKP HRNS-LGC-THMS-H373
16 29 29 34 CKLVDSDT1N-1 34 HRNS-LSU-K110 HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373
A12, /BC 83 185 VSS 13 TXCLKN
30 30 SG CN325
HRNS-ADU-H376 A11 84 186 /DQS7 12 17 SG 35 35 J712

PWA-F-KEY
31 31 CIVSYNC-0J TEMP
A9 85 187 DM7 11 18 TX-2P 36 36 J648 J643 A CN322 A 1 4 TEMP/HUMI-SNR
32 32 KIVSYNC-0J 24VD SG
J702 J701 86 188 DQS7 10 19 TX-2N 37 37 2 1 A1 2 3 (S10)
FSRFAN2 FSRFAN2 A7 33 33 SG LSU-FAN A1 A16 HMS
FUS-FAN2 2 2 1 4 15 87 189 9 20 SG 38 38 M (F10) 1 2 LSUFAN A2 3 2
+24V +24V VDD VSS 34 34 A2 A15 5.1VF
M (F9) 1 1 2 3 16 CN117 8 21 TX-1P 39 NC 39 4 1
VDD 88 190 VSS 35 35 NC
VCC 7 22 TX-1N 40 40 J644
J690 A8 89 191 DQ58 1 36 36
FSRFAN ROCK SYS-FAN 6 23 SG 24VD HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373
3 2 FSRFAN 17 A6 90 192 DQ62 2 37 37 5 A3 A14 A3
FUS-FAN1 2 2 SG (F1) M 5 24 POL-MOT PG
+24V +24V A5 91 193 DQ59 3 TX-0P HRNS-LGC-SYS1-K100 4 A4 A13 A4 OUT3-Y
M (F4) 1 1 4 1 18 4 25 38 38 (M17) POMON 1 1 Developer bias
A4 92 194 DQ63 TX-0N M 3 A5 A12 A5 CN320 CN530
3 26 39 39 POMPLL REMOTE OUT2-Y
VDD 93 195 VSS J4 J4 SG 2 A6 A11 A6 1 12 1 1 Grid bias
2 27 40 40 CN132 CN329 POMCK TR2MON Y-EPU
VDD 94 196 VSS 10 1 CP-CNT SG 1 A7 A10 A7 2 11
1 28 41 41 1 1 HVTR2IV OUT1-Y
A3 95 197 SA0 9 2 CBSY-0J 3 10 1 1 Main charger
2 2 HVTR2VR
A2 96 198 /EVENT 8 3 SACK-0J J645 4 9
3 3 24VD HVTR2IR
A1 97 199 VDDSPD 7 4 SBSY-0J 6 A8 A9 A8 5 8 OUT3-M
4 4 MIR-MOT-M 24VD HVTR2ON 1 Developer bias
A0 98 200 SDA TEN-KEY 6 5 J3 J4 CN112 CACK-0J 5 A9 A8 A9 6 7 1
VBUS VBUS 5 5 (M19) TILTM0 HVTR1VRC
VDD 99 201 SA1 5 6 4 1 1 SG 4 A10 A7 A10 7 6 OUT2-M Grid bias
D- D- 6 6 M TILTM1 HVTR1VRM 1 1 M-EPU
E VDD 100 202 SCL 4 7 3 2 2 CMD-0J 3 A11 A6 A11 8 5 E
USB connector D+ D+ 7 7 TILTM2 HVTR1VRY OUT1-M
CK0 101 203 VTT 3 8 2 3 3 SERR-0J 2 A12 A5 A12 9 4 1 1 Main charger
NC 8 8 TILTM3 HVTR1VRK
CK1 102 204 VTT 2 9 4 4 STS-0J 1 A13 A4 A13 10 3
SG SG 9 9 PG
1 10 1 5 5 CERR-0J 11 2 OUT3-C
10 10 +24V 1 1 Developer bias
11 SG 11 CN203Y 12 1
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 PWREN-0J +3.3VL OUT2-C
12 12 3 A14 A3 A14 1 1 Grid bias
PWA-F-SNS1 A2 CKBD C-EPU
HRNS-SNR-212 HRNS-PFC-ADUSB-H373 13 SG 13 2 A15 A15 OUT1-C
SG CN321 CN531
1 A16 A1 A16 REMOTE 1 1 Main charger
14 MMPI-1J 14
J661 J659 CN458 CN456 J669
CST1 1 16
15 SG 15 HVDVRC
SG SG CST1SZL3 2 15
TRANS-SNR 3 1 6 1 5 CABLE-USB-K100 16 LGCEN-1J 16 J643 B CN322 B HVDVRM OUT3-K
FDS1-0 FDS1 1 CST1SZL2 CST1-LGT-SW CN203K 3 14 1 1 Developer bias
or
PS-HVT

(S20) 2 2 5 2 2 4 17 SG 17 +3.3VL HVDVRY

+3.3V +3.3V SG (SW7) CABLE-USB-K100JC 3 B1 B16 B1 4 13 OUT2-K
1 3 4 3 3 3 18 SYSRST-0J 18 PWA-F-SNS2 CKBD HVDVRK 1 1 Grid bias
CST1SZL1 2 B2 B15 B2 5 12 K-EPU
4 2 19 SG 19 SG HVTSTS OUT1-K
J660 CST1SZL0 1 B3 B14 B3 6 11 1 1 Main charger
SG SG 5 1 20 3.3VLPS 20 HVMVRY
RGST-SNR 3 4 3 4 CN150 CN113 7 10
RGSTSNS-1 RGSTSNS J668 J646 HVMVRM
(S19) 2 5 2 5 6 CST1SZW3 VBUS 1 1 VBUS 24VD 8 9
+3.3V +3.3V 5 HVMVRC OUT4-Y
1 6 1 6 CST1SZW2 CST1-WDT-SW -DATE 2 USB connector USB connector 2 -DATE HRNS-LGC-COIN-210 6 B4 B13 B4 9 8 1 1 Primary transfer bias Y
7 4 MIR-MOT-C 24VD HVMVRK
SG (SW6) +DATE 3 3 +DATE 5 B5 B12 B5 10 7 OUT4-M
HRNS-PFC-CLT-H373 8 3 (M20) TILTC0 HVTMC 1 1 Primary transfer bias M
CST1SZW1 ID(NC) 4 4 ID(NC) J804 CN303 4 B6 B11 B6 11 6
9 2 M TILTC1 HVTMK OUT4-C TBU
CST1SZW0 GND 5 5 GND NC SG 3 B7 B10 B7 12 5 1 Primary transfer bias C
J665 CN461 10 1 - 1 TILTC2 PG 1
+24V NC CTRCNT1 2 B8 B9 B8 13 4
FEED-CLT-L 3 1 - 2 TILTC3 PG OUT4-K
MDLCLT NC 24V 1 B9 B8 B9 14 3 1 1 Primary transfer bias K
(CLT6) 1 2 USB HUB - 3 +24V
NC KCTRON 15 2
J664 HRNS-USB-PWR-K100M - 4 +24V
+24V Board 24V J647 16 1 OUT5
FEED-CLT-H 3 3 CST2 1 5 24VD 1 1 Secondary transfer bias
MDHCLT J679 CTRON 6 B10 B7 B10 17 NC
(CLT5) 1 4 CST2SZL3 CN151 CN114 2 6 MIR-MOT-Y 24VD
11 5 +5V CTRCNT1 5 B11 B6 B11
J676 CST2SZL2 CST2-LGT-SW 1 1 3 7 (M18) TILTY0
+24V 12 4 GND MCRUN 4 B12 B5 B12
CST2-FEED-CLT 3 5 SG (SW18) 2 2 4 8 M TILTY1
CST2CLT 13 3 EXTCTR 3 B13 B4 B13
(CLT4) 1 6 CST2SZL1 5 9 TILTY2
14 2 PG 2 B14 B3 B14 HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373 HRNS-DAMP-RLY-H373
J666 CST2SZL0 6 10 TILTY3
+24V 15 1 NC BKCTR 1 B15 B2 B15
CST1-FEED-CLT 3 7 CN109 - 11
CST1CLT J678 VBUS NC MNCTR
(CLT1) 1 8 CST2SZW3 1 - 12 CN326
16 5 NC FLCTR J918 CN901
CST2SZW2 CST2-WDT-SW USB connector 2 D- - 13 5VB
17 4 NC SG B16 B1
NC B16 1 1 1 1
HRNS-PFC-CLT-H373 SG (SW17) D 3 D+ - 14
18 3 FAX NC SIZE3 2 SG 2 2 2
CST2SZW1 4 SG - 15
19 2 HRNS-FAXUSB-H370 NC SIZE2
J667 CN460 CST2SZW0 - 16
DH-RLY

F CST1TRYUPMTA 20 1 NC SIZE1
F
TUP-MOT1 1 1 1 - 17
M CST1TRYUPMTB (CN101) NC SIZE0
(M15) 2 2 2 (JK400) VBUS - 18
1 HRNS-LVPS-SYS-K110 5V
J677 1 D- 11 19
CST2TRYUPMTA 2 NC CTRCNT2
TUP-MOT2 1 1 3 2 D+ - 20
CST2TRYUPMTB HRNS-PFC-CSTSW-K110 HRNS-PFU-COV-H373 CST2 3 CN511 CN105
M (M16) 2 2 4 3 ID(NC) SYS-EN
Coin Controller / Card Controller

4 8 8 L/S
ASYB-SPK-H370 HRNS-FAX-SPK-H370 4 GND HRNS-HDD-H370 7 HRNS-LGC-TNRIC-H373
CN455 J686 J687 5 7 PWR-EN 7 FULL-C HRNS-MT-430
HRNS-PFC-RGSTMOT-H373 5 PWR-DN 8
SG 6 6 MONO-C FUSER UNIT CN315
8 5 1 2 JAM-CVR-SW (CN700) 9 CN440 CN441
FDJAMCO (SPK) HRNS-FAXPWR-H370 (SATA) SG B/W +3.3VLTNR TR20MB
J658 CN465 9 4 2 1 (SW20) SPK+ CN111 5 5 10 1 12 1 1
+ 1 2 7 GND 5VS NC THMS-HTR-212 HRNS-LGC-FUSER-H373 TNR-MOT-Y
RGMTA 1 1 4 4 SCL1 TR20MA M
1 1 SPEAKER SPK- SG - 2 11 2 2 (M8)
RGST-MOT NC J688 - 2 1 6 A+(TXp) 3 3 GND SOA1
2 NC(SPKDET2) (CN400) (CN103) 2 2 12 CN306 3 10
(M14) SG 5 A-(TXn) 12VA J608 SG CN442
RGMTAB 5 3 3 3 NC(SPKDET1) 5VS 3 3 2 2 CN118 - FSRCNT-1 FSRCNT 4 9
3 2 FDS2 CST2-FEED-SNR 4 1 1 GND SG 1 13 1 TNRMPK TR20MB
M 6 2 4 2 SPKIN SG 4 4 1 1 NC BCTHS-1+ BCTHSP 5 8 1 1 TNR-MOT-M
3 3.3V (S31) 3 2 2 B-(RXn) 7 2 12 2 TNRMK TR20MA
RGMTB 7 1 5 1 FAX 12VA 5 5 GND THMS-FR-C BCTHS-1- BCTHS 6 7 2 2 (M9) M
4 4 GND 3 3 B+(RXp) 6 (THM1) 3 11 3
NC 2 6 6 NC NC TNRMPC
5 SPKOUT (1st) 12VA 5 VDD HRNS-LGC-RELAY-H373 7 6
1 4 4 GND 4 10 TNRMC CN443
6 RGMTBB 5 J680 SG 7 7 B/W NC NC 8 5 TR20MB
SG 5 5 4 CN307 5 9 TNRMPM 1 1 TNR-MOT-C
1 2 CST2-SW SG MONO-C J607 BETHS-1+ BETHSP 9 4 TR20MA
CST2SW 6 6 3 RLYSNS2 THMS-FR-E 6 8 4 TNRMM 2 2 (M10) M
2 1 (SW19) 5VA FULL-C 1 15 BETHS-1- BETHS 10 3
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 7 7 2 5VF (THM2) 7 7 5 TNRMPY
HRNS-HDDFG-H370 L/S 2 14
SG HRNS-LVPS-LGCFIN-K110 1 RLYFULL 11 2 CN444
8 8 3 13 TNRMY TR20MB
CN462 3.3VA SG SG SG 12 1 1 1 TNR-MOT-K
J663 9 9 12 3 8 6 6 TR20MA
+24V (JK10) (HDD PWR) CN518 CN125 4 EXIT-SNR EXTS-1 EXTS 2 2 (M11) M
OZN-FAN 1 1 1 10 SG 10 OPTCNTA 11 2 9 5 7
EXTFAN CST1 1 CH_DET NC PG 5 (S13) +3.3V 3.3VL
M (F2) 2 2 2 J670 11 11 1 1 2 1 10 4 8
SG LINE1 NC 24VD3 6 OPTCNTB 10
2 2

HDD
J662 3 2 CST1-SW 12 SG 12
2 1 OPTCNTC
+24V CST1SW NC 7 9 1 CTRG
1 1 3 4 1 (SW8) 13 FX-WKUP 13
3 RLYCO FUSNEW FSRNEW
DVP-FAN 8 9
CTIF

DEVFAN PG 8 Bridge kit 11 3 2

M (F5) 2 2 4 (JK11) 14 SG 14 CN110 4 3 RLYSNS1 SG SG Y-TNR-IC-CHIP
24VD5 9 7 12 2 10 3
1 15 FX-RST 15 GND 4 JSPFULL FSRCNTP-1 FSRCNP
3 5 10 6 13 1 11 4
TEL 2 SG JSPGASOL
16 16 6 11 5
7 J1059 24VD
+5V 24VD5 12 4 1 CTRG
HRNS-PFC-EMPSN-H373 HRNS-FAXUSB-H370 2 8 12 PG
CST2 PG 13 3 J604 2
9 11 CN304 NC SG M-TNR-IC-CHIP
CN457 FINRXD 2 3 12 3
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 J683 J685 (CN102) 10 1 1 NC FR-RD-SNR HTBLTLOCK
SG SG (JK400) SG 1 (S27) 2 13 4
1 6 1 3 VBUS GND 2 2 3.3VL
CST2TRUP TRYUPL-SNS CST2-TRY-SNR 1 1 11 FINTXD 1
2 5 2 2 1 D- 3 14
+3.3V +3.3V (S34) 2 12 SG 3 J606 1
G J700 A CN459 A 3 4 3 1 2 D+ NC 4 ADUCO-0 J605 CTRG G
NC 3 13 FIN 4 2 SIDE-COV-SW SG 2
A20 - 3 NC FINCNT 14 SG
ID(NC) 14 6 5 15 1 (SW5) PR-CR-SNR 3 15 C-TNR-IC-CHIP
NC 4 NC SG FUSPOS1 3
A19 - J684 4 GND 15 7 6 (S28) 2 16
NC SG SG 5 5.1VPS 3.3VL 4
A18 - 4 3 4 3 CST2-EMP-SNR 5 8 7 1 17
SIOCK A1 CST2PE EMPL-SNS 2 SG HRNS-LGC-FEED-H373
A17 5 2 5 (S33) (CN700) 9 8
CLKA +3.3V +3.3V HRNS-FAXPWR-H370 FG 1 CTRG
A16 A2 6 1 6 1 NC(SPK+) 5
NC 7 NC CN327 A J654 2
A15 A3 NC(SPK-) 10 FG SG
DRV0 6 A1 3 3 K-TNR-IC-CHIP
A14 A4 J681 J682 SPKDET2 (CN400) (CN104) DRM-SW-SNR
DRV1 SG SG 5 DEVPOS 4
A13 A5 7 3 1 3 SPKDET1 5VS A2 2 (S11)
DRV2 CST2NEMP CSTNEMP CST2-PR-SNR 4 1 1 HRNS-LVPS-LGCFIN-K110 +3.3V
A12 A6 8 2 2 2 SPKIN SG A3 1
+3.3V +3.3V (S32) 3 2 2 CN108
PS-ACC

A11 DRV3 A7 9 1 3 1 FAX 12VA J653

GND 3 3 CN512 CN314 DVCNMTB
DRV4 2 TRD1P R1 A4 2 1 DRM-SW-MOT
A10 A8 SPKOUT (2nd) 12VA PWR-DN DVCNMTA HRNS-LGC-FSRMOT-K110
DRV5 1 4 4 TRD1N R2 9 9 A5 1 2 (M3) M
A9 A9 SG
DRV6 5 5 TRD2P R3 8 RLY-ON 8 J652
A8 A10 HRNS-NEMPSN-H373 SG LVPSFAN-0 DVMBRK CN305 J603
DRV7 6 6 TRD2N R4 7 7 A6 9
A7 A11 5VA +24V FEED/DEV-MOT 1 FSMBRK 9
5VF 7 7 TRCT1 R5 6 12VA 6 A7 8 FUS-MOT
A6 A12 SG LAN Connector SG +24V (M2) 2 +24V 8
SG 8 8 TRCT2 R6 5 5 A8 7 (M4)
A5 A13 3.3VA (10/100/ 24VD1 PG 3 +24V 7
RFRCLK 9 9 TRD3P R7 4 4 A9 6
A4 A14 CST1 (JK10) PG PG 4 PG 6
PG HRNS-NEMPSN-H373 10 SG 10
TRD3N R8 1000BASE-TX) 3 3 A10 5
A3 A15 1 CH_DET DVMPLL M 5 PG 5 M
PG LINE2 11 11 TRD4P R9 2 24VD2 2 A11 4
A2 A16 J671 J672 2 PG DVMDIR 6 FSRPLL 4
PG SG SG 12 SG 12
TRD4N R10 1 1 A12 3
A1 A17 10 3 1 3 DVMCK 7 FSMDIR 3
CST1NEMP CSTNEMP CST1-PR-SNR 13 FX-WKUP 13
LEDY-C L1 A13 2
11 2 2 2 (JK11) CN514 J1122 DVMON 8 FSMCK 2
PFP/LCF J700 B +3.3V +3.3V (S29) 14 SG 14
LEDY-A L2 A14 1
12 1 3 1 12VA 9 FSMON 1
NC CN459 B 1 15 FX-RST 15
LEDG-C L3 1 COM
B20 TEL SG NC
+24V 2 16 16 LEDG-A L4 2 NO F-COV-INTLCK-SW CN327 B J602
B19 B1 J673 J675 COVER OPEN (SW2) J651 FSRUDMTB-1
+24V 3 NC DVMBRK HRNS-LGC-IH-K110 10 2 1 FUS-CR-MOT
B18 B2 SG SG 3 B1 9 DRM/TBU-MOT FSRUDMTA-1
PFPPLL 13 6 1 CST1-TRY-SNR +24V 11 1 2 (M13) M
B17 B3 CST1TRUP TRYUPL-SNS 2 CN517 B2 8
SCSWA 14 5 2 (S30) J1123 +24V (M6) CN561 CN302
B16 B4 +3.3V +3.3V 1 1 PS-FAN B3 7 IH1-ON
SCSWB 15 4 3 COM PG 11 1
B15 B5 2 (F8) M S-COV-INTLCK-SW B4 6
PSIZE3 NO PG IHSW1
(SW3) B5 5 10 2
B14 B6 J674 IHSW0 HRNS-LGC-MOT-H373 HRNS-EXTMOT-H373
PSIZE2 SG HRNS-LVPS-MAINSW-H373 NC DRMPLL M 9 3
B13 B7 16 3 4
SG 3 B6 4 IHERR3
PSIZE1 CST1-EMP-SNR DRMDIR 8 4 CN301 J609 J610
B12 B8 17 CST1PE 2 5
EMPL-SNS 2 B7 3 IHERR2 RVSSOLB
PSIZE0 (S5) CN503 J707 DRMCK 7 5 1 7 1 3 3
B11 B9 18 +3.3V 1 6
+3.3V 1 ACI-N B8 2 IHERR1 +24V REV-SOL
PFPJAMCO 1 4 DRMON 6 6 2 6 2 2 2
B10 B10 MAIN-SW B9 1 IHERR0 RVSSOLA (SOL2)
PFPFDS1 J706 5 7 3 5 3 1 1
H B9 B11 ACO-N (SW4) J656 SG
H
2 3
PWA-H-IH

PFPFDS2 +24V 4 8
B8 B12 B10 3 1 IH-PWR
PFPCNT J705 1ST-TRNS-CLT 3 9 J611
B7 B13 ACI-L NC 5VL EXITMA
PFPRST 3 2 2 2 (CLT2) 2 10 4 4 4 1 REV-MOT
B6 B14 B11 TR1CLT 1 3 IH2-ON EXITMAB
LCFCNT HRNS-LGC-PFC-H373 ACO-L J704 1 11 5 3 5 5 (M5)
B5 B15 4 1 EXITMBB
SIODI HRNS-TR1POS-H370 6 2 6 6
B4 B16 EXITMB M
SIOLD HRNS-INLET-LVPS-H373 7 1 7 2
B3 B17 CN464 CN515 J655 J657 J601 NC 3
NC SG
B2 - PG PG J708 B12 3 1 3 24V NC
NC 4 1 CN501 TR1POS 1ST-TRNS-SW-SNR IH-FAN 1 1 12 4
B1 - PG PG AC-L B13 2 2 M IHFAN-0
3 2 2 (F6) 2 2 13
- NC INLET +3.3V (S12)
CN502 J709 B14 1 3 1
3 AC-N
24VD 24VD
2 4
FG FG 24VD 24VD
1 5
FG

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PWA-H-LGC

LSU HRNS-LDR-LRLY-H376
HRNS-LDR-LRLM-H376
RADF HRNS-OPT-PWR-K100
Scanner Unit HRNS-LDR-LRLC-H376 HRNS-LGC-ATDRM-H373 HRNS-ATTNR-210
HRNS-SCN-MOT-210 HRNS-LDR-LRLK-H376 CN313 A J629
CN122 1 ATSCNTY 6 J630
NC CN124 1
1 +A 2 YATSREF 5 2 4 ATTNR-SNR-Y
HRNS-SAPP2-SCIF-H617 NC 1 1 SCAN-MOT CN202 CN215
2 NC SG 3 +24V 4 3 3 (S4)
A DFLMPON HRNS-SCN-ADF-373 HRNS-DSDF-SCIF-H616 -A 2 (M1) 28 1 A
3 DSDF VCC 4 YATSN 3 4 2
CN71 J12 SCSR2 2 3 27 2
4 Control Panel Unit -B M VCC 5 PG 2 5 1
3 6 26 3
2 SCN-START1 2 2 SCST1 5
CN122 J12 CN71 NC 6 SG 1 6
SC-ACK 5 SG
1 1 1 DFAK 6 RESET RST-SC +B 25 4 J625
SC-TXD 1 11 11 11 4 4 VRCM_Y SG
3 3 3 DFRXD 7 NC 20 5 7 2 Y-DRUM-SW
SG 2 SKV_Y DRMNEWY
4 4 4 SG 8 DFLMPON LMPON 21 6 HRNS-LGC-LRL_SIG-H376 8 1 (SW9)
SC-RXD DFTXD 3 19 19 14 HRNS-SCN-SNSR-212(NAD) ENABL_Y
5 5 5 9 SCSR2 SCN-STRT2 22 7 J626
SG SG 4 13 13 12 HRNS-SCN-SNSR-A-212(other) SH3_Y SG
6 6 6 10 SCN-START1 24 SH4_Y 8 CN212 9 2 M-DRUM-SW
DF-ACK 5 SCST1 2 2 2 CN317 DRMNEWM
7 7 7 DFRAK 11 SC-ACK 23 9 SG_SEL_Y 10 1 (SW10)
DFRRQ 6 DFAK 1 1 1 CN121 J005 SG 28 1
8 DF-REQ 8 8 12 SC-TXD 19 DATA4_Y-0 10 DATA4_Y-0
DFRQ 7 DFRXD 3 3 3 +5V 27 2 HRNS-ATTNR-210
9 SC-RQ 9 9 13 SG 1 1 APS1 18 11 DATA4_Y-1
DF-CNT DFCNT 8 SG 4 4 4 APSR DATA4_Y-1 26 3
10 10 10 14 DFTXD SC-RXD 2 2 (S24) 17 12 SG J631
9 5 5 5 SG SG 25 ATSCNTM
SG SG 3 3 16 13 DATA2_Y-0 4 11 6 1 J632
11 10 6 6 6 DATA3_Y-0 MATSREF
DFRAK DF-ACK 15 24 5 12 5 2 4
11 7 7 7 DATA3_Y-1 14 DATA2_Y-1 +24V ATTNR-SNR-M
NC NC DFRRQ DF-REQ J006 A4 series only 14 15 23 6 13 4 3 3
CN70 11 11 12 8 8 8 SG SG MATSN (S3)
5V +5V 13 7 2
2 13 13 DFRQ SC-REQ 4 1 APS2 DATA2_Y-0 16
22 DATA3_Y-0 14 3 4

LDR-Y
SG 13 9 9 9 J6 APSC 8 PG
1 12 12 SG 15 DFCNT DF-CNT 5 2 (S25) 12 17 21 DATA3_Y-1 15 2 5 1
14 10 10 10 DATA2_Y-1

PWA-H-DLG-617
5V 5V 1 SG 9 SG
3 14 14 16 6 3 11 18 20 SG 16 1 6
PG SG 2 SG 10
4 15 15 17 10 19 19 DATA1_Y-0
PG SG 3 DATA1_Y-0 18 11
5 16 16 18 CN70 J002 9 20 DATA1_Y-1
24V 4 SG DATA1_Y-1 17 12
24V SG SG 7 3 8 21
6 17 17 19 15 12 12 6 HOME-SNR SG SG HRNS-LGC-ATDRM-H373 HRNS-ATTNR-210
24V 24V 5 HOME 7 22 16 13
7 18 18 20 5V 5V 5 8 2 (S23) SH2_Y +3.3VD
NC NC 16 14 14 6 +3.3V 15 14 CN313 B
19 19 SG PG 9 1 6 23 +3.3VD J633
17 15 15 4 7 SH1_Y 14 15
FG 20 20 FG SG PG J004 5 24 SG 1 ATSCNTC 6 1 J634
18 16 16 3 8 SG SG_SEL_Y 13 16
24V 24V 10 3 PLTN-SNR 4 25 DATA4_M-0 2 CATSREF 5 2 4
19 17 17 2 9 PLTNON VCC 12 17 ATTNR-SNR-C
24V 24V 11 2 (S22) 3 26 DATA4_M-1 3 +24V 4 3 3
20 18 18 1 10 +3.3V VCC 11 18 (S2)
12 1 2 27 SG 4 CATSN 3 4 2
11 SG 10 19
J003 1 28 DATA2_M-0 5 PG 2 5 1
FG 20 20 FG 12 SG 9 20
HRNS-LGC-PFC-K110 HRNS-CCDR-DLG-616 13 3 PLTN-SNR DATA2_M-1 6 SG 1 6
13 PLTNSL 8 21 J627
14 2 (S21) SG SG
14 +3.3V CN202 CN216 7 22 7 2 C-DRUM-SW
CN129 15 1 SG DATA3_M-0 DRMNEWC
CN323 A CN452 A CN89 CN91 CN88 15 NC 28 1 6 23 8 1 (SW11)
SG 15V 16 VCC DATA3_M-1
RGSTVREF RGSTVREF 1 1 1 24 16 27 2 5 24 J628
A1 A10 PCIE2-TXP 15V 17 HRNS-SCN-LED-370 VCC SG SG
RGSTMCK RGSTMCK 2 2 2 23 26 3 4 25 9 2 K-DRUM-SW
A2 A9 PCIE2-TXN NC SG DATA1_M-0 DRMNEWK
B RGSTMEN RGSTMEN CN107 CN107 3 3 3 22 18 25 4 3 26 10 1 (SW12) B
SG 5V CN123 CN010 VRCM_M DATA1_M-1
A3 A8 4 4 4 21 19 20 5 2 27
STMTRST STMTRST PCIE2-RXP VLX- SKV_M SG_SEL_M
A4 VREFDQ 1 103 /CK0 5 5 5V 20 1 5 1 28 HRNS-ATTNR-210
5.1VF 5.1VF A7 PCIE2-RXN 5 20 VLX+ 21 ENABL_M 6
A5 A6 VSS 2 104 /CK1 6 6 6 5V 21 2 4 J635
PFPSCN PFPSCN SG 19 NC 22 SH3_M 7 ATSCNTK
A6 A5 VSS 3 105 VDD 7 7 22 3 3 LED 11 6 J636
RGSTSNS RGSTSNS PCIE2-CLKP 7 NC 18 VLX+ 24 SH4_M 8 KATSREF 1
A7 A4 DQ4 4 106 VDD 8 8 SG 23 4 2 12 5 4
24VD4CHK 24VD4CHK 8 17 VLX- 23 SG 9 2
A8 A3 PCIE2-CLKN OHDEN 24 5 1 +24V ATTNR-SNR-K
SG SG DQ0 5 107 A10, AP 9 9 9 16 19 10 HRNS-LGC-LRL_SIG-H376 13 4 3 3
SG TRG DATA4_M-0 KATSN (S1)
A9 A2 DQ5 6 108 BA1 10 10 10 25 14 3 4 2
3.3VL 3.3VL SIO-I2C2-DATA 15 18 DATA4_M-1 11 PG
A10 A1 DQ1 7 109 BA2 11 11 SG 26 HRNS-SCN-SYS-K100A CN211 2 1
11 14 17 12 CN318 15 5
SIO-I2C2-CLK RX0N 27 SG VRCM_Y SG
CN323 B CN452 B VSS 8 110 /RAS 12 12 12 13 16 13 16 1 6
SG RX0P 28 CN120 CN001 DATA3_M-0 28 1
SPICLK SPICLK VSS 9 111 VDD 13 13 13 12 15 14 LSUTH-1
B1 B10 1.8VS SG 29 DATA+ DATA3_M-1 27 2
FSS FSS /DQS0 10 112 VDD 14 14 14 11 1 1 14 15 ENAB_Y
B2 B9 SG LOCKN 30 GND SG 26 3
DO DO DM0 11 113 /WE 15 15 15 10 2 2 13 16 SH3_Y
15.2.2 DC Wire Harness <45ppm/50ppm>

LDR-M
B3 B8 HORUS-PLLHW-RST HTPDN LCD 31 DATA- DATA2_M-0 25 4 HRNS-LGC-DLED-H373 HRNS-DLED-H373
DI DI DQS0 12 114 /S0 16 16 16 9 3 3 12 17 SH4_Y
B4 B7 32 SIG0 DATA2_M-1 24 5
PFCBUREN PFCBUREN VSS 13 115 /CAS 17 HORUS2-PLLS-RST 17 17 SG 8 4 4 11 18 SH2_Y CN312 J637 J639
B5 B6 HORUS2-PCIE-RST# CCDCNT 33 SIG1 SG 23 SH1_Y 6 DLEY DLEY-0C
PFCRST PFCRST VSS 14 116 ODT0 18 18 18 7 5 5 10 19 1 10 1 1 2
B6 B5 HORUS2-LVTX-RST SDEN SIG2 DATA1_M-0 7 LP-ERS-Y

PWA-H-DLG-DSDF
+24V +24V

PWA-F-DSDF-CCD
PFPCK PFPCK DQ2 15 117 VDD 19 19 19 6 34 6 6 9 20
22 VRCM_M
B7 B4 HORUS2-ARST# SDCLK SIG3 DATA1_M-1 21 8 2 9 2 2 1 (ERS-Y)
ADUVREF ADUVREF DQ6 16 118 VDD 20 20 20 5 7 7 8 21 LSUYHSG J640
B8 B3 GPIO25-HORUS2-EN# SYSDTOUT J7 SIG4 SG 20 ENAB_M 9 DLEM DLEM-0C
ADUMCK ADUMCK DQ3 17 119 A13 21 21 21 4 8 8 7 22 3 8 3 1 2 LP-ERS-M

PWA-H-SYS
B9 B2 SG AFEDTOUT SIG5 SH2_M 19 SH3_M 10 +24V +24V
ADUMEN ADUMEN DQ7 18 120 ODT1 22 22 22 3 1 9 9 6 23 4 7 4 2 1 (ERS-M)
B10 B1 12VA SILSEL SH1_M 18 11
VSS 19 121 /S1 23 23 23 2 2 10 SIG6 10 5 24 SH4_M J642
12VA SG_SEL_M 17 12

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
CN515 CN464 VSS 20 122 NC 24 24 RESET 3 11 SIG7 11 4 25 SH2_M DLEK DLEK-0C
24 1 16 13 5 6 5 1 2 LP-ERS-K
24VD 24VD 25 12VA 25 4 12 SIG8 12 VCC SH1_M +24V +24V
2 1 DQ8 21 123 VDD 3 26 6 5 6 2 1 (ERS-K)
PG PG 12VA VCC 15 14
1 2 DQ12 22 124 VDD 26 26 5 13 SG 13 2 27 VRCM_C J641
SG SG 14 15 DLEC DLEC-0C
27 27 6 14 SG 14 LSUTH2-1

PWA-F-CCD
DQ9 23 125 TEST SG 1 28 13 16 7 4 7 1 2 LP-ERS-C
28 15 5V 15 +24 +24
LRL

DQ13 24 126 VREFCA 28 7 ENAB_C 8 3 8 2 1 (ERS-C)

SG 5V 12 17
VSS 25 127 VSS 29 29 CN84 8 16 16 SH3_C J638
SG CN202 CN213 11 18 DRMTHS DRMTHS-1
VSS 26 128 VSS 30 30 9 17 5V 17 SH4_C 9 2 9
15VCCD 1 SG 10 19 2 1
/DQS1 27 129 DQ32 31 31 LAMP 10 18 15V 18 28 1 SH2_C SG SG THMS-DRM-M
SG 2 15V 9 20 10 1 10 1 2
32 32 11 19 19 VCC SH1_C
DM1 28 130 DQ36 CLKREQ 27 2 8 21
HRNS-PFC-ADUSFB-H373 33 33 12 VCC VRCM_K
DQS1 29 131 DQ33 HORUS2CNT 26 3 7 22
34 34 13 SG LSUTHS2G
/RESET 30 132 DQ37 SG 25 4 6 23 CN311 J615
SFB UNIT J696 J693 CN451 35 35 14 VRCM_C ENAB_K 24V
+24V +24V VSS 31 133 VSS 20 5 5 24 1 1 1 SCT-FAN
SFB-FEED-CLT 3 1 13 1 36 SLGEN 36 15 SKV_C SH3_K OZNINFAN
SFBCLT SFBCLT VSS 32 134 VSS SCNWR 21 6 4 25 2 2 2 (F3) M
(CLT3) 1 2 12 2 37 37 16 ENABL_C
C DQ10 33 135 /DQS4 22 7 SH4_K J614
C
SCNRD SH3_C 3 26
DQ14 34 136 DM4 38 38 17 24 8 SH2_K 3 24V
AFE-EN SH4_C 2 27 1 1 EXT-FAN
HRNS-SFB-SIZE-210 DQ11 35 137 DQS4 39 39 18 23 9 SH1_K PCLFANH (F7) M
SG SG 1 28 4 2 2
DQ15 36 138 VSS 40 40 19 19

PWA-F-DSDF-IF
LVDSPWDN DATA4_C-0 10
CN410 J697 VSS 37 139 VSS 41 41 20 18
SG SG SG DATA4_C-1 11
1 5 5 3 11 3 VSS 38 140 DQ38 42 42 21 17 12
SFBSIZE0 SFBSIZE0 SG SG
PWA-H-SFB 2 4 4 4 10 4 43 43 22 16 13
SFBSIZE1 SFBSIZE1 DQ16 39 141 DQ34 SAREGCS2-0 DATA3_C-0
(S17) 3 3 3 5 9 5 44 44 23 15 14 HRNS-LGC-FRONT-K110 HRNS-FRONTSW-H370
SFBSIZE2 SFBSIZE2 DQ20 40 142 DQ39 SAMEMCS2-0 DATA3_C-1 HRNS-LGC-LRL_SIG-H376
4 2 2 6 8 6 45 45 24 14 15
SFBSIZE3 SFBSIZE3 DQ17 41 143 DQ35 CCDSEL2-0
5 1 1 7 7 7 46 46 25 SG CN310 J613 J713
DQ21 42 144 VSS STRINT2-0 13 16 SG SG
DATA2_C-0

LDR-C
J695 VSS 43 145 VSS 47 47 26 12 17 CN210 CN319 1 2 2 1 FRONT-COV-SW
SG SG DEEPDIN-0 DATA2_C-1 FRNTCO FRNTCO
SFB-SNR 3 8 6 8 48 48 27 11 18 SG_SEL_C 2 1 1 2 (SW1)
CST2SW SFBPE VSS 44 146 DQ44 DEEPCLK-1 SG 28 1 3.3V
(S16) 2 9 5 9 49 49 28 10 19 DATA4_C-0 3
3.3VL +3.3V /DQS2 45 147 DQ40 DATA1_C-0 27 2
1 10 4 10 50 DEEPDOUT-1 50 29 9 20 DATA4_C-1
DM2 46 148 DQ45 DATA1_C-1 26 3
51 DEEPCS-0 51 30 HRNS-LGC-SYS2-K110 8 21 SG
DQS2 47 149 DQ41 SG 25 4 HRNS-UTNR-210
52 SILSEL2 52 31 7 22 DATA2_C-0
VSS 48 150 VSS SH2_C 24 5
HRNS-TRU-H370 53 DFLMPON-0 53 32 23 DATA2_C-1 J617 J618

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VSS 49 151 VSS CN131 CN330 6

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
SH1_C 23 6 SG SG
54 DFRLYCNT-0 54 33 IMGLIFE-1J 5 24 SG 4 5 1 3
DQ22 50 152 /DQS5 1 1 7 USD-TNR-PDL-SNR

CN78
J699 J698 55 SG 55 34 IHSYNC-0J SG_SEL_C 22 DATA3_C-0 PDLLOCK PDLLOCK-0
SG SG SG DQ18 51 153 DM5 2 2 4 25 8 5 4 2 2
3 1 3 SCNDT7 VCC 21 DATA3_C-1 3.3V +3.3V (S9)
CLNG-SNR 11 3 11 56 56 YIVSYNC-0J 3 26 6 3 3 1
TBUJAM-1 TBUJAM-1 TBUJAM DQ23 52 154 DQS5 SCNDT6 3 3 VCC 9
2 2 2 12 2 12 57 57 MIVSYNC-0J 2 27
20 SG
J619
(S18) +5V +5V +5V DQ19 53 155 VSS SCNDT5 J1 CN116 4 4 SG 10 PDLMT PDLM-0C
1 3 1 13 1 13 58 58 SG 1 28
19 DATA1_C-0
7 2 4 2 1 1
VSS 54 156 VSS SCNDT4 J8 SHIELD 5 5 18 11 PDLMTPOW +24V USD-TNR-MOT
59 59 1 1 YMLVDSDT4P-1 DATA1_C-1 8 1 5 1 2 2 (M7) M
VSS 55 157 DQ42 SG 6 6 17 12

PWA-F-DSP
50 SCNDT3 50 1 2 2 YMLVDSDT4N-1 SG
7 7

DDR3 SO-DIMM
DQ28 56 158 DQ46 2 CP-CNT 16 13
61 SCNDT2 61 3 3 SG CN202 CN214 +3.3VD
DQ24 57 159 DQ43 3 /CPPSW 8 8 SG 15 14
62 SCNDT1 62 4 4 YMLVDSCKP-1 +3.3VD HRNS-LGC-FRONT-K110 HRNS-PSNR-K110
DQ29 58 160 DQ47 4 /CPESSW 9 9 28 1 14 15
63 SCNDT0 63 TCP 5 5 YMLVDSCKN-1 27
VCC
2 SG
ADU HRNS-ADU-MOT-H373 HRNS-ADU-H373 HRNS-PFC-ADUSFB-H373 DQ25 59 161 VSS 5 LED-ON 10 10 13 16 CN309 J620 J624
64 SG 64 6 6 VCC DATA4_K-0
VSS 60 162 VSS SCNAD15 6 SG 11 SG 11 26 3 12 17 5.1V 5V
65 65 7 7 SG DATA4_K-1 1 17 1 4 IMG-POS-SNR-F
J723 CN422 CN420 J689 CN450 VSS 61 163 DQ48 SCNAD14 7 5VS 12 YMLVDSDT3P-1 12 25 4 11 18 RGFLVLS Vout (TNLVOS)

PWA-PFC-372
ADUMA SWBKSNS 66 66 8 8 YMLVDSDT3N-1 VRCM_K SG 2 16 2 3 (S7)
14 SWBKSNS 1 14 1 /DQS3 62 164 DQ52 SCNAD13 SG 13 13 20 5 10 19 RGFREF TNLVREF
ADU-MOT 1 1 67 67 8 9 9 SKV_K DATA2_K-0 3 15 3 2
ADUMAB

PWA-H-LGC
21 6

HRNS-DSDF-SYS-370
14 SG 14 SG
PWA-H-LGC

5 2 13 ADUS2 2 13 ADUS2 2
DM3 63 165 DQ49 SCNAD12 12VA ENABL_K 9 20 SG
(M12) ADUMBB ADUS1 68 68 10 10 YMLVDSDT2P-1 DATA2_K-1 4 14 4 1
12 ADUS1 3 12 3 DQS3 64 166 DQ53 SCNAD11 12VA 15 15 22 7 8 21
6 3 ADUMVREF ADUMVREF 69 69 11 11 YMLVDSDT2N-1 SH3_K SG J720
M ADUMB 11 4 11 4 VSS 65 167 VSS SCNAD10 12VA 16 16 24 8 7 22 5.1V 5V
2 4 ADURESET ADURESET 70 70 12 12 SH4_K DATA3_K-0 5 13 5 4
NC 10 5 10 5 66 168 VSS SCNAD9 SG 17 SG 17 23 9 6 23 TNLVLS Vout (TNLVLS) IMG-POS-SNR-C
3 VSS SG DATA3_K-1 6 12 6 3
D NC ADUMCK ADUMCK 71 71 J2 J2 13 13 18 YMLVDSDT1P-1 18 19 (S37)
D
4 9 6 9 6 DQ26 67 169 /DQS6 SCNAD8 SG DATA4_K-0 10 5 24 TDETREF TDETREF
ADUMMODE ADUMMODE 72 72 14 14 YMLVDSDT1N-1 11 SG 7 11 7 2

RX0P
SG
RX0N
RESET
SILSEL
AFEDTOUT
SYSDTOUT
SDCLK
SDEN
CCDCNT
HTPDN
LOCKN
TRG
OHDEN
5V
5V
5V
15V
15V
8 7 8 7 DQ30 68 170 DM6 SCNAD7 28 1 SG 19 19 18 4 25 SG SG
ADUEN ADUEN 73 73 15 15 SG DATA4_K-1 DATA1_K-0 8 10 8 1
HRNS-ADU-H373 7 8 7 8 DQ27 69 171 DQS6 SCNAD6 27 2 RESET 20 20 17 12 3 26

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SG DATA1_K-1

CN90
PG PG 74 74 16 16 J623

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6 9 6 9 DQ31 70 172 VSS SCNAD5 26 3 NC 21 CKLVDSDT4P-1 21 16 13 2 27 5.1V 5V
PG PG 75 75 17 17 DATA3_K-0 SG_SEL_K 9 9 9 4
J692 CN421 5 10 5 10 VSS 71 173 VSS SCNAD4 25 4 NC 22 CKLVDSDT4N-1 22 15 14 1 28 RGRLVLS Vout (RGRVOS) IMG-POS-SNR-R
SG +24V +24V 76 76 18 18 SG DATA3_K-1 10 8 10 3
3 1 4 11 4 11 VSS 72 174 DQ54 SCNAD3 24 5 SG 23 23 14 15 RGRREF RGRVREF (S8)
ADU-U-SNR ADUS1 +24V +24V 77 77 19 19 SG 16 11 7 11 2
2 2 3 12 3 12 CKE0 73 175 DQ50 SCNAD2 23 6 CP-TXD 24 CKLVDSCKP-1 24 13 SG SG
(S14)
LDR-K

+3.3V SG SG 78 78 20 20 CKLVDSCKN-1 DATA2_K-0 12 6 12 1

PWA-H-SYS
1 3 2 13 2 13 CKE1 74 176 DQ55 SCNAD1 22 7 CP-CTS 25 25 12 17
+3.3V +3.3V 79 79 21 21 SG DATA2_K-1 J622
J693 1 14 1 14 75 177 DQ51 SCNAD0 21 8 SG 26 26 11 18 TDSSOL TDSSOL
VDD 80 80 22 22 13 5 13 2 2 SNR-SHUT-SOL
SG 20 9 CP-RXD 27 CKLVDSDT3P-1 27 10
SG 19
24V 24V
ADU-L-SNR 3 4 VDD 76 178 VSS (SOL1)

PWA-H-ADU
ADUS2 FG FG 23 23 DATA1_K-0 14 4 14 1 1
2 5 19 10 CP-RTS 28 CKLVDSDT3N-1 28 9 20
(S15) +3.3V NC 77 179 VSS 24 24 SG DATA1_K-1 J621
1 6 18 11 SG 29 29 8 21 SG SG
A15 78 180 DQ60 25 25 SG 15 3 13 3
J703 17 12 TX-3P 10 CKLVDSDT2P-1 10 7 22 RGSTSN2 RGST2SNS RGST-PASS
BA2 79 181 DQ56 26 26 SH2_K 16 2 14 2
SG 7 16 13 TX-3N 31 CKLVDSDT2N-1 31 6 23 5.1V 5.1VLPSV (S6)
REV-SNR 3 A14 80 182 DQ61 SH1_K 17 1 17 1
SWBKSNS 27 27 SG 5 24
(S26) 2 8 VDD 81 183 DQ57 15 14 SG 32 32 NC
+3.3V 28 28 SG_SEL_K 18
1 9 14 15 TXCLKP 33 CKLVDSDT1P-1 33 4 25
VDD 82 184 VSS 29 29 VCC 26
13 16 TXCLKN 34 CKLVDSDT1N-1 34 3
A12, /BC 83 185 VSS 30 30 SG VCC
12 17 SG 35 35 2 27
A11 84 186 /DQS7

PWA-F-KEY
31 31 CIVSYNC-0J 1
SG 28 HRNS-LGC-THMS-H373
HRNS-ADU-H373 A9 85 187 DM7 11 18 TX-2P 36 36
32 32 KIVSYNC-0J
J701 A7 86 188 DQS7 10 19 TX-2N 37 37
FSRFAN2 33 33 SG CN325 J712
J690 1 4 15 87 189 9 20 SG 38 38 J721 CN222 TEMP
VDD VSS 34 34 LSUTH-1 1 4 TEMP/HUMI-SNR
+24V +24V 16 CN117 8 21 TX-1P 39 NC 39 1 1 1 SG
FUS-FAN1 1 1 2 3 VDD 88 190 VSS 35 35 NC THMS-LSU/1 2 3 (S10)
FSRFAN FSRFAN VCC 7 22 TX-1N 40 40 LSUTHSG HMS
M (F4) 2 2 3 2 17 A8 89 191 DQ58 1 2 2 2 3
+24V ROCK SYS-FAN 6 23 36 36 2
4 1 18 A6 90 192 DQ62 2 SG 5.1VF
SG (F1) M 37 37 4 1
5 24 TX-0P J722
A5 91 193 DQ59 3 38 38 HRNS-LGC-SYS1-K100 LSUTH2-1
4 25 TX-0N 3 3 3
A4 92 194 DQ63 39 39 THMS-LSU/2 LSUTH2SG
J4 J4 3 26 SG 4 4 4
VDD 93 195 VSS 40 40 CN132 CN329
10 1 2 27 CP-CNT SG
VDD 94 196 VSS 41 41 1 1
9 2 1 28 CBSY-0J HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373
A3 95 197 SA0 2 2
A2 96 198 /EVENT 8 3 SACK-0J OUT3-Y
3 3 1 1 Developer bias
A1 97 199 VDDSPD 7 4 SBSY-0J CN320 CN530
4 4 HRNS-LSU-K110 HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373 REMOTE OUT2-Y
A0 98 200 SDA TEN-KEY 6 5 J3 J4 CN112 CACK-0J 1 12 1 1 Grid bias
VBUS VBUS 5 5 TR2MON Y-EPU
VDD 99 201 SA1 5 6 4 1 1 SG 2 11
D- D- 6 6 J648 J643 A CN322 A HVTR2IV OUT1-Y
E VDD 100 202 SCL 4 7 3 2 2 CMD-0J 3 10 1 1 Main charger E
USB connector D+ D+ 7 7 2 1 24VD HVTR2VR
3 8 2 3 3 SERR-0J LSU-FAN A1 A16 A1 4 9
CK0 101 203 VTT 8 8 M (F10)
2 9 NC STS-0J 1 2 A2 A15 LSUFAN A2 HVTR2IR
CK1 102 204 VTT 4 4 9 9 5 8 OUT3-M
1 10 SG SG CERR-0J HVTR2ON 1 1 Developer bias
1 5 5 10 10 6 7
J644 HVTR1VRC OUT2-M
11 SG 11 24VD 7 6 1 1 Grid bias
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 PWREN-0J 5 A3 A14 A3 HVTR1VRM M-EPU
12 12 POL-MOT PG 8 5
4 A4 A13 A4 HVTR1VRY OUT1-M
HRNS-SNR-212 HRNS-PFC-ADUSB-H373 13 SG 13 (M17) POMON 9 4 1 1 Main charger
M 3 A5 A12 A5 HVTR1VRK
14 MMPI-1J 14 POMPLL 10 3
CN456 CST1 2 A6 A11 A6 PG
J661 J659 CN458 J669 15 SG 15 POMCK 11 2 OUT3-C
SG SG CST1SZL3 1 A7 A10 A7 +24V 1 1 Developer bias
TRANS-SNR 3 1 6 1 5 CABLE-USB-K100 16 LGCEN-1J 16 12 1
FDS1-0 FDS1 1 CST1SZL2 CST1-LGT-SW or OUT2-C
(S20) 2 2 5 2 2 4 17 SG 17 1 1 Grid bias
+3.3V +3.3V SG (SW7) CABLE-USB-K100JC J645 C-EPU
1 3 4 3 3 3 18 SYSRST-0J 18 24VD CN321 OUT1-C
CST1SZL1 6 A8 A9 A8 CN531 1 1 Main charger
4 2 19 SG 19 MIR-MOT-M 24VD REMOTE
J660 CST1SZL0 5 A9 A8 A9 1 16
SG SG 5 1 20 3.3VLPS 20 (M19) TILTM0 HVDVRC
RGST-SNR 3 4 3 4 CN150 CN113 4 A10 A7 A10 2 15
RGSTSNS-1 RGSTSNS J668 M TILTM1 HVDVRM OUT3-K
(S19) 2 5 2 5 6 CST1SZW3 VBUS 1 1 VBUS 3 A11 A6 A11 3 14 1 1 Developer bias
PS-HVT

+3.3V +3.3V 5 TILTM2 HVDVRY

1 6 1 6 7 CST1SZW2 CST1-WDT-SW -DATE 2 USB connector USB connector 2 -DATE HRNS-LGC-COIN-210 2 A12 A5 A12 4 13 OUT2-K
4 (SW6) TILTM3 HVDVRK 1 1 Grid bias
8 SG +DATE 3 3 +DATE 1 A13 A4 A13 5 12 K-EPU
HRNS-PFC-CLT-H373 3 HVTSTS OUT1-K
9 CST1SZW1 ID(NC) 4 4 ID(NC) J804 CN303 6 11 1 1 Main charger
2 SG HVMVRY
CST1SZW0 GND 5 5 GND NC CN203Y 7 10
J665 CN461 10 1 - 1 +3.3VL HVMVRM
+24V NC CTRCNT1 3 A14 A3 A14 8 9
FEED-CLT-L 3 1 - 2 CKBD HVMVRC OUT4-Y
MDLCLT NC 24V PWA-F-SNS1 2 A15 A2 A15 9 8 1 1 Primary transfer bias Y
(CLT6) 1 2 USB HUB - 3 SG HVMVRK
NC KCTRON 1 A16 A1 A16 10 7 OUT4-M
J664 HRNS-USB-PWR-K100M - 4 HVTMC 1 1 Primary transfer bias M
+24V Board 24V 11 6
FEED-CLT-H 3 3 CST2 1 5 HVTMK OUT4-C TBU
MDHCLT J679 CN151 CN114 CTRON CN322 B 12 5 1 Primary transfer bias C
(CLT5) 1 4 CST2SZL3 2 6 CN203K J643 B PG 1
11 5 +5V CTRCNT1 +3.3VL 13 4
J676 CST2SZL2 CST2-LGT-SW 1 1 3 7 3 B1 B16 B1 PG OUT4-K
+24V 12 4 GND MCRUN CKBD 14 3 1 1 Primary transfer bias K
CST2-FEED-CLT 3 5 SG (SW18) 2 2 4 8 PWA-F-SNS2 2 B2 B15 B2 +24V
CST2CLT 13 3 EXTCTR SG 15 2
(CLT4) 1 6 CST2SZL1 5 9 1 B3 B14 B3 +24V
14 2 PG 16 1 OUT5
J666 CST2SZL0 6 10 1 1 Secondary transfer bias
+24V 15 1 NC BKCTR 17 NC
CST1-FEED-CLT 3 7 CN109 - 11 J646
CST1CLT J678 VBUS NC MNCTR 24VD
(CLT1) 1 8 CST2SZW3 1 - 12 6 B4 B13 B4
16 5 USB connector D- NC FLCTR 24VD
CST2SZW2 CST2-WDT-SW 2 - 13 MIR-MOT-C 5 B5 B12 B5
17 4 (SW17) D+ NC SG (M20) TILTC0
HRNS-PFC-CLT-H373 SG D 3 - 14 4 B6 B11 B6
18 3 SG NC SIZE3 TILTC1 HRNS-LGC-HVTLSU-H373 HRNS-DAMP-RLY-H373
CST2SZW1 4 - 15 M 3 B7 B10 B7
19 2 NC SIZE2 TILTC2
F J667 CN460 CST2SZW0 - 16 2 B8 B9 B8 F
CST1TRYUPMTA 20 1 NC SIZE1 TILTC3
TUP-MOT1 1 1 1 - 17 1 B9 B8 B9 CN326
CST1TRYUPMTB NC SIZE0 J918 CN901
M (M15) 2 2 2 - 18 5VB
5V 1 1 1 1
J677 FAX HRNS-LVPS-SYS-K110 11 19 J647
CST2TRYUPMTA NC CTRCNT2 HRNS-LGC-RELAY-H373 24VD 2 SG 2 2 2
TUP-MOT2 1 1 3 HRNS-FAXUSB-H370 - 20 6 B10 B7 B10
CST2TRYUPMTB HRNS-PFC-CSTSW-K110 HRNS-PFU-COV-H373 CST2 CN511 CN105 CN307 MIR-MOT-Y 24VD
M (M16) 2 4
DH-RLY

2 SYS-EN J607 5 B11 B6 B11

Coin Controller / Card Controller

8 8 L/S RLYSNS2 (M18) TILTY0

(CN101) HRNS-HDD-H370 7 1 15 4 B12 B5 B12
CN455 J686 J687 (JK400) VBUS 7 PWR-EN 7 FULL-C 5VF M TILTY1
HRNS-PFC-RGSTMOT-H373 1 PWR-DN 8 2 14 3 B13 B4 B13
SG 1 6 6 MONO-C RLYFULL TILTY2
8 5 1 2 JAM-CVR-SW D- 9 3 13 2 B14 B3 B14
FDJAMCO 2 2 (SATA) SG B/W SG TILTY3 HRNS-LGC-TNRIC-H373
J658 CN465 9 4 2 1 (SW20) D+ CN111 5 5 10 4 12 1 B15 B2 B15 HRNS-MT-430
RGMTA 3 3 GND 5VS NC OPTCNTA
1 ID(NC) 1 1 4 4 - 5 11
RGST-MOT 1 4 A+(TXp) SG GND CN315 CN440 CN441
NC J688 ASYB-SPK-H370 HRNS-FAX-SPK-H370 4 GND 2 2 3 3 6 OPTCNTB 10
(M14) 2 SG 5 A-(TXn) 12VA 12 +3.3VLTNR TR20MB
RGMTAB 5 3 3 3 5 3 3 2 2 OPTCNTC 1 12 1 1 TNR-MOT-Y
3 2 CST2-FEED-SNR SG CN118 - 7 9 B16 B1
NC B16
SCL1 TR20MA
FDS2 (CN700) GND 1 1 NC RLYCO 2 11 2 2 (M8) M
M 3 6 2 4 2 (S31) (SPK) 4 4 8 8 SOA1
3.3V HRNS-FAXPWR-H370 B-(RXn) 7 RLYSNS1 Bridge kit 3 10
RGMTB 7 1 5 1 SPK+ 5 5 GND 9 7
4 4 + 1 2 7 B+(RXp) 6 SG CN442
NC SPEAKER SPK- 6 6 JSPFULL 6 4 9 TR20MB
5 - 2 1 6 GND 5 VDD 10 TNRMPK 1 1 TNR-MOT-M
RGMTBB J680 NC(SPKDET2) (CN400) (CN103) 7 7 B/W JSPGASOL 5 8 TR20MA
6 5 5 4 11 5 FUSER UNIT TNRMK 2 2 (M9) M
SG NC(SPKDET1) 5VS MONO-C 24VD 6 7
1 2 CST2-SW 4 1 1 12 4 TNRMPC
CST2SW SG 3 PG THMS-HTR-212 7 6
2 1 (SW19) SPKIN 2 2 FULL-C 13 3 HRNS-LGC-FUSER-H373 TNRMC CN443
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 3 12VA 2 NC 8 5
GND FAX HRNS-HDDFG-H370 L/S 2 TR20MB
2 3 3 HRNS-LVPS-LGCFIN-K110 1 TNRMPM 1 1 TNR-MOT-C
SPKOUT (1st) 12VA NC J608 CN306 9 4 TR20MA
J663 CN462 1 4 4 1 FSRCNT-1 FSRCNT TNRMM 2 2 (M10) M
+24V SG 1 13 1 10 3
1 1 1 5 5 (HDD PWR) CN518 CN125 BCTHS-1+ BCTHSP TNRMPY
OZN-FAN CST1 SG PG J606 2 12 2 11 2 CN444
M (F2) OZNEXTFAN 6 6 NC 1 2 THMS-FR-C BCTHS-1- BCTHS TNRMY TR20MB
2 2 2 J670 5VA 1 24VD3 ADUCO-0 3 11 3 12 1 1 1
SG 7 7 NC 2 SIDE-COV-SW (THM1) TNR-MOT-K
2

HDD
J662 3 2 CST1-SW 2 1 14 SG NC NC TR20MA M
+24V CST1SW SG NC 15 1 (SW5) 4 10 2 2 (M11)
1 1 3 4 1 (SW8) 8 8 3 NC NC
DVP-FAN DEVFAN 3.3VA PG 5 9
M (F5) 2 2 4 9 9 CN110 4 3 BETHS-1+ BETHSP
(JK10) 24VD5 THMS-FR-E 6 8 4
10 SG 10 GND 4 BETHS-1- BETHS 1 CTRG
1 CH_DET 3 5 (THM2) 7 7 5
11 11
CTIF

LINE1 6 2
2 12 SG 12 Y-TNR-IC-CHIP
7 J1059 SG SG 3
13 FX-WKUP 13 +5V 24VD5 3 8 6 6
HRNS-PFC-EMPSN-H373 CST2 2 8 12 EXIT-SNR EXTS-1 EXTS 4
(JK11) 14 SG 14 PG 2 9 5 7
9 11 CN304 (S13) +3.3V 3.3VL
CN457 1 15 FX-RST 15 FINRXD 1 10 4 8
HRNS-PFC-PLSW-H373 J683 J685 10 1 1 1 CTRG
SG SG TEL 2 SG GND SG
1 6 1 3 16 16 2 2 FSRNEW 2
CST2TRUP TRYUPL-SNS CST2-TRY-SNR 1 11 FINTXD FUSNEW
2 5 2 2 3 11 3 9 3 M-TNR-IC-CHIP
+3.3V +3.3V (S34) 12 SG 3 SG SG
G J700 A CN459 A 3 4 3 1 HRNS-FAXUSB-H370 NC 4 12 2 10 4
G
NC 13 FIN 4 FSRCNTP-1 FSRCNP
A20 - NC FINCNT 13 1 11
14 6 5
NC - J684 (CN102) NC SG
A19 15 7 6 1 CTRG
NC SG SG (JK400) VBUS 5.1VPS
A18 - 4 3 4 3 CST2-EMP-SNR 1 8 7 2
SIOCK A1 CST2PE EMPL-SNS 2 1 D- SG
A17 5 2 5 (S33) 2 9 8 J604 3 C-TNR-IC-CHIP
CLKA A2 +3.3V +3.3V 1 2 D+ FG HRNS-LGC-FEED-H373 SG
A16 6 1 6 3 5 FR-RD-SNR 3 12 4
NC A3 3 ID(NC) NC HTBLTLOCK
A15 4 10 FG (S27) 2 13
DRV0 A4
J681 4 GND CN327 A J654 3.3VL
A14 J682 5 SG 1 14 1 CTRG
DRV1 A5 SG SG 5 A1 3 DRM-SW-SNR
A13 7 3 1 3 DEVPOS 2
CST2NEMP CSTNEMP CST2-PR-SNR (CN700) HRNS-LVPS-LGCFIN-K110 A2 2 (S11) J605
A12
DRV2 A6
8 2 2 2 (S32) HRNS-FAXPWR-H370 +3.3V SG 3 K-TNR-IC-CHIP
+3.3V +3.3V CN108
PS-ACC

DRV3 A7 NC(SPK+) A3 1 PR-CR-SNR 3 15

A11 9 1 3 1 7 CN512 FUSPOS1 4
DRV4 A8 NC(SPK-) TRD1P R1 CN314 J653 (S28) 2 16
A10 6 PWR-DN DVCNMTB 3.3VL
DRV5 A9 SPKDET2 (CN400) (CN104) TRD1N R2 9 9 A4 2 1 DRM-SW-MOT 1 17
A9 5 DVCNMTA
DRV6 A10 HRNS-NEMPSN-H373 SPKDET1 5VS TRD2P R3 8 RLY-ON 8 A5 1 2 (M3) M
A8 4 1 1 LVPSFAN-0
DRV7 A11 SPKIN SG TRD2N R4 7 7 J652 HRNS-LGC-FSRMOT-K110
A7 3 2 2 DVMBRK
5VF A12 GND FAX 12VA TRCT1 R5 LAN Connector 6 12VA 6 A6 9 FEED/DEV-MOT
A6 2 3 3 SG +24V CN305
SPKOUT (2nd) 12VA TRCT2 R6 5 5 A7 8 J603
A5 SG A13
1 4 4 (10/100/ 24VD1 +24V (M2)
RFRCLK A14 SG TRD3P R7 4 4 A8 7 1 FSMBRK 9
A4 HRNS-NEMPSN-H373 CST1 5 5 1000BASE-TX) PG PG 2 +24V FUS-MOT
PG A15 SG TRD3N R8 3 3 A9 6 8
A3 6 6 PG (M4)
PG A16 5VA TRD4P R9 2 24VD2 2 A10 5 3 +24V 7
A2 J671 J672 7 7 PG DVMPLL M
PG SG SG SG TRD4N R10 1 1 A11 4 4 PG 6
A1 A17 10 3 1 3 8 8 DVMDIR
CST1NEMP CSTNEMP CST1-PR-SNR 3.3VA LEDY-C L1 A12 3 5 PG 5 M
11 2 2 2 9 9 CN514 J1122 DVMCK 6 FSRPLL
PFP/LCF J700 B +3.3V +3.3V (S29) (JK10) LEDY-A L2 12VA A13 2 4
12 1 3 1 10 SG 10
1 COM DVMON
NC CN459 B 1 CH_DET LEDG-C L3 NC F-COV-INTLCK-SW A14 1 7 FSMDIR 3
B20 LINE2 11 11 2 NO
+24V 2 LEDG-A L4 (SW2) 8 FSMCK 2
B19 B1 J673 J675 12 SG 12 COVER OPEN HRNS-LGC-IH-K110
+24V 3 NC CN327 B 9 FSMON 1
B18 B2 SG SG 3 13 FX-WKUP 13 J651
PFPPLL 13 6 1 CST1-TRY-SNR DVMBRK
B17 B3 CST1TRUP TRYUPL-SNS 2 (JK11) 14 SG 14 CN517 B1 9 CN561 CN302 J602
SCSWA 14 5 2 (S30) J1123 +24V DRM/TBU-MOT FSRUDMTB-1
B16 B4 +3.3V +3.3V 1 PS-FAN B2 8 IH1-ON 10 2 1 FUS-CR-MOT
SCSWB 15 4 3 1 1 15 FX-RST 15
COM +24V (M6) 11 1
TEL SG 2 (F8) M S-COV-INTLCK-SW B3 7 IHSW1 11 FSRUDMTA-1
B15 B5 2 16 16 NO PG 10 2 1 2 (M13) M
PSIZE3 IHSW0
B14 B6 J674 (SW3) B4 6 9 3
PSIZE2 SG HRNS-LVPS-MAINSW-H373 NC PG IHERR3
B13 B7 SG 3 B5 5 8 4
PSIZE1 16 3 4 DRMPLL M
B12 B8 CST1PE EMPL-SNS CST1-EMP-SNR B6 4 IHERR2
PSIZE0 17 2 5 2 CN503 J707 DRMDIR 7 5 HRNS-LGC-MOT-H373 HRNS-EXTMOT-H373
+3.3V +3.3V (S5) B7 3 IHERR1
B11 B9 18 1 6 1 ACI-N 6 6
PFPJAMCO 1 4 DRMCK IHERR0
B10 B10 MAIN-SW B8 2 5 7 CN301 J609 J610
PFPFDS1 J706 DRMON SG RVSSOLB
H B9 B11 ACO-N (SW4) B9 1 1 7 1 3 3
H
PWA-H-IH

2 3 4 8 REV-SOL
PFPFDS2 IH-PWR +24V
B8 B12 J656 3 9 2 6 2 2 2
PFPCNT J705 +24V 5VL RVSSOLA (SOL2)
B7 B13 ACI-L B10 2 10 3 5 3 1 1
PFPRST 3 2 3 1 1ST-TRNS-CLT IH2-ON
B6 B14 NC 1 11
LCFCNT J704 2 2 (CLT2)
B5 B15 HRNS-LGC-PFC-H373 ACO-L J611
SIODI 4 1 B11 TR1CLT 1 3
B16 4 EXITMA 4 4 1
B4 REV-MOT
SIOLD HRNS-INLET-LVPS-H373 HRNS-TR1POS-H370 J601 EXITMAB
B3 B17 CN464 CN515 5 3 5 5 (M5)
NC 24V EXITMBB
B2 - PG PG J708 J655 J657 IH-FAN 1 1 12 6 2 6 6
NC 4 1 CN501 SG IHFAN-0 EXITMB M
B1 - PG PG AC-L B12 3 1 3
M (F6) 2 2 13 7 1 7 2
- 3 2 INLET TR1POS 1ST-TRNS-SW-SNR NC 3
NC CN502 J709 B13 2 2 2
3 AC-N +3.3V (S12) NC
24VD 24VD B14 1 3 1 4
2 4
FG FG 24VD 24VD
1 5
FG

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15.2.3 Electric Parts Layout
[A] Scanner unit, control panel [B] Toner cartridge, waste toner box [C] Developer unit [D] Data writing

M1
S24
S25
CCD
S21
S22 M6
KEY
S23
CLT2 SW12
EXP
M3
CTRG SW11
DSP M11 S12 S10
CTIF
CTRG CTRG SW10 S1
CTRG S11 S2 LDR-C
TCP M10
M8 SW9 LDR-K
M9 THM3
LDR-Y
S36 S3 LDR-M
S9 S4
M7 LRL

ERS-K
ERS-C
ERS-M
M17 M20
ERS-Y
M19
F10 M18

[E] Fuser unit [F] Image quality control [G] Paper feeding unit [H] Automatic duplexing unit, bypass feed unit

M5
SOL2
M4 IH-COIL
S26
M12
S29
M14 S14
M13 S13
THM1 S18
THMO1 S8 S19
S20 S15
THM2 SOL1 M2
CLT1 CLT3
S27 S6 S5 S17
CLT5
S7 M15 S31 S16
S30 CLT6
SW8 S32
S34
CLT4
S33
SW7 S35
SW19
SW18 SW6
SW17

M16

[I] PC board, power supply [J] Cover switch, Damp heater

SYS

ADU SW5

EEPROM DH1
F4
LGC SW3
F7
F1
F9 SW20
SRAM
DH4 SW2
F3 SW1
F6
DH3
Main memory

HDD THMO2
HVT
IH DH2
DAMP

F2
PS F5
PFC
F8
SW4

Motors and fans Sensors and Switches Wire harness PC boards Thermistors and thermostats
Symbol Name Figure
Wire harness Wire harness location Wire harness Wire harness
Symbol Name Figure Symbol Name Figure Symbol Name Figure Symbol Name Figure
location location location location
F-COV-INTLCK-SW
SW2 [J] AC Wire Harness
SCAN-MOT ATTNR-SNR-K Front cover interlock switch PWA-F-CCD THMS-FR-C 7-F
M1 [A] 5-A S1 [C] 8-B CCD [A] 5-C THM1 [E]
Scan motor Auto-toner sensor-K CCD driving PC board (CCD board) Fuser roller center thermistor 7-G
S-COV-INTLCK-SW
SW3 [J] AC Wire Harness
FEED/DEV-MOT ATTNR-SNR-C Side cover interlock switch PWA-F-DSP THMS-FR-S 7-F
M2 [G] 6-G S2 [C] 8-B DSP [A] 4-D THM2 [E]
Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor Auto-toner sensor-C Display PC board (DSP board) Fuser roller side thermistor 7-G
MAIN-SW
SW4 [I] 5-H
DRM-SW-MOT ATTNR-SNR-M Main power switch PWA-F-KEY THMS-FR-E 7-F
M3 [C] 6-G S3 [C] 8-A KEY [A] 4-D THM3 [E]
Mono/color switching motor Auto-toner sensor-M Key PC board (KEY board) Fuser roller edge thermistor 7-G
SIDE-COV-SW
SW5 [J] 6-G
FUS-MOT ATTNR-SNR-Y Side cover switch PWA-F-CTIF THERMO-FR
M4 [E] 8-G S4 [C] 8-A CTIF [B] 8-G THMO1 [E] AC Wire harness
Fuser motor Auto-toner sensor-Y Toner cartridge interface PC board (CTIF board) Fuser roller thermostat
CST1-WDT-SW
SW6 [G] 4-C
REV-MOT CST1-EMP-SNR 1st drawer paper width detection switch PWA-F-CTRG THERMO-DRM-DH-L
M5 [H] 8-H S5 [G] 2-H CTRG [B] 8-G THMO2 [J] AC Wire harness
Reverse motor 1st drawer empty sensor Toner cartridge PC board (CTRG board) Drum damp heater thermostat (Left)
CST1-LGT-SW
SW7 [G] 2-E
DRM/TBU-MOT RGST-PASS-SNR 1st drawer paper length detection switch PWA-F-ADU
M6 [C] 6-G S6 [F] 8-D ADU [I] 1-D Others
Drum/TBU motor Registration pass sensor ADU control PC board (ADU board)
CST1-SW
SW8 [G] 2-G Wire harness
USD-TNR-MOT IMG-POS-SNR-F 1st drawer detection switch PWA-H-SYS 5-D Symbol Name Figure
M7 [B] 8-D S7 [F] 8-D SYS [I] location
Waste toner paddle motor Image position aligning sensor (Front) System control PC board (SYS board) 2-C
Y-EPU-SW
SW9 [C] 8-A TCP
TNR-MOT-Y IMG-POS-SNR-R Y EPU old/new detection switch 5-A TCP [A] 4-D
M8 [B] 8-F PWA-F-LGC Touch panel
Toner motor-Y S8 Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image [F] 8-D LGC [I] 6-D
M-EPU-SW Logic PC board (LGC board)
quality sensor SW10 [C] 8-A 7-D EEPROM
TNR-MOT-M M EPU old/new detection switch
M9 [B] 8-F EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only [I] -
Toner motor-M USD-TNR-PDL-SNR PWA-PFC
S9 [B] 8-D C-EPU-SW PFC [I] 2-D Memory
Waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor SW11 [C] 8-B Paper feed control PC board (PFC board)
TNR-MOT-C C EPU old/new detection switch
M10 [B] 8-G SRAM
Toner motor-C TEMP/HUMI-SNR PWA-H-IH 7-G SRAM [I] -
S10 [D] 8-D K-EPU-SW IH [I]
Temperature/humidity sensor SW12 [C] 8-B Heater control PC board (IH board) 7-H
TNR-MOT-K K EPU old/new detection switch
M11 [B] 8-G HDD
Toner motor-K DRM-SW-SNR LDR-Y HDD [I] 4-G
S11 [C] 6-G CST2-WDT-SW LDR-Y [D] 6-A Hard disk
Drum switching detection sensor SW17 [G] 2-F Laser driving PC board-Y (LDR-Y board)
ADU-MOT 2nd drawer paper width detection switch
M12 [H] 1-D Main
ADU motor 1ST-TRNS-SW-SNR LDR-M Main memory [I] 2-D
S12 [C] 6-H CST2-LGT-SW LDR-M [D] 6-B memory
1st transfer roller status detection sensor SW18 [G] 2-F Laser driving PC board-M (LDR-M board)
FUS-CR-MOT 2nd drawer paper length detection switch
M13 [E] 8-H PS-ACC
Pressure roller contact/release motor EXIT-SNR LDR-C PS [I] 4-G
S13 [E] 7-G CST2-SW LDR-C [D] 6-C Switching regulator
Exit sensor SW19 [G] 2-G Laser driving PC board-C (LDR-C board)
RGST-MOT 2nd drawer detection switch
M14 [G] 1-F PS-HVT
Registration motor ADU-U-SNR LDR-K HVT [I] 8-E
S14 [H] 1-D JAM-CVR-SW LDR-K [D] 6-D High-voltage transformer
ADU entrance sensor SW20 [J] 2-F Laser driving PC board-K (LDR-K board)
TUP-MOT1 Jam access cover opening/closing switch
M15 [G] 1-F
Tray-up motor-1 ADU-L-SNR LRL 7-B
S15 [H] 1-D LRL [D]
TUP-MOT2 ADU exit sensor Electromagnetic spring clutches Laser control signal relay board (LRL board) 7-C
M16 [G] 1-F
Tray-up motor-2 SFB-FEED-SNR Wire harness PWA-H-DAMP
S16 [H] 1-C Symbol Name Figure DAMP [I] AC Wire harness
Bypass feed sensor location DAMP heater control PC board
POL-MOT
M17 [D] 7-E
Polygonal motor PWA-F-SFB CST1-FEED-CLT
S17 [H] 1-C CLT1 [G] 1-F
Paper width detection PC board (SFB board) 1st drawer feed clutch Lamps and heaters
MIR-MOT-Y
M18 [D] 7-F Wire harness
Mirror motor-Y CLNG-SNR 1ST-TRNS-CLT Symbol Name Figure
S18 [G] 1-D CLT2 [C] 6-H location
Paper clinging detection sensor 1st transfer contact/release clutch
MIR-MOT-M
M19 [D] 7-E LP-EXPO
Mirror motor-M RGST-SNR SFB-FEED-CLT EXP [A] 5-B
S19 [G] 1-E CLT3 [H] 1-C Exposure lamp
Registration sensor Bypass feed clutch
MIR-MOT-C
M20 [D] 7-F LP-ERS-Y
Mirror motor-C TRANS-SNR CST2-FEED-CLT ERS-Y [B] 8-B
S20 [G] 1-E CLT4 [G] 1-F Discharge LED-Y
Feed sensor 2nd drawer feed clutch
SYS-FAN
F1 [I] 3-E LP-ERS-M
SYS cooling fan PLTN-SNR1 FEED-CLT-H ERS-M [B] 8-C
S21 [A] 5-B CLT5 [G] 1-F Discharge LED-M
Platen sensor-1 Transport clutch (H)
OZN-FAN
F2 [I] 1-G LP-ERS-C
Ozone exhaust fan PLTN-SNR2 FEED-CLT-L ERS-C [B] 8-C
S22 [A] 5-B CLT6 [G] 1-F Discharge LED-C
Platen sensor-2 Transport clutch (L)
SCT-FAN
F3 [I] 8-C LP-ERS-K
Suctioning fan HOME-SNR ERS-K [B] 8-C
S23 [A] 5-B Solenoids Discharge LED-K
FUS-FAN1 Carriage home position sensor
F4 [I] 1-E Wire harness SCN-DH-L
Fuser unit cooling fan-1 APS1 Symbol Name Figure DH1 [J] AC Wire Harness
S24 [A] 5-A location Scanner damp heater
DVP-FAN Automatic original detection sensor-1
F5 [I] 1-G SNR-SHUT-SOL DRM-DH-L
Developer unit cooling fan APS2 SOL1 [F] 8-D DH2 [J] AC Wire Harness
S25 [A] 5-A Sensor shutter solenoid Drum damp heater (Left)
IH-FAN Automatic original detection sensor-2
F6 [I] 7-H REV-SOL DRM-DH-R
IH board cooling fan REV-SNR SOL2 [H] 8-H DH3 [J] AC Wire Harness
S26 [H] 1-D Reverse gate solenoid Drum damp heater (Right)
EXT-FAN Reverse sensor
F7 [I] 8-C IH-COIL
Exit section cooling fan FR-RD-SNR IH-COIL [E] AC Wire harness
S27 [E] 7-F IH-COIL
PS-FAN Fuser roller rotation detection sensor
F8 [I] 5-H
Power supply unit cooling fan PR-CR-SNR
FUS-FAN2 S29 Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor [E] 2-H
F9 [I] 1-E 2
Fuser unit cooling fan-2
LSU-FAN CST1-PR-SNR
F10 [D] 7-E S30 [G] 2-H
Laser optical unit cooling fan 1st drawer paper remaining sensor
CST1-TRY-SNR
S31 [G] 2-F
1st drawer tray-up sensor
CST2-FEED-SNR
S32 [G] 2-G
2nd drawer paper feed sensor
CST2-PR-SNR
S33 [G] 2-G
2nd drawer paper remaining sensor
CST2-EMP-SNR
S34 [G] 2-G
2nd drawer empty sensor
CST2-TRY-SNR
S35 [G] 8-C
2nd drawer tray-up sensor
WTNR-NFL-SNR
S36 [B] -
Waste toner amount detection sensor
FRT-COV-SW
SW1 [J] 8-C
Front cover switch

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC
APPENDIX

Maintenance check list

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

APPENDIX
1
Scanner
25ppm
Black 150 300 450
Color 75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
A1 Original glass B or A B or A 25-2
A2 ADF original glass B B 25-3
A3 Mirror-1 B B 11-1
A4 Mirror-2 B B 12-1
A5 Mirror-3 B B 12-1
A6 Reflector B B 11-3
A7 Lens B B 10-9
Automatic original
A8 B B ○ 10-12
detection sensor

30ppm
Black 180 360 540
Color 90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
A1 Original glass B or A B or A 25-2
A2 ADF original glass B B 25-3
A3 Mirror-1 B B 11-1
A4 Mirror-2 B B 12-1
A5 Mirror-3 B B 12-1
A6 Reflector B B 11-3
A7 Lens B B 10-9
Automatic original
A8 B B ○ 10-12
detection sensor

35ppm
Black 210 420 630
Color 105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
A1 Original glass B or A B or A 25-2
A2 ADF original glass B B 25-3
A3 Mirror-1 B B 11-1
A4 Mirror-2 B B 12-1
A5 Mirror-3 B B 12-1
A6 Reflector B B 11-3
A7 Lens B B 10-9
Automatic original
A8 B B ○ 10-12
detection sensor

2
45ppm
Black 226.8 453.6 680.4
Color 113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
A1 Original glass B or A B or A 25-2
A2 ADF original glass B B 25-3
A3 Mirror-1 B B 11-1
A4 Mirror-2 B B 12-1
A5 Mirror-3 B B 12-1
A6 Reflector B B 11-3
A7 Lens B B 10-9
Automatic original
A8 B B ○ 10-12
detection sensor

50ppm
Black 252 504 756
Color 126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
A1 Original glass B or A B or A 25-2
A2 ADF original glass B B 25-3
A3 Mirror-1 B B 11-1
A4 Mirror-2 B B 12-1
A5 Mirror-3 B B 12-1
A6 Reflector B B 11-3
A7 Lens B B 10-9
Automatic original
A8 B B ○ 10-12
detection sensor

3
Laser optical unit
25ppm
Black 150 300 450
Color 75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
B1 Slit glass B B B B B B 31-47

30ppm
Black 180 360 540
Color 90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
B1 Slit glass B B B B B B 31-47

35ppm
Black 210 420 630
Color 105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
B1 Slit glass B B B B B B 31-47

45ppm
Black 226.8 453.6 680.4
Color 113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
B1 Slit glass B B B B B B 31-47

50ppm
Black 252 504 756
Color 126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
B1 Slit glass B B B B B B 31-47

4
Feed unit
25ppm
Black 150 300 450
Color 75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
C1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-43
C2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-30
C3 Pickup roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-29
C4 Paper guide B 13-12
C5 Registration roller A R3 R3 22-11
C6 Separation roller guide W2 23-19
C７ Transport roller A R3 R3 23-35

30ppm
Black 180 360 540
Color 90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
C1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-43
C2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-30
C3 Pickup roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-29
C4 Paper guide B 13-12
C5 Registration roller A R3 R3 22-11
C6 Separation roller guide W2 23-19
C７ Transport roller A R3 R3 23-35

35ppm
Black 210 420 630
Color 105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
C1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-43
C2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-30
C3 Pickup roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-29
C4 Paper guide B 13-12
C5 Registration roller A R3 R3 22-11
C6 Separation roller guide W2 23-19
C７ Transport roller A R3 R3 23-35

45ppm
Black 226.8 453.6 680.4
Color 113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
C1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-43
C2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-30
C3 Pickup roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-29
C4 Paper guide B 13-12
C5 Registration roller A R3 R3 22-11
C6 Separation roller guide W2 23-19
C７ Transport roller A R3 R3 23-35

5
50ppm
Black 252 504 756
Color 126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
C1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-43
C2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-30
C3 Pickup roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 23-29
C4 Paper guide B 13-12
C5 Registration roller A R3 R3 22-11
C6 Separation roller guide W2 23-19
C７ Transport roller A R3 R3 23-35

6
Automatic duplexing unit
25ppm
Black 150 300 450
Color 75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
D1 Transport roller A R3 R3 41-10
41-5/
D2 Paper guide B
41-20

30ppm
Black 180 360 540
Color 90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
D1 Transport roller A R3 R3 41-10
41-5/
D2 Paper guide B
41-20

35ppm
Black 210 420 630
Color 105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
D1 Transport roller A R3 R3 41-10
41-5/
D2 Paper guide B
41-20

45ppm
Black 226.8 453.6 680.4
Color 113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
D1 Transport roller A R3 R3 41-10
41-5/
D2 Paper guide B
41-20

50ppm
Black 252 504 756
Color 126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
D1 Transport roller A R3 R3 41-10
41-5/
D2 Paper guide B
41-20

7
Bypass feed unit
25ppm
Black 150 300 450
Color 75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
E1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-19
E2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-24
E3 Bypass tray B 20-13
Bypass separation roller
E4 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 21-25
holder

30ppm
Black 180 360 540
Color 90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
E1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-19
E2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-24
E3 Bypass tray B 20-13
Bypass separation roller
E4 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 21-25
holder

35ppm
Black 210 420 630
Color 105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
E1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-19
E2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-24
E3 Bypass tray B 20-13
Bypass separation roller
E4 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 21-25
holder

45ppm
Black 226.8 453.6 680.4
Color 113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
E1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-19
E2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-24
E3 Bypass tray B 20-13
Bypass separation roller
E4 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 21-25
holder

50ppm
Black 252 504 756
Color 126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
E1 Paper feed roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-19
E2 Separation roller 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 21-24
E3 Bypass tray B 20-13
Bypass separation roller
E4 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 21-25
holder

8
Main charger
25ppm
Black 150 (674) 300 (1348) 450 (2022)
Color 75 (337) 150 (674) 225 (1011) 300 (1348) 375 (1685) 450 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
F1 Main charger case (K) B B B 35-12
F2 Needle electrode (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B
terminals (K) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
F5 Main charger cleaner (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B ○ 35-15
(K)
Main charger case
F1 B B B B B B 35-12
(YMC)
F2 Needle electrode (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
B B B B B B
terminals (YMC) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
Main charger cleaner
F5 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
(YMC)
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B B B ○ 35-15
(YMC)
*: Drive counts

30ppm
Black 180 (675) 360 (1348) 540 (2022)
Color 90 (337) 180 (674) 270 (1011) 360 (1348) 450 (1685) 540 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
F1 Main charger case (K) B B B 35-12
F2 Needle electrode (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B
terminals (K) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
F5 Main charger cleaner (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B ○ 35-15
(K)
Main charger case
F1 B B B B B B 35-12
(YMC)
F2 Needle electrode (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B B B B
terminals (YMC) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
Main charger cleaner
F5 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
(YMC)
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B B B ○ 35-15
(YMC)
*: Drive counts

9
35ppm
Black 210 (674) 420 (1348) 630 (2022)
Color 105 (337) 210 (674) 315 (1011) 420 (1348) 525 (1685) 630 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
F1 Main charger case (K) B B B 35-12
F2 Needle electrode (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B
terminals (K) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
F5 Main charger cleaner (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B ○ 35-15
(K)
Main charger case
F1 B B B B B B 35-12
(YMC)
F2 Needle electrode (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B B B B
terminals (YMC) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
Main charger cleaner
F5 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
(YMC)
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B B B ○ 35-15
(YMC)
*: Drive counts

45ppm
Black 210 (624) 420 (1248) 630 (1872)
Color 105 (312) 210 (624) 315 (936) 420 (1248) 525 (1560) 630 (1872)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
F1 Main charger case (K) B B B B 35-12
F2 Needle electrode (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B
terminals (K) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
F5 Main charger cleaner (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B ○ 35-15
(K)
Main charger case
F1 B B B B B B 35-12
(YMC)
F2 Needle electrode (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B B B B
terminals (YMC) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
Main charger cleaner
F5 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
(YMC)
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B B B ○ 35-15
(YMC)
*: Drive counts

10
50ppm
Black 210 (562) 420 (1124) 630 (1872)
Color 105 (281) 210 (562) 315 (843) 420 (1124) 525 (1405) 630 (1872)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
F1 Main charger case (K) B B B 35-12
F2 Needle electrode (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B
terminals (K) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
F5 Main charger cleaner (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B ○ 35-15
(K)
Main charger case
F1 B B B 35-12
(YMC)
F2 Needle electrode (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 ○ 35-8
Contact point of 35-2/
F3 B B B B B B
terminals (YMC) 35-4
F4 Main charger grid (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-6
Main charger cleaner
F5 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 35-7
(YMC)
Main charger duct seal
F6 B B B B B B ○ 35-15
(YMC)
*: Drive counts

11
Cleaner unit
25ppm
Black 150 (675) 300 (1350) 450 (2025)
Color 75 (337) 150 (674) 225 (1011) 300 (1348) 375 (1685) 450 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
G1 Whole cleaner unit (K) B B B -
G2 Drum (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
G3 Drum cleaning blade (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
34-6/
G4 Side seal (K) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (K) B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (K) R1 R1
34-15
Whole cleaner unit
G1 B B B B B B -
(YMC)
G2 Drum (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
Drum cleaning blade
G3 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
(YMC)
34-6/
G4 Side seal (YMC) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (YMC) B B B B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (YMC) R1 R1
34-15
G7 Ozone filter R1 R1 7-41
*: Drive counts

30ppm
Black 180 (675) 360 (1350) 540 (2025)
Color 90 (337) 180 (674) 270 (1011) 360 (1348) 450 (1685) 540 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
G1 Whole cleaner unit (K) B B B -
G2 Drum (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
G3 Drum cleaning blade (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
34-6/
G4 Side seal (K) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (K) B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (K) R1 R1
34-15
Whole cleaner unit
G1 B B B B B B -
(YMC)
G2 Drum (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
Drum cleaning blade
G3 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
(YMC)
34-6/
G4 Side seal (YMC) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (YMC) B B B B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (YMC) R1 R1
34-15
G7 Ozone filter R1 R1 7-41
*: Drive counts

12
35ppm
Black 210 (675) 420 (1350) 630 (2025)
Color 105 (337) 210 (674) 315 (1011) 420 (1348) 525 (1685) 630 (2022)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
G1 Whole cleaner unit (K) B B B -
G2 Drum (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
G3 Drum cleaning blade (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
34-6/
G4 Side seal (K) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (K) B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (K) R1 R1
34-15
Whole cleaner unit
G1 B B B B B B -
(YMC)
G2 Drum (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
Drum cleaning blade
G3 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
(YMC)
34-6/
G4 Side seal (YMC) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (YMC) B B B B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (YMC) R1 R1
34-15
G7 Ozone filter R1 R1 7-41
*: Drive counts

45ppm
Black 210 (625) 420 (1250) 630 (1875)
Color 105 (312) 210 (624) 315 (936) 420 (1248) 525 (1560) 630 (1872)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
G1 Whole cleaner unit (K) B B B -
G2 Drum (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
G3 Drum cleaning blade (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
34-6/
G4 Side seal (K) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (K) B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (K) R1 R1
34-15
Whole cleaner unit
G1 B B B B B B -
(YMC)
G2 Drum (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
Drum cleaning blade
G3 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
(YMC)
34-6/
G4 Side seal (YMC) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (YMC) B B B B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (YMC) R1 R1
34-15
G7 Ozone filter R1 R1 7-41
*: Drive counts

13
50ppm
Black 210 (562) 420 (1124) 630 (1872)
Color 105 (281) 210 (562) 315 (843) 420 (1124) 525 (1405) 630 (1872)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
G1 Whole cleaner unit (K) B B B -
G2 Drum (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
G3 Drum cleaning blade (K) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
34-6/
G4 Side seal (K) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (K) B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (K) R1 R1
34-15
Whole cleaner unit
G1 B B B B B B -
(YMC)
G2 Drum (YMC) R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-28
Drum cleaning blade
G3 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 34-35
(YMC)
34-6/
G4 Side seal (YMC) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
34-7
G5 Recovery blade (YMC) B B B B B B 34-9
34-12/
G6 Drum gap spacer (YMC) R1 R1
34-15
G7 Ozone filter R1 R1 7-41
*: Drive counts

14
Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C)
25ppm
Black 75 (240) 150 (480) 225 (720) 300 (960) 375 (1200) 450 (1440)
Color 75 (240) 150 (480) 225 (720) 300 (960) 375 (1200) 450 (1440)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
H1 Whole developer unit B B B -
H2 Developer material R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 -
Front seal (unified with
H3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 33-37
the doctor blade)
33-6/
H4 Side seal (front, rear) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
33-7
H5 Oil seal (Rear side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H6 Oil seal (Front side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H7 Auto-toner sensor B B B 33-4
H8 Development drive unit W1 -
120 120 120 120 120 120
H9 Used toner container
30 30 30 30 30 30
*: Drive counts

30ppm
Black 90 (240) 180 (480) 270 (720) 360 (960) 450 (1200) 540 (1440)
Color 90 (240) 180 (480) 270 (720) 360 (960) 450 (1200) 540 (1440)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
H1 Whole developer unit B B B -
H2 Developer material R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 -
Front seal (unified with
H3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 33-37
the doctor blade)
33-6/
H4 Side seal (front, rear) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
33-7
H5 Oil seal (Rear side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H6 Oil seal (Front side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H7 Auto-toner sensor B B B 33-4
H8 Development drive unit W1 -
120 120 120 120 120 120
H9 Used toner container
30 30 30 30 30 30
*: Drive counts

35ppm
Black 105 (240) 210 (480) 315 (720) 420 (960) 525 (1200) 630 (1440)
Color 105 (240) 210 (480) 315 (720) 420 (960) 525 (1200) 630 (1440)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
H1 Whole developer unit B B B -
H2 Developer material R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 -
Front seal (unified with
H3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 33-37
the doctor blade)
33-6/
H4 Side seal (front, rear) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
33-7
H5 Oil seal (Rear side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H6 Oil seal (Front side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H7 Auto-toner sensor B B B 33-4
H8 Development drive unit W1 -
120 120 120 120 120 120
H9 Used toner container
30 30 30 30 30 30
*: Drive counts

15
45ppm
Black 105 (250) 210 (500) 315 (750) 420 (1000) 525 (1250) 630 (1500)
Color 105 (250) 210 (500) 315 (750) 420 (1000) 525 (1250) 630 (1500)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
H1 Whole developer unit B B B -
H2 Developer material R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 -
Front seal (unified with
H3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 33-37
the doctor blade)
33-6/
H4 Side seal (front, rear) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3
33-7
H5 Oil seal (Rear side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H6 Oil seal (Front side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H7 Auto-toner sensor B B B 33-4
H8 Development drive unit W1 -
120 120 120 120 120 120
H9 Used toner container
30 30 30 30 30 30
*: Drive counts

50ppm
Black 105 (225) 210 (450) 315 (675) 420 (900) 525 (1125) 630 (1350)
Color 105 (225) 210 (450) 315 (675) 420 (900) 525 (1125) 630 (1350)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Operatio
P-I
Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 n check
Items to check Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
H1 Whole developer unit B B B -
H2 Developer material R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 -
Front seal (unified with
H3 B R3 R3 B R3 R3 R3 B R3 R3 33-37
the doctor blade)
33-6/
H4 Side seal (front, rear) B R3 R3 B R3 R3 R3 B R3 R3
33-7
H5 Oil seal (Rear side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H6 Oil seal (Front side) R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 33-25
H7 Auto-toner sensor B B B 33-4
H8 Development drive unit W1 -
120 120 120 120 120
H9 Used toner container
30 30 30 30 30 30
*: Drive counts

16
Transfer belt unit
25ppm
75 (337.5) 150 (675) 225 (1012.5) 300 (1350) 375 (1687.5) 450 (2025)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
J1 Transfer belt A R3 R3 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller A R3 R3 27-9
J3 Cleaning unit facing A 26-10
J4 TBU drive roller B R3 R3 26-27
Belt clinging roller before
J5 A R3 R3 27-2
2nd transfer
J6 Lift roller A R3 R3 26-8
J7 Winding roller (K) A R3 R3 27-4
Transfer belt cleaning
J8 150 675 150 675 150 675 30-19
blade
J9 Recovery blade B 30-22
30-17,
J10 Blade seal 150 675 150 675 150 675 30-20,
30-21
Belt clinging roller
J11 bushing before 2nd B R3 R3 27-1
transfer

30ppm
90 (337.5) 180 (675) 270 (1012.5) 360 (1350) 450 (1687.5) 540 (2025)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
J1 Transfer belt A R3 R3 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller A R3 R3 27-9
J3 Cleaning unit facing A 26-10
J4 TBU drive roller B R3 R3 26-27
Belt clinging roller before
J5 A R3 R3 27-2
2nd transfer
J6 Lift roller A R3 R3 26-8
J7 Winding roller (K) A R3 R3 27-4
Transfer belt cleaning
J8 180 675 180 675 180 675 30-19
blade
J9 Recovery blade B 30-22
30-17,
J10 Blade seal 180 675 180 675 180 675 30-20,
30-21
Belt clinging roller
J11 bushing before 2nd B R3 R3 27-1
transfer

17
35ppm
105 (337.5) 210 (675) 315 (1012.5) 420 (1350) 525 (1687.5) 630 (2025)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
J1 Transfer belt A R3 R3 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller A R3 R3 27-9
J3 Cleaning unit facing A 26-10
J4 TBU drive roller B R3 R3 26-27
Belt clinging roller before
J5 A R3 R3 27-2
2nd transfer
J6 Lift roller A R3 R3 26-8
J7 Winding roller (K) A R3 R3 27-4
Transfer belt cleaning
J8 210 675 210 675 210 675 30-19
blade
J9 Recovery blade B 30-22
30-17,
J10 Blade seal 210 675 210 675 210 675 30-20,
30-21
Belt clinging roller
J11 bushing before 2nd B R3 R3 27-1
transfer

45ppm
105 (312.5) 210 (625) 315 (937.5) 420 (1250) 525 (1562.5) 630 (1875)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
J1 Transfer belt A R3 R3 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller A R3 R3 27-9
J3 Cleaning unit facing A 26-10
J4 TBU drive roller B R3 R3 26-27
Belt clinging roller before
J5 A R3 R3 27-2
2nd transfer
J6 Lift roller A R3 R3 26-8
J7 Winding roller (K) A R3 R3 27-4
Transfer belt cleaning
J8 210 625 210 625 210 625 30-19
blade
J9 Recovery blade B 30-22
30-17,
J10 Blade seal 210 625 210 625 210 625 30-20,
30-21
Belt clinging roller
J11 bushing before 2nd B R3 R3 27-1
transfer

18
50ppm
105 (281) 210 (562) 315 (843) 420 (1124) 525 (1405) 630 (1686)
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
J1 Transfer belt A 26-14
J2 1st transfer roller A 27-9
J3 Cleaning unit facing A R3 R3 26-10
J4 TBU drive roller B 26-27
Belt clinging roller before
J5 A R3 R3 27-2
2nd transfer
J6 Lift roller A R3 R3 26-8
J7 Winding roller (K) A R3 R3 27-4
Transfer belt cleaning
J8 210 562 210 562 210 562 30-19
blade
J9 Recovery blade B 30-22
30-17,
J10 Blade seal 210 562 210 562 210 562 30-20,
30-21
Belt clinging roller
J11 bushing before 2nd B R3 R3 27-1
transfer

19
Image quality control unit
25ppm
75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
Image position aligning
K1 A A A 14-6
sensor (Front)
Image position aligning
K2 sensor (Center) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
Image position aligning
K3 sensor (Rear) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
K4 Transport guide B B B 14-8
K5 Registration pass sensor B B B 14-9

30ppm
90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
Image position aligning
K1 A A A 14-6
sensor (Front)
Image position aligning
K2 sensor (Center) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
Image position aligning
K3 sensor (Rear) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
K4 Transport guide B B B 14-8
K5 Registration pass sensor B B B 14-9

35ppm
105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
Image position aligning
K1 A A A 14-6
sensor (Front)
Image position aligning
K2 sensor (Center) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
Image position aligning
K3 sensor (Rear) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
K4 Transport guide B B B 14-8
K5 Registration pass sensor B B B 14-9

45ppm
113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
Image position aligning
K1 A A A 14-6
sensor (Front)
Image position aligning
K2 sensor (Center) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
Image position aligning
K3 sensor (Rear) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
K4 Transport guide B B B 14-8
K5 Registration pass sensor B B B 14-9

20
50ppm
126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
Image position aligning
K1 A A A 14-6
sensor (Front)
Image position aligning
K2 sensor (Center) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
Image position aligning
K3 sensor (Rear) / Image A A A 14-6
quality sensor
K4 Transport guide B B B 14-8
K5 Registration pass sensor B B B 14-9

21
2nd transfer unit
25ppm
75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
L1 2nd transfer roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 14-28
Paper clinging detection
L2 B B B 14-19
sensor
2nd transfer roller paper
L3 B B B 14-22
guide

30ppm
90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
L1 2nd transfer roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 14-28
Paper clinging detection
L2 B B B 14-19
sensor
2nd transfer roller paper
L3 B B B 14-22
guide

35ppm
105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
L1 2nd transfer roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 14-28
Paper clinging detection
L2 B B B 14-19
sensor
2nd transfer roller paper
L3 B B B 14-22
guide

45ppm
105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
L1 2nd transfer roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 14-28
Paper clinging detection
L2 B B B 14-19
sensor
2nd transfer roller paper
L3 B B B 14-22
guide

50ppm
105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
L1 2nd transfer roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 14-28
Paper clinging detection
L2 B B B 14-19
sensor
2nd transfer roller paper
L3 B B B 14-22
guide

22
Fuser unit
25ppm
100 200 300 400 500 600
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
M1 Fuser belt R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
M2 Pressure roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-34
M3 Separation guide R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 37-14
M4 Separation finger R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 39-5
M5 Fuser unit entrance A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 37-1
M6 Thermistor R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
M7 Exit sensor actuator A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 39-15
M8 Thermostat R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
Fuser belt lubricating
M9 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 38-70
sheet
M10 Fuser belt pad R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-26
38-47/
M11 Drive gear W1 W1 W1
38-48
M12 Fuser unit lower stay A A A 37-24
Fuser oil recovery sheet
M13 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
(3pcs.)

30ppm
120 240 360 480 600 720
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
M1 Fuser belt R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
M2 Pressure roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-34
M3 Separation guide R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 37-14
M4 Separation finger R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 39-5
M5 Fuser unit entrance A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 37-1
M6 Thermistor R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
M7 Exit sensor actuator A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 39-15
M8 Thermostat R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
Fuser belt lubricating
M9 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 38-70
sheet
M10 Fuser belt pad R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-26
38-47/
M11 Drive gear W1 W1 W1
38-48
M12 Fuser unit lower stay A A A 37-24
Fuser oil recovery sheet
M13 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
(3pcs.)

35ppm
140 280 420 560 700 840
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
M1 Fuser belt R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
M2 Pressure roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-34
M3 Separation guide R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 37-14
M4 Separation finger R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 39-5
M5 Fuser unit entrance A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 37-1
M6 Thermistor R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
M7 Exit sensor actuator A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 39-15
M8 Thermostat R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
Fuser belt lubricating
M9 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 38-70
sheet
M10 Fuser belt pad R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-26
38-47/
M11 Drive gear W1 W1 W1
38-48
M12 Fuser unit lower stay A A A 37-24
Fuser oil recovery sheet
M13 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
(3pcs.)

23
45ppm
151.2 302.4 453.6 604.8 756 907.2
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
M1 Fuser belt R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
M2 Pressure roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-34
M3 Separation guide R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 37-14
M4 Separation finger R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 39-5
M5 Fuser unit entrance A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 37-1
M6 Thermistor R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
M7 Exit sensor actuator A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 39-15
M8 Thermostat R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
Fuser belt lubricating
M9 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 38-70
sheet
M10 Fuser belt pad R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-26
38-47/
M11 Drive gear W1 W1 W1
38-48
M12 Fuser unit lower stay A A A 37-24
Fuser oil recovery sheet
M13 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
(3pcs.)

50ppm
168 336 504 672 840 1008
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
M1 Fuser belt R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
M2 Pressure roller R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-34
M3 Separation guide R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 37-14
M4 Separation finger R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 39-5
M5 Fuser unit entrance A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 37-1
M6 Thermistor R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
M7 Exit sensor actuator A R3 R3 A R3 R3 A R3 R3 39-15
M8 Thermostat R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 R3 38-1
Fuser belt lubricating
M9 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 SI R1 R1 38-70
sheet
M10 Fuser belt pad R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-26
38-47/
M11 Drive gear W1 W1 W1
38-48
M12 Fuser unit lower stay A A A 37-24
Fuser oil recovery sheet
M13 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 38-13
(3pcs.)

24
Paper exit section/reverse section
25ppm
75 150 225 300 375 450
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
N1 Exit/reverse guide B B B -
N2 Lower exit roller A R3 R3 40-11
N3 Reverse roller A R3 R3 40-32
N4 Upper exit roller A R3 R3 40-31

30ppm
90 180 270 360 450 540
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
N1 Exit/reverse guide B B B -
N2 Lower exit roller A R3 R3 40-11
N3 Reverse roller A R3 R3 40-32
N4 Upper exit roller A R3 R3 40-31

35ppm
105 210 315 420 525 630
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
N1 Exit/reverse guide B B B -
N2 Lower exit roller A R3 R3 40-11
N3 Reverse roller A R3 R3 40-32
N4 Upper exit roller A R3 R3 40-31

45ppm
113.4 226.8 340.2 453.6 567 680.4
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
N1 Exit/reverse guide B B B -
N2 Lower exit roller A R3 R3 40-11
N3 Reverse roller A R3 R3 40-32
N4 Upper exit roller A R3 R3 40-31

50ppm
126 252 378 504 630 756
Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement Replacement
Operatio
Items to check Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 Lubrication (x (x 1,000 P-I
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning (x 1,000 Cleaning Cleaning n check
/Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating drive /Coating 1,000 drive /Coating 1,000 drive
sheets)
sheets counts) sheets counts) sheets counts) counts) sheets counts) sheets counts)
N1 Exit/reverse guide B B B -
N2 Lower exit roller A R3 R3 40-11
N3 Reverse roller A R3 R3 40-32
N4 Upper exit roller A R3 R3 40-31

25
REVISION RECORD
Ver02
Ver.02 <2020.09.18>
Page Contents
2-2 The description has been added. (Using a printer driver)
2-9 The description has been added. (Paper size of bypass feeding for using a printer driver)
5-29 The illustration has been changed. (Initialized display for FAX clear mode)
6-78 The mistake has been corrected. ([6.4] Background offsetting adjustment for DF)
6-78 The color mode “monochrome” has been renamed to “black”. ([6.4] Background offsetting
adjustment in back side for DSDF)
6-78 The error code “05-7023” has been added and the mistake has been corrected. ([6.4]
Background offsetting adjustment for DSDF)
6-84 The mistake has been corrected. ([6.5] Background offsetting adjustment for DF)
6-85 The error code “05-7023” has been added and the mistake has been corrected. ([6.5]
Background offsetting adjustment in back side for DSDF)
6-122 The notes has been added. (DSDF read-in sensor-1 adjustment)
6-125 The item has been added. (DSDF separation roller pressure force adjustment)
7-48 The mistake has been corrected. (Separation guide gap adjustment jig)
8-1 The overview description of the troubleshooting have been changed.
8-26 The item has been added. (F101-14)
8-47 The item has been added. (5401 error) The error messages have been changed. (5410 to
5417)
8-61 The error items have been added. (7433 to 7435)
8-122 The procedure of the troubleshooting for E011 have been added.
8-123 The procedure of the troubleshooting for E013 have been added.
8-143 The procedure of the troubleshooting for E769 have been added.
8-183 The procedure of the troubleshooting for EF14 have been added.
8-187 The procedure of the troubleshooting for EF19 have been added.
8-197 The replacement parts of the troubleshooting for C260 have been added.
8-197 The description of the troubleshooting for C262 has been changed.
8-209 The instructions of the replacement parts for E070 have been added.
8-210 The instructions of the replacement parts for E071 and E074 have been added.
8-214 The instructions of the replacement parts for F115 to F118 have been added.
8-215 The instructions of the replacement parts for F11A have been added.
8-215 The instructions of the replacement parts for F11B have been added.
8-220 The instructions of the replacement parts for F090 have been added.
8-250 The description of the troubleshooting for CA00 has been changed.
8-272 The instructions of the replacement parts for F100_0 have been added.
8-273 The instructions of the replacement parts for F100_1 have been added.
8-274 The instructions of the replacement parts for F100_2 have been added.
8-275 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_0 to F101_3 have been added.
8-276 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_4 and F101_12 have been added.
8-277 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_5 have been added.
8-278 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_6 have been added.
8-279 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_7 have been added.
8-280 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_8 have been added.
8-281 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_9 have been added.
8-282 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_10 have been added.
8-283 The instructions of the replacement parts for F101_11 have been added.
8-284 The description of the troubleshooting for F101_13 has been corrected.
8-285 The item has been added. (F101_14)
8-286 The instructions of the replacement parts for F102 to F105 have been added.

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REVISION RECORD
1
 Ver.02 <2020.09.18>
Page Contents
8-287 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_0 have been added.
8-287 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_1 have been added.
8-288 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_2 have been added.
8-288 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_3 have been added.
8-289 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_4 have been added.
8-290 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_5 have been added.
8-290 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_6 to F106_UNDEF have been added.
8-291 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_11 have been added.
8-291 The instructions of the replacement parts for F106_12 have been added.
8-292 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_0 have been added.
8-292 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_1 have been added.
8-292 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_2 have been added.
8-294 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_3 have been added.
8-294 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_4 have been added.
8-296 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_5 have been added.
8-297 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_6 have been added.
8-297 The instructions of the replacement parts for F109_7 have been added.
8-299 The instructions of the replacement parts for F120 have been added.
8-299 The instructions of the replacement parts for F121 have been added.
8-300 The instructions of the replacement parts for F122 have been added.
8-300 The mistake of the troubleshooting for F124 has been corrected.
The instructions of the replacement parts for F124 have been added.
8-300 The mistake of the troubleshooting for F125 has been corrected.
8-301 The instructions of the replacement parts for F125 have been added.
8-301 The mistake of the troubleshooting for F126 has been corrected.
The instructions of the replacement parts for F126 have been added.
8-301 The mistake of the troubleshooting for F127 has been corrected.
The instructions of the replacement parts for F127 have been added.
8-301 The instructions of the replacement parts for F128 have been added.
8-302 The instructions of the replacement parts for F130 have been added.
8-304 The instructions of the replacement parts for F400 have been added.
8-306 The instructions of the replacement parts for F700 have been added.
8-306 The instructions of the replacement parts for F800 have been added.
8-308 The instructions of the replacement parts for F902_3 have been added.
8-309 The instructions of the replacement parts for F902_4 have been added.
8-361 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5410)
8-361 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5411)
8-361 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5412)
8-361 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5413)
8-362 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5414)
8-362 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5415)
8-362 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5416)
8-362 The error item and the measures have been changed. (5417)
8-372 The description of the troubleshooting has been added. (7433)
8-372 The description of the troubleshooting has been added. (7434)
8-373 The description of the troubleshooting has been added. (7435)
8-384 The description of the troubleshooting for 80D1 has been corrected.
8-446 The description of the troubleshooting have been changed. (Poor image density, color
reproduction and gray balance)
8-449 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Background fogging 1)

e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

REVISION RECORD
2
 Ver.02 <2020.09.18>
Page Contents
8-460 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Blank print)
8-471 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (White spots)
8-474 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Uneven image density 1)
8-476 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Uneven image density 1)
8-479 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Faded image)
8-495 The mistake of the doctor blade adjustment have been corrected.
The description of the troubleshooting has been corrected. (Faint image)
8-514 The item has been added. (If an image-related problem continues after performing all
troubleshooting)
10-47 The item has been added. (Remote Panel VNC)
10-49 The item has been added. (Remote Service)

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REVISION RECORD
3
Ver01
Ver.01 <2019.09.10>
Page Contents
General A note has been added.
precautions
2-9 The mistake has been corrected. (Supported Client OS)
2-12 The description has been corrected.
2-13 The illustration has been corrected.
2-14 The illustration has been changed. (Add option)
2-15 Note has been added.
2-16 The description has been added. (Add option)
2-17 The description has been added.
3-5 The illustration has been corrected.
3-21 The description has been corrected. (LRL board)
3-23 The numbers for P-I have been added. (SRAM)
3-26 The description has been added. (Toner CND)
3-46 to 3-47 The illustration has been corrected.
3-78 The description has been corrected.
4-29 The illustration have been corrected.
4-48 The description has been corrected.
4-207 The procedure has been added.
(Front fuser oil recovery sheet 2 / Front fuser oil recovery sheet 1)
4-208 The procedure has been added. (Rear fuser oil recovery sheet)
4-233 The description has been corrected. (Paper exit unit)
5-1 The description has been corrected. (HS Menu)
5-4 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-3)
5-5 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-4)
5-7 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-6)
5-27 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-24)
5-28 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-25)
5-29 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-26)
5-30 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-27) The description of step (2) has been added.
5-31 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-28)
5-32 The notes has been deleted.
5-33 The notes has been added.
5-43 The description has been corrected.
5-49 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.5-41) The description has been added.
6-79 The description has been changed.
(Adjustment of the capacity and image quality of SlimPDF)
6-103 to 6-105 The procedure has been added. (Control Panel Calibration)
7-14 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.7-8)
7-22 to 7-24 The procedure has been added.
7-31 to 7-32 The description has been added. (DSDF)
7-48 to 7-49 The description has been changed. (Maintenance Part List)
8-5 to 8-69 The description has been changed. (Error Code List)
8-70 to 8-100 The description has been added. (FAX error)
8-120 The description of the troubleshooting for E011 has been deleted.
8-147 to 8-148 The description of the troubleshooting for E930 and E940 have been changed.
8-153 The description of the troubleshooting for EA23 has been changed.
8-155 The description of the troubleshooting for EA27 has been changed.
8-178 The description of the troubleshooting for C040 has been changed.
8-190 The description of the troubleshooting for C1B0 has been changed.
8-192 The description of the troubleshooting for C262 has been changed.
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
REVISION RECORD
4
 Ver.01 <2019.09.10>
Page Contents
8-193 The description of the troubleshooting for C270 has been changed.
8-194 The description of the troubleshooting for C280 has been changed.
8-194 The description of the troubleshooting for C290 has been changed.
8-195 The procedure have been changed. (E440/E445/E446/E447/E449)
8-203 The description of the troubleshooting for C580 has been changed.
8-219 The description of the troubleshooting for CB01 has been deleted.
8-278 The description of the troubleshooting for F101_11 has been added.
8-284 The description of the troubleshooting for F106_12 has been changed.
8-290 The description of the troubleshooting for F110 and F111 have been changed.
8-295 The description of the troubleshooting for F150 has been changed.
8-317 The description of the troubleshooting for 2C50 has been changed.
8-324 The description of the troubleshooting for 2D50 has been added.
8-351 The description of the troubleshooting have been changed. (5410 and 5411)
8-352 The description of the troubleshooting have been changed. (5413 to 5417)
8-360 The description of the troubleshooting for 7301 has been added.
8-379 to 8-419 The troubleshooting have been added. (FAX error)
8-422 The troubleshooting has been changed. (The equipment does not start after the power has
been turned ON.)
8-438 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Background fogging 1)
8-450 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Blank print)
8-451 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Solid print)
8-452 to 8-453 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed.
(White banding (in feeding direction))
8-456 to 8-457 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed.
(Color banding (in feeding direction))
8-462 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Poor transfer)
8-466 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Uneven image density 2)
8-467 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed.
(Faded image (low density, roughness))
8-470 The procedure has been deleted. (Image jittering)
8-474 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Blotched image)
8-485 The description of the troubleshooting has been changed. (Feathered image)
8-498 The description of the troubleshooting has been added.
(The exit paper surface feels rough like sand is adhering to it)
8-500 to 8-501 The description of the troubleshooting has been added.
(Scanned image abnormality)
9-10 The description has been added. (The color of the identification label on the LGC board)
9-13 to 9-14 The notes has been added. The description has been corrected.
9-15 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.9-31)
12-6 The notes has been added.
12-16 The description has been corrected.
14-1 The description has been corrected.
(NOTES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A CARD READER)
15-1 The illustration has been corrected. (Fig.15-1)
The notes has been added. (AC Wire Harness)

Ver00
Ver.00 <2018.06.20>
Page Contents
All Initial release

© 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC

REVISION RECORD
5
e-STUDIO2515AC/3015AC/3515AC/4515AC/5015AC © 2018-2020 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
REVISION RECORD
6
1-11-1, OSAKI, SHINAGAWA-KU, TOKYO, 141-8562, JAPAN